Bibliographic Annual in Speech Communication 1973

Home , Bhob Stewart, Charlayne, Fenella Fielding, Joan Hickson, John Logan Chipman, King Albert (solitaire)

DOCUMENT RESUME

ED 088 129 CS 500 620 AUTHOR Kennicott, Patrick C., Ed. TITLE Bibliographic Annual in Speech Communication 1573. INSTITUTION Speech Communication Association, New York, N.Y. PUB DATE 74 NOTE 267p. AVAILABLE FROM Speech. Communication Association, Statler Hiltcn Hotel, New York, N. Y. 10001 ($8.00). EDRS PRICE MF-$0.75 HC-$12.60 DESCRIPTORS *Behavioral Science Research; *Bibliographies; *Communication Skills; Doctoral Theses; Literature Reviews; Mass Media; Masters Theses; Public Speaking; Research Reviews (Publications); Rhetoric; *Speech Skills; *Theater Arts IDENTIFIERS Mass Communication; Stagecraft

ABSTRACT This volume contains five subject bibliographies for 1972, and two lists of these and dissertations. The bibliographies are "Studies in Mass Communication," "Behavioral Studies in Communication," "Rhetoric and Public Address," "Oral Interpretation," and "Theatrical Craftsmanship." Abstracts of many of the doctcral disertations produced in 1972 in speech communication are arranged by subject. ALso included in a listing by university of titles and authors of all reported masters theses and doctoral dissertaticns completed in 1972 in the field. (CH) U S Ol l'AerVE NT OF MEAL.TH r DUCA ICON R ,Stl. I, AWE NILIONAt. INST I IUI EOF E DOCA I ION

BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL CO IN CD SPEECH COMMUNICATION

1973

STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION: A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1972 Rolland C. Johnson BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION, 1972 A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY Thomas M. Steinfatt A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORIC AND PUBLIC ADDRESS, 1972 Harold Mixon BIBLIOGRAPHY OF STUDIES IN ORAL INTERPRETATION, 1972 James W. Carlsen A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP, 1972. r Christian Moe and Jay E. Raphael ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS IN THE FIELD OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION, 1972. Cal M. Logue GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION, 1972

PATRICK C. KENNICOTT, Editor

A Publication of the Speech Communication Association SiCa **h. 1973 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

PUBLISHED BY THE SPEECH COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION WILLIAM WORK, Executive Secretary Statler Hilton Hotel, New York City 10001

EDITOR PATRICK C. KENNICOTT Associate Executive Secretary for Research Speech Communication Association

ASSOCIATE EDITORS JAMES W. CAR1SEN JOHN J. JELLICORSE CAL M. LocuE HAROLD MIXON CHRISTIAN MOE THOMAS M. STEINFAlT

The Bibliographic Annual in Speech Communication is published yearly. Cor- respondence concerning subscriptions should be addressed to the SCA Business Office, Statler Hilton Hotel, New York City 10001. Correspondence concerning manuscripts should be addressed to the Editor. Annual subscription: $8.00. SCA sustaining members receive the Annual without additional charge.

PERmiSSION TO REPRODUCETHIS COPY. RIGHTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN GRANTED BY Speech Communication. Association To ERiC AND ORGANIZATIONS OPERATING UNDER AGREEMENTS WITH THE NATIONAL IN. 5T,TuTE OF EDUCATION ruRTHER REPRO. DUO OU BIDE 1*E- ENIC SYY T?E ouipE aE.missiON 01 COPYRIGHT OWNER BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

1973

AN ANNUAL VOLUME DEVOTED TO MAINTAINING A RECORD OF GRADUATE WORK IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION, PROVIDING ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS, AND MAKING AVAILABLE SPECIALIZED BIBLIOGRAPHIES

PATRICK KENNICOTT, Editor

_ A Publication of the SPEECH COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION EDITOR'S NOTE

This volume marks the fourth consecutive year of publication of the Biblio- graphic Annual in Speech Communication and the beginning of the tenure of its second Editor. It also marks the initiation of several basic changes in content and format. Our aim has been to increase the scope of the Annual so as to render it directly relevant to the interests of most teachers and scholars in the field of speech communication. To do this, we have attempted to cover more selectively published information in the areas of rhetoric and public addressthe primary focus of past issues of the Bibliographic Annualand expand our coverage of the areas of mass communication, behavioral studies in communication, oral interpretation, and theatre. Our coverage of graduate research in speech communicationdissertation abstracts, and thesis and dissertation titlesremains essentially the same. Since the information we report reflects a considerable diversity of specialized interests, we have attempted to render the material more easily accessible to students and teachers by publishing our subject-oriented bibliographies separately as well as part of the total Annual collection. Now, individuals interested in only one of the five subject areas covered by the Annual may order, at a greatly reduced price, the single bibliography reflecting their primary interest. Certainly libraries and scholars will continue to profit from ordering the entire volume, but we hope our new selective ordering policy will encourage increased use of reported information by students and teachers with specialized interests. To develop an annual bibliography covering a field as broad and diverse as speech communication is an inherently frustrating task. The span of publications relevant to the special subject areas falling under the general rubric of "speech communication" is immense and ever-expanding. The information reported in these publications clearly support the contention that we are enveloped in an information explosion with no historical counterpart. Expansion and change, in the taxonomies of various subject areas, in the research methodologies employed, and in the priorities emphasized, are central characteristics of the field of speech communication today. It is therefore inevitable that some will perceive aspects of this volume or some of its components as superficial, inadequate, or at the very least, arbitrary. We confess, at points, to all three charges and pledge to maintain an open, flexible editorial policy in relation to future issues. We welcome and encourage your reaction to the information to follow. The compilation of this volume has been made a pleasant and stimulating experience because of the excellent contributions of each of the Associate Editors and the invaluable, patient, and diligent assistance of my secretary, Miss Kathy Murphy. Words are insufficient to express my appreciation to them and to Mr. Heath Meriwether of Standard Printing Company whose technical advice and assistance was indispensable. PATRICK C. KENNICOTT

New York City August 1, 1973 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION ( Published by the SPEECH COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION

VOLUME IV 1973

Table of Contents

Studies in Mass Communication:

Selected Bibliography, 1972 1 ROLLAND C. JOHNSON

Behavioral Studies in Communication, 1972: A Selected Bibliography 25 THOMAS M. STEINFATT

A Selected Bibliography of Rhetoric and Public Address, 1972 53 HAROLD MIXON

Bibliography of Studies in Oral Interpretation, 1972 69 JAMES W. CARLSEN

A Bibliography of Theatrical Craftsmanship, 1972 75 CHRISTIAN MOE and JAY E. RAPHAEL

Abstracts of Doctoral Dissertations in the Field of Speech Communication, 1972 95 CAL M. LOGUE

and

Graduate Theses and Dissertations in the Field of Speech Communication, 1972 208 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

VOLUME IV 1973 ANNUAL

STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION:. SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1972

ROLLAND C. JOHNSON Indiana University, Bloomington

Research indirectly related to mass communication pervades numerous dis- ciplinese.g., business (advertising, marketing, management, economics); social and behavioral sciences; and the arts and humanities. A bibliography of all such research would be difficult to obtain and, perhaps, too indiscriminate to be useful to most people interested in studying the mass media. More useful would be a bibliography of books and articles which were cited and/or published in commonly accepted scholarly mass communications journals. This was the approach used in compiling the present bibliography. A list of journals likely to contain scholarly mass communication articles was selected from the Standard Periodical Directory. These journals were searched to discover publications directly related to mass communication. Three different items were found: published articles; book reviews (which provided a source for published books); and annotated bibliographies of articles available in journals which do not regularly carry mass communication research. The journals which regularly carry mass communication articles were the sources for all articles and the bulk of the books cited in the present bibliography. Other books were cited because of appearance in various monthly compilations of published books, popular press reviews or publisher promotional material. Unless otherwise indicated, each item cited was published during the calendar year, 1972. There was no attempt to cover unpublished materials, speeches, pamphlets, newspapers, or government publications. Dissertations are covered in another section of the Annual. For those interested in keeping abreast of new mass media books, a common reference source is Broadcasting Bibliophile's Booknotes: Mass Media Publica- tions Reporting Service, a monthly compilation (now in its fifth year) available from Christopher H. Sterling, Department of Radio-Television-Film, Temple Uni- versity, Philadelphia, Pa. 19122. For those interested in keeping abreast of mass communication articles, each journal which commonly carries such research must be examined. Additionally, some current research and popular press articles arecited in annotated bibliographies in each issue of Journalism Quarterly,' Gazette, and the Journal of Marketing. 2 BIBLIOGRAPHIC: ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Obviously, common indicesfor example, Psychological Abstracts and the Busi- ness Periodicals Indexare reference sources of other articles concerning the mass media. Persons interested in earlier research on the mass media might wish to examine some of the following bibliographies:

Boni,Albert.Photographic Literatures 1960- Broadcasting: ABibliography.Washington, 1970. Hastings-on-Hudson,'N. Y.: Morgan and D.C.: APBE; 1971. Morgan, 1972. McCoy, Ralph. Freedom of the Press: An An- Blum, Eleanor. Basic Books in the Mass Media: notated BibliograPhy. Carbondale: Southern An Annotated,Selected Book listCovering Illinois Univ. Press, 1968. General Communications, Book Publishing, Price, Warren C., and Calder M. PieltCtt. An An- Broadcasting,Fit,,,,Magazines, Newspapers, notatedJournalismBibliography,1958-68. Advertising, Indexes and Scholarly and Pro- Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, fessional Periodicals.Urbana:University of 1970. Illinois Press, 1972. Rafi-Zadeh, Hassan. International Mass Com- Danielson, Wayne A., and G. C. Wilhoit, Jr. A munications: Computerized AnnotatedBibli- ,Computerized Bibliography of Mass Commun- ography. Carbondale: The Honorary Rela- cation Research. N.Y.: Magazine Publishers tion-Zone, Southern Illinois Univ., 1972. Association, 1967. Schact, J. H. A Bibliography for the Study of Hansen, Donald A., and J. Herschel Parsons. Magazines. Urbana: Institute of Communica- Mass Communication: A ResearchBiblio- tions Research, 1972. graphy.SantaBarbara,Cal.:Glendessary Sparks, Kenneth R. A Bibliography of Doctoral Press, 1968. Dissertations in Television and Radio. Syra- Lichty, Lawrence W. World and International cuse: School of Journalism, 1971.

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS

AQ The Advertising Quarterly JMR Journal of Marketing Research AVCR AV Communication Review JM Journalism Monographs CJR . Columbia Journalism Review JQ Journalism Quarterly Cinema Cinema JUFA Journal of the University Film EBU EBU Review Association EB Educational Broadcasting IOQ The Public Opinion Quarterly EBR Educational 'Broadcasting Review Q1S Quarterly' Journal of Speech FCBJ Federal Communications Bar Screen Screen: The Journal of the Society Journal for Education in Film and FC Film Culture Television rJ The Film Journal SM Speech Monographs SB Studies of Broadcasting: An FQ Film Quarterly International Annual of G. Gazette: International Journal for Broadcasting Science MasS Communication Studies TVQ Television Quarterly JAR journal of Advertising Research VL Visible Language: The Journal for JB Journal of Broadcasting Research on the Visual Media JC The Journal of Communication of Language Expression JMktg Journal of Marketing VS Vital Speeches of the Day

No. 33, Fall, 1972 unavailable for inclusion. No. 1,1972 unavailable for inclusion. STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION BOOKS Accounting manual. for broadcasters.- Chicago: Bickel, Mary E. George W. Treadle: an author- Institute of Broadcasting Financial Manage- izedbiography.Jericho,N.Y.:Exposition ment, Inc. Press. Adamany, David W. Campaign financingin Billings, Pat and Allen Eyles. Hollywood today. America.NorthScituate,Mass.:Duxbury New York: Barnes. Press. Black, Peter. The mirror in the corner: People's Alloway, Thomas, Lester Kramer, andPatriciaa television. London: Hutchinson & Co. Pliner. Communication andaffect:a com-Block, Herbert. Herblock's state of the union. parativeapproach.NewYork:Academic New York: Simon and Schuster. Press. Bittern,' A. William and Jason E. Squire, eds. Ambler, Effie. Russian journalism and politics, The movie business: American film industry 1861-1881.Detroit: Wayne StateUniversity practice. New York: Hastings 1-Iouse. Press. Blum, Eleanor, ed. Basic books in the mass Ames, William E. A history of the national in- media. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. telligencer. Chapel Hill: University of North Boeckman, Charles. -And the beat goes on: a Carolina Press. survey of pop music in America. Washington, Anastaplo, George. The constitutionalist: notes D.C.: Luce. on the First Amendment. Dallas:, SMU Press. Bogart, Leo. The age of television. Rev. ed. New Andersen, Kenneth E. Introduction to commun- York: Frederick Ungar. ication theory and practice. Menlo Park, Cal.: Silent politics: polls and the awareness 'Cummings Publishing Co. of public opinion. New York: Wiley Intersci- Anobile, Richard J. A flash of Fields: verbal and ence. visual gems from the films of W. C. Fields.Boni, Albert, ed. Photographic literature: 1960- New York: Darien House. 1970. Hastings-on-Hudson, N.Y.: Morgan and Arnold, Edmund C. Ink on paper 2: a hand- Morgan. book of the graphic arts. New York: Harper Brandy, Leo, ed. Focus on shoot the piano play- and Row. er. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. Aspinall, Richard. Radio programme produc- Jean Renoir: the world of his films. don: a manual for training. Paris: UNESCO, New York: Doubleday. 1971. Bremmer, John B. HTK: a study in news head- Bach, D. Richard, ed. The film buff's bible of lines. Topeka: Palidrome Press. motion pictures (1915-1972). Hollywood, Cal.: Editors.Interpreting FCC Hollywood Film Archive. BM/E -Magazine Bagdikian, Ben H. The effete conspiracy and Broadcast Rules and Regulations:- Volume 3. other crimes by the press. New York: Harper Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: Tab Books. and Row. Brown, Roland G. A bookless curriculum. Day- Baker, W. J. A history of the Marconi Company. ton: Pflaum/Standard. New York: St. Martin's Press. Brown, Royal S., ed. Focus on Godard. Engle- Bare, Richard L. The film director. New York: wood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. Macmillan. Brown, Steven R. and Donald J. Brenner, eds. Barlow. Ron and Bhob Stewart. Horror comics Science, psychology and communication:es- of the 1950's. New York: Nostalgia Press. says honoring William Stephenson. New York: Barrett, Gerald R. and Thomas L. Erskine. Teacher's College Press. From fictionto film. Conrad Aiker's "SilentBrown, Theodore M. Margaret Bourke-White: Snow, Secret Snow." Encino, Cal.: Dickenson photojournalist. Ithaca, N.Y.: Andrew Dick- Publishing Co. son Museum of Art. Baxter, John. The cinema of John Ford. NewBrowne, Ray R. and David Madden. The popu- York: Barnes. larcultureexplosion. Dubuque: Wm. C. Behlmer, Rudy. Memo from David 0. Selznick. Brown Co. New York: Viking. Burack, A. S., ed. The writer's handbook. Bos- Behrens, John C. Magazine writer's workbook. ton: The Writer. Columbus, Ohio: Grid, Inc. Burke, John Gordon. Print; image and sound: .Belz,Carl. The story of rock. 2nd ed. New essays on media. Chicago: American Library York: Oxford University Press. Association. Bentley, Eric. Are you now or have you everBurke, W. J. and Will D. Howe. (revised by been: the investigation of show business by Irving and Anne Weiss). American authors the Un-American Activities Committee, 1947- and books:1640 to the present day. New 1958. New York: Harper and Row. York: Crown. BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Buxton, Edward. Promise them anything: the Corley, Edwin. Acapulco gold. New York: Dodd, inside story of the Madison Amuse power Mead. struggle.' New York: Stein and Day. Corliss,Richard, ed. The Hollywood screen- Buxton, Frank and Bill Owen. The big broad- writers. New York: Avon Discuss Books. cast: 1920-1950. New York: Viking Press. Cottrell, John andFergusCashin.Richard Byer, Stephtn. Hefner's gonna kill me when he Burton very close up. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: reads this..,. Chicago: Allen-.Bennett. Prentice-Hall. Cable television in Detroit: a study in urban Coyne, John R. Jr.. The impudent snobs: Agnew communications. Cable TV Study Committee vs.the intellectual establishment. New Ro- for Common Council, City of Detroit: City chelle, N.Y.: Arlington House. Clerk's Office. The Credulity Problem. Washington, D.C.: The Cabletelevisioninformation.Albany,N.Y.:. American Institute for Political Communica- Bureau of Mass Communications, Office of tion. Cultural Education, New York State Educa- The Creel Report: complete report of the chair- tion Department. man of the committee on public information, Caldwell, William A. In the record. New Bruns- 1917-1919. New York: Da Capo Press. wick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press. Crisp,C.G. Francois Truffunt. New York: Cantor, Muriel. The Hollywood TV producer: Praeger Publishers. his work and his audience. New York: Basic Croce, Arlene. The Fred Astaire/Ginger Rogers Books. book, New York: Outerbridge & Lazard. Caring for photographs: display, storage, restor- Darrocott, JosephantiBelindaLoftus.First ation. Hastings-on-Hudson, N.Y.: Morgan and World War posters. London: Imperial War Morgan. Musetim. Carney, Thomas F. Content analysis:a tech- , and Second World War posters. nique for _systematic inference from commun- London: Imperial War Museum. ications.Manitoba,Canada:Universityof Davis,Phil. Photography. Dubuque: Wm. C. Manitoba Press. Brown. Carpozi, George Jr. The John Wayne story.Denby, David, ed. Film 70-71, New York: Simon New Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House. and Schuster. Carter, Harley. Dictionary of electronics. Blue Doig, Ivan and Carol Doig. News: a consumer's Ridge Summit. Pa.: Tab Books. guide. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. Carter, Robert M.. ed. Communication in organ-Dreyfuss. Henry. Symbol sourcebooki an author- izations: a guide to information sources: an itative guide to international graphic symbols. annotated bibliography and sourcebook. De- New York: McGraw-Hill. troit: Gale Research Co. Duncan. Hugh Dalziel. Symbols in society. New Cavell. Stanley. The world viewed. New York: York: Oxford University Press. Viking Press. Dunn. Delmer D. Financing presidential cam- Chancy, David. Processes of mass communica- paigns. Washington. D.C.: The Brookings In- tion. New York: Herder and Herder, with dis- stitution. tribution by McGraw-Hill. Durgnat,Raymond. A mirrorforEngland. Chipman. Art. KMED: The firsthalf century. New York: Praeger Publishers. Medford, Or.: KMED. Eckert, Charles W., ed. Focus on Shakespearean Churchill, Hugh B. Film editing handbook: films. EngiewOod Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. Technique of I6mm film cutting. Belmont,Eel's, George. Hedda and Lottella: a dual biog- Cal.: Wadsworth. raphy of Hedda Hopper and Lonella Parsons. Chute, Marchette. P.E.N. American Center: a New York: Putnam. history of thefirstfiftyyears. New York: Efron, Edith. How CBS tried to kill a book. P.E.N. American Center. Los Angeles: Nash Publishing. Cirino, Robert. Don't blame the people. New Eleventh report by the International Telecom- York: Random House. munication Union on telecommunication .and Clair, Rene. Cinema yesterday and today. New the peaceful uses of outer space. Geneva: In- York: Dover Publications. ternational Telecommunication Union. Coe, Barbara Davis. Advertising practice: an- Elliott,Philip. The making of atelevision alytic.and creative exercises. Englewood Cliffs, series: a case study in the sociology. of cul- N.J.: Prentice-Hall. ture: London: Constable. Conference on communication policy research: Elviirg, Bruce F. FM atlas and station directory. papers and proceedings, Springfield. Va.: Na- Milwaukee: WIWM Radio,Universityof tional Technical Information Service, Wisconsin-Milwaukee, STUDIES IN MASSCOMMUNICATION 5 Emery, Edwin. The press in America: an in- Gambling,John.Rambling withGambling. terpretive history of die mass media. 3rd ed. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. Gassan, Arnold. A chronology of photography. Emery, Michael C. and Ted Curtis Smythe, eds. Rochester, N.Y.: Light Impressions. Readings in mass communication: concepts Giannetti, Louis D. Understanding movies. Eng- and issues in the mass media. Dubuque: Wm. lewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. C, Brown. Giblin, Thomas R., ed. Popular media and the Engineering Department of National Associa- teaching of English. Pacific Palisades,Cal.: tion of Broadcasters. TechniCal papers pre- Goodyear Publishing Co. sented at NAB Engineering Conference: April Gilbert, Robert E. Television and presidential 9-12,1972. -Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: Tab politics.North Quincy,Mass.:Christopher Books. Publishing House. Evans, Harold. Editing and design: a five vol-Gill, Brendan. Tallulah. New York: Holt, Rine- ume manual of English, typography, and lay- hart & Winston.

. out. London: Heinemann. Global communications in the space age. New . Newsman's English: a guide to writing York: Twentieth Century Fund. lively, lucid, and effective prose. New York: Goodwin, Michael ands Greil Marcus. Double Holt, Rinehart and Winston. feature: movies and politics. New York: Out Ewing. Sam. You're on the air!Blue Ridge erbridge and Lazard. Summit, Pa.: Tab BOoks. Gottesman, Ronald and Harry Geduld,eds. Fadiman, Williatn..Hollywood now. New York: Guidebook to film: an eleven in one reference. Liveright. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Fang, Irving E. Television news. 2nd ed. NewGoulart, Ron. Cheap thrills: an informal his- York: Hastings House. tory of the pulp magazines. New Rochelle, Farber. Stephen. The movie rating game. Wash- New York: Arlington House. ington, D.C.: Public Affairs Press. Goulden, JosephC. The super lawyers:the Fay, Stephen, Lewis Chester and Magnus Link- small and powerful world of the great Wash- later. Hoax: the inside story of the Howard ington law firms. New York: Welbright and Hughes-Clifford Irving affair. New York: Ban- Talley. tam Books. Green, Timothy. The universal eye: the world Feedback: a survival primer. New York: The of television. New York: Stein and Day. Network Project,102 EarlHall, Columbia Grey, David L. The writing process: a behav- University. ioral approach, to communicating information Fenner, Theodore. Leigh Hunt and opera criti- and ideas. Belmont, Cal.: Wadsworth. cism: the "Examiner" years, 1808-1821. Law- Greyser, Stephen A. Cases in advertising and rence: University of Kansas Press. communications management. Englewood Ferris, Paul.- The house of Northcliffe: a biog- Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. raphy of -an empire. New York: World. Griffith, Richard. The talkies. New York: Dover, Guiles, Fred. Marion Davies. New York: Mc- Fielding,Raymond. The Americannewsreel Graw-Hill. 1911-1967. Noiman: The University of Okla- Gussow, Don. Divorcecorporatestyle. New homa Press. York: Ballantine. The technique of special effects cinema- Hammel. William M.,-ed. The popular arts in tography. New York: Hastings House. America: a reader. New York: Harcourt Brace Fixx, James F., ed. The great contemporary is- Jovanovich. sues: the mass media and politics: New York: Hancock, Alan. Planning for ETV: a handbook Arno Press. of educational television. New York: Human- Flower, John Moonlight Serenade: a bio-discog- ities Press. raphy of the Glenn Miller civilian band. NewHardy, Forsyth, ed. Grierson on documentary. Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House. New York: Praeger Publishers. . The fourth revolution: instructional technologyHarinon, Jim and Donald F. Glut. The great inhigher education. A report and recom- movie serials:their sound and fury. New mendations by the Carnegie .Commission on York: Doubleday. Higher Education. New York: McGraw-Hill. Harris, Paul. When pirates ruled the waves, Fuchs, Wolfgang. Comics: anatomy of a mass Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: Tab Books. medium. Boston: Little, Brown. Hart, James, ed. The man who invented Holly- Galanoy, Terry. Tonight! New York: Double- wood: the autobiography of D. W. Griffith. day. Louisville: Touchstone Publishing Co. 6 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Head, Sydney W. Broadcasting in America: aJolly, W. P. Marconi. New York: Stein and Day. survey of television and radio. 2nd ed. Boston: Kahn, Frank J. Documents of Amercian broad- Hong luon Ntifflin. casting. 2nd ed. New York: Appleton-Century- Heintz, Ann C., NI. Lawrence Renter, and Eliza- Crofts. beth Conley. Mass media: a work text in the Kawin, Carson. Tracy and Hepburn. New York: processes of modern communication. Chicago: Bantam Books. Loyola University Press. Kardish, Laurence. Reel plastic magic: a history Henderson, Robert M. D. W. Griffith: his life of films and film-making in America. Boston: andwork. New York:OxfordUniversity Little, Brown. Press. Karr, Kathleen and Tom Shale, eds. The Ameri- Higham, Charles. Hollywood at Sunset. New can film heritage: impressions from the Amer- York: Saturday Review Press. icanFilmInstituteArchives.Washington, Hoggart, Richard. On culture and communica- D.C.: Acropolis Books. tion. New York: 'Oxford University Press. Katz, John Stuart. Perspectives on the study of Hollander, Gayle Durham. Soviet political infilm. Boston: Little, Brown. doctrination:developmentsinmass mediaKatzman, Allen, ed. Our Time: an anthology and propagandasinceStalin. New York: of interviews from the 'East Village Other'. Praeger Publishers. New York: Dial. Holmgrcn, Rod and William Norton, eds. The Kawin, Bruce F. Telling it again and again: mass mediabook. EnglewoodCliffs,N.J.: repetition in literature and film. Ithaca, N.Y.: Prentice-Hall. Cornell University Press. Houseman, John: Run-through: a memoir. New Keogh, James. President Nixon and the press. York: Simon and Schuster. New York: Funk and Wagnalls. Hunt, Todd. Reviewing for the mass media. Kinder, Marsha and Beverle Houston. Close-up: Philadelphia: Chilton. a critical perspective on film. New York: Har- I-Itiss, Roy and T. J. Ross, eds. Focus on the court Brace Jovanovich. horror film. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice- King .Vidor on film-making. New York: David Hall. McKay. Innis, Harold A. Empire and communications. Kitman, Marvin. The Marvin Kitman TV Show. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. New York: Outeridge and Lazard. Jacobs, Lewis, ed. The documentary tradition.Klavan, Gene. Turn that damned thing off: an New York: Hopkinson and Blake. irreverent look at TV's impact on the Ameri- James, Bessie Rowland. Anne Royall's U.S.A. can scene. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill. NewBrunswick,N.J.:RutgersUniversity Kline, F. Gerald and Phillip J. Tichenor, eds. Press. Current perspectives in mass communication Jennings, Ralph M. Guide to understanding research. Beverly Hills,Cal.: Sage Publica- broadcast license applications and other FCC tions. forms. New York: Office of CommunicationsKnecht, Kenneth. Designing and maintaining of United Church of Christ. the CATV and small TV studio. Blue Ridge Television station employment practices: Summit, Pa.: Tab Books. the status of minorities and women. New Konzelman, Robert G. Marquee ministry: the York:Officeof Communications of United movietheatreaschurch and community Church of Christ. forum. New York: Harper and Row. The John and Mary R. Markel Foundation an-Krieghbaum, Hillier.Pressures on the press. nual report:1971-72. New York: The John New York: Thomas Y. Crowell. and Mary R. Markel Foundation. LaBrie, Henry G., III. The black press in Amer- Johnson, Joseph S. and Kenneth K. Jones. Mod- ica: a guide. 2nd ed. Coralville, Iowa: Mercer ern radiostationpractices: Belmont, Cal.: House Press. Wadsworth. LaValley, Albert J. Focus on Hitchcock. Engle- Johnson, Nicholas. Test pattern for living. New wood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. York: Bantam Books. Learner, Laurence. The paper revolutionaries: Johnson, Niel M. George Sylvester Viereck: Ger- the rise of the underground press. New York: man-Americanpropagindist.Urbana:Uni- Simon and Schuster. versity of Illinois Press. Ledbetter, Theodore, Jr. and Gilbert Mendel- Johnson, William, ed. Focus on the science fic- son. The wired city:a handbook on cable tionfilm. Englewood Cliffs,N.J.: Prentice- television for local officials. Washington, D.C.: Hall. Urban Communications Group, Inc. STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 7 Lent, John. Philippine mass communicationsMayer, Martin. About television. New York: before 1811, after 1966 Manila: Philippine Harper and Row. Press Institute. Meany, Anthony B.,Sr. RadioTV hypnosis: Leprohon,Pierre. The Italian cinema. New mass killers of jobs and gross national prod- York: Praeger Publishers, uct. Brooklyn: Pageant-Poseiden Ltd. Lerbringer, Otto. Designs for persuasive com- Mebane, John Collecting nostalgia. New Ro- munication. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice- chelle, N.Y.: Arlington House. Hall. Mekas, Jonas. Move journal: the rise of a new LeRoy, David J. and Christopher H. Sterling, American cinema, 1959-1971. New York: Mac- eds. Mass news: practices, controversies and millan. alternatives. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice- Merritt, Richard L., ed. Communication in in- Hall, 1973. ternational politics. Urbana: University of Illi Levin, G, Roy. Documentary explorations:15 nois Press. interviewswithfilmmakers. New York: MGM Libraryof FilmScripts.Ninotchaka, Doubleday. North by Northwest, Adam's Rib, A Night Lewis, Jerry. The total film-maker. New York: at the Opera, A Day at the Races, Singin' in Random House. the Rain. New York: Viking Press. Leyda, Jay. Dianying: an account of films and Michael, Paul. The Academy Awards: a pictorial the film audience in China. Cambridge: MIT history. 3rd ed. New York: Crown. Press. The Michigan Speech Association. Radio, tele- comedy. New Lloyd. 'Harold. An American visionandfilminthe secondaryschool. York: Dover. Skokie, Ill.: National Textbook Co. Lowman, Charles E. Magnetic recording. New Mickelson, Sig. The electric mirror: politics in York: McGsay.!-'ail` l. Luskin. John. 'lip ;mann, liberty and the press. an age of television. New -York: Dodd, Mead, University: University of Alabama Press. & Co. Milam, Lorenzo. Sex in broadcasting: a hand- Maddox, Brenda, Beyond Babel: new directions book on starting community radio stations. communications. New York: Simon and Los Gatos, Cal.: Dildo Press. Schuster. .111iller, Tony and Patricia George Miller. Cut? Mandelbaum, Seymbur J. Community and com- Print! The language and structure of film- munications. New York: Norton. making. Los Angeles: O'Hara Publications.. Mankovsky, V. S. Acoustics of studios and audi-Mi]lerson, Gerald. The technique of lighting u3ria. New York: Hastings House. for television and. "motion pictures. New York: Manvell, Roger. Shakespeare and the film. New Hastings House. 1 ',:ork: Praeger Publishers. Mishra, Vishwa Mohan. Communication and ,and Heinrich Fraenkel. The German modernization in urban slums. New York: cinema.,, New York: Praeger. Publishers. Asia Publishing. House. , and Lewis Jacobs eds. The international Morella, Joe, Edward Z. Epstein and Eleanor encyclopedia of film. New York: Crown. Clark. Those great movie ads. New Rochelle, Mapp, Edward. Blacks in American films: today N.Y.: Arlington House. andyesterday.Metuchen,N.J.:Scarecrow Morgan, Al. The whole world is watching. New Press. York: Stein and Day. Markel, Lester. What you don't know can hurt Mortensen, C. David. Communication: the study you: a study of public opinion and public of human interaction. New York: McGraw- emotion. Washington, D.C.:PublicAffairs Hill. Press. Munsterherg, Hugo. The film: a psychological Marlin, James. Introduction toteleprocessing. Study. New York: Dover. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. Nfurray, George. The press and the public: the 'Martin, Marcel. France: an illustrated guide to story of the British Press Council. Carbon- 400 key figures in the French cinema. New dale: Southern Illinois' University Press. York: Barnes. McBride, Joseph, ed. Focus on Howard Hawks. Matthews, Herbert L. A world in revolution, a Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. newspaperman's memoir. New York: Charles McGarry, K. J. Mass communications selected Scribner's Sons. readings for librarians. Hamden, Conn.: Lin- Mayer, David. Sergie M. Eisenstein's 'Potemkin': net Books. a shot-by-shot presentation. New York: Gross- McGiffcrt, Robert C. The art of editing the man Publishers. news. Philadelphia: Chilton. 8 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION McKim, Robert H. Experiences in visual think- Phillips, Mary Alice Mayer. CATV: A history ing. 'Monterey, Cal.: BrooksCole. of community antenna television.. Evanston, McKowen, Clark and William Sparkc. It's only Ill.: Northwestern University Press. a movie. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.Pocock, R. F., and G. R. M. Garratt. The origins MacCampber., Donald. Don't step on it, it might of maritime radio: the story of the introduc- be a writer. Reminiscences of a literary agent. tion of wireless telegraphy in the Royal Navy Los Angeles: Sherbourne Press. between 1896 and 1900. London: Her Maj- Mac Donnell, Kevin. Eadweard Muybridge: the esty's Stationery Office. man who invented the moving picture. Bos-Powledge, Fred. Public television:'a question ton: Little, Brown. of survival (A report of the American Civil MacDougall, A. Kent, ed. The presS: a critical Liberties Union). Washington, D.C.: Public look from the inside. Princeton, N.J.: Dow Affairs Press. Jones Books. Pratley, Gerald. The cinema' of Otto Prerninger. Narboni, Jean, and Tom Milne, eds. Godard on New. York: Barnes. Godard: critical writings by Jean-Luc Godard. Prentiss,Stan.Basiccolortelevisioncourse. New York: Viking Press. Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: Tab Books. The New York State Special Commission on At-'Press freedoms under pressure: report of the tica. Attica. New York: Bantam Books. Twentieth Century Fund Task Force on the Newhall, Beaumont. The history of photog-. government and the press. New York: Twen- raphy from 1839 to the present day. New tieth Century Fund. York: Museum of Modern. Art. Price, Monroe E. and John Wicklein. Cable Niemi, John A. Mass media and adult educa- television, a guide for citizen action. Phila- tion.EnglewoodCliffs,N.J.:Educational delphia: Pilgrim Press. Technology. Publications. Problems of journalism:Proceedings of the Nilsen, Vladimir. The cinema as a graphic art. American Society of Newspaper Editors 1972. New York: Hill and Wang. Salt Lake City: American Society of Newspa- Niven, Harold. Broadcast. education, thirteenth per Editors. report: radio-television prOgrams in American Quick, John and Herbert Wolff. Small-studio colleges and universities 1971-1972. Washing- .video tape production. Reading, Mass.: Addi- ton, D.C.: National Association of Broadcast- son-Wesley. Rafi-Zadeh, Hassan. International mass :com- Olson, Harry F. Modern sound reproduction. munications: computerized annotated bibliog- New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. raphy. Carbondale: The Honorary Relation- Oringcl, Robert S. Audio control handbook: for Zone. radio andtelevisionbroadcasting. 4thed. Rao, N. Bhaskara. Controlled mass communi- New York: Hastings House. cation in inter -state relations: Indo-Pak . con- Oswald, Ida and Susanne Wilson. This bag is flict. New Delhi: S. Chand and Co., Ltd. not a toy: a handbook for the use of video-Read, Hadley. Communication: methods for all recording in educationforthe professions. media. Urbana: University of Ilinois Press. New York: Council on Social Work Education. Rchrauer, George. Cinema bookiist. Metuchen, Palshaw, John L. Practical methods .of measuring advertising effectiveness. London: Indus- NJ.: Scarecrow Press. trial and Commercial Techniques. Reilly, Adam. Current film periodicals in Eng- Parish, James Robert. The paramount pretties. iish. New York: Educational Film Library New Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House. Association. Peabody, Robert L., Jeffery M. Berry, WilliamRhymer, Mary Frances, ed. The small house. G. Frasure, and Jerry GOldman. To enact a halfway up in the next block. New York: law: congress and campaign financing. New McGraw-Hill. Richie, Donald S.,ed. Focus on Rashomon: York: Praeger Publishers. Pember, Don R. Privacy and the press: the law, Englewood Cliffs. N.J.: Prentice-Hall. the mass media and the First Amendment.Ritter, Jess and Grover Lewis ed. Focus /Media. Seattle: University of Washington. Press. San Francisco: Chandler. Perkins, Flossie L. Book and non-book media:Rivers, William L. Free-lance and staff writer: annotated guide to selection aids for educa- writingmagazinearticles.Belmont,Cal.: 0:tnal materials. Urbana, Ill.: National Coun- Wadsworth. cil of Teachers of English. , William B. Blankenberg, Kenneth Stank Perkins, V. F. Film as film: understanding and and Earl Reeves. Backtalk: press councils in judging movies. Baltimbre: Penguin Books. America. San 'Francisco: Canfield Press. STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 9 Roden, Martin S. Introduction to communica-The selling of cable television 1972. Washing. tion theory. New York: Perganton Press. ton, D.C.: National Cable Television Associa- Roll, Charles W. jr., and Albert H. Cantril. tion. Polls: th.:ir use and misuse in politics. NewShafer, Jon. A cable TV guide for educators: York: Basic Books. uses and provisions.St.Paul: Educational Rossen, Robert. Three screenplays:"Allthe Research and Development Council of the Ring's Men," "The Hustler," and "Lilith." Twin Cities Metropolitan Area. New York: Doubleday. Shen, James C. Y. The law and mass media Routt, Edd. The business of radio broadcasting. in Hong Kong. Hong Kong: Chinese Uni- Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: Tab Books. versity of Hong Kong. Sackman, Harold and Barry W. Boehm, eds. Shiers, George. Bibliography of the history of Planning Community InformationUtilities. electronics. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. Montvale, N.J.: AFIPS Press. Shipman, David. The great movie stars:the Sadoul, George. (ed. and translated by Peter international years. New York: St. Martin's Morris). Dictionary of films. Berkeley: Uni- Press. versity of California Press. Siller, Robert C. Guide to professional radio Samovar. Larry and Richard E. Porter, eds. In- and TV newscasting. Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: tercultural communication: a reader. Belmont, Tab Books. Cal.: Wadsworth. Singer, Benjamin D., ed. Communications in Sandman, Peter M., David M. Rubin and David Canadian society. Toronto: Copp Clark Pub- B. Sachsman. Media: an introductory analysis lishing. Slade,Mark.Ls.,.guage of American mass communication. Englewood ofchange:moving Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. images of man. Toronto: Holt, Rinehart tie Winston of Canada Ltd., 1970. , and , eds. Media casebook: Smith, John M. Jean Vigo. New York: Praeger an introductory readerin American mass Publishers. communications. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Pren- , and Tim Cawkwell. eds. The world en- tice-Hall. cyclopedia of the film. New York: World. Sanford, Herb. Tommy and Jimmy: the Dorsey years. New Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House.Smith, Ralph Lee. The wired nation: the electronic communications highway. New York: Schacht, J. H. A bibliography for the study of Harper Colophon Books. magazines. Urbana, Ill.:Instituteof Com- munications Research. Solomon, Stanley J. The film idea. New York: Schickel, Richard. Second sight: notes on some Harcourt Brace Jonanovich. movies1965-1970. New York:Simon and Spahn, Theodore Jurgen, Janet M. Spahn and Schuster. Robert H. Muller. From radical left to ex- Schmalensee, R. The economics of advertising. treme right: volume IL 2nd ed, Metuchen, Amsterdam: North -Holland. N.J.: The Scarecrow Press. Schramm, Wilbur, ed. Quality in instructional Starr, Cecile. Discovering the movies: an illus- television. Honolulu: The University Press trated introductionto the motion picture. of Hawaii. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. and Lyle Nelson. The financing of pub-Statistical trends in broadcasting. New York: lictelevision. Palo Alto, Cal.: Communica- John Blair & Co. tions and Society. Stedman, Raymond William. The serials: sus- , and Donald F. Roberts, eds. The process pense and drama by installment. Norman: and effects of mass communication. Urbana: University of Oklahoma Press. University of Illinois Press. Stein, M. L. Blacks in Communications. New Schuneman, R. Smith, ed. Photographic com- York: Julian Messner. munication: principles, problems and chal-Stein, Robert. Media power: who is shaping lenges of photojournalism. New York: Has- your picture of, the world? Boston: Houghton tings House. Mifflin. Seiden, Martin H. Cable television U.S.A.: an Steinberg, Charles S., ed. Mass media communi- analysisof government policy. New York: cation. Revised Edition. New York: Hastings Praeger Publishers. House. Seigel, Kalman, ed. Talking back to the NewSteinbrunner, Chris and Burt Goldblatt. Cinema York Times: letters to the editor, 1851-1971. of the fantastic. New York: Saturday Review New York: Quadrangle Books. Press. 10 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Steinby, Torsten. In quest of freedom: Finland's business blacklisting. New York: G. P. Put- press 1771-1971. Helsinki: Government Print- nam's Sons. ing Office. Videocassette industry guide.. North Hollywood, Stevens, Paul. I can sell you anything: how I Cal.: Videocassette Industry Information Ser- made your favorite TV commercial with min- vice. imum truth and maximum consequences. New Voelker, Francis and Ludmilia, eds. Mass media: York: Peter Wydeb. forces in our society. New York: Harcourt Strasser, Alex. The work of the science film Brace Jovanovich. maker. New York: Hastings House. Waniewicz, Ignacy. Broadcasting for adult edu- Strunk, William, Jr. and E. B. White. The ele- cation: a guidebook to worldwide experience. ments of style. 2nd ed. New York: Macmillan. Paris: UNESCO. Swanberg, W. A. Luce and his empire. New Weil, Dorothy I., ed. The American Film in- York: Charles Scribner's Sons. stitute's guide, to college film courses 1971-72. Symons, Julian. Mortal consequences: a history Chicago: American Library Association. from the detective story to the crime novel.Weinberg. Herman G., comp. The complete New York: Harper and Row. greed of Erich Von Stroheim. New York: Arno Tate, Charles, ed. Cable television in the cities: Press. community control, public access, and minor- Wells. Alan, ed. Mass media and society. Palo Alto, Cal.: National Press. ity ownerships. Washington, D.C.: The Urban Institute, 1971. . Picture-tube imperialism? The impact of U.S. Taubman, Joseph. Performing arts management televisioninLatin America. New York: Orbis Books. and law. New York: Law-Arts Publishers, Inc. Westley, Bruce H. News editing. 2nd ed. Boston: Thomas, Lawrence B. The MGM years:the Houghton Mifflin. golden age of movie musicals. New Rochelle, N.Y.: Columbia House. Whale, John. Journalism and government: a British view. Columbia, S.C.: Thomas, Tony. Ustinov infocus. New York: University of South Carolina Press. Barnes. White, David Manning, and Richard Averson. Thornbrough, Emma Lou. T. Thomas Fortune: The celluloid weapon: social comment in the militantjournalist.Chicago:University of American film. Boston: Beacon Press. Chicago Press. Tillman, Rollie and C. A. Kirkpatrick. Promo- Whyte, Allistair. New cinema in Eastern Europe. tion: persuasive communication in marketing. New York: Dutton. Revised Edition. Homewood, Ill.: Richard D. Wilder, Alec. American popular song: the great Irwin. innovators, 1900-1950. New York: Oxford Uni- Tilton, Edward P. and Douglas Blakeslee. The versity Press. radio amateur's V.H.F. manual. Conn.: The Willielmsen, Frederick D. and Jane Bret. Tele- American Radio Relay League, Inc. politics: the politics of neuronic man. Platts- Travel photography. Hastings-on-Hudson, N.Y.: burgh. New York: Tundra Books of Northern Morgan and Morgan. New York. Trent, Paul and Richard Lawton. The image , and . The war in man: media and makers:sixty years of Hollywood glamour. machines.Athens:UniversityofGeorgia New York: MCGrawHill. Press. Tyler, Parker. Screening the sexes: homosexu Wilkinson,CecilE.Educational media and ality in the movies. New York: Holt, Rinehart . you.Toronto:EducationalMaterialsand and Winston. Services, Ltd. . The shadow of an airplane climbs the Will, George F., ed. Press, politics and popular Empire State Building: a world theory of government. Washingtin, D.C.: American En- film. New York: Doubleday. terprise Institute for Public Policy Research. Tyrrell, Robert. The work of the televisionWillis, Donald C. Horror and science fiction journalist. New York: Hastings House. films: a checklist. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Underwood, Peter.Karloffthelifeof Boris Press. Karloff. New York: Drake. Willis, John, Screen world: 1972. New York: Vale, Eugene. The technique of screenplay writ- Crown Publishers: ing: an analysis of the dramatic structure ofWirkus, Tom E. and Harold P. Erickson. Com- motion pictures. Revised Edition. New York: munication and the technical man. Engle- Grosses. Sc Dunlap. wood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. Vaughn, Robert. Only victims: a study of showWolf, Frank. Television programming for news STUDIES IN MASS COMMUMICATION 11 and public affairs: a quantitative analysis of Praeger Publishers.. networks antistations. New York:Praeger Young, Freddie and Paul Petzold. The work of Publishers. the motion picture cameraman. New York: Wollen, Peter. Signs and weaning in the cinema. Hastings House. Bloomington, Ind.: Indiana University Press. Young, Vernon. On film: unpopular essays on Wood, Robin. The APU trilogy. New York: a popular art. Chicago: Quadrangle Books.

ARTICLES Ace, Goodman. Of glamour, grammar and good Ayers, Jerry B. and David A. Payne. Evaluation times gone. TVQ 10 (Fall), 35-9. of a state-wide educational television network. Adams, Anthony A. Broadcaster's attitudes to- EB 5 (January-February), 15-17, 26. wardpublicresponsibility:an Ohiocase , and Peter J. Rowe. Another, study. JB 16 (Fall), 407-20. but brief, look at the ETV audience. EB Al leyn, Jacques R. The phonographic industry (November-December), 19-21. deprived of its performing right in Canada.Bagdikian, Ben H. The politics of American EBU 23 (March), 46-50. newspapers. CJR 10 (March-April), 8-13. Al-Manicy, Adnan. Government control of the Bailey, George A. and Lawrence W. Lichty. press in the United Arab Republic, 1952-70,_ Rough justice on a Saigon street: a gatekeep- JQ 49 (Summer), 340-8. er study of NBC's Tet Execution Film. JQ 49 . Governments' resistance to the freeflow (Summer), 221-9, 238. of internationalcommunication.JC 22 Bakony, Ed. Film Study at Sir George Williams (March), 77-88. University. JUFA 24, 56-8. 'Ames, William E. Federal patronage and the Barr, Charles. 'Straw Dogs,' A Clockwork Orange' Washington D.C. Press. JQ 49 (Spring), 22-30. and the critics. Screen 13 (Summer), 17-31. Anderson, Charles M. In search of a visualBarrus, George S. Difference between superior rhetoric for instructional television. AVCR 20 and low-rated Utah papers. JQ 49 (Autumn), (Spring), 42-63. 591-2. Anderson, David and Jonathan Winer. Cor- Barshop, Aldin. Broward County ITV: a dy- rective advertising: the FTC's new formula for namic educational medium in southern Flori- effective relief. Texas Law Review. 50 (Jan- da. EB 5 (November-December), 33-5. uary), 312-33. Basehart, John R. and Robert N. Bostrum. Anderson, Fenwick. Parker as 'The Commoner' Credibility of source and selfinattitude depicted him. JQ 49 (Summer), 296.305: change. JQ 49 (Winter), 742-5. Anderson, James A. The alliance of broadcast Bateman, J.Carrol. The professionalreader. stations and newspapers: the problem of in- Public Relations J (May), 38. formation control, JB 1 (Winter), 51-64. Beavers, Robert. Notes filmed for 'from the Anderson, Robert. Electronics: The global fu- notebook of.. FC. No. 53.54-55 (Spring), ture. Vi 39 (October 15), 7.10, 97-100. Arrendoll, Charles. Predicting the completenessBecker, Lawrence. Sex inthe cinema: moral of newspaper election coverage. JQ 49 (Sum- values and the aesthetic of film. FJ 2, 24-7. mer), 290-5. Beckwith, Neil E. Multivariate analysis of sales Atkin, Charles K. Anticipated communication responses of competing brands to advertising. and mass media information seeking. POQ 36 JMR 9 (May), 168÷. (Summer), 188-99. Belton, John. Le Boucher: The limited universe. --, John P. Murray and Oguz B. Nayman. Cinema 7 (Spring), 46-50. The Surgeon General's research program onBedno, Ed. A program for developing visual television and social behavior: a review of symbols. VL 6 (Autumn), 355.63. empirical findings. JB 16 (Winter), 21-35. Benjamin, Walter. A short history of photog- Atkins, Pat. Press coverage of regionalism. JQ raphy. Screen 13 (Spring), 5-26. 49 (Summer), 368-70. Bennett, Sandra W. Ascertainment of commun. Atwood, L. Erwin and Kenneth Starck. Effects ity needs: where is public broadcasting? EBR of community press councils: real and imag- 6 (February), 20-5. ined. JQ 49 (Summer), 230-8. Bcnsman, Marvin S. and James M. Futrell. Austern, H, Thomas. What is'unfair adver- Broadcasting-film academic budgets:1971-72, tising?' Business Lawyer 27 (April), 883-90. JB 16 (Summer), 321-30. 12 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Berg,David M.Rhetoric,reality and mass Brooks, Louise. On location with Billy Wellman. media. QJS 58 (October), 255-63. FC 53-54-55 (Spring), 145-61. Berger, M. Marvin. Do .courts communicate? Brom], Heywood Hale. 'Coming to you tonight, Judicature. 55 (April), 318-23. live.. ."rvQ 10 (Fall), 22-7. Bergsma, Frans. Printed media or picked mes- Brown e, Don R. WINB: a private 'voice of sage: an exploration of media exposure, in- America.' JB 16 (Spring), 147-57. formation selection and social participation. G 18:3, 129-48. Brozen, Yale, Advertising,the consumer and Ilesiroglu, Akin. A new amendnient to broad- inflation. VS 38 (April), 356-60. casting legislation in Turkey. EBU 23 (July), . An ivory tower view of advertising. AQ 51-2. 34 ((inter), 14-22.. BishoP, Robert L. The rush to chain ownership. . The FTC and 'trial by publicity.' AQ CJR II (November-December), 10-19. 31 (Spring), 25-32. Bithier, Stewart W. Effects of distraction andBruckner, D. J.R. ,High noon' in Chicago. commitment on the persuasiveness oftele- CJR 10 (January-February), 23-33. vision advertising. JMR 9 (February). 1+. noon' in Chicago. CJR 10 (January-February), Black, Peter. TV '76: should we open the box? 23-33. AQ 34. (Winter), 23.6. Brundage, Gloria Swegman. Rationale for the Blanchard, Robert 0. Present at the creation: application of the Fairness Doctrine in broad- the media and the Moss Committee. JQ 49 cast news. JQ 49 (Autumn), 531-7. (Summer), 271-9. Buchstein, Frederick D. The role of the news Block, Carl E. White backlash to Negro ads: media in the 'death of God' controversy. JQ fact or fantasy? JQ 49 (Summer), 258-62. 49 (Spring), 79-85. Bloom, Derek. The practical use of computersBurke, John E. The Public Broadcasting Act in marketing. AQ 32 (Summer), 29-41. of 1967-Part I:historical origins and the Blumenberg, Richard M. Financing and dis- Carnegie Commission. EBR 6 (April), 105-19. tributing the private production feature film. The Public Broadcasting Act of 1967- JUFA 24:1, 2, 35-8. Part II: the Carnegie Commission report, de- Blumenfeld, Warren. A serendipitous study of velopment of legislation, and the Second Na- apparent impact of institutional advertising tionalConference on long -rangefinancing. upon consumer awareness of the advertiser. EBR 6 (June), 178-92. Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the . The Public Broadcasting Act of 1967 - American Psychological Association. 7:2, 739- Part III: congressional action and final pas- 40. sage. EBR 6 (August), 251-66. Bogart, Leo. Negro and white media exposure: Burke, Ronald K. 'The impartial citizen' of new evidence. JQ 49 (Spring), 15-21. . Warning: the Surgeon General has de- Samuel Ringgold Ward. JQ 49 (Winter), 759- 60.. terminedthat TV violenceismoderately dangerous to your child's mental health. POQ Butler, Lucius and Robert L. Liske. Classifica- tion and coding systems for media resources. 36 (Winter), 491-521. Bohn. Thomas W. and Robert K. Clark. Small AVCR 20 (Fall), 296-306. market media managers: aprofile. JB 16Buzzell, Robert D. The role of advertising in (Spring), 205-15. the marketing mix. AQ 31 (Spring), 11-16. Bond, M. A. Radio drama-broadcast and pub- Camper, Fred. Sexual mediation #1: 'Motel,' a lished:a comparison between United King- film by Stan Brakage. FC 53.54-55 (Spring),. dom and Western German experience from 101-4. 1945-1965. G 18:3, 149-65. Carden, John. Reality and television: an inter- Bowers, Thomas A. Issue and personality in- view with Dr. Edmund Carpenter. TVQ 10 formation in newspaper political advertising. (Fall), 42-6. JQ 4 (Autumn), 446-52. Carlson, Robert A. Public television: retrospect Breitenfeld,Frederick,Jr.Civilservice:the and prospect. EB 5 (January-February), 13-4, hidden boss. EBR 6 (December), 416-22. 24. Britt. Steuart H. An experiment on the per- Carne, C. Bryan. Telecommunications: its im- ceptionofsigns.International Journal of pact on business. Harvard Business Review Symbology 3 (March). 9-15. (July-August), 125-32. , Stephen C. Adams and Allan S. Miller.Case, Kenneth E. and James E. Shamblin. The How many advertising exposures per day? effect of advertising carry-over. JAR 12 (June), JAR 12 (December), 3-9. 37-40. STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 13. Cater, Douglass. The politics of public TV. CJR Curtis, Thomas B. Steps to long-range financing. 11 (July-August), 8-15. EBR 6 (December), 395-7. Cavert, C. Edward. What is validation? EB 7Cushman, Donald and Gordon C. Whiting. An (July-August), 17-18, 31-2. approach to communication theory:toward Chakroun, Abdallah. Maghrebvision: aims and consensus on rules. JC 22 (September), 217-38. Present state of television cooperation between Czigany, Lorant. Jancso Country. FQ 16 (Fall),. Tunisia, Algeria and Morocco. EBU 23 (No- 44-50. vember), 39-42. Dambrot, Faye. General psychology over closed- Chappetta, Robert. The meaning isnot the circuit television: a decade of experience with. message. FQ 15 (Summer), 10-18. 20,000 students. AVCR 20 (Summer), 181-93. Cheek, Leslie, III. An analysis of proposals toDardis, Rachel and Clarita Anderson. News- deregulatecommercialradiobroadcasting. paper ads and planned purchases. JAR 12 FCBJ 15:1, 1-52. (June), 21-4. Chu, James C. Y. Horace White: his associa-Davis, Al. The concept of credibility in adver- tion with Abraham Lincoln, 1854-60. JQ 49 tising. AQ 32 (Summer), 6-12. (Spring), 51-60. Davison, W. Phillips. Public opinion research as communication. POQ 36 (Fall), 311-22. , and William Fang. The training of journalists in Communist China. JQ 49 (Au- Dembo, Richard.Lifestyleand media use tumn), 489-97. among English working-class youths. G 18:1, Clemens, John. Advertising and industrial re- 24.36, lations. AQ 34 (Winter). 27-9. Dempsey. Michael. The world of Ken Russell. Cohen, Dorothy. Surrogate indicators and de- FQ 15 (Spring), 13.-25. ception in advertising. JMktg 36 (July), 10-15. DesJardins, Mary. Reading and viewing: a survey. School Libraries 21 (Spring), 26-30. Cohen. Marty. The perils of publishing journal- Disls,bn. John P. Coordinating images between ism reviews. CJR 11(November.December), media. JAR 12 (February), 25-8. 25.8, 41-3. Dimling. John A., Jr. Determining telecommun- Coldevin, Gary 0. Internationalism and mass ications requirements: some observations. SB 8 communications. JQ 49 (Summer), 365-8. (March), 48-64. Coleman, Elisabeth. Our troubled stations-2.Dittrich, Robert. Transmission via space satel- San Francisco: trials of an innovator. CJR 11 lites. EBU 23 (January), 52-8. (July-August), 31-5. Dodeskaden spectrum: Akira Kurosawa. Cinema Colfax, J. David. and Susan Frankel Sternberg. 7 (Spring), 14-17. The perpetration of racial stereotypes: blacksDodge, John. A new brand of advertising edu- in mass circulation magazine advertisements. cation. AQ 30 (Winter), 27-33. POQ 36 (Spring), 8-18. Dominick, Joseph R. Television and political Comments oftheEuropean Broadcasting socialization. EBR 6 (February), 48-56. Union on the draft convention to prohibit and GailE. Rouch. The image of theunauthorizeddistributionof program- women in network TV commercials, JB 16 carrying signals communicated by satellites. (Summer), 259-66. EBU 23 (March), 51-5. Donohew, Lewis, Joanne M. Parker and Vir- Coonradt, Frederick C. The law-of, libel has giniaMcDermott.Pyschophysiological mea- been all but repealed. EBR 6 (June), 173-7. surement of information selection: two stud- Corliss, Richard.PrestonSturges. Cinema. 7 ies. JC 22 (March). 54-63. (Spring), 25-36. Drew, Dan C. Roles and decision making of Crawley, John. Getting broadcast. EBR 6 (De- three television beat reporters. JB 16 (Spring), cember), 434-7. 165-73. Crippens, David L. Office of Minority Affairs:Duncan, Rodger Dean. Agnew, clergymen and two years later. EBR 6 (October), 315-18. the media. JQ 49 (Spring), 147-50. Curl, Donald Walter. An American reporter andEapen, K. E. Zana, an African news agency. G the Franco-Prussian War. JQ 49 (Autumn), 18:4, 193-207. 480-8. Eassie, R. W. F. Test marketing: principle and Curran, Charles. The BBC is 50. EBU 23 (No- practice. AQ 34 (Winter), 38-41, vember), 12-14. Eastman, Harvey A. A communication theory .Our proper concern. EBR 6 (April), bibliography speaks out-softly. JC 22 (Sep- 83-8. tember), 306-10. Currie.Hector. Encounter withessence:the Edera, Bruno. Animated filmseries on tele- schematic image. JUFA 24:4, 104-7. vision. EBU 23 (March). 19-25. 14 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Editors of 'Cashiers du Cinema.' John Ford'sFrampton, Millis. (Nostalgia) voice-over nar- 'Young Mr.Lincoln.' Screen13(Autumn), ration for a film of that name, dated 1/18/71. 5-47. FC 53-54-55 (Spring), 105-14. Ehrich, Thomas Lindley. Our troubled stations Francis, Mervyn. The advertising agency as a -1. Boston: the uneasy years. CJR I1 (July- public company: I. AQ 30 (Winter), 6-8. August), 26-30. Frank, Reuven. The First Amendment:tele- Ek, Richard A. Victoria Woodhull and the vision news. VS 38 (August 1), 629-32. Pharisees. JQ 49 (Autumn), 453-59. Frank, Willard C., Jr. Error, distortion and bias Emmett, Brian. Television and violence-two inthe'VirginiaGazettes,'1773-74. JQ 49 years and a million dollars later. EBU 23 (Winter), 729-39. (September), 19-22. Freed, Fred. The rise and fall of the television English, John W. 'Z' stands for Zagreb: also for documentary. TVQ 10 (Fall), 55-63. animation. JUFA 24:3, 48-51. Enzensberger, Masha. Oziga Vertott. Screen 13 Friendly, Fred W. Beyond the 'Caldwell' de- (Winter), 90-107. cision: 3. Justice White and Reporter Cald- Ernst, Sandra Williams. Baseball or brickbats: well:finding a common ground. CJR 11 a content analysis of community development. (September-October), 31-7. JQ 49 (Spring), 86-90. Fulop, Christina. Recruitment advertising and The estates of the French Cinema, May 1968. the labour market. AQ 30 (Winter), 17-24. Screen 13 (Winter), 58-88. Furtado, A. DeLoyola. Growth of journalism. Eubanks, Ralph T. Writing the truth. VS 39 Vidura 9 (February), 67-8. (December 15), 159-60. Furuta, Shosaku. Mass consciousness in South- Evans, Hat..old _M._Is_the_press too powerful? east Asia and Japan: preliminary observations CJR 10 (January-February), 8.16. on the use of mass media contributing to bloc Farber, Stephen. Straw Dogs. Cinema 7 (Spring), development. SB 8 (March), 65.106. 2-7. Gadney, Alan. West Texas and the taco stand. Farmer, Herbert E. Blowup printing of 16mm JUFA 24:1.2, 8-10. ori.ritta1 to 35mm. JUFA 24:1, 25-7. Gans, Herbert J. The famine in American mass- Felt, John H. Content and situational relevance communications research: comments on of agricultural news in Brazilian papers. JQ Hirsch,Tuchman, andGrecas.American 49 (Autumn), 505-11. Journal of Sociology 77 (January), 697-705. Ferre, Luis A. Technology and freedom: theGarberson, John W. A limited number of ad- communication revolution. VS 38 (January vertising pages. JM 25 (November), 28. 15), 217-20. Garnham, Nicholas. TV documentary and ideol- Fielding, Raymond. Third bibliographic survey ogy. Screen 13 (Summer), 109-15. of theses and disserations on the subject ofGatewood, Willard B. A Negro editor on im- filmatU.S.universities,1916-1972. JUFA perialism: John Mitzhell, 1898-1901. JQ 49 24:3, 75-8. (Spring), 43.50, 60. Firth. Tony. ITV:illusions andconfusions. Geduld, Harry M,, The sexual image: a note on AQ 32 (Summer), 13 -17. eroticism in the movies. FJ 2:1, 28-9. Fisher, Jack.. The films of Ken Russell. FJ 2:1,Georgakas, Dan. They have not spoken. Ameri- 33.43. can Indians in film. FQ 15 (Spring), 26-32. Fleming, MalcolmL. and hfehdi Sheikhian.Gibson, Larry G. The maze of people and ma- Influence of pictorial attributes on recogni- chines. EB 5 (September-October), 19.23. tion memory. AVCR 20 (Winter), 523-42. Gilbert, David A. Lucius C. Paddock: voice, Fletcher, James E. Telecommunications: what's against the thunder. JQ 49 (Autumn), 585-7. in a name? JB 16 (Spring), 217-23. Gilliam, Dorothy. What do black journalists Flory, John. Universities graduate to the big want? CJR 11 (May-June), 47-52. picture. JUFA 24, 4-7. Gitter, A. George, Stephen M. O'Connell and Flynn, James H., III. The ideal television sta- David Mostofsky. Trends in appearance of tion: a 'Q' study. JB 16 (Winter), 65.77. models in Ebony ads over 17 years. JQ 49 Foley, Joseph M. Ascertaining ascertainment: (Autumn), 547-50. impact of the FCC printer on TV renewal Goldberg, Ralph E. and Mark W. Johnson. applications. JB 16 (Fall), 387-406. 'The Selling of the Pentagon': an examina- Foote, A. Edward. The crisis in PTV: station tion of the legal controversy. EBU 23 (Jan- management. ELI 5 (September-October), 13- uary), 69-72. 15. Goldman, AaronL.ClaudCockburn, 'The STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 15 Week' and the. 'Cliveden Set.' JQ 49 (Win-Haavelsrud, Magntis. Etarning resources in the ter), 721-8. formation of internatiOnal orientations. AVCR Goodman, R. S. and Calvin Pry luck. The tape 20 (Fall), 229-52. recorded interview as data for film history. 'tacit. Robert I). The new sound recording law SM 39 (November), 306-11. in the United States. (May), 50-4. Gordon, David. The 1896 Maryland Shield Law: Hall,DouglasC.Research methodologyof the American roots of evidentiary privilege NDEA Title VII-A: a descriptive and criti- for newsmen. JM 22 (February), 44. cal analysis. AVCR 20 (Summer), 117-34. Gordon, Lorna. The Jamaica Broadcasting Cor- Hall, Mark W. 1831-49: The pioneer period for poration geared to serve a developing nation. newspapersinCalifornia. JQ 49 (Winter), EllU 23 (May), 25-7. 648-55. Gough, Philip B. One second of reading. VI. 6Haller, Terry B. Predicting recall of TV com- (Autumn), 291 -320. mercials. JAR 12 (October), 43-5. wind, Jack. 1Vbat public TV can be:I. Bri Hallikainen,Pertti.NewtrendsinFinnish tian's BBC. CJR 11 (July-August), 16-20. school radio. EBU 23 (July), 26-9. Goulding, Daniel J. Whither the student featureHallow, Ralph Z. Pittsburgh's ephemeral 'riot.' film?Report from OberlinCollege. JUFA CJR 10 (January-February), 34-40. 24:1-2, 14-1-6. Hanks, William E. and Martin Lazar. Using the Grass, Robert C., David W. Bartgcs and Jeffery Fairness Doctrine: case history of a learning L. Pied'. Measuring corporate image ad ef- project. JB 16 (Fall), 475-83. fects. JAR 12 (December), 15-22. Haring. Ardyce. Communication and change in Grattan, Donald. The BBC and the Open Uni- community development. JQ 99 (Autumn), versity: a broadcasting view. EBU 23 (March), 512-18, 530. 26-32. Harless, James D. The impact of adventure Graybar, Lloyd TAlbert Shaw and the founding fiction on readers: the nice-guy type. JQ 49 of the 'review of reviews,'1891.97, JQ 49 (Summer), 306-15. (Winter). 692 -7, 716. . The impact of adventure fictionon Crecas, Viktor. Motives and aggressive acts in readers: the tough-guy type. JQ 49 (Spring), popularfiction:sexandclassdifferences. 65-73. American Journal of Sociology 77 (January), Harley. William .G. Annual report of the presi- 680-96. dent. EBR 6 (December), 404-98. Greenberg, Bradley S.Children's reactions to TV blacks. JQ 49 (Spring), 5-14. NAEB's rolein public broadcasting's Crenier. Judson. Upon Sinclair and the press: new maturity. EBR 6 (December), 398.403. 'the brass check reconsidered.' JQ 49 (Au- Harmar-Brown, Francis. The snares of numeracy tumn), 427-36. in marketing. AQ 30 (Winter), 40.2. Greyser, Stephen A. Advertising:attacks and Harris, Jacqueline J. and Maxwell E. McCombs. counters. Harvard Business Review (March- The interpersonal/mass communication inter- April), 22-8. face among church leaders. JC 22 (September), The social impacts of advertising. AQ 257-62. 31 (Spring), 17-22. Harrison, Gordon Scott. The mass media in Guarrera, Sebastiano.Activeparticipationof native villages of Alaska. JQ 49 (Summer), Italian pupils in school radio programs. EBU 373-6. 23 (March), 10.14. Harwood, Kenneth. A world bibliography of Guback, Thomas H. and Steven T. Hill. The selected periodicals on broadcasting (revised). beginnings of ,Soviet broadcasting and the role JB 16 (Spring), 131-46. of V. I. Lenin. JM 26 (December), 43 pp. Hendersen,Brian. The structureofBazin's Guerrero, Jose L. and G. David Hughes. An thought. FQ 15 (Summer), 18-27. empirical test of the Fishbein model. JQ 49Henry, Hugh W. Computer applications in ad- (Winter), 684-91. vertising. AQ 31 (Spring), 34-9. Guimary, Donald. Citizens broadcast councils. Hill, Gladwin. The lessons of I'Affair Hughes. EBR 6 (October, 333-8. CJR 11 (May-June), 41-6. Gumpert, Gary and Dan F. Hahn. An historical and organizational perspective of the OfficeHill, Steven P. The classic period of Soviet of Telecommunications Policy. EBR 6 (Oc- cinema: Kuleshov, Eisenstein, and others. FJ tober), 309-14. 1 (Fall-Winter), 16-33. - Gunn, Hartford N., Jr. Public television pro- Hirsch, Foster. Viva La Muerte: El Topo. Cine- gram financing. EBR 6 (October), 283-308. ma 7 (Spring), 8-13. 16 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION Hirsch, Paul M. Processing faas and fashions:Jensen, J. Vernon. Attempts to televise Parlia- an organization-setanalysisof culturalin- ment. JB 16 (Fall), 461-74. dustry systems. American Journal of SociologyJimenez, JesusGarcia. RTV books'-an un- 77 (January), 639-59. precedented experiment by Spanish television. Hise, Richard T. How liberals and conserva- EIIU 23 (March), 15-18. tives view ads. JAR 12 (December), 38-42. JointWhitneyInterview,etc.PC 53.54-55 Hitchens, Gorden. Joris Ivens interview, Nov. (Spring), 39-83. 20,1968, American Documentaries, etc. FC Johnson, Haynes. The Newspaper Guild's iden- 53-54-55 (Spring), 190-229. tity crisis. CJR 11 (November-December), 44-8. Hobson, John. How informative should adver- Johnstone, John W. C., Edward J. Slawski and tising be? AQ 31 (Spring), 6.10: William W. Bowman. The professional values Holbert, Neil. Key articles in advertising re- of American newsmen. POQ 36 (Winter), search. JAR 12 (October), 5-13. 522-40. Holmes, Presley D. Public broadcasting develop- Johnstone, Ronald L. Who listens to religious ment-the next step. ERR 6 (December), 423- radio broadcasts anymore? JB 16 (Winter), 33- 91-102. Hooks, Benjamin. Undertones of racism. EBR 6 Jones, Douglas C. Teresa Dean: lady correspon- (December), 386-9. dent among the Sioux Indians. JQ 49 .(Win- Howitt, Dennis. Attitudes towards violence and ter), 656-62. mass media exposure. G 4, 208-34. Kapos,Martha. The languagesofrealism. Hsu, Chia-Shih, Crispin Maslog and Tong-jae Screen 13 (Spring), 79-85. Cho. Journalism education inAsia: a sym- Katzman, Natan. Television soap operas: what's posium. JQ49 (Spring), 116.22, 128. been going on anyway? POQ 36 (Summer), Hughes, Joseph D. Report from the long-range financing. EBR 6 (December), 390-4. 213 -20. ,and James Nyenhuis. Color vs. black- Humphry, David A. The organization and staffing of educational communications centers. and-white effects on learning, opinion and attention. AVCR 20 (Spring), 16-28. EBR 6 (August), 233-43. Hylton. Cal and William B. Lashbrook. Apa- Kenney, Richard L. American cinematic form. theticandneutral audiences:acomputer FQ 15 (Winter), 9-19. simulation and validation. SM 39 (June), 105- Kent, Kurt E. Freedom of the press: an empiri- 13. cal analysis of one aspect of the concept. G Interview with Ivor Montagu. Screen 13 (Au- 18:2, 65-75. tumn), 71-113. Keenan, Jerome B. and Leslie B. Heiman. In- Interviews with Alberto Cavalcanti and Gavin formation distortion and personality. JQ 49 Lombert. Screen 13 (Summer), 33-78. (Winter), 698-701. Isaacs, Norman E. Beyond the 'Caldwell' de- Keshishoglou, John E. To cable or not to cable? cision:1. 'There may be worse to come from EBU 23 (July), 32-5. this court.' CJR 11 (September-October), 18- Kingsley, David and Brian Palmer. The adver- 24. tising agency as a public company: H. AQ 30 Isaacs, Stephen. The pitfalls of polling. CJR 11 (Winter), 9-11. (May-June), 28-34. Kitses, Jim. Elia Kazan: a structuarl analysis. Isaacson, M. N. Advertising and the permissive Cinema. 7 (Winter), 25-36. society. AQ 34 (Winter), 34-7. Kjellgren,Lars-Eric. A personalreport:the Issari, M. A. Kinelip: a quick access to film EBU screening sessions. EBU 23 (September), utilization. JUFA 24; 4, 116-17. 12-15. Ivens, Michael. Campaign for co-operation. AQ Klinge, Peter and Skip Landen. Feature film : 34'(Winter), 30-3. production at Ithaca College. JUFA 24:1.2, 17-. Jaffe, Louis. The editorial responsibility of the 19. broadcaster: reflections on fairness and access.Kooyman, A. A. A Dutch broadcasting organiza- Harvard Law Review 8 (February), 768-92. tion (VPRO) and youth in modern society. James,C.Rodney. John Grierson:England, EBU 23' (May), 16-18. Canada, the world. JUFA 24:3, 52-5. Korman, Frank. Innovations in telecommunica- Jamison,Dean.PublictelevisioninIndia: tions technology: a look ahead. EBR 6 (Oc- investment alternative. EBR 6 (August), 244- tober), 322-32. 50. Koschwitz, Hansjurgen. The case 'New York Jefferson. Michael. Labour's green paper: the Times.' The pros and cons of freedom of the debate continues. AQ 34 (Winter), 6-13. press. G 18; 4, 235-44. STUDIES IN MASSCOMMUNICATION 17 Krisher, Bernard. What public TV can be: 2. Litt, Han C. and Shelton A. Gunaratne. Foreign Japan's NHK. CJR 11 (July-August), 21-5. news in two Asian dailies. G 18:1, 37-41. Krugman, Herbert E. Why three exposures may Loevinger,Lee.Advertisingabuses andthe be enough. JAR 12 (December), 11-14. worse cure: a critical observer's view. VS 39 Krulak, V. H. Our freedom in a changing (December), 114-20. world: the challenge in communication. VS Loomis, Henry. Defining goals for public broad- 38 (August 1), 626-9. casting; a prerequisite to long-range funding. Kuralt, Charles. Reporting the'littlepeople.' EBR 6 (December), 376-80. CJR 10 (January-February), 17-22. Lorenz, Lawrence. Origins of Pan American Kurokawa, Jiro. Enactment of the cable tele- copyright protection, 1889-1910, JQ 49 (Win- vision broadcasting law in Japan. EBU 23 ter), 717-20. (September), 47-50. Lovell, Alan. The British cinema: notes on Kushner, James M. KADS (FM): want ad radio British film culture. Screen 13 (Summer), 5-15. in Los Angeles. JB 16 (Summer). 267-76. Lublin, Joann S. Discrimination against women Lacassin,Francis. The comic strip and film in newsrooms: fact or fantasy? JQ 49 (Sum- language. FQ 16 (Fall), 11-23. mer), 357-61. Lander, Byron D. Functions of letters to the MacBean, James Roy. Godard and Dziga Vertou editor:are-examination. JQ 49(Spring), Group: film and dialectics. FQ 16 (Fall), 30-44. 142-3. Rossellinis' materialist misc-en-scene of Landry, Jacques. The community of French 'La Prise de Pouvoir par Louis XIV.' FQ 15 televisionprogrammes. EBU 23 language (Winter), 20-9. (September), 16-18. . Sex and politics. FQ 15 (Spring), 2-13. of Langley.PeterIII.Pessimism-optimism Macy, John W., Jr. Future imperatives. EBR 6 Civil War military news: June, 1863-March, (December), 384-5. 1865. JQ 49 (Spring), 74-8. Lanigan, Betty. The year the spectacular be-Madden, David. Marble goddesses and mortal flesh:notes for an erotic memoir ofthe came a noun. TVQ 10 (Fall), 64-7. forties. FJ 2:1, 1-21. Larson, Bruce L. A Kansas newspaper and the Madgwick, Robert. Forty years of the Australian non-partisan league, 1919-20. JQ 49 (Spring), Broadcasting Commission. EBU 23 (Septem- 98-106. ber), 24-6. Larson, Rodger. A retrospective look at the films Malatini,Franco. An Italianexperiment in of D. W. Griffith and Andy Warhol. FJ1 creative radio literature. EBU 23 (January), (Fall-Winter), 80-91. 36-41. Lasswell, Harold D. Communications research Mamber, Stephen. A Clockwork Orange. Cinema and public policy. POQ 36 (Fall), 301-10. 7 (Winter), 48-57. Lee, Jae-Won. Editorial support and campaign .Television: cinema-verite in America: news: content analysis by Q-method. JQ 49 Part I. Screen 13 (Summer), 79407. (Winter), 710-16. . Cinema-verite in America: Part II- Lennig, Arthur. Broken blossoms: D. W. Grif- direct cinema and the crisis structure. Screen fith and the making of an unconventional 13 (Autumn), 114-36. masterpiece. FJ 1 (Fall-Winter), 2-15. Lent, John A. A reluctant revolution amongMansell, G. E. H. The BBC external services today. EBU 23 (November), 16-19. Asian newspapers. G. 18:1, 1.13. Mansell, Gerard. The BBC's radio nteworks. Leslie, George. Film study at Nihon University, EBU 23 (January), 29-35. Tokyo. JUFA 24:3, 59.68, 74. Marceau, F. Jane. Communication and develop- Letter to OTP Director Clay T. Whitehead. ment: a reconsideration. POQ 36 (Summer), EBR 6 (February), 26-30. Critical attitudes toward the 235-45. Lewels, Joe Jr. Markopoulous, Gregory. The adamantive bridge media. EBR 6 (October), 339-49. (for Paul Kilb). FC 53.54-55 (Spring), 84-93. Lichty, Lawrence W. and David J. Leroy. Miss- ing thenewscaster:reactionstothe 1967--. Love's task. FC 53-54-55 (Spring), 94-7. AFTRA strike. JB 16 (Spring), 175-84. Martin, Clessen and Lannes H. Hope. Effects Liechti, Harris N. 'The scene today'-improv- practice and mode of presentation upon ing campus communications with a student- tile comprehension of telegraphic prose. Pro- produced TV news program. EB 5 (Novem- ceedings of the Annual Convention of the ber-December), 37-40. American Psychological Association. 7:2, 521-2. Lind, Harold. Advertising expenditure-1960- Martin, Ernest F., Jr. The 'Hunger in America' 71. AQ 32 (Summer), 49-59. controversy. JB 16 (Spring), 185-194. 18 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION Martin, Howard S. Radio production courses: Miller, M. Mark. Task orientation and salience a survey of current practice. JB 16 (Summer), as determinants of source utility. JQ 49 (Win- 311-20. ter), 669-73. Martin, Ralph K. Garrett J. O'Keefe and OguzMiner, Worthington. Was it all so golden? TVQ B. Nayman. Opinion agreement and accuracy 10 (Fall), 13 -19, between editors and their readers. JQ 49 (Au- Mintz, Morton. Auditing the media: a modest tumn), 460-8. proposal. CJR 11 (November-December), 20.4. Masouye, Claude. The gestation of a new in- Monaghon, Robert R. The repertory grid: ap- ternational convention regarding space satel- plication to ascertainitg viewer needs. EBR lites. EBU 23 (September), 51-60. 6 (February), 38-47. . A new international convention on the Montgomery, John A. ALPS/STRIVE: a case for protection of phonograms. EBU 23 (January), commitment by public broadcasting. EBR 6 59-68. (August), 207-14. . The new Luxembourg copyright legis-Mooradian, Karlen. The dawn of printing. JM lation: a commentary. EBU 23 (May), 40-9. 23 (May), 35 PP. Meeske, Milan D. Teaching radio television inMorgenthaler, Eric. Our troubled stations-3. a department of communication. ERR 6 (Au- Dallas: Creating an' alternative. CJR 11 (July- gust), 219-23. August), 36-40. Ntekas, Jonas. Ernie Gehr interview, March 24, Morrison, Bruce J. and Marvin J. Dainoff. Ad- 1971. FC 53-54-55 (Spring), 25-38. vertising complexity and looking time. JMR 9 Mellen. Joan. An interview with Cillo Ponte- (November), 396-400. corvo. FQ 16 (Fall), 2-10. , and Richard C. Sherman. Who responds to sex in advertising? JAR 12 (April), 15-19. A reassessment ofCilloPontecorvo's BURN! Cinema 7 (Winter), 38-47. Mundy, Robert. Woody Allen: 2 articles, interview and filmography. Cinema 7 (Winter), 6- . Dodeskaden: arenewal.Cinema 7 21. (Spring), 20-2. Murray, John P., Oguz B. Nayman, and Charles Menne, Joy M. and John W. Menne. The rela- K. Atkin. Television and the child: a com- tive efficiency of bimodal presentation as an prehensive research bibliography. JB 16 (Win- aid to learning. AVCR 20 (Summer), .170 -80. ter), 3-20. Mentha, Benigne. Preparation of a new Swiss McCombs, Maxwell E. Mass media in the mar- copyright act:reflections on the draft bill. ketplace. JM 24 (August), 104. EBU 23 (March), 56.64.. and Donald L. Shaw. The agenda-set- Merrill, Martha. Black Panthers inthe new ting function of mass media. POQ 36 (Sum- wave. FC 53.54-55 (Spring), 134-45. mer). 176-87. Metz, Christian. An exerpt from the fourth es- McNelly, John T. and Julio Molina. Communi- say of language in cinema. Cinema 7 (Spring), cation, stratification and international affairs 43-4. informationina developing urban society. Meyer. Timothy P. The effects of verbally vio- JQ 49 (Summer), 316.26, 339. lentfilmcontent onaggressivebehaviof. Nagy, Alex. Hungarian writers and the 1956 AVCR 20 (Summer), 160-9. revolution. JQ 49 (Autumn), 498-504. . News reporter bias:a case study in Nakajima, Iwao. Reference table: leisure situ- selective Perception. JB 16 (Spring), 195-203. ation in Japan-A collection of relevant sta- . Some observations on the differences stistical tables. SB 8 (March), 111-42. between current film and television violence.. Nestvold, Karl J. Clore procedure correlation JUFA 24:4, 112-15. with perceived readability. JQ 49 (Autumn), Meyer, William G. Q-study of attitudes toward 592-4. rock festival in Iowa town. JQ 49 (Summer),Nicolai, Richard R. and Sam G. Riley. The 351-6. gatekeeping function from the point of view Miall, Leonard. Working with European broad- of the PR man. JQ 49 (Summer), 371-3. casters. EBU 23 (November), 21-3. Nichols,Bill. The Americanphotoleague. Mie Ike, Keith W. Renewing the link between Screen 13 (Winter), 108-15. communications and educational technology. Nichols, John E. Publishers and drug advertis- AVCR 20 (Winter), 357-99. ing: 1933-38. JQ 49 (Spring), 144-7. Milbourn, M. Thomas and Vernon A. Stone.The Nippon Television Network Corporation: Source-message orientationand components Japan's pioneer commercialtelevisionnet- of source credibility. JQ 49 (Winter), 663-8. work. EBU 23 (July), 30-1. STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 19 Niven, Harold. Thirteenth survey of colleges . Life style patterns: A new constraint for and universities offering courses in broadcast- mass communications research. JB 16 (Win- ing, 1971.72. 311 16 (Summer), 331-70. ter), 79-89. Nixon, Agnes Eckhardt. In daytime TV, the Polety, David L. Delegates' views of TV cover- golden age is now. TVQ 10 (Fall), 49-54. age of the 1968 Democratic convention. 313 Norwood, Don J. Budget short cuts in feature 16 (Fall), 441-52. production. JUFA 24:1-2. 32-4. Pollak, Michael. The performance of the wood- Nurberger, Thomas S. Telecommunications: de- en printing press. Library Q (April), 218-64. cisions at a crossroads. VS 38 (March 15), 330- Powell, Jon T. Broadcast advertising of medical 3. products and services: its regulation by other Ogi, Masahiro. Kurosawa, Dodeskaden, and Jap- nations: FCBJ 15:2, 144-76. anese culture. Cinema 7 (Spring), 18-19. Powers, Ron and Jerrold Oppenheim. Is TV Ogle. Patrick L. Technological and aesthetic too profitable? CJR I1 (May-June), 7-13. influences upon the development of deep Preston, Ivan L. and Ralph H. Johnson. Puffery focus cinematography inthe United States. -A problem the FTC didn't want (and may Screen 13 (Spring), 45-76. try to eliminate). JQ 49 (Autumn), 558-68. Olsson, Harry R., Jr. Cable television--DistrictPride, Cletis. Content analysis of seven common- CourtDecisionin 'CBSv.Teleprompter.' wealth newspapers. JQ 49 (Winter), 753.6. EBU 23 (September), 45-6. Pride, Richard A. and Gary L. Wamsley. Symbol Orlik,Peter B. Cataloguing and programing analysis of network coverage of Laos incur- thestation'sserious musiclibrary. EB 5 sion. JQ 49 (Winter), 635-40, 647. (April), 19-22. Pringle, Ashley. A methodology for television Orwant, Jack E. Effects of derogatory attacks analysis with reference to the drama series. inSoviet arms control propaganda. JQ 49 Screen 13 (Summer), 116-28. (Spring); 107-15. Prisuta, Robert H. Broadcast advertising by Ovink, G. W. The changing responsibilities of candidates for the Michigan legislature: 1970. the typographic designer. VL 6 {Autumn), JB 16 (Fall), 453-60. 341-54. Ramsey, Patrick. Cost control in television pro- Ozu Ozu the Silents. Cinema 7 (Winter), 22- duction. EBU 23 (May), 10-13. 4. Randolph, J. Ralph. The end of impartiality: PBS. -Document of journalism standards and 'South-CarolinaGazette,' .1763 -75.JQ 49 guidelines. EBR 6 (August), 215.18. (Winter), 702-09, 720. Padden, Preston R. The emerging role of citi-Rao, N. Ranga. Academic qualificationsof zen? groups in broadcast regulation. FCBJ journalists in-Tamil Nadu: more than half 15:2, 82-110. are graduates. Vidura 9 (February), 43-7. Paletz, David L., Judith Koon, Elizabeth White-Redmond, James. Technical developments con- head and Richard B. Hagens. Selective ex- trol the pace. EBU 23 (November), 19-21. posure: the, potential boomerang effect. JCReed, Oscar, Jr. Communications networks for 22 (March), 48-53. city renewal. EBR 6 (April), 91-6. Paul, Noel S. Why the British Press Council Reeves, Richard. Newark's fallen giant: euthan- works. CJR 10 (March-April), 20-6. asia or murder? CJR 11 (November-Decem- Pau lu, Burton. A controversial CBS documen- ber), 49-55. tary: 'The Selling of the Pentagon.' EBU 23A regulatory programme for cable television in (January), 42-5. the United States. EBU 23 (July), 53-6. Pavasars, John and Ed Derr. Pre-alerting on-air Reilly, Tom. Early coverage of a president-elect: test respondents. JAR 12 (December), 23 -B. Lincoln at Springfield 1860. JQ 49 (Autumn), Pearson, Betty D. Applying learning theory and 469-79. instructional film principles to film for learn- Reiner, Carl. And so, kicking and screaming ing observational skills. AVCR 20 (Fall), 281- into the tube ... TVQ 10 (Fall), 30-2. 95- Reuss, Carol. The 'Ladies' Home Journal' and Peterson, Robert- A. Psychographics and media Hoover's food program. JQ 4 (Winter), 740-2. exposure. JAR 12 (June), 17-20. Riddell, G. L. Printing and the electronics age. Pfaff, Daniel W. The symbolic speech cases: AQ 30 (Winter), 35-8. an analysis. JQ 49 (Autunm); 551.z7, 578. Riegel, Oscar W. Communications and nations. Pines, Jim. Left film distributors. Screen 13 SB 8 (March), 5-25. (Winter), 116-26. Ringer, Barbara. Recent cable television devel- Plummer, Joseph T. Evaluating TV commercial opments in the United States involving copy- test. JAR 12 (October), 21-7. right. EBU 23 (September), 36-44. 20 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Robbins, E. C. The 1111C and the Performing Scanlon, T. Joseph. A new approach to study of Rights Society. EBU 23 (July), 49-50. newspaper accuracy. JQ 49 (Autumn), 587-90. Robbins, J. C. Deciding First Amendment cases: Scheer, Chris J. and Sam \V. Eller. A cornpari- . Part I. JQ 49 (Summer), 263-70. son of Canadian and American network tele- Deciding First Amendment cases:Part vision news. JB 16 (Spring), 159.64, II, evidence. JQ 49 (Autumn), 569-78.. Schlinger, Mary Jane and Joseph T. Plummer. Robert, Flaherty (Misr.). FC 53.54-55 (Spring), Advertising in black and white. JMR 9 (May), 161-90. 149 -h-. Robinson, John P. Perceived media bias and the Schmidt, Benno C., Jr. Beyond the 'Caldwell' 1968vote:canthe mediaaffectbehavior decision: 2.'The decision istentative.' CJR after. all? JQ 49 (Summer), 239-46. il (September-October), 25-30. Robinson. W. R. The imagination of skin: some Schultz, Victoria. Hanoun: the cinema of am- observations on the movies as striptease. FJ biguity. FC .53 -54 -55 (Spring), 115-26. 2:1. 44-53. Schwartz, Louis and Robert A. Woods. Access Rogers, MichaelK. The legislative executive avenues for public broadcasters. EBR 6 (Feb- session. JQ 49 (Spring), 150-5. ruary), 1-19. Rohdi. Sam. Review:movie reader,filmas Scott, Joseph E. and Jack L. Franklin. The film. Screen. 13 (Winter), 135-145. changing nature of sex references in mass Roland H.Totherohinterviewed:Chaplin circulation magazines. POQ 36 (Spring), 80-6. films. Edited by Timothy J. Lyons. FC 53-54-Scott, Ward. Kid's TV-marketers on hot scat. 55 (Spring), 229.85. Harvard Business Review (July-August), 16-28. Rose, Ernest D. Credibility and the realist tra Seasonwein, Roger and Leonard R. Sussman. dition in cinema. JUFA 24:4, 108.11. Can extremists using TV move an audience? Rubinstein,Eli A. Television and socialbe- JQ 49 (Spring), 61.4, 78. havior: social science research for social policy. Seemann, Howard L. The editor- publisher of, a EBR 6 (December), 409-15. black daily: a case study. JQ 49 (Spring), 140- Rush, Ramona R. Interpersonal communication 2 and cognitive modernity: a study of socializa- Seibert, Warren F. Broadcasting and education: tion in Lima, Peru. JQ 49 (Summer), 327-39. ERIC/EBR annual reviewpaper. EBR 6 Ryan,Michael.Readershipresearchamong (June), 139-50. businessmen. AQ 31 (Spring), 41-7. Shadoian, Jack. America the ugly: Phil Karlson's '99 River Street.' FC 53-54-55 (Spring), 286- Saalberg, Harvey. Bennett and Greeley, pro- 92. fessional rivals, had much in common. JQ 49Shafer, Byron and Richard Larson. Did TV (Autumn), 538.46, 550. create the 'social issue'? CJR 11 (September- Sadowski, Robert P. immediate recall of TV October), 10-17. commercial elements-,revisited. JB 16 (Sum-Shafer, Raymond P. Television and the cable mer), 277-88. TV system. VS 39 (November 15), 78-80. Salant,RichardS.' The power oflicensing: Shaheen, Jack G. The Richard Boone Show: television and radio broadcasting. VS 38 (Au- repertorytheatre on commercial television. gust 15), 659-63. ,JB 16 (Winter), 111.20. Salcedo, Rodolfo N., Hadley Read. James F. Shain, Russell E. Effects of Pentagon influence Evans and Ana C. Kong. A broader look at on war movies, 1948-70. JQ 49 (Winter), 641-7. legibility. .JQ 49 (Summer), 283-9, 295. Shaw, Donald L. and Michael Bishop. Editorial Salomon, Gavriel. Can we affect cognitive skills function and societal stress. JQ 49 (Autumn), through' visualmedia? An hypothesis and 582-5. initial findings. AVCR 20 (Winter), 401-22. Shaw, Eugene F. The press and its freedom: a Sanders, Keith P. Q study of editors' attitudes pilot study of an American stereotype. JQ 49 toward journalism research. JQ 4 (Autumn), (Spring), 31.42, 60. 319-30. Shaw. Martin. Negative selection and consumer Sandman, Peter M. Who should police environ- choice. AQ 32 (Summer), 18.22. mentaladvertising? CJR 10(January-Feb- Shedlin, Michael. PoliceOscar: 'The French' ruary), 41-7. Connection' and an interview with William Sasser, Emery L. and John T. Russell. The Friedkin. FQ 15 (Summer), 2-9. fallacy of news judgment. JQ 49 (Summer),Sheinkopf, Kenneth G., Charles K. Atkin and 280-4. Lawrence Bowen. The functions of political Scalia, Antonin. Don't go near the water. FCBJ advertising for campaign organizations. JMR 15:2, I11 -20. 9 (November), 401-5. STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 21 Shosteck, Herschel. Dangers of mail surveys in consumerinnovators. JMktg 36(January), ascertainment proceedings. JB 16 (Fall), 431- 43-9. 40. Sunder, Ajay. Journalism teaching inDelhi. Silk, Alvin J. and Frank P. Geiger. Advertise- Vidttra '9 (February), 19-21. ment size and the relationship between prod- Surlin, Stuart H. Ascertainment of community uct usage and advertising exposure. JMR 9 needs by black-oriented radio stations. JB 16 (February), 22. (Fall), 421-30. Simpson, Mary K. notes of a low-budget fea- . Black-oriented radio: programming to a ture film director. JUFA 24:1-2, 28-31. perceived audience. JB 16 (Summer), 289-98. Shiley, P. Adams. The idea of morphology. FC Sussex,Elizabeth.Griersonondocumentary: 53-54-55 (Spring), 1-25. the last interview. FQ 16 (Fall), 24-30. Skrzypek, Stanislaw. The profession of journal- Swarthout,Miles.PatrickO'Neillinterview, ism in Poland: a profile. JQ 49 (Spring), 123-8. 1971. FC 53-5.1-55 (Spring), 126-33. Slawson, John. How funny can bigotry be? EBR Swift, Richard F. Judicial review of FCC de- 6 (April), 79-82. cisions: 1970-1971. FCBJ 15:1, 66-8. Slump in advertising and broadcasting. Oriental Tamura, Minoru.LeisureoftheJapanese: Economist (February), 30-33. present and future. SB 8 (March), 27-47. Smith, David M. Some uses of mass media byTankard, James W., Jr. Public opinion polling 14 ye:ir olds. JP, 16 (Winter), 37-50. by newspapers inthepresidential election Smith. Earl P. The effects of a filmstrip/tape campaign of 1824.1Q 49 (Summer). 361-5. program onteachers! attitudes toward be-Taylor, Henry. Poetry of the movies: a Panel haviorally stated objectives. AVCR 20 (Win- of experts on 'Blind Alley' discuss the influ- ter), 443-57. ence of the cinema on modern poets. FJ 1 Smith, Jasper K. The press and elite values in (Fall-Winter), 36-49. Ghana, 1962-70. JQ 49 (Winter), 679-83. Taylor, Robert C. and R. D. Peterson. A text- Smith, John M. Conservative individualism: a book model of ad creation. JAR 12 (Feb- selectionofEnglishHitchcock.Screen13 ruary), 35-41. (Autumn). 51-70. Tesser, Abraham, Sidney Rosen and Thomas R. Snare, Austin, David H. B. Bednall and Lyndall Batchelor. On the reluctance to communicate M. Sullivan. Relationship between liking and bad news (the mum effect): a role play exten- watching TV prograths. JQ 49 (Winter), 750-1. sion. Journal of Personality 40 (March), 88-. So low. Sidney P. Introducing, the fully auto- 103. mated blow-up printer. JUFA 24:1-2, 20-4. Thomas, Denis. The relevance of Ralph Nader. St. John. Jeffery. The fragmentation of freedom: AQ 30 (Winter), 12-15. the dangeritposes to the American massThomas, Jack. Did Boston's 'Herald Traveler' media. VS 38 (August), 618-20. have to fail? CJR 11 (July-August), 41-4. Thompson, Gordon B. The environment, so- Stanton. Frank. Counter advertising: The via- ciety. and communications: three dimensions. bility of broadcasting. VS 38 (June 15), 526-8. VS 38 (June 1), 503-07. Stein, Robert. The excesses of checkbook journ-Thompson, Richard. Introduction: the Metz is alism. CJR 11 (September-October): 2-8.. coming. Cinema 7 (Spring), 38-42. Stemmle, Thomas N. Press,radio, ; television: Thomson, Joan S. Effects of attack and com- Complementary competition between the mass mitment on belief and stress. JQ 49 (Autumn), media. G 18:3, 166-78. 437-45, 459. Stenholm,Katherine.FeatureproductionatThorne, Barrie: License collection and means Bob Jones University. JUFA 24:1, 11-13. of combatting evasion. EBU 23 (July), 20-5. Stephens, Lowndes F. Media exposure and mod- Thorp, Bruce E. FCC rules prompt CATV ernization among the Appalachian poor. JQ growth andsearchforlong-termFederal 49 (Summer), 247.57, 262. policy. National Journal (July 15), 1160-8. Stevens, George, Jr. About the American Film Tickton, Sidney G. Instructional technology in Institute. FQ 15 (Winter), 36-44. the developing world. EBR 6 (April). 97-104. Stevens, John D. A black correspondent coversTickton, Stanley D. Communication and credi-, the Ethiopian War, 1935-36. JQ 49 (Summer), bilityofbroadcastprogrammes. EBU 23 349-51. (May), 28-30. Stolte, Dieter. Television in the 1970's: analy-Tiemann, Philip W. Standards for educational ses, predictions, aims. EBU 23 (March), 33.6. equipment: evaluation and validationcon- Summers, John 0. Media exposure patterns of siderations. EBR 6 (October), 350-7. 22 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Toogood, Alex F.Politics and the CanadianWebbink, Douglas W. The budget priorities of BroadcastingCorporation. QJS 58(April), the Federal Communications Commission: a 184-90. note. FCBJ, 15:1, 53.65. Toohey, Daniel W. Section 399: the Constitu- Weisstein,Ulrich.ProfessorUnrat and the tion giveth and Congress taketh away. ERR Blue Angel:translations and adaptions of 6 (February), 31-7. Heinrich Monn's novel in two media. FJ 1 Trayes, Edward J. News/Feature services by (Fall-Winter), 53-61. circulation group use. JQ 49 (Spring), 133.6,Werner, Anita. A comparison of methods of Newsroom manning levelsfordaily measuring TV viewing time. JQ 49 (Spring),. newspapers over 10,000circulation. JQ 49 136-40. (Autumn), 579-82. Treasure, John. Advertising expenditure-l971-White, Graham. Rural broadcasting in Aus- tralia. EBU 23 (May), 19-24. 1976. AQ 30 (Winter), 44-53. Trethowan, Ian. Radio in the television age.Whiting, Gordon C. and J. David Stanfield. EBU 23 (November), 14-16. Mass media use and opportunity structure in Tudor, Andrew. The many mythologies of real- rural Brazil. POQ 36 (Spring), 56-68. ism. Screen 13 (Spring), 27-35. Whitley. Oliver J. Continuing traditions of the Ugboajali, Frank Okwtt. Traditional-urban me- BBC. EBU 23 (November), 23.5. dia model: stocktaking for African develop-Willemen, Paul. -On realisminthe cinema. ment. G 18:2, 76-95. Screen 13 (Spring), 37-44. Van De Bogart, Erik R. North of the Namas- Towards an analysis of the Sirkian Sys- keag: a viewer-active television project. EB 5 tem. Screen 13 (Winter), 128-34. (November-December), 23-8. Van Tubergen, G. Norman and Karen E. Fried-Williams, Frederick and Diana S.Natalicio. land. Preferencepatternsfor comic strips Evaluating 'Carrascolendas': a television ser- among teenagers. JQ 49 (Winter), 745-50. iesfor Mexican-Americanchildren. JB I& Vanden Heuvel. William J. The press and (Summer), 299-310. prisons. CJR 11 (May-June), 35-40. Williams, Gary. Film study at Rochester Insti- Viehover, Joseph. Violence on television: some tute of Technology. JUFA 24:3, 69-74. observations in a subject of public debate. Wilson, Robert C. Communications: the case EBU 23 (May), 14-15. for a national priority. VS 38 (August 1), Vilanilam, John V. Foreign news in two U.S. 638-40. newspapers and Indian newspapers duringWitcover, Jules. How we missed the McGovern selected periods. G 18; 2, 96-108. phenomenon. CJR 11 (September-October), Volner, Ian D. The games consumersplay: 38-41. 'Giveaway' and the law-A conflict of poli- .Washington's uncovered power centers. cies. FCBJ 15:2, 121-43. Wade, Serena E. A 'California pre-election tele- CJR 10 (March-April), I4,1:9. phone poll. JQ 49 (Spring), 129-33. . William Loeb and the New Hampshire Wagner, Egon. Report from the Federal Re- primary: a question of ethics. CJR 11 (May- public of Germany. EBU 23 (November), 55-9. June), 14-27. Wagner, Robert W. The education of the film Witherspoon, John P. CPB-A personal per- maker for tomorrow's_ cinema. JUFA 24; 3, spective. EBR 6 (December), 381-3. 43-7. Witt, William. Multivariate analysis of news . The feature film: a university invest- flow in a conservation issue. JQ 49 (Spring), ment. JUFA 24:1-2, 3. 91-7. . Film in education-Thomas Edison toWolff, Lothar. Reminiscences of an itinerant protean people. JUFA, 24; 4, 92.100, 115. filmmaker. JUFA, 24:4, 83-91. Wangermee, Robert. The evolutionof radio between 1968 and 1971. EBU 23 (July), 10-19.Wong, Kai and Kenneth Starck. Red China's . Towards modern management in broad- external propaganda during Sino-U.S.rap- casting. EBU 23 (November), 30.8. prochement. JQ 49 (Winter), 674-8. Ward, Scott. Children's reactions to commer- Wood, Robert D. Why re-runs? TVQ 10 (Fall), cials. JAR 12 (April), 37-45. 68-72. Watson, Blair. The 26th annual UFA confer-Wurtzel, Alan H. and Joseph R. Dominick. ence: a summary. JUFA, 24:4, 101-03. Evaluation of television drama:interaction Watson, Roy. Putting safety on the road. AQ of acting styles and shotselection. JB 16 32 (Summer), 25-7. (Winter), 103-10. STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 23 Yang, Shou-jung. Use of discriminant analysis cinema: the Zen artistry of Yasujiro Ozu. FJ to identify unknown author. JQ 49 (Winter), 1 (Fall-Winter), 62-73. 757-9. Zender, Bryce F. The automatedlittlered Young, Lawrence. Estimating radio reach. JAR schoolhouse. AVCR 20 (Fall), 253-70. 12 (October), 37-41. Zuckerman, Hariet. Interviewing an ultra-elite. Zeman, Marvin. The serene poet of Japanese POQ 36 (Summer). 159-75.

SPECIALISSUES The cable fable. Yale Review of Law and So- ciety. The Georgetown Law Journal (A special cial Action. 2 (Spring), 194-297. issue) 60 (March), 867-1099. The 'Caldwell' decision. CJR (A special sup-The new press critics. CJR 10 (March-April), plement) 11 (Septemtc; October), 1-12. 27-38. CBS and Congress: 'The Selling of the Penta- The new press critics. CJR (A special supple- gon' papers (SpecialIssue of Educational ment) 11 (November-December), 29-40. Broadcasting Review), 5 (Winter), 144 pp. Non-verbal communication. (A special issue) JC The communication explosion. Arts in Society 22 (December), 338-476. (A special issue) 9 (Summer-Fall). Television.Performance (Aspecialissue)3 Design for television. EBU (Supplement, 72). 52 (July-August). 1)1). Videotape and film. American Cinematographer Media and the First Amendment in a free so- (A special issue) (October).

ERIC BASIC BIBLIOGRAPHIES

Film History Daniel J. Callahan. Non-Print Media Alvin Abelack Nonverbal Communication Ralph. R. Smith Scenic Painting Rhett Bryson, Jr. Introduction to Broadcasting Helen F. Kirshblwnt

Now available without charge from Speech Communication Module ERIC Clearinghouse on Reading and Communication Skills SPEECH COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION Statler Hilton Hotel New York, New York 10001 24 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Reporting the increasing flow of mass communication publications: MASS MEDIA BOOKNOTES a concise monthly report on new books in broadcasting, film, journalism, international media, photography, magazines, comics, cable television, among others. each issue has 10-14 pages and covers 30-40 new titles. special issues are devoted to books on film (December) and media-related U.S. government publications (August) each issue is self-indexed with a front page listing of contents. Annual Subscription: $3.50 ($4.50 outside of the United States)

For subscriptions or more information write to: CHRISTOPHER H. STERLING Mass Media Booknotes Department of Radio-TV-Film Temple University Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19122 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION, 1972 A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY

THOMAS M. STEINFATT Queens College, City University of New York

This selected bibliography of studies in communication behavior, covering, largely, the calendar year 1972, was compiled in the following manner. A list of academic journals known to regularly publish behavioral studies related to communication was established and each journal consulted. All relevant articles published in 1972 were identified. In addition, standard references were consulted to identify English language books dealing with communication behavior. Rele- vant books published during the period January 1, 1972 through May 31, 1973 and those published prior to 1972 but not cited in previous Speech Communication Association bibliographies were cited. Because of the breadth of the subject and space limitations, our coverage of behavioral studies in communication was regrettably, and somewhat arbitrarily, limited. Journals dealing primarily with language, linguistics, verbal learning, and verbal behavior, though certainly relevant to the subject of communication behavior, were not consulted. Cross-referencing, though frequently justified, was not used. And no attempt was made to cite references containing materials only partially relevant to our focus. Unless otherwise specified, all entries cited were published during the calendat year, 1972.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY: p. 26 VI. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION: p. 41 II. THEORY AND THEORY CONSTRUC- VII. GAME THEORY, CONFLICT, AND TION: p. 30 SIMULATION: p. 44 III. TEACHING: p. 31 VIII. GROUP AND ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION: p.46 IV. GENERAL COMMUNICATION VARIABLES: p. 32 IX. NONVERBAL COMMUNICATION: p. 48 V. PERSUASION AND ATTITUDE CHANGE: X. LANGUAGE: p. 49 p. 35 XI. DIFFUSION: p. 51

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS AJPsy American Journal of Psychology JASP Journal of Applied Social AP American Psychologist Psychology ASR American Sociological Review JBdcst Journal of Broadcasting AVCR Audio Viittal Communication JCogPsy Journal of Cognitive Psychology Review JC Journal of Communication DSci Behavioral Science JCR Journal of Conflict Resolution CSSJ Central States Speech Journal JEdP Journal of Educational Psychology HR Human Relations JExP Journal of Experimental Psychology JAR Journal of Advertising Research JESP Journal of Experimental, Social JAP Journal of Applied Psychology Psychology 26 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION JGP Journal of General Psychology POQ Public Opinion Quarterly JM Journal of Marketing QJS Quarterly Journal of Speech JMR Journal of Marketing Research SciAm Scientific American JPer Journal of Personality SG Simulation and Games J PSP Journal of Personality and Social Scanty Sociometry Psychology SF Social Forces J Psy Journal of Psychology SSCJ Southern Speech Communication JQ Journalism Quarterly Journal JSI Journal of Social Issues SM Speech Monographs JSP Journal of Social Psychology ST Speech Teacher PH Psychological Bulletin TS Today's Speech PsyRev Psychological Review WS Western Speech

NGC Proceedings of the National Gaming Council's 11th Annual Symposium. Report No. 143 of the Center for Social Organization of Schools, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland.

I. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Aaker, David A. A measure of brand acceptance. Babbie, Earl R. Survey research methods. Bell. JMR (May), 160-7. wont, Calif.: Wadsworth, 1973. Adair, John G, and Brenda S. Schachter. ToBale, Richard L. A methodological comment cooperate or to look good? the subjects' and on Page's "role of demand awareness in the experimenters' preceptions of each others' in- communicator credibility effect." JSP 88 (De- tentions. JESP 8 (January), 74-85. cember), 197-202. Ad hoc committee on guidelines for the use ofBaudhuin, E. Scott, and Margaret Kis Davis. drugs and other chemical agents in research. Scales for the measurement of ethos: another Guidelines for psychologists for the use of attempt. SM 39 (November), 296.301. drugs in research. AP 27 (April), 335-6. Bayer, Alan E. Construction of a race item for Alderfer, Clayton P., and L. Dave Brown. De- survey research. POQ 36 (Winter), 592-602. signing an "empathic questionnaire" for or- ganizationalresearch. JAP 56(December), Beatty, William W. How blindis blind? A simple 456-460. procedureforestimatingobserver Alf, Edward F., and Norman M. Abrahams. naivete. PB 78 (July), 69-70. Comment on component-randomization tests. Block, Jack. The challenge of responsesets: PB 77 (March), 223. unconfounding meaning,acquiescence,and Allen, Jr.,B. J. The construction of an in- social desirability in the MMPI. New York: strument to measure American sociopolitical Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1965. values. JSP (June), 45-50. Bock, Douglas G. Reliability and validity of Alpert, Mark 1, and Robert A. Peterson. On speech rating scales: some error effects. CSSJ the interpretation of canonical analysis. JMR 23 (Fall), 145-51. 9 (May), 187-92. Bogdan, Robert. Participant observation in or- Appley, Mortimer II., and Richard Trumbull, ganizationalsettings.New York:Syracuse eds.Psychological stress:issuesinresearch. University Press. New York: Appleton-CenturyCrofts. 1967. Bradley, James V. Distribution-freestatistical Apter, Michael J., and George Westby. eds. The tests. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1968. computer in psychology. New York: Wiley,Burdick, J. Alan. Measurements of "variability." 1973. JGP 86 (April), 201.6. Arnold, William E., James C. McCroskey, and Burke, Henry R. Raven's Progressive Matrices: Samuel V. 0. Prichard. The intensity com- validity, reliability, and norms. JPsy 82 (No- ponent of semanticdifferentialscoresfor vember), 253-58. measuring attitude. WS 36 (Fall), 261-8. Caporaso, James A., and Leslie L. Roos, Jr. eds. Atkin, Charles K., and Steven H. Chaffee. In- Quasi-experimental approaches: testing theory strumental response strategies in opinion in- and evaluating policy. Evanston, Ill.: North- terviews. POQ 36 (Spring), 69-79. western University Press, 1973. Aver, Alfred J. Probability and evidence. NewCarlsson, Gosla. Random walk effects inbe- York: Columbia University Press. havioral data. BSci (September), 430-437. BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 27 Cherns, A. B. Models for the use of research.duMas, Frank M. Superpsychometrics:ultra- HR 25 (February), 25-34. reliability and hypervalidity. JPsy 81 (July), Chevan, Albert. Minimum-error scalogram anal- 329-42. ysis. POQ 36 (Fall), 379-387. Edgington, Eugene S. A normal curve method Cicchetti, Domenic V. Extension of multiple- for combining probability values from inde- range tests to interaction tables in the analy- pendent experiments. JPsy 82 (September), sis of valiance: a rapid, approximate solu- 85-90. tion. PB 77 (June), 405-8. Edgington, Eugene S. An additive method for Cirino-Gerena, Gabriel. Toward a model for combining probability values from independ- test prediction. AP 27 (August), 759-60. ent experiments. JPsy 80 (March), 351. Coati, Richard W.; Richard W. Hanson; andEvans, William H., and Paul H. Jacobs. Illinois ZipporahP. Dobyns. The development of tests in the teaching of English. Carbondale, some factored scales of general beliefs. JSP Ill.: Southern Illinois University Press, 1973. 86 (February), 161-2. Federico. Pat-Anthony. A multiple discriminant Cohen. Leonard M., and John H. Forthman. analysis approach to item analysis. JGP 87 CFQ: the first statement of a statistical pro- (July), 45-54. cedure to determine similarities and differ-Feldman, Robert S., and Karl E. Scheibe. De- ences for behavioral science research. JPsy 82 terminants of dissent in a psychological ex- (September), 3-12. periment. JPer 40 (September), 331-48. Cole, Jonathan O.; Alfred M. Freedman; andFletcher, James E. Semantic differential type Arnold Friedhoff, eds. Psychopathology and scalesincommunicationresearch. WS 36 psychopharmacology.Baltimore,Md.: The (Fall), 269-75. Johns Hopkins University Press. Frank. Ronald E., and Charles E. Strain. A Cooley, William NV., and Paul R. Lohnes. Mul- segmentation research design using consumer ti%ariate data analysis. New York: Wiley, 1971. panel data. JMR 9 (November), 385-90. Grano, William D., and Marilynn B. Brewer.Frederiksen, Norman. Toward a taxonomy of Principles of researchin social psychology. situations. AP 27 (February), 114-23. New York: Mc Graw-Hill, 1973. Gardner, R. C.; D. M. Kirby; F. H. Gorospe; Cronbach, Lee J.; Goldine C. Gleser; Harinder and A. C. Villamin. Ethnic stereotypes: an Nanda; and Nagcsari Rajaratnam. The de- alternative assessment technique, the stereo- pendabilityofbehavioral measurements: type differential. JSP 87 (August), 259-68. theory of generalizability for scores and pro- Gengerelli, J. A. A method for nonfactor analy- files. New York: Wiley. sis. JGP 87 (July), 117-42. Cummings, L. L.; D. L. Harnett; and S. M.Gcorgoff, D. M.; B. J. Hcrsker; and R. G. Mur- Schmidt.International cross-languagefactor dick. The lost-lettertechnique:ascaling stability of personality: an analysis of the experiment. POQ 36 (Spring), 114-119. Shure-Meeker Personality/Attitude Schedule.Glasser. Gerald J, and Gale D. Metzger. Ran- JPsy 82 (September), 67-84. dom-digit dialing as a method of telephone D'Agostino, Ralph B., and Edward E. Cureton. sampling. JMR 9 (February), 59-64. Test of normality against skewed alternatives. Goodman, Leo A. A modifiedmultiplere- PB 78 (October), 262-5. gression approach to the analysis of dichoto- Davidson, Michael1.Univariate versus mul- mous variables. ASR 37 (February), 28-45. tivariatetestsinrepeated-measures experi- Gordon, Michael E. An examination of the re- ments. PB 77 (June), 446-51. lationship between the accuracy and favor- Davis. James. Elementary survey analysis. Engle- ability of ratings. JAP 56 (February), 49.53. wood Cliffs: PrenticeHall, 1971. Gottschalk, Louis A., and Arthur H. Auerbach. Davis. Martin, and Reuben Hersh. Nonstandard Methods of research in psychotherapy. New analysis. SciAm 226 (June), 78-89. York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1966. Dawes. Robyn M. Fundamentals of attitudeGreen, Paul E., and Vithala R. Rao. Configura- measurement (Wiley Foundations of Social tionsynthesisinmultidimensionalscaling. Psychology Series). New York: Wiley. JMR 9 (February), 65-8. Dermer, Marshall, and Ellen Berschied. Self-Gross, Alan E.; Barry E. Collins; and James H. report of arousal as an indicant of activation Bryan. An introduction to research in social level. BSci. 17 (September), 420-429. psychology:exercisesandexamples. New Dillman, Don A. Increasing mail questionnaire York: Wiley. responseinlargesamples ofthegeneral Guilford, J. P. Some misconceptions of factors. public. POQ 36 (Summer), 254-257. PB 77 (June), 392-6. 42s BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Hawes, Leonard. Development and application Kerlinger, Fred N., and Elazar J.Pcdhazur. of an interview coding system. CSSJ 23 (Sum- Regressionanalysisinbehavioralresearch. river). 92-9. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1973. Hayes-Roth,Frederick, and Richard Longa- Kirk, Roger E., ed. Statistical issues. Belmont, baugh. REACT: a tool for the analysis of Calif.: Brooks/Cole. complex transitional behavior matrices. BSciKlemmcr, E. T. and F. W. Snyder. Measurement 17 (July). 384-394. of time spent communicating. JC 22 (June), Heaps, Richard A. Use of the semantic differ- 142-158. ential technique in research: some precau- Kohn, Paul M. The authoritarianism - rebellion. tions. JPsy 80 (January), 121-26. ism scale: a balanced F. scale with left-wing Heeler, Roger M., and Michael L. Ray. Mea- reversals. Scmty 35 (March). 176-89. sure validation in marketing. JMR 9 (Novem- Krause, Merton S. Insignificant differences and ber), 361-70. null explanations. JGP 86 (April), 217-20. Hicks, Jack M. The validation of attractiveness Lamb, Douglas H. Speech anxiety: towards a judgments as an indirect index of social at- theoretical conceptualization and preliminary titude. JSP 88 (December), 307-8. scale development. SM 39 (March), 62-67. Hochhaus, Larry. A table for the calculation ofLevin, JoelR., and Leonard A. Marascuilo. d' and p. PB 77 (May), 375-76. Type IV errors and interactions. PB 78 (No- Hughes, G. David. Attitude measurement for vember), 368-74. marketingstrategies.Glenview,Ill.:Scott, Levy, John. Autokinetic illusion: a systematic Foresman college Division, 1971. review of theories, measures, and independent Hyman,HerbertH.Secondaryanalysisof variables. PB 78 (December), 457 -74, sample surveys: principles, Procedures, andLial, Margaret L., and Charles D. Miller. Math- potentialities. New York: Wiley. ematics for the management and behavioral James, Lawrence R.; Robert L. Ellison; and sciences. Glenview, Scott, Foresman Col- David G. Fox. Reliability estimated by scor- lege Division, 1973. ing key equivalence across samples. JAP 56Lippman, Louis G., and Christopher J. Taylor. (December), 500-505. Multiple comparisons in complex ANOVA Jensema, Carl A. review of a rotation to obtain designs. JGP 8 (April), 221.4. similarity and simple structure among factor Luce, R. Duncan. What sort of measurement is patterns. BSci 17 (March), 235-240. psychophysical measurement? AP 27(Feb- Jones, Bryan D., and Richard Shorter. The ratio ruary), 96-106. measurement ofsocialstatus:some cross- McLaughlin, Margaret L., and Heather Shar- cultural comparisons. SF 50 (June), 499-511. man. Scalar distance model for the measure Kam, Alan C. H., and Charles F. Wall. Dnya: ment of latitudes of acceptance, rejection, and dynamic storage allocation in FORTRAN for nontommitment. SM 39 (November), 302-5. the IBM /360 operating system. BSci 17 (Sep- Marquis, Kent H.; James Marshall; and Stuart tember), 481. Oskamp. Testimony validity as a function of Kang, Kai S. Linking forms of hypothesis to question form, atmosphere, and item difficulty. type of statistics: an application of Goodman's JASP 2, 167-86. ASR 37 (June), 357-64. Matell, Michael S., and Jacob Jacoby. Is there Kaplan, Kalman J. On the ambivalence-indif- an optimal number of alternatives for Likert- ference problem in attitude theory and mea- Scale items.041) 56 (December), 506-509. surement:a suggested modification of theMehrabian, Albert, and Norman Epstein. A semantic differential technique. PB 77 (May). measure of emotional empathy. JPer 40 (De- 361-72. cember, 525-43. Kelly, Francis J.; Donald L. Beggs; Keith A.Miller. Arthur G. Role playing: an alternative McNeil; Judy T. Lyon; and Tony Eichel- to deception?: a review of the evidence. AP berger.Research design inthe behavioral 27 (July), 623-36. sciences: multiple regression approach. Car- Miron. Murray S.Univ'ersalsemanticdiffer- ential shell game. JPSP 24 (December), 313-20. bondale, 1114 SouthernIllinoisUniversity Press. Mulaik,Stanley. The foundationsoffactor Kelman, Herbert C. The rights of the subject in analysis. New York: McGraw-Hill. social research: an analysis in terms of relative Namboodiri, N.Krishrnan. Experimental de- power and legitimacy. AP 27 (November), 989- signs in which each subject is used repeatedly. 1016. PB 77 (January), 54.64. BEHAVIORAL- STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 29 Neale, John M., and Robert M. Liebert. Science Roslow, Sydney, and Laurence Roslow. Unlisted and behavior: an introduction to methods phone subscribers are different. JAR 12 (Au- of research. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, gust), 35-8. 1973. Runkell, Philip J., and Joseph E. McGrath. Re- Nemanich, Dorothy.Is keypunch verification searchon humanbehavior:asystematic really necessary? POQ 36 (Summer). 260-262. guide to method. New York: Holt, Rinehart Nottingham, Jack A. The N and the out: ad- and Winston. ditional information on participants in psy- Sandi. A. Coskin. Marketing research. Glenview, chological experiments. JSP 88 (December). Ill.: Scott, Foresman College Division, 1973. 299-300. Smiler, Jerome. Daniel Skentlerian, and Andrew O'Connor, Jr., Edward F. Response to Cronbach J. Passen. Examiners' race and subjects' re- and Furby's "How we should measure change sponses to an attitude scale. PP 87 (August),

. -or should we?" PB 78 (August). 138. 321-2. Overall. John E. Applied multivariate statistics.Seeley, Robert T. Calculus of one and several New York: McGraw-Hill. variables, Glenview, Ill.; Scott, Foresman Col- Overall. John E. Multiple convenance analysis lege Division, 1973. Shaffer,Juliet by the general least squares regression meth- Popper.Directionalstatistical od. Mei 17 (May.), 313, hypotheses and comparisons among means. PB 77 (March), 195-7. Pagano. Don F., and Martin Katalm. ConstructSheppard. Charles, Elizabeth Ricca, John Frac- validity,disconfirmingevidenceandtest- clda, Nathan Rosenberg, and Sidney Merlis. anxiety research. JPer 40 (March), 137-47. Cross-validation of a heroin adictionscale Page, Monte M. Statistical tests of significance from the Minnesota Multiphasic Per;onality and the significance of psychological data: a Inventory. JPsy 81 (July), 263-68. reply to Bale. JSP S8 (December), 203-6. Sherif. Carolyn W. Comment on interpretation Parsons, Leonard J., and NValter A. Henry. Com- of latitude of rejection as an "artifact." PB parisonof timeseries data usingspectral 78 (December), 479. analysis. JMR 9 (November). 391-5. Shirely, Hunter B. Psychovector analysis: a new Parsons. Robert J.. and Thomas S. Medford. discipline within the behavioral sciences. JPsy The effect of advance notice in mail surveys 80 (January), 135-46. of homogeneous groups. POQ 36 (Summer), Silverman,Irwin; Arthur D. Shulman; and 258-259. David L. Wiesenthal. The experimenter as a Phillips, Derek L., and Kevin J. Clancy. "Mod- source of variance in psychological research: elingeffects"in survey t esearch. POQ 36 modeling and sex effects. JPSP 21 (February), (Summer). 246-253. 219-27. Rankin.Peter Dunn. HierarchicaltriangularSimon. Gottlieb C. The factorial invariance of attitudes tins:cling. Mei 17 (November). 553-337. towardpeople(ATP).JSP86 (April), 315.6. Rappaport, Julian, and Jack M. CliinSky. Ac-Singer. Eleanor. Agreement between "inacces- curate empathy: confusion of a construct. PB sible" respondents and informants. POQ 36 77 (June). 400-4. (Winter), 603-611. Rawlings. Jr.. Robert. Note on nonorthogonal Snyder. C. R. Amount of body movement as an analysis of variance. PB 77 (May). 373-4. indicant of task-irrelevanttest anxiousre- Richardson. John T. E. Nonparametric indexes sponses. JPsy 80 (January), 147-50. of sensitivity and response bias. PB 78 (De-Stech, Ernest L., and Alvin A. Goldberg. Sam- cember). 429-32. pling discussion group interaction. SM 39 Robinson. John P., and Phillip R. Shaver. Mea- (November), 312-314. sures of socialpsychologicalattitudes. AnnSteger, Joseph A. Readings in statistics for the Arbor:InstituteforSocialResearch. Uni- behavioral scientist. New York: Holt, Rine- versity of Michigan, 1969. hart and Winston, 1971. Robinson. John P.. Jerrold G. Rusk. and Ken- Steiner, Ivan D. The evils of research: or what dra B. Head. Measures of political attitudes. my mother didn't tell me about the sins of Ann Arbor: Institute for Social Research, Uni- academia. AP 27 (August), 766-8. versity of Michigan 1968. Straits, Bruce C.. Paul L. Wuebben, and Theo- Rohan. Stephanie. Richard deMille, and James phile J. Majka. Influences on subjects' per- H. Myers. Two comparisons of attitude mea- ceptions of experimental research situations. sures. JAR 12 (August), 29-34. Scmty 35 (December), 499-518. 30 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Sutcliffe, J. P. On the role of "instructions to tics, and valid inference. PB 77 (April). 273- the subject" in psychological experiments. AP 94. 27 (August), 755-8. Weiss, Bernard. Digital computers in the be- Theodor, L. H. A neglected parameter: some haviorallaboratory. New York:Appleton- comments on ''a table for the calculation of Century-Crofts. d' and p." PB 78 (October), 260.1. Weiss, Carol H. Evaluation research: methods Thompson, Robert, and Jerry B. Michel. Mea- forassessing programeffectiveness.Engle- suring authoritarianism: a comparison of the wood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. F and D scales. JPer 40 (June), 180-90. Weiss, David J, and Norman H. Anderson. Use Truax, Charles B. The meaning and reliability of rank order data in functional measurement. of accurate empathy ratings: a rejoinder. PB PB 78 (July), 64-8. 77 (June), 397-9. Werner, Anita. A comparison of methods of Ulrich, Roger, and Paul Mountjoy. The ex- measuring TV viewing time. JQ, 49 (Spring), perimental analysis of social behavior. New 136-139. York: Appleton-Century-Crofts. Uno, Yoshiyasu, JudithH. Koivumaki, andWilliams, Warren S. A study of the use of the Robert Rosenthal. Unintended experimenter semantic differential by fifth grade children behavior as evaluated by Japanese and Amer- from different socioeconomic groups. JPsy 81 ican observers. JSP 88 (October), 91-106. (July), 343-50. Wallingford, EarleG.,Jr. A visual pattern Wiseman,Frederick.Methodolegicalbiasin recognizingcornputorprogrambasedon public opinion surveys. POQ, 36 (Spring). 105- neurophysiological data. BSci 17 (March), 241. 108. Weber, Stephen J., and Thomas D. Cook. Sub-Woodruff, Robert B. Measurement of consum- ject effects in laboratory research: an exam- ers' prior brand information. JMR 9 (August), ination of subject roles, demand characteris- 258-63.

IL THEORY AND THEORY CONSTRUCTION Arbib, Michael A. The metaphorical brain: an Denisoff, R. Serge, ed. Sociology: theories in introduction to cybernetics as artificialin- conflict. Belmont, Calif.: Wadsworth. telligence and brain theory. New York: Wiley.Eacker, Jay N. On some elementary philosoph- Arner, Douglas G.Perception,reason,and ical problems of psychology. AP 27 (June), knowledge: an introduction to epistemology. 553-65. Glenview, Ill.: Scott, Foresman. Ews:man, Harvey A. A communication theory Arnold, Carroll C. Rhetorical and communica- bibliography speaks outsoftly. JC 22 (Sep- tionstudies:two worlds or one? WS 36 tember), 306-311. (Spring), 75-81. Einhorn. Hillel J. Alchemy in the behavioral Barker. Larry I.., and Robert J. Kibler, eds. sciences. POQ 36 (Fall), 367-378. Speechcomunication behavior:perspectives Garner, Wendell R. The acquisition and appli- and principles. EnglewoodCliffsPrentice- cation of knowledge: a symbiotic relation. AP Hall. 1971. 27 (October), 941-6. Blalock, Jr., Hubert M. Theory construction: Harlow, Harry F, John P. Gluck, and Stephen from verbalto mathematicalformulations. J. Suomi. Generalization of behavioral data Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1969. between nonhuman and human animals. AP Borden, GeorgeA. Human-communication 27 (August), 709-16. theory. Dubuque, Iowa: Brown. Harrison, Albert A. Psychology as a social sci- Carlson, Rae. Understanding women: implica- ence. Belmont, Calif.: Brooks/Cole. tions for personality theory and research. JSIHarshbarger, Dwight. The strain towards ir- 28, 17-32. relevance, HR 25 (July), 253-64, Crozic..,Michael. Therelationshipbetween micro and macrosociology: a study of organ- 'fussed, Edmund. Experience and judgment. izational systems as an empirical approach Evanston, Ill.: Northwestern University Press. to the problem of macrosociology. HR 25Jensen, Keith, I. A. Richards and his models. (July), 239-52. SSJ 37 (Spring), 304-314. Cushman. Donald, and Gordon C. Whiting. An Kendler, Howard H., and Janet T. Spence. approach to communication theory: toward E'sa ys in neobehavioristo: Memorial volume consensus on rules. JC 22 (September). 217- to Kenneth W. Sperxe. Nes; York: Appleton- 238. t ury-Crofts, Ifyr 1. BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 31 Lachenineyer, Charles W. The subject matter Spiegelberg, Herbert. Phenomenology inpsy- of social science. JGP 87 (October), 277-94. chology and psychiatry. Evanston, III.: North- McCain, Garvin, and Erwin M. Segal. The game western University Press. of science. Second edition. Belmont. Calif.: Stent, Gunther S. Prematurity and uniqueness Brooks/Cole, 1973. in scientific discovery. SciAm 227 (December), 84-93, .McClintock, Charles G. Socialmotivation: aTurner, Merle B. Realism and the explanation set of propositions. BSci 17 (September). 438 - of behavior. New York: Appleton-Century- 454. Crofts, 1971. Meehl. Paul E. Second-order relevancy. AP 27 Valiance, Theodore R. Social science and social (October), 932-40. policy: amoral methodology in a matrix of Nlyrcial. Gunnar. How scientific are the social values. AP 27 (February), 1071-13. sciences? JSI 28, 151-170. Wallace, William A. Causality and scientific Natanson, Maurice. ed. Phenomenology and the explanation. Ann Arbor,Mich.:University socialsciences. Evanston,111.: Northwestern of Michigan Press, 1973. Unisersity Press, 1973. Two vols. Wallsten,Thomas S. Conjoint-measurement 031.es. Ni Him. External validity and the use framework for the study of probabilistic inof real people as subjects. AP 27 (October), formation processing. PsyRev 79 (May), 245- 60. Piaget. Jean. Genetic epistemology. New York: XViller,David E.Scientificsociology:theory Colombia University Press. 1970. and method. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1967. Pylvshti.Zenon W. Competence andpsy- Willer, David, and Judith Willer. Systematic chological reality. AP 27 (June), 546 -32. empiricism: critique of a pseudoscience. En- Rouser.JamesE.Speech-communicationre- glewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1973. watch: relevance,. and relevance. CSSJ 23 Willer, Judith. The socialdeterminationof (Summer), 109-17 - knowledge. Englewood Cliffs:Prentice-Hall, Segal. Erwin M., and Roy Lachman. Complex 1971. behas for or higher mental process:it there Wrightsman, Lawrence S., and John C. Brigham, a paradigm shift? AP 27 (January), 46-35. eds. Contemporary issues in social psychology. Smith. David H. Communication research and Second Edition. Belmont, Calif.: Brooks/Cole, the ilea of process. SM 39 (August), 174-182. 1973.

III. TEACHING Anatol, Karl W. E., and Jerry E. Mandel. Strat- Conville, Richard L., and Richard W. Story. ug,ics of resistance to persuasion: new sub- Teaching to communicate: the sociolinguistic ject matter for the teacher of speech commun- problem. ST 21 (November), 247-254, ication. CSSJ 25 (Spring), II-17. Fatties, Don. Steve Littlejohn, and Joe Ayres. Atkinson, Richard C. Ingredients for a theory An experimental study of the comparative of instruction. AP 27 (October). 921-31. effectsofthreeinstructionAmethods on Barker. Larry L.. Donald J. "C egala. Robert J. speaking effectiveness. ST 21 tianuary), 46-52. Kihicr. and Kathy J. Wahlers. Hypnosis and Golditaber, Gerald M., and Joint A. Kline. Ef- thereduction of speechanxiety. CSSJ 23 fects of videotape on attendance and attitude (Spring), 28-35. inthe fundamentals of speech communica- Brooks, W. D. Innovative instructional strategies tion course. ST 21 (March), 93-98. for speech communication. TS 20 (Fall), 39- Good, Thomas L., and Jere E. Brophy. Be- is havioral expression of teacher attitudes. JEdP Brown. K. L. Speech communication and the 63 (December), 617.2L language arts. TS 20 (Fall), 25-32. Cow, J. E. "Public speaking" or "communica- Molt. Janice D., John R. Miner, and William tion"comprehensive change in the speech I).Brooks. The effect of the videotape re- curriculum. TS 20 (Fall), 21-4. corder onlevelsof anxiety, exhibitionism, and reticence. ST 21 (March), 127-130. Grasha, Anthony F. Observations on relating Ccgala. Donald J.. Robert J. Kibler, Larry L. teaching goals to student response styles and Barker. and David T.Miles. Writing be- classroom methodi. AP 27 (February), 144-7. havioral objectives: a programed article. ST Holmes, David S.Effects of grades and dis- 21 (September), 151-168. comfirmed grade expectancies on students' 32 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

evaluationsof,theirinstructor.JEdP 63Peters. Donald L. Effects of note taking. and (April), 130-3. rate of presentation on short-term objective Howell, Robert J., and Maxine L. Murdock. test performance. JEdP 63 (June), 276-80. The questionable value of a Master's Degree Proshansky, Harold M. For what are we train- for a Ph.D.-pursuing student. AP 27 (July), ing our graduate students? AP 27 (March), 647-51. 205-12. Khanna, Prablia, and J. L. Khanna. Current Rosenfeld, Lawrence B., and Kenneth D. Frand- status of the comprehensive examination. Al' sen. The "other" speech student: an empirical 27 (August), 761-5. analysis of some interpersonal relations orien- Koran. Jr.. John J.,Mary LoriKoran. and Frederick J. McDonald. Effects of different tations of the reticent student. ST 21 (Novem- sources of positive and negative information ber), 296-302. on observational learning of a teaching skill. Schwcbcl. Andrew I., and Dennis L. Cherlin. JEdP 63 (October), 405-10. Physical andsocialdistancinginteacher- McCrosktl, James C. The implementation of a pupil relationships. JEdP 63 (December), 543- large-scale program of systematic desensiti- 50. zation for communication apprehension. ST Seiler. William. Audiovisual materials in class- 21 (November), 255-264. room instruction: a theoretical approach. ST Mehr ley, Samuel R., and James G. Badtes. The 21 (September), 197-204. first course in speech: a call for revolution.Stewart, John. An interpersonal approach to ST 21 (September), 205-212. the basic course. ST 21 (January), 7-14. Menges, Robert J, and P. William Trumpeter. Tennyson, Robert D. A review of experimental Toward an empirical definition of relevance methodology in instructional task sequencing. in undergraduate instruction. AP 27 (March), AVCR 29 (Summer), 147-59. 213.7. Menne. Joy M., and John W. Menne. The rela-Weintraub, Daniel J., and Edward L. Walker. tive efficiency of bimodal presentation as an Perceptual demonstration kit. Belmont, Calif.: aid to learning. AVCR 20 (Summer), 170-80. Brooks/Cole. Mielke, Keith W. Renewing the link between Williams, Frederick, and G. Wayne Shamo. Re- communications and educational technology. gional variations in teacher attitudes toward AVCR 20 (Winter), 357-400. children's language. CSSJ 23 (Summer), 73-7.

IV. GENERAL COMMUNICATION VARIABLES Angel, Ronald W., and Harry Garland. Trans- Blanchard, Edward B., and Larry D. Young. fer of information from manual to oculomotor The relative efficacy of visual and auditory control system. JExP 96 (November), 92-6. feedback for self-control of heart rate. JGP Armentrout, DavidP.We: system. JPsy 81 87 (October), 195-202. (May). 59-62. Bowen, Donald D., Robert Perloff, and Jacob yabe, Harold I., and Susan Santo. Conceptual Jacoby. Improving manuscript evaluation pro- tempo and the Oriental American. JPsy Si cedures, AP 27 (March), 221-5. (May), 121 -124. Bourne, Jr., Lyle E., Bruce R. Ekstrand, and hart. William M. A. comparison of premise types Roger L. Dominowski. Psychology of think- inItypothetico-deductivethinkingatthe ing. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1971. stage of formal operations. JNy 81(May), Boyd, J. Edwin, and Raymond P. Perry. Quanti- 45-52. tative information digerences between object- Bell, Cecil, John Cheney, and ClaraMayo. personpresentationmethods. JSP 8(Feb- Structural and subject variation in communi- ruary), 75-80. cation networks, HR 25 (February), 1-8. Briggs, R. M., and D. R. Perrott. Auditory ap- Berkowitz. Leonard. Social psychology. Glen- parent movement under dichoticlistening view, Ill.: Scott, Foresman College Division. conditions. JExP 92 (January). 86-91. Berkowitz, Leonard. Frustrations, comparisons, Brown, Steven R., and Donald J. Brenner. Sci- and other sources of emotion arousal as con- ence. Psychology, and communication: essays tributors to social unrest. JSI 28, 77-92. honoring William Stephenson. New York: Biggs. J. B. Information and human learning. Teachers College Press. Glenview,ill.:Scott, Foresman College Di- Budd, Richard W. and Brent D. Ruben, eds. vision, 1971. Approaches to human communication. Ro-

1 BEHAVIORAL STUDIESIN COMMUNICATION 33

chelle Park, N.J.: Hayden Book Company, memory (Carnegie-Mellon CognitionSeries). Inc. New York: Wiley. Busignies,Henri.Communicationchannels. Harary, Frank, and Ronald Havelock. Anatomy Sci Am 227 (September), 98-115. of a communication arc. HR 25 (November), Cavanaugh, J. Patrick. Relation between the 413-26. immediate memory span andthe memory Harris, JacquelineJ.,and MaxwellE. Mc- search rate. PsyRev 79 (November), 525-30. Combs. The interpersonal/mass communica- Chapman, C. R., and B. W. Feather. Modifica- tion interface among church leaders: JC 22 tion of perception by classical conditioning (September), 257-262. procedures. JExP 93 (May), 338.42. Harrison, Michael, and Albert Pepitone. Con- Clement, David E. Quasi-sensory communica- trast effect in the use of punishment. JPSP tion: still not proved. JPSP 23 (July), 103-4. 94 (September), 398-404. Corteen, R.S., and B. Wood. Automatic re- Hesliu, Richard, Brian Blake, and James Rot - sponses to shock-associated words in an un- ton,Information searchasa functionof attended channel. JExP 94 (August), 308-13. stimulus uncertainty and the importance of David, Jr., Edward E. Making objectivity cred- the response. JPSP 23 (September), 333-339. ible and acceptable. AP 27 (February), 91-5. Hicks, J, A. III. Effects of number of alterna- tivestate and number of channels on the Davison, W. Phillips. Public opinion research as monitoring of multichannel displays. JExP communication. POQ 36 (Fall), 311-322. i (August), 348-9. Deregowski. JanB.Pictorial perception andHigbee, Kenneth L., and M. Gawain Wells. culture. Sci Am 227 (November), 82-9. Some researchtrendsinsocialpsychology Derrida.Jacques. Speech andphenomena. -during the 1960s. AP 27 (October), 963-6. Evanston, III.: Northwestern University Press. Higbee,KennethL.,and TerenceLafferty. Donohor, Lewis, Joanne M. Parker, and Vir- Relationships among riskpreferences,im- giniaMcDermott.Psychophysiologicalmea- portance, and control. JPsy 81 (July), 249-52. surement of information selection: two stud-.Hallman, Thomas D. Employment interviewer's ies. JC 22 (March), 54-63. errors in processing positive and negative in- Emerson. Thomas I. Communication and free- formation. JAP 56 (April), 130-134. tlornof expression. SciAm 227 (September),Hornstein, Harvey A. Promotive tension:the 163-75. basis of prosocial behavior from a Lewinian Ference, Thomas P. Induced strategies inse- perspective. JSI 28, 191-!:18. quential decision-making. HR 25 (November), Inose, Hiroshi. Communication networks. SciAm 377-90. 227 (September), 116-29. Flanagan, James. L. The sywila5sis" of speech. Jakobson, Roman. Verbal communication. SciAm SciAm 22 (February), 48-61. 227 (September). 72-81. Frank. Jerome D. The bewildering world ofKatzman, Natan, and James Nyenhuis. Color psychotherapy. JSP 28, 27-44. vs. black-and-white effects on learning, opin- james E., and Sheldon Zedeck. Status, ion*, and attention. AVCR 20 (Spring), i6-28. interest, and proximity as factors ininter- Kaufmann, Harry. Social psychology for today. action and comunication channels. Jr New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1973. (November). 259-68. Kinch, John W. Introductiontosocialpsy- Furedy, John J., and Anthony N. Doob. Signal- chology. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1973. ing unmodifiable shocks: limits on human in- Klinzing. Dennis G. Listening comprehension of formational cognitive control. JPSP 21(Jan- pre-school age children as a function of rate nary). 111-6. of presentation, sex, and age. ST 21 (March). Gatlin. Lila.. Information theory .and the living 86-92. system. New York: Columbia University Press. Kretzner, Ernest R. Communication terminals. Gerhner, George.Communication" andsocial SciAm 227 (September), 130-41. environment. SciAm 227 (September), 152-62, Lasswell, Harold D. Communications research Goethals, George R. Consensus and modality and public policy. POQ 36 (Fall), 301-310. in the attribution process: the tole of similar- Lerea, Louis, and Ulrich K. Rathey. A study of ity and information..JPSP I (January), 84-92. visual perception among aged people. JPsy 82 Goldmark, Peter C. Communication and the (September), 59-66. community. SciAm 227 (September). 142-51. Liu, William T., and Robert W. Duff. The Gombrich. E. H. The visual image. SciAnt 227 strength in weak tics. POQ 36 (Fall), 361-366. (September). 82-97.. McKim, Robert. H. Experiences in visual think-_ Gregg; Lee W., ed. Cognition in learning and ing. Belmont, Calif.: Brooks/Cole. 34 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Majeres, R. L. Cognitive style as mediator. JPer Pierce, John R. Communication. SciAm 227 40 (December), 661-78. (September), 30-41. Martin, James G. Rhythmic (hierarchical) ver- Pines, Harvey A., and James W. Julian. Effects sus serial structure in speech and other be- of task and social demands on focus of con- havior. PsyRev 79 (November), 487-509. trol:differencesininformationprocessing. Harwell, Gerald, and David R. Schmitt. Co- JPer 40 (September), 407-15. operation and interpersonalrisk:cross-cul- Poulton, E. C. Size, style, and vertical spacing turalandcross-proceduralgeneralizations. in the legibility of small typefaces. JAP 56 JEST' 8 (November); 594.9. (April),1 5-161. Mendelsohn, Gerald A., and ErnestP. Lind-Premack, Ann 'James,andDavidPremack. holm. Individual differeiices and the role of Teaching languageto an ape. SciAm 227 attention in the use of cues in verbal prob- (October). 92-9. lem solving. JPer 40 (June), 226-40. Prosser, Michael. Cross cultural communication: a review essay. TS 20 (Summer), 66-71. Mendelsolut, Gerald, and Martin V. Covington. Reintnuth. James E., and Michael D. Geurts. A Internalprocess and perceptual factors in bayesian approachto forecasting effectsof verbal problem solving: a study of sex and atypical situations. JMR 9 (August), 292-7. individual differencesincognition. JPer 40 Roever, James E. Presidential address: prospect (September), 451-71: [communication in the future]. TS 20 (Sum- Merritt. RichardL.,ed.Communicationin mer), 35-8. internationalpolitics.Urbana,Ill.:Univer- Samovar, Larry A., ed. Intercultural communi- sity of Illinois Press. cation. Belmont, Calif,: 'Wadsworth. Moore. Jame; C.. Jr., Eugene II Johnson, and Schmidt, CharlesF.Multidimensional scaling Martha S. C. Arnold. Status congruence and analysis of the printed media's explanations of equity in restricted communication networks. the riots of the summer of 1967. JPSP 24 Soucy 35 (December). 519-37. (October). 59-67. .Moroney. William F., and Robert J. fenhausern. Schmeck-,-Ronald-R,,--and-Eleanore L. Schmeck. Detection of deception as a function of gal- A comparative analysis of theeffectiveness vanic skinresponse recording Inethodology. of feedbackfollowing errors andfeedback JPsy SO (March). 255-62. folloWing correct responseS. JPG 87 (Octobe), Morse. Roger A. Environmental control in the 219-24. beehive. SciAm 226 (April), 92. Sebeok, Thomas A., and Alexandra Ramsey, eds. Neisser, Ulric. Cognitive psychology. New York: Approaches to animal. communication. New Appleton-Century-Crofts,1967. York: Humanities Press, 1969. Nicholls. John G. Creativity in the person who Schenk, Thomas A., ed. Animal communication: will never produce anything original and use- techniques of study and results of research. ful:the concept of creativity as a normally Bloomington. Ind.: Indiana University Press, distributed trait. AP 27 (Angst), 717-27. 1968. Oliver. Robert'I'. Communication and cultureShanteau. ,J.. and N. H. Anderson. Integration in ancient India and China. New York: Syra- theory applied to judgments of the value of cuse University Press,i 971. information. JExP 92 (February), 266-75. Orpen, Christopher, and Lesley van der Schyff.Smith,Arthur.Transracialcommunication. Prejudice andpersonalityinwhite South Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1973. Africa: a "differential learning" alternative toSmith, M. Brewster. Is experimental social psy- theauthoritarian personality,--JSP---87(Au-_ chology advancing? .IESP 8 (January). 86-96. gust), 31314. Suadowsky, Alvin M. Communication network Palmatier, Robert .A.,and GeorgeMc:Ninch. research:anexaminationofcontroversies. Source of gains in listening skill: experimental 1 f R 25 (September), 283-306. or pre-test. experience? JC 22 (March), 70-76.Stem.GuntherS., Cellularcommunication. Pharos, E. Jerry. and Kenneth G. Wilson. Re- SciAm 227 (September). 42-51. sponsibilityattribution:roleofoutcome Stewart, Charles. On speech communication: an severity, situational ambiguity. and internal- anthology of contemporary writings and mes- externalcontrol. JPer 40 (September), 392- sages (A revision of Ott Speech and Speakers). -106, New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.. Pia Gerard: Dennis Flanagan: el al., eds. Com-Sticht, Thomas G., and Douglas R. GlasnaPP. munication: a Scientific American book [re- Effects of speech rate, selection difficulty, as- publication of September. SciAm]_ San Fran- sociationstrength and mental aptitude on cisco: Freeman. learning by listening. JC 22 (June).174:188. 11F.HAVIORAL STUDIESIN COMMUNICATION 35 Stidsen. Bent, and Thomas F. Schutte. Market- determinant of effectiveness in an information- ing as a communication system: the marketing seeking task. JPer 40 (June), 211-25. concept revisited. JM 36 (October), 22-7. Whiting, Gordon C., and Walter C. Hitt. Code- 'Vessel.,Abraham, SidneyRosen. and Mary restrictedness and communication dependent Charles Conlee. News valance and available problem solving; an exploratory study. SM recipient as determinants of news transmis- 39 (March), 68-73. sion. Sonty 35 (December). 619-28. Wilson,EdwardO. Animalcommunication. "Fopoff, Howard R. The social behavior of army SciAm 227 (September), 52-71. ants. SciAm 227 (November). 70-81. Worth, Sol, and. John Adair. Through Navajo Triandis, Harry C. The analysis of subjective eyes: an exploration infilm communication culture (Comparative Studies inBehavioral andanthropology.Bloomington,Ind.:In- Science Series). New York, Wiley. diana University Press, 1973. Van Olst, E. H. The orienting reflex. New York: Wrightsman, Lawrence S. Social psychology in Humanities Press, 1971. the Seventies. Belmont, Calif.: Brooks/Cole, Vavra, Terry G. Factor analysis of perceptual Zajonac, Robert IL ed. Animal social psycholo- change. JMR 9 (May). 193-9. gy:a reader of experimental studies. New Williston. Kenneth A. Performance styles as a York; Wiley, 1969.

V. PERSUASION ANDATTITUDE CHANGE Achenbaum, Alvin A. Advertising doesn't ma- Baron, Robert A. Reducing the influence of an nipulate consumers. JAR 12 (April), 3-14. aggressive model:therestraining effectsof Acock, Alan C., and Melvin L. DeFleur. A con- peer censure. JESP 8 (May), 266-75. figurationalapproachtocontingentcon- Baseheart, John R., and Robert' N. Bostrom. sistency in the attitude-behavior relationship. Credibility of source and ofselfattitude ASR 37 (December), 714-26. change. JQ 49 (Winter), 742-744. Adams. R. C. Persuasibility as a correlate of Bass, Frank M.; Edgar A. Pessemier; and Donald certain. personality factors. WS 36 (Summer). R. Lehmann. An experimental study of rela- 187-97. tionships between attitudes, brand preference, Adams, W. Clifton. The interrelationship among and choice. BSci 17 (November), 532-541. need for social approval, petsuasibility andBeckwith, Neil E. Multivariate analysis of sales activation. CSSJ 23 %Tall), 188-92. responses of competing brands to advertising. Ajzen, leek, and Martin Fishbein. The predic- JMR .9 (May), 168-76: tion of behavior from attitudinal and norma- Beisecker, Thomas I)., and Donn W. Parson, tive variables. JESP 6 (1970). 66-87. eds. The process of social influence: readings Ajzen, leek, and Martin Fishbein. Attitudes and in persuasion. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. normative beliefs as 'factors influencing be- Berger, Charles R. Influence motivation and havioral intentions. JPSP 21 (January), 1-0. feedbackregardinginfluenceoutcomesas Almaney, Adnan. Governments'resistanceto determinantsofself-persuasion.JPer40 internationalcommunication:reportofa (March), 62-74. UNESCO study. JC 22 (March). 77-88. Berger. Charles R. Toward arole enactment Applhaum, RonaldF., and Karl W. Anatol. theory of persuasion. SM 39 (November), 260- The factor structure of source credibility as a 70. function of the speaking situation. SIM 39 Bettinghaus, Erwin. Persuasive Communication. (August), 216-222. Second Edition. .New York:Holl, Rinehart. At k in,Charles K. Anticipated communication and Winston, 1973. and mass media information-seeking. POQ 36 Bettinghaus, Erwin P. Message preparation: the (Summer), 188-199. nature of proof. Second Edition. Indianapolis: Averill. James R., Erhard Olbrich. and Richard Bobbs-Merrill. S, Lazarus. Personality correlates of differential Bishop, GeorgeF., Andrew M. Barclay, and responsiveness to direct and vicarious threat: Milton Rokeach. Presidential preferences and a failure to replicate previous findings. JPSP freedom-equality value patterns in the 1968 21 (January), 25.9. American campaign. JSP 88 (December), 207- Baron. Reubon M., James Jackson, and Barry 12. Fish. Lon-, and short-term determinants ofBither, Steward W. Effects of distraction and socialreinforcer effectiveness. JPSP 24 (Oc- commitment on the persuasiveness oftele- tober). 122-31. vision advertising. JMR 9 (February), 1-5. BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Blanchard, EdwardB.,MarilynVickers, and Cooper, Joel, Edward E. Jones, and S. Mark Katina C. Price. Balance effects in image for- Tidier. Attribution, dissonance, and the illu- mation. JSP 87 (June), 37-44. sion of uniqueness. JESP 8 (January), 45-57. Boyd, Harper W., Jr.,. Michael L.Ray, and Cope, Frances, and Don Richardson. The effects Edward C. Strong. An attitudinal framework ofreassuring recommendationsinafear- -for advertising strategy. JM 36 (April), 27-33. arousing speech. SM 39 (June), 148-150: Brickman,Philip,JoelRedfield,AlbertA. Crawford, Jeffery L., and Gordon A. Haaland. Harrison, and Rick Crandall. Drive and pre- Predecisional information seeking. and sub- disposition as factors in the attitudinal effects sequent conformity inthe socialinfluence of mere exposure, JESP 8 (January), 31-44. process. JPSP 23 (July), 112-9. Brigham, John C. Racial stereotypes: measure-Curio, Salvatore, and Frank Sistrunk. Opinion ment variables and thestereotype-attitude change as a function of the race of the ex- relationship. JASP 2, 63-76. perimenter, the communication source, and Bruvold, William H. Consistency among atti- the subject. JSP 86 (June), 149-50. tudes,beliefs, and behavior. JSP 86 (Feb- ruary), 127-3-1. Darley, John M., and Joel Cooper. The "clean Bruvold, William H. Attitude-belief and atti- for Gene" phenomenon: the effect of students' tude-behavior consistency. JSP 88 (December), . appearance on political campaigning. JASP 2, 941-6. 24-33. Buckhout, Robert. Toward a two-child norm: Darley, Susan A., and Joel Cooper. Cognitive changing family planning attitudes. AP 27 consequences of forced noncompliance. JPSP (January), 16-26. 24 (December), 321-6. Burgoon, Michael. A factor-analytic examina- Davison, Dewitt C. Perceived reward value of tion of messages advocating social change. SM teacher reinforcement and attitude toward 39 (November), 290-295. teacher: an application of Newcomb's balance Burgoon. Michael, Gerald R. Miller and Stewart theory. JEdP 63 (October), 418-22. I,. Tubbs. Machiavellianism, justification. and Dawson, John L. NI., Richard E. NVIlitney, and :allude change following counter-attitudinal Raymond Tak-San Lau.Attitudeconflict, advocacy. JPSP 22 (June), 366-71. GSR, and traditional-modern attitude change Chadwick, Bruce A., and Robert C. Day. Re- among Hong Kong Chinese. JSP 88 (Decem- sponsestopersistentsocialinterference:a ber), 163-76. response' hierarchy of influence tactics in so- Day, George S. Evaluating models of attitude cial exchange. JSP 86 structure.. JMR 9 (August), 279-86. Cecil, Earl A. Factors affecting individual risk Dean, MichaelL.. JamesF.Engel, and W. taking attitudes. JPsy 82 ( November). 223-6. Wayne Talarzyk. The influence of package Clark,Ruth Anne, Roy Stewart. And Alan copy claims on consumer product evaluation. Marston. Some values for highest and lowest JM 36 (April), 34-9. levels of credibility. CSSJ 3 (Fall), 193-6. Deaux, Kay. Anticipatory attitude change:a Clore,GeraldL.,andKatharineMcMillan. direct test of the self-esteem hypothesis. JESP Jeffery.Emotionalruleplaying,attitude 8 (March), 143-35. change,andattractiontowardadisabled Denmark, Florence, and Brunhilde Ritter. Dif- person. JPSP 23 (July), 105-11. ferential' cognitive dissonance and decision Cohen, Dorothy. Surrogate indicators and de- latency. JSP 86 (February), 69-74. ception in advertising. JM 36 (July).10-5. Cohen. Joel It., and Ellen Golden. Informational Derlega, Valenian J. Effects of involvement, competence, and discrepancy on opinion change. Social Influence and product evaluation. JAP 56 (February), 54-59. JSP '87 (August), 301-10. Colo David L. Machiavellizmism and political Dienstbier, Richard A. A modified belief theory behavior. JSP 87 (June). 159-60. of prejudice emphasizing the mutual caus- Collins, Barry E., and Michael F. Hoyt. Per- ality of racial prejudice and anticipated belief differences. PsyRev 79 (March), 146-60. sonalresponsibility-for-consequences:anin- tegration and extension of the "forced com- Dinner. Sherry H., Bernard E. Lewkowics. and pliance" literature. JESP 8 (November), 558- Joel Cooper. Anticipatory attitude change as a function of self-esteem and issue familiarity. . 93. Cook. Thomas I)., and Allen Wadsworth: Atti- JPSP 2-1 (December), 407.12. tude change and the paired-associate learning Dixon, N. F, Subliminal perception: the nature ofminimalcognitiveelements.JPer 40. ofacontroversy. New York:McGraw-Hill, (March), 50-61. 1971. BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 37 Doob, Anthony, and Robert J. Climie. Delay Gordon, Leonard V. A typological assessment of of measurement and the effects of film vio- "a study of values" by Q-methodology. JSP lence. JESP 8 (March), 136-42. 86 (February), 55-68. Dutton, Donald G. Effect of feedback param- Gordon, Leonard V. Value correlates of student . eters on congruency versus positivity effects attitudes on social issues: a multination study. in reactions to personal evaluations. JPSP 24 JAP 56 (August), 305-311. (December), 366-71. Gordon, Leonard V. The image of political Eagly, Alice E., and Kathleen Telaak. Width of candidates: values and voter preference. JAP the latitude of acceptance as a determinant 56 (October), S82-387. of attitude change. JPSP 23 (September), 388- Greaves, George. Conceptual system function- 97. ing and selective recall of information. JPSP End ler, Norman S., and C. J. Marino. The ef- 21 (March), 327-32. fects of source and type of prior experience.Greenbaum, Charles W. and Mina Zemach. on subsequent conforming behavior. JSP 88 Role-playing and change of attitude toward (October), 21-30. the police after a campus riot: effects of situ- Ellis, Glenn Thomas, and Francis Sekyra, III. ation demand and justification. HR 25 (Feb- The effect of aggressive cartoons on the be- ruary), 87-100. havior of first grade children. JPsy 81 (May),Gruner, Charles R., and William E. Lampton. 37-44. Effects of including humorous material in a Eton, Leonard D; L. Rowell Huesmann; Monroe persuasive sermon. SSJ 38 (Winter), 188-196. M. Lcfkowitz; and Leopold 0. Walden Does violence cause aggression? AP 27Guerrero, Jose L., and G. David Hughes. An television empirical test of the Fishbein model. JQ 49 (April), 253-63. Fodor, Eugene M. Delinquency and susceptibil- (Winter), 684-690. ity to social influence among adolescents as Guilford, Joan S. Group treatment versus in- a function of level of moral development. JSP dividual initiative in the cessation of smok- 86 (April), 257-60. ing. JAP 56 (April), 162-168. Freedman, Jonathan L., James M. Carlsmith, Hass, R. Glen, and Darwyn E. Linder. Counter- and David 0. Scars, eds. Readings in social argument availability and the effects of mes- psychology. Englewood Cliffs:Prentice-Hall, sage structure on persuasion. JPSP 23 (Au- 1971. gust), 219-33. Ga lizio, Mark, and Clyde Hendrick. Effect ofHawkins, Del I. Reported cognitive dissonance mt,, :calaccompanimentonattitude:the and anxiety: some additional findings. JM 36 guitar as a prop for persuasion. JASP 2, 350- (July), 63-65. 359. Heberlein, Thomas A. The land ethic realized: Gardiner, Gareth S. Complexity training and somesocialpsychological explanationsfor prejudice reduction. JASP 2, 326.42. changing environmentalattitudes.JSI28, Gardiner, James C. The effects of expected and 79-68. Perceived receiver response on sourceatti- Henion, Karl E. The effect of ecologically rele- tudes. JC 22 (September), 289-299. vant information on detergent sales. JMR 9 Garland, Howard, and Bert R. Brown. Face- (February), 10-15. saving as affected by subjects' sex, audiences' Heslin, Richard, and MichaelF. Amo. De- sex and audience expertise. Scmty 35 (June), tailedtestofthe reinforcement-dissonance 280-9. controversy in the counterattitudinal advocacy Ginsberg,Mitchell.Mind andbelief:psy- situation. JPSP 23 (August), 234-42. chological ascription and the concept of be- Hodges, Louis A., and Donn Byrne. Verbal dog- lief. New York: Humanities Press. matism as a potentiator of intolerance. JPSP Goethals, George R., and Joel Cooper. Role of 21 (March), 312-17. intention and postbehavioral consequence in Holland, Winford E. Information potential: a the arousal of cognitive dissonance. JPSP 23 concept of the importance of information (September), 293-301. sources in a research and development en- Goldstein, David, David Fink, and David R. vironment. JC 22 (June), 159-173. Mettec. Cogriition of arousal and actual arous- Hollander, Edwin P., and Raymond G. Hunt, al as determinants of emotion. JPSP 21 (Jan- eds.Classicalcontributionstosocialpsy- uary), 41-51. chology. New York: Oxford University Press, Gordon, George N. Persuasion: the theory and 1971. practice of manipulative communication. New Hollander, Edwin P., and Raymond G. Hunt, York: Hastings House, 1971. eds. Current perspectives in social psychology: 38 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION readingswith commentary. Third edition. --sexual attitudes: a reply. JPsy 80 (January), New York: Oxford University l'ress, 1971. 63-4. Horowitz, Irwin A. Attitude change as a func- Kilty,Keith M. Attitudinalaffect andbe- tion of perceived arousal. JSP 87 (June), 117- havioral intentions. JSP 86 (Aptil), 251-6. 26. King, Albert S. Pupil size, eye direction, and Host. Michael F.. and Richard Centers. Tem- message appeal: some preliminary findings. poral situs of the effects of anticipated pub- JM 36 (July), 55-57. licity upon commitment and resistanceto Klippel, R. Eugene, and Stewart W. Bither. countercornmunication. JPSP 22 (April), 1-7. Attitude data in allocation models. J.R 12 Michael F., Marc D. Henley, and Barry (April), 20-4. F.. Collins. Studies in forced compliance: con- Knott, Paul D., and Bruce A. Drest. Effects of fluence of choice and consequence on attitude varying intensity of attack and fear arousal change, JPSP 23 (August), 205-10. on the intensity of counter aggression. JPer Hurt. II. Thomas. and Carl H. Weaver. Negro 40 (March), 27-37. dialect. ethnocentricism, and the distortion Koriat,Asher;RachelMelkman: JamesR. of information in the communicative process. Averill; and Richard S. Lazarus. The self- C:SSJ 25 (Summer). 118-25. control of emotional reactions to a stressful liuttettiocher, Janellen, and E. Tory Higgins. film. JPet 40 (December), 601-19. On reasoning, congruence, and other matters. Krause, Mcrton S. Strategies in argument. JPsy PsyRev 79 (September), 420-7. 81 (July), 269-80. Infante,Dominic A. Cognitive speechas aLadricre, Jean. Language andbelief.Notre predictor of post speech attitude and atti- Dame, Ind.: University of Notre Dame Press. tude change. 3M 39 (March), 55-61. .Landy, David. The effects of an overheard Infante, Dominic A. The function of percep- audience'sreactionandattractivenesson tions of consequences in attitude formation opinion change. JESP 8 (May), 276-92. and communicator image formation.CSSJ Langer, Ellen J., and Robert P. Abelson. The 23 (Fall),174-80. semantics of asking a favor: how to succeed IiKko, Chester A.,MarilynRail, and John in getting help without really dying. JPSP 24 Schopler. Role of inconsistency in mediating (October), 26-32. awareness of interaction processes. JPSP 24 Lerbinger, Otto. Designs for persuasive com- (October),102-7. munication. Englewood Cliffs:Prentice-Hall. Johnson, Homer H., and Richard R.Izzett. Levy, Sidney J. Promotional behavior. Glen- The effects of source indentification on atti- view, III.:Scott, Foresman College Division, tude change as a function of the type of com- 1971, munication. JSP 86 (February), 81-8. Lewis, William C. Why people change:the Jones. Edward E., George R. Goethals, Gregory psychology ofinfluence. New York:Holt, F..Kennington, and Laurence J. Severance. Rinehart and Winston. Primacy and assimilation in the attribution Lopes, Lola A. A unified integration model for process: the stable entity proposition. JPer 40 "Prior expectancy and behavioral extremity (June), 250-74. asdeterminantsofattitudeattribution?' Kaplan, Kalman J. From attitude formation to 'SP 8 (March), 156-160. attitude change: acceptance and impact on McClintock, Charles G., ed. Experimental social cognitivemediators. Scmty 35(September), psychology. New York: Holt, Rinehart and 448-467. Winston. Karlins, Marvin, and Herbert I. Abelson. Per- NIcCroskey, James C., Thomas J. Young. and suasion:how opinionsandattitudesare Michael D. Scott. The effects of message sided- changed. New York: Springer, 1970, ness and evidence on inoculationagainst Kay. Herbert. Do we really know the effects counterpersuasion in small group communi- of using "fear" appeals? JM 36 (April), 55-7. cation. SM 39 (August), 205.212. Kenny. Charles T., and Luke Elliott, Jr. Se- Matery. Robert E. Attitude change induced by lective exposure and the "active group effect," role playing as a function of improvisation JPsy 82 (November), 197.-200. and role-taking skill. JPSP 24(December), Kernan, Jerome B., and Leslie B. Heiman. In- 343-50. formation distortion and personality. JQ 49 Mazen, Ragaa, and Howard Leventhal. The in- (Winter), 698-701. fluence of communicator-recipient similarity Kilpatrick, Dean C. Note on the relationship upon the beliefs and behavior of pregnant of ordinal position, dogmatism, and personal women. JESP 8 (July), 289-302. BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 39 Mehrabian, Albert. Tactics of social influence.Paletz, David L., Judith Koon, Elizabeth White- Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1970. head. andRichardHagens.Selectiveex- Meyer. Timothy P., and Vernon E. Cronen. posure: the potential boomerang effect. JC Agnew meets the student dissenters: an ex- 22 (March), 48-53. perimental study of ego-involvement and ar- Pallak, Michael S., Margaret Mueller, Kathleen gumentation. JC 22 (September), 263-276. Dollar, and JudithPallak. Effect of com- Meyer, Timothy P. Effects of viewing justified mitment on responsiveness to an extreme con- and unjustified real film violence on aggres- sonant communication. JPSP 23 (September), sive behavior. JPSP 23 (July), 21-9. 429-34. Meyer, Timothy P. The effects of verbally vio- Pallak, MichaelS.,and Thane S.Pittman. lentfilmcontent onaggressivebehavior. General motivationaleffectsof dissonance AVCR 29 (Summer), 160-9. arousal. JPSP 21 (March) 349.58. Mi 'bourn, M. Thornai, and Vernon A. Stone. Pearce, W. Barnett, and Bernard J. Brommel. Source-message orientation and components Vocalic communication in persuasion. QJS 58 of source credibility. JQ 49 (Winter), 663- (October), 298-306. 668. Pease, Kenneth. Attitudes inlinguistic com- Millimet, C. Raymond, and Dennis F. Gardner. munications: a further study of immediacy. Induction of threat to self-esteem and the JPer (June), 298.311. arousal and resolution of affect. JESP 8 (Sep-Pollis, Nicholas P., Carol A. Pollis, and James tember), 467-81. A. Rader. Redundancy and congruence of Mills.Judson. and John Harvey. Canself- contrast simulation as determinants of atti- perceptiontheory explainthefindings of tude change. JSP 88 (October), 83-90. Harvey and Mills (1971)? JPSP 22 (May), 271- Rein,IrvingJ.Rudy's Red Wagon: com- 2. munication strategies in conteraporary society. Mills,Judson,and JohnHarvey.Opinion Glenview, Ill.:Scott, Foresman College Di- change as a function of when information vision. aboutthecommunicatorisreceivedand Rhine, Ramon J., and Robert M. Kaplan. The whether he is attractive or expert. JPSP 21 effect of incredulity upon evaluation of the (January), 52.5. source of a communication. JSP 88 (Decem- Misra, Sasi, and Amar Kalro. Simulated organi- ber), 255-66. zationalchoice:postdecision dissonance re- Robinson, John P. Peceived media bias and the duction and self. JAP 56 (December), 461-466. 1968vote:can the media affect behavior Morrison, Bruce J., and Marvin J. Dainoff. Ad- after all? JQ 49 (Summer), 239-246. vertisementcomplexity and lockingtime. Rokcach, Milton, and D. Daniel McLellan. Feed- JMR 9 (November), 396-400. back of information about the values and Morse, Stanley J. Help, likeability, and social attitudes of self and others as determinants influence. JASP 2, 34-46. of long-term cognitive and behavioral change. Needham, Rodney, Belief, language, and ex- JASP 2, 236-51. perience. Chicago: The University of Chicago Rokeach, Milton, andPeterKliegunas. Be- Press, 1973. havior as a function of attitude-toward-object Nemeth, Charlan, and Jack Markowski. Con- and attitude-toward-situation. JPSP 22 (May), formity and discrepancy of position. Santy 35 194-201. (December), 562-75. Rokcach, Milton, and Ray Cochrane. Self-con- Newman, Joseph W., and Richard Staclin. Pre- frontation and confrontation with another purchase information seeking for new cars as determinants of long-term value change. and major household appliances. JMR 9 (Au- JASP 2, 283-92. gust), 249-57. Rosen, C. V., and Charles T. Kenny. Dogmatism Newmark,CharlesS.,andMichaelDinoff. and preference in 1970 Tennessee Senate cam- Noncontent verbal conditioning as afunc- paign. JPsy 82 (September), 171-4. tion of two types of anxiety. JPer 40 (Decem- Rosen, Nancy A., and Robert S. Wyer, Jr. ber). 620-39. Some further evidence for the "Socratic effect" Orpen, Christopher. A cross-culturalinvesti- usingasubjectiveprobabilitymodelof gation of the relationship between conserva- cognitive organization. JPSP 24 (December), tism and personality. JPsy 81 (July), 297-300. 420-4. Oshikawa. Sadoami. The measurement of cogni- Rosenfeld, Howard M. The experimental anal- tive dissonance: some experimental findings. ysis of interpersonal influence processes. JC JM 36 (January), 64-6. 22 (December), 424-442. 111111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Rossiter. Charles M. Jr. Sex of the speaker, sexSinuous, Herbert W. Persuasion in social con- of the listener, and listening comprehension. flicts: a critique of prevailing conceptions and JC 22 (March). 64-69. a framework for future research. SM 29 (No Rudin. Lawrence, and William R. Hood. The vember). 227-247. point fallacy and latitude dimensions of at-Smith. Robert R., and Robert W. Hawkes. The titude change. JSP 87 (August). 235-42. fiddlefactor:socialbindingfunctionsof Sales, Stephen M. Economic threat as a de- distractions. JC 22 (March), 26-38: terminant of coi'4,4rsion rates in authoritarian Smith, Sali S., and Bruce D. Jamieson. Effects of and nonauthoritarian churches. JPSP 23 (Sep- attitude and ego involvement on the learning tCMber). 420-8. and retention of controversial material. JPSP Samuel, William. Response toBill of Rights 22 (June), 303-10. Snyder, Mark and Ebbc B. Ebbescn. Dissonance palaphrast%asinfluencedbythehip or straight attire of the opinion solicitor. JASP awareness: a test of dissonance theory versus self-perception 2. 47-62. theory. JESP 8 (November), Sarbin. Theodore R., and William C. Coe. 502-17. Hypnosis: asocial psychological analysis ofSpence, Homer E., and Reza Moinpour. Fear influence communication. New York:Holt, appealsin marketinga socialperspective. Rinehart and Winston. JM 36 (July), 39.43. Staats, Arthur W.. Karl A. Minks,. Clark H. Scheibe, Karl E. Beliefs and values. New York: Martin. and William R. Higa. Deprivation- Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1970. satiation and strength of attitude condition- &Winger, Mary Jane, and Joseph T. Plummer. ing: a test of attitude-reinforcer-discriminative Advertising in black and white. JMR 9 (May), theory. JPSP 24 (November), 178-85. 149-53. Staub, Ervin. Instigation to goodness: the role Schultz.CharlesII.,and Francis J.DiVesta. of social norms and interpersonal influence. Effects of expert endorsement of beliefs on JSI 28, 131-50. problem-solving behavior of high and lowSwanson, David L. The new politics meets the dogmatics. JEdP 63 (June), 194-201. old rhetoric: new directions in campaign com- Schuman, Howard. Attitudes vs. actions versus munication research. QJS 58 (February), 31-40. attitudes vs. attitudes. POQ 36 (Fall), 347-354.Tarantino, Santo J., and Robert E. Jednak. A Schwartz, Shalom H., and Richard C. Tessler. A re-examinationoffactorsinfluencingthe test of a model for reducing measured atti- evaluation of assertions. POQ 36 (Spring), 109- tude-behaviordiscrepancies. JPSP 24 ,(No- 113. . vember). 225-36. Taylor, Gary G., and Jon I. Young. Reinforce- Schwitzgebel, Robert, and Ralph Schwitzgebel. ment and attitude change: results suggesting Psychotechnology: electronic control of mind theimportanceof demandcharacteristics. and behavior. New York: Holt, Rinehart and JSP 87 (August), 315-6. Winston, 1973. Taylor, Gary G., and Kay H. Smith. The effect Sereno, Kenneth K.., and Edward M. Bodaken. of anticipating the continuation of role play- Ego-involvement and attitude change: toward ing on attitude change. JSP 87 (August), 205- a leconceptualization of persuasive effect. SM 12. 39 (August), 151-158. Tedeschi, James; Morton Deutsch; el al., eds. Sheinkopf, Kenneth G., Charles K. Atkin, and Social psychology 1973. New York: Random Lawrence Bowen. The functions of political House, 1973. advertising for campaign organizations. JMRThomson, Joan S. Effects of attack and com- 9 (November), 401.5. mitment on belief and stress. JQ 49 (Autumn), Shepp.BryanE.,Deborah G.Kemler, and 437-445. Daniel R. Anderson. Selective attention andTouhcy, John C. Comment on Harvey and the breadth of learning: an extension of the Mills "effect of a difficult opportunity to re- one-166k model. PsyRev 79 (July), 317.28, 'Joke a countcrattitudinal action upon atti- Sheth, Jagdish N., and W. Wayne Talarzyk. Per- tude change." JPSP 22 (May). 269-70. ceived instrumentality and value importanceTouhey, John C., and Tracy L. Veach. Prior as determinants of attitudes. JMR 9 (Feb- information and attitude change: a replica- ruary), 6-9. tion failure. JSP 88 (December), 309-10. Silverman, Bernie I., and Raymond Cottrane.Triandis, Harry C., and Vasso Vassiliou. Inter- Effect of the social context on the principle personal influence and employee selection in of belief. JPSP 22 (May), 259-68. two cultures. JAP 56 (April), 140-145. BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 41 Triandis, Harry C. Attitude and attitude change of value strength: L JPsy 80 (January), 45-56. (WileyFoundationsofSocialPsychologyWicklund, Robert A., and William John Ickers. Series). New York: Wiley, 1971. The effect of objective self-awareness on pre- Turner, Charles W., and Leonard Berkowitz. decisional exposure to information. JESP 8 Identificationwithfilmaggressor(covert (July), 378-87. role taking) and reactions to film violence.Widgcry. Robin. and Gerald Miller. Audience JPSP 21 (February). 2Z-63. commitment and source knowledge of audi- Vantress, Florence E, and Christene Blanton ence as determinants of attitude change fol- Williams. The effect of the presence of the lowingcounterattitude changefollowing provocator and the opportunity to counter- counterattitudinal advocacy. SM 39 (August), aggress on systolic blood pressure. JGP 86 213-215. (January). 63.8. Wolosin, Robert. Steven J. Sherman, and Clif- Wahrman. Ralph, and M. D. Pugh. Competence ford R. Mynatt. Perceived social influence in and conformity: another look at Hollander's a conformity situation. JPSP 23 (August), 184- study. Scmty 35 (September), 376.86. 91. Wall. Victor D. Jr.Evidential attitudes andWoodyard, Howard D. An interpersonal simula- altitude change. WS 36 (Spring), 115-23. tion of the Jecker conflict experiment: a test %Veiltc, John, and Eugene Weinstein. Honesty. of Bent's theory. JPsy 82 (Noember), 201-8. fabrication, and the enhancement of credi-Worchel, Stephen, and James Brnad. Role of bility. Scmty 35 (June), 316-31. responsibility and violated expectancy in the Weinstein. Alan G. Predicting behavior from arousal of dissonance. JPSP 22 (April), 87-97. attitudes. POQ 36(Fall), 355-360. Zillman, Dolf, Rhetorical elicitation of agree- Weisskopf-Joelson, Edith, and Wayne Matthey. ment in persuasion. JPSP 21 (February), 159- Verbal operant conditioning as a measure of 65. Value strength: II. the use of values as rein-Zillman. Doll, Aaron H. Katcher, and Barry forced response classes. JPsy 81 (May), 12-22. Milaysky. Excitationtransfer from physical Weisskopf-Joelson, and Walter Floyd Heiney exercisetosubsequent aggressivebehavior. Jr. Verbal operant conditioning as a measure JESP 8 (May), 247-59.

VI. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Bankart, C. Peter. Attribution of motivation in and Paul S. Rosenkrantz. Sex-role stereotypes same-lace anddifferent-racestimulusper- a current appraisal. JSI 28, 59-78. sons. HR 25 (February), 35-46. Brown, Charles T., and Paul W. Keller. Mono- Bannister,D.,and Fay Fransella.Inquiring logue to dialogue: an exploration of interper- man: the theory of personal constructs. Balti- sonal communication. Englewood Cliffs: Pren- more: Penguin Books, 1971. tice-Hall, 1973. Bergin,. Allen E., and Hans H. Strupp. Chang-Bull, Andrew J., Susan E. Burbage, James E. ing frontiers in the science of psychotherapy. Crandall, Charles I. Fletcher, John T. Lloyd, Chicago: Aldine. Ronald L. Ravneberg, and Steven L. Rockett. Bergquist, William H., and James E. Grandall. Effects of noise and intolerance of ambiguity Perceptions of self and group roles as a func- upon attractionfor similar and dissimilar tion of repression-sensitization and tolerance- others. JSP 88 (October), 151.2. intolerance of ambiguity. JPsy 81 (May), 97- Centers, Richard. The completion hypothesis 104. and the compensatory dynamic in intersexual Bickman, Leonard. Social influence and diffusion attraction and love. JPsy 82 (September), 111- of responsibility in an emergency. JESP 8 26. (September), 438.45. Cohen, Elizabeth G. Interracial interaction dis- Blumberg, Herbert IL Communication of inability. HR 25 (February), 9-24. terpersonalevaluations. JPSP 23(August), Coder, Sheldon, and Robert F. Quilty. Help- 157-62. seeking behavior ina task-oriented dyadic Bozzone,Vincent,Judith Ann Meyers, and interaction. JSP 86 (February), 135-42, Arthur York. The validity of constructionCowen, Leon. Anxiety, self-concept, and the workers' and students' perceptions of each semantic differential. JPsy 80 (January), 65-8. other: a research note. JASP 2, 259-66. Clark, Russell D., III, and Larry E. Word. Why Braverman; IngeK., Susan Raymond Vogel, don't bystanders help? Because of ambiguity? Donald M. Brovermatt, Frank E. Clarkson, JPSP 24 (December), 392-400. 42 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Clevenger, Theodore, Jr., and Jack Matthews. to interpersonal disagreement. JPSP 24 (No- The speech communication process. Glen- vember), 2214. view, Ill.: Scott, Foresman College Division, Graf, Richard G., and Jeanne C. Riddell. Help- 1971. ing behavior as a function of interpersonal Cozby, Paul C. Self-disclosure, reciprocity and perception. JSP 86 (April). 227-32. liking. Scmty 35 (March), 151-60. Greenberg, Martin S., and David M. Frisch. Crandall, Rick. Effects of preinformation and Effect of intentionality on willingness to re- assumptions concerning future relationships ciprocate a favor. JESP 8 (March), 99-111. ininterracialperson perception. JPSP 23Hamid, Paul N. Some effects of dress cues on (July), 14.20. observational accuracy, a perceptual estimate, Dance, Frank E. X., and Carl E. Larson. Speech and impression formation. JSP 86 (April), communication: new dimensions in theory 279-90. and behavior. New York: Holt, Rinehart andHamilton, Marshall L. Imitation of facial ex- Winston. pression of emotion. JPsy 80 (March), 345-50. Delia, Jesse G. Dialects and the effects of stereo-Hawes, Leonard C. The effects of interviewer types in interpersonal attraction and cognitive style on patterns of dyadic communication. processesinimpression formation. QJS 58 SM 39 (June), 114-123. (October), 285-97. Hayes, Donald P., and Leo Meltzer. Interperson- De Vito, Joseph, ed. Communications: concepts al judgments based on talkativeness. I:fact andprocesses.EnglewoodCliffs:Prentice- or artifact? Scmty 35 (December), 538-61. Hall, 1971. Hayes, Donald P., and Sally Sievers. A soci- Dittmann, Allen T. Interpersonal messages of olinguistic investigation of the "dimensions" emotion. New York: Springer. 1973. of interpersonal behavior. JEP 24 (November), Dixon, J. C. Do shifts in attention change per- 254-61. ceived locus of self? JPsy 80 (January), 103- Helm. Bob, Thomas V. Bonoma, and James T. 10. Tedeschi. Reciprocity for harm done. JSP 87 Duncan, Starkey, Jr. Some signals and rules for (June), 89-98. taking speaking turns in conversations. JPSPHulbert, James, and No& Capon. Interpersonal 23 (August), 283. communication in marketing: an overview. Eiser, J. Richard, and Henri Tajfel. Acquisition JMR 9 (February), 27.34. of information in dyadic interaction. JPSP 23 Ilardo, Joseph A. Why interpersonal communi- (September), 340.5. cation? ST 21 (January), 1 -6. Erickson, Gerald D., and Terrence P. Hogan, Izzett, Richard R., and Walter Leginski. Im- anintroductionto pression formation as a function of self versus eds.Familytherapy: other as source of the information. JSP 87 theoryandtechnique.Belmont,Calif.: (August), 229-34. Brooks/Cole. From, Franz. Perception of other people. NewJandt, Fred E. Sources for computer utilization ininterpersonal communication instruction York: Columbia University Press. and research. TS 20 (Spring), 25-31. Gentry, Wiliam D. Biracial aggression: I. effect Johnson, David W., and Stephen Johnson. The of verbal attack and sex of victim. JSP 88 effects of attitude similarity, expectation of (October), 75-82. goal facilitation, and actual goal facilitation Litter, A. George, Harvey Black, and David on interpersonal attraction. JESP 8 (May), Mostofsky. Race and sex in the communica- 197-206. tion of emotion. JSP 88 (December), 273-6. Johnson, Stephen, and David W. Johnson. The Litter, A. George, Nicholas J. Kozel, and David effects of other's actions, attitude similarity, T. Mostofsky. Perception of emotion: the role and race on attraction towards others. HR 25 of race, sex, and presentation mode. JSP 88 (April), 159-70. (December), 213-22. Jones, Edward E., and Eric M. Gordon. Tim- Litter, A. George, Harvey Black, and David ing of self-disclosure and its effects on personal Mcatofcicy. Race and sex in the perception attraction. JPSP 24 (December), 158-65. of emotion. JSI 28, 63-78. Jones, Edward E., and Gary A. Wein. Attitude Goldman, Morton, John G. Krctschmann, and similarity, expectancy violation and attrac- Nelle Westergard. Feelings toward afrus- tion. JESP 8 (May), 222-35. trating agent as affected by repiles to cor-Jones, Stephen C., and Ronna Tager. Exposure rection. JSP 88 (December), 301-2. to others, need for sorial approval, and re- Corm ly, John, Anne Gormly, and Charles John- actions to agreement and disagreement from son. Consistency of sociobehavioral responses others. JSP 86 (February), 111-20. BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 43 Jourard, Sidney M. Self-disclosure: an experi- Pace. R. Wayne, and Charles R. Boren. The mental analysis of the transparent self. New humantransaction.Glenview,Ill.:Scott, York: Wiley, 1971. Foresman College Division, 1973. Karabenick. StuartA., and MurrayMeisels. Pasternack, Thomas L., and Martha Van Land- Effects of performance evaluation or inter- ingham. A comparison of the self- disclosure .personal dioance. JPer 40 (June), 275-86. behavior of female undergraduates and mar- Kidlike. Chris L.. Richard A. Staneski, and ried women. JPsy 82 (Noqmber), 233. Pam Weaver. Evaluation of a person who uses Pearson,PamelaH. A rationalanalysisof anther's name in ingratiating and noningra- Roger's concept of opennzss to experience. dating situations. JESP 8 (September), 457-66. JPer 40 (September), 349.65. Kohn, Melvin L.Class,family, andschizo- Perry, Raymond P., and J. Edwin Boyd. Com- phrenia: a reformulation. SF 50 (March). 295- municating impressions of people: a method- 304. ological study of person pecception. JSP 86 Korsch. Barbara M., and Vida Francis Negrete. (February), 95-104. Doctor.patientcommunication.SciAm227 Prather, Dirk C.. Gene A. Berry. and Gerald (August). 66.75. L. Jones. The training of a perceptual skill Lakin. Martin. Interpersonal encounter: theory byeither rewarding or aversivefeedback and practice in sensitivity training. New Yolk: compared on efficiency,transfer, and stress. McGraw -Hill. JAP 56 (December), 514-515. Liebhart,Ernst H. Empathy and emergency Reid, David W., and Edward E. Ware. Affective helping: the effects of personality, self-con- style and impression formation:reliability, cern. and acquaintance. JESP 8 (September), validity and someinconsistencies. JPer 40 404.11. (September), 436-450. Lundgren, EarlF. The effects of differential Roberts, Churchill. The effects of self-confronta- rank on maintaining stabilityin the dyad. tion, role playing, and response feedback on JSP 87 (August), 273-8. the level of self-esteem. ST 21 (January), 22-38. McCloskey. James C.. Carl E. Larson. and Mark Rosen, Sidney, and Abraham Tesser. Fear of L. Knapp, eds. An introduction to intriver- negative evaluation and the reluctanceto sonal communication. Englewood Cliffs': Peen- transmit bad news. JC 22 (June), 124-141. tice-Hall, 1971. Markel. Norman N., Layne D. Prebor. and JohnRoss, Abraham S., and Pauline Wilson. The F. Brandt. Biosocial factors in dyadic com- effects of utility of information and intent munication: sex and speaking intensity. JPSP on interpersonal esteem. JSP 87 (June), 83.8. 23 (July), 11-13. Uvicki, Victor. Outcomes of nonreciprocal self. Martindale, Colin. Personality differences in the disclosure strategies. JPSP 23 (August), 271-6. relationship between familiarity and liking. Scheflen, Albert E. Communicational structure: JPsy 80 (January), 75-80. analysisofapsychotherapytransaction. Maykovich, Minako Kurokawa. Stereotypes and Bloomingham, Ind.: Indiana University Press, racial imneswhite, black and yellow. HR 1973. 25 (April), 101.20. Schelde!, Thomas M. Speech communication Mehrabian, Albert, and Sheldon Ksionzky. Some and human interaction. Glenview, Ill.: Scott, determiners of socialinteraction. Scmty 35 Foresman College Division. (Decembe), 588-609. Scherer,Klaus R. Judging personality from Miller. Harold, and Dennis Geller, Structural voice: a cross-cultural approach to an old issue balance in dyads. JPSP 21 (February), 135.8. in interpersonal perception. JPer 40 (June), Miller, Thomas. Cultural dimensions related to 191-210. parental verbalization and self-concept in theSchneider, David J.,and Andrew C. Eustis. child. JSP 87 (June), 153.4. Effectsofingratiationmotivation,target ;Wish ler, E. G., and N. E. Waxier. Interaction positiveness, and revealingness on self-presen- in families: an experimental study of family tation. JPSP (May), 149.55. processes and schizophrenia. New York: Wiley, Sigall,Harold, and Richard Page. Reducing 1968. attenuation in the expression of interpersonal Mortensen. C. David. Communication: the study affect via the bogus pipeline. Scmty 35 (De- of human interaction. New York: McGraw- cember), 629. Hill. Simons, Carolyn W., and Jane Allyn Piliavin. Murray, Robert P., and Hugh McGinley. Look- Effect of deception on reactions to a victim. ing as a measure of attraction. JASP 2, 267-74. JPSP 21 (January), 56-60. I 44 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Slovic, Paul. Information processing, situation Batchelor. Some message variables and the specificity, and the generality of risk-taking MUM effect. JC 22 (September), 239-256. behavior. JPSP 22 (April), 128-33. Touhey, John C. Attribution of person concepts Smith, Henry C. Sensitivity training: a modern by role accessibility and interaction outcomes. approach. Second Edition. New York: Mc- JSP 87 (August). 269-72. Graw-Hill, 1973. Touhey, John C. Role perception and the rela- Soucar. Emil, and Joseph Ducette. A re-ex- tive influence of the perceiver and the per- amination of the vigilance hypothesis in perceived. JSP 87 (August), 213-8. son perception. JSP 88 (October). 31-6. Tyler, Ann I., Wayne L. Waag, and Clay E. Spence, Janet T., and Robert Helmreich. Who George. Determinants of the ecology of the likescompetent women? competence,sex- dyad: the effects of age and sex. JPsy 81 rolecongruence ofinterest,andsubjects' (May), I I 7-20. attitudes toward women as determinants ofWaterbor, Robert. Experientialbases ofthe interpersonal attraction. JASP 2, 197-213. sense of self. JPer 40 (June), 162-79. Suedfeld, Peter, Stephen Bochner, and DeannaWeinstein, Eugene, Kenneth A. Feldman, Nor- Wnek. Helper-sufferer similarity and a spe- man Goodman, and Martin Markowitz. Em- cific request for help: bystander intervention pathy and communication efficiency. JSP 88 during a peace demonstration. JASP 2, 17-23. (December), 247-54. Weitz, Shirley. Attitude, voice, and behavior: Swensen,Clifford.Considerthepossibilities: theories of interpersonal relations. Glenview, a repressed affect model of interracial interaction. JPSP 24 (October), 14-21. Ill.: Scott, 'Foresman College Division, 1973. Wise, Charles N. A prolegomena to a study of Tallent, Norman, and Charlotte Spungin. Un- the antecedents of interpersonal communi- derstanding ourselves and others. New York: cations. TS 20 (Fall), 59-64. American, Book Company. Wolf, Gerrit, Roy Gorski, and Stephen Peters. Tester, Abraham, and Sidney Rosen. Similarity Acquaintance and accuracy of vocal communi- of objective fate as a determinant of the re- cation of emotions. JC 22 (September), 300- luctance to transmit unpleasant information: 305. the MUM effect. JPSP 23 (July), 46-53. Zillmann, Dolf, and Joanne R. Cantor. Di- Tesser, Abraham, Sidney Rosen, and Thomas R. rectionalityoftransitory dominanceasa Batchelor. On the reluctance to communicate communication variable affecting humor ap- bad news (the MUM effect): a role play ex- preciation. JPSP 24 (November), 191-8. tension. JPer 40 (March), 88-103. Zuk, Gerald H. Family therapy: a triadic-based Tester, Abraham, Sidney Rosen, and Thomas approach. New York: Behavioral Publications.

VII. GAME THEORY, CONFLICT, AND SIMULATION Banikiotes, Paul G., John M. Russell, and James Cheney, John, Thomas Harford, and Leonard D.. Linden. Interpersonal attraction in simu- Solomon.The effectsofcommunicating lated and real interactions. JPSP 23 (July), 1-5. threats and promises upon the bargaining Baranowski, Thomas A.. and David A. Sum- process. JCR 16 (March), 99-108. mers. Perception of response alternatives in Cole, Steven G. Conflict and cooperation in po- a prisoner's dilemma game. JPSP 21 (January), tentially intense conflict situations. JPSP 22 35-40. , (April), 31-50. Barton, Richard F, Designing simulation labor- atories. SG 3 (June), 219-26. Conrath, David W. Sex role and "cooperation" in the game of thicken. JCR 16 (September), Benton, Alan A., Harold H. Kelley, and Barry 433-44. Leibling. Effects of extremity of offers and concession rate on the outcomes of bargain-Costello, Daniel. Communication and experi- ing. JPSP 24 (October), 73-83. mental learning: a transactional view. NGC, BonaciCh, Phillip. Norms and cohesion as adap- 225-30. tiveresponsesto potential conflict:an ex-Crosbie, Paul V. Social exchange and power perimental study. Scmty 35 (September), 357- compliance: a test of Homan's propositions. 75. Scmty 35 (March), 203. Burke, Ronald J. What do we know about hintsDabbs, James M., Jr., and Robert L. Helm- inindividual problem solving? Some con- reich. Fear, anxiety, and affiliation following clusions. JGP 86 (April), 253-66. a role-played accident. JSP 86 (April), 269-78. BEHAVIORAL STUDIESIN COMMUNICATION 45 Di Salvo, Vincent, and Arthur Bochner. The Kelley, Harold H., and Janusz Grzelak. Conflict uses of simulated profiles and the PROF between individual and common interest in an technique in capturing the policies of 'raters'. in-person relationship. JPSP 21(February), NGC, 237-42. 190-7. Di Salvo, Vincent, and Arthur P. Bochner. The Kline, John A. Comunication games: a plea use of simulated speech profiles and the prof for isomorphism with theory. WS 36 (Sum- technique in capturing the policies of speech mer),181-6. raters. ST 21 (November), 273-280. 'Lane, Irving M., and Lawrence A. Mess& Dis- Druckman, 'Daniel, Kathleen Zechmeister, and tribution of insufficient, sufficient, and over- Daniel Solomon, Determinants of bargaining sufficient rewards: a clarification of equity behavior in a bilateral monopoly situation: theory. JPSP 21 (February), 228.33. opponent's concession rate and relative de- Lee, Wayne. Decision theory and human be- fensibility. BSci 17 (November). 514-531. havior. New York: Wiley, 1971. Fletcher, Jerry. The direct simulation of effec-Leventhal. Gerald S., James W. Michaels, and tive learning environments: enhancing com- Charles Sanford. Inequity and interpersonal munication among diverse people. NGC, 243- conflict: reward allocation and secrecy about 9. reward as methods of preventingconflict. Fox. John. The learning of strategies in a JPSP 23 (July), 88-102. simple two-person zero-sum game without saddlepoint. BSci 17 (May), 300-308. McCauley, Clark, and Lenore Kramer. Strategy Frey, Robert L., Jr., and J. Stacy Adams. The differencesbetweengroup and individual negotiator's dilemma: stimultancous in-group gambling. JESP 8 (November), 518-27. and out-group conflict. JESP 8 (July), 331-46. McNeel, Steven P., Charles G. McClintock, and Guten, Sharon, and Vernon L. Allen. Likelihood Jozef M. Nuttin, Jr. Effects of sex role in a two-person mixed-motive game. JPSP 24 (De- of escape, likelihood of danger, and panic : behavior. JSP 87 (June), 29-36. cember), '372-80. Guyer, Melvin J, and Anatol Rapaport. 2 x 2Marwell, Gerald, and David Schmitt. Coopera- games played once. JCR 16 (September), 409- tion in a three-personprisoner's dilemma. 32. JPSP 21 (March), 376-83. Ha las,John,ed. Computer animation. NewMichener, H. Andrew, and Margaret Schwert- York: Hastings House. feger. Liking as a determinant of power tatic Harris, Richard J. An interval-scale classification preference. Scmty 35 (March), 190-202. system for all 2 x 2 games. BSci 17 (July), 371- Michener, H. Andrew, and Morgan Lyons. Per- 383. ceived support and upward mobility as de- Hiiyard, Delmer, and Russell Kivatisky. Simu- terminants of revolutionary coalitionalbe- lating established group communication behavior. JESP 8 (March), 180-95. havior. NGC, 231-6. Michener, H. Andrew, and Richard A. Zeller. Hylton, Cal. and William B. Lashbrook. Apa- A test of Gamson's theory of political trust thetic and neutral audiences:a computer orientation. JASP 2, 138-56. simulation and validation. SM 39 (June), 105- Michener, H. Andrew, and Richard A. Zeller. 113. Jacobson, Wally D. Power and interpersonal The effects of coalition strength on the forma- relations. Belmont, Calif.: Wadsworth. tion of contractual norms. Scmty 35 (June), Jandt, Fred E., ed. Conflict resolution through 290-304. communication. New York: Harper & Row,Nelson, Leland R., and Merrick L. Furst. An objective study of the effects of expectation 1973. Johnson, Douglas F., and William L. Tullar. on competitive performance. JPsy 81 (May), Style of third party intervention, face-saving 69.72. Newell, Allen, and Herbert A. Simon. Human and bargaining behavior. JESP 8 (July), 319- problem solving. Englewood Cliffs:Prentice- 30. Kahn, Arnold. Reactions to generosity or stingi- Hall, 1971. ness from an intelligent or stupid work part- Nye, Robert D. Conflict among humans. New ner: a test of equity theory in a direct ex- York: Springer, 1973. change relationship. JPSP 21 (January), 117-Overstreet, R. E. Social exchange in a three- 23. person game. JCR 16 (March), 109-24. Kahn, Arnold S., and John W. Kohls. Deter- Prosterman, Roy L. Surviving to 3000: an in- minants of toughness in dyadic bargaining. troduction to the study of lethalconflict. Scmty 35 (June), 305-15. . Belmont, Calif.: Brooks/Cole. 46 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Rapoport, Anatol. Fights, games, and debates. ication in the Prisoner's Dilemma and in a Ann Arbor, Mich.:University of Michigan creative alternative game. NGC, 212-24. Press, 1960. Stevenson, Marguerite B., and James L. Phillips. Rapoport, Anatol. N-person game theory: con- Entrapment in 2 x 2 games with :;'orce vulner- cepts andapplications. Ann Arbor:Uni- able equilibria. BSci 17 (July), 361-370. versity of Michigan Press, 1969. Summers. David A.. Stephen Peirce, Dale Olen. Rapoport, Anatol. Two-person game theory: the and Thomas Baranowski. Strategy detection essentialideas. Ann Arbor:Universityof in the Prisoner's Dilemma game. JSP 88 (Oc- Michigan Press, 1966. tober). 131-8. Rapoport, Anatol, and Albert M. Chammah.Swingle, Paul G., and Angelo Santi. Communi- Prisoner's dilemma. Ann Arbor:University cation in non-zero-sum games. JPSP 23 (July), of Michigan Press, 1965. 54-63. Raymond, Beth J.. and Rhoda K. Unger. "TheTerris, William. Peter Grandolfo, and Robert apparel oft proclaims the man": cooperation Maleske. Approach-avoidance conflict behav- with deviant and conventional youths. JSP 87 ior as a result of prior exposure to a conflict (June), 75-82. situation. JPG 86 (January), 117-30. Richards, Steven A., and Cabot L. Jaffee. Blacks 'Cropper, Richard. The consequences of invest- supervising whites: a study of interracial dif- ment intheprocess ofconflict. JCR 16 ficulties in working together in a simulated (March), 97-8. organization. JAP 56 (June), 234-240. Vidmar, Neil.Effects of decisionalternatives Schlenker, Barry R., and James T, Tedeschi. on theverdicts and socialperceptions of Interpersonal attraction and the exercise of simulated jurors. JPSP 22 (May), 211-8. coercive and reward power. HR 25 (Novem- Wahba, M. A., and S.I. Lirtzman. A theory ber), 427-40. of organizational coalition formations. HR 25 Schwartz, S. H., and D. L. Fattaleh. Representa- (December), 515.28. tion in deductive problem solving: the matrix. MahmoudA.Coalitionformation JExP 95 (October). 343-8. under conditions of uncertainty. JSP 88 (Oc- Scioto. Daniel L., Frank Sistnink. and David E. tober), 43-54. Clement. Effect of the magnitude of reward Wahba, Mahmoud. Preferences among alterna- upon cooperative game behavior. JSP 86 (Feb- tive forms of equity: the apportionment of ruary), 155-6. coalition reward inthe males and females. Simon, Roger I. Scenarios and functional forms: JSP 87 (June), 107-16. considerations for the design of experimental Walster,Elaine;and Jane,Allyn. .Piliavin. games. SG 3 (March),.3-16. Equity and the innocent bystander. JSI 28, 165-90. Smith, Clagett 0., ed. Conflict resolution: con- Williams, Robin M.. Jr. Conflict and social order: tributions of the behavioral sciences. Notre a research strategy for complex propositions. Dame, Ind.: University of Notre Dame. JSI 28, 11-26. Smith. Kay H. The effect of varying rewardWrightsman, Lawrence S., Jr., John O'Connor, systems on cooperative game behavior. JPsy and Norma J. Baker. Cooperation and compe- 80 (January), 29-36. tition: readings on mixed-motive games. Bel- Speer. David C. Marital dysfunctiorality and mont, Calif.: Brooks/Cole. two-person non-zero-sum gamebehavior; Wyler, Robert S., Jr., and Christine Malinowski. cumulative monadic measures. JPSP 21 (Jan- Effects of sex and achievement level upon in- uary). 18.24. dividualism and competitiveness in social in- Steinfatt, Thomas, and Gerald Miller. Commun. teraction. JESP 8 (July). 303-14.

VIII. GROUP AND ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION Ashour, Ahmed Sakr, and George England. Batchelor, James P., and George R. Goethals. Subordinate's assigned level of discretion as a Spatial arrangements in freely formed groups. function of leader's personality and situation- Scmty 35 (June), 270.9. al wallabies. JAP 56 (April), 120-123. Blascovich, Jim. Sequence effects on choice shifts involving risk. JESP 8 (May), 260-5. Bass, Bernard M., and Richard Franke. Societal Blitz, Robert, and Donald F. Dansereau. The influences on student perceptions of how to effect of underlying situational characteristics succeedinorganizations:across-national on the risky shift phenomenon. JSP 87 (Au- analytis. JAP 56 (August), 312-318. gust), 251-8. BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 47 Buchner, Arthur P., and Brenda Bochner. A T-group behaviors of high and low dogmatic multivariate investigationof Machiavellian- participants. JPsy 81 (July), 301-10. ism and task structure in fourman groups.Gouran, Dennis S., and John E. Baird, Jr. An SM. 39 (November), 277-285. analysis of distributional and sequential struc- Bormann, Ernest G., and Nancy C. Bormann. ture in problem solving and informal group Effective small group communication. Minne- discussions. SM 39 (March), 16-22. apolis, Minnesota: Burgesss Publishing Com- Gustafson, David P., and Jack E. Gaumnitz. pany. Consensus rankingsinsmall groups:self- Bouchard, Thomas J. Jr. Training, motivation, rankings included and excluded. Scmty 35 and personality as determinants of the effec- (December), 610-18. tiveness of brainstorming group and individu- Hare, Paul A. Bibliography of small group re- als. JA 56 (August), 324-331. search 1959.1969, Scmty 35 (March), 1-150. Castore, Carl H. Group discussion and pre-Higbee, Kenneth L. Group risk taking in mili- discussion assessment of preferences in the tary decisions. JSP 88 (October). 55-64. risky shift. JESP 8 (March), 161.7. Chemers, Martin M., and George J. Skrzpek. Home, William, and Gary Long. Effect of group Experimental test of the contingency model discussion on universalistic-particularistic orientation. JESP 8 (May), 236-46. ofleadershipeffectiveness. JPSP 24(No- Insel, Paul, and Rudolf Moos. An experime::tal vember), 172-7. Clark. Robert E. Reference group theory and investigation of process and outcome in.tn entuunter group. HR 25 (November), 441-48. delinquency. New York:BehavioralPubli- cations. Joure,SylviaA.,RolandL.Frye,Barbara Clark, Russell D., and Edwin P. Williams. Two Meierhoefer, and Robert N. Vidulich. Differ- interpretations of Brown's hypothesis for the ential change among sensitivity training par- risky shift. PB 78 (July), 62.3. ticipants as a function of dogmatism. JPsy Cowell, Catherine R. Group process as meta- 80 (January), 151-56. phor. JC 22 (June), 113-123. Jun, Jon S., and William B. Storm. Tomorrow's David. Kenneth H. Generalization of operant organizations: challenges and strategies. Glen- conditioning of verbal output in three-man view,Ill.:Scott, Foresman College Division. discussion groups. JSP 87 (August), 243.50. Dawes. Robyn M., David Singer. and Frank Kline, John A. Orientation and group con- Lemons. An experimentalanalysisofthe sensus. CSSJ 23 (Spring), 44-7. contrasteffect and itsimplications for in- Knutson, Thomas J. An experimental study of tergioup communication and the indirect as- the effects of orientation behavior on small sessment of attitude. JPSP 21 (March), 281-95. group consensus. SM 39 (August), 159-155. Dillon,PeterC.,WilliamK. Graham, and Koile, Earl A., and June Gallessich. Beyond the Andrea L. Aidells. Brainstorming on a "hot" group's mythology. JPsy 81 (May), 129 -38. problem: effects of training and practice on Lambert, Roger. Risky shift in relation to choice individual and group performance. JAP .56 of metric. JESP 8 (July), 315-8. (December), 487-490. Leathers, Dale G. Quality of group communi- Dyson, James W., Daniel W. Fleitas, and Frank cation as a deteriminant of group product. P. Scioli, Jr. The interaction of leadership, SM 39 (August), 166-173. personality, and decisional environment. JSP Lindsay, J. S. B. On the number in a group. 86 (February), 29-34. HR 25 (February), 47-64. Egan, Gerard. Face to face:the small group Lirtzman, Sidney I., and Mahmoud A. Wahba. experience andinterpersonal growth.Bel- Determinants of coalitional behavior of men mont, Calif.: Brooks/Cole, 10"1.-- and women: sex roles or situational require- Faia. Michael. Comment on "organization struc ments? JAP 56 (October), 406-411. ture and communications." ASR 37 (August), Lupfer. Michael. Mark Jones, and Cecilia Quin. 500. Group risk taking as a function of three types Fiedler, Fred E. Predicting the efforts of leader- of monetary incentive. JPsy 80 (March), 273- ship training and experience from the con- 82. tingency model. JAP rbs (April), 114-119. McGlynn, Richard P. Four-person group con- Fraas, Louis A. Leaderghip selection and group cept attainment as a function of interaction performance: an expanded replication. JSP format. JSP 86 (February), 89.94. 87 (August), -317-8. Malamuth, NeilM.,and Seymor Feshbach. Frye, Ronald L., Robert N. Vidulich, Barbara Risky shift in a naturalistic setting. JPer 40 Meierhoefer. and Sylvia A. Joure. Differential t'March), 38-49. 18 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Nlesse, Lawrence A., Joel Avowal, and John P. Rosenfeld, Lawrence B., and Paul A. Jessen. Wilson. Motivation as a mediator ofthe Compatibility and interaction in the small mechanisms underlying role assignmentsin group. WS 36 (Winter), 31-40. small groups. JPSP 24 (October). 84-90. Schneider, Frank W.., and James G. Delaney. Middleton, Marino ., and Lawrence Warren. Effect of individual achievement motivation

Risk-taking effects on group decision making.. . on group problem-solving efficiency. JSP 86 JPsy 82 (November), 189-96. (April), 291-8. Mitchell, Terence R. Cognitive complekity andSchutz, William C. Elements of encounter. Big group performance. JSP S6 (February), 35-44. Sur, Calif.: Joy Press, 1973. Moerk, Ernst L. Effects of personality structure Silverman, Irwin William, and Judith M. Stone. on individual activities in a group and on Modifyingcognitive functioningthrough group processes. HR 25 (December), 505-514. participationinaproblem-solving group. Mudd, S. A. Group sanction severity as a func- JEdP 63 (December), 603-8. tionof degree of behavior deviation andSmith, Kay H. Changes ingroup structure relevance of norm: replication and revision through individual and group feedback. JPSP

of model. JPsy 80 (January); 57 -62. . 24 (December), 425-9. Ofshe, Richard, ed. Interpersonal behavior in Stinson, John E., and E. T. Hellebrandt. Group small groups. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, cohesiveness,productivity,and strengthof 1973. formal leadership, JSP 87 (June), 99-106, Ogawa, Dennis M., and Terry A. Welden. Cross- Turner, John H., and Alan C.Filley,eds. - cultural analysisof feedback behvaior within Organizational behavior research: studies in Japanese American and Caucasian American managerialprocess and organizationalbe- small groups. JC 22 (June), 189-195. havior. Glenview, Ill.: Scott, Foresman College O'Leary, Virginia E. The Hawthorne effect in Division. reverse: trainee orientation for the hard-core Wager, L. Wesley. Organizational "linking pins": unemployed woman. JAP 56 (December), 491- hierarchicalstatusandcomunicativeroles 494. in interlevel conference. HR 25 (September), Perrow,Charles.Complexorganizations: a 307-26. critical essay. Glenview, Scott, ForesmanWicker, Allan W., Joseph E.11.1cGrath, and College Division. George E. Armstrong. Organization size and Phillips. David P., and Richard H. Conviser. behavior setting capacity as determinants of Measuring thestructureandboundary member participation. BSci17 (November), properties of groups: some uses of informa- 499-513. tion theory. Scmty 35 (June), 235-54. Willard, Don, and Fred L. Strotbeck. Latency Pleck, Joseph H. Self-referent accuracy in self- of verbal response and participation in small analytic groups. JSP 88 (December), 289-96. groups. Scmty :i5 (March), 161-75. Reddy. W. Brendan, and Anne Byrnes. EffectsWitt, Robert E,, and SubrataK.Sen. Con- of interpersonal group composition on the formity influence in small groups: a proba- problem-solving behavior of middle managers. bilistic measure. JSP 86 (February), 45-54. JAP 56 (December), 487-490. Zaenglein, Mary Margaret, and Clagett Smith. Reynolds, Paul Davidson, and Mustafa Hamit An analysis of individual communication pat- Fisel. Development of influence hierarchies in terns and perceptions inhospital organiza- small discussion groups: alternatives for mea- tions. HR 25 (December), 493-504. suring temporal change. BSci 17 .(November), Zander, Alvin, and Warwick Armstrong. Work- 542-548, ing for group pride in 'a slipper factory. JASP Richards, Steven A., and James U. Cuffe. Be- 2, 293-307. havioral correlates of leadership effectivenessZander. Alvin, Richard Fuller, and Warwick in interacting and counteracting groups. JAP Armstrong. Attributed pride or shame in 56 (October), 377-381. group and self. JPSP 23 (September), 346-52.

IX. NONVERBALCOMMUNICATION Babbini, Barbara E. Manual communication: Buck. Ross W., Virginia J.Savin, Robert E. fingerspelling and the language of signs. Ur- Miller, and William F. Caul. Communication bana, Ill.: University of Illinois Press, 1973. of affect through facial expression in humans. Bosmajian, Haig A. The rhetoric of nonverbal JPSP 23 (September), 362-71. communication. Glenview, Ill.:Scott, Fores- Creek, Leon Vande, and John T. Watkins. Re- man, 1971. sponses to incongruent verbal and nonverbal BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 49

emotional cues. JC 22 (September), 311 -316. Loo, Chalsa M. The effects of spatial density Dittmann, Allen T. Developmental factors in on the social behavior of children. JASP 2, conversational behavior. JC 22 (December), 372.81. 404-423. Pedersen, Darhl M., and Anne B. Heaston. The Dubner. Frances S. Nonverbal aspects- of black effects of sex of subject, sex of approaching English. SSJ 37 (Summer), 361-74. person, and angle of approach upon personal Edney, Julian J. Property, possession and per- space. JPsy 82 (November), 277-86. manence: a field study in human territoriality, Rawls, James R., Ronald E. Trego, Charles N. JASP 2, 275-82. NIcGaffey,andDonnaJ.Rawls.Personal Ekman. Paul, and Wallace V.Friesen.: Hand space as a predictor of performance under movements. JC 22 (December), 353-374. close working conditions. JSP 8 (April), 261-8. Freedman. Jonathan L., Alan S. Levy, Roberta Welte Buchanan, and Judy Price. CrowdingSimon. William E., Louis H. Primavera, Ber- and human aggressiveness. JESP 8 (Novem- nard .Klein, and Robert M. Christal. Person- ber), 528-47. ality and nonverbal rigidity: some preliminary Harrison. Randall P.. Akiba A. Cohen. Wayne findings. JPsy 82 (September), 127-32. W. Crunch. B. K. L. Genova. and Mark Stein- Watson, 0. Michael. Proxemic behavior. New Item. The nonverbal communicationlitera- York: Humanities Press, 1970. ture..IC 22 (December). 40. Watson, 0. Michael. Conflicts and directions in Harrison. Randall P., and Mark L. Knapp. To- proxemic research. JC 22 (December), 443-459. ward anunderstanding of nonverbal communication systems. IC: 22 (December). 339-Watson, Sharon Chin. Judgment of emotion from facial and contextual cue combinations. 352. JPSJ 24 (December), 334-42. Heshka. Stanley. and Vona Nelson. Interpersonal speaking distance as a function of age, sex,Wiener. Morton. and Albert Mehrabian. Lan- and relationship. Scmty 35 (December), 491-8. guage within language: immediacy, a channel Hoppe. Ronald A., Michael S. Greene. and Jack in verbal communication. New York: Apple- W.Kcnnt.Territorialmarkers:additional ton-Century-Crofts, 1968. findings. JSP 88 (December). 305-6. Wiener. Morton, Shannon Devoe, Stuart Run- Knapp.Mark.Nonverbalcommunicationin binow. and Jesse Geller. Nonverbal behavior human interaction. New York: Holt, Rinehart andnonverbalcommunication. PsyRev and Winston. (May), 185-214.

X. LANGUAGE Albright, Robert W., and Joy S. Albright. Sound DeVito, Joieph A., ed. Language: concepts and systems in child language. WS 36 (Winter), processes.EnglewoodCliffs: Prentice-Hall, 41-6. 1973. Back. Kurt W.. Stephen Bunker. and Catherine DeVito, Joseph A., and Carol M. Civikly. Some B. Dunnagan. Barriers to communication and semantics ofrepetition:an experiment in measurementofsemantic space. Scmty 35 phonetic symbolism. JC 22 (March), 39-47. (September), 347-56. Dimitrovsky. Lilly. and Millie Almy. Language Britton, James. Language and learning. Coral and thought: the relationship between know- Gables, Fla.: University of Miami Press, 1971. ing a correct answer and ability to verbalize Bruning. James L. The effects of connotative the reasoning on which itis based. JPsy 80 meaning on the learning of names. JSP 86 (January). 15-28. (February), 105-10. Dumas, J.. E: Gross, and S. F. Clteckosky. Effects Conrad,C.Cognitiveeconomyinsemantic of attribute probability in a memory search memory. JExP 92 (February). 149-54. task. JExP 93 (May), 327-32. Crouse, James H., and Peter Idstein. Effects of encoding cues on prose learning. JEdP 63 Edmonds. Ed M. Anagram difficulty as a function of prononnceability and familiarity. JPsy (August), 309-13. 82 (November). 227-8. Dale, Philip S. Language development: structure and function. New York: Holt, Rinehart andGarcia, Angela B., and Barry J. Zimmerman. Winston. The effect of examiner ethnicity and language DeVito, JosephA.Psycholinguistics. onthe performance of bilingual Mexican-

Bobbs-Merill, 1971. . American first graders. JSP 87 (June), 3-12. 50 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Geschwind, Norman. Language and the brain. Miller, Adam, and Susan Ertle. Is meaning con- SciAm 226 (April), 76-83. ditioning effective only for words of neutral Godkewitsch, M. The role of language habits meaning? JGP 86 (January), 55-62. in understanding letter sound sequences. JExP Nelson, D. L., D. H. Brooks, and J. R. Fosse'. 95 (September), 63-5. man. Words as sets of features:processing Goldman, Morton, Nel le Westergard, and John phonological cues. JExP 92 (March), 305-12. G. Kretchmann. A comparison of mechanical- Nestvold, Karl J. Cloze procedure correlation ly and group induced reinforcement of verbal with perceived readability. JQ 49 (Autumn), behavior. JPsy 80 (March), 223-36. 592-594. Goodglass, Harold, and Sheila Blumstein, eds.Okby, M. M. Verbal cues of organizational in- Psycho linguistics and aphasia. Baltimore, Md.: formation in message decoding: an integrative Johns Hopkins University Press. approach to linguistic structure. New York: Goss, Blaine. The effect of sentence context on Humanities Press. associations to ambiguous, vague, and clear Olmsted, D. L. Out of the mouth of babes: nouns. SM 39 (November), 286-289. earlieststagesinlanguagelearning. New Greenfield, Patricia M. Playing peekaboo with a York: Humanities Press, 1971. four - month -old; a study of the role of speech Palermo. DavidS.,and DennisL.Malfese. and non-speech sounds in the formation of a Language acquisition from age five onward. visual schema. JPsy 82 (November), 287-98. PB 78 (December), 409-28. Heider, E. R. Universals in color naming and Palmer. Michael B. Effects of categorization, memory. JExP 93 (April), 10-20. degree of bilingualism, and language upon Hopper, Robert. Overgeneralization as a learn- recall of select monolinguals and bilinguals. ing strategy in communicative development. JEdP 3 (April), 160-4. WS 36 (Winter), 47-52. Horowitz, Leonard M., and Alice M. Gordon. Parre Ila, Gilda. image and mirror: empathy in Associativesymmetryandsecond-language language devices. WS 36 (Fall), 251.60. learning. JEdP 63 (June), 287.94. Perfetti,CharlesA.Psychosemantics:some Mg ling, N. Categorization:a mechanism for cognitive aspects of structural meaning. PB 78 rapid information processing. JExP 94 (Au- (October), 241.59. gust), 239.43. Pribram, Karl H. Languages of the brain: ex- Johnston. William A.. Rollie R. Wagstaff, and perimental paradoxes and principles in neuro- Douglas Griffith. Information-processing anal- psychology. Englewood Cliffs:Prentice-Hall, ysis of verbal learning. JExP 96 (December), 1971. 307-314: Reed, Thomas R. Connotative meaning of social Kolers, Paul A. Experiments in reading. SciAm interaction concepts: an investigation of factor 227 (July), 84-91. structure and the effects of imagined contexts. LeMay. E. H. Anagram solutions as a function JPSP 24 (December), 306-12. of task variables and solution work models.Roberge, James J.Effectsofstructure and .JExP 92 (January), 65-8. semantics on the solution of pure hypothetical Lively, B.L., and B. J. Sanford. The use of syllogisms. JGP 87 (October), 161-8.. categoryinformationinamemory-search Rosenthal, Ted L.,and Wayne R.Carroll. task. JExP 93 (May), 379.85. Factors in vicarious modification of complex McGuigan, F.J. Thinking: studies of covert grammatical parameters. JEdP 63 (April), 174- languageprocesses.New. York:Appleton- 8. Century-Crofts, 1966. Schaff, Adam. Language and cognition. New McMurray, Donald W., and Thomas M. Duffy. York: McGraw-Hill. Meaningfulness and pronounceability as chunking units in short-term memory. JExPSchroth, Marvin, and Federico M. V. Tamayo. 96 (December). 291-6. Disjunctive concept formation under different Nfacnamara, John. Cognitive basis of language information conditions. JGP 86 (April), 273.8. learning in infants. PsyRev 79 (January), 1-13. Stewart, John R. Concepts of language and McShane. Philip, S.J. ed. Language, truth and meaning: a comparative study. QJS 58 (April). meaning. Notre Dame, Ind.:Universityof 123.33. Notre Dame Press. Swanson, J.M., A. M. Johnsen, and G. E. Nfenyuk. Paula. The acquisition and develop- Briggs. Recoding ina memory searchtask. ment of language. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice- JExP 93 (April), 1-9. Hall. 1971. 'Thomas, Elizabeth C., and Kaoru Yamamoto. BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 51 A note on the semantic structures of the sages by deletion of function words. JPsy 82 school-related attitudes in exceptional chil- (November). 299.306. dren. JPsy 81 (July), 225. Williams,Frederick.Languageandspeech: Tuinman, J. pap, and Gordon Gray. The effect introductoryperspectives. EnglewoodCliffs: of reducing the redundancy of written mes- Prentice-Hall.

NI, DIFFUSION Booth. .Alan, and Nicholas Babchuk. ,'Attfftarnal Marceau, F. Jane. Communication and develop- medical opinion leadership among the middle ment: a reconsideradin. POQ 36 (Summer), aged and elderly. POQ 36 (Spring), 87-94. 235-245. Grunig, James E. Communication in community Myers. James H., and Thomas S. Robertson. decisions on the problems of the poor. JC 22 Dimensions of opinion leadership. JMR 9 (March), 5-25. (February), 41-46. Gurevitch,Michael, and Zipora Loevy. ThePlunkett. H. Dudley. and Mary Jean Bowman. diffusion of television as an innovation: the Elites and change in the Kentucky mountains. case of the Kibbutz. HR 25 (July), 181-98. Lexington, Ky.: University Press of Kentucky. Haring, Ardyce. Communication and change in Rogers. Everett M., and F. Floyd Shoemaker. community development. JQ 49 (Autumn), Communication of innovations: a cross-cul- 512-518. tural approach. New York: Free Press, 1971. McNelIv, John T., and Julio Molina R. Com-Rush. Ramona R.Interpersonal communica- munication.stratificationandinternational tion and cognitive modernity:a study of affairsinformationinadeveloping urban socialization in Lima. Peru. JQ 49 (Summer), society. JQ 49 (Summer). 316-326. 327-339.

ERIC BASIC BIBLIOGRAPHIES

Conflict Theory and Communication . . . Thomas E. Harris Robert M. Smith International, Intercultural Communication . Fred L. Casmir Nonverbal Communication Ralph R. Smith Organizational Communication . Mark Hickson, III Time-Compressed Speech Gerald M. Goldhaber

Available without charge from Speech Communication Module ERIC Clearinghouse on Reading and Communication Skills SPEECH COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION Statler Hilton Hotel New York, New York 10001 32 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

AN ANNOUNCEMENT FROM ERIC/RCS SPEECH COMMUNICATION MODULE TO AUTHORS, RESEARCHERS, AND STUDENTS

The Speech Communication Module, ERIC Clearinghouse on Reading and Communication Skills, is currently soliciting all types of communication-related documents relevant to education for accession into the Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC) data system. The Module especially invites the submission of recent unpublished research reports, curriculum guides, essays, and "thought pieces" on .topics in speech communication, film, television, and other artistic/ communicative media. Upon receipt of such documents, these steps are followed: The document is evaluated for quality and relevance by a qualified professional. Upon recommendation, the ERIC Module staff abstracts the document and enters it into the data base. An abstract of the document is published in the monthly journal, Research in Education, and with the authors' permission, the full text of the document is disseminated on microfiche to ERIC collections in over 500 libraries throughout the country. With the authors' further permission, documents are made available in paper photocopy on order from ERIC.

Although a document entered in ERIC is usually considered a legitimate professional contribution, ERIC accession does not obligate the author to release his copyright. After a document is entered in the ERIC system, the author retains the right to change, publish in a journal, or in any way alter his document free of ERIC restrictions. Documents submitted to ERIC receive prompt, professional attention. The ERIC/RCS Speech Communication Module would like very much to receive your contribution. Write:

Senior Research Associate ERIC/RCS Speech Communication Module SPEECH COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION Statler Hilton Hotel New York, New York 10001 Phone: (212) 736-6625 A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORIC AND PUBLIC ADDRESS, 1972 HAROLD MIXON Louisiana State University

The bibliography assembles materials of interest to students of rhetoric and public address. Entries have been drawn from publications in speech communication and continguous areas and, unless otherwise indicated, have appeared in 1972. The present author follows his predecessor in urging readers to submit significant items not included in this bibliography.

TABLE OF CONTENTS I. BIBLIOGRAPHY: p. 54 1. Rhetoric; Theory; Style: p. 59 II. ANCIENT ERA: p. 54 2. Oratory; Collections of A. History, Culture: p. 54 Speeches: p. 60 B. Theory: p. 54 3. Criticism; Aesthetics: p. 61 C. Practitioners and Theorists: 4. Ethics; Morality; Truth,: p. SS p. 62 III. MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE ERA: C. Argumentation; Logic; Debate: p. 56 p. 62 A. History, Culture: p. 56 D. Practitioners and Theorists B. Theory: p. 56 General: p. 63 C. Practitioners and Theorists: 1. American: p. 63 p. 57 2. International: p. 65 IV. MODERN ERA: p. 57 E. Religious Communication: p. 66 A. History, Culture: p. 57 1. General Background and 13. Rhetoric; Rhetorical Theory; Pulpit Address: p. 66 Criticism; Platform Address: 2. Practitioners and Theorists: p. 59 p. 66

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS AHR The American Historical Review The Journal of Politics AJ P The American Journal of Philology JPItil The Journal of Philosophy American Literature JSH The Journal of Southern History AnIQ American Quarterly MIN Modern Language Notes CCSJ Central States Speech Journal MLQ Modern Language Quarterly CWH Civil NVar History MP Modern Philology CP Classical Philology NH Nebraska History CQ The Classical Quarterly NEQ The New England Quarterly CR The Classical Review PQ Philological Quarterly CCC College Composition and Philosophy & Rhetoric Communication QJS The Quarterly Journal of Speech ELI! ELI: A. Journal of Literary SAQ The South Alantic Quarterly History SEL Studies in English Literature IPQ 1PQ: International Philosophy SM Speech Monographs Quarterly SP Studies in Philology JAEN Journal of the American Forensic SSCJ The Southern Speech Association Communication Journal JA H The Journal of American History ST The Speech Teacher JEGP The Journal of English Germanic TS Today's Speech Philology NV PQ The Western Political Quarterly JI-11 Journal of the History of Ideas JISHS Journal of the Illinois State WS Western Speech Historical Society WMQ The William and Mary Quarterly 54 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION I. BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bailey. Richard W. et al. Annual bibliography Popperwell, Ronald G., ed. The year's work in for 1970. Style 6 (Winter). 90-121. modern language studies. Vol. 33, 1971. Lon. Becker, Samuel L., ed. Abstracts; 58th annual don: The Modern Humanities Research As- meeting of the Speech Communication Associ- sociation. ation. New York; Speech Communication As- Recent articles. JAH 58, 1088.1109; 59, 270.98, sociation. 533.61, 814-41. Ernst,Juliette and George Kennedy. comps. Rogers. Robert and Richard N. Ramsey. Recent L'atutee philologigue. Vol. 41. Bibliographic studies in the restoration and eighteenth cen- de l'annir 1970. Paris: Societe d'Edition "Les tury. SEL 12, 567-90. Belles Lettres." Fish, Stanley E., ed. Recent studies in the Eng- Southern history in periodicals, 1971: a selected lish renaissance. SEL 12, 182-222. bibliography. JHS 38, 241 -72. Fisher. John II. dial Walter S. Achtert, comps. Stoflet, Ada M., comp. A bibliography of civil 1970 MLA abstracts of articles in scholarly war articles: 1971. CWH 18, 139-72. journals. New York: Modern Language As- Towns, Stuart and Thomas K. Wright, comps. sociation of America. A bibliography of speech and theatre in the Freeman, Ronald, ed. Victorian bibliography south for the year 1971. SSCJ 38, 91-103. for 1971. Victorian Studies 15, 507-84. Hardin. John 0. A methodological guide to IL ANCIENT ERA books reviewed in Style, volumes I-V. Style 6 (Fall). 317-30. A. HISTORY, CULTURE Harlow, Geoffrey, et al. eds. The year's work in English studies. Vol. 51, 1970. London: JohnBlacker, M. 1'. Roman law and consilium in the Murray. regula magistri and the rule of St. Benedict. Harmon, Robert B. A selected guide to an- Speculum 47, 1-28. notated sources in political science. San Jose,Connor, W. Robert. The new politicians of Calif.: Bibliographic Information Center for fifth-century Athens. Princeton, N.J.: Prince- the Study of PoliticalSciences and Dibco ton Univ. Press, 1971. Press. Rev. by Frank J. Frost its CP 6'7, 310. . Political science: a bibliographical guide to the literature. Second supplement. Metu-Watson, Alan. The law of succession in the chen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. laterRoman Republic.Oxford:Claredon Press, 1971. Horde!). John and James B. Miseuheimer, eds. Annual bibliography of English language and Rev, by Stewart Irvin Oost in Cl' 67, 296. literature for 1970. London: Modern Human- ities Research Association. TIIEORr King, Kimball, et al., comps. Articles on Ameri- Kennedy, George. The art of rhetoric in the can literature appearing in current periodi- Roman world, 300n.c.-A.n.300.Princeton, cals. AL 43, 688-98; 44, 186-95, 353-58, 541-55. N.J.: Princeton Univ. Press. . Research in progress. AL 43. 686.87: 44, King, Anne and Helen North, eds. Of eloquence: 184.85, 352, 539-40. studies in ancient and mediaeval rhetoric by Knoepflmacher, U. C. Recent studiesinthe Ilarry Caplan. Ithaca: CornellUniv.Press, nineteenth century. SEL 12, 801-24. 1970. Koster. Donald N.. ed. Annual review of books. Rev. by Prentice A. Meador, Jr. in P&R 5, 1971. AmQ 24, 260-327. 196. Language and language behavior abstracts. Ann Arbor. Michigan: University of Michigan. Murphy, James T., ed. A synoptic history of classical rhetoric New York: Random House. Loki, MyronIL,ed.ArticlesinAmerican studies. AMQ 24, 328-409. Rev. by Vincent NI. Bevil:it-qua in'I'S 20, Nfesserole, Harrison T., cotnp. 1971 MLA inter- (Fall), 65. national bibliography of books and articlesOliver, Robert T. Communication and culture onthe modernlanguages andliterature. in ancient India and China. Syracuse, N.Y.: New York: Modern Language Association of Syracuse University Press, 1971. .America. Rev. by Otis M. Walter in QJS 58, 349. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORIC AND PUBLIC ADDRESS 55

C. PRACTITIONERS ANTI THEORISTS Bailey, D. R. Shackleton. Cicero's lettersto Atticus, indices to volumes I-VI. Cambridge: AESCHYLUS. McCall, Marsh Howard, comp. Cambridge Univ. Press, 1971. Aeschylus; a collection of critical essays. Engle- wood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. Rev. by H. F. Harding in QJS 58, 243-244. AMBROSE, SAINT. Wallach, L. Ambrosii verba D'Arms, J. H. Pro Morena 16 and Cicero's use retro versaetranslatione Graeca. Harvard of historical exempla. Phoenix 26 (Spring),. Theological Review 65 (April), 171-89. 82.84. ARISTOTLE. Ball, T. Theory and practice: an Finch. C. E. Codices Vat. Lat. 1701, 2110. and examination of the Platonic and Aristotelian 8391 as sources for Cicero's Topica. CP 67. conceptions of political theory. WPQ 25, 534 - 112-117. -13. Lenaghan, John 0. A commentary on Cicero's Blumenthal. H. J.Plotinus' psychology: Aris- OrationDeHaruspicumResponso.The totle in the service of Platonism. IPQ 12. 340- Hague, Netherlands: Mouton, 969. 64. Rev. by Edwin S. Ramage in American Broth. B. A. Toward an Aristotelian theory of Journal of Classical Philology 93, 371. scientific explanation. Philosophy of Science 39 (March), 20-31. Shackleton, Bailey, David R. Cicero. New York: Utmost. A. II. Aristotle and the foreign policy Scribner. of Macedonia. Review of Politics 34. 267-94. DEMOSTHENES. Ells, J, R. and R. D. Milne. Clark, S.Use of man's function in Aristotle. The spectre ofPhilip:Demosthenes'first Ethics 82. 269413. philippic, olynthiacs and speech on the peace. Cooper. Lane. Aristotle, Galileo, and the Tower Sydney: Univ. Press, 1970. of Pisa. Folkestone, Kent. England: Bailey. Rev. by J. W. Cole in Phoenix 26 (Sum- mer), 202. Cooper,Lane. The PoeticsofAristotle:its meaning andinfluence.Westport,Conn.: DlO CHRYSOSTOM. Borthwidc,E.K. Dio Greenwood Press. Cheysostom ou the mob at Alexandria. CR Giuliani. Alessandro. The Aristotelian theory new series 22 (March), 7. of the dialectical definition. MR 5, 129-142. GORGIAS. Gronbeck, Bruce E. Gorgias on rhet- Leszi,W. Knowledge oftheuniversaland oric and poetic:a rehabilitation. SSCJ 38, knowledge of the particular in Aristotle. Re- 27-38. view of Metaphysics 26, 278-313. HERMOGENES. Patterson, Annabel M. Her- Lynch. John Patrick. Aristotle's school; a study mogenes and the Renaissance: seven ideas of of a Greek educational institution. Berkeley, style. Pzincetort: Princeton Univ. Press, 1970. Calif.: Univ. of Calif. Press. Rev. by R. S. Sylvester in MLQ 33 (June), Nogales, S. Gomez. Meaning of being in Aris- 188. totle. ll'Q 12, 317-39. HOMER, Ilowra, C. J. Homer and the poetry of Rosenfield, Lawrence William. Aristotle and in action. Encounter 39 (July), 11.15. formation theory. The Hague, Netherlands: HORACE, Buttrey, T. V. Halved coins,the Mouton, 1971. Augustanreform,andHorace,Odes1.3. Sorabji, Richard, ed. and tr. Aristotle on mem- American Journal of Archaelogy 76 (January), ory. Providence, R. I.: Brown Univ. Press, 31-48, Thompson, Wayne N. Sinus in Aristotle's Rhet- Frcdricksmeyer, E. A. Horace Odes 1.5.16; god orir. QJS 58, 134-141. or goddess? CP 67, 124.6. White. N. P. Origins of Aristotle's csFentialism. Putnam, M. C. J. Horace and Tibullus. CI' 67, 81.8. Review of Metaphysics 26, 57-85. Suits, T. A. Quale portentum: Horace Odes A l'GusTms, AURELIUS, SAINT.Brown, 1.22.13. CP 67, 131-2. Peter Robert Lamont. Religion and society in JUVENAL. Kupersmith, W. Reply to W. B. the age of Saint Augustine. London: Faber. Carnochan, satire, sublimity, and sentiment: CATO. MARCUS PORCIUS, UTICENSIS. Beer, theory and practice in post-Augustan satire. - J. M. A. Mediaeval Catovirtus or virtue? PMLA 87, 508-11. Speculum 47 (January), 52-9. LIVY, Robbius, M. A. Livy's Brutus, SP 69, 16- CICERO. Bailey, D. R. Shackleton. Cicero. New 23. York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1971. PETRONIUS ARBITER. Luck, G. On Pe- Rev. by H. F. Harding in QJS 58, 350. tronitie Bellum civile. AJP 93, 133-141. 56 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

PLATO. Bookman, J. T. Plato on political obli- III. MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE ERA gation. WPQ 25, 260-7. Brown, J. Plato's Republic as an early study of A,HISTORY, CULTURE media bias and a charter for prosaic educa-Bachrach, Bernard S., ed. The medieval church: tion. American Anthropologist 74 (June), 672- success or failure: New York: Holt. Rinehart and Winston. Oates. Whitney Jennings. Plato's view of art. Burke, Peter. Culture and society in Renaissance New Yak: Scribner. Italy, 1420-1540. New York: Scribner. Bali. s.v. -.Aristotle,' supra. Donaldson, Gordon. The Scottish Reformation. Brumbaugh, R. S. Text of Plato's Parmenides. London: Cambridge Univ. Press. Reviev of Metaphysics 26 (September), 140- Hale, John Rigby. Renaissance Europe: indi- 8. vidual andsociety,1480-1520. New York: Lee. E. N. Plato on negation and not-being in Harper and Row. the Sophist. Philosophical Review 81(July), Sezuec, Jean Joseph. The survival of the pagan 267-304. gods. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton Univ. Press. Robinson, T. M. Plato's psychology. Toronto: Shumaker, Wayne. The occult sciences in the Univ. of Toronto Press, 1970. Renaissance; a study in intellectual patterns. Rev. by lkaasamund Kent Sprague in CP 67, Berkeley: Univ. of Calif. Press. 63. Smart. Alastair. The Renaissance and manner- Schofield, M. Dissectionof yinPlato's isminNorthern Europe and Spain. New Parmenides. CP 67, 102-9. York: Harcourt. Symposium: Plato on the language of justice. Spitz, Lewis William, ed. The Northern Renais- J Phil 69, 557-79. sance. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. Thompson, Wayne N. The Symposium: A neg-Studies in the Renaissance, v.19. New York: lected sow ce for Plato's ideas or rhetoric. SSCJ Renaissance Society of America. 38, 219.233. The New Century Italian Renaissance Encyclo- PLOTINUS. Blumenthal. s.v. 'Aristotle,' supra. pedia. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts. PLUTARCH. Koustan, C. D. Plutarch. De corn- Yarnold, Edward. The awe-inspiring rites of munibus notitiis 1080. CR new series 22, 6.7. initiation; baptismal homilies of the 4th cen- PROTAGORAS. Vlastos, G. Unity of the virtues tury. London: St. Paul Publications. inProtagoras.ReviewofMetaphysics25 (March), 415-58. B.THEORY QUINTILIAN. Kennedy,George.Quintilian. New York: Twayne Publishers, Inc., 1969. Fattlhaber. Charles. Latin rhetorical theory in thirteenth and fourteenthcenturyCastile. Rev. by Helen North in P&R 5, 65. Berkeley, Calif.; Univ. of Calif. Press. Winterbottom. Michael. Problems in Quintilian. King and North, eds. See H.R. London: Univ. of London, 1970. Kuhn, S. M. Cursus in Old English: rhetorical Rev. by J. M. Hunt in CP 67, 56. ornament or linguistic phenomenon: Specu- SOCRATES. Vlastos. s, I,.Protagorag,' supra. lum 47, 188-206. SIETONIUS. Enos. Richard Leo. When rhet- Linking, Lawrence. The ordering of the arts oric was outlawed in Rome: a translation and ineighteenth-centuryEngland.Princeton. commentary of Suetonius's treatise on early N.J.: Princeton Univ. Press, 1970. Roman rhetoricians. SM 39, 37-45. Rev. by Vincent M. Bevilaccpm in (VS 58. 24-1. TACITUS. Baxter, R. T. S. Virgil's influence McCarthy, M. F. Use of rhetoric in the Nibe- on Tacitus its books 1 and 2 of the Annals. lungeleid: a stylistic and structural study of CP 67, 46-69. Aventiure V. MLN 87, 683-700. !knurl°, II. W. Imperium and capaces imperil Murphy. James Jerome. Medieval rhetoric:a in 'radius. AJP 93, 14.26. selectbibliography. Toronto:Univ. of To. THUCYDIDES. Kirkwood. G. M. Thucydides' ronto Press. judgmentoftheconstitutionofthefive Murrill. Michael. The veil of allegory: some thousand (vii. 97. 2). AJP 93, 92-103. notes toward a theory of allegorical rhetoric VIRGIL. Baxter. s.v. 'Tacitus,' supra. in the English Renaissance. Chicago: Univ. of Highet, Gilbert. The speeches in Virgil's Aeneid. Chicago Press, 1969. Princeton. N.J.: Princeton Univ. Press. Rev. by A. C. Hamilton in MLQ 33, 190, BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORIC AND PUBLIC ADDRESS 57 Smith, Craig. The medieval subjugation and theLUTHER, MARTIN. Buechner, Q. A. Luther existential elevation of rhetoric. P&R 5, 159- and the English Reformation. History Today 174. 22, 799-805. Wetherbec, Winthrop. Platonism and poetry in Ebeling, Gerhard. Luther, an introduction to the twelfth century; the literary influence of his thought. New York: Collins. the school of Chartres. Princeton, N.J.: Prince- Watson, Philip S. Luther's works: v. 33 of 56 v; ton Univ. Press. career of the reformer. Philadelphia: Fortress Press. C. PRACTITIONERS AND THEORISTS MACIIIAVELLI, NICCOLO.Hannaford,I. Machiavelli's concept of virtu in The Prince AUGUSTINE, SAINT. Martin, R. Two cities and The Discourses reconsidered.Political in Augustine's political philosophy. J1-1133, Studies 20, 185-9. 195-216. MILTON. Sadler, L. V. Regeneration and typ- BACON. Stephens, James. Bacon's new English ology: Samson Agonistes and its relation to rhetoric and the debt to Aristotle. SM 39, De doctrineChristiana,Paradiselostand 248-59. Paradise regained. SEL 12, 141-56. BONAVENTURA. Hazel, Harry C..Jr. TheSims, J. H. Christened classicismin Paradise Bonaventura "Ars concionanci." WS 36, 241- lost and The Lusiads. Comparative Literature 250. 24, 338-56. CALVIN. Walker. Williston. John Calvin, the Winston, A. John Milton: poet as politician. organizerof reformedprotestantism.1509- History Today 22, 237-44. 1564. New York: AMS Press. SIDNEY, SIR PHILIP. Buxton, J. Elizabethan CARLYLE. Brookes, Gerry H. The rhetorical reading-list: an unpublished letter from Sir form of Carlyle's Sailorresartus. Berkeley: Philip Sidney. Times Literary Supplement 71 Univ. of Calif. Press. (March 24), 343.4. DESCARTES, RENE. Kennington, R. Teaching Kinney, A. F. Parody and its implication in of nature in Descartes' soul doctrine. Review Sydney's Defense of Poesie. SEL 12, 1-19. of Metaphysics 26, 86.117. DONNE. Carrithers. Gale H. Donne at sermons:WRIGHT, THOMAS. The Passionsof the a Christian existential world. Albany, New Minde in General'. Urbana: Univ. of Illinois York: State Univ. of New York Press. Press, 1971. Elliott, Emory B., Jr. Persona and parody in Rev. by Prentice A. Meador, Jr. in QJS 58, Donne's The Anniversaries. QJS 58, 48.57. 241. Mueller. J. M. Exhuming Donne's enigma: review article. MP 69, 231-49. IV. MODERN ERA Sherwood. T. G. Reason in Donne's sermons. ELH 39, 353-74. A. HISTORY, CULTURE Slightz. C. To stand inquiring right: the casuis- Anderson, Walt. Campaigns: cases in political try of Donne's Satyre III. SEL 12, 85-101. Goodyear ELYOT, SIR THOMAS. Strozier. R. M. Roger conflict.PacificPalisades,Calif.: Ascham and Cleanth Brooks: Renaissance and Publishing Co., Inc., 1970. modern critical thought. Essays in Criticism Rev. by L. Patrick Devlin in ST 21, 147. 22, 396.407. Armstrong, Hamilton Fish. Peace and counter- ERASMUS.Redborn, W. A. Erasmian education peace from Wilson to Hitler: Memoirs. New and the Convivium religiosnm.SP 69. 131-49. York: Harper and Row, 1971. GRACIAN. BALTASAR. Marichal.J.Testi- Rev. by Waldo W. Braden in QJS 58, 114. mony of literature. Spain (1618-1658). PQ 51, 245-54. Banks, James A. and J. D. Grambs, eds. Black HOBBES, THOMAS. Gert, Bernard. ed. Man self-concept; implications for education and a ndcitizen: Thomas Hobbe's Dc tumble. social science. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1971. New York: Anchor Books. Bassett. John Spencer. Slavery in the state of HOOKER, RICHARD. Davies. Ebenezer Thom- North Carolina. New York: AMS Press. as: The Political Ideas of Richard Hooker. Beitzinger. A. J. A history of American political New York: Octagan Books. thought. New York: Dodd. HOOKER, THOMAS. Herget. W. Preaching Billington. Ray Allen. The genesis of the fron- and publicationschronology and the style tierthesis:a study inhistoricalcreativity. ofHooker's sermons.Harvard Theological San Marino, Calif.: The Huntington Library, Review 65 (April), 231.9. 1971. 58 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Rev. by Goodwin F. Berquist, Jr. in QJS 58, Hill,B.W. Men andParliamentinthe 360. eighteenth century. History 57, 234-40. Bosmajian, Hamida and Haig Rosmajian, eds. Humphrey, Hubert H. The political philosophy This great argument: the rights of women. of the New Deal. Baton Rouge: Louisiana Reading. Mass.: Addison-Wesley. State Univ. Press, 1970. Rev. by Wil A. Linkugel in QJS 58. 357. Rev, by G. Jack Gravelee in QJS 58, 116. Buck. Pearl S. China as I see it. New York: Upset, Seymour Martin. Rebellion in the uni- The john Day Co., 1970. versity. Boston: Little. Rev. by Beulah F. Rohr lich in QJS 58. 364. Lyman, Sanford M. The black American in sociological thought. New York: Putnam. Casper, Jonathan The politics of civil liberties. New York: Harper and Row. McConnell, Francis John. Evangelicals, revolu- tionists, and idealists; 6 English contributors Cohen, David IV., and JackP.Green, eds. to American thought and action. Port Wash- Neither slave nor free: the freedom of Afri- ington. N.Y.: Kennikat. can descent in the slave societies of the new world. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins Univ.NIcSeveney, Samuel T. The politics of depression; political behavior in the Northeast, 1893- Press. 1896. New York: Oxford Press. Davis, Daniel S. Mr. Black Labor; the story of A. Philip Randolph, father of the civil rights Nordlinger, Eric A. Conflict regulation in divided societies. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard Univ. movement. New York: Dutton. Center for International Affairs. Devine. Donaird John. The political culture of Otten, C. Michael. University authority and the the United States. Boston: Little. student:the Berkeley experience. Berkeley: Ewing, Cortez Arthur Milton. Presidential elec- Univ. of California Press, 1970. tions from Abraham Lincoln to Franklin D. Rev. by John W. Bowers in QJS 58, 103. Roosevelt. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1971. Parekh. Bhikhu C. and R. N. Berki, eds. The Friedrich. Carl Joachim. The pathology of poli- morality of politics. London: G. Allen. tics. New York: Harper and Row. Paxton, John, ed. The stateman's year-book, Friedrich, Carl Joachim. Tradition and author- 1972-73. v. 109. New York: St. Martins. ity. New York: Praeger. Polenberg, Richard, comp. Radicalism and re- Ginger, Ann Fagan, ed. The relevant lawyers; form in the New Deal. Reading, Mass.: Addi- conversations out of court on their clients, son-Wesley. Pulzer,Peter George Julius.Politicalrepre- their practice, their politics, their life. style. sentation and elections in Britain. Rev. ed. New York: Simon and Schuster. London: G. Allen. Gorden, William I. Nine Men Plus: SupremeRichmond, Anthony Henry, ed.Readings in Court opinions on free speech and free press. race and ethnic relations. New York:Per- Dubuque, Iowa: William C. Brown, 1971. gatnon. Rev, by Michael Weatherly in QJS 58, 118. Roberts, Geoffrey Keith.Politicalparties and Gwyn, W. B.Britishpolitics and European pressure-groupsinBritain. New York:St. unity. Political Studies 20 (March). 109-11. Martins. Safilios-Rothschild, Constantina. ed. Toward a Hall. Michael Garibaldi et al., eds. The glorious sociology of women. Waltham. Mass.: Xerox revolutioninAmerica:documents on the College Pub. colonial crisis of 1689. New York: Norton. San tayana, George. Dominations and powers; Hercules, Frank. American society and black reflections on liberty, society, and government. revolution. New York: Harcourt. Clifton, NJ.: Kelley. Herring, Edward Pendleton. Presidential lead- Schlesinger, Arthur Jr., ed. and assoc. ed. ership; the political relations of Congress and Fred L. Israel. History of American presiden- the chief executive. Westport, Conn.: Green- tial elections, Vols. I, II, III, IV. New York: wood Press, Chelsea House Publishers, 1971. Hiebert, Ray; Robert Jones, John Lorenz. and Rev. by William E. Lampton in SSCJ 38, Ernest Lotito, eds. The political image mer- 444. chants: strategies in the new politics. Wash-Shepsie, K. A. Strategy of ambiguity: uncer- ington. D.C.: Acropolis Books. Ltd.. 1971. tainty and electoral competition. American Rev. by Thomas W. Benson in QJS 58, 225. Political Science Review 66, 555-68. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORIC AND PUBLIC ADDRESS 59 Sink ler, George. The racial attitudes of Ameri- Booth. Wayne C. Now don't try to reason with can presidents: from Abraham Lincolnto me: essays and ironies for a credulous age. Theodore Roosevelt. Garden City, N.Y.: Dou- Chicago and London: Univ. of Chicago Press, bleday, 1971. 1970. Rev. by Arthur L. Smith in QJS 58, 110. Rev. by Thomas W. Benson in QJS 58, 108. Sochen, June, ed. The black man and the Amer-Bosmajian, Haig A., comp. Dissent: symbolic ican dream. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1971. behavior and rhetoricalstrategies.Boston: Rev. by James I.. Golden in QJS 58, 112. Allyn and Bacon. Bosmajian, Haig A. The rhetoric of nonverbal Stone,Ralph. The irreconcilables:thefight communication. Glenview,Ill.:Scott, Fores- against the League of Nations. Lexington: man, 1971. Univ. Press of Kentucky, 1970. Rev. by Charles U. Larson in QJS 58, 199. Rev. by Calvin 1). Davis in AHR 77. 223. Bowers, John Waite and Donovan J. Ochs. The Tindall. George Brown. The disruption of the rhetoric of agitation and control. Reading, solid -south. Athens, Ga.: Univ. of Georgia Mass.: Addison-Wesley, 1971. Press. Tudor, Henry. Political myth. New York: Prae- Rev. by Newton Garver in P&R 5, 194; by ger. Herbert W. Simons in QJS 58, 102. Van den Haag. E. Political violence and civil Brandes, Paul D. The rhetoric of revolt. Engle- disobedience. New York: Harper and Row. wood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1971. Vaughn, Alden T., ed. The Puritan tradition in Rev. by Stephen Robb in QJS 58, 104. America, 1620-1730. Columbia:Univ.of Brock, Bernard L. and James W. Chesebro. The South Carolina Press. rhetoricalimplications ofthe shooting of West, Ranyard. Conscience and society; a study George Wallace. Speaker and Gavel 10, 130-33. of the psychological prerequisites of law and Buell, Lawrence J. Reding Etnerson for the order. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. structures: the coherence of the essays. QJS 58, Westerfield, Holt Bradford. Foreign Policy to 58.69. Party Politics: Pearl Harborto Korea. New Campbell, Karlyn Kohrs. Critiques of contem- York: Octagon Books. porary rhetoric. Belmont, Calif.: Wadsworth Publishing Co. B. RHETORIC; RHETORICAL THEORY; Rev. by Clark T. Irwin, Jr. in TS 20 (Fall), CRITICISM; PLATFORM ADDRESS 67; by William A. Linsley in QJS 58, 353. I. Rhetoric: Theory; Style Campbell, Paul Newell. Rhetoric: a study of the communicative and aesthetic dimensions Anderson, John R. The audience as a concept of language. Encino, Calif.: Dickenson Pub- in the philosophic rhetoric of Perelman, John- lishing Co. stone and Natanson. SSCJ 38, 39.50. Carpenter, Ronald H. The rhetorical genesis of Andrews, James R. Disintegration and libera- styleinthe "frontier hypothesis" of Fred- don in rhetorical studies. TS 20 (Summer), erick Jackson Turner. SSCJ 38, 233-248. 39.44. Carpenter, Ronald H. A stylistic basis of Bur- Armstrong, Robert L. Metaphysics and empiri- keian identification. TS 20 (Winter), 19-24. cism. Lincoln: The Univ. of Nebraska Press, Chesebro, James W. Rhetorical strategies of the 1970. radical revolutionary. TS 20 (Winter), 37-48. Rev. by Karl R. Wallace in QJS 58. 97. Corder, Jim W. Use of rhetoric. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott Co., 1971. Arnold. Carroll C. Rhetorical and communica- Rev. by Richard Conville in SSCJ 38, 330; tion studies: two words or one? WS 36. 75.81. by Michael R. Hagan in ST 21, 240. Bitzer. Lloyd F. and Edwin Black. The prospect of rhetoric: report of the national develop Crab le, Richard E. and John J. Makay. Kenneth mein project. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice- Burke'sconceptofmotivesinrhetorical theory. 'FS 20 (Winter), 11 -I8. Hall, 1971. Dixon. P. Rhetoric. London: Methuen, 1971. Rev. by Floyd Douglas Anderson in TS 20 Rev, in Modern Languages 53 (September), (Winter). 54; by Waldo W. Braden in SSCJ* 38, 323; by Marie H. Nichols and Roger E. 144. Ncbcrgall in QJS 58, 88; by Malcolm 0. Drinan, -Robert F. The rhetoric of peace. CCC Si liars in P&R 5, 45. 23 (October), 279-82. 60 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Ehninger, Douglas, ed. Contemporary rhetoric: Paul, Anthony M. Metaphor and the bounds of a reader's coursebook. Glenview, Scott, expression. P&R 5, 143-58. Foresman. Philipsen, Gerry. Navajo world view and cul- Rev. by Thomas W. Benson in QJS 58, 352. ture patterns of speech: a case study in eth- Ella Jacques. A critique of the new common- norhetori. SM 39, 132-39. places. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1968. Rein, Irving, J. Rhetoric and the arts: strategies Cuth, Hans P. The politics of rhetoric. CU: 23 of learning. ST 21, 212-17. (February), 30-43. Rich, Andrea and Arthur L. Smith. Rhetoric of Rev. by Ray Lynn Anderson in P&R 5. 61. revolution. Durham, N.C.: Moore Publishing Co., 1971. Ilancock, Brenda Robinson. Affirmation by nega- Rev. by Stephen Robb in QJS 58, 104. tion in the Women's Liberation Movement. QJS 58, 264-71. Rosengren. Inger. Style as choice and deviation. Hart, Roderick P. and Don M. Burks. Rhetorical Style 6 (Winter). 3-18, sensitivity and social interaction. SM 39. 75-91. Rosenwasser, Marie J. Rheitnic and the progress Hauser, Gerard A. Empiricism, description, and of the Women's Liberation Movement. TS 20 the new rhetoric. MR 5, 24-44. (Summer), 45-56. Heidi.Ray. Disposiiio as an educational ra- Sawyer, Thomas M. Rhetoric its an age of sci- tionale. ST 21, 224-26. ence and technology. CCC (December), Howell. Wilbur Samuel. Eighteenth-century Brit- 390-98. ish logic and rhetoric. Princeton, N.J.: Prince- Scharbach,Alexander.Rhetoricandliterary ton Univ. Press, 1971. criticism: why their separation? CCC 23 (May), Rev. by L. Brooks Hill and Vincent M. 185-88. Bevilacqua in QJS 58, 344. Scott, Robert L. Rhetoric and silence. WS 36, 146-58. Irvine. James R. and Walter G. Kirkpatrick.Smith, Craig R. The coming of a transcendent The musical forminrhetoricalexchange: rhetoric. TS 20 (Summer), 19-24. theoretical considerations. QJS 58, 272-83. Turnbull. George. A treatise on ancient paint- lohannescn, Richard L., ed. Contemporary the- ing:1740. Munich, Germany: Wilhelm Fink ories of rhetoric: selected readings. New York: Verlag, 1971. Harper and Row, 1971. Rev. by Carolyn M. Hale in QJS 58, 351. Rev. by Ray Lynn Andersonin TS 20 (Spring), 63; by Thomas \V. Benson in QJS Vickers,Brian.ClassicalrhetoricinEnglish 55, 352. poetry. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1970. Rev. by Thomas 0. Sloan in QJS 58, 351. Johannesen, RichardL.;Rennard Strickland, and Ralph T. Eubanks,eds.Languageis Wallace, Karl R. Topoi and the problem of in- sermonic, RiChard M. Weaver on the nature vention. QJS 58, 387-95. ofrhetoric.Baton Rouge:Louisiana StateWindt, Theodore Otto. Jr. Everett Lee Hunt on Univ. Press, 1970. rhetoric. ST 21, 177 192. Rey. by G. P. Mohrmann in PkR 5, 63. NVisult, Theodore Otto, Jr. The Diatribe: last Jordan, William J. A reinforcement model of resort for protest. QJS 58, 1-1.1. metaphor. SM 39, 223-26. Winterowd, W. Ross Beyond style. MR 5, 88- Kinneavy, James 1. A theory of discourse: the 110. aimsofdiscourse.EnglewoodCliffs,N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1971. -2. Oratory: Collections of Speeches Rey. by Donald C. Bryant in P.;',12 5, 188. Armstrong, Virginia Irving, comp. I have spok- Makay, J. J. and W. R, Brown. The rhetorical en: American history through the voices of dialogue: contemporary concepts and cases. the Indians. Chicago: The Swallow Press. Inc., Dubuque, Iowa: William C. Brown. 1971. \lakay. John J. and W. R. Brown, comps. The Rey. by William R. Carmack in (QJS 58, 355. rhetoricaldialogue;contemporaryconcepts and cases. Dubuque, Iowa: William C. Brown. Berg.David M. Rhetoric,reality, and mass Miller, James Edwin. Word, self,reality;the media. QJS 58, 255-63. rhetoric of imagination. New York: Dodd. Blocker, Jr., Jac S. The politics of reform: Pop- Nforrisson, John L. The absence of a rhetorical ulists,Prohibition and Woman'sSuffrage, tradition in Japanese culture. WS 36. 89-102. 1891-1892. The Historian 34 (August). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORIC AND PUBLIC ADDRESS 61 Braden. Waldo W., ed. Representative Ameri- Porter, Dorothy, ed. Early Negro writing, 1760- can speeches:1970.1971. New York: H. W. 1837. Boston: Beacon Press, 1971. Wilson Co., 1971. Rev. by Gerald Fulkerson in CCSJ 38, 112. Rev. by Robert T. Oliver in QJS 58. 361. Sefton, James E.Blackslaves, 'redmasters, Cathcart. Robert S. New approachestothe white middlemen: a congressional debate of study of movements: defining movements rhe- 1852. The FloridaHistoricalQuarterly 51 torically. WS 37, 82-8. (October), 113-28. Coulter. E. Merton. Amesty for all except Jeffer- Sinai-5. Malcolm 0. The rhetoric of the petition son Davis: the Hill-Blaine debate of 1876. The in boots. SM 39, 92-104. Georgia Historical Quarterly 56. 41);,-94. Smith, Arthur L. and Stephen Robb, eds. The voice of blackrhetoric:selections.Boston: Devlin. L.Patrick.Contemporarypolitical Allyn and Bacon, 1971. speaking. Belmont.Calif.:Wadsworth Pub- lishing Co., 1971. Rev, by Robert T. Oliver in QJS 58, 361, Rev. by Wilaam A. Linsley in QJS 58, 353.Starr, Douglas P. Secession speeches of fonr deep south governors who would rather fight ()organ. Howard. The doctrine of victorious de- than switch. SSCJ 38, 131.42. feat in the rhetoric of Confederate veteran::. Vanderwerth, W. C. ed. Indian oratory: famous SSCJ 38, 119-130. speeches by noted Indian chieftains. Norman. Farmer, Kathleen Sue and Herbert H. Kraus. Okla.: Univ. of Oklahoma Press. 1971. The level of moral development manifest in Rev. by Richard N. Ellis in AmQ 24, 292: state of the union messages delivered in war- by Lynn R. Osborn in QJS 58, 246. time and in peacetime. International Journal Wander, Philip C. The savage child: the image of Gtoup Tension 2. 29-35. of the Negro in the pro-slavery movement. Foner. Philip S., ed. The Black Panthers speak. SSC:J 38, 335.60. Philadelphia/New York: Lippincott, 1970. Winn, Larry James. The War Hawks' callto Rev. by Andrea L. Rich in QJS 58, 113. anus: appeals for a second war with Great Britain. SSCJ 38, 402-12. Foner. Philip S., ed. The voice of black Ameri- Zacharias,Donald W. Inpursuit ofpeace: ca: major speeches by negroes in the U.S., speaches of the sixties. New York: Random 1797-1971. New York: Simon and Schuster. House, 1970. Gam, Larry. A glorious time: the 1874 Aboli- Rev. by John C. Hammerback in QJS 58, tionist reunion in Chicago. JISHS 65, 280-292. 115, Holland. DeWitte, and Robert Oliver. eds. A Zimmerman, Flans Dieter. Die politische retie: history of public speaking inPennsylvania. der Sprachgebrauch Bonner politiker. Stutt- University Park, Pa.: Pennsylvania Speech As- gart: W. Kohlhammer Verlag, 1969. sociation, 1971. Rev. by Peter E. Kane in TS 20 (Winter), 3. Criticism; Aesthetics 60. MO:1th. James H. and Walter It. Campbell, Karlyn. Sec IV.B.1. Fisher. eds. Campbell, Paul Newell. Rhetoric /ritual: a study British public addresses:1828-1960. Boston: of the 'communicative and aesthetic dimen- Houghton Mifflin. 1971. . . sions of language. Belmont. Calif.: Dickenson Rev. by Bower My itt QJS 58. 362. Publishing Co., Inc. McPherson, Harry. Beyond 'words: writing for Rev. by Thomas 0. Sloan in QJS 58, 364. the President. Atlantic Monthly 229 (April), Page, Alex. The origion of language and eigh- 39-45. teenth-centuryEnglishcriticism. JEGP 71 Nish. Elizabeth, ed. Debates of the legislative (January), 12-21. assembly of United Canada.vol.I,1841. Scott, Robert L. and Bernard L. Brock. Methods Quebec: Presses de l'Ecole des Hautes etudes ofrhetoricalcriticism:atwentieth-century cmnmerciales. 1970. Perspective. New York: Harper & Row. Rev. by P. B. Waite in AHR 77. 597. Rev, by William A. Lincley in QJS 58, 353. O'Neill, Daniel J., eel. Speeches by black Ameri- Strozier, R. M. Roger Ascham and Cleanth cans. Belmont. Calif.:Dickenson Publishing Brooks:Renaissanceandmoderncritical Co., 1971. thought.EssaysinCriticism22(October, Rev. by Gerald Fulkerson in ST 21, 241. .1971), 396.407. 62 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Smbh. Robert W. The textual critic: huttg-up Eisenberg. Abne M. and Joseph A, Illardo. Ar- on trivia: SSCJ 38. 424-37. gument: an alternativetoviolence.Engle- Swanson, David L. The new politics meets the wood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. old rhetoric: new directions in campaign com- Rev, by Howard Pelham in SSCJ 38. 211. munication research. QJS 38,31 - -40. Evans. Charles y., Jr. Forensics is.. Speaker Thonssen, Lester; A. Craig Baird. and Waldo :mil Gavel 10, 43-44. W. Braden. Speech criticism. 2nd ed. New Funk, Alfred A. Chain of argument'in the Brit- York: The Ronald Press Company, 1971. ish free trade debates. QJS 58, 152-160. Rev. by Richard B. Gregg in 'I'S (Winter),Gale, R. M. On what there isn't. Review of 53. Metaphysics 25 (March), 459-88. West, James. Russian symbolism: a study ofGottlieb, Gidon. The logic of choice. London: Vyacheslav Ivanov and the Russian symbolist George Allen and Litwin, Ltd., 1968. aesthetic. London: Methuen. Rev. by Donald P. Cushman in P&R 5, 119. Winterowd. W. Ross. The uses of grammar. 1'S 20 (Winter), 3-10. Graham. John. The value of common materials in the debate course. SSCJ 38, 290-304. 4. Ethics; Morality; Truth Gronbeck, Bruce E. Four approaches to studying argument in graduate programs. JAFA 9. 350- Compbell. Paul N. See IV.B.1. 35.4. Par 10:r. Douglas H. Rhetoric, ethics and manip- Hagan, Michael R. A missing chapter in argu- ulation. 1' 23.:R 5, 69-87. mentation texts. JAFA 9, 274-78. Striae. Mary Susan. Ethics and action in Con- Horowitz, Joseph. Law and logic: a critical ac- rad's Heart of Darkness. WS 36, 103-08. countoflegalargument.Springer-Verlag. Wien. C. ARGUMENTATION; LOGIC; DEBATE Kahane, Howard. Logic and contemporary rhetoric: the use of reason in everyday life. Bel- Allen, G. 0. Is-ought question reformulated mont: Wadsworth Publishing Co., 1971. and answered, Ethics 92 (April). 181-99. Ayer, Sir Alfred Jules. Probability and evidence. Rev. by Robert P. Newman in JAFA 9. 292. London: Macmillan. Lewis, Albert. Stephen Toulmin: a reappraisal. Bart, Wiliam H. A comparison of premise types CSSJ 33, 48-55. inh ypothetico-deductivethinkingatthe Luckenbach, SidneyA.,comp.Probabilities, stage of formal operations. Journal of Psy- problems.andparadoxes.Encino ,Calif.: chology 81, 45-51. Dickenson Publishing Co. Black. Max. Margins of precision: essays in logic Miller, Arthur B. and John D.Bee. Entity- and language.Ithaca:CornellUniv.Press, memes: body and soul. P&R 5, 201-14. 1970. Nordenstam, Tine. Empiricism and the analytic- Rev. by Paul E. Wenger in P&R 5, 260. synthetic distinction. Oslo, Norway: Univer- Boyle, J. M., Jr., el al. Determinism, freedom, sitetsforlaget. andself.referentialarguments.Reviewof O'Rourke. Joseph. Contemporary issues debate. Metaphysics 26 (September). :3-37. Speaker and Gavel 10, 2.3, Brockrietle, Wayne. Arguers as lovers. P&R 3.Pelham. [Iowan!, The justificationfor debate 1-11, must be expanded, Speaker and Gavel 10, 45- Chenoweth. Eugene C. and Uvieja Z. Good. The 7. rise of women and the fall of traditionin Perelman. Chains. Le Champ de ('argumentation. Union debating at Oxford a:id Cambridge. Bruxelles: Presses Universitaires de Bruxelles, Speaker and Gavel 10,31-31. 1970. Cronin, 1'ernon E. and Nancy Nfilievc. The eval- Rev. by Paul Brandes in P&R 5, 255, nation of deductive argument: a process anal- Pieretti.Antonio. L'Argomentazione NelUis- ysis, SM '39, 124-31. corsoFilosofico(Acriticalanalysisofthe Dattse, Charles A. Analysis of a debate: two thought of Chains Perelman). Methods (L'A- perspectives. CCSJ 33, 86-91. ouila). 1970. DeNfougeot, William R. Intercollegiate debate: intrapersonal, but still unrealistic. ST 21, 135- Rev. by Dominic A. LaRusso inPkit.5, 137. 257-`'59. Erlich, Larry G. Philosophic risk in the forensic Pollock. Art. relationship of a background art. JAFA 9. 266-273. in scholastic forensics to effective communica. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORIC AND PUBLIC ADDRESS 63 lion in the legislative assembly. Speaker and Wells, Damon. Stephen Douglas: the last years, Gavel 10, 16-17. 1857-1861. Austin: Univ. of Texas Press, 1971. Pruett, Robert. The student's perception of the Rev. by William J. Gilmore in AmQ 24, effects of a summer high school debate in- 325. stitute. JAFA 9, 279-81. Rotenstreich, Nathan. Argumentation and .philo DuBOIS, W. E. B. Hamilton, Virginia. W. E. B. sophical clarification. P&R 5, 12.2;3. DuBois, a biography. New York: Crowell. Thompson, Wayne N. Modern argumentation DULLES, JOHN FOSTER. Guilin, Michael A. and debateprinciples and practices. New John Foster Dulles: a statesman and his times. York: Harper and Row, 1971. New York: Columbia Uttiv. Press. Rev. by Raymond W. Buchanan in CSSJ EMERSON, RALPH WALDO. LaRosa, Ralph 38. 115; by Rita J. Rice in ST 21. 237. C. Invention and imitation in Emerson's early lectures. AL 44 (March), 3-30. orretti, R. Remarks on Salmon's paradox of FULBRIG wr. WILLIAM. Bradshaw, Larry L. primes. Philosophy of Science 39 (June). 260- The genesis of .dissent. SSCJ 38, 142-150. 62. Uchii, S. Inductive logic with casual modalities: GEORGE, HENRY. Bruchey, S. Twice forgotten aprobabilistic approach. Philosophy of Sci- man: Henry George. American Journal of ence 39 (June), 162-78. Economics 31 (April), 113-38. GOLDWATER, BARRY. Hammerback, John C. Barry GoldIvater's rhetoric of rugged indi- D. PRACTITIONERS A NI) THEORISTS-GENERAL vidualism. QJS '58, 173 -183. HAMILTON, ALEXANDER. Kaplan,L.S. 1. American Consensus of 1789: Jefferson and Hamilton ADAMS. JOHN. 1Vilstach,Paul,sel.Corres- on American foreign policy. SAQ 71 (Winter), pondence of John Adams and Thomas Jef- 91-105. ferson (1812-1826). Mamaroneck, N. Y.: KrausSyrett, Harold C.,. ed., et al. The papers of Alex- Reprints. ander Hamilton. V 16-17. New York: Colum- ADAMS, JOFIN QUINCY. Banninga, Jerald L. bia Univ. Press. John Quincy Adams on the right of a slave HAMILTON, CHA RLES C. Hamilton, Charles to petition Congress. SSCJ 38. 151-163. C. Address of Judge Charles C. Hamilton be- AGNEW. SPIRO. Lippman, Theo. Spiro Ag- fore the Academy of Science and Letters of ilely'sAmerica;the Vice-President and the Sioux City Iowa, November 27, 1928. Annals politics of suburbia. New York: Norton. of Iowa 41, 809-834. . BALDWIN, JAMES. Mowe, Gregory and W. HARDING, WARREN G. Goldman, Eric F. A ScottNobles. James Baldwin's messagefor sort of rehabilitation of Waren G. Harding. white America. QJS 58, 142-151. N.Y. Times Mag., March 26, 42-43. B1LBO, THEODORE G.Rutledge, WilmuthJEFFF.RSON, THOMAS. Kaplan. s.v. Saunders. The John J. Henry-Theodore G. supra. Bilbo encounter 1911. Journal of Mississippi Morgan. E. S. Slavery and freedom: the Ameri- History 34. 357-372. can paradox. JAH 59 (June), 5-29. BRYAN. WILLIAM JENNINGS. Wilson, Char- Wilstach, s.v. 'Adams, John,' .rufrra. lesMorrow. The commoner: William Jen-JOHNSON, ANDREW. Graf, LeRoy P. and nings Bryan. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday Ralph W. Hawkins. The papers of Andrew and Co., 1970. Johnson: Volume Two, 1852-1857. Knoxville: Rev. by W. T. K. Nugent in AHR 77, 217. Univ. of Tennessee Press, 1970. CALHOUN, JOHN. Bradley, Bert E. Refutative Rev. by Gregg Phifer in QJS 58, 108. Techniques of John C. Calhoun. SSCJ38, KEF'AUVER, ESTES. Gorman, Joseph Bruce. 413-424. Kerauver. New York: Oxford Press, 1971. CLAY. HENRY. Campbell, R. Henry Clay and the Poinsett pledge controversy of 1826. Amer- Rev. by Max J. Skidmore in AQ 24 (Au- icas 28, 429-40. gust), 283. COX, JAMES M. Grant, Philip A. Congressional KENNEDY, EDWARD. Butler, Sherry Dever- campaigns of James M. Cox, 1908-1910. Ohio eaux. The apologia, 1971 genre. SSCJ 38, 281 - History 81 (Winter), 4-14. 289 DOUGLAS, STEPHEN A. Satz, Ronald N. The KENNEDY, JOHN FITZGERALD. FitzSimons, African slave trade and Lincoln's campaign Louise. The Kennedy doctrine. New York: of 1858. JISHS 65 (Autumn). 269.279. Random House. BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Walton, Richard j. Cold war and counterrevolu- wisdomtraditionalformthepresidential tion. New York: Viking. message of November 3, 1969. QJS 58, 373-86. KENNEDY, ROBERT F. Brown, Stuart Gerry. Keogh, James. President Nixon and the press. The presidency ontrial.Honolulu:Univ. New York: Funk & Wagnalls. Press of Hawaii. O'NEILL. EUGENE. Highsmith,J.M.De- KING, MARTIN LUTHER. Walton, Hanes, Jr. scription of the Cornell collection of Eugene The political philosophy of Martin Luther O'Neill's letters to George Jean Nathan. Mod- King. Jr. 11'estport, Conn.: Greenwood Pub- ern Drama 14, 420-5. lishing Corp., 1971. PERSHING, JOHN J.Murray, Lawrence L. Rev. by Herbert Aptheker in AQ 24, 323. General John J. Pershing's bid for the presidency in 1920. NH 53 (Summer), 217-52. LINCOLN, ABRAHAM. Monaghan, James. Dip- ROCKEFELLER, NELSON. Persia), Joseph E. lomat in carpet slippers. Freeport, L. 1., New The Rockefeller rhetoric: writing speeches for York: Books for Libraries. the 1970 campaign. TS 20 (Spring), 57-62. Robinson, A. H. On the field of Gettysburg. CR ROGERS, WILL. Brown, Wiliam R. Image- 221. 204-6. maker: Will Rogers and the American dream. Satz. s.v. 'Douglas.' supra. Columbia: Univ. of Missouri Press, 1970. LINDSEY, JOHN. Wise, Charles N. The rhet- Rev. by William A. Linsley in SSCJ 38, 333. oric strategics of John Lindsey. Speaker and Gavel 10, 9-15. .Will Rogers: ironist as persuader. SM MATYR. GILBERT DE LA. Doolen, Richard 39, 183.192. M. Pastor in politics: the congressional career ROOSEVELT, FRANKLIN DELANO. Daniels, of the Reverend' Gilbert De La Matyr. In- Jonathan.Frontier onthePotomac. New diana Mag. of Hist. 68 (June), 103-24. York: Da Capo Press. MASON, GEORGE. Rutland, Robert A., ed. Robinson, Edgar Eugene. The Roosevelt lead- The papers of George Mason. Chapel Hill: ership, 1933-1945. New York: Da Capo Press. Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1970. 3 vols. ROUSSEAU. Ellrich, Robert J. Rousseau and hisreader:the rhetoricalsituationof the Rev. by Robert Friedenberg in SSCJ 38, 326. major works. Chapel Hill: Univ. of North McCARTHY, JOSEPH. Griffith,Robert. The Carolina Press, 1969. politics of fear: Joseph R. McCarthy and the Rev. by Hugh M. Davidson in MP 70 (Au- Senate. Lexington: The Univ. Press of Ken- gust), 70. tucky, 1971. SILVER, ABBA .HILLEL. Polisky, Jerome B. Rev. by Rodney M. Sievers in AQ 24, 284. and Frances R. Wolpaw. Jewish statehood McGOVERN, GEORGE. Reichley, A.James. h;gitimated: Abba Hillel Silver at the Ameri- The McGovern war is no passing ripple. For- can Jewish Conference. QJS 58, 209-16. tune 86 (September), 118-121. smrni, CALE. Thomas. Richard J. Lisping McKINLEY, WILLIAM. (vie, Robert L. William Cale Smith: Whig orator on the stump. Cin- McKinley: advocate of imperialism. WS 36, cinnati Historical Society Bulletin 30 (Spring), 15-23. 21-49. MON ROE. JAMES. Calendar of the correspond- 1'HOREAU, HENRY. Funk, Alfred A. Henry ence of James Monroe; new edition with cor- David Thoreau's "Slavery in Massachusetts." rections and additions. Mamaroneck,N.Y.: WS 36, 159-68. Kraus Reprint. TRUMAN, HARRY. Berman, William C. The MORGAN, J. C. Parman, Donald L. J. C. Mor- politics of civil rights in the Truman admin- gan: Navajo apostle of assimilation. Prologue: istration. Columbus: Ohio State Univ. Press. Journal of the National Archives 4 (Summer), 1970. 83-98. Rev. by Arthur L. Smith in QJS 58, 110. MUSKIE. EDMUND. Larson. Barbara A. The Essays on radicalism, in contemporary America. election eve address of Edmund Nfuskie: a Austin: Univ. of Texas Press. case study of thetelevised public address. Freeland, Richard M. The Truman doctrine CSSJ 33. 78'85. and the origins of McCarthyism. New York: l.itfin,A, Duane. Senator Edmund Muskies Knopf. "Five Smooth Stones":an analysis of rhe Stone, Isidor Deinstein. The Truman era. New torical strategies and tactics in his 1970 elec- York: Random House. tion eve speech. CSSJ 33, 5-10. Truman. Margaret. HarryS. Truman. New NIXON, RICHARD. Hill, Forbes. Conventional York: Morrow. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORIC AND PUBLIC ADDRESS 65 TURNER, FREDERICK JACKSON. Carpenter,FOX, CHARLES. Kelley, Paul. I'it versus Fox: Ronald H. The rhetorical genesis of style in the Westminster scrutiny 1784.85. Studies in the "Frontier Hypothesis" of Frederick Jack- Burke and his Time 14 (Winter), 155-62. !DO Turner. SSCJ 38. 233-48: Mitchell, L. G. Charles Fox and the disintegra- TWAIN, MARK. Cracroft, Richard H. The tion of the Whig Party, 1782-1794. New York: gentle blasphemer:. Mark Twain. Holy Scrip- Oxford Press, 1971. ture andtheBook of Mormon. Brigham Rev. by Robert Worthington Smith in AHR Young University Studies 2 (Winter. 1971), 119- 77, 142. -10. Nelson, Paul E. The fugal form of Charles VARDAMAN, JAMES K. Holmes, William F. James' Fox's "Rejection of Bonaparte's Over- The white chief: James Kimble Vardaman. tures." WS 36, 9-14. Baton Rouge: Louisiana StateUniv.Press, GLADSTONE. Herrick. Francis H. Gladstone 1970. andthe conceptof the"English-speaking Rev. by Albert D. Kirwan in AHR 77, 214. peoples." The Journal of British Studies 12 WALLACE. GEORGE. Fadeley. L. Dean. Rea- (November), 150-6. soneddiscourieandpresidentialrhetoric: GLADSTONE. WILLIAM E.Hamer, David George Corley Wallace. Speaker and Gavel 10, Allan. Liberal politics in the age of Glad: 35-42. stone and Roseberry; a study in leadership and policy. New York: Oxford l'ress. Loh, Jules. Lonesome George. Esquire 78 (Oc- whet), 106-108, 173-74. Seton-Watson. s.v. 'Disraeli,' supra. WASHINGTON. BOOKER T. Harlan, Louis IBSEN, HENRIK. Speer, Jean Haskell. The R. Booker T. Washington: the making of a rhetoric of Ibsenism: a study of the poet-as black leader-1856-1901. New York: Oxford persuader. SSCJ 38, 13-26. Press. Waal, Carla. Rhetoric in action: orators in the WEBSTER, DANIEL. Bartlett,I.H. Daniel plays of Henrik Ibsen. SSCJ 38, 249-58. Webster as a symbolic hero. NEQ 45, 484-507. KANT, IMMANUEL. al-Azm, SadikJ. The AViltse, Charles M., ed. The papers of Daniel originsof Kant's arguments intheAnti- Webster on microfilm. Ann Arbor: Univ. Mi- nomies. New York: Oxford Press. crofilms, 1971. 41 reels. Beck, Lewis %Vhitc,ed. Proceedings;Interna- Rev. by Richard N. Current in AHR 77, tional Kant Congress. ed, Univ. of Rochester, 588. 1970. Singcl Dordrecht, Netherlands: Reidel. WILSON, WOODROW. Link. Arthur S., et al.',Humphrey, T. B. Internal structure in Kant's eds. The papers of Woodrow Wilson. Vol. 9. thought. JHI 33 (January), 43-50. 1891-189a. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press, LENIN, NIKOLAI. Fischer, Ernst and F. Marek. 1970. tr. by Anna. Bostock. Lenin in his own words. Rev, by Geoffrey Blodgett in AHR 77. 217. London: Allen Lane the Penguin Press., Tucker, Frank H. East meets West: Woodrow LEWIS, C. S. Keefe, Carolyn, ed. C. S. Lewis: Wilson in1894. The Colorado Magazine 49 speaker and teacher. Grand Rapids, Mich.: (Spring). 109-115. Zondervan Publishing House, 1971. Rev, by Michael I'. Graves in WS 58, 363. J.Making of 2. International LOCKE, JOHN. Hundert,E. Homo faber: John Locke between ideology BURKE, EDMUND. Deane. SeamusF.Lord and history. JHI 33 (January). 3-22. Acton and Edmund Burke. J111 33(April- Sandoz, E. Civil theology of liberal democracy: June). 325-35. Locke and his predecessors. JP 34 (February), CHURCHILL, WINSTON. Weidhorn, Manfred. 2-36. Churchill the phrase forger. QJS 58, 161-174. MARX, KARL. McLellan, David Stanley. Mars DICKENS, CHARLES, Sucksmith, Harvey Peter. before Marxism. Hartnondsworth; Middlesex, The narrativeartof Charles Dickens,the England: Penguin. rhetoric of sympathy and irony in his novels. NKRUMAH. KWAME. Awoonor, K. Kwame Oxford:. Claredon Press, 1970. Nkrumah: symbol of emergent Africa. Africa Rev. by H. F. Harding in QJS 58, 110. Report 17 (June). 22-5. Reply with rejoiner. P. DISRAELI. Scion - Watson, Robert William. Dis- K. Tuition. 17 (September), 50.1. raeli, Gladstone, and the Eastern question. Woronoff, Jon. West African wager: Houphouct New York: Norton. versus Nkrumah. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow. 66 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION PASCAL, GABRIEL. Pascal, Valerie. The dis- Brownlow. Paul C. The pulpit and black Amer- ciple and his devil: Gabriel Pascal, Bernard ica: 1865-1877. QJS 58, 431-440. Shaw. New York: Dell. Bubncr. Rudigcr; Konrad Cramer, and Reiner PITT. WILLIAM. Kelley.s.v.'Fox. Charles' Wichl. eds. Hcrmcncutik and Dialektik. Tu- supra. bingen: J. C. B. Nfohr (Paul Siebeck), 1970, POMPIDOU, GEORGES JEAN RAYMOND. 2 vols. Alexandre, Philippe. The duel: De Gaulle and Rev, by Joseph J. Kockeltnans in P&R 5, Pompidou. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. 261. RICHARDS, I. A. Jensen, Keith. 1. A. Richards Buell. Lawrence. The Unitarian movement and and his models. SSCJ 38, 304-314. the art of preaching in 19th century America. ROSEBERY. FIFTH EARL OF. Hamer. S.TP. AmQ 2-1 (May). 166-90. 'Gladstone,' supra. Donnelly, John. ed. Logical analysis and con- RUSSELL, BF.RTRAND. Ayer, Sir Alfred Jules. temporarytheism.Bronx,N.Y.: Fordham Bertrand Russell, New York: Viking Press. Univ. Press. Dewey. John and II. M. Ka lien. eds. The Ber- Rosenberg, Bruce A. The art of the American trand Russell case. New York: Da Calm l'ress. folk preacher. New York: Oxford Press, 1970. Si UM. GEORGE BERNARD. Collis.John siewart. Shaw. Purl 1Vashington. New York: Rev, by Giles B. Bunn in MP 69. 281. Ketmikat. Starkey, L. M. Preaching in a pop culture. Re- 'Pascal.' supra. ligion in Life 41 (Summer). 196-204. Shaw. George Bernard. An unsocialsocialist: luck. J. E. New hermeneutic on language: a withintinductions by R.F.Dietrich and critical appraisal. Journal of Religion 52 (Oc- Barbara Bellow Watson. New York: Notion. tober). 397.416. Weintraub. Stanley. Journey to heartbreak: the crucible years of Bernard Shaw. 1914-1918. 2. Practitioners and Theorists New York: Weybright and Talky. Inc., 1971. BONHOEFFER, DIETRICH.Ott.Heinrich. Rev, by Marie H. Nichols in QJS 58. 363. Reality and faith; the theological legacy of SMITH, ADAM. Smith. Adam. Lectures on rhet- Dietrich Bonhoeffer. Rock Island, III.: Fortress oric and belles !cores. Carbondale: Southern Press, Illinois Univ. Press. 1971. BOYD. ADAM. Stokes. Durward T. Adam Boyd. Rev. by Gregg Phifer in SSCJ 38. 117. publisher, preacher and patriot. The North STALIN. JOSEF. Sony, R. G. Journeyman for Carolina Historical Review 59 (January), 1-21. the revolution: Stalin and his labour move-BUSHNELL, HORACE. Luker, R. E. Bushnell ment in Baku, June 1907-May 1908. Soviet inblack and white: evidences of the racism of Studies 23, '373-94. Horace Bushnell, New England Quarterly 45,

VICO, GIAMBATTISTA. Bevilacqua, Vincent 108-16. . M. Vico. rhetorical humanism. and the study 1)AV1F.S, SAMUEL. Pilcher, George William. methods of our time, QJS 58. 70-83. Samuel Davies: apostle of dissent in colonial \SE/. AUGUSTIN. Brushwood, J.S.Lyric Virginia. Knoxville: Univ. of Tennessee Press. styleofAugustin Yafiez.Symposium26 1971. (Spring), 5-14. Rev. by J. A. Leo Lemay in AL 43. 657. EDWARDS, JONATHAN. Abelove, 1-1. Jona- E. Ro.mtos Cost NIUNIC.A3'ION than Edward's letter of invitation to George I. Genera/ Background and Pulpit Address Whitefield- WMQ s3 29, 487.9. Reaske. C. R. Devil and Jonathan Edwards. Jilt Alston. W. M. Jr., On discerning good faith 33 (January), 123.38. from had religion; from text to sermon? In- Riforgiato, I.. R. Unified thought of Jonathan terpretation 24, 451.68. Edwards. Thought 47, 599.610. Banks, %%'illiant I.. The black church in the U.S.; its origins growth, contributions and outlook. Stein.S.J. Notebook on the Apocalypse by Chicago: Moody Press. Jonathan Edwards. WMQ s3 29, 623-34. Beardske, W. A. Preaching and teaching: the FOSDICK, HARRY EMERSON. Crocker, Lionel, problem of place. Religion in I.ife 41 (Spring), ed. Harry Emerson Fosdick :s art of preaching: 59-68. ananthology,Springfield,Ill.:Charles C Braaten, Carl. A history of Christian thought: Thomas, Publisher. 1971. from its Judiac and Hellenistic origins to exist- Rev. by William E. Lampton in SSCJ 38, entialism. New York: Simon and Schuster. 332. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORIC AND PUBLIC ADDRESS 67 War lick, H. C., Jr. Fosdick's preaching method. NIcINTIRE, CARL. Hudson, Lee. Belting the Religion in Life 41, 509-23. Bible: Madalyn Murray O'Hair vs. Funda- GRACIAN Y MORALES, BALTHAZAR. Ma- mentalism. WS 36, 233-240. richal, J. Testimony of literature, Spain (1618- NEWMAN, JOHN HENRY. Capps, D. Newman 1(138). PQ 51. 243-54. studies: experiments in cross breeding. Journal GRUNDTVIG. NIKOLAI FREDERIK SEVER- of Religion 53 (January), 136-40. IN. Steen. I).J. Hermeneutics of N. F,S. STODDARD, SOLOMON. Stuart, Robert Lee. Grundtvig. Interpretation 26 (January),42- Mr. Stoddard's way: church and sacraments 61. in Northampton. AmQ 24, 243-55. HOPKINS, GERARD MANLEY. Dumbleton,STERNE, LAURENCE. Petrakis, B. Jester in W. A. Bridges and the Hopkins mss. 1889- the pulpit; Sterne and pulpit eloquence. PQ 1930. Thought 42, 42&-46. 51, 430-47. HOPKINS. MARK. Stegmaicr. Norma K. MarkTITTLE, ERNEST FREMONT. Miller. Robert Hopkins and his baccalaureate sermons. SSCJ Moats. How shall they hear without a preach- 38. 259,269. er? The life of Ernest Fremont Tittle. Chapel KINGSLEY. CHARLES. Rowse. A. L. Charles Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press, 1971. Kingsley atEvers ley. Contemporary Review 221 (November). 234.8: (December), 332-6. Rev. by James H. Smylie in AmQ 24, 304. MATHF.R, COTTON. Werking, R. H. Refor-WESLEY, JOHN. Newton, J.A. Ecumenical mationisouronlypreservation:Cotton Wesley. Ecumenical Review 24, 160-75. Mather and Salon witchcraft. WMQ s3 29, WHITEFIELD, GEORGE. Abe love.s.v.'Ed- "81-90. wards,' sutra.

AVAILABLE NOW 1973-1974 NATIONAL HIGH SCHOOL DEBATE TOPIC: PRIMARY RESOURCES EDITED BY WILLIAM REYNOLDS George Wasizington University A collection of twenty-seven published articles on poverty. Nine hundred and fifty printed pages on microfiche.

Published by SPEECH COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION Stet ler Hilton Hotel New York, New York 10001 PRICE: $3.50, prepaid ati BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

ERIC RESOURCES ON RHETORIC AND PUBLIC ADDRESS

The Speech Communication Module of the Educational Resources Information Center Clearinghouse on Reading and Communica- tion Skills systematically collects documents relevant to the study of contemporary rhetoric and public address. Documents of quality are entered into the ERIC document collection and indexed in Research in Education, a monthly publication of the ERIC system. Relevant articles on contemporary rhetoric and public address published in major academic journals are indexed in Current Index to Journals in Education. Basic bibliographies on various aspects of rhetoric and public address are available without charge from the Speech Communication Module. Bibliogra- phies currently available are listed below.

Argumentation and Debate . . . . Robert A. Nye Contemporary Rhetorical Theory and Criticism James W. Chesebro Freedom of Speech Thomas Tedford Parliamentary Law Gregg Phifer Poverty: 1973-1974 National High School Debate Topic William, Reynolds Robert. Nye Study of American Black Rhetoric Patrick C. Kennicott

Requests for specific bibliographies should be addressed to the Speech Communication Module, ERIC Clearinghouse on Reading and Communication Skills, Speech Communication Association, Statler Hilton Hotel, New York, New York 10001. Additional basic bibliographies are in preparation. Availability will be an- nounced in "ERIC Reports," Spectra. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF STUDIES IN ORAL INTERPRETATION, 1972

JAMES W. CARLSEN University of Washington

This bibliography includes the more important books and articles on the oral interpretation of literature published in the calendar year of 1972. Unless otherwise indicated, each citation was published in 1972. Publications from ancillary fields of study such as drama, literary criticism, aesthetics, linguistics, psychology and education are included if there are significant implications for the scholar in oral interpretation. Theses and dissertations are listed elsewhere in this volume. The listings do not include convention papers, book reviews or reproductions of earlier printings. There was no attempt to include the numerous studies from literary journals unless relationships to the oral interpretation process seemed evident. The bibliography utilizes a table of contents and cross-references to provide the reader with a classification of entries. The list of abbreviations includes all the journals examined in the bibliography. The author invites any suggestions from readers as to significant items which have been overlooked or comments for future bibliographic efforts.

TABLEOF CONTENTS

I. BIBLIOGRAPHY: p. 70 C. Poetry: p. 72 II. THEORY: p. 71 D. Drama: p. 72 III. HISTORY: p. 71 VII. LITERARY CRITICISM: p. 72 IV. PERFORMANCE: p. 71 VIII. RHETORICAL ANALYSIS OF V. PEDAGOGY: p. 71 LITERATURE: p. 73 VI. ANALYSIS OF LITERATURE: p. 72 IX. QUANTITATIVE STUDIES: p. 73 A. General: p. 72 X. READERS THEATRE AND B. Prose: p. 72 CHAMBER THEATRE: p. 73

JOURNALABBREVIATIONS

AS American Speech CR Critical- Review AL American Literature CS Critical Survey BT Black Theatre C:QLA Criticism: A Quarterly for BJA British Journal of Aesthetics Literature and Art CSSJ Central States Speech Journal C:SMF Critique: Studies in Modern Fiction CCC College Composition and DQTR Drama: The Quarterly Theatre Communication Review CE College English DRAM Dramatics CL Comparative Literature DR Drama Review (formerly ConL Contemporary Literature Tulane Drama Review) CP Contemporary Poetry DT Drama and Theatre CD Critical Digest ETJ Educational Theatre Journal CEEAL Critical Essays in English and EE Elementary English American Literature ESJ Elementary School Journal CQ Critical Quarterly E English 70 111111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

EJ English Journal MD Modern Drama GT Grade Teacher MID Modern International Drama IE Illinois Education NIL] Modern Language Journal IJE Illinois Journal of Eductnin MLR Modern Language Review Ins Instructor NLII New Literary History I Interpretation NYRB New York Review of Books IJAL International Journal of NCJSD North Carolina Journal of Linguistics Speech and Drama JA. C Journal of Aesthetics and PL Papers in Linguistics Art Criticism PLL Papers in Language and Literature j. F Journal of American Folklore PERF Performance JA BS Journal of Applied Behavioral PAR Performing Arts Review Science I'M Players Magazine .1AP Journal of Applied Psychology I'P Plays and Players JBA Journal of )1iblical Literature I'o Poetry J BP Journal of Black Poetry PN Poetry Northwest JCL Journal of Commonwealth PR Poetry Review Literature PPi Poetry Pilot JC Journal F.,f Communication l'oe Poetica JE Journal ,cif Education PD Poetry Dial JEP Journal -af Education and PsylR Psycholinguistic Research Psychology PsyRe Psychological Record JEM Journal of Educational PMLA Publications of the Modern Measurement Language Association JEdP Journal of Educational Psychology QJS Quarterly Journal of Speech JER Journal of Educational Research QRL Quarterly Review of Literature JEE Journal of Experimental Education RRQ Reading Research Quarterly JGE Journal of General Education RT Reading Tcachcr JHE Journal of Higher Education R:MPC Review: A Magazine of JL Journal of Linguistics Poetry and Criticism JR Journal of Reading RES Review of English Studies JRB Journal of Reading Behavior SR Saturday Review .ICJ Junior College Journal SS Senior Scholastic L:JLSA Language: Journal of the SFQ Southern Folklore Quarterly Linguistic Society of America SPR Southern Poetry Review is Language and Speech SSCJ _ Southern Speech Communication I.Q Language Quarterly Journal LI Linguistic Inquiry SD Speech and Drama LAIR Linguistics: An International SM Speech Monographs Review ST Speech Teacher LM Literary Monographs TS Today's Speech f.R Literary Review WS Western Speech LP literature and Psychology VT Yale Theatre

I. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Abstracts: 58th annual meeting of the Speech Doll, Howard and Paul D. Brandes, eds. A bib- Communication Association,ed. Samuel L. liography of oral interpretation studies for Becker. New York:Speech Communication 1969 and 1970. NCJSD 5 (Summer), 29-41. Association. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF STUDIES IN ORAL INTERPRETATION 71 II. THEORY Smith, Craig R. The coming of transcendent rhetoric. TS 20, 19-24. Abarian. Richard and M. Klotz, eds. Literature: Wintcrowd, W. Ross. The uses of grammar. TS the human experience. New York: St. Martins 20, 3-10. Press, Inc. Aggertt, Otis and Elbert R. Bowen. Communica- III. HISTORY tive reading. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan Company. Barclay,Martha Thompson. The genesis of Art ley, A. S. Oral reading as a communication modern oral interpretation: 1915-1930. ST 21, process. RT 26 (October), 46-51. 39-45. Bacon, Wallace A.. The art of interpretation. Friedenberg, Robert V. America's most widely 2nd ed. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Win- read speech teachers: the brothers McGuffey. ston. ST 21, 79-85. Gronbeck, Bruce E. Gorgias on rhetoric and Barba, E. Words or presence. DRAM 16. 47-54. poetic: a rehabilitation. SSCJ 38, 27-38. Barnman. Henry A., et al. Oral interpretation ofchildren'sliterature. 2nd ed. Dubuque, IV. PERFORMANCE Iowa: Wm. C. Brown Co. Lazarus. See V. Doyle, Esther M. and Virginia H. Floyd, eds.Hunsinger, Paul. Public reading of poetry in Studiesininterpretation. Amsterdam, Hol- Britain: an American view. SD 21, 6.11. land: Editions RODOPI N. V. Porter and King. See IX. Hepburn, Ronald W. Poetry and 'concrete imagination': problems of truth and illusion. V. PEDAGOGY 12. 3-18. Hopper, Stanley R. and David L. Miller, eds.Allen, David P. Cue systems available during Interpretation: the poetry of meaning. New the reading process: a psycholinguistic view- York: Harcourt, Brace and Jovanovich, Inc. point. ESJ 72, 258.64. Brent, Harold. Beyond student-centered teach- Kawin, Bruce F. Telling it again and again: ing:thedialecticalmaterialist form of a repetition in literature and film. Ithaca, New literature course. CE 34, 200-14. York: Cornell University Press. Bridge, E. B. Hickory dickory dock; prelude to Mac lay, Joanna. H. and Thomas 0. Sloan. In- choral speaking. EE 49, 1169-70. terpretation:an approachtothe study ofEspinola, Judith C. and Kenneth C. Crannell. literature. New York: Random House, Inc. Graduate degree programs in oral interpreta- Markiewicz, Henryk. The limits of literature. tion. ST 21, 123-26. NLH 4,5-14. Frank, Y. H. Correlating language and litera- Martin, W. Hermeneutic circle and the art of ture. EJ 61, 239-45. interpretation. CL 24, 7-1.17. Kuschke, C. Sudden shower: fugue for speaking chorus. Ins 81, 100. Myers, Miles and Bernard Tanner. Meaning ofLambert, Rex M. Poetry readings in the class- literature.Reading,Mass.:Addison-Wesley room. EJ 61, 677-79. Publishing Co., Inc. Lazarus, A. Performance objectives in reading Nelson, Cary. The incarnate word: literature as and responding to literature. EJ 61, 52-58. verbal space. Urbana, Illinois: University of Mertes, B.F.Non-traditionalstudents' non- Illinois Press. traditionalclassroom:readers'theatre. JCJ Ohmann, Richard. Speech, literature and the 42, 29-32. space between. NLH 4, 47.63. Niedermeyer, F. C. and L. Oliver. Development of young children's dramatic and public Parrella, Gilda. Image and mirror: empathy art speaking skills. ESJ 73, 95.100. language devices. WS 36, 251-60. Ong, WalterJ.Mediatransformation:the Purvis and Beach. See V. talked hook. CE 34, 405-10. Richardson, Robert D. Literature andfilm. Probst, Robert E. Visual to verbal. EJ 61, 71-75. Bloomington,Indiana:IndianaUniversity Purvis, Alan C. and Richard Beach. Literature Press. and the reader: research in response to litera- Schwartz, Elias. The forms of feeling: toward a ture, reading interests and the teaching of mimetic theory of literature. Port Washing- literature. Urbana, Illinois: National Council

ton, New York: Kennikat Press. . of Teachers of English. 72 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION

Ramsey,Benjamin A. An interdisciplinary Kaufman, Michael W. O'Casey's structural de- course in the rhetoric of literature. ST 21, sign in Juno and the Paycock. QJS 58, 191-98. 319-21. Murphy. Robert P. Non-verbal communication Sanderson. Sarah E. Establishing objecives for and the overlooked action inPinter's The a course in reading aloud. ST 21, 169-76. Caretaker. QJS 58, 41-47. Weaver, W. W. and A. J. Kingston. ModelingSchmitt.NatalieCrohn.Dramatic multitude theeffectsof oral language upon reading and mystical experience: W. B. Yeats. ETJ language; sign behavior. RRQ 7, 613-27. 24, 149-58. Whitaker. Elspeth. Choral speaking in secondary Speer. Sec VIII. schools. SD 21. 13-17. Waal. Sec VIII. Wixson. Douglas Charles,Jr. The dramatic VI. ANALYSIS OF LITERATURE techniques of Thereon Wilder and Bertolt Brecht: a study in comparison. MD 15, 112-24. A. GENERA I. Woodland, Ronald S. The danger of empathy Fish. Stanley E. Self-consuming artifacts: the ex- in Mother Courage. MD 15, 125-29. perienceofseventeenthcenturyliterature. Berkeley. California: University of California VII. LITERARY CRITICISM Press. Palmer, H. Literary analysis. New York: Holt. Aldridge, John W. Devil in the fire: retrospec- Rinehart and Winston. tive essays' on American literature and cul- White George A. and Charles Newman, eds. ture. Scranton. Pennsylvania: Harper Maga- Literature inRevolution. New York:Holt, zine Press. Rinehart and Winston. Bloom, Harold, ed. The literary criticism of John Ruskin. New York: W. W. Norton Com- B. PROSE pany, Inc. Bormann, Dennis R. The willing suspension of Buell, Lawrence I. Reading Emerson for the disbelief: Karnes as a forerunner of Coleridge. structures: the coherence of the essays. QJS CSSJ 23, 56-60. 58. 58-69. .Britch, Ralph A., etal.Literature as art:a Champigny, Robert. Ontology of the narrative. reader. 2nd. ed. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young New York: Humanities Press, Inc. University Press. Grose, Elliott B., Jr. Imagination indulged: theBrown, Ivor. A rhapsody of words. Levittown, irrationalinthe ninteenth century novel. New York: Tansatlantic Arts, Inc. Montreal, Canada: McGill-Queens University Bryer, Jackson R., ed. Sixteen modern American Press. authors: a survey of research anti criticism. Hirsh. David H. Reality and idea in the early Durham, North Carolina: Duke University American novel. New York: Humanities Press, Press. Inc. Calverton, Victor F. The newer spirit: a soci- Pritchard. JohnP.Literary approachto the ologicalcriticismofliterature. New York: New Testament. Norman, Oklahoma: Uni- Octagon Books. versity of Oklahoma Press. Ciardi, John. Manner of speaking. SR 55, 8. Strine, Mary Susan. Ethics and action in Con- rad's Heart of Darkness. WS 36, 103-08. Daiches, David. A study of literature for readers and critics. Westport, Connecticut: Green- wood Press, Inc. C. POETRY Ferrill, Ruth K. T. S. Eliot and the tongues of Elliott. Emory B., Persona and parody in fire:a scholarly study. Jericho, New York: Donne's The Anniversaries. QJS 58, 48.57. Exposition Press, Inc. Wain, John, ed. Interpretations: essays on twelveFrycNorthrop. The stubborn structure: essays English poems. 2nd ed. Boston: Routledge and on criticism and society. Ithaca, New York: Kegan. Cornell University Press. Gronbeck. See HI. D. DRAMA Gutteridge, D. Affectivefallacy and the stu- Bermel,Albert.Beckett without metaphysics. dent's response to poetry; significant implica- PERF 1 (April), 119.26. tions of W. K. Wimsatt's ideas. EJ 61, 210-21. Durant, Jack D. Laughter and hubris in She Hernadi, Paul. Beyond genre: new directions in Stoops to Conquer: the role of young Mar- literary classification. Ithaca, New York: Cor- lowe. SSCJ 37, 269.80. nell University Press. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF STUDIES IN ORAL INTERPRETATION 73 Kojecky, Roger. T. S.Eliot's socialcriticism. Waal, Carla: Rhetoric in action: orators in the New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, Inc. Plays of Henrik Ibsen. SSCJ 37, 249-58. LeRoy, Gaylord C. and Ursula Beitz, cds, Pre- serve and create:essays in Marxist literary IX. QUANTITATIVE STUDIES criticism. New York: Humanities l'ress, Inc. Lipking. L.I.and A. W. Litz, eds. Modern Brubaker, R. S. Rate and pause characteristics literary criticism, 1900-1970. New York: Athe- of oral reading. PsylR 1, 141-47. neum Publishers. Espinola and Crannell. See V. Messenger, Ann P. John Arden's essential vision: Franklin, William G. An experimental study tragical-historical-politiCal. QJS 58, 307-12. of the characteristics of simulated emotions. Oates, Joyce Carol. The edge of impossibility: SSCJ 38, 168-70. tragic forms in literature. New York: Van- Porter, D. Thomas and G. William King. The guard Press, Inc. useof videotape equipment inimproving Russell. D. A. and M. Winterbottom. eds. An- oral interpretation performance. ST 21, 99- cient literary criticism: the principal texts in 106. new translations. Fair Lawn, New Jersey: Ox- Stephenson, William. Applications of communi- ford University Press. cationtheory:II.interpretations of Keats' Scharbach. See VIII. 'Ode to a Grecian Urn.' PsyRc 22, 177-92. Schwartz. See II. Smith. William J. The streaks of the tulip: X. READERS THEATRE selected criticism. New York: Delacorte Press. AND CHAMBER THEATRE Winterowd. W. Ross. The realms of meaning: text-centered criticism. CCC 23. 399-405. Bennett, Gordon C. Readers theatre comes to church. Richmond, Virginia: John Knox Press. VIII. RHETORICAL ANALYSIS King, Judy Yordon. Chamber theatre by any OF LITERATURE other name ...? ST 21, 193-96. Mertes. See V. Ramsey. See V. Rienstra,Phillis.Resurrecting thepast:his- Scharbach,Alexander.Rhetoric andliterary toricaldocuments asmaterialsforreaders criticism: why their separation. CCC 23, 185- theatre. ST 21, 310-14. 88. Riley. Sandra. A Dylan mediadream.DRAM Speer, Jean Haskell. The rhetoric of Ibsenism: 43, 14-17. a study of the poet-as-persttader. SSCJ 38, 13- Veilleux,Jere. Some aphorismsforreaders 26. theatre. ST 21, 64.66.

ERIC BASIC BIBLIOGRAPHIES

Readers Theatre Daniel J. Callahan Scenic Painting Rhett Bryson, Jr. Stagecraft Phillip Hill

Now Available from SCA... STUDIES IN INTERPRETATION

Edited by EST HER M. DOYLE and VIRGINIA HASTINGS FLOYD CONTENTS

Towards a Definition of Hubris The Shape of Sound: Configurational Rime in the Poetry of Dylan Thomas Contiguity Figures: An Index to the Language-World Relationship in Auden's Poetry Diagnosis and Dialectic Poet on Stage The Interpreter and the Structure of the Novel The Interpreter and Modern Fiction: Problems of Point of View and Structural Tensiveness Imagery and the Interpreter The Unspoken Word Oral Interpretation at the Chautauqua Institution and the Chautauqua School of Expressionism, 1874-1900 Oral Interpretation as a Means of Instruction in Anglo-Saxon England The Mechanical School in England, 1761-1786 Physical Actions and the Oral Interpreter Poetry as Awareness of What? A Communication Model for Oral Interpretation The Poem's Text as a Technique of Performance in Public Group Reading of Poetry, Speaking Literature

PRICE: $14.50, paperback; $20.00 hardcover including postage and handling for prepaid orders. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP, 1972

CHRISTIAN MOE and JAY E. RAPHAEL Southern Illinois University

The emphasis of this bibliography is on live performance and related stage techniques rather than on the history of drama and theatre or dramatic theory and criticism. The title, Theatrical Craftsmanship, has been developed by Simon Truss ler (see TQ 6, 84-87). A notable exception to Mr. Truss ler's system is our inclusion of category "playwriting" which correctly deals with dramatic craftsmanship. The need for an annual bibliography with a focus on theatre production and techniques is apparent. In the English language only The Guide to Peforming Arts within its larger scope encompasses such material, but its most recent year covered is 1968. Such foreign language reference works as Maske and Koth.urn and Revue d'histoire du. Theatre do the same, usually omitting English language references not translaw11. General bibliographies in theatre (e.g., Theatre Arts Publications in. the United States, 1947 -52, William W. Melnitz, ed., and Theatre Arts Publications in. the United States, 1953-57, Roger M. Busfield, Jr., ed.), while not neglecting items relating to craftsmanship and production, do not extend beyond 1957. Fortunately there exist annual bibliographies, such as the MLA International Bibliography of Books and Articles on'the Modern. Languages and Literatures, which to an extent cover the areas of theatre history and dramatic theory and criticism. However, it is hoped that the present bibliography in the future will become an annual publication broadened to absorb such areas. The bibliography includes the areas of administration and management, acting, directing, design and technology, playwriting, production reports and reviews. Certain articles on children's theatre and theatre education, not easily isolated under these broad classifications, appear under administration and management since they relate to organizational goals and objectives. Individual entries have chiefly been taken from well-known and easily obtain- able English language periodicals and journals. A list of the sources consulted and the abbreviatigns utilized accompanies this preface. The bibliographical information for each entry includes author, title, abbreviation of source, issue, month or season (when not consecutively paginated or an annual issue), and pagination. An exception to this form will be found under "Production Reports and Reviews" where articles are listed alphabetically (by author) under the approprie play and individual titles have been eliminated. The demand upon publication space has necessitated such decisions as the omission of annotations and cross-references. Repeated citing of the year of publication was made unnecessary by confining the bibliography to 1972. Play reports and reviews relating to a specific play appear 76 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION under the play title in a continuous sequence separated only by periods rather than as separate listings. It is our hope that librarians, publishers, and authors as well as interested individuals will forward important items not included in this initial bibliography. The editors wish to gratefully acknowledge the collaboration of Thomas Doman, Southern Illinois University and the assistance of Allan Cohn, Humani- ties Librarian, Southern Illinois University.

TABLEOF CONTENTS I. ADMINISTRATION AND I. Individual Play Reviews: MANAGEMENT: p. 76 p. 82 II. ACTING: p. 77 2. Black Theatre: p. 86 III. DIRECTING: p. 79 IV. DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY: 3. Children's Theatre: p. 86 p. 80 4. Educational Theatre: p. 87 V. PLAYWRITING: p. 81 5. Socio-Political Theatre: VI. PRODUCTION REPORTS AND p. 87 REVIEWS: p. 82 B. International Theatre: p. 87 A. American and Canadian Theatre: p. 82 C. Theatre Season Reviews: p. 93

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS BBT Bulletin of Black Theatre PERF Performance BT Black Theatre PM Players Magazine 'CTR Children's Theatre Review PP Plays and Players DQTR Drama: The Quarterly Theatre RECR Restoration and 18th Century Review Research DRAM Dramatics SC Stage in Canada DT Drama and Theater TABS Tal..3s ENC Encore TC Theatre Crafts ETJ Educational Theatre Journal TD Theatre Documentation GAM Gambit TDR (Tulane) Drama Review LTR Latin American Theatre Review TDT Theatre Design and Technology MK Maske and Kothurn TN Theatre Notebook NYT New York Times (Arts and Leisure TNOW Theatre Now Section) TP Theatre en Pologne NYTCR New York Theatre Critics Review TQ Theatre Quarterly NYTM New York Times (Magazine Section) TS Theatre Survey PAC Performing Arts in Canada TST Theatre Studies PAR Performing Arts Review YT Yale Theatre

I. ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT Adams, Allen J. Oregon Shakespeare festival. PM Bladen, Vincent. The financing of the perform- 6, 266-71. ing arts in Canada: an essay in persuasion. Allison. Ralph. England's National Theatre, an PAC 1 (Spring), 9. interview with Kenneth Tynan. PERF 4 (Sep- Brine, Adrian. Amsterdam. PP 1 (October), 59- tember-October), 77.86. 60. Arts Council of Great Britain. The theatre today Brown, Kent R. South coast repertory. PM 4, in England and Wales 1970: the subsidized 192-197. theatre outside London. PAR 2, 306. Community theatres across America. PM 6, 280- As in, Samuel Omo. Ola Rotimi and the new 85. dramatic movement at Ik. BBT 2 (Winter),Courtney, Richard. Creativity and theatre for 4.5. children. SC 2 (October), 6-15. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 77 Dewey, Walter A. Securityis more than a Mullaly, Edward J. Close to the creation. PAC 2 blanket. PM 5, 218-219, 258-259. (Summer), 45-46. Donahue, Francis. Guerilla theatre with a Mexi- Ohl, Manfred. A German fairy tale: the story can accent. LTR 1 (Fall), 65-69. of the municipal theatre. GAM 21,82-95. Doolittle, Joyce. The ASSITEJ assembly and its Oliver, Cordelia. Scotland. PP 3 (December), 56- implications. SC 2 (October), 2-5. 57. Faulkes, Margaret. Audience participationin Page, Malcolm. Canada. PP 3 (December), 62- theatre for children. CTR 4 (Fall), 36-40. 63. Glick, Joan E. Crisis in the Berliner Ensemble. Patterson, James E. The Negro Ensemble Com- TNOW 1 (Spring), 10-12. pany. PM 5, 224-29. Gustafson, David. ManitobaTheatre Centre. Phillips, Elmer. Arts management. PAC 4 (Win- PAC 1 (Spring), 46-48. ter), 21-22. Hayman, Ronald. The RoyalCourt, 1956-1972. Polsky, Milton and Carole Rosen. Hot head- DQTR 105 (Summer), 45. lines from Hunter College. CTR 3, 14-17. Subsidy: its effects onpolicy and people Potts, Norman B. Children's theatre flowering atthe National Theatreand RSC. TQ 6 Minneapolis. PM 1,1 7-23. (April-June), 63-71. Runnells, Rory. Manitou Theatre. PAC 3 (Fall), Hieronymus, Clara. Child drama-good, bad? 32. CTR 2 (Spring), 20-23. Shafer, Yvonne. Long Wharf Theatre. PM 4, Hill, Errol. Institute of black theatre arts, a 160-65. draft proposal on behalf of the AETA black Silver, Reuben. Karamu Theatre. PM 3, 104-109. theater workshop. BBT 1 (Spring), 2, Spensley, Philip. Assitez. PAC 3 (Fall), 42-43. Holloway, Ronald. 'Germany. PP 1(October), .English theatre in Montreal. PAC 3 57-58. (Summer), 14-15. Hughes, Catharine.Poppa Papp. PP 3 (Decem-Stinton, Colin. Canadian mime theatre. PM 2, ber), 28-30. 76-79. Hurren, Kenneth. News and comment: quartet.-. The Shaw Festival. PM 6, 292-99. DQTR 105 (Summer), 64. . A tick bird is dying: the Detroit Reper- Irving, Jules. Diary of a madman, or how to tory Theatre. PN 5, 248-51. build a eassical theatre on $5 a day. NY'''Taylor, John Russell and Richmond Crinkley, (July 16), i, 3-4. America-the beautiful. PP 3 (December), 60- Kerr, Walter. A sad thing on the 'way to the 61. forum. NYT (November 12), 1, 12. Tinapp, A. Richard. Quo Vadimus II: the types Kraus. Joanna Halpert. Children's theatreBalti- of objectives. PM I, 2-3, 43-45. more style. PM 4, 204-9. Welsh. Willard. Milwaukee Repertory Theatre. Kustow, Michael. The NewTNP. PERF 4 (Sep- PM 1, 8- 13,.40.41. tember-October), 87-98. Westin, Jack. Community theafre: a lesson to Loney, Glenn M. Theatrein churches. TC 3 be learned. PM 2, 73-75. (May-June), 1821, 38. X, Marvin. Manifesto:the black educational Louisiana: New Orleans/the DashikiProject theatre of San Francisco. BT 6 (January), 30- Theatre. BT 6 (January), 5-6. 35. Lydon, Christopher. Cry the beloved Stevens? NYT (February 27), 7. II. ACTING McDougal'. Gordon. News and comment: university theatre. DQTR 104 (Spring), 68-69. Addison, Michael and Harrop, John. The queer- Theatre for a city. DQTR 106 (Fall), 54- est mummers; American actors in Australia. 60. PM 5, 237-41. Meersman, Roger. ArenaStage,Washington, Andrews, Nigel. Takeover: Michael Redgrave. D.C. PM 2, 54-59. PP 8 (May), 28. Meneghel, David L. Teaching blacktheater. Ansorge, Peter. In and out of disguise: Timothy BBT 2 (Winter), 3. Dalton. PP 12 (September), 30-32. Miller, Arthur. Arthur Miller vs. Lincoln Cen- Barba, Eugenio. Words of Presence. TDR 1 ter. NYT (April 16), 1, 5. (March), 47-54. Morley, Sheridan. To save or not to save. PP 11: Barnett, Robert E. Theatre:encot«Nater with (September), 33. ourselves. DRAM 6 (March), 12-14. Morrow, Sara Sprott. A world-wide congress of Beaton, Cecil. Allan Webb. PP 8 (May), 36-7. children's theatre. DRAM 1 (October), 24-26, Fenella Fielding. PP 6 (March), 28-9. 39. Isabel Jeans. PP 7 (April), 28-9. 78 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION . Number one: Irene Worth. I'!' 4 (Jan- Ilarris, Julie. He was a golden, loving child. uary), 30-31. NYT (August 6), 1. . Number two: Richard O'Callaghan. PP Hawkins. Yvette. Sister Vvette Hawkins: an in- 4 (January), 32-3. terview with black theatre. BT 6 (January), .Paul Schofield. PP 9 (June). 20.21. 8-9. Bell, Arthur. Filly rides a crazy carousel. NYTJorge, Robert. Alan Schneider on actor-training. (October 1),1, 3. ETJ I (March), 13-17. Berkvist, Robert. Who was that lady? Bobby! Kirby, Michael. At the limits of performance. NYT (April 23), 1, 9. TDR 1 (March), 70-75. Black, George.Physical metaphor: an acting . On acting andnot-acting. TDR I technique. PM 6, 272-75. (March), 3-15. Bosworth, Patricia. Let's just say it's my inning.Kirby, E. T. The Delsarte method: 3 frontiers WI' (November 26), 1, 27. of actor training. TDR 1 (March), 55-69. Bradt', Jack.Riding the Spanish new wave.Klcmesrud, Judy. A funny thing about Phil. TNOW I(Spring), 4-5. NYT (April 16), 1, 3. Brown, Ivor. In father's footsteps. DQTR 104 . fondle is spelled s-e-x. NYT (February (Spring), 47-49. Buckley, Peter. In the distinguished company of Li2n7k)' latl' er9,.Kristin,The body training of Moshe John Gielgud. PP 2 (November), 27. Fcldenkrais. TDR 1 (March), 23-27. Buck, Joan. The lady is an actress and the ac- Marowitz, Charles. An unholy union: problems tress is a star: Coral Browne. PP 10 (July). 30- of British actors' equity. PP 2 (November), 32. 14-15.- . Richard Pasco. PP I(October), 28-30. Insulting the company. GAM 21 (Win- . With an accent on the present: Richard ter), 95-99. Chamberlain. PP II (August), 22-25. Menerth, Edward F., Jr. The actor's most crucial Chase, Chris. Much ado about Waterston. NYT hour. DRAM 2 (November), 27.-28. (December), 1, 3. Miller, Thomas I. Transformations, DRAM 3 rivat! vivat Eileen Atkins. actress. NYT (DeceMber), 36-37. (January 30), 1, 8. Mitchell, Loften. Time to break the silence sur- Clay, Jack. Self-use in actor training. TDR 1 rounding Paul Robeson? NYT (August 6), 1, 7. (March), 16-22. Oshima, Kazuko. Takuo Endo and the relation. Connolly, Ray. Extraordinary Atkins. PP 2 (No- ship between actors and dolls. TDR 3 (Sep- vember), 32-6. tember), 94-102. Czanerle, Maria. Portrait of an actress: MayaRoberts, Peter. Takeover-1: Richard Briers. PP Komorowska. TP 7 (July), 15-17. 5 (February), 68-69, Davis, R. G. Method in mime. PM 1 (October-Rolfe, Bari. The mime of Jacques Lecoq..TDR November), 14-16. I(March), 34-38. Delza, Sophia. T'ai Clii Ch'uan: the integrated Strom, Bob. An interview with Marcel Marceau, exercise. TDR 1 (March), 28-33. TNOW (Spring), 6-7. Feiner, Myra. Circus and the actor: an inter-Sullivan, Jeremiah. So what do you do for a view with Hovey Burgess. TDR 1(March), living. NYT (April 2), 1, 7. 39-46. Tierney. Margaret. For king and country: Bill Fields, Pamela. Teaching melodrama. DRAM 2 Maynard and Peter Egan. PP 10 (July), 22-23. (November), 31. Flatley; Guy. Making a racket over Hackett. . The body politic: Kenneth More, Denis Quilley, David Warner. PP. 8 (May), 18, 20. 22, NYT (March 12), 1, 7. To be young, gifted and Ben. NYT 81. (November 5), I, 3. Marriage lines: Jill Bennett, Diana Rigg, Foulkes; Richard. Henry Irving and Laurence Rachel Roberts. PP 6 (March), 26.27, 32. Olivier as Shylock. TN I (Autumn), 26.35, Nothing like a dame: Cicely Courtredge. Furstenburg, Bctsy Von. Actors arc not the only PP 6 (March), 28.30, 70. ones who act. NYT (September 24), 1, 3. Keep it mum: Constance -Cummings,

The road? Do actorsstill go on the Joan Hickson, Gwen Nelson, Mona Wash-. road? NYT (March 26), 1, 9. bourne. PP 4 (January), 32-34. "Cow, Gordon. The Actors Company. PP 12Trotter, Stewart. The black actor in Britain. PP (September), 34-37. I(October), 23-25. - Making it in a man's world: Jill Ben-Vitale, Gary C. For success with the absurdist: nett. PP 12 (September), 20-22. play the fool. DRAM 3 (December), 26-27. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 79 Ward, Joyce. Acting based on trust. DRAM 6Hausbrandt, Andrzej. Theatrical events. TP 6 (March), 34-36. (June), 17-19. Webb, R. Glenn, ed. The real game. DRAM 7Henahan, Donal. When the stage director takes (April); 13-22. on the opera. NYTM (November 12), 44-52, Young, John Wray. Performing in the round. 57-71. DRAM 6 (March), 25-26. Hunter, Charlayne. We are starved for images of ourselves. NYT (March 5), 3, 18. Janicka, Bozena. At a rehearsal of The Possessed. HI. DIRECTING TP 4 (April), 19-22. Ansorge, Peter.. Lots of lovely human contact: Kenney, Ron. Theatre of mixed means. DRAM an inside look at Joan Littlewood. PP 10 4 Ganuary), 23-25. (July), 18-21. Klossowicz, Jan. Portrait of a stage director- . Explorations:NaftaliYavin.PP 7 Konrad Swinarski. TP 9 (September), 7-9. (April), 14, 16, 18. Kustow, Michael. Roger Planchon assessed: life . The memoirs of Marowitz. PP 1(Oc- and work of an illuminated man. TQ 5 (Jan- tober), 20-22. uary-March), 42-45. Antonin Artaud's Les Cenci preperformunce. .Roger Planchon: creating a theatre of TDR 2 (June), 91-110. real life. TQ 5 (January-March), 46-56. Antonin Artaud's Les Cenci: blocking diagrams. Leech, Michael. John Dnxter.- PP 1(October), TDK 2 (June), 111-26. 31-33. Barnes,Peter,ColinBlakely,Terry Hands, Lynch, Annette. The blues and reader's theatre. Irving Wardle, and Jonathan Hammond. Ben DRAM 5 (February), 30. Jonson and the modern stage. GAM 22 (Fall),Macbeth, Bob. Macbeth speaks. BT 6 (January), 5-30. 14-20. Brown. John,Russell. Originality in Shakespeare Marks, Jonathan. JonathanMiller's Danton's production. TN 3 (Spring), 107-15. Death. YT 3 (Winter), 99-105. Buck. Joan. John Schlesinger and I (and Albert). Marowitz, Charles. Picasso's Four Little Girls. PP 2 (November), 16-19. TDR 2 (June), 34-47. Burgess, John and Charles Marowitz. Produc- Meeting with Grotowski. TP 7 (July), 8-10. tion casebook: Charles Marowitz directs 'An Moore, Sonia. Meyerhold: innovator and ex- Othello.' TQ 8 (October-December), 68-81. ample. PM 1 (October-November), .34-38. Cohn, Ruby. Beckett directs happy days. PERF Moses,Gilbert. Two answers to Ed Bullins. 2 (April). 110-18. NYT (March 26). I, II. Cortesi, Leslie. Alice Dar Sarzamina OJOYEB, Pallasz,Alojzy. Frenchmen about Grotowski, the adventures of Andre in wonderland. TDT Ayer, and Lomnicki. TP 2 (February), 14-16. 29 (May), 19-25. Peymann, Claus.Directing Handke. TDR 2 Czanerle, Maria. Theatrical events. TP 1(Jan- (June), 48-54. uary), 19-23. Shark, Theodore. Collective creation. TDR 2 (June), 3-31. Dillon, John. Performing in prisons: some ad- Smith, William. Experimental Ferlinghetti: pro- vice. PERF .2 (April), 89-99. duction notes. YrNOW 1(Spring), 27-29. Epitein, Paul. Music and theater. Part 2. PER, Snider, Gerald ,E.Rediscovered, revisited and 4 (September-October), 110.22. revitalized. DRAM 5 (February), 10.13. Frankowska, Bozena. Andrzej Wajda as theatreTeichmann, Howard. He was direct, by George. director. TP 4 (April), 13-15. NYT (May 14), 1. 13. La Gallienne, Eva. Margaret Webster 1905-1972.Tierney. Margaret. Direction and design: Trevor NYT (November 26), 5. Nunn and Christopher Morley. PP 12 (Sep- Cow, Gordon. Anactor'sdirector:Michael tembe), 23-27. Blakemore. PP 10 (July), 24-27. Tipe, David. Snowbirds: Director's notes by Bill Gruen, John. On the side of the angels. NYT Glassco. PAC 1(Spring), 26-30. (January 9), 1, 5. Weber, Carl. Handke's stageis a laboratory. Haas, Tom. A director's notes after a perform. TDR 2 (June), 55-62. ance of Woyzeck. YT 3 (Winter), 90-93. Woods, Alan. Producing Boker's Francesca da Hall, Peter. Is the beginning the word? TQ 7 Rimini. ETJ 4, 396-401. (July-Sept), 5-10. Worrall, Nick. Meyerhold directs Gogol's Gov- Harris, Jed. Jed Harris remembers his Uncle ernment Inspector. TQ 7 (July-September), Vanya. NYT (July 23), 1, 3, 23. 75-95. 80 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION IV. DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY Dews, Peter. Planning. DQTR 107,(Winter), 57- 58. Ashby, Clifford. Lighting control:is somethingDoherty, Tom. Building the magic box. PAC 2 wrong with simplicity? TC 5 (October), 18- (Summer), 44. 26. the magic box. PAC 3 (Fall), Bailey, Barry L. The versatile cut drop stages a 46-47'. Building comeback. TC 6 (November-December), 15.17,--. Building the magic box. PAC 4 (Win- 41-42. ter). 23-24. Barber, John. A relay race for voices. TABS 4,Ellingwood, James H. Technicalities: safety in 126-28. the theatre. DRAM 7 (April), 29-31. Batcheller, David R. A colorimetric study of Faust, John. Indians: a modern protest. DRAM stage lighting filter. TDT 30 (October), 14.22. 2 (November), 11-12. Bell, Priscella. Technicalities: a cardboard furni- Fix, Marta. Wladyslaw Daszewski, 1902-1971. TP ture workshop. DRAM 1 (October), 29-32. (January), 12-13. Benson, Susan. A central costume shop for fotirGompers, Gordon E. Technicalities: a catalog theatres. TC 1 (January-February), 26-31, 43- of sound effects. DRAM 5 (February), 25-27. -15. --. Technicalities: ingenuity in sound ef- Bentham, Frederick. Colour muse. TABS 4, 146- fects. DRAM 4 (January), 11-13. 47. Griffin, A. M. Mirror, mirror through the wall. Das ist alles moglich. TABS 3. 90. TABS 2, 76-78. and Peter Cheeseman. InterviewPeter Haley, Geoffrey. Meanwhile, over at Liverpool. Cheeseman talks a-round theatre. TABS 3, TABS 1, 33. 110.16. Harkness, Sarah P. The Anita Tuvin Schlecter . The Lisbon connection. TABS 2, 44-45. Auditorium: Dickinson College. TDT 30 (Oc- Operation opera. TABS 4, 147. tober), 6-13. . The Paul Thone Hall GutersIcKi. TABSHayman, Ronald. Theatre and theatres. DQTR 2, 46. 104 (Spring), 30-59. . Stratford revisited. TABS 1, 14-22. Hogstrom, Harold. Horizontal rigging. TC 6 . A tale of three switchboards. TABS 1, (November-December), 10.11, 34-35. 23-29. ,1066 and all that. TABS 1, 1. Holden, Michael. Soundproofing in the theatre. TQ 6 (April-June), 81-83. Berrington, Barbara. Change ringing in Bristol. TABS 4, 121-26. Hughes, Alan. A lighting plot for Irving's Mer- chant of Venice. ETJ 3, 265-68. Bielenberg, JohnE.Scenicoptionsatthe Comedie-Fraficaise. TST 18, 34.45: Irving, Dennis. Southern cross. TABS 4, 137-42. Blaser.Cathy.Hintsforlow-costcostumes. Kamerer, Richard. Daggers and swords. TC 6 DRAM 3 (December), 32.33. (November-December), 10.11, 35.36. Bogusch, George E. Norman Bel Geddes andKappenhagen, George A. Improving the per- the art of modern theatre lighting. ETJ 4, formance of lamp dimmers. TDT 30 (Octo- 415-29. ber), 26-30. Buchman, Herman. Stage make-up: aging. TDT Kavelin, John. Doing ure own thane. DRAM 8 28 (February), 25.29, 37. (May), 10-12. Buck, Bruce. Stratford Ontario Festival TheatreKeeler, William. Photographic sources of the new lighting installation. TABS 1, 2-3. production of Vsevolod Emilioviich Meyer- Cheeseman, Peter. Peter Cheeseman talks about hold. TD 1, 31-36. lighting. TABS 4, 148-55. Kesler, Jackson. Tabards and headpieces. TC 6 Corry, Percy. America in London. TABS 2, 48-51. (November-December), 10.11, 41. . Harrogate's Old New Theatre. TABS 4, Klain, James. The theatre technician faces life. 129-33. TDT 3 (October), 31-32. A non -flying dutchman. TABS 3, 97.100.Klepper, David L. Theatre sound and communi- Wythenshawe's Forum. TABS 1, 9-13. cation systems. TDT 28 (February), 11-19. Cortesi. Leslie Armstrong and Ray C. Smith.Legge, Brian (researcher). Daguerre et la lumi- Dude recycles the hroadway theatre. TDT 31 ere, TABS 4, 156-57. (December), 16-24. Lines, Harry. Creative recyclingis a budget Czanerle, Maria. Szajna's theatre. TP 6 (June), boon. TC 6 (November-December), 6-9, 34. 8-11. Little. William D. A uniform numerical color Dewey, Walter A. How's your light. bridges PM media coding system. TDT 30 (October), 23- 2, 99.100, 25. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 81 Loney, Glenn M. Before and after: the renova- Seligman, Kevin. These boots are made for action and reconstruction of Philadelphia's Wal- ting. PM 2, 65-67. nut Street Theatre. TDT 31 (December), 6-15. Silberstein, Frank. Field constructed long radius . Churches converted. TC 3 (May-June), tubing bender. TDT 31, (December), 25-36. 22-23. 28-30. Smith. C. Ray. ed. Info and tips. TC (March- . Propping up the American Conserva- April), 16-17. 38-39. tory Theatre. TC 5 (October), 12-17. 32-37. Street stages and mobile theatres. TC 2 . Vivat, vivat Carl Toms. TC 1 (January- (March-April), 18-23. February), 12-17. 34-36, --. Technical theatre takes to the streets. Lucas. Walter. Editorial. DQTR 107 (Winter), TC 2 (March-April), 14.15, 37-38. 13. Waterhouse. Robert. The partners: John Dexter Mackay. Patricia. The magic is in the lighting. and William Dudley. PP 4 (January), 28-29, TC 1(January-February), 18-20, 40. 90. . Self-supporting scenery and open stages. The partners: Hal Prince and Boris -re 6 (November - December), 18-23, 37-40. Aronson. PP 6 (March), 16-17, 85. Mackintosh, lain. Bigger and better? TABS 3, Wicks, Keith. The acoustic environment. DQTR 101-109. 100 (Fall), 61.62. Marantz, Paul. A software theatre. TABS 2. 51- Ziegler, Thomas J.. Technicalities: vinyl film as 54. a rear projection mediutn. DRAM 6 (March), McDonough, John. The use of recorded music 29, 31-32. for the stage. DRAM 2 (November), 35.37. McDowell, John 11, Spectacular effects in The V. PLAYWRITING Tempest. TST 18. 46-54, McLaughlin,Bill.Shots acrossSirBernard's Alvarez, A. As close to silence as a man can get. bows. DQTR 106 (Fall), 74-75.. NYT (November 19),1, 7. McNamara, Brooks. Vessel: the scenography of Ansorge,Peter.Explorations:portable,, play- Meredith Monk. TDR I (March), 87-103. wrights. PP 5 (February), 14, 16, 18, 20, 22-23. Miller,Lynda.Cast-off costuming. DRAM 3 Simon Gray, author of Butley, talks to (December), 30-31. plays and players. PP 11 (August), 33-34. Moody, James L. Lighting Peter Pan. TDT 28 Arden, John. What's theatre for. PERF 4 (Sep- (February), 20-24. tember-October), 9-18. Moro, Peter. Theatre Royal Bristol. TABS I, Ba ley, Oak S. Pagador de Promessas: a Bra- 4-8. zilian morality. LTR I(Fall), 30-39. Nichol:;, W. E. E. Compromise, TABS 2, 63-67, Bailey, Peter. A hero on heroin. NYT (August Northen, Michael. Of Mice and Men. TABS 2,' I), 2. 41-43. Berkowitz, Gerald. Neil Simon and his amazing Nunn, 'Bill.VariablegeometryatStratford. laugh machine. PM 3 (February-March), 11-13. TABS 2, 72-76. Bosworth, Patricia. We start out by loving every- Oliver, Cordelia. Hamlet and after: Giles Haver- body. NYT (December 31), 10. gal and Philip Prowse. PP 7 (April), 20, 22, 83. Botsford, Keith. Jean Genetthief; male prosti- Ornbo. Robert. Uses of projected scenery. TQ 7 tute; pimp ... but he looks like an angel. (July-September), 60-66. NYT "February), 16.17, 61.65, 70. Prus,Victor. Le Grand Theatre de Quebec. Bowen, fohn. John Bowen: don't bother. PP 10 TABS 2, 55.63. (July), 16-17. Reid,. Francis. Adaptability in Essex. TABS 3, Boyars, Marion (interviewer). The translation 83-89. market. GAM 21, 100.6. . This blessed plot, TABS 2, 68-70, Brown, Kenneth.Ipass intoOblivion. NYT Rockey, Laurilyn. Problem: exit the castle. TC (February 13), I; 9. 6 (November-December), 12.14, 42-43. Buck, Joan. Alan Ayckbourn. PP 12 (September), Rood. Arnold and Glenn M. Loney. Gordon 28-29. 4 Craig's ghost walks atBayreuth. -EDT 29 Bullins,Ed.Blacktheatre,bourgeoiscritics. (May), 4.18. NYT (August 27), 10, 25. Roth, Wolfgang. A designer works with Brecht. Burroughs, Baldwin. Eleven more plays from TQ 6 (April-June), 14-16. the African theatre. ENC XV, 42-43. Russell, Wallace. The message is magic. PAC 3 Cavalieri, Grace. Playwriting: the organic art. (Fall), 9. DRAM 1(October). 22- 23,'38. Sarlos, Robert K. Von. Some notes on eighteenth Chase.Chris. 'Nointerviews' he said. NYT century transparency. MK 1-2, 151-54. (March 5), 1, 5. 82 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION

Coker, Katherine.Iknock at Sean O'Casey'sMorris. Robert J. The Theatre of Julio Ortega. door. NYT (December 3), 17. LTR 1(Fall), 41-51. Courtney, Bob and Stephen Schwartz. God, God- Munk, Erika. Up from politics, and interview spell and South Africa. NYT (April 23). 1, 3. with Ed Bnllins. PERF 2 (April),.52-60. Cowen. Ron and Kenneth Brown. Was that the Newton, Tom. The making of a musical. DRAM way it was? Was that the way it really was? 8 (May). 20-22. NYT (September 3). 3, 5. Paulson, Arvid. Artist and creator, on trans- Edward. Bond. Drama and the dialectics of lating Strindberg. PAR 1, 175-79. violence. TQ 5 (January - March). 4.14. Peck,Ira. From unemployment insurance to Elkind,Samuel.Creativityinplaywriting. 'championship. NYT (May 21), 1, 10. DRAM I(October). 14.17. Rabe. David. So we got Papp in to see a run- Find later.Richard. The playwright andhis through. NYT (June 4), 1, 3. money. TQ 8 (October-December), 44-56. Ravich, Leonard E. Discover the playwrights Vow le, Donald, comp. The new play: premieres in your classroom. DRAM 7 (April), 10-12. in American 1-71. PM 3, 120.29. Ricci, Mario. Mario Ricci's Moby Dick. TDR 3 --. The new play: premieres in America 2- (September), 78-93. 71. PM 4. 179-186. Schoenbach, Peter J. Rio and Sao Paulo thea-. Giles, James R. Tenderness in brutality:the tresin1970:national dramaturgy. LTR 2 plays of Ed liu Bins. PM 1, 32-33. (Spring), 67-80. Gottesman, Lillian. Garrick's Lil liput. RECR 2Searle. Judith. How long does it take to peel (November), 34-37. . a red onion. NYT (November 12), 1, 5. Greenfe Id.Josh.Writing playsisabsolutelySuarez Radillo, and Miguel Carlos. Vigencia de senseless. Arthur Miller says. 'But I love it, I la Realidad Verizolana en el theatro de Cesar just love it.' NYT (February 13), 16, 34-39. Rettgifo. LTR 2 (Spring), 51-61. Hill, Errol. Plays of the English-speaking Carib- Watmough,David.DavidWatmough:por- bean. BBT 2 (February), 9-15. trait of a monodramatist. PAC 3 (Fall), 30-31. Isaac, Dan. The O'Neill Memorial Theatre Cen- ter: 'a place for playwrights. ETJ 1, 18.32. Wesker, Arnold. A cretinue of critics: an open Kazin. Alfred. Gorky, a 'totally good man.' NYT letter to Harold Hobson. DQTR 107 (Winter), (November 5),I, 31. 55-58. Kerr, Walter. Pity the almost there .playwright. How to cope with criticism. PP 3 (De- NYT (February 13), 1, 9. cember), 18-19. Kirby,VictoriaNes,GeorgesRibemont-Des- . Playwrights on playwriting, no. 2: from saignes. TDR 1 (March), 104.9. a writer's notebook. TQ 6 (April-June), 8-13. Knapp. Bettina. An interview.' with Rene de and John Russell Taylor. Wesker versus

Obaldia. DT I(Fall), 2-6. . Taylor. PP 2 (November), 22-25. Lee, Vera. 'Through the looking glass with Eu- Whitehead, E. A. From alpha to omega. PP 1 gene lonesco. DT 2 (Winter), 62-68. (October), 18-19. Lemarchand, Jacques. An interview with Jean Wroblewski, Andrzej. New Polish plays. TP 1 Thenevin. DT 2 (Winter), 72-74. (January), 26: Lester,Elenore.AllenGinsberg,remembers Wysinska, Elzbieta. New Polishplays. TP 2 mamma. NYT (February 6), I, 5. (February), 27. Levin,Beatrice. Summer workshop' forplay- New Polish plays. TP 4 (April), 24. wrights excites and benefits participants. PAR . New Polish plays. TP 6 (June), 21. 2, 367-71. . New Polish plays. TP 7 (July), 23. Livings. Henry. Playwrights on playwriting no. New Polish plays. TP 9 (September), 23. 1: let's make a theatre for real people. TQ 6 /Anhui, Craig. Big daddy's back in full swing: (April-June), 5-7. Tennesee Williams. PP 3 (December), 21-22. Lyday, Leon F. Egon WOIff's Los Invasores: a play within a dream. LTR I, (Fall), 19-26. Magidson,DavidJ.New playsforcollege VI. PRODUCTION REPORTS AND REVIEWS theatre: one possibility. PM 5, 252.253. Nfarowitz, Charles. Arrabal's Theatre of Panic. A.AMERICAN AND CANADIAN THEATRE NYT (December 3), 40, 75. I.Individual Play Reviews Miller. Adam David. California: the San Fran- cisco Bay area: 1970-71. BT 6 (January), 7=8. A Break in the Skin. Kerr, Walter. NYT (No- Mitchell, Melissa and Bill Johnson. The birth vember 19), 13. of the circus of life. DRAM 7, (April), 23-25. Acts. Wickstrom, Gordon, M. ETJ 3, 311.28. r--

( A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 83

Act Without Words. Kerr, Walter. NYT (De- CabbagetownPlays.Mezei, Stephen. PAC I cember 3). 1, 18. NYTCR 23, 156-61. (Spring), 36. A DesertClteapie. Hughes, Catherine. PP 9 Canvas. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 4, 433-59. (June), 46-48. Captain Brassbound's Conversion. Kerr, Walter. A Footstool for God. Wickstiom, Gordon. M. NYT (April 23), 1, 10.NYTCR 10,311-13. ETJ 4, 443-59. Captive oftheFaceless Drummer. Spensley, A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Malin. PAC 3 (Fall), 3-14. Forum.NYTCR7, 348-51. Change. Riley, Clayton.NYT(September 17), 5. Agamemnon. Novick, Julius. NYT (NovemberChanging Room, The. Novick, Julius. NYT (De- 19). 8. cember 3).13. Alchemist. Frazer, Robbin. PAC 3 (Fall), 10-13. CharlesManson AKA 'JesusChrist.Mezei, All the Girls Came Out to Play.NYTCR. 11; Stephen. PAC 1(Spring), 36. 302-3. Chemmy Circle,The.Hay,Peter.PAC 1 Ambassador. NYTCR 22, 177-78, (Spring), 33-35. A. Midsummer Night's Dream. Kerr, Walter. Chickencoop Chinaman, The. NYTCR 16, 237- 89. NYT (August13).1,3. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ , 443-459. Children, Children. NYTCR 6, 359-61. And they put handcuffs on flowers. Bentley, Children, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT (December Etic. NYT (May 14),I, 3. NYTCR 14, 266-67. 24), 7. Wickstrom, Cordon M. E-rj 4, 443-59. Comedy of Errors, The. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 4, 443-59. An evening with Richard Nixon and. . . Contractor.. The. Wickstrom. Cordon M. ET) 3, Kerr. Walter. NYT (May 7), 1, 3. NYTCR 12. 311-28. 28f/-93. Contrast, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT (December Annak. Kerr, Walter. WI- (May 21), 1, 3. 24), 7. Antony andCleopatra.Kerr,Walter.NYT Coriolanns. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 4, 443- (June 25), 1, 3. Wickstrom, Gordon NI. ETJ 4, 59. 443-59. Country Girl, The. Hughes. Catharine. PP 8 A Quarter for the Ladies Room. NYTCR 23, (May). 30, 31. 85. Kerr, Walter. NYT (March 161-62. 26). I, 3. NYTCR 6, 356.38. A revival. Riley, Clayton. MT (September 17),Creation of the World, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 31J-28. (December 10), 1, 5, Are you now. Novick, Julius. NYT (December Cross and Sword. Summer, Mark R. PM 4, 198- 3), 13. 203. A Safe Place. Nfez f. Ste-phen. 'PAC 1(Spring), Crucible. The. Kerr, Walter. NYT (May 7), 3. 36. NYTCR 11.296-98, Wickstrom, Gordon M. A Winter's Tale. NVickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ ETJ 3. 311-28, ETJ 4; 443-39. 4, -13-59. Dear Oscar.NYTCR22, 170-80. Beggar's Opera, The. NYTCR 16, 243-45. Wick- Different Times,NYTCR12, 286.89. Strom, Gordon M. ETJ 3, 311-28. Don 'Juan. Kerr, Walter. NYT (December 24), Behan. Mezei, Stephen. PAC I(Spring). 36. 3, 10. NYTCR 24, 143-46. Berlin to Broadway with Kurt Weill. Hughes.'Don't Bother Me, 1Can't Cope.NYTCR 11, Catharine. PP 3 (December), 58.59. 3(14.6. Big Show of1928.Mezei, Stephen. PAC .1 Don t Play Us Cheap.NYTCR13, 279-82. (Spring), 36. Dracula. Erdelyi, Joseph. PAC 3 (Fall), 14 -16, Black Hills Passion Play. Summer, Mark R. PM Drat Dose Fowl. Mezei. Stephen. PAC 1(Spring), 4, 198.203. 36. Blacks. The. 1Vickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 3, 311- Dude. Kerr. Walter. NYT (October 22),1,16. 28. NYTCR 17, 222-26. Black Terror, The. Hughes, Catherine. PP Duplex, The. Hughes, Catharine. PP 8 (May), .(January), 36. 50,51,83. 'NYTCR 8,330.34.Wickstrom, Black Visions. Kerr, Walter. NYT (March 26), Gordon M. ETJ 3, 311-28. 3.NYTCR 14,268-71. Ecstasy of Rita Joe, The. Hay, Peter. PAC 1 BlitheSpirit,White, JoyRoberts.PAC 1 (Spring), 33-33. White, Joy Roberts. PAC I (Spring), 31-32. (Spring), 31-32. Butley. Kerr, Walter.NYT(November 5), 1,14. El Hajj Malik. Hughes, Catharine. PP 5 (Feb- NYTCR .20,200-4. ruary), 54-55. 84 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Elizabeth I. NYTCR 9, 324-26. Kaddish. Hughes, Catharine. PP 7 (April), 52-53. Endgame. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 4, 443-59. Kid, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT (November 19), Enemies. Kerr, Walter. NIT (November 19), 1, Sec. 2, 13. 5. Kitchen, The. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 2, Escape, The; Or a Leap for Freedom, Wick- 188-203. Strom, Gordon M. ETJ 2, 188.203. Kt-app's Last Tape. Kerr, Walter. NYT (Decem- Espying. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 3 (Fall), 16-18. ber 3), 1, 18. NYTCR 23, 156-61. Frederick Douglass.. .Through His Own Lady Day; A Musical Tragedy. Kerr, Walter. Words. Kerr, Walter. NYT (May 21), I, 3. NYT (November 5), 5, 14. NYTCR 23, 165-67. Fun City. Kerr, Walter. NIT (January 9), 3.Lady Frederick. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 2 (Sum- NYTCR 1, 398-400. mer), 16-23. Girl in the Freudian Slip. White, Joy Roberts. Last of Mrs. Lincoln, The. NYTCR 24, 140.43. PAC 1 (Spring), 31-32. Leaving Home. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 2 (Sum- Godspell. MacKay, Patricia. TC 3 (May-June), mer), 16-23. 6-11, 31-32. Les Oranges sont Vertes. Shek, Ben. PAC 3 Gone With The Wind. Dryden, Ronald. NYT (Fall), 44-45. (May 21), 42, 33., Lincoln Mask, The. NYTCR 19, 206-8. Good Lads atHeart. Wickstrom, Gordon M.Little Black Book, The. NYTCR 11, 299-301. ETJ 1, 72-87. Living Room with Six Oppressions. Amoia, Alba Grease. Green, Harris. NYT (June 4),1,13. and Bettina Knapp. DT I(Fall), 67-69. , Hughes, Catharine. PP 7 (April), 52-53. Kerr, Walter. NYT (February 27),1. NYTCR 8,London Assurance. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 4, 443-59. 336-39. Great God Brown, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT (De- Long Day's Journey Into Night. Wickstrom, cember 17), 1, 5.NYTGR 24, 147-50. Gordon M. ETJ 3, 311-28. Hamlet. Hughes, Catharine. PP 12 (September), Lost Colony, The. Sumner, Mark R. PM 4, 198- 58-59. NYTCR 16, 232-34. 203. Happy Days. Kerr, Walter. NYT (December 3), Lost inthe Stars. Hughes, Catharine. PP 9 I, 18. NYTCR 23, 156-61. (June), 46-48. Love's Labour's Lost. Wickstrom, Gordon M. Hark.Kerr,Walter. NYT (June4), 1,13. NYTCR 6, 240-42. ETJ 4, 443.59. Heathen. NYTCR 13, 276-78. Love Suicide at Schofield Barracks. Kerr, Wal- Henry IV, Part I. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ ter. NYT (February 13), 3. NYTCR 3, 376-78. 4, 443-59. Love Together. Riley, Clayton. NYT (September Homecoming, Thc. White, Joy Roberts, PAC 1 17), 5, (Spring), 31-32. Lulu Street. Spensley, Philip. PAC 3 (Fall), 13- House of Bernarda Alba, The. Mezei, Stephen. 14. PAC 2 (Summer), 16-23. Luv. Erdelyi, Joseph. PAC 3 (Fall), 14-16. How the Other Half Lives. Mezei, Stephen. PAC Lysistrata. NYTCR 20, 190-92. 4 (Winter), 27. Man of La Mancha. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 3 Hurry, Harry. NYTCR 17, 220-21. (Fall), 16-18. NYTCR 15, 253-54. Imaginary Invalid, The. Wickstrom, Gordon M. Mallon Last Call. Mezci, Stephen. PAC 2 (Sum- ETJ 1, 72-87. mer), 16.23. 1phigcnia. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 2, 188- Man Who Shot the Albatross, The. Wickstrom, 203. Gordon M. ETJ 3, 311-28. Jacques Brel is Alive and Well and Living inMarquise, The. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 2 (Sum- Paiis. Kerr, Walter. NYT (September 24), 1. mer), 16.23. NYTCR 15, 248.49. Mary Stuart. Hughes, Catharine. PP 4 (January), Jesus Christ, Superstar. MacKay, Patricia. TC 3 36-37, 90. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 1, 72- (May-June), 6-11. 31-32. Wickstrom, Gordon 87. M. ETJ 1, 72.87. Mass. MacKay, Patricia. TC 3 (May-June), 6-11, Joan. Novick, JuliusNIT (June 25),1,5. 31-32. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 1, 72-87. NYTCR 16, 235-37. Memories for my Brother H. Mezei, Stephen. Julius Caesar. Kerr, Walter. NYT (June 25),1, PAC 1 (Spring), 36. 3. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 3, 311-28. ETJ Mirandolina. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 4 (Winter), 4. 443-59. 26.27. Justice Not Revenge. Wickstrom, Gordon M. Mr. Pickwick. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 1(Spring), ETJ 1, 72-87. 36. '; A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 85 Misalliance. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ I, 72- Rain. Kerr, Walter. NYT (April 2), 1, 3. 87. Rapes. Amoia, Alba and Bettina Knapp. DT 1 Miss Reardon Drinks a Little, Mezei, Stephen. (Fall). 67-69. PAC 1(Spring). 36. Real Inspector Hound, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT Moonchildren.Kerr.\Walter. NYT (February (May 7). 3. NYTCR 14. 263-63. 27). 1. 3. NYTCR 4. 372-74. Relapse. The. Kerr. Walter. NYT (August 13). Mother Courage. Wickstrom, Gordon M ETJ 1, 3. Wickstrom. Gordon M. ETJ 4. 443-59. 72-87. Requiem. MacKay. Patricia. TC 3 (May-June), Mother Earth. NYTCR 18. 214-16. 6-11, 31-32. Mitch Ado About Nothing. Hughes, Catharine. Richard's Corkleg. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ PP I (October). 52-53.Kerr, Walter. NYT 4. 443-59. (August 27),I. 3. NV r (November 19), Sec.Ride Across LakeConstance,Thc. Hughes, 2. I. 5. NYTCR 20, 193-95, Catharine. PP 6 (March), 30-31, 83. Mourning Becomes Electra. Kerr, Walter. NYT Ring Round the Bathtub. NYTCR 12, 293-94. (November 26). 1, 22. NYTCR 21. 182-85. River Niger, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT (Decem- Narrow Road to the Deep North. Kerr, Walter. ber 17), 5. MT (January 16), 3. Mezei, Stephen.. PAC 1 Rosebloom. Kerr, Walter. NYT (January 16), (Spring), 36. NYTCR 1,340-43. Wickstrom, Sec. 2. 3. NYTCR 8, 342-43. Gordon M. ETJ ,188-203. Rose Tattoo. The. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ Native. The. Mehl. Stephen. PAC 2 (Summer), 3, 11-28. 16-23. Rothschilds, Thc. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 4 (Win- N'Econtez Pas Mesdames. 1Vhity, Joy Roberts. ter), 27. PAC 1 (Spring), 31-32. School for Scandal, The, NYTCR 16, 227-31. Night Watch. Kerr, Walter, NYT (March 5).1, School for Wives, The. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 1 3. NYTCR 4, 370-72. (Spring), 36. Not I. Kerr. Walter. NYT (December 3).1,18. Screens. The. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ1. NYTCR 23, 156-61. 72-87. Of Mice and Men. Kerr. 1%'alter. NYT (August Secret Affairs of Mildred Wild. NYTCR 21, 186- 13). 1, 3. White, Joy Roberts. PAC 1(Spring), 88. 31-32. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 4, 443-59. Selling of the President, The. NYTCR 7, 351-54. Oh Coward! Hughes. Catharine. PP 3 (Decem- Shadow of a Gunman, The. NYTCR 8, 334-36. ber). 58-59. Kerr, Walter. NYT (October 15). Sholem Alecheim. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 2 (Sum- 1, 4. NYTCR 23, 167-69. mer), 16-23. On The Town. Hughes. Catharine. PP 4 (Jan-Sign in Sidney Brustein's Window, The. NYTCR llarY). 36, 37. 90. 2, 382-84. Orgaize. Riley. Clayton. NYT (September 17).Six Rooms Riv Vu. NYTCR 18, 216-18. Svc. 2. 5. Sleep. Hughes, Catharine. PP 7 (April). 52-53. Ottawa Man. The. Spens ley.Philip. PAC 3 Kerr. Walter. NYT (February 27).1. (Fall), 13-14. Stnall Craft Warnings. Hughes, Catharine. PP 9 Patrick Pease Motel. The. Erdelyi. Joseph. PAC (June), 46-48. Kerr, Walter. NYT (April 16), 3 (Fall), 14-16. 8, 29. NYTCR 14, 271.74. Wickstrom, Gordon Pedagogue, The. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 3, M. ETJ 3, 311-28. 311-28.. Sorrows of Frederick, The. Hay, Peter. PAC 1 People Are Living There. Hughes. Catharine. (Spring), 33-35. PP 4 (January), 36.37, 90. Wickstrom, Gordon .Sticks and Bones. Hughes, Catharine. PP 4 NI. ETJ 3, 311-38. (January). 3637 q() Kerr, Walter. NYT Persia. Hughes, Catharine. PP 9 (June). 46-48. (March 12); 3, NYTCR 5, 364-65. Pippin. NYTCR 19,.209-12. Stonehenge Trilogy.Mezei, Stephen, PAC 1 (Spring), 36. Plays. Impossible Plays. Wickstrom, Gordon M. Sty of the Blind Pig, The. Hughes, Catharine. ETJ 2,188-203. PP 5 (February), 54-55. Promenade, All. ,Kerr, Walter. NYT (April 23), Sugar. Hughes, Catharine, PP 9 (June), 46.48. I,10. NYTCR 10, 314.16. Kerr, Walter. NYT (April 16),I, 20. NYTCR Pudic. Mezei: Stephen. PAC I(Spring), 36. 9, 320-23, Pudic Victorious. Kerr, Walter. NYT (Decem- Suggs. Kerr, Walter. NYT (May 14), 3. Wick- ber 24), 3, 10. Strom, Gordon M. ETJ 3, 311-28. ()mare Fellow, The. White, Joy Roberts. PAC I Sunshine Boys, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT (De- (Spring), 31-32. cember 31), I, 3. NYTCR 25, 134-38. 86 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN Sl'EECII COMMUNICATION Taming of the Shrew, The. Frazer. Robbie. PAC Wanted. Kerr, Walter. NYT (January 30).9. 3(Fall).10-13. Rau leau,Suzanne. PAC 3 NYTCR 8, 339-41. (Fall). 11-12. Wickstrom. Gordon M. ETJ 4. Way of La Cross, The. Nfezei. Stephen. PAC 2

443-59. - (Summer). 16-2. Tweet, 'the. Wickstrom. Gordon M. EX]:t. Wel, and the Rock. NYTCR S. 328-30. 311-28. Wedding Band. Kerr, Walter, NYT (Nuecniber Ten minutes in the Death of lbsen*s Brand. 5). 5, 14. NYTCR 23, 163-64. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 2. 188.203. Wedding of Iphigenia and Iphigenia in Concert, Ten Women. Two Men. and a Moose. Spens ley. The. Hughes, Catharine. PP 5 (February). 54. Philip. PAC 3 (Fall), 13-14. 55. Terminal. Wickstrom. Gordon M. ETJ 4, 443- Who Killed Johnny Spode? Mezei, Stephen. PAC 59. I(Spring). 36. That Championship Season. Kerr, Walter. NYT Wise Child. Kerr, Walter. NYT (February 6), (May 14),I, 26. NYT (September 24), Sec. 2, I, 3. NYTCR 3, 378-80. I. 3. NYTCR 14, 259-61. NYTCR 15, 50-52. Women Beware Women. Wickstrom, Gordon M. That's Entertainment. NYTCR 10. 317-18, ETJ 1, 72-87. There's One in Every Marriage. Kerr, Walter. Workingman, The. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 2 (Sum- NYT (January 6), I, 6, 7. NYTCR I, 394-97. mer), 16-23. Ticket of Leave Man, The, White, Joy Roberts. You Smell Good to Me, Mczei, Stephen. PAC 4 PAC I(Spring). 31-32. (Winter), 27. Ti-Jean and His Brothers. Hughes, Catharine. PP 1 (October), 52-3. Novick. Julius. NYT 2.Black Theatre (August 6), I, 3. Tons of Money. Erdelyi, Joseph. PAC 3 (Fall),Black theatrein New York:1970-71. BT 6 14-16. (January), 38.51. Tooth of Crime, The. Novick, Julius. NYT (No- Coleman, Larry. Black terror. BT 6 (January), vember 19), 8. 36-37. Tough to Get Help. NYTCR 12, 284-86, Gant, Lisbeth. The New Lafayette Theatre: Tramp. Kerr, Walter. NYT (October 1), 1, 24. anatomy of a community art institution. TDR Trap. The. Amoia. Alba and Bettina I.. Knapp. 4 (December), 46-55. DT I(Fall), 67-69. Harris, Jessica B. The national black theatre. Treasure Island. Hay, Peter. PAC I(Spring), TDR 4 (December), 39-45. Hill. Errol. Production news. BBT 1 (Spring). Tribe of 0. The. Wickstrom. Gordon M. ETJ Neal. Larry. Into nationalism, out of parochial- 3, 311-28. ism. PERIL 2 (April). 32.40. Troilus and Cressida, Wickstrom, Gordon M.O'Neal, John. Performing in the south. PERI: ETJ 1, 72-87; ET] 4. 443.59. 2 (April), 41-51. Twelfth Night. Kerr, Walter. NYT (March 12), Pottlitzer, Joanne, trans. Black theatre in Brazil. 1. 3. NYTCR 5. 366.68. Wickstrom, Gordon M. IIBT 2 (Winter) 5-6. ETJ 3, 311-28. Schuck. Barry. Pennsylvania: Philadelphia black Twenty Two Years. Hughes, Catharine. PP 6 theatre searon: 1970-71. BT 6 (January). 2.3. (March). 30-31, 85. Slime, Herbert 1.. Africa on stage. 2 (Win- Two Gentlemen of Verona. Wickstrom. Gordon ter). 3.4, M. 17r1 2. 188-203. Wilkerson.Margaret.BlacktheatrehiCali- Uncle Vanya. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 4, fornia. TDR 4 (December). 25-38. 443.59. Unto Thew Hills. Sumner, Mark R. I'M 4. 198. 203. 3. Children'sTheatre Valentine. Erdelyi, Joseph; PAC 3 (Fall). 14-16. Corey, Orlin. As I saw diem: a 12,000 mile quest Veterans. 1Vickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 4. 44:1.59, for qualityCTk 2 (Spring), 2.19. ViaGalattica.Kerr, Walter. NIT (December Erkson, Richard A. III. Tokyo junior theatre: 10), 5. NYTCR 22. 174-76. an overseas experiment. DRAM 4 (January). Vivat: Vivat Regina. Kerr, Walter. NTT (Decem- .36-37. ber 1(1), 5. NYTC:R 2, 385.88, Gilliert, W. Stephen. The National Youth The- 'olpone. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 4, 443-59. atre. PP 2 (October), 46. Waiting. Mezei. Stephen. PAC 2 (Summer), 16-Gill, Anton. The National Youth Theatre. )'I' 2 2_3. (October). 58-59. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 87 Goldberg, Moses. The pedagogue in the easternSpensley. Phillip. The National Theatre School European children's theatre. ETJ 1, 3-12. of Canada. PAC 1(Spring). 10.14. King. Kay and Rita Stull. Kids and imagina- 1Vallis,Bill and %%Ikon, Ed. Production case- tion. DRAM 5 (February), 20-23. book no. 7: porirait of a company: university Kra us.'Ted M. Children's theatre inreview: theatre. Newcastle. TQ 7 (July-September), 29- 'fact' showcase in New York City. CFR 4. -13. 30-32. Webb. R. Glenn. ed. Corn Doggie.DRAM 3 Sullivan, Dan. On the trail of children's theatre. (December). 14-15, CFR 2. 24-27. Williams. . Terminal:twelvescenes on Wandmacher, Nicholas. Visit to a small wonder: death. DRAM 3 (December), 10-12. Leningrad's Too/. DRAM 8 (May), 13-15, 24- Young.Jerry D. EnvironmentalEveryman. 25. DRAM 3 (December). 34-35, 28. Wengrow, Arnold. The magic circle. crR 3 (Summer), 18-21. 5. Socio.Political Theatre Whitney. Don, Instant replay in children's the- ate. DRAM 1 (January), 36. Breatn. Paul. Inter-action at the Almost Free. I'I'I(Octobe), 26-27. I. LW/mat/ono/ Theatre Clark, Sebastian. Out of the mainstream. PP S (December). 34-38. Ballew.Leighton. The ATA productionlists project survey: 1970-71. Elf 3. 302.10. Frazer, Robin. Indict( culture, a twentieth cen- Caple. II. B. Editorial viewpoint. ENC 15. 2-3. tury renaissance. AC 2 (Summer). 7-13. Konrilsky, Francoise. Vocal minorities: Carlson. Kay. Signing role for Pinocchio. DRAM I:agit- prop in Paris. CAM 22 (Fall). 46-52, 2 (November). 32-33. Feggetter,Graeme.Playsinperformance;a Lee. Maryut. Street theatre in Harlem. TQ 8 kw from the north. DQTR 106 (Fall). 47-49. (October-December), 35-3. Martin. William. Theatre as social education. f fat ke.Scott and Robert Gueder. Call board. TQ 8 (October-December), 18-26. DRAM 7 (April). 33-34. Helm, David Jay. Theatre as learning environ- Pencittlescu. Rader. Vocal minoritiesII. GAM mein. DRAM 4 (January), 37.35, 22 (Fall), 52-57. 'Ilettler, Joyce B. Ondine in the round. DRAM Rich. J. Dennis. National Theatre of the Deaf. 4 (January). 38. PM 3. 114-119. Hill. Errol. Black theatre in New England col-Simon. Sara P. The Trashutnante 'Theatre. LTR leges. RIFT 2 (Winter), 7-8. I (Fall), 27-33. MacKay, Patricia.Black Dragon residence re- Towsen, John. The Bread and Puppet Theatre: orients the Kennedy Centre, TC 6 (November- the stations of the cross. TDR 3 (September), Devember), 26-32. 57-70. -. The American College Theatre Festival's four years. '11: 5 (October), 19-21, 30-31. INTEkNAIONAL THEATRE'. Matsh. John I.. Tonight The Drunkard. DRAM A Chorus of Murder. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 105 8 (May), 18.19. (Summer), 54-58. Miller.Lynda M. Multi - mediamotivational Agamenmon. Lambert J. W. DQTR 106 (Fall), technique, DRAM -I (January), 18.19. 22. 30-34. Mitdiell, Doug. The Barra has ensemble. DRAM Alt! Wilderness. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 1(16 (Fall), 2 (November), 16-19, 30. 35-0. Ovram, Mary H. The Matchmaker, set in ten-A Liberated 1Voman, Andrews, Nigel. PP 4 wry old hotel. DRAM 2 (November), 111-32. (January), 49. Pallen. Mary, comp. College theatre across Amer- Alice in11'onderland. Craig,Randall. DQTR ica. I'M I, 24-31. 1(1.1 (Spring); 4.46. Pawky. Thomas I). The black theatre audience. A Little Love Nest. Knapp, Bettina. DT 2 ENC 15, 4-14. (Winter), 69. Payne, Thomas 11'. Road show program. DRAM.All Over. Esslin, Martin. PI' (1(March). 38-40. 5 (February), 28-30. Holloway. Ronald and Gerald Colgan. PP Riley, Sandra. A Dylan media dream. DRAM 4 (March), 54-56. Latnbert, J. W. DQTR 104 (January), 14.17. (Spring), 14-32. Saginario. Victor R. Iphigenia in high school. All My Sons. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 105 '(Sum- DRAM 6 (March), 22-25. mer), 15-78. SS BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Alpha Alpha. Craig, Randall. DQTR 107 (Win- But ley. Roberts, Peter. PP 7 (April), 47-48. ter), 39.44. Esslin, Martin. PP 2 (November), Cartivaggio. Anderson, Michael and Cordelia 55. Oliver. PI' I(October), 54-56. And Was JerusalemBuilder!Here? Shorter, Caretaker, The. Taylor, John Russell. PP 7 Eric. DQTR 106 (Fall), 35-40. (April).38.39. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 105 Antoiry and Cleopatra. Tierney. Margaret. PP 1 (Summer), 15-78. (October), 42-43. Caste, Cow, Gordon. PP 2 (November), 60-61, A Pagan Place. Hughes, Catharine. PP 3 (De- Cato Street. Craig, Randall, DQTR 104 (Spring), cember), 50-51. 40-46. A Sky Blue Life. Craig. Randall. DQTR 104 Cave of Salamanca, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR (Spring), 40-46. 107 (Winter), 39-44. A Touch of Purple. Gow, Gordon. PP 3 (Decem-Centaur, The. Porter, Cedric, PP 8 (May), 49. ber). 52. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 107 (Winter), Chairs, The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 105 (Sum- 14-29. Bacchae. The. Gilbert, W. Stephen. PP 9 (June), mer), 15-78. 42-3. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 105 (Summer), 29-Changing Room, The. Holland, Mary. PP 4 (January). 44-47. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 104 37. Berk loo Line, The. Craig. Randall. DQTR 105 .(Spring).- 14-32. (Summer), 38: Charley's Aunt. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 104 Baker. The Baker's Wife and the Baker's Boy, (Spring).14-32.Price,Stanley. PP 5(Feb- The. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 107 (Winter), 30-38. ruary). 42-45. Class Plays. Will Wat? If Not, Wat Will? Ham- Bakke's Night of Fame. Hayes. Beth. PP 2 (No- mond, Jonathan. PP II (August), 55. . vember), 6. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 107 (Win- ter). 14-29. Close the Coalltouse Door. Shorter, Eric. DQTR Balcony. The. Esslin, Martin. PP 4 (January), 105-.(SumMer), 29-37. 40.43. Clyde Moralities, The. Oliver, Cordelia. PP 11 Bear, The. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 12 (Sep- (August), 60. tember), 53-54. Come When You Like. Lambert, J.-W. DQTR Becket. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 105 (Summer), 29- 105 (Summer), 15-78. Taylor, Bernard. PP 8 37. (May). 49. Beggar's Opera, The. Dawson, Helen. PP 9 Comedy of Errors, The. Trot ler, Stewart. PP II (June), 32-3. (August), 52. Beheading, The. Cushman, Robert. PP 7 (April), Company. Cushman, Robert, PP 6 (March), 3 -i- 48-49. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 105 (Summer). 37. Kane, John, PP 5 (February), 24-26, 70. Lambert, J. W.' DQTR 104 (Spring), 14-32. 15-78. Bella Ciao. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 105 (Summer),Contractors, The. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 2 (November), 62-64. 54.58. Benches, The. Knapp, Bettina. DT 2 (Winter), Coriolanus. Cox, Frank. PP 9 (June), 36-39. Costa Packet. Gill, Anton. PI' 3 (December), 53- Bible, One. Anderson, Michael and Corde lia 54. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 107 (Winter), 14- Oliver. PP I(October), 54.56. 29. Big Wolf. Holmstrom, John. PP 9 (June), 34, 35, Cowardy Custard. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 106 5. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 105 (Summer), 15- (Fall),14-29. Trot ler,Stewart. PP 12 (Sep- 78. tember), 44-45. Black Comedy.Shorter,Eric.DQTR 104 Crete and Sgt. Pepper. Buckley, -Peter PP 10 (Spring), 33.39. (July), 68. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 106 (Fall), Blow Job. Craig. Randall. DQTR 104 (Spring), 14-29. 0-46. Critic, The. Shorter,Eric. DQTR 106(Fall), Blue Bird. Craig, Randall. DQTR 104 (Spring), 35-40. Crown Matrimonial. Gilbert, W. Stephen. PP 3 Bodywork, Shorter, Eric. DQTR 107 (Winter). (December), 42-43. Lambert,J. z.W. DQTR 30.38; 107 (Winter), 14.29. Brand. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 107 (Winter), 30- Cut. Craig, Randall. DQTR 105 (Summer), 38. 38. Dance of Death. Holloway, Ronald and Gerald Break of Noon. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 105 (Sum- Colgan. PP 6 (March), 54-56. mer). 29-37. Day After the Fair, The. Crosby, John.' PP 2 Brussels. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 2 (Novem- (Novemb'er), 44-45. Lambert, J. W. DQTR ber), 62-64. 107 (Winter), 14-29. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 89

Dear -Antoine.Lambert.J.W. DQTR- I04-Front This Day Forever. Shorter, Eric. DQTR (Spring), 14.32. 106 (Fall), 35-40. Dear Brutus. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 106 (Fall), Front Page, The. Brien, Alan. PP II (August), 40-43. 35-37. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 106. (Fall), 14- Death in Installments. Craig, Randall. DQTR 29. 104 (*ring), 40-46. Frustration. Craig, Randall. DQTR 106 (Fall), Death Watch. Craig, Randall. DQTR 105 (Sum- 44-47. mer), 38. Garden. The. Leech, Michael. PP 2 (November), Deep Blue Sea. The. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 107 59. (Winter). 30-38. Genesis. Craig, Randall. DQTR 104 (Spring), Devils. The. Trilling. Ossia. DQTR 104 (Spring). 40-46. 60.62. George Jackson Black and White Minstrel Show. DevilTakeVv.Shorter.Eric. DQTR 104 Hammond. Jonathan. PP 2 (November), 62-64. (Spring). 33-39. Ghosts. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 105 (Summer), 29- Doctor's Dilemma, The. Howlett, Ivan. PP 10 37. (July). 62-63. Ghost Train, The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 104 Don Juan. Taylor, Bernard. l'1' 6 (March). 48. (Spring), 33-39. Don'tPinchtheTeaspoons.Shorter,Eric. Godspell. Cushman, Robert. PP 4 (January). 38- DQTR 107 (Winter), 3038. 39. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 104 (Spring). 14.32. Douglas Cause, The. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 104 Going Home. Craig. Randall. DQTR 105 (Sum- (Spring). 1432. mer). 38. Downright Hooligan. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 107 Good Natured Man, The. Esslin, Martin. PP 5

(Winter), 30-38. . (February), 34-37. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 104 Dragon, The. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 1(Oc- (Spring), 14-32. tober), 49.51. Good Time Johnny. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 104 Dreams of Mrs-Eq.er. The. Hammond. Jona- (Spring), 33.39. than. PP 1 (October). 49-51. Gone With The Wind. Bryden, Ronald. PP 9 Edward G., Like the Film Star. Shorter, Eric. (June). 24-26.Lambert, J. W. DQTR 106 DQTR 107 (Winter). 30.38. (Fall). 14.29. Edward-TheFinalDays. Craig,Randall. Grandduchess's Farewells, The. Trilling, Ossia. DQTR 105 (Summer), 38, DQTR 105 (Summer), 59.63. Emilia Galotti. Holloway, Ronald and Oliver, Grand Magic Circus. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 105 Cordelia. PP 12 (September), 61.63. (Summer), 54-58. England's Ireland. Craig, Randall. DQTR 107Great Exhibition, The. Craig. Randall. DQTR (Winter). 39-44. 105 (Summer), 38. Holland, Mary. PP 7 (Au- Eugenic. Knapp, Bettina. DT 2 (Winter), 69. gust), 40.41. Eumenides, The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 106 Guys and Dolls. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 107 (Win- (Fall), 30.34. ter), 30-38. Evidence of Intimacy. Hammond, Jonathan. PP Gymnasium. Esslin, Martin. PP 1 (October), 48- 2 (November), 62.64. 49. Family. Craig, Randall. DQTR 104 (Spring), 40- /hamlet. Gow, GOrdon. PP 1(October), 38. 16. Handy for the Heath. Roberts, Peter. PP 6 Fifth Labor of Hercules, The. Craig. Randall. (March), 47-48. DQTR 107 (Winter), 39-44. Hcdda Gabler. Kurtz, Irma. l'P II (August), 38- Finest Family in the Land, The. Esslin, Martin. 39. l'P 1 (October), 47. Lambert, J. W. DQTRHenry VI A-Hunting. Lewanski, Julian. TP 107 (Winter), 14-29 (July). 21-23. roc° Novo. Craig. Randall. DQTR 107 (Winter); High Time. Cushman, Robert. 9 (June), 41. 39-44. Hammond. Jonathan. P1'I(October), His Monkey Wife. Taylor, John-Russell. PP 5 49.51. (Feb rtia ry),. -52. Four Little Girls. The, Ansorge; Peter. PP 5 Hitler Dances. Craig, Randall. DQTR 106 (Fall), (February), 51. Craig. Randall. DQTR 104...--44.47.---- (Spring), 40.46. Holderlin. Holloway, Ronald and Gerald Col- Friday. Andrews, Nigel. PP 4 (Januar). 50. gan. PP 6 (March). 54.56. Fries, Fries, Fries. Knapp. Bettina. DT 2 (Win- Holm on the Pig's Back. Shorter, Eric. DQTR ter), 69. 105 (Summer). 29-37. 90 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION ---Itulla-Baloo. Ram. George. PP 3 (December). 52.Lie. The. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 2 (Novem- Htamulus theMuted Love.Craig.Randall. ber). 62-64. DQTR 107 (Winter). 39-44. Lighthearted Intercourse. Shorter, Eric. DQTR Husbands and Lovers. Craig. Rano:ill. DQTR 104 (Spring). 33-39. 107 (Winter), 39-44. Liquid Theatre. The. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 12 (September), 53-54. 1 and Albert. Brien, Alan. PP 3 (December). 48-Little Giant. The. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 9 49. (June), 41-42. I. Claudius. Crosby, John. PP 12 (September), Live Like I'igs. Andrews, Nigel. PP 7 (April), 42-43. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 106 (Fall),I4- 49-50. Craig, Randall. DQTR 105 (Summer), 1. Richardson. Tony. John Mortmer, David 38. %Varner,Bill My. and Sue Plummer. PPLloyd George Knew My Father. Esslin, Martin. I I(August), 18-21. PP II (August), 48-49. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Inspector Calls. The. Shorter. Erie. DQTR 106 1(16 (Fall), 14-29. (Fans); 40-43. In the !kart of the British Museum. Craig. Log-Rollers. The. Trilling, Ossia. DQTR 105 (Summer). 59-63. Randall. DQTR 104 (Spring). 40-46. London Assurance. Dawson, Helen. PP 9 (June), laslitinum. Merin. Jennifer. PP 1(1 (July). 20. 42. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 105 (Summe), 15- Jesus Cluist. Supersta. Dean. Robin. PP 1(0c- 78. tuber). 35-37.Lambert.J. W. DQTR 107Londoners, The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 105 (Winter), (Summer), .15-78. Jock. M0110011(1, Jonathan. PI' 2 (November). LonesomeLike.Craig,Randall. DQTR 107 62-64. (Winter), 39-44. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 2 John Gould. 'Taylor, Bernard. (Mardi). (November), 62-64. 45-46. Long Day's Journey Into Night. Lambert, J. W. Joseph and the Amazing Technicolor Dream- DQTR 104(Spring),14.32. Leonard, Hugh coat. Anderson, Michael and Conlelia Oliver. PP 5 (February). 46.50, 67. PP 1(October). 54-56. Lord Arthur Savile's Crime. Lambert, J. W. Journey's End. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 105 (Fall). DQTR .105 (Summer),15-78. Taylor, John 11.2. Taylor, John Russell. PP 10 (July), 51- Russell. l'I' 8 (May), 47. 53. Love ... Love .. Love . . Pontac, Perry. Julius Caesar. Ansorge, Peter. l'I' 10 (July), 56- PP 5 (February), 51-52. 59. Hayes, Beth. PP 1(October), 38-39. Lam- Love's Labour's Lost. Lambert, J. W. DQTR bert. J. W. DQTR 107 (Whiter), 14-29. 106 (Fall), 14.29. Jumpers. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 105 (Summer), Lower Depths, The. Crosby, John. PP II (Au- 15-78. Roberts. Peter. PP 7 (April), 34-37. gust), 46-47. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 106 (Fall), Kathakali. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 10 (July), 14-29. 6$, Lambert, J. W. DQTR 106 (Fall). 30-34. Macbeth. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 105 (Summer), King Lear. Lambert, J, W. .DQTR 106 -(Fall), 15-78. Shorter, Eric. MICR 1117 (Winter), 30- 38. Kopronime. Knapp, Bettina. DT 2 (Winter), 69. Macbett. Knapp, Bettina. DT 2 (Winter), 69. Lady's Not For Burning, The. Howlett, Irwin. Maid of the Mountains, The. Lambert. J. W. PP 12 (September), 39-41.. DQTR 106 (Fall), 14-29. Leonard, Hugh. PP 9 (June), 28-31. La Langue au Chat. Godard. Colette. PP 2 Maids, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 105 (Sum- (December), 66. mer), 38. La Ramora, Knapp, Bettina. DT 2 (Whiter), 69. Malcolm. Hammond. Jonathan. PP I(October), LateC:hristopherBean, The.Shorter,Eric, 49-51. DQTR 107 (Winter), 30.38. Man and Superman. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 105 Lear. -Dark, Gregory. TQ 5(Jattuary-Match), (Summer). 29.37. 20.31. Holloway, Ronald. PP 3 (December), Maria Magdalena. Holloway, Ronald. l'P 3 (De- 64-65. cember). 64-65. Lemons in Seduction. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 106 Mary. Mary. Hammond, Jonathan. l'I' 8 (May), (Fall). 35-40. 48. Let's Murder Vivaldi. Craig, Randall. DQTR.Mary Rose. Kurtz, Irma. PP 12 (September), 46. 107 (Winter), 39-44. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 106 (Fall), 14-29. Liberty Ranch. Buck, Joan. PP 12 (September), Mating Game. The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 106 50-51.* (Fall), 4.29. Penick, Eve. l'P .1 I(August), 53. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 91

Nledea. Shorter; Eric. DQTR 105 (Summer), 29- Othello. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 106 (Fall),I4- 37. 29. Sheridan, Jenny. PP 12 (September), 51. Merchant of Venice, The, Esslin, Martin. PP Il Sheridan,Jenny and AlexStuart.PPII (August), 44-45. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 106 (August), 40-41. (Fall), 14-29. Trilling, Ossia. DQTR 105 (Stun- Overruled. Craig, Randall. DQTR 107 (Winter), titer), 59-63. 39-1. Metamorphosis. Hammond, Jonathan..P1' 1(Oc- Owl 1111the Battlements. Shorter, Eric. DQTR tober), 9.31. 104 (Spring). 33-39. Middle Watch, The. Shorter, Eric. 1)Q'FR 106 Painters,The.Craig,Randall. DQTR 104 (Fall). 40-43. (Spring), 40.46, NIidwile, The. Holloway. Ronald. PP1 I (Au- Parent's Day, Taylor, John Russell. PP 12 (Sep- gust), 58. tember), 47. Mother Adam. Lambert.J.W. DQTR 104 Peer Gym. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 104 (Spring), (Spring),14-32. Norman, Barry. PP (Jan- 33-39. Tullman, Abisag. PERF 4 (September-. uary), 50 -51. October), 43-53. Mother Earth. Gilbert, W. Stephen. PI' 2 (No- PeopleArcLivingThere.Craig,Randall. vember), 59.60. DQTR 104 (Spring), 40-46: Mr. JoyceisLeavingParis.Craig,Randall. People Show. Anderson, Michael and Cordelia DQTR 103 (Summer), 38. Hammond. Jona- Oliver. PP 1 (October), 54-56. than. PP 12 (September); 53-54. Performing Husband, The. Andrews, Nigel. PP Much Ado About Nothing. Cushman, Robert. 8 (May), 47-48. PI' 5 (February), 40. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Persians. The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 107 (Win- 104 (Spring). 14-32. ter), 30-38. Murder in the Cathedral. Esslin. Martin, PP l Peter Handke Playlets, The. Craig,Randall. (October), 44-45. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 107 DQTR 105 (Summer), 38. Peter Pan. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 104 (Spring), (Winter), 14-29. 14-32. Napoli Millioniar. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 107 Phoenix.-and-Turtle. Craig, Randall. DQTR 106 (Winter), 14-29. (Fall), 44-47. Never the Train. Pontac, Perry. PP 6 (March), Pig in a Poke. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 105 (Sum- 47. mer), 29 -37. No Place to Be Somebody. Kraus, Ted M. PM 3,Pip Simmonds.Craig,Randall. DQTR 107 132.. (Winter), 39-44. Notes on a Love Affu,ir. Bryden, Ronald. NYT Plus for the .Rubber Go-Go Girls. Craig, Ran- (April16),4, 6. Price, Stanley. PP 8 (May), DQTR 106 (Fall). 44-47. 42-43. Craig, Randall. DQTR 106 (Fall), Oedipus Now. Craig, Randall. DQTR 107 (Win- Plugged -1-1-17. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 1(October), ter), 39-44. Esslin, Martin. PP 3 (December), 7. Oedipus Rex: Shorter, Eric. DQTR 106 (Fall), Plums. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 107 (Winter), 30- 38. 35-40. Po' Miss Julie. Gow, Gordon. PP I!(August), Offending the Audience. Craig, Randall. DQTR 52-33. .104(Spring),40.46.Hammond, Jonathan. Popkiss. Gill, Anton. PP 1(October), 48. Lam- CAM 21 (Winte), 106-9. bert, J. W. DQTR 107 (Winter), 14-29. Old Ones, The, Lambert, J.W.. DQTR 107 (Winter), 14-29. Taylor. John Russell. PP 12 Possessed. The. Esslin, Martin. PP 10 (July). 67. Lambert,J. W. DQTR 106(Fall),30.34. (September), 52. Nforawiec; Elthieta. TP 2 .(February), 22 -25; Old Times. Knapp, Bettina. DT 2 (Winter), 69. Pre-Paradise Sorry Now. Hammond, Jonathan. On All Fours. Wysinska, Elzbita. TI' 9 (Sep- GAM I, 106-109, . tember), 20-21. PriceofJustice. The, Esslin,Martin. PP 6 One Hundred Watt Bulb, The. Craig-. Randall. (March). 46-47. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 104 DQTR 105 (Summer), 38. (Spring). 14-32. On the Road. Craig. Randall, DQTR 106 (Fall), Prince and Mr. Jones, The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 44-47. Hammond, Jonathan. P1' I (October), 105 (Summer), 29-37. 49-51. Private Lives. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 107 (Win- Open House. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 105 (Sum- ter). 14-29. Morley, Sheridan. PP 2 (Novem- mer), 29-37. ber). 49-51. 92 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Prope. Holloway, Ronald and Corde lia Oliver. Smilin' Through. Bast, George. PP 12 (Sep- PP 12 (September), 61-63. tember),50.Lambert,J. W. DQTR 106 Prosecution, 'rite. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 1 (Fall), 14-29. (October), 49-51. Soft or a Girl. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 104 (Spring), Pull Both Ends, Gilbert, W. Stephen. PI'12 13-39. (September), 47-48. Solitaire, Double Solitaire. Kraus, Ted. PM 3, Red isfor Winter. Shorter, Eric, DQTR 106 132. (Fall), 40-43. StraightUp.Lambert,J.W. DQTR 104 Rent-Or 'fought in the Act. Hammond, Jona- (Spring),14-32. Taylor, John Russell. PP 5 than. PP 11 (August), 55. (February), 38-39. Rplique. Anderson, Michael and Conte lia Stallerhof. Holloway, Ronald and Cordelia Oli- l'P I(October); 54-56. ver. PP 12 (September), 61-63. Reunion in Vienna. Howlett, Ivan. PP 7 (April), Stand and Deliver. Esslin, Martin. PP 3 (Decem- 48, Lambert, J. W. DQTR 105 (Summe), 15- ber), 54. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 107 (Winter), 78. 14-29. Revenger's Tragedy, The. Holloway. Ronald, PPSummoning of Everyman, The, Hammond, Jon- 11 (August), 58. athan. PP 1 (October), 56-57. Rkhard's Cork leg. Brien. Alan. l'P 2 (Novem-Sunday Walk, The, Shorter, Eric. DQTR 104 ber). 4213. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 107 (Win- (Spring), 33-39. ter), 14-29. Surrounded, but not Afraid. Scheduler, Richard. RichardII.Cox, Frank. PP 8 (May), 44-46. NYT (September 17), 5, 32. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 105 (Summer), 15-78. Tamburlaine the Great. Anderson, Michael and Eric. DQTR 105 (Sum- Cordelia Oliver. PP 1 (October), 54-56. Richard111.Shorter, Taming of the Shrew, The. Howlett, Ivan. PP mer). 54-58. Cockhorse. Taylor, John Russell. PP 11 (August), 50-51. Ride a Tartuffe. Shorte. Eric. DQTR 106 (Fall), 40-43. 6 (March), 45. Rock Carmen. Gill, Anton. PP 12 (September). Technicians, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 104 51-52. (Spring), 40-46. Roll Me Over, Shorter,'Eric,DQTR 104 (Spring), Tempest, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 107 (Win - 33-39. ter), 39-44. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 105 (Sum - Romeo and Juliet. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 104 mer), 29-37. Stuart, Alex. PP 11 (August), 54. (Spring), 14-32. The Long and the Short and the Tall. Lambert, Ruling theRoost. Shorter,Eric. DQTR 107 J. W. DQTR 104 (Spring), 14-32. (Winter), 30.38. Three Arrows, The. Cushman, Robert. PP 3 Sam, Sam. Andrews, Nigel. PP 7 (April), 51. (December), 4446. Threepenny Opera, The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Saved. Knapp, Bettina. DT 2 (Winter), 69. 105 (Summer), 15,78. Leonard, Hugh. PP 7 School for Scandal, The. Cushman, Robert. PP (April), 42-45: 10 (July). 60-61. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 103 ThreeSisters.Trilling,Ossia.DQTR 104 (Summer), 15 -78. (Spring), 60-62. SelfAccusation. Hammond, Jonathan. GAM 21, Thomson Report, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 106-9. 105 (Summer), 38. Shadow of a Gunman. Sheridan, Jenny. PP II Time and Time Again. Lambert, J. W. DQTR (August), 53. 107 (Winter), 14-29. Taylor. John Russell, PP Shakespeare the Sadist. Craig: Randall. DQTR 1 (October), 40.41. 107 (Winter), 39-44. 'Tis Pity She's a Whore. Cushman, Robert. PP She Would If She Could. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 3 (December), 44-46. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 107 (Winter). 30.38. 107 (Winter), 14-29. Shoemakers, The. Trilling. Ossia. DQTR 104 Titus Andronicus. Greer, Germaine. PP 3 (De- (Spring), 60-62.. cember), 34-41. Show Me the Way to Go Home. Hammond,Todestum. Holloway, Ronald and Gerald Col- Jonathan. PP 1(July), 69. gan. PP 6 (March), 54-56. Siege. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 105 (Summer), 15- Torn Brown's Schooldays. Gilbert, W. Stephen. 78. Waterhouse, Robert. PP 7 (April), 50-51. PP 10 (July), 54-55. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Silence. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 2 (November), 106 (Fall), 14-29. 62-64. Tooth of Crime, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR Six Characters in Search of an Author. Shorter, 106(Fall), .44-47. Cushman, Robert. PP 12 Eric, DQTR .107 (Winter), 30-38. (September), 49-50. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 93

TravellerIVithoutLuggage,Shorter,Eric. Anderson, Michael. The regions. PP 8 (May), 52. DQTR 107 (Winter), 30-38. Ansorge, Peter. Underground explorations: made Tre lawny. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 106 (Fall), in USA. l'P 6 (March), 18, 20, 22, 24. 14-29. Taylor, John Russell. l'Pll (August), . Underground explorations: War Games. PP 6 (May). 14, 16, 17, 61. 742-43. 1Tritimph of Death. Trilling, Ossia. DQTR 105 Brine, Adrian, Donald Holloway, Michael An (Summer). 59-63, derson, and Robin Thornber. PP 10 (July), Twelfth Night. Lambert,J. W. DQTR 106 70-75. (Fall),14-29. Leonard, Hugh. PI'10 (July), Buck, Joan. Tin Pan Alley. P1' 3 (Deceniber), 64-66. 23-25. Burian, Jarka-Otomar Krejcas use of the mask. Two-Wheeler.Craig.Randall.DQTR 104 'CDR 3 (September). 46-56. (Spring), -10-46. Umbatha, Hammond, Jonathan. PP 8 (May), Campos, Christophe. Experiments for the peo- S-49. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 106 (Fall), 30- ple of Paris. TQ 8(Octobcr-December), 57-67. 32. Marowitz, Charles. NYT (May 7), 1, 26. Colgan, Gerald. Europe, Dublin -Festival, PP 8 (May), 38, 40, Unexpurgated Memoirs ofBernardMergen-. Cioppo Del., Ataltualpa. Theatre in Uruguay. TP deileis. Craig, Randall. DQTR 11)5 (Summe), 11.12 (December), 63-64. 38. Dort, Bernard. On the tight-rope. ATP 11-12 Upper Street, Supper Treat. Craig,Randall. (December), 10-13. DQTR 104 (Spring), 40-46. The fifthAll-Poland Festival of Puppet Veterans. liryden, Ronald, PP 7 (April), 30-32. Theatres in Opole. TP 4 (April), 37-38. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 105 (Summer). 15-18. Frankowska, Bozena. The teatr story in Cracow. Volpone. Knapp, Bettina. DT 2 (Winter). 69. TP 4 (April), 8-9. Was 1.1c Anyone. Esslin, Martin. PP 12 (Septem- . The Teatr Wybrzeze in Gdansk. TP 2 ber). 48-49. (February), 7-9. Waterhen, The. Anderson, Michael and Cor- Hammond, Jonathan and Peter Ansorge. Fes- delia Oliver, PP 1(October), 54-56. tival time: Iran. PP 2 (November). 46-49. Welcome, Trilling. Ossia. DQTR 105 (Summer).-Hammond, Jonathan. Fringe. PP .3 (December), 59-63. . When We Dead Awaken. Hammond, Jonathan. Greek National Theatre. PP 9 (June), PP 12 (September). 53-54. 44-45. Wild Duck, The. Trilling, Ossia. DQTR 105 . Mountain freaks. CAM 22. 57-60. (Suminer), 59-63. World theatre season 72. PP 7 (April). Wild Swans, The. Trilling. Ossia. DQTR 105 24,26. (Summer). 59-63. -. World theatre. season 72. PP 8(May), With All My Love I Hate You. Craig, Randall. 30, 32, 34. aylcr, Augy and Donald Holloway. Europe. -PP . DQTR 107 (Winter), 39-44. 8 (May), 54, 56, 84. Within Two Shadows. Holland, Mary. PP 9Holloway, Donald. Adrian Brine, and Franco (June). 22. 45. Lampert, J. W. DQTR l05 Quadri, Europe. PP 7 (April). 58-60. 86. (Summer), 15-78. . Europe: Germany, Holland, Italy. PP 9 Witness. The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 104 (Spring), (June), 50-52, 59. 33.39. Howard, Roger. China. PP 5 (February), 58, 60. Would-BeNobleman,The:Trilling,Ossia. Gibbs, Ramona. Pub theatre. PP 12 (September), DQTR 105 (Summer). 59-63. 54-55. Yerma.Ansorge,Peter.PP 9(June),43-44. Itzin, Catherine. Theatrefacts. TQ 6 (April-June), Lambert, J. W. .DQTR 106 (Fall), 30-34. 94-104. Theatrefacts. TQ 7(July-September), C. THEATRE SF.ASON REVIEWS _ 106-15. Theatrefacts. TQ 8(October-Decem... ..Adedeji. Joel. The search for an African theatre: ber); 98-111. Ola Rotimi at the Ori Olollum, Ile-Ife, Ni- Klossowicz, Jan. The strange avant-garde. TI' geria. TP 11-12 (December), 68-71. 11-12 (December), 18-21. Andevon, Michael, Cordclia Olfter, and Frank Koenig, Jerzy. A season of sucesses and anxiety. Lipsins.- Edinburgh 72. PP 2 (November), 50.54. TP 1 (January), 6-8. Anderson,Michael.Europe:festivals.PP 6 Leech. Michael. Hey, mista producer. PP 3 (De- (March), 60.61. cember), 26-27. 94 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION

Leinawaver, RichatdE.Mexico's second city: Olympic Theatre. TDR 4 (December), the 1971-72 season. LTR 1(Fall), 71. 62-91, Lichm, A. J. Theatre in Czechoslovakia. TQ 6 Sadler, Allen. The West. PP 3 (December), (14. (April-June), 72-79. Schanzer, George 0. The Mexican stage in the Nfaronitz, Charles. Theatre in London: Malcolm fall of 1971. LTR 2 (Spring), 45-9. and Macduff escape into Switzerland. .NYTSogliuzzo. A. Richard. Dario Fo: puppets for (May 7), Sec. 2. 1, 26. proletarianrevolution. TDR I(September), Nforawiec,Elzbieta. Theatricalevents. TP 2 71-77. (February). 22-25. Mfiller, Karl-Heinz. A conversation with BennoStitt. Ken, Ivan Howlett, and Michael Ander- Besson. TP 11-12 (Decembe), 30-33. son. The regions. PP 7 (April), 54, 56, 86. Natanson, Wojcicch. Moliere in Poland today. Thomber. Robin and CordeliaOliver. The TP 9 (September), 14-15. regions. PP 6 (March), 52-53. Ordaz, Lim. The Argentine theatre of today. Trilling,Ossia.Europeanfestivalround-up: TP I I -12 (December), 62-63. Vienna. Zurich, and Berlin. DQTR 107 (Win- Pontac, Perry. The Feydeatifarcefestivalof te), 59-63. nineteen-nine. PP 7 (April), 47. Peter Brook in Persia: playing with words Rischhieter.Henning and Georg Hensel. A at Persepolis, TQ 5 (January-March), 33 -40. period of transition. TP 11-12. (December),Wardle. Irving. British theatre in the past fif- 36-39. teen years. TP 11-12 (December), 42-4. Rostotsky, Boleslay. Combining theatricaltra- ditions with new trends. TP 11-12 (Decem-Waterhouse, Robert. Money and musicals. PP 8 ber), 25-27. (May), 23.26. . Rostrim, Kaspa. New tendencies in Scandina- Wysinska,Elzbieta.Theatricalevents. TP 9 vian theatre. TP 11.12; (December), 46-18. (September), 20-21. Ryan, Paul Ryder. Notes on theatre in WestZadan, Craig: Yeh, but this year is gonna be Germany. TDR 4 (December), 92-99. different. PP 3 (December), 32-33. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS IN THE FIELD OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION, 1972 CAL M. LOGUE University of Georgia Three hundred and eight doctoral dissertation abstracts from thirty-four universities are reported in the following pages. The abstractsare distributed through eight categories as follows: Instructional Development, 12; Interpersonal and Small Group Interaction, 34; Interpretation, 14; Mass Communication, 35; Public Address, 53; Rhetorical and Communication Theory, 45; Speech Science, 63; and Theatre, 52. Space limitations preclude listing abstracts in more than one category although the potential of cross-referencing is frequently apparent. Hence, each abstract has been placed in the one category in which itappears to be most appropriate. In all but a few cases that category was identified by the abstract author. Unless otherwise noted at the end of the abstract, the dissertationwas abstracted by its author. Unless a different date appears after the university citation, the dissertation was completed during the calendar year 1972. Unless otherwise specified, the dissertation was completed in fulfillment of requirements for the Ph.D.

Instructional Development The study indicated these homileticians believe that, in practice, doing and evaluation are Bresee, W. Floyd. An Analysis of Homileticsemphasized; however, realism, motivation, un- Teaching Methods Advocated by Contempo derstandingobjectives,andconsiderationof rar Homiletic Authoritiesinthe Unitedbackground are neglected.

States. Northwestern U. (1971). . Realism should be improved by sending students out more often to preach in real worship The purpose of this study was to show how,situations. Many moder.t homiletics students do contemporary homiletic authorities believe hom- notunderstandthevalue..andpotentialof iletics ought to be taughtand why. preaching and come poorly motivated to preach. Suggestions of these authoritieswere weighedThe teacher must clarify his instructional ob- against six principles of learning as denoted in jectives.Courseofferings,individualassign- the hypothesis of this study: "An analysis ofments and sermon critiques must be flexible homiletics teaching methods advocated by outenough to fit the needs and background of the standing homiletic authoritieswillreveal. an individual student. emphasis on such principles of learning as doing, 1-16mileticsneedstostressinterdisciplinary realism. and evaluation (reinforcement)-7-and acooperation, improve intradisciplinary cooper- neglect of such principles as motivation, under- ation,accentuatethedialogicprinciple, and standing objectives, and consideration of back.emphasize continuing education. ground (individuality)." A questionnaire was sent to the chairman ofCottrill, Thomas L. A Comparison of Two the homiletics department in 125 seminaries to Methods of Teaching Listening Comprehen- identify individualsconsideredbyhomiletics sion to College Freshmen. Oklahoma State U. teachers to be authorities on the teaching of Ed.D. homiletics. An instrument was then developed to use as a guide for the in-depth, personal The primary purpose of this study was to interview wit the sixteen homileticians chosen experimentallyinvestigatetheeffectiveness of as outstanding by their peers. Interviews were teachinglisteningcomprehensiontocollege tape-recorded,transcribed,analyzed,andre- freshmen by a programmed approach as opposed ported. to a conventional approach at different hours BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION of the day. Focusing upon the listening com- tegration of the efforts of all concerned on the prehension ability of freshmen, this investigation three levels of planning, production and recep- hypothesized that there should be no significant tion of broadcast programs. This requires pro- differenceinthe listening achievement scores fessionaltrainingofboth broadcasters,and of students enrolled in the basic speech course media users. The number of trained communiat Northeastern State College. due' to theowthod cation specialistsisstill small compared with of instruction received or the time of day atthe needs, and should be steadily increased if which the instruction was received A secondary the broadcast media arc to play a major role purpose of the study was to ascertain the stu- in bringing about change in developing coun- dents' attitudes toward the instructional method tries. The broadcaster must be made aware of they received. the role and potential power of mass communi- The findings allowed the following conclusions cation in the social system in which he lives, to 1w drawn with a degree of confidence: I) For This awareness is the first step in building the the present sample, the Xerox programmed ap- sense of responsibility which is a primary quali- proach to teaching listening comprehension to fication of the professional broadcaster. college freshmen is significantly better than the conventionalmethod.2)Inthisparticular Hester, Marjorie W. An Investigation of In- sample it would appear that the best hour for structor Use of Space. Purdue U. presenting listening comprehension materialis 1:01) P.M.withS:00notbeing significantly The study investigated the instructor's use of differentfronteither1:00 or10:00.3) The space in the -speech communication classroom. method of instruction and time of day the in- Relationshipsamonginstructor'sspatialbe- struction is received do not interact to produce havior,interpersonalrelationship,personality asignificanteffect on the subjects'listening characteristics,instructor sex and seatingar- achievement scores. 4) The students have little rangements were investigated. preferencefor one instructional method over Twenty-four instructors of the basic speech the other. communication course and their 452 students were studied. Each instructor's spatial behavior El. Khatib, Omar Ismail. A Functional Plan forwas measured through the use of a space .ob- Professional Training of Broadcasters in De-servation system developed for this study. The veloping Countries. Ohio State U. classroom interpersonal relationship was measured by a twenty statement instrument which It -may be reasonably predicted that the in- included four factors: teacher affection, student creasein demand for broadcast media in theaffection, control and inclusion. Three of six developing countries will continue. The future categories of space were found to have a signifi- level of this demand is related to three major cantrelationshiptostudentSperceptionof factors:growth of population, increasing perteacher affection, sti..lent affection, and inclu- capita income, and the comparatively greater sion. need for the media which a given rise of per capita income stimulates in developing coun- Personality characteristics of iustructors were- meaFured by the Maudsley Personality Inventory. tries.as compared with developed ones.All Results of comparisons of instructor rank on determinants of future demand workinthe same direction.. personality characteristic and rank inuse of space were non-significant. Test results indicated If social and economic plans of a developingthat instructors using traditional seating arrange- countryaretobearfruit,broadcastmedia ments were not perceived differently. than were should be considered part of the country's basic instructorstutting anon-traditional seating ar- facilitieslike roads, electricity, harborsfundsrangement. Personality scores were found not for which are invested not merely for immediate to be related to instructor choice of seating ar- and identifiable results, but also to promote a rangement. long-termincreaseinnationalproduction. Broadcasting resources should be expected tore- Male and female instructors were found to usespacesignificantlydifferent. .sultinaninformed, motivated and skilled Instructors people leading to the increased availability of whose students sat in a traditional seating arrangement used space differently than instructors productive manpower whetherinurban or whose students sat in a non-traditional arrange- rural areas. ment,Criticalareasoftheclassroomwere The effectiveuse of thebroadcast media. identifiedand guidelines were suggestedfor however, is possible only if there is a close in- training teachers. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 97

Marcie II,Carol. The Prediction of NIathetnat- totally devoted to speech and recommended by ical Achievement front Measures of Cogni-state departments of education, seven hardback tive Processes. Northwestern U. student textbooks for high school basic speech courses(publishedsince1965),andselected This investigation tested the interrelationships journal articles published in The.Speech Teach- among verbal-logicalcognitiveprocesses, non- er (January, 1965 through March,1972) and verbal-perceptual cognitive processes, mathemat- the December. 1972, issue of the Bulletin of the ical achievement, sex. race, and SES levels. The .Vational AssociatiOn of Secondary School Prin- predictive ability of eleven variablesforthe cipals. mathematical achievement scores of 211fifth In general, there appeared to be few differ-- gradesnideutswithinaraciallyintegrated ences among the publications with the excep- school district was studied. Ten tests of cognition of differences in extensiveness of coverage tiveprocesses,developedor adapted by the and the inclusion or exclusion of a topic. Two NationalLongitudinal Study of Nlathentatical major trends appeared to emerge in all textual Abilities (NLSNfA), and the verbal score from materials; the tendency to include communica- the School and College Abilities Tests (SCAT) tion theory and to involve students in course wereselectedaspredictorsof -mathematical planning The trend toward the inclusion of achievement. communication theory appeared to generate re- Multiple correlations were computed to showhued trends within each type of publication relationships among variables and multiple re- butt not necessarily across all three types. For gression equations were developed to determineexample, trends appeared to emerge toward: 1) the most efficient variables for use in the pre- defining communication as areceiver-oriented diction of mathematical achievement. Achieve-process; 2) including communication theory in ment was defined by the two subscores of the the orientation unit; 3) emphasizing semantics; Sequential Te;sts of Educational Progress (STEP) 4) shifting informal group communication (in- Mathematics Test. troductions, conversation, and interviews) from The null hypothesis that there is no signifi- the orientation unit to later units or eliminating cantdifference betweenthe two components it; 5) including small group theory in the dis- ofintellectualactivity(nonverbal-perceptual cussion unit;6) -placing less emphasis on de- cognitive. processes and verbal-logical cognitive livery; and 7)describing intrapersonal, inter- processes)inpredicting mathematical .achieve- personal, and public communication (discussion, ment atthefifth grade level was supported, parliamentary debate, and mass communication) Furthermore. results indicated that both com- as content. of the basic speech course. The pro-, ponents aresignificantly goodpredictorsfor fessional journal article appeared to serve the determiningmathematicalcomputationand purpose of a method for helping teachers keep mathematical basic concepts (P <11). abreast of current trends in speech education. Other remits indicated that girls did cantlybetterthanboys(P<.01).whites did Roberts, Churchill L. The Effects of Self-con- significantly better thanblacks (P<.001), and frontation, Role Playing, and Response Feed- there was no significant -difference among socio- back on the Level of Self-esteem. U. Iowa economic levels. However, the interaction of SES ('1971). and race was alsoverysignificant(P <.001). None of the differences between multiple cor- The purpose of this study was to investigate relations was significant. sonic of the ways in which self-esteem might Implications for teachers of general mathe- be .enhanced. Two videotape treatments (a play- matics as well as for teachers of students with back and no playback condition), two role play- mathematical learning disabilities were included ing treatments (a high status and low status for theory, diagnosis. and teaching strategies. condition), and three reinforcement or feedback treatments (a positive reinforcement, a negative reinforcement, and a no reinforcement condi- Ratliffe, Sharon A. A Comparative Analysis oftion). were employed. Selected MethodsTextbooks,Curriculum Guides, and Student Textbooks Intended for It was reasoned that if a subject's videotaped UseinTeaching the High SchoolBasic performance in some type of role playing situa- Speech Course. Wayne State U. tion were positively or negatively appraised by a credible source, his subsequent change in self- The purpose of this study was to provide a esteem would be greater if he were allowed, to comparative analysis of seven hardback speech sec a playback of the performance than if he methods textbooks,twelve curriculum guidesreceived the appraisal withoutitplayback. It 98 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

was also predicted that self-esteem would vary as it did not account for the results, These re- positively as a function of the form (positive or sults suggest an additional important variable,

negative) of response feedback. The .third 'hy- not measured inthis study, which influences . pothesis was that subjects who played a high.attitude change. status role would make more positive changes in self-esteem than subjects who played a low Ternent, William A. College Student Percep- status role. tions of College Course Relevance. Ohio State Subjects were selected from vocational classes, U. and a Practice job interview served as a means This study investigated student perceptions of studying thethree independentvariables. of college learning situations to better. under- Two self-esteem criterion measures were used. stand what is meant when college courses are The results showedthat onlythe second called "irrelevant." Iiypothesis could be confirmed. However, sub- GeorgeKelley'srepertory gridresearchin- jects who received a videotape playback of their strument was used to study student groups. The perforinance perceived the practice as signifi- study sought to define constructs used iu con- cantly more helpful than subjects who did not ducing,- relevance and. to determine how stu- receive aplayback Alsosubjects who played dents use those constructs in defining relevance. a high, status role found the experience mean- This study found the"issue" of relevance iipthil only when they. Were allowed to see a active for only one-third of the student sample. playback of their performance. Nforeover, when operable,theissuewasof recondary in lesser concern, save one case. Hence, Stephenson, Stephen, J. A Multivariate Analysis relevance of college courses was assessed as not itfFo,dors Predictive of Attitude Chat* hi presently' an issue meriting deliberate, intensive a Speech Situation. U. Michigan. educator concern. The purpose. of the study was to investigate Primary' concerns of those students interested in relevance center on the Iniman aspects of attitude phenomena in speech classroom settings. situation. areconcerned Two, additional purposes emerged: to -develop thelearning They about the commitment and sincerity of the in- aprop-iate measuring instrumentsto measure the audience perceptions of speaker dynamism structor with respect to attitudes and actions and authoritativeness and the audience-oriented in dealing with students and in demonstrated varialdes of topic relevancy and topic-specific dedicationtohis subject, Another . major in- confidence, and to analyze the role of these terest is having a problem oriented learning situ- variablesin communication outcomes, ation where students may develop individual objective and subjective meanings related to the The authoritativenessinstrumentwas con- subject matter. structed and refined on the basis of two factor While this study offers a view of the meaning analy,.es and item-analyses procedures and their of source relevance to college students.itdoes experimentally tested forits predictive power. notyield datathat should be usedto con- Similar 'procedures were followed in construc- struct learning situation alternatives. The study ting the relevancy and confidence instruments. outcomes suggest that much of the literature Finally, scales for the measurement of dynamism overemphasizesthe"issue" of and attitude were selected from setnantic dif- ofrelevance college courses and that most contemporary ferentialscales which had been subjectedto alternatives designed to make learning situa- factor analysis. tions "relevant" (as oppbsed to the purported Results demonstrated significant attitude gain irrelevance of traditional approaches) are of far score differences between experimental and con- more interest totheir proponents, opponents. trol groups. Large differential relevancy levels and educational policy makers than to-the -stu- were attained, but relevancy did not have the dents whose aberrations are supposed to have dominant influence suggested by some theorists. made them necessary. After the preattitude measure, the best pre- dictorsofattitudechangewereasfollows: Tuttle, George E. Development and Evaluation authoritativeness on a civil disobedience topic, ofPro7ratned Instruction Material ,in Speech dynamism on agriculture, and relevancy on drip Composition for Secondary Education. U. Il- dry clothes. These findings and others pointed to an important conclusion of the study: vari- linois. able interaction was strongly influenced by topic. The purpose of this study was:to develop The influence of topic seemed to be a result programed material in speech communication of something other than "relevancy of topic" for the secondary level and to experimentally Await:v:1s or DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 99

testthe material to measure itseffect on re White, Opal T. The. Mexican American Sub- tendon and on learner attitude. culture: A Studyin Teaching Contrastive The programed text was prepared from a Sounds in English and Spanish. U. Okla- content matrix in scramble book form using henna. branching and linear frames. Three forms of a in testinginstrument were prepared with satis- The Mexican American subculture the factory equivalent form reliability. Three hun-Southwest departs from the typical assimilation dred sixty-four high school sophomoreS at a and acculturation patterns that have for many years manydiverse large suburbanhighschoolwere placedin successfullytransformed control and experimental intact groups. foreign people into the mainstream of American life. In large part, this lack of assimilationis The data revealed that experimental groups due to the persistence of the use of Spanish performed better than control groups totally among the Mexican Americans. and atdifferent ability levels, The difference was statistically significant on the posttest. Re- This study analyzes the reasons for this per- tention over time was tested with a delayed sistence of Spanish and the resulting educational posttest. Residual scores indicated initial learn- problems in Texas. A review and evaluation ing and retention was higher in students of high- is. given the special programs implemented in er ability. 'Texas to better educate the Mexican American The observation of data from opinion andchild. Theoriesoflanguageacquisitionand time utilization surveys suggested that studentS methods of teaching a second language are re- felt the material was helpful and required less viewed. The study presents a simplified version time to complete. of English phonetics and contrastive points in Spanish phonetics that could be used in a course for Speech for the Classroom Teacher for pro- Whitaker, Bailey Bowen. An Empirical Studyspective teachers who have no Spanish language of Self-Feedback During Speech Communica- background and a limited knowledge of English tion. U. SOuthern California. phonetics. This includesa discussionofthe The general purpose of the study was to in-structure of sound systems and presents con- vestigatethe nature of self-feedback(stimuli trastive studies of the phoneme of both English receivedfromhimselfasaspeaker speaks and Spanish and the intonation patterns of the two languages as related to stress, pitch, and aloud) . itsovertmanifestations, andits lation to speech production. juncture. The research design inchided two main parts. First,the researcher gathered tape recordings Young, Robert Q. An Experimental Investiga- of 100 persons speaking in common speed' situ- tion of Reading. and Listening Comprehension ations(lectures, conversations, radio-TV inter- and of the Usd'Of Readability Formulas as views). Tlie sample was weighted toward well- Measures of Listenability. Ohio. U. educated, experienced speakers; the conservative rationale being to make it difficult to find non- The purposes of this study were to compare fluencies, mispronunciations. grammatical , mis- reading comprehension with listening compre- takes, etc. In analyzing these tapCs, the Investi- hension and toassessthe use of readability gatorfurtherrestrictedhimselfto"bliviotts" formulas as listenability formulas. instances of overtly detectablesignsofself- Experimental subjects either heard a tape of feedback relative to the preceding sentence or fourteen messages at 175 wpm or read the mes- partof asentence.Despitethesedeliberate sages presented one line at a time on film at 'constraints. 226 instances were documented. at 175 wpm. Alt subjects took the Rossitcr Listen-. least one, from each of the l00 subjects; theseing Test immediately after hearing or reading were arbitrarilylabeled "Base Sample." Two the Messages and also one week later and rated things were derived from these data: a taxonomy the interestingness and difficulty of each mes- forthediscovered "immediate" self-feedback sage. Control subjects read the messages from instances, and alist of major questions about printed pages and tookthetest.Readability self-feedback which required the gathering ofanalysis of each message was done using the additional data of different kinds. Flesch and the Dale-Chall formulas. A principal conclusion of the study: Instances The results of the study were as follows:I) of immediate self-feedback in the Base Sample There was no difference between readers and were judged to he common rather than rare; listeners on the Rossiter test either immediately evidence from the Supplementary Data justifiedafter hearing or reading the messages or one the additional term, pervasive. week later. 2) Reader and listener scores de- 100 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION creased about the same amount from the im- Interpersonal and mediate test to the later test. 3) There was a Small Group Interaction higher correlation between interestingnessrat, lugs and listener scores. than between difficulty there was aAnton, Paul. The Relative Reinforcement Ef- ratings and listener scores, but fects of ActionDriented Words and Non-Ac- highercorrelatim.betweendifficultyratings tion-Oriented Words. Ohio U. and reader scores Ilan, between interestingneSs ratings and reader scores. 1) Interestingness rat- An effort was made to apply Premack's princi- ings and difficulty ratings of each message cor-ples of relative reflex strength to reinforcement related highly. 5) There was a high correlation. effectsin written verbal language behavior. It between readability formula scores and listener was hypothesized that action behavior as repre- test scores. 0) There was no correlation between sentedbyaction-orientedwrittenlanguage readabilityformula scores and either of the (verbs) would be more reinforcing than non- ratings: There was no difference betweenaction-oriented written language (nouns) init film' reader scores and control reader scores. 13) differentially reinforced learning situation. The test used was reliable, Using a pre-experimental pretest - posttest de- signeda series of verb-associated and noun- Yousef, Pauli Salaama. Cross-Cultural Socialassociatedconsonant-initiated andvowel-initi- Communicative Behavior: Egyptians inthe ated letter-pairs (nonsense syllables) were pre- U.S. U. Minnesota. sented to Ss (all undergraduates at Ohio Uni- versity)in a prepared taskbooklet. The task The research is the result of the responses of booklets were designed to provide each subject 127 Egyptians inthe U.S.to a questionnaire with procedures containing all appropriate con- devised by the researcher and based on observ- ditions of the study. Ss responses were recorded able social' behavior isolates combined to form directly on the 'Metklet and were administered related_ sets. The data elicitedin response to in One sitting to all Ss. that .sitnational approach show consistent under- No .statisticallysignificantdifferenceswere lying themes of behavior patterns. found between action-word reinforcers and non- Three areas 'of cross-cultural social communi-action-word reinfocers. Thus. in this situation. cativebehavior are examinedinthisstudy: action-words were no more reinforcingthan guest-hostrelationshipsinterms of greeting Mut-action-words. However,itwas discovered behavior. visiting behavior; and expression ofthat there was a very significant preference for graciousnessandhospitality:expressionof consonant-initiated letter-pairs. Being more Prob- pleasureduring publicfunctions:andtime ably, they Were aparently more reinforcing than orientation in terms of social time and business vowel-initiatedletter-pairs or associated verbs time. or- nouns. The study concludes a major pattern of mu- Though action and achievement are character-. tual dependence underlies social interaction be- istic of the American Way of life, action-oriented tween Egyptians in the U.S. The interactants words (e.g.,verbs) simply did not reflectthis view their relationships in terms of guest-host fact. when used out of context as in this study. roles With situational expectations and territorial As many Si noted, various impressions shaped obligations on the part of each. A high premium their responses to the words used in the study in the relationships is set on the tnanifestation rather thantheir "meaning" which probably andpracticeofhospitality,generosityand would have reflected expected -culturally con- la rgesse. ditioned behavior. Two sub-themes of the pattern are reflected inthe expression of pleasure during public Beltran,LuisR.CommunicationinLatin functions and in social time behavior. To public America: Persuasion for Status Quo or For functionsthe performed-audience relationship National Development? Michigan State U. assumes the dimensions of a guest-host interaction. and social time behavior reflects the same Organized social communication has been-Per- roles. as ifin an openhouse context. Businessceived as highly instrumental in the attainment time. however, is viewed in definite and preciseof national development. This study explores terms. the question with reference to the Latin Ameri- In interaction with Americans the respondents' can countries, seeking to &fide whether com- behaviors seem to be a function of their knowl-munication in themespecially in the area of edge and degree of assimilation in the U.S. cul- mass 'media operationindeed serves develop- ture. ment, is indifferent toit or works counter it. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 101 The meaning of developmentto whichthe re- definition of relational communication corn- writer subscribes is broader than material groWifi plementarity using a set of predictions based on and economic advancement; he regards theseactual relational and transaction data, and mea- phenomena merely as instruments for the at-suring the reward aspect of communication be- -tainment of dignity, freedom and justicefor haviors that might be enacted for certain initi- all human beings. And itisinthe light ofating behaviors. that perspective that he appraises communication in Latin America. Bobula, James Andrew. The Hospital Nurse: The study starts with a brief review of gen- Her Self-Perceptions as Professional and as eralizations about the relationship between corn-. Communicator. Ohio State U. munication and development and of propositions pertinent to the specific roles that communica- This study investigatedthe perceptions of tionis seen able to perform in. the service of nurses at Grandview Osteopathic Hospital in development. It describes summarily the struc- DaytonOhio, regarding the nature of pro- ture of Latin American society, stressing acutefessional competence in nursing, the character concentration of power in a minority as a key of their personal styles of nursing at present, factor explanatory of the present state of under- the styles of nursing they would like to develop, development of that region. It then describes and the function of communication in hospital the concomitant phenomenon of Latin America's nursing. economic, political and cultural subordination George A.Kelley'sPsychology -of Personal to the United States of America. Constructs served as the theory and his rePertory gridresearch instrument served as the meth- Bhowmik, Dilip K. Differences in Heterophilyodology for this study. A nursing-oriented grid instrument, developed from preliminary inter- andCommunication InegrationBetween- Modern and Traditional Indian Villages inviews; was evaluated and found acceptable in a Two Types of Dyadic Encounter. Michiganpilot study. The major data gathering involved a test, a two-month interval, and a retest using State 'U. the nursing-oriented grid instrument. Forty-six The dissertation deals with two major issues interviews were conducted in the major study. related to interpersonal communication: heter- The repertory grid interview data became ophily among interacting dyads; and communi- the input for a series of factor analyses. Anal- cation integrationin information-seeking and ysis of the group as a whole (R- factor analysis) friendship communication. disclosedthatthe nurses perceive two basic Heterophily is measured as the absolute dif- components in nursing performance: interper- ference between interacting individualS on se- sonalrelationships and professional responsi- lected variables. After obtaining each dyad'sbility. Analysis of the correlations between the heterophily scores on selected variables, factor individualnurses (Q- factor analysis)disclosed analysis was- done to determine the heterophily a more precise typology consisting of the follow- dimensions. Thus, three heterophily dimensionsing six nurseimages:charismatic supervisor, emerged:statusheterophily,changecontact profession-orientedindependent,profession-or- heterophily and movie exposure heterophily. iented teamer, participant leader, team-oriented, Of the six hypotheses, only two were sup-,and patient - oriented independent. ported by the data: I) There is a greater degree The nursing types provide the contemporary of heterophily with respect to certain relevant description of nurse self-perceptions for which attributes among dyads engagedininforma- this study was undertaken. These types indicate tion-seeking communication than in friendship that integration is taking place among nursing communication. 2) Communication integration images which earlier studies found to be inde- in friendship communication is higher in morependent. This trend toward integration suggests modern villages than in more traditionalvil- that earlier conflicts over the proper character lages. of nursing are ceasing to be major personal The most significant finding to come from the problems for today's nurses. study concerns the stability in the use of trans- . With regard tothe function of .communiat- action types, as measured by a deviation fromdon in nursing, this research found that nurses an expected random distribution score, and the identify communication skill primarily with the fact that the non-Civil Defense topic involved effective transmission of task-oriented messages a more rigid use of certain transactions than did by credible sources of information and secon- the other topics. -clarify with the ability to establish rapport with- Suggestions forfor further research relate to a in' the staff. 102 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN. SPEECH COMMUNICATION Ciarls,DavidWilliam.OpinionLeadership, Mg a "goodness-of-fit" between individual and Group- Discussion, and Group Acceptance of task.It was hypothesized that groups vary in a Persuasive Television Message. U. Iowa. their sensitivity and response among individuals. The purpose was to explore effects of two Three independent variables were established. frms of interpersonal influenceendorsement First, each individual was classified acctitding to,, by an opinion leader and discussionon accep- the structure of his cognitive system. Homogen- tance of a counter-attitudinal television message. eous groups were composed in which members were cognitively' complex or cognitively simple. The theoretical rationale was based on small The other two independent variables were two group research. media forum studies, and other situational constraints: the task which was di- descriptive mass media studies. It was hypothe- vided into high information and low informa- sizedthat:a peer leader's endorsement of a tion treatments, and the "climate" which was counter-attitudinal mass media message would leveled into structured and unstructured work increase the persuasiveness of. the message more methods.Subjectsweregivenpost-discussion than a prestige leader's endorsement; a prestige questionnairesdesignedtoelicitsatisfaction leader's endorsement would make the messageresponses along seven dimensions. Each group's more persuasive than when there was no endorse- task product was judged along three dimensions. ment: group discussionfollowing an opinion The data collected were analyzed by means of leader's endorsement of acounter-attitudinal two separate multivariate analysis of variance mass media message would decrease the opinion tests. Itader's influence on acceptance of the message; discussion would increase retention of informa- The results showed that of the seven satis- tion. faction responses, the following ones were most Eighteen groups were used in the experimentsensitive to detecting significant differences: sat- with three in each of six experimental condi- isfaction responses along seven dimensions. Each tions (N = 150). A videotaped film against mari- group's task product was judged along three juana was endorsed two days after being shown dimensions. The data collected were analyzed by by a prestige or peer opinion leader except inmeans of two separate multivariate analysis of thecontroltreatment. Halfthe groups who variance tests. heard the respective endorsements and half the The results showed that of the seven satisfac- control groups discussed the message. All dis- tionresponses, the following ones were most cussions were led by the experimenter. sensitive to detecting significant differences: sat- While these exploratory hypotheses were notisfaction with the task, confidence in task prod- generally supported. the results of the studypct. and satisfaction with co-workers. The shunt- confirmed that interpersonal influence augments tanurins analysis of the performance measures the persuasive effectsof a counter-attitudinal indicatethat people involvement and action ma,s media message.It can be predicted that orientationwere mostsensitivetodetecting group discussion following exposure to a mes- significant differences. sage, endorsement by an Opinion leader, or a combination of peer leader or prestige leader Falcione, Raymond L. A Correlational Anaiysis endorsement followed by discussion will increase of Communication Variables and Satisfaction the persuasive effects of a television message. with Immediate' Supervision in a Large_ In- dustrial Organization. Kent State U. Di Salvo, Vincent S. A Multivariate Analysis of Variance. Investigation of the . Effects. of The purpose of this study was to analyze the InformationProcessing Ability, Amount 'of relationships among the degree of perceived Task Relevant Infortnation and Group Cli-trust in superior-subordinate relationships, the mate on Group Behavior. Bowling Green degree of subordinate participation in decision- State U. (1971). making and subordinate satisfaction with im-- mediate supervision. The study was also de This study was based upon the proposition signed to determine the role of perceived super- that the effects of group composition on satis- visor credibility as it relates to subordinate sat- faction and performance is dependent upon the isfaction with immediate supervision. A final situationalconstraints confronting the group. purpose of the study was an analysis of the Two strategies were implemented. The first "communicationclimate,"dealingspecifically considered the behavior of the group to he a with: feedback permissiveness, feedback respon- function ofthe individuals making upthe siveness, feedback perceptiveness, communication group The second suggested attempts at achieve- reciprocity. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 103

. The study may be characterized as adescrip- tic differentialtest of subjects' perceptions of tive-analytical study of data gathered from 145 the opposing group. The other was an analysis respondents across four interrelated departmentsof communication behavior as viewed on video in a large industrial organization by means of tape by a team of competent judges. personallyadministered groupquestionnaires There was no evidence of intergroup per- and individual interviews. ception change. Thus that hypothesis was not Statisticallysignificantrelationshipswere accepted. found to exist between subordinate satisfaction There was support for the hypothesis relative with immediate supervision and all of the above to communication behavior. variables eiccept feedback permissiveness. A par- These findings suggestthatchangeagents. ticularly high relationship was existent between should not expect positive communication from subordinate satisfaction and perceived supervisor merely bringing together polarized groups. That credibility, particularly with the safety factor. positiveinteractioncanoccurwithtraining In all four departments there was evidence ofsuggests the possibility of fruitful areas of re- supervisors behaving in ways consistent with the search relative to communication between polar- basic premises of McGregor's Theory Y. Whether ized groups. these behaviors were exemplary of a conscious adoption of such a Philosophy was impossible Guimaracs, Lytton L. Communication Integra- to determine by the data. The findings also sup- tion in Modern and Traditional Social Sys- ported McGregor's Theory Y in that perceptions tems: A Comparative Analysis Across Twenty of trust and perceptions of sincere concern for Communities of Minas Gerais, Brazil. Mich- one's welfare were based on a high degree of igan State U. subordinateparticipationindecision-making and reciprocal interpersonal relationships be- The central focus of the present study was on tween superiors and subordinates. communication integration, defined as the degree to which the subsystems and individual units Fox, Denamae D. The Influence of Perception of a communication ,system are structurally in- Training on Communication Between Pol- terconnected via interpersonal channels. Com- arized Groups of Officers and Inmates at themunication intcgration was measured through Colorado Women's Correctional Institution. sociometric choices given by respondents in 20 U. Colorado. Brazilian communitics on a criterion concerned with formal friendship. The purpose of this research was to deter- The sociometric data obtained were fed into mine the degree to which training in percep- a computer that provides an index of communi- tioncould improvecommunication betweencationintegrationfor each community. This polarized groups. index correlated positively with innovativeness, The general hypothesistested was that adefined as the degrre. to which an individual curvilinear relationship exists between the time adopts new ideas relatively earlier than others of contact between represtntatives of polarizedin his social system. groups and positive evaluation. Empirical hy- Results of correlations between communica- potheses tested were that initial contact between tion integration and selected intra-system and polarized groups is negative, continued limitedextra-system modernization variables show that contact without intervention of planned train-none of the intra-system variables (interpersonal ing results. in deterioration to a more negative trust,socialparticipation, opinion leadership level of evaluation than that manifest in the concentration) contribute significantlyto com- initial contact, and that continued contact withmunication integration, or vice-versa. Most of the intervention of training reverses the nega- the extra-system variables (mass media exposure, tive trend resulting in more positive evaluations. externalcontacts, change agents contacts) do Seven inmates and seven officers were selectedcontribute significantly for the integration of the as the experimental group, and fourteen mem- communication system, or vice-versa. bers of the institutionserved as the control The findings suggest a model according to group. Subjects engages' in twelve encounterswhich a system's internal inputs are "weakly.' in which they first received no training, then related to communication integration and mod- received training involving understanding and ernization, while its external inputs are "strong- applicationofcommunicationprinciplesto ly" related to these same variables. It is argued, situations within the prison. however, that certainintrinsiccharacteristics Two measures tested the hypotheses utilizing of 2. social system (its degree of openness and a before-and-after test design. One was a seman- capability for reorganization) may be directly 104 HI Bt. LOG RA P H IC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION relaied to its degree Of communication integra- Focused on itsub-population of the elderly, tion. and hence, modernization. Additional re- the study explores the communication needs and search is suggested to explore further the rela- patterns of individuals within a senior citizen tionships of intra-system and extra-sysr volunteer organization. Two research questions ableS With communication integration and mod-guide theinquiry: what influence do status ernization. crystallization and social disengagement have on the expressed communication and life satisfac- Harwood, Philip J. An Experimental Study of tion of the volunteers, and are there significant theEffect on Message Comprehension ofdifferences in orientationto interaction based Generator-PerceiverSimilarityinOrganiza- upon sex and stains crystallization comparisons tional Skills. Ohio U. which bear on the kinds of volunteer activities desired and accepted by aged volunteers? This study investigated the effect of two mes- Research on social disengagement. volunteer sages. each of which incorporated and empha-organizations, and status crystallization.isin- sizedparticularskillcategoriesidentifiedin tegrated in an extension of "grounded theory." Form S of the Goyer Organization of Ideas Test Thirteen related research hypotheses are arrayed (Gorr). on comprehension. for testingwith reliable instruments. The empirical hypotheses were The study can be classified as a tion-expeti- I) Subjects scoring in the upper quartile on mental,field-survey,case study. Extended in- items dealing. with Component /Sequential Re- terviews with organizational and advisory board lationships (Factor One) of the -GMT (Form S) staffmembers,archivalresearch,anddense will score significantly higher than lower quar-satnpling of the 228 members in structured in- tilesubjects on the immediate and delayed terviews, provide the data for the study. administrations of the comprehension test dealing with materials from the message stressing No support is found for the hypotheses that low status crystallization volunteers are signifi- the Factor One Skillcategory of Component . Rela ionsh ips. candy more disengaged, manifest a more in- 2) Subjects scoring inthe upper quartile on strucental orientation to social interaction, evi- items dealing with Material-to-Purpose/Transi- dence lesslife satisfaction and communication tional Relationships (Factor Two) of the COITsatisfaction than high status crystallization volunteers, Similar findings are reported related (Form S)Willscoresignificantly higher than lower quartile subjects on_ the immediate and to sex. delayed administrations of the coinprehension Extended analysis also provides no support for test concerned with materials from the message either the status Crystallization theory of social emphasizing the Factor Two skill categories, disengagement or the aging theory of disengagement. The COIT (Form S), administered to thirty- Tentative qualifications of' status crystalliza- four university basic speech sections, identified tion theory applied to retired individuals, al- the tipper and lower quartiles in each of the truisticallymotivatedvolunteers, and women test's two factors. The class sections were then are proposed. Moreover, a refined instrument to presentedviataperecording withoperationalizing statuscrystallization andso- one of the two versions of an informationalcioeconomic status in a combined ordinal scale tri:siige which contained the same information is developed for use in future research. but varied to the extent each stressed one of the GOIT factor skill categories. The subjects Hunt, Gary. T. Communication, Institutional were then exposed to a message comprehension Satisfaction, and Participative Decison-Mak- test, followed by a delayed administration two ing at Three American Colleges. Purdue U. weeks later Two. fact or factorial analyses of variance were This is an analytical and correlational study employed. Bothofthe above empirical hy- which investigated "communication satisfaction," potheses were confirmed, suggesting .th'zit similar- "institutional' satisfaction," and "style of deci- ityinorganizationalskillsfacilitates sharing sion-making ".amongadministrators,faculty in generator-perceiver communication members, and students at three colleges. Re- putedly at each of the three colleges it different Hilpert, Fred P. Jr. The Relationship of Status degree of participative decision-making (PDM) Crystallization,OrientationtoInteraction,was present in the college's governance system. and Social Disengagement to Specific Satis-Faculty members and students, reportedly, par. factions of Aged Community Volunteers. U.ticipated fully on all academic decisions at the Oregon. college with the most PDM. Data for the study ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 105

Were collected by means of a questionnaire given interpersonal attraction-competence among low to samples of faculty members and students and transparents in unstructured task environments by_ interviews with college administrators. than among high transparents in the same en- Among the major findings were:1) "Com- vironment; and 4) more revealingness among munication satisfaction" and "in,titutional satis- high transparents than among low transparents. faction" were highest among all subjects groups Overall, jourard's theory of the Transparent Self at the college with the most PDT[. 2) "Com-was not empirically supported. munication satisfaction" and "institutional satisfaction"werehigher among administratorsKing, LeRoy 0. A Study of Communication in than among faculty members and students..3) the Role Relationships Between Coaches and Faculty members and students, at all three col- Athletes. U. Denver. leges. wanted more opportunities to participate in the decision-making processes oftheirin- This study investigated the assumption that stitutions.4)Administratorsratedthecom- the communication patterns between coaches munication environment at their colleges more and athletes are related to the manner in which favorably than did faculty members and stu- athletesperceivetheauthorityroleofthe dents. 5) Positive statistically Significant correla- coach. Two questions were posed for investi- tions (ranging from .19 to .41) were found be- gation: 1) Do coaches and athletes look similarly tween "communication satisfaction" and "in- upon the authority role of the coach in hii be- stitutional satisfaction." havioral dimensions of competence, potency or supportivcness? 2) Do athletes demonstrate a Kelley, Clifford W. A Multivariate Analysis of"consensual accuracy" or "consensual inaccuracy" Task, Structure, Transparency and Interper- intheir descriptions oftheir perceived role sonal Attraction in Small Groups. Bowling relationship with their respective coaches? Green State U. A modified semantic differential questiontiaire assessed the three behavioral dimensions of a The purposes of the present study were to in- coach as perceived by both coaches and athletes. crease the sensitivity of the Jourard Self-Dis- A revised "Interpersonal Test" was used by closure Questionnaire and examine the relation-athletes consisting of different statements de- ships between task structure and transparency scribing behavior dimensions for each of two on measures of interpersonal attraction, reveal._sets,"I-Him" and "He-Me." The tests and ingness, and task success. . questionnaires were administeredtosamples A 2 X 2 extreme groups factorial design re- of athletes and coaches from eight different solved to two levels of task structure (structured intercollegiate basketball teams. and unstructured) and two levels of transparency All of the I-Him and He-Me sorts on each (high and low). Eighty male subjects from an in- team were correlated, then cluster analysis was troductoryspeechcourseatBowling Green employed to assess the consensual accuracy or State University were assigned to one of four consensual inaccuracy among athletes in their experimental treatments on the basis of trans- perception of their oaches. parency pretest scores. Factor analysis of the The investigation found insignificantvaria- JSUQ operationalized transparency as a dimen- tions in the way athletes and coaches look upon sion of the disclosability of topics associated with the authority role of the coach. personal sexuality. Task structure was defined ine. tvrins of Shaw's task qua task classification sys- Data from the "Interpersonal Test" revealed that ailileies demonstrated a consensual accuracy tem.Byrne'sInterpersonalJudgmentScale constituted the attraction criterion in addition more in their perception of the coach's competence and a consensual inaccuracy more in their toasinglerevealingness measure constructed for this study (p = 7 variates). Error associated perceptionofthecoach's potency and sup- with task success measures precluded statistical portiveness. Athletes demonstrated more con- comparisons between groups. Multivariate andsensual accuracyintheir perceptionof the univariaie analysis of variance, regression anal- coach(I-Him) thanin how they think the ysis. and discriminant analysis were conductedcoach perceives them (He-Me). onthe seven-variable systemlabeled"Inter- personal Competence." Kirkpatrick,E. Kay. The Effect of Selected Results of the study suggested:I) factor in- Background and Performance Variables up- varianceforthe sexuality dimension of the on Certain Types of Hesitations and Syntactic JSDQ: 2) a positive (but weak) correlation be- ComplexityinSmallGroupDiscussions. tween transparency and revealingness; 3) greater Louisiana State U. 106 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION

The purpose of this study was to assess the more 1) immediacy of response(behavioral relationship, in a small group discussion, be- contagion), 2) attraction, and 3) satisfaction than tween American College Test Scores, Socio-Eco-subjects in nonimmediate interviews. Analyses nornic Statusscores, Audience SensitivityIn- were projected to cover all main and interaction ventory scores, Intellectual Disposition Category effectsoftheresearchdesign which was a scores from the Omnibus Personality Inventory, counter-balanced, 2 X 2 X 2 factorial model. Speech Skill scores and sex on the one hand and Three sets of scores, obtained through content syntacticcomplexityandcertainhesitations analysis of interviews, word counts, and ques- (filled pauses, hesitatory formulas, silent pausestionnaires, were submitted to an ANOVA2 com- and articulation rate) on the other. puter program for multiple analyses of variance. Thirty-onefreshman speech students were Four major findings resulted: Nonimmediate recorded in small group discussions after which interview protocols produced nonimmediate re- their speech was analyzed for syntactic complex- sponses from interviewees, while immediate pro- ity (after Yngve, 1960, as modified by Martintocols produced immediate responses. Female and Roberts, 1966). The paper and pencil testssubjects were more nonimmediate than male were given in separate sessions following the subjects. Subjects were more attracted to male group discussions. The data were analyzed using interviewers thantofemale interviewers,for an Analysis of Co-Variance and a Pearson Prod-one of two attraction items. And for one of uct-Moment Correlation. two attraction items, subjects were more satis- None of the independent variables produCedfied with male interviewers/immediate protocols a significant main effect upon syntactic com- and female interviewers/nonimmediate protocols plexity. The measure used seemed inadequate tothan with male interviewers /nonimmediate pro- analyze informal, oral speech. tocols and female interviewers/immediate pro- Only three of the six independent variables tocols. produced a significant main effect upon hesitation scores. They were Speech Skill, Intellectual Lloyd, James Fenton.Verbal Communication Disposition Category scores and College Test Patterns of SelectedPublic Relations Prac- scores. The findings indicate that a skilled speak- titioners. Ohio StateU. eris one who has. fewer pauses, fewer filled pauses and who speaks faster than less skilled The purpose of this study was to analyze the speakers. verbal communication behavior of public re- A person with a strong intellectual attitudelations practitioners in terms of selected com- (high !DC score)exhibits significantlyfewer munication dimensions to determine which di- filled pauses and hesitatory formulas while hemensions receive the most emphasis in terms speaks significantly faster. The same is true ofof the amount of time spent. a person characterized by higher intellectual Communication dimensions measured consis- achievement (higher ACT scores). ted of sixteen behaviors within three major dimensions of direction (external, upWard, down- Liebig, Mark G Behavioral Contagion, Attrac- ward, external), type (oral, written), and activity tion,andSatisfactioninImmediate and(sending, receiving). Thirty-four subjects were NonimmediateVerbalCommunication.U. interviewed and asked to respond to the quan- Denver. titative instruments and open-ended discussion questions. The purpose of this study was to investigate The communication behavior of the subjects effects of the immediacy channel upon three in-under study was not a function of: the major terpersonal communication outcomes: behavioral field studied in college, the number of years contagion, attraction and satisfaction. In addi-of exposure to college journalism courses, ex- tion to the immediacy factor, sex of interviewer perience in the mass media, the percentage of and composition of the interview (i.e., male ortime engaged in public relations activities, or female subject with male or female interviewer) the, time elapsed since college attendance. Sub- were controlled for post hoc analyses. Eighty jects did not reveal that they spend significantly subjects were randomly assigned to eight ex-more time with direct than with written types perimental conditions, each condition consistingof communication. Subjects were not found to of adifferent combination of immediate or spend significantly more time engaged in send. nonimmediate interview protocol, male or fe- ing activities than receiving. Subjects did report male interviewer, and male or female subject. spending significantly more time withinthe Three major hypotheses stated that subjectsexternal and upward directions titan within the inimmediate interviews produce significantlydownward and horizontal directions. Subjects ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 107 did not report spending significantly more time Marr, Theodore Jon. Conciliation and Verbal within the external direction than the upward Responses as Functions of Orientation and direction. Threat in Group Interaction. U. Iowa. \o significant evidence was found to support the training of future practitioners in one area This study was designed to discover the re- of communication over another, There does ap- lationship between a group member's concilia- pear to be a shift from the behavioral emphasestory behavior as well as his orientation and on written forms of communication to the more threat verbal behavior and the antecedent ori- personal or mal forms and the utilization ofentation and threat verbal behavior of other improved communication technology. The evi- members of the group. dence seems to indicate that the practitioner is The experimental design simulated a group more of a communication generalistthan adiscussion in which the participants tried to specialist. achieveconsensus.Thewritten"discussion statements" received by each subject were pre- determined by the experimenter according to the Mabry, Edward A. A Test of the Phase Pattern four experimental treatments: low orientation- Model for Small Task-oriented Group Dis- lowthreat, low orientation-highthreat, high cussions. Bowling Green State U. orientation-lowthreat,and high orientation- The purposes of this study were to: develop.high threat. a conceptual model of task-oriented small group Each subject made five responses during the development using Parsons' patternvariables game. For each response, he chose from a dif- as the components of a general system and form ferent set of four prepared statements, one of a preliminary operationalization of the pattern the four corresponding to each condition. The variables, as an obserVer category system, that subject was told that if consensus was achieved could yield data for exploratory analysis of the he would receive a monetary reward. developmental model. This study confirmed previous findings: high. The four phases of the model are latency,orientationverbalbehavior evokes a greater adaptation,integration,andgoal-attainment. degree of conciliatory behavior than low ori- Latency was defined by the pattern variables entation verbal behavior in a consensus achiev- diffuseness, quality, neutrality and universalism.ing context.. Low threat verbal behavior, how- Adaptation was defined by 'neutrality,speci- ever, did not evoke a greater degree of concilia- ficity, universalism and performance, Integrationtory behavior than high threat verbal behavior, was defined by effectivity, diffuseness, paticular- but there was a significant interaction between ism, and quality. The final phase of goal-attain- orientation and threat. High threat statements ment was defined by the pattern variables affec- facilitatedconciliatory behavior more in the tivity,particularism,specificity, and perform- high orientation condition than low threat state- ance. ments did. Females exhibited significantly great- The patternvariables were operationalizeder conciliatory behavior than males. as a set of process observation categories classify- Subjects who received high orientation state- ing verbal and nonverbal content themes ob-ments responded with significantly more high served during group interaction. Observationsorientation statements and less high threat state- made on 21 groups of undergraduate women ments than those who received low orientation showed the category system had a high degreestatements. The threat and orientation responses of reliability. Results from a priori comparisons across time were analyzed. and subsequent pair-wisej'nonorthogonal comparisons did not confirm the existence of four Nrix, Clarence Rex.Interpersonal Communi- sequential phases in group development. cation Patterns, Personal Values, and Predic- tive There were threesourcesof experimental Accuracy: An Exploratory Study.U. error discussed to explain the results: possible Denver. invalidity of the dependent variables, influence This study was an attempt to clarify relation- of the group task, and biasing effects of the ex- ships among some basic communication variables perimental procedures. Suggestions for furtherand to formulate directions for future investi- research included: re-evaluation of the category gations into factors associated with the inter- system, 'using less structured tasks with groups personalcommunicationoutcome"predictive meeting for more and longer sessions, and re- accuracy." visionof experimental procedures concerning Designed as an exploratory study, this investi- thecollectionof writtensolutions from thegation attempted to answer questions such as: 1) groups. To what extent, if any, are interpersonal inter- 108 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION action patterns similar among persons who have in an office cluster occupied similar positions in similar personal values or who are perceived the communication network. with a high degree of accuracy? 2) To what ex- Second, the vertical design of one research tent, if any, are personal values similar among centeraffectedthecommunicatoinnetwork persons who have similar interpersonalinter- throughout the research center. Two separate action patterns or who are perceived with a high informal communication systems occurred, one degree of accuracy? in each tower structure. These two networks ap- Data were collected from seventy-six matched peared to function independently of each other: members of a stereotypical dyadic relationship little informal communicatoin took place be- and subjected to factor analysis and nonpara- tween the scientists of the two towers. metric statistical procedures. A total of twelve Third, psychological centers occurred in both interpretable factors were derived and the fol-research centers. These were located primarily, lowing major conclusions were drawn with re- but not exclusively, in common areas. In the gard to this sample: Accuracy of perception was present study the key factors in determining related to interpersonal communication patterns whether an area served as a psychological center that .were perceived by the receiver as concerned was its proximity to work areas and similarity and considerate and perceived by the initiator asof research interests. being relativelyfree of threat from there- Abstracted by ALTON BARBOUR ceiver.If the receiver felt the initiator to be concerned for him and considerate of him, per-'Pacific), John, Jr. A Quasi-Experimental Study ception tended to he accurate. If the initiator of Communication Outcomes of Three Man- felt the receiver to be a source if little, if any; agement InstructionPrograms.. Purdue U. threat to him, the perception tended to be accurate. Religious or political values held by the This was a quasi-experimental study which initiator had little, if any, effect on the accuracyexamined the effects of three types of manage- with which he was perceived, but the initiator's ment instruction on selected communication out- communication patterns were systematically re-comes. The three programs investigated were: lated to his religious values. an executive development program, a management training program, and a university-level communication course. Nations,Kenneth.InformalCommunication The primary objectives of the study were to Among ResearchScientists:Influenceof determine the effects of these programs on stu- Architectural Design. U. Denver. dents' ability to: evaluate the "feedback receptiveness" of a designated communicator (shown The purpose of the investigation was to determine whether environmental on TV), evaluate the "feedback responsiveness" designfeatures of that same communicator, answer a series of were associated with differing patterns of in-"knowledge" questions, and answer a series of formal communication among research scientists. "inferentialability" questions. The secondary Three data. gathering methods were employed: objectives were to determine various relationships questionnaires, non-participant observations, and among students' scores on those same dependent interviews. Overlay analysis was used to provide visual inspection of gross patterns of informal variables. The ex Post facto objectives were to determine: the effect of the Executive Develop- communication superimposed upon architectural ment Program on a superior's evaluation of 'the lloorplans. student's back-on-the-job feedback receptiveness Two architecturally different research centers and, responsiveness, andrelationshipsamong were selected as field sites of the study. One re-scores earned on the four dependent variables searchcenterwas specificallydesignedwith and peer ratings of "open-mindedness," "inter- spatial areas intended to facilitate and impede personal relationships," "ability to think critical- informal communication. The other research ly and analytically," "tact," "self expression," center was not specifically designed to influence and"leadershipqualities."These objectives patterns of informal communication. Fifty-sixwere translated into ten hypotheses and one re- research scientists served as the subjects in the search inquiry. investigation. Analysis of data' collected from 207 subjects Three important findings were revealed byrevealed that in only two (of twelve possible) means oftheoverlayanalysis methodology. instances did training appear to produce signifi- First, the architectural clustering of offices cor- cant improvements with respect to the primary responded to the sociometric pattern of the com- hypotheses. Two (of six' possible)significant munication networks. Scientists in key locations relationships relating to the secondary hypothe- ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 109 ses and eighteen (of forty-five possible) significant action level interaction coding scheme was an in- relationships relating to the- ex post facto integral part of the study. The major transaction- quiry were discovered in the present study. al patterns investigated were symmetry, comple- mentarily and transitory. The major purpose of Phelps, Lynn, Alan. Explicitness and Effortthe study was to compare the interpersonal be- Factors of Commitment as Determinants ofhay. iors and transactional communication pat- Attitude ChangeinaCounter-attitudinal terns of dyadic systems exhibiting different levels Communication Paradigm. U. Southern Cali- of perceived role discrepancy strain. fornia. A comparison of 65 husband-wife dyads differentiated by degree of role discrepancy showed The study examined the relationship of the significant differences in dyadic communication explicitness and effortfactors of commitment behaviors. Lower role discrepancy dyads spent whichwerederivedfromtheKies lerand more time together, talked with one another Sakumura (1966) model. The 2' X 2 posttest-onlymore, talked about more topics,particularly control group design contained thefour ex- more perSonal topics and were more satisfied perimental conditions of low effort-privateness, withtheircommunicationrelationshipand low effort-publicness, high effort-privateness and their marriage. Further low discrepant dyads high effort-publicness. compared to high discrepant dyads were found Based on prior research, the first hypothesis to express more support messages, fewer wife predicted that subjects encoding under a con- one-up control movements, more husband one- dition of publicness would exhibit greater at-down transitory transactions, more unsuccessful titude change than subjects encoding under a talk-overs, and fewer symmetrical transactions. condition of privateness. Results supported this hypothesis. The second hypothesis was designed to testRunkle, Judith Ann. A Survey of the Small theeffortfactor and predicted that subjects Group Techniques Used in College Beginning encoding tinder a condition of high effort would Speech Classes. U. Minnesota. exhibit greater attitude change than subjects who encoded under a condition of high public- The purpose of this study was to determine publicness would exhibit the greatest amount ofthe status of small group activities in beginning attitude change. The third hypothesis was de- speech classes in American institutions of higher signed to test the additive rationale and the re- learning. Data was collected from 297 teachers sults supported the hypothesis. of the firstcourse during the 1970.71 school year. The final hypothesis predicted that subjects who encoded tinder a condition of low effort- Information about the nature of the institu- privateness would exhibit the least amount oftion, structure of the beginning speech course, attitude change. Although this group exhibitedand the instructor was analyzed by the chi square the least amount of attitude change, the amounttest of difference in frequencies to determine of change was not significantly different fromwhether these variables affected the small group the subjects who encoded under conditions of techniques used in the first course in speech. low effort-publicness or high effort-privateness.The following conclusions were reached: 1) The Therefore, the results did not support the fourth farther west the school, the greater the likeli- hypothesis. hood that small group activities will be used in the rust course. 2) Small schools tend not to use Rogers, L. Edna. Dyadic Systems and Transac- small groups in beginning speech classes. 3) The tional Communication In a Family Context.least Use of small group activities occurred when Michigan State U. tentofourteen faculty members taught the course. 4) Very small and very large classes tend This research investigated communication be- seldom to use small group activities. 5) The haviors of dyadic systems. The study, designed more public-speaking oriented a class is, the less within the general systems theoretical frame, em- likelyitwillinclude small groupactivities. phasizes the relational and process aspects of in- The inure communication oriented theclass, terpersonal communication. The research prob-the more likely it will include small group ac- lem involved a theoretical description of system tivities.6)Instructors with some training in characteristics of dyads, the indexing of systemsmall group communication will probably use states concerningrolerelationships andthesmall groups in their beginning speech clasies. measurement of system patterns and processes7) The more important a teacher thinks small of communication. The development of a trans- groups are for beginning speech, the more likely 110 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION 0 he will develop a unit in small group communi- of the six information conditions and a subse- cation as part of his course. quent twenty-minute discussion. No significant differences were obtained among group decisions Russell, Hamish M. Coorientation Similarityas a function of information type or amount Toward Procedural Aspects of Communica-or an interaction between the two variables. tion: A Study of Communication Between Ex- Group efficiency was measured interms of tension Agents and Their Supervisors. Mich- the amount of time required to complete the igatt State U. rank-orderingtask. No significantdifferences This research examined the association be- among treatments were obtained. tween interpersonal attraction between Members Participants made individual ratings of task of extension agent/supervisor dyads and theirdifficulty and complexity, group performance, level of coorientational similarity toward the own liking for the discussion task, and ratings procedural aspects of their communication, of individual .performance. No significant dif- On the basis of two proposed .extensions offerences were obtained among the six condi- the interpersonal, collective level ofNewcomb's tions. Performance ratings were higher, how- coorientationmodel,predictionswere made ever, in consensus groups than in non-consensus about the effect of two levels of similarity with groups respectto communicationagreement and ac- Consistent findings of no differences in de- curacy. cision making behavior, efficiency in terms of Data were obtainedseparatelyfrom bothtime consumed indiscussion, and individual members of '100 supervisor/field agent dyads in ratings of the group and individual performance a Cooperative Extension Service. Using a factor lead to the conclusion that, for the sample and analysis of sixty items relating to the proceduralexperimental conditions utilized in the present rules of cotntnunication, four independent di-study, increasing the amount and specificity of mensions of procedural communication wereinformation does not improve group decisions identified. Theie dimensions focus on different or efficiency and does not enhance participants aspects of sharing. or interdependence, in the ratings. dyadnew ideas, family and personal activities, the responsibilityfor seeing tasks through to Schubert, George W. A Comparison of Student completion, and the responsibility for seeing Clinicians'Behaviors as Measured by the that the tasks are in fact undertaken. Analysis of Behavior of Clinicians (ABC) There was a high level of both agreement Scale. U. Washington. and accuracy between most supervisory pairs with respect to both the procedural rules of The purpose of the study was to use the communication and their expression in actualAnalysis of Behavior of Clinicians (ABC) Scale communication. In general, greater agreement to determineifdifferences exist inobserved and accuracy about communication proceduresclinician behaviors when comparing beginning . were associated with higher interpersonalat- student clinicians with advanced student clin- traction (as indicated by role satisfaction, the icians. perceived formality of the relationship, and the Two groups of subjects were randomly selected for participation in the study. All subjects supervisor's evaluation of the field agent). . were undergraduatestudentsmajoring in Ryland, Edwin H. Information Input and Per-veech pathology at the University of Washing- formance in Small Decision Making Groups. ton. Group I consisted of ten student clinicians Louisiana State U. beginning their clinical practictim experience. Group II consisted of ten clinicians advanced The following research hypothesis was investi- in their clinical practicum experience. gated: Increasing the amount and specificity of The study consisted of recording observed informationshouldfacilitategroupdecision clinicalbehaviorsofitucientcliniciansand making and enhance subsequent measures. clients according to class of clinician (Group I Statistics, examples, and testimony were varied or Group II). The ABC Scale was used to record in minimal and augmented amounts of informa- and quantify 12,000 clinician-client behaviors tiontoproducesixexperimentalconditions from each group. assigned to four groups per condition with four Interpretation of the data revealed signifi- subjects per group. Groups rank-ordereda set cant difference in clinician-client behaviors when of four solutions previously generated and rank- comparingbeginning andadvancedstudent ed by a panel of experts for solution of a prob- clinicians. Also. the ABC Scale proved a useful lem in labor economics following input of one tool for identifying clinical behaviors and re- ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS I l l veiling the clinical changes which occur as the es, five of-which studied a short unit of mythol- studentcliniciansprogressintheirclinical ogy in a teacher-directed situation and five in experience. a student-centeredsituation employing small discussion groups for at least half the class time. Sewell, Edward H., Jr. The Effects of Orienting A percentile rank on a standardized test of Instructions and Monetary Incentives on Us..reading comprehension was obtained from each toning Achievement. Ohio U. student's permanent record and used as a control variable. A posttest of comprehension was con- The purpose of this study was to investigatestructed by the experimenter and revised slight- the effects of two motivational variables (orient- ly after a pilot study. ing instructions and monetary incentives) on The test was designed to probe whether the I ist en ing achievement. instructional methods produced a different mean One hundred twenty volunteer subjects en-achievement, whether students under one con- rolled in basic communication courses were as- ditionperformedbetterathigher cognitive signed to the six cells in a two-way analysis of levels, and whether' the body of knowledge ac- variance design. The dependent variable was quired by the class as a whole differed with the a twentitem listening achievement test overcommunication structure used in class. the contents of the spe&h listened to by all Results indicated that in conditions such as subjects. Subject ratings of the interestingnessthose described in the study, groups of that tran- of the speech were also collected using a seven-sitory nature produce no characteristic effect on interval scale. the learning of subject matter. There were no significant differences on the Observations during the experiment raised listening achievement test scores due to either the pointthat perhaps groups asthey are the orienting instructions or monetary incen-normally used in the classroom are not true tives. Subject ratings of the interestingness of"mature" groups and so will not produce the the speech revealed a significant main effectlearning characteristics associated with learning for orienting instructions with subjects in thegroup research. interesting and neutral orientation conditions evaluating the speech as significantly more in-Sundell, Wayne. The Operation of Confirming teresting than subjects in the boring orientation and Disconfirming Verbal Behavior in Se- condition: lected Teacher-Student Interaction. U. Den- Two post facto analyseS of variance revealed ver. that male subjects scored significantly higher on the listening achievement test than female The purpose of this investigation was to de- subjects, and that subjects with high grade pointscribe the operation of confirming and discon- averages scored significantly higher on the testfirming verbal behavior in teacher-student inter- than subjects with low grade point averages.action using the Sieburg Category System. This There were, however, no significant interactions system was comprised of five disconfirming and between, either sex or grade point average and five confirming verbal behaviors. the two major independent variables of orient- Three research questions were explored: 1) ing instructions and monetary incentives. What patterns of teacher verbal behavior would be found using this system? 2) What patterns Smith, Patricia G. An Empirical Study of theof student verbalbehavior would be found Learning Taking Place in Two Different using the same system? 3) -Is there a sequential relationshipbetweenteacher-student confirm- ClassroomConununicationSituations.U. _ ing/disconfirming verbal behavior? Colorado. The investigator scored classroom interaction The study sought to examine the learning in 37 junior high school classes. A cluster anal- which took place in two different classroom com- ysis yielded two distinct teacher clusters. Clus- municationsituations: teacher-directedand ter I used Category 7 (agreement abOut content) student-centered,especiallythatcharacterized rather extensively, while cluster H had a relative by the use of small group discussion. The learn- absence of thisverbalization. Also, clusterI ing which was examined was limited to cognitive used confirming categories approximately 90% learning of subject matter in literature classes. of the time, while cluster II was divided equally Subjectsoftheempiricalstudy were 200 between confirming and disconfirming categories. seventh-grade students in four schools of the A cluster analysis also yielded two distinct Greater Denver area and their seven literature student clusters. One major distinction was the teachers. Students were in ten established class- useof Category 9(clarificationofcontent) 112 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION which occurred 12.22% of the time in clusterrather than compete at their group task. 5) In- I and 0.28% in cluster II. Category 6 (directteraction rates tend to be greater between adja- acknowledgment) accounted for 70.27% of thecent members of a group than between members total student verbalizations indicating a limited sitting opposite from each other. 6) Interpersonal repertoire in the classroom. attraction tends to be greater between adjacent Arelationshipwas demonstratedbetween members than between members sitting opposite paired teacher and student confirming/discon- from each other in a group. 7) Productivity firming category classifications. When teachers tends to be greater in a cooperative group task were confirming. students tended to be con- when subjects are able to sit adjacent rather firming; -and when teachers were disconfirming,than opposite from each other in a group. students tended to be disconfirming. However, the most frequently used student category. re-Thomlison, T. Dean. CoMmunication as Dia- gardless of the teacher's prior assertion, was logue: An Alternative. Southern Illinois U. Category 6 (direct acknowledgment). The two primary purposes of this study were Thomas, Carol N. Kuruhara. An Experimental to define communication as dialogue and to ex Study of Some Effects of Varied Interper- tend present knowledge of dialogue through the sonal Distance, Social Spaces, and Problem application of Rogerian theory. Solvittg Tasks on Small Group Communica- The definitional aspect of the study consists tion Behavior. U. Colorado. of five perspectives: the philisophical perspective, which deals with the existential foundations of The purpose of the study was to investigatedialogue; the descriptive perspective, which sets experimentally theeffects of varied interper- forth the basic characteristics of dialogue; the sonal distances, varied social space configura- directional perspective, which views dialogue in tions, and varied problem solving tasks on small terms of outcomes; the relational perspective group communicationbehaviorintermsof theory; and the comparative perspective, which groupsatisfaction,anticipateddyadicinter- discusses the similarities and differences between actionrates,anticipateddyadicinterpersonal dialogue and other communication approaches. attraction patterns, and productivity. The extensional aspect of the study consists of Each independent variable was studied on thean explication of Carl Rogers' theories of per- following levels of operation: varied interper- sonality,therapy, andinterpersonalrelation- sonal distances interms of personal distanceships; and an extension of dialogue through. (two feet between subjects) and social distance application of those theories. This portion of the (six Fet between subjects); varied social spacestudy presents specific conceptual explanations configurations in terms of sociopetal space (a of the inner dynamics of dialogue. The dialogue circulargroupconfiguration)andsociofugal process is conceptualized on a monologue-dia- space (analigned group configuration);and logue continuum containing seven progressive varied problem solving tasks in terms of cooperastages and six individual strands. tiveness and competitiveness. The effectsof these independent variablesWenger, Paul E. A Study ,sf Legislative Dis- were assessed by a two-by-two -by two factorial course in the Censure Debate Concerning Sen- design incorporating 16 five-person groups, giving ator Thomas J. Dodd. U. Iowa. a total of eighty subjects. Directional hypotheses were proposed on all The goal of this study was to analyze the re- of the questions of major interest to the study.corded discourse of United States Senators in To testforstatisticalsignificance, one-tailedthe context of personal and social factors af. tests were used with significance set at the .05 fectintr their behavior. level. The Senate censure debate between June 13 The findings can be summarized as follows: 1) and June 23, 1967, provided the substance for Group satisfaction tends to be greater when sub-analysis. Principal factors of structure, custom, jects sit in a circular group configuration than tradition, and circumstance in the Senate, several if they were aligned. 2) Group satisfaction tends personaltraits of participating Senators, and to be greater when subjects sit close togetherother relevant contextual materials were ex- than if they sat far apart. 3) Group satisfactionamined for interrelationships or parallel pat- tends to be even greater in a circular group con- terns. Of two tables listing Senators according figuration when subjectsare allowedtoco- to their votes in key amendments, the first pro- operate rather than compete. 4) Productivityvided totals or averages for personal character- tendsto be greater when subject; cooperateistics ranging from party affiliation and occupa- ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 113 tionai background to age and years served iu niques and devices which elicit attendon, em- the Senate. The second indicated the extent ofpathy with the characters, response to the ideas. each speaker's statements on the issues surround - The .nal interpreter's approach to drama must ing Senate employees, morality of Senators. tra- consider the speaker and the effect of the argu- ditionalcourtesies,relations withthepublic, mnts of the dramatic message upon the audi- customary procedures, and judgmental authority. ence in order to achieve the intensity of re- loterisretation of the data revealed that groups sponse whirls the dramatist and the oral inter- of Senators maintained common strstegiesto- preter desire. ward one another in ways that fulfilled particu- larcollectiveneeds;thatindividual Senators Dial, Victor L. A Descriptive Study of the Tra- often focused on a single circumstance, structure, dition of Oral Reading in the Benedictine or custom for personal or social reasons; and Order. U. Michigan. that the formal rhetoric generally suggests several From the founding- of the Benedictine Order of legislative sessions. distinctive characteristics in approximately 529. AM., to the present, the These latter traits include legislators' frequent art of oral reading. commonly referred to today tendency to forego substantive discourse, legis- as oral interpretation of literature, has been a lators'attachment to recognized responsibilities, part of the daily lives of the members. dilinctive participation in debate as a means The purposes of this study were to review of fulfilling voluntary obligations, a special de- the history of the precept and practice of .oral pendence onlegislativecourtesies, and each reading in the choir and refectory of the Bene- legi,lator'sparalleleffortstoachievegroup dictine Order in the past and to examine the identification and individual distinctiveness. precept and practice of oral reading inthe choir and refectory of the Benedictine Order Interpretation. in The present. The specific goals were to call attention to the long tradition of oral reading Crouch, Isabel M. Joan of Arc and Four Play- in the Benedictine Order and to compare the wrights: A Rhetorical Analysis for Oral In-traditional practice with the present. terpretation. Southern Illinois U. In reviewing the prerept and practice of choir and- refectory oral reading in the Benedictine This rhetorical analysis is an attempt to achieve past, -_a synthesis or standards for oral readers understanding of the character of Joan of Arc to nit. Purpose and types of materials read as portrayed in the following dramas: The First wa were, likewise, analyzed. A similar examination Partof king Henry the Sixthby William by George Bernard was made. in the precept and practice of choir Shakespeare;Saint Joan and refectory oral reading asit exists in the Shaw; L'Aionett by Jean Anottillt; and Joan Benedictine present. Further, a critical analysis of Lorraine by Maxwell Anderson. The objec- of the quality of oral reading in modern practice tive of the study is to provide an interpretation was made through taped recordings of readers of Join of Arc as presented in these four plays in the choir and refectory of selected Benedictine and, more importantly, to demonstrate the value monasteries. ofrhetoricalcriticismto drama, particularly The study revealed that the majority of con- for the oral interpreter. temporary Benedictine houses which responded This analysis concentrates on the persuasive toa questionnairestillconform to the oral elements in the plays and the interaction of readirT customs of their past, with some varia- speaker, message and audience. Specific factors tions. explored are the speaker -author, invention, organization and style, and the audience for whom Dohrcnburg, Arlan Paul. The Poetic Develop. each play was written. meta of George Meredith from The Monthly A major conclusion drawn is that rhetorical Observer to "Modern Love." Northwestern U. criticism can be used effectively for drama and is an especially advantageous critical framework Meredith's poetry, overshadowed by the vol- for the interpreter. It pinpoints aesthetic andume of his prose, has been critically studied communicative aspects of the drama and the chiefly for clues to his life and teaching, to the means by which each is achieved. Ideas, organ- neglect of its esthetic interest and value. ization and style are important factors to the This dissertationinvestigatestheearlyin- interpreter in determining the choice of ma- fluences that shaped his literary ideals and ana- terial, method of presentation, characterization, lyzes some of his first attempts at poetic composi- cutting and arrangement. Through rhetorical tion(PartI);itpursues the course of his analysis the interpreter can discover the tech- further developmentinthe "Roadside" and 114 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION "Tour" poems a decade later (Part II), culmi- certain habits of style, imagery, and motifs that nating in "Modern Love" (Part III). The ap-give the writings of Vladimir Nabokov their proach is chronological and includes elucidative individual stamp. These habits were applied to matter from his life and correspondence, but the a single novel, Ada or Ardor: A Family Chroni- focus is always upon his concept of the nature cle, and to a study of a single element within of poetry or upon the materials and structuresthat navelgames. of the poems themselves. The novel was analyzed forits distinctive Analysis of representative poems reveals1) habitsofstyle,imagery, and motifs. These that Meredith felt from the first a tension be- habits then became the bases for a discussion tween the demands of life and art; 2) that in of how they function as games in the novel. A his first book (Poems, 1851) he tended to putgame was defined simply as "a strategy which artistic interests foremost; 3) that the "Road-pits a player against some kind of opponent side" and "Tour" poems (1862) depend upon and/or obstacle according to Some set rules." direct observation of life and careful literary The games that were found to function sig- craftsmanship to embody a particular,,,under- nificantly in determining Nabokov's habits of -.standing of the essential truths of human experi- style, imagery, and motifs fellinto two cate- ence; 4) and that in "Modern Love" (1862) hegories' games played by Nabokov and games succeeded! in transforming observation- and phi- played by the narrator. All of the games played losophy of life into superior poetry by devising by Nabokov were termed games of Art because an imaginative, thoroughly integrated complexthey made us aware of the creative artist en- of character development, plot, metaphor, andgaged inthe process of creationbehind,the prosodic structuring. backs of his characters. The games played by the narrator included both games of Art and Freeman, Frances A. Functional Ambiguity in games of artifice. The latter were games used Early Poems by W. H. Auden. Northwestern consciously by thenarrator,tto further the tell- U. ing of his story. It was pointed out in the study that since the narrator is a creation of Nabokov's The poems that W. H. Auden wrote before there is a sense in which all of the games are 1935 form a canon stylistically removed fromgames played by Nabokov. the rest of his works in that their deviations from normal syntax create functional ambiguity. Henning, William Keith. A Semantic for Oral In the six poems analyzed in this study ("The Interpretation: A WheelwrighteanPerspec- Letter," "'The Questioner Who Sits So Sly," tive. U. Southern California. "Petition," "Consider," "1929," and "The Wan- derer"). the shifts among words cause the per- This consideration of the symbolic elements sona, addressee, and situation to be related am- operant in the interpretation act was based on a biguously to One another in time, in space, and theory of poeto-expressive language and mean- in attitude. ing developed by Philip Wheelwright primarily These poems are studied by means of verbalin The Burning Fountain and Metaphor and analysis,atext-centeredcriticalmethodin Reality. Assuming a Wheelwrightean perspec- which language is viewed as a causative agent tive on the interpretation act is a viable initial in literature. A close study of the poet's syntaxstep in the construction of a semantic approach shows that Auden captures the dilemma of his to interpretationas Wheelwright probes the speakers by allowing them to play with wordsunderlying assumptions of language and broadly and ideas in such a way as to reveal their am-defines linguistic to include gesture, sound, and bivalent feelings. To prevent the forms from image. dissipating,he definesthe elementsin each The interpreter's creative potential rests on thr -ugh prosodic patterning and rhetorical de- threefactors:thepresential,coalescent, and vices. Because deviant syntax -Intrudes upon tight perspectival characteristics of reality;the in- metrical, sound, al,,d image systems, it is thrown herent synecdochic nature of the poetic, object; into relief, and the ambiguity thatit creates and the "open" and "imitative" characteristics becomes meaningful. of poetic language. The interpreter responsively and imaginatively encounters an aspect of reality Golder, HerbertAlan. A Study of Gamesguided by the poetic object which stimulates Played in Ada or Ardor: A Family Chronicle that encounter. His behavior results in a new ex- by. Vladimir Nabokov. Northwestern U. pressive form through which a "fit" observer apprehends and encounters an aspect of the The purpose of this study was to describe "What Is." ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 115

Sinct the essence of the interpreter's artis The purpose of this study is to examine the embodiment, he aims to wrench gestural, spatial,manner in which point of view operates in Alain and temporal elements from heterogeneity and,RobbeGrillet's The Voyeur and Jealousy and from pragmatic functions and to infuse themthe way in which point of view structures each instead with aesthetic and symbolic significance. of the novels. The study is primarily concerned By embodying and personifying, the interpreter with the agent who controls the world of the provides an experientialratherthan a con-novel, that is,the narrator. These two novels ceptual way of knowing. The interpretation actwere chosen for this study because they pre- is a concrete universal;it bothis and pointssent two very distinct 'narrators. The narrator beyond itself to incipient meanings. When theof TI::' Voyeur, who is also the major character t ialnatureoftheinterpretationact in the novel, speaks in the third person. seeing brings about new awareness of an aspect ofhimself as an object (i.e., character). but never reality,the interpretative act can be saidto as the narrator. In Jealousy, the narrator is the have a metaphysical function. major character who speaks in the third person but neither acknowledges himself as narrator nor Hudson, Lee. The Beat Generation Poetics andas character. The study is designed tofocus the Oral Tradition of Literature. U. Texas.attention on the narrator of each novel by attempting to discover who isnarrating, when The major purpose of this study is to examineand where he is narrating, to whom he is nar- the claim that the "beat writers" represent a rating, why he is narrating, what he is narrating, return to an oral tradition. The first chapterand how he is narrating. The English transla- outlines the basic assumptions of an oral tra-tions of both novels are used for the most part; tlition and describes evidences or traces of thathowever when specific points about style, dic- tradition in a literate society. Its emphasis istion. and vocabulary are discussed, the Erench upon the internal characteristics that define a texts are used. given poem's orality. A detailed consideration of MathiaS, the major character as well as the the works of Milman Parry and Albert Lord isnarrator of The Voyeur, -tells his story to him- followed by a more general discussion of otherself in order to provide himself with an air- theories and the recent modifications ofthe tight alibi for his presence while on the island. Parry-Lord methodology. . The husband in Jealousy tells himself his story Chapter Two discusses the evolution of the to assuage or confirm his suspicions of his wife's so-called "beat generation." Its focus is the beatinfidelity. Both analyses devote extensive anal- scene as a social event and as a literary phe- ysisto stylistic techniques as they are a de- nomenon. t.rmi,,ant of the structuring of the point' of .Chapter Three considers the poetics of thesie of the novels. beat poets. After describing their concept of both"poet" and "poem," 'itdiscussestheir McHughes, Janet Larsen. A Phenomenological rriOdels or antecedents and treats their practice of and attitude toward performance and im- Analysis of Literary Time in the Poetry of James Dickey. Northwestern U. provisation. In Chapter Four, the oral tradition criteria The purpose of this study was to examine the derived in Chapter One are applied to Allentemporal structures of James Dickey's poetic Ginsberg's first major lonvacm, "Howl," alsoworlds to come to terms with the dimensions of the work that. according to many. launched the experience within the poems themselves. Since beat generation. the focus was on the temporal organization of If the concept of oral tradition is to chart. the persona's consciousness, the analytical meth- with some precision. the interweaving and in- od phenomenological investigation, a critical termingling of oral and literate patterns of ex-approach delineated for the study of poetry in pre.sion, the concept num be modified to. ac- general. The temporal concepts of Henri Berg- count for oral texts in literate cultures. Those son became the philosophical foundation for the oral texts can be identified by the formulaic.definitions of various temporal structures, fol- thematic, andmetricalindicesoutlinedby lowed by a phenomenological analysis of literary Parry and Lord. Only then can the heat poemstime in more thanninety poems by James rightly be called products of an oral tradition. Dickey. Dickey's first book, Into the Stone and Other Keaveney, MadelineMarie. Narrative View- Poems, contains his most nonBergsonian em- point in Two Novels by Alain RobbeGrillet.ployments of time, relying instead on classical U. Illinois. appositional style, Proustian time. 'nd mythic 116 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION time to produce juxtaposed states of temporal Sandifer, Charles M. The Metamorphosis of discontinuity. Fiction: A Study of Methods and Techniques Drowning With Others, Dickey's second vol- of Adapting Literature, and Especially Nov- ume, continues to express its author's non-Berg- els, to Readers Theatre. Purdue U. sonian view of time until, in the book's last Because materials used in readers theatre often poems, the employment of cultural time dimen- were not written for that kind of performance, sion:: and Heraclitean flux indicate a movement directors must seek ways of adapting literature toward Bergsonian philosophy. for their particular purpose. Since little has been The last poenis of Helmets suggest the di-written concerning ways of adapting materials rection of Dickey's subsequent poems in terms to readers theatre, the author turned to the of their time-awareness. His attention no longer fields of drama, film, and television for methods engaged by the temporal structures of mystical which could also be used in readers theatre. experience, Dickey explores Bergsonian duration Four methods were discovered to be used by and creative evolution in Buckdancer's Choice,adapters in drama, film, and television: straight Fallingand The Eye-Beaters, Blood, Victory,conversions, expandeduseof materials, con- Madness, Buckhead and Mercy. Dickey's gradualdensed materials, and independent adaptations. movement towardBergsonismindicatesthatAll but the method of adapting requiring an the quality of everyday human action dominates"expanded" use of materials were found to be the phenomenological fields of the later poems,applicable to the readers theatre. . . providing another dimension to the generative Five categories of techniques employed in the power of lived experience so characteristic of all fields of drama, film, anti television were found: Dickey's poetry. expansion, condensation, visualization-characterization, accommodation, and task organization. Robinette, Joseph A. The Adaptive-Creative.All of the techniques which are included in Process in Readers Theare: Three Originalthese five categories are also useful in readers Manuscripts. Southern Illinois U. theatre with the following exceptions: expansion techniques,theaccommodationmethodof This study presents three original manuscripts changing the literature's intent, and the prac- and a commentary on the creative processes in-tice in working with film of "paraphrasing" the volved in the development of each, The specificoriginal material. aims of this study were:to demonstrate the Methods borrowed from other media were writer's ability to adapt and create manuscriptsused in adapting One Flew Over the Cuckoo's for readers theatre, and to attempt to analyze the Nest and proved to be valuable. Hopefully, fur- adaptive-creative processes which occurred dur- ther application of such methods will improve ing the development of those manuscripts. literature presentations in readers theatre. The Introduction, while providing an overview of the study, compares the three manu- Schmider, CarlL.Precision Which Creates. scripts as to nature and purpose of each, sources Movement: The Stylistics of E. E. Cummings. for each. and form and style of each. The In- U. Denver. troduction also discusses the results of an evalu- This descriptive and critical analysis of Ed- ation based on newspaper reviews and audience ward Est lin Cummings' poetry investigated his questionnaires. unique stylisticsinrelationtotheconcept, PartI includes the manuscripts under con- -precisionwhichcreatesmovement,"which sideration:A. Savageinthe SandwichIsles, Cummings offered in explanation of his tech- adapted from Mark Twain's Letters from Ha- nique. The study was undertaken in the as- waii, edited by A. Grove Day; River Out ofsumption that a fuller apprehension of Cum- Eden, a biography of a fictional river town,mings' poems would be possible by defining based on legends and history surrounding a more exactly the role of the stylistics in creating southern Illinois village; and Trumpet of the poems containing the effectof precise move- New Moon, amusicalsuggestedby Vachel ment, discoverable by the presence of instan- Lindsay's A Handy Guide for Beggars and Ad- taneous. kinaesthetic, and holistic qualities. ventures While Preaching the Gospel of Beauty. The analytic procedure included an enumer- Part II traces the development of the manu- ation,categorizationanddescriptionofthe scripts from inception to completion in an at- stylistics; an explication and expansion of the tempt to document the workings of the creativeconcept, "precise movement," and a search for process as each manuscript evolved. the correlative incidences of stylistics and precise ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 117 movement in twenty poems selected for their Styron's moral- vision and his rhetorical expertise aural suitability, containment of precise move- were seen to culminate in The Confessions of ment. and exemplification of Cummings' main Nat Turner, making this novel his most pene- themes and soh:, .cis. The analyses enumerated trating and socially significant rhetorical act. the stylistics, identified the movement, described the voice and speech, and assessed the relation- Sturges, Christine A. The Effect of aNarrator's ships among the stylistics, movement, voice and . Presence on High School Audience Response form of each poem. to Char.:cter in the Staging of Narrative Lit- The findings were that the presence of pre- eratue. Northwestern U. (1971). ciFe movement did not depend upon the pres- investigate the ence of the stylistics: that the voice of the poem The study was designed to effects of a narrator's presence in the staging of also did not depend an the presence of stylistics. although there was always a marked relation- narrative literature on audience response. The narratoris a device for dramatizing point of ship _in degree between the incidences of stylistics and evocation of the poem's voice; and that viewinnarrativeliterature. The narrator's the stylistics, movement, voice and form of each speeches and actions reflect the story's underly- poem were in almost all cases highly integrated. ing perspective toward the particular incidents which occur and thereby give evidence of a_ perceptual framework outside of the characters' Strine, Mary Susan. The Novel as Rhetorical experience. Act: An Interpretation of the Major Fiction To test the hypotheses, two conditions were of William Styron. U. Michigan. established. In one, a group of high school The purpose of this study was to explicatesophomores observed a conventional dramatic the novels of. William Styron as a cumulative scene based on Henry James' novel Washington sequence of implicitly rhetorical acts whereby Square. In the second, another group of high m.ategic responses are made to the socio-psy- school sophomores observed a dramatization of chological conditions of mid-twentieth centurythe same story which included a narrator. Di- American life. rectly after each performance, the subjects com- A theoretical framework was developed forpleted a questionnaire. the critical examination of literature as rhetor- The results of the experiment supported all ical transaction. Rhetorical analysis was defined four hypotheses proposed. They showed, first, as the descriptive reconstruction of the trans-that a narrator's presence 'did affect high school actional process that literary form implies. The student .audience perception and interpretation function of the interpreter as rhetorical analyst of characters in a staged presentation of nar- was viewed as a logical consequenceto 'expli-rative literature. Second, a narrator's presence cate the inter-relationship between.the communi- increased the complexity of that perception and cative frameworks and the socio-psychological interpretation of character, and third,. increased contexts in and of literature. the amount of social distance between char- Lie Dozen in Darkness. The Long March, Set acter and audience. Finally, a narrator's pres- This House on Fire, and The Confessions of Nat ence decreased high school strident audience ac- 'Farncr Were examined in terms of their struc- ceptance of the characters' reliability. The re- tures of action, narrative situations, and socio-sults also showed that student response was some- psychological implications. times affected by the individual characteristics of Ate high schools. Yet this influence did not The novels were placed within the historico- ultural perspective of the Mamie Myth which interact with the narrator effeCt and thereby emphasizes the independence of the presence holds the New World individual to be inherently of the narrator. innocent and boundless in self-determining potential.Styron'ssouthernheritagewithits legacy of military clefeat, devastation, and racial Mass Communication guilt was interpreted as providing him with a generatingsocio-psychologicalcontextwithin Biker, William F. Power and Decision Making whichtocorrectandcounterthedelusive in American Television. Case Western Re- Atlantic paradigm. serve U. The novels' narrative situations were expli- The studyexaminesthe decisionmaking cated as a clear sequence of progressively height- power and processes within commercial Ameri- ened reader participation in the narrative action, can television and locates centers of decisional reflecting the increasing urgency of the socio-- power, identifying those persons who- make -de- po'iticalissues being fictivelyexplored. Both cisions and analyzing the extent of their power. 118 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

The authoridentifiesthecommunications and he should support the codes of good prac- channels and the chain-of-command, surveys the tice but without relinquishing responsibility for power potential of key people to identify theprogram decisions. No substantive changes in person or persons responsible for certain specificthe components of the definition appeared be- program decisions (as well as determining how tween periods. though different categories were these persons obtained power originally), and emphasized at different times. 'clarifies who it is that makes final decisions re- Broadcasting and industry spokesmen agreed garding what is broadcast on television. on categories. though disagreed on emphasis at A multidisciplinary approach was usedto times.Particularlyduringthelateryears, idAttify the reputation:it (analysis of the power Broadcasting questioned the NAB Code, and of the individual based on how others in the the industry supported it. Overall, Broadcasting organizaiiooseehim),positional(analysis of emphasized the news category substantially more power based on the organizational position), and frequently than any other. decisional methods (analysis of power based on The findings also indicate that both Broad- tpecilic decisions), reflected in commercial Amer- casting and industry spokesmen tended to ignore ican television. questions of responsibilityuntil events forced The author concludes that there is no question consideration. Their consistent response to prob- that the telvision industry is a highly plural- lems. was similar through all periods: defend istic one. Noting that there may be many in-the industry, advocate self.regulation, increase stances (particularly at the local station level)industry-wide public relations activities. where considerable power is held in the hands of a single person (the manager). he observesBoyd, Douglas A: An Historical and Descrip. thatthe complexities of thebusinecsitself, the Analysis of the Evolution and Develop. along with the competitive, regulatory and social tent ofSaudiArabianTelevision:1963- factorsinsociety, simply do not permit any 1972. U. Minnesota. overbearing,centralizedcontrolinAmerican television. The methodology used in this study is mainly historical and descriptive. One section, however, presents a survey research project conducted by Bowler, Gregory L. Broadcaster Responsibilitythe author in Saudi Arabia. as Defined in the Editorials of Broadcasting The studyinvestigatesthe reasons behind Magazine and Compared- to Positions of In- the Saudi decision to introduce television into dustry Spokesmen: An HistoricalDescriptive thistraditional societyasocietywhosere- Study.- Ohio State U. ligiousleaders blockedtelevisionforseveral All editorials appearing during four sampleyears because of their adherence to the Wah- periods were examined (1933-35, 1945-48, 1958- habi sect of Islam which believes that it is im 64. 1968-70) to determine Broadcasting's defini- missal to produce an image of the human body. tion of broadcaster responsibility; whether the Saudi Arabiastartedanationaltelevision componentsofthedefinitionchangedover system later than most other major countries time: and if the definition was similar or con-in the Middle East. This television system was trary to positions expressed by industry spokes- built under the supervision of the U.S. govern- men (luringthe same periods. Speeches and ment. However, the funds were provided by the statements byprincipalexecutiveofficersof Saudi Arabian government. American equipment NBC. CBS. and the NAB during the periods wasusedinthestations which have been Provided the sources for comP.i;ison. maintained since their construction by American Of the 1985 editorials appearing during the companies. The television systcmis program- sample periods, 285 discussed or made recom- med by the Saudi Ministry of Information. mendations about the actual or ideal relation- The use of 'television as a means of pro- ship between the broadcaster and the public.moting national development in the country Categories were established and.a rough quanti- is also examined in the study. The writer found tative outline was used to trace gross trends in.that although some effort had been made to emphasis. use the medium for educational purposes, more The results indicated that Broadcasting felt could be done to promote literacy for example. that broadcasters should provide an accurate., The Ministry of Education has started a pilot thorough and balanced news service; that theproject which will use television for instruction- majority of their programs should appeal to a al purposes in the intermediate school system-in miss audience; that the broadcaster must insure the capital city of Riyadh. that his programs do not deceive the audience: The writer concludes the study with nine ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 119 recommendations in the areas of programming, tablished training and placement programs for administration. and technicalfacilitieswhich, minority group members desiring employment if adopted, might provide Saudi Arabs with ain the field of broadcasting. The Bank began tele% ision system which better serves their na- in 1964 and was supported by the major broad- t ional needs. castnetworks. The dissertation examined the history of the organization's national office in Cailteaux, Karen Sue. The Political Blacklist in New York, explaining how that office established

. the Broadcast Industry: The Decade of the local Broadcast Skills Banks in twenty-two cities. !:750's. Ohio State U. Fieldresearch was conducted at three repre- :entativelocal banks in San Francisco,Cali- Thi; historical study of the political black- fornia. Miami, Florida. and Columbus, Ohio. listetainthe broadcast industry focuses on The author interviewed broadcasters who par- these aspects: sources and origins of blacklists, ticipated in the three local banks to determine types of pressure tactics used, response of the the v alue of the organization for these execu- industry employers tothe pressureto black- tives. He evaluated relevant file materials, news- list. mechanisms of clearance for the accused,paper publicity and other written documents, two ineffectual complaints filed with the FCC,and interviewed minority group members who four in- depth examples of the effects of black- had been assisted by skills bank programs. listing on the lives of individuals, and the de- The study analyzed government, industry and cline of blacklisting. This study is based on new social programs which influenced the develop- and significant primary sources. ment of the BroadcastSkills Bank national The earlyblacklists came from anonymous office. including civil rights legislation, research 'origins and were begun sometime after Worldconducted by the New York State Commission War Ii but well before 1930. Later lists andon Homan Rights and the Urban League's blacklbt pressure came from: American Busi- National Skills Bank. At the local bank level, nessCousultauts, Vincent Hartnett, AWARE, the analysis compared recruitment, placement, Inc.,Laurence Johnson. and the Joint Com- scholarshiptraining and publicityprograms. mittee Against Communism. Those listed were Organizational patterns were evaluated as they said to be either Communists, pro - Communists related to bank leadership arrangements. plans or Communist sympathizers. for funding scholarships, and 3) communication Althoughthereis no evidence thatthere processes among national and local leaders. would have been a drop in ratings or sponsors' The Bank was most successful as a catalyst, sales. employers reacted toblacklist pressures drawing broadcasters together to address minor- by screening prospective employees to check ity problems with new urgency. Hower, the on alleged political records before hiring. bank program failed to consistently involved the Blacklisting seems not to have been phased leaders of communities whichitclaimedto out entirely until the late 1960's. Today black- serve. listing appears to be neither widespread nor well organized, if infactit does exist at all. Czech. Elizabeth Shimer. Interaction Between However, many of the conditions which led to Black and Corporate Culture in Broadcast blacklisting in the!950's arc stillpresent in Management. Ohio State U. the industry. Broadcasters still have a tendency to overreact to small group pressure. They also The purpose of this exploratory study was to are preoccupied with their image. Itis there- identify what special problems radio and tele- fore the responsibility of the broadcaster, who vision broadcasters might anticipate and over- has been awarded the privilege of utilizing thecome during the preparation of young blacks public airways for profit, to uphold democratic for broadcast management positions. principles and guard against their own over Using the Participant Observation method. reactions. the researcher sought to isolate black cultural constructs which may accelerate and/or impede Creswell, Kent William. An Historical Descrip- the progress of a black broadcast management tive Analysis of the Broadcast Skills BankA intern. Cooperative Industry Effort to Involve Mi- The major findings imply that most Problems norities in Broadcasting. Ohio State U. were more a matter of class than of race, with middle-class blacks adapting more readily to Historical and descriptiveresearch method- the broadcast corporate calture's structure than ology was used to critically examine the Broad- did blacks from disadvantaged backgrounds. castSkillsBank, anorganization which 'es- The most common black perceptions. which 120 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

impededadvancement,butwereeventually ingtheimportanceoftelevisionintheir overcome through individual attention, includ- lives.Television viewing may functionas a ed: semantic misunderstandings, fear of failure compensating mechanism for many older people in the eyes of a white person, reserved corn.who are often cut off from meaningful rela- pliance, loyalty' to a "brother" even when he was tionships. The personalities chosen to communi- wrong. lack of agreement concerning sources andcate with this audience should recognize and directions of black awareness, preferencefor capitalize on the importance of the roles they (motional and nonverbal forms of communica- play as substitutes for real-life other people. tion, and dislike of reading or writing. 4) Socio-economic differences in the broad sample Major hypotheses generated by the study for of older viewers are not influential in most areas further research were young blacks from the of television audience behavior, but they are ex- South are more likely to succeed in positions pressed in some attitudes and opinions about the dealine with people, whereas black youths from television experience. the North are more likely to succeed in posi tions involving production; a black youth whoDye, Scott A. An Analysis of Selected Initial is the oldest, an only child, or raised as an only Newspaper Reports of Six Isolationist Speeches child, has more managerial potential than does by Charles A. Lindbergh. Case Western Re- one raised with siblings; Afro-Americans live in serve U. a co-culture as inherited non-Western values conflict with Western values. Between 15 September 1939, and America's entry into World War IL Charles A. Lindbergh Davis, Richard Harding. A Descriptive Studydelivered twenty major isolationist addresses. At of Television inthe Lives of an Elderly the onset of his talks, public opinion favored Population. U. Southern California. isolationism, butthereafter altereduntil,in October, 1941, 70 percent of Americans polled The study sought answers to three questions: wanted to see Hitler defeatc.l, even if it meant I) Of %%hat influence on television viewing by an involvement in the war. The purpose of this older audience arc the demographic variables thesi's is to determine how initial news accounts of age. sex and race? 2) Of what influence on reportedI.ind bergh 'sisolationistspeeches as television viewing by an older audience are the public opinion toward involvement in the 'Eu- biographicvariables of maritalstatus, workmpean war changed. status, mobility, health and income? 3) Of what The primary procedural task was to discover influence ontelevision viewing by an olderwhat Mr. Lindbergh said in each speech and audience are the sociologic variables of living then to determine how it was reported. Next, arrangements, individual interpersonal relation- newsstorieswere examinedfornontextual ships and family and friends, and the languageelements to determine whether the speech was spoken? reported in a context that might result in mis- It was concluded that:I) Television viewing interpretation. is perceived by the elderly audience as an important and necessary experience providing posi- The author discovered that the highest degree tive benefits; however, the recognition of im-of accuracy and of importance accorded the portance and the benefits wane as the viewer speaker occurred whets public opinion favored AO, ages. The most effective programming for this theisolationiststand.As Lindbergh's argu- audience should be directedtothe "youngments became less popular, fewer texts were elderly" and should be designed to provide thempublished, less prominence was given to initial with information relative to their needs in theirnews reports and the reports themselves were new roles as retired persons. 2) Perception ofless accurate and less comprehensive. the television experience is influenced by the The inability or unwillingness of newspapers individual differences of elderly viewers as well to report accurately the public addresses of a as by the common property of age. Program man of Lindbergh's stature, speaking on perhaps conte:u and format should be diversifiedto the most critical issue of his time, has disturbing reach several target audiences within the largerimplications. One is the questionable reliability elderly population.Decisions about program of historical studies wlich work from news ac- length, scheduling, and program type may becounts of speeches. Another is that principal guided by a consideration of the limitations agespeakers on controversial issues may not have plates on the intended audience. 3) The re- had fair access to newspapers at a time when the lationshipstructurebetweenelderlyviewers majority of Americans relied on newspapers as and other people . isinfluentialin determin- their primary news source. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 121 Fuller, Claude C. Attitudes Toward Televisionand beyond the control of the studios. As the Commercials in Five Major Urban Cities. industry floundered, it made mistakes that would Louisiana State U. affectit for years. New sources of revenue were explored. Mak- Purpose of this study was to evaluate attitudes ing films for television and theatre television toward television commercials in five major citieswere coupled with efforts to reduce production of the U.S. Demographic factors included: age, costs in Hollywood. income education, sex, and ownership of black- white or color sets. In 1932 and 1953, technological innovations A random sample of 633 respondents to asuch as 5-I), Cinerama, and CinemaScope were utilized. CinemaScope, along with color and questionnaire concluded:1)Sixty-two percent found commercials lotpful in pioduct selection stereophonic sound, gave additional tools to the of availability and brand. 2) The most frequent- filmmaker with which to build more realistic ly mentioned complaint was that commercialsand compelling films. were repeatedtoo often(715). The second Tlie ability to attract the audience was aided highest complaint was too many commercials by the breakdown of the production code and (58%). "Insulting to the intelligence" had 54%. statutory censorship. In Hollywood, the structure 3) Thirty-seven percent marked commercials as of the studios was changed. Independent pro- "entertaining" and 33% noted commercials as ducers were allowed studio space and facilities in "informative." 4) Fifty percent recalled seeingreturn for a percentage of the film's revenue "more than twelve" commercials in an averageand the distribution fees. evening. 5)Musical background received the highest oral/visualfactorsresponse (52%) inJaffe, David L. The Impact of the Mass Media relation to effect awareness. 6) Preference was on Source Commitment. U. Iowa. for "outdoor scenes" to snher types of commercials, and 54% chose this category. Cartoons The purpose of this study was to explore were second most popular with a 45.6% re- the role of the mass media in creating source sponse. 7) Sixty-eight percent felt commercials commtment. Source commitment was defined had no influence on their buying habits while as a type of public commitment produced under 26% checked they had purchased "three to five" conditions in which a person encodes a message items in the past three months as a result offor others. The major hypothesis predicted that TV. 8)Sixty-nine percent were infavor ofcommitment would be produced within persons "commercial" television while 18% favored an- who encoded messages for transmission by the other type of financial support for TV. 9) Somemass media. Other hypotheses predicted a posi- 69.5% would be willing to pay a monthly fee tiverelationship between source commitment. or support meter TV if there were no commer.and publicness of the media, permanence of dais. Government support was selected by 19%. the transmitted messages as dictated by the in-. herent characteristics of the media (e.g., news- Cart ley, Linda J. The American Film Industrypaper messages were describedasinherently in Transition: 1946.1956. U. Michigan. more permanent than radio messages), friends' awareness of the transmitted messages, frequency The period 1946 to 1936 was a period in of transmission of the messages, and frequency . whichchangestookplacethatalteredthe American flint industry both economically and of encoding the messages. artistically. The hypotheses were testedinan experi- The film industry after World War II under- mental setting designed to approximate as close- went a ten-year transition period front 1946 to ly as possible the natural conditions of mass 1956. In1946.the Justice Department asked media encoding, transmission, and consumption. for the divorcement of the production-distribu- The results showed that the type of source tion part of the industry from exhibition. Thecommitment studied in the experiment was not provisions of the suit and the consent decree significantly affected by the encodingand trans- of 1948 led to a lack of understanding between missionofmass mediamessages.Moreover, exhibitors and distributors and alack of co-media publicness, message permanence. friends' operation in combating the inroads of television. awareness, and frequency of message encoding Television and other forms of entertainment and tranmission, similarly, did not significantly drew heavily on the former film audience. Dur- affect the level of source commitment. ing the same period, European markets were It was concluded that the conflicting results tightening control of distribution by Americanbetween the experiment and previous commit- studios, These pressures were largely external ment studies were due, in part. to different levels 122 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION. of salience. The explanation was advanced that Johnson, Dorothy Rensch. The Influence of salience is the primary variable operating in Television Viewing Upon Perceptions of Vari- source commitment. ous Concepts Among Appalachians and Non- Appalachians. Ohio State U. Jatneson, Kay Charles. The Influence of the Economic prosperity andsocialadvantages United States Court of Appeals for the Dis-which most Americans take for granted are trictof Columbia on FederalPolicyin comparaticely unavailable to many Appalachians. Broadcast Regulation, 1929.1971. U. SouthernGovernmental programs can provide some ad- California. juncts to progress. But underlying other problems, traditional mountain culture inhibits the Decisions issued in recent years by the United mountaineer from effective interaction with con- States Court of Appeals fortheDistrict oftemporary American society or participation in Columbia, which has almost total jurisdiction its benefits. Authorities have assumed that tele- over radio and television litigation, have created vision is the most effective of the outside in- anxiety in the broadcasting industry. Responsi- fluences mitigating the mountaineer's historic ble spokesmen for broadcasters have interpretedisolation. The objectives of this study included these mitt decisions as evidence that the courtinvestigation of the mountaineer's perceptions is bent upon liberalizing judicial interpretation of some aspects of his personal and regional of the Communications Act and the Constitu- environment and assessment of television's im- tion. demanding expanded jurisdiction and re-pact upon traditional mountain thinking. sponsibility on the part of the Federal Com- A fieldstudy was undertaken of stratified munications Commission, andrestrictingthe samplesdrawnfromCentralAppalachians, freedom of radio and television licensees to en- Northern Appalachians, and non-Appalachians. gage inbroadcasting as a commercial enter- The primary procedure employed to elicit per- prise with a minimum of governmental inter- ceptions of various concepts was free word asso- ferenceall in the name of the public interest, ciation, convenience, and necessity. The data providedstatisticalcorroboration The study's conclusions were that thein- for the proposition that Central Appalachians fluence ...31 the court on federal policy in broad- constitute a distinct sub-culture. They differed castregulation and the relationship betweensignificantly from the dominant culture, per- the court and the commissions has eemainedceiving various aspects of their lives in terms fairly constant from 1929 to1971;that theof persons and relationships but with scant court's encouragement of public involvement concern for possessions or cooperative endeavors. in broadcasting and broadcast regulation is atNorthern Appalachians, substantially overlooked the crux of industry criticism of judicial reviewin previous studies, appeared to be a people in since 1966; that the court has not acted as a culturaltradition, perceiving some aspects of "super-Commission" to shape and enforce itstheir lives significantly differently from both own concept of the public interest; that theCentre Appalachians and non-Appalachians. court's major influence has been on procedural Central Appalachians spent more time view- as distinguished from substantial matters, al- ing television, regarded the medium as more though it has used procedural avenues to drawcredible, and perceived a somewhat different commission attention to substantive issues; that message from individual programs than others the court has not usurped the powers and inthe study. Perceptions of heavy television viewers among Central Appalachians differed rights of Congress and the commissions to make significantly from those of light viewers, indi- and execute federal policy in broadcast regu-cating that television had exercised substantial lation; that the dichotomy in judicial attitudes effect upon traditional mountain thinking. of the Court of Appeals and Supreme Court toward the commissions during the first threeJohnson, Rolland C. Seldom Tested Variables decades studied no longer exists; and that the in the Effects 'of Televised Violence on Ag- system of checks and balances created by Con- gressive Behavior: An Examination of Vio- gress in radio legislation with respect to the lence Placement, Non-forced Response Choice, rights, powers, and responsibilities of the Con- Fictional/Non-fictional Presentations,and gress, commissions, and the courts, had worked Male /Female Response Differences. Ohio U. extremely well over the four decades studied (1971). to protect the public, the broadcasters, and the The two major purposes of the study were to government. examine the effects of three variablesviolence ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 123 placement(preceding/followingnon-violence),genres can infuse his work with a distinctive content type (fictional/non-fictional). and sex of style and thematic unity of aesthetic significance. the respondenton produced aggressive behaviorThe conclusion indicates that it is, indeed, of and to examine whether the electrical shockdistinct value to investigate the work of in- research paradigm itself encourages aggressive dividualdirectorsbothbiographicallyand behavior. throupli their films to determine their positions One hundred college students were subjects inas creative forces and to understand one im- the experiment. After being angered by electricalportant phase of the often complex question shocks constituting a bad grade on a composition of artistic responsibility in a Hollywood film. they had written, the subjects were exposed to video tapes containing various combinations ofKelly, Francis L. The Institute for Education the three variables. Subjects were then told, to by Radio-TelevisionA History. Ohio State U. grade (by giving electrical shocks) an essay presumed to be written by the person who shocked The purpose of the study was to describe them. Analysis of variance was used to analyzeand evaluate the growth, development, and resulting data. activities of the Institute for Education by Radio- The results indicated that angered subjectsTelevision and analyze the major issues in edu- are more likely to aggress when viewed violence cational and public service broadcasting as they is closer to the period of frustration than when were articulated in the speeches and discussion violence is closer to the opportunity to aggress. at the annual meetings of the Institute from It was alsofoundthat the electricalshock 1930 to 1965. paradigm itself acts as an instigation to aggres- Personal interviews, files of the Institute, and sive behavior. The addition of non-violence to the printed annual proceedings, Education On violence appears to have a decremental effect The Air, were maim sources. on aggressive behavior. However, because of in- The study was divided into four periods of sufficient experimental control, substantial con- Institutedevelopment: 1930.1935, 1936-1944, clusions about predicted male/female aggressive 1945-1953,1954-1965.Majorissuesdiscussed response differences and fictional/non-fictional were: functions of radio in education, owner- differences could not be drawn. ship of station facilities, radio's function in the war effort, educational television, and develop- Abstracted byERIC S. MILLER ment of a social conscience. This study concluded that the Institute pro- Kaminsky, Stuart M. A Biographical Study of vided a relatively neutral meeting ground where the Career of Donald Siegel and an Analysis thevariousfactionsinvolvedinradio-TV of His Films. Northwestern U. broadcasting were able to discuss their problems and exchange ideas,thus providing a The dissertation is in two parts. Part I is aneeded communications link which helped to critical biography of Donald Siegel which traces coordinatethe development of broadcasting. the elements in his life and career that con-The Institute was most prominent andre- tributed tohis creation of Hollywood genre spectednationally during the war years but films. Part II is a thematic and visual analysisgradually declinedas the growing specializa- of Siegal's films to determine the degree oftion and fragmentation of the industry gen- unity in them which resulted from his experi- erated new organizations to provide specialized ences and philosophy as examined in Part I. services. The biographical and career section of the dis- The analysis of issues concerned problems of sertationreliesupontapedinterviewswith access, CATV, control of programming. public Siegeland withactors,relatives, producers,broadcasting functions, public service respon- cameramen. writers, editors and others who havesibility. and the basic limitations of the Ameri- known and worked with him; a wide range ofcan commercial system of broadcasting. criticalarticles and reviews of Siegel's work; Recommendations emphasized resource value and documents and letters in Siegel's files andof the printed proceedings, Education On The those of the studios where he worked. The anal-Air, and the need for a similar conference. ysis section is based upon the reading of all of Siegel'sscripts, including thosefortelevision with often as many as eight variations on a Kirkorian, Donald G. An Historical-Descriptive script, and viewing of the films Siegel directed Study of the National Broadcasting Com- plus his television shows and second-unit work. pany's Preschool Television Program Ding The total study demonstrated that a commer- Dong School. Northwestern U. cial Hollywood director working within defined It was the purpose of this study to 1) con- 124 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION struct a biographical sketch of Frances R. Hor- gramming was to items which bore particularly wich, star of Ding Dong School; 2) determine on the political situation endemic to the Middle which individuals were responsible for creating East.Regionalproblemstheconflictswith and deVelopingthisfirsttelevision program Israel and Western political and economic "im- specifically planned for the preschooler; 3) re-perialism' took precedence over internal, na- constructthe productionactivitiesassociated tionalpolitical problems. Treatment of news with the program; 4) reconstruct the general by BBC services and Middle East stations was format of the program and provide a content generally similar, but exceptions were evident. analysis; 5) investigate the type of merchandis- Marked differences in certain categories existed ing generated by the impact of the program; 6) between the two BBC services. study the DDS audience; 7) determine if this Middle Easternstationsutilizingeditorial- landmark in preschool programming provided ization concentrated discourse on events related an impetus for other suds programs; 8) investi- to the problems of local-regional import. The gate critics' responses to the program; and 9) BBC-English commentaries (none was broadcast determine why N.B.C. subsequently cancelled by BBC-Arabic) were diversified, dealing with DDS. issues not necestarily related to the regitm. The methods of acquiring data included interviews with individuals who were involved in DOS from initial development to demise, in- Lunsford, Paul C. A Study of Governniental spection of primary source materials found in Inquiries Into Alleged Staged News Practices collections of individuals interviewed, and ex- of Two TelevisionNewsDocumentaries. amina of conventional resource materials. Ohio State U. ChanterIbrieflydiscussestheimpact of television during the early1930's. Chapter II purpose of this study was to examine provides a biographical sketch of Dr. Horwich. the process, validity and reliability of govern- ChapterIIIcontains interviews with formermental inquiries into two landmark cases of members of the DDS staff. Chapter IV relates alleged staged news: WBBM-TV's "Pot Party du. production activities associated with DDS, at aUniversity," and CBS' "Project Nassau." reconstructs the general format of the program, The focus of the study was placed within the and provides a content analysis. Chapter V in- framework of traditional journalistic concepts of vestigates the type of merchandising generated objectivity, interpretation, professional codes and by the program. Chapter VI provides an anal- ethics. ysis of the DDS audience. Chapter VII investi A multiform methodology was used. The his- gates the critics' response to DDS. torical, descriptive and analytical methods were employed in providing the contextual framework Lee, William L. Newscasting in the Middle of the study. The normative survey method was East: A Sewn-Station Case Study. U. Wis-used to arrive at a definition of staged news: an event which, infact. would not have oc- consin. curred at all, or would not have occurred in Because of the paucity of mass media studies the same form or manner. except at the behest, about thr Middle East and the emphasis placed initiation,direction.arrang nu ntur prear upon radio as the most viable medium of massrangcment of the newsman (for whatever pur- communication in that area,it was conceivedpose), and seriously distorts the presentation of that a case study of selected stations' newscasts the reality of the event itself." The case-study would reveal cultural and national attitudesrat:thud was used in the examination of the toward current events of import, and allow two documentaries. insight into the role in that society. The following general conclusions were ob The stations chosen were Radio Lebanon in tained from data contained in this study:1) Arabic and French, Radio Syria in Arabic, Radio Staged news as definedinthis studyis an Cairo and Sautal-Arab in Arabic, and BBC in atypical. evenrare,practice atthe network Arabic and English. level. and generally at the local station level.. Newscasts were recorded during October, 1971. 2) The inherent dangers as well as the benefits in Beirut, Lebanon, on medium-wave receivers. of legislative investigating committees must be Transcriptions were translated into English and clearly recognized, especially in their investiga- content was categorized for analysis based upon tionsinto mediapractices.3) Any staging, Chilton R. Bush's "System of Categories forsimulation, pre-arrangement or re-creation or General News Content." the original news event, or any portion thereof, The most significant emphasis in news pro- if employed at all for whatever reason, should ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 123 be publicly acknowledged. 4) More media ad- Lyons, Timothy J. The Silent Partner: The His- visory councils should be established to help tory of the American Film Manufacturing the media interpret and fulfill their social re- Company, 1910.1921. U. Iowa. sponsibilities.5) Broadcast and print media should use the ombudsman concept more fre- The American Film Manufacturing Company quently to track down complaints about theirwas formed in 1910 as "the silent partner" to professional judgment and performance. G) More the distribution exchanges of John It. Feuler publicationscriticalofjournalisticpractices, and Harry E. Aitken. The initial motivation be- standards and performance should be estab- hind the company's formation was also to chal- lished. 7) A continuing re-examination of thelenge the domination of the Motion Picture %oltintary professional media codes is needed, Patents Company. a rigorous combine which with e:necial attention directed toward more was attempting to monopolize the industry by its adequate punitive provisions for flagrant and claim over film machinery. persistent violators. 8) A National Center for the As one of the first companies to locate per- Study of the Media should be established. manently in California, American's early work was almost entirely in Westerns, shot in the attractive West Coastsettings. Once a large 1.4nch, F. Dennis. Clozentropy: A Techniquestudio had been built in Santa Barbara, the for Studying Audience Response to Films. U.company attempted other forms of the photo- Iowa. play. growing steadilyfrontitsthreesmall companiesuntiloverfifteenseparateunits It was assumed that predictionexpectationwere working in and around the "Flying A" and its fulfillment or denial were related to the studio. Thousands of people worked for Ameri- meaningfulness of films. The test instrument,can, each contributing his special skill in pro- bac:! on doze procedure, was adapted to non- ducing 1,228 films during the company's twelve verbalmaterial. The computer-analyzedtest year existence. can be used for any continuous visual narrative. The test was validated by showing that it was American's decline began in 1918 when Mu- tual Film Corporation ceased to function. With- able pdetectdifferences in entropy patterns (agreemeiw among subjects about what willout an assured outlet for its films, the company happen next) and number of correct responses was forced to depend upon less profitable meth- betm:en sophisticated and naive subjectsfor ods ofdistribution. While more progressive simple and complex films at two levels of pre- companies had been accumulating theatres and tlitlion: plot and shot. developingtheirowndistributingagencies, American had been interested only in the con- The subjects saw How Do I Love Thee, a 30- tinual support of Mutual. Away from the dom- minute film that was simple in plot and visualinant center of film production in Hollywood, structure. and Phoebe, one that was complex. the Santa Barbara filmmakers were unable to Each film was interrupted 26 times and the 93 compete on the level necessary to survive. By cubit were askedtopredict what would 1921, American had exhausted the options left happen next by checking a multiple-choice open to it and ceased production, questionnaire. For the entropy pattern, the results showed McCain, Thomas A. A Functional Analysis of significantdifferences between the audiences, Network Television News Viewing. U. Wis- the film. and the level of prediction. There was consin. asi zn'ficantinteractionbetweenlevelsand films. The highest entropy was generated by The specific purposes of thisinvestigation the naive audience at the plot level of thewere to identify the major functions of net- complex film. In addition, the instrument in- work news viewing for adults, to identify news dicat:d that ability to predict correctly varied viewer types in terms of combinations of functions which television newscasts serve for them, significantly with the sophistication of the audi- and to compare use of mass media and demo- ence. the complexity of the film, and the level graphic features by news viewers of each type. of imalysis. Again, there was a significant inter- A sample of 296 Bloomington-Normal. Illinois action between levels and films. The most cor-residents responded to 65 seven-point Lickert rect predictions were made by the sophisticated statements representing the range of potential viewers at the plot level of the simple film; the functionstelevisionnewsserves alongwith liaslie naive Viewers at both plot and shot media and deniographic indexes. 12;factor anal- levels of the complex film, ysis of the 65 evaluative items was employed to 120 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION determine the dimensions of news viewing. Sub- ing only in the face-to-face group, and empathic, jects were randomly assigned to four groupsappearing only in the TV group. and Qqactor analysis was performed. The re- The TV personality was seen as significantly sults of the four independent Q-analyses- were less "forceful"(.01). Loadings on the unique combined into parsimonious types of news view- empathic factor, together with the less "force- ers.Multiple discriminant analysistested forful" finding for TV. lead to the conclusion that differences between the types collapsed from the TV tends to obscure or devalue instructor per- Q-analyses. sonality. The R-factor analysis produced a seven factor This was thought to be directly supportive of solution representing the range of functions tele- the McLuhan theory and partially supportive of vision news serves for adult viewers. They were the Festinger theory. labeled:news-information,isolation-avoidance, communal. guidance, para-sOcial-diversional, social status, and background entertainment. The Olson, Susan Raynor. The Role of Broadcasting Q-factor analysis and discriminant analysis pro- Within the British Open University. Ohio duced four major typologies of network news State U. itWCTSlabeled: news only, information social escape,informationconversation, andback- The author conducted field tcsearch in Eng- ground entertainment. There were no signifi- landin order to determine the function of cantdifferencesbetweenthetypologies and broadcasting within the Open University. Em- demographic variables and only a few differences phajs was directed toward describing the Open according to their exposure to and evaluation University (01J), defining its broadcasting oper- of media. Generally the background entertain-ation, and identifying key strengths and weak- ment news viewers were exposed to fewer media, nesses of the broadcasting contribution. the information conversation viewers the most Data were collected from primary sources, brief media. questionnaires, interviews, and observations both at the OU headquarters and at the OU Pro- McMenamin, Milton J. An Experimental Studyductions of the British Broadcasting Corpora- of the Effects of Television on Audience Per-tion (BBC). It was then coded and tabulated ceptionofthe Teaching Personality. U. Ore-according to pre-determined categories of plan- gon. ning, production, utilization, and evaluation. The development of all course materials is This study sought to determine if TV affects the responsibility of a course team. Member. the way in which students perceive an instruc- shipis composed of BBC producers, faculty. tor's personality, and, if so, how. and educational technologists, who share equal Two groups Of thirty students Were matchedacademic standing. Each discipline was found according to sex and age. Following a pre-test toutilizebroadcasting differently, depending for bias in the sample, one group received a upon the nature of its courses. The arts relied twentv-minute face-to-face lecture from a teach- mainly upon the media for enrichment while the er. The other group received the same lecturesciences primarily for directinstruction. The a short time later, in the same room, but on "Open For programs, which were not stipu- videotape replay. A thirty-item personality per-lated by the 1311C-OU partnership agreement, ception test was administered after each presen-exemplify a non-instructional role of the media. tation. Here broadcasting serves as a communication The responses from the pre-test and the two vehiclefor announcements, student feedback treatment modes were submitted to factor anal- and an "ombudsmen" service. ysis to determine if they interrelated differently. The data next were applied to educational In addition, a NVilcoxon R test was made onbroadcasting criteria, validated by experts in each of the thirty personality variables to de-education and educationalbroadcasting.Ac- tertnine if response to specific variables differed cording to the criteria, the planning activities quantitatively according to mode of presenta-were rated most satisfactory while evaluation tion. was determined least satisfactory. Although the Of the eight factors generated by factor anal-OU currentlylacksa systematic attempt at ysis, six were common to both modes. In order evaluating which course objectives are suitable of salience they were: aggressive, prudent, intui for which medium, the University's Institute of tive,ethical,relevant, and personable. TwoEducational Technology is planning research in unique factors were generated: poised, appear- several areas of the total broadcasting operation. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 127

Ramsey, Robert T., Jr. Interpersonal Values responses as film violence. Controlled variables and Communication Behavior in a Commer- were the social acceptability of response, sex cial Television Station. Bowling Green State of person aggressed against, and forced-non-forced U. response conditions. Written compositions were graded by a series Mass communication research has traditionally of electrical shocks. After viewing one of four centert:d on the social role and effects of mass film variablesjustified violence, sexually arous- media. In the language of a communication ing content, both sexually arousing and violent model theresearchhas been -audience-cen- content, and non-sexually arousing and non-vio- tcred.- This investigationshiftsinterest to a lentcontentsubjects were then allowedto mass communication source, exploring selected grade the original "shocker" based on a com- aspects of television station personnel. position written by him. Empirical information was gathered through Resultsindicatethat malesexhibitmore two procedures. Interpersonal values were oper- aggression after viewing both film violence or ationalized by L. V. Gordon's Survey of Inter- sexually arousing material than do males who personal values. Data were analyzed by trans- view neither. When the target of aggression is po ed factor analysis and by one-way analysis perceived to be female, more aggression is ex- of sariance. The factor analysis classified em- hibited titan when the target is seen to be a ployees into global interpersonal value types. male.Forcing aggressionhaslittleeffect on The analysis of variance tested relationships be- the aggression exhibited except when thetarget, ts n c!epartmental affiliation and interpersonal is a female. Subjects aggress in a socially accept- values. The second procedure consisted of gath- able manner when tested with the experimental ering informal comunication data via ecco anal- Par :Winn and subjects return less shocks than ysis methodology. The questionnaire was de- they perceive receiving. Among the general con- veloped to determine frequency and effective- clusions reached is that sexually arousing ma- ness of communication among station personnel. terial can produce behavior similar to that pro- The statistical analysis used to evaluate com- duced by viewing film violence. municationbehaviorwas predominantlyx2 Abstracted by Eric S. Miller test. The sample included 150 employees of a com- Ruhly, Sharon 'Kay. The Communication of mercial television station. in Cleveland, Ohio. Culture Through Film. Ohio State U. These employees completed seven ecco surveys, in addition to the survey of Interpersonal Values. Two National Film Board of Canada films Data were collected over a period of three made by an Indian film crew about Indian cul- months. tures were compared with two NFB films about In general, the data suggest the following con- Indiancultures made by Anglo/French film clusions: While there are areas of differences, crews. The study was based on visual content broadcast personnel value independence high- and. structure and sound category sets which est and conformity lowest. Interpersonal valuewere developed to test their utility for studies differences among personnel cannot be attributed of this type and to provide comparisons about todel:at-mental membership. Informal corn- the influence of the producers' cultures, the niunication is more frequent and effective be- ability of the films to produce audience empathy tween members of the same department than with the culture portrayed, and the development between members of different departments. The of the ethos of the culture portrayed. five departments under study exhibit varying Results of the film comparisons and background communication patterns which should be taken information led tofive conclusions about the into consideration by management in order tofilms compared and one conclusion regarding tee the grapevine more effectively. the use of film in intercultural education. First, the Anglo/French films contain more visual Roseate, James M. The Effects of Violent and and sound references to the stereotype of pov- Sexually Arousing Film Content: An Experi- erty. Second, the Indian films tend to support mental Study. Ohio U. (1971). the stereotype of the "historic" Indian. Third, use of camera angle for Indian centers of in- This study examines the effort of several film terest is more favorable to Indian ethos in the variables on aggressive responses. Sexually arous- 'Indian films than in the Anglo/French films. ing film content is included to determine wheth- Fourth, aspects of ethos not directly covered by er this kind of emotionally arresting film ma- the comparisons are important to the use of tt.: ial tan produce the same level of aggressive the films in intercultural education and corn- 128 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION munication. Fifth, the films made to date by amine certain structures for image sequencing. the Indian film crew of the NFB arc superiorThe value of this study is both historical and for purposes of intercultural education to those theoretical. made by the Anglo/French film crew with which The basic source of data is a body of over one they were matched. Finally, films made by the hundred films screened during seven months of culture portrayed should be used in the inter- research in Tokyo, Japan during 1970 and 1971. cultural education of European Americans. Special concentration is given to the work of one independent animator, Yoji Kuri and one NHK- Schuth, Howard Wayne. The College Milieu inTV animator, Sumio Gotoda. she American Fiction Film with Emphasis ors The study defines a system of theoretical con- the Work of Mike Nichols: A Study in Be- cepts to help focus the survey and facilitate the lief Systems. Ohio State U. framing of questions regarding the nature of changingstructuresforimagesequencing Inthisstudy.thirtyimportant American fiction films involving college or university life throughout the history of Japanese animated were analyzed in terms of the value systems of film. These concepts are: semiotic unit, intellec- the students as compared to the value systems tual montage. metamorphosis narrative struc- of the college faculties. administrators and the ture. and metastructure. These concepts build upon the work of Dudley Andrew, Sergei Eisen- institutionsthemselves.This studyincluded three periods: stein, Norman McLaren, Gene Youngblood, and 1903 to 1942 (primarily light- Robert Scholes and Robert Kellogg, hearted comedies raising few seriousissues); 1942.1966 (primarily "problem pictures" of a The study concludes that an increase in the somewhat superficial nature); and 1966 to theuse of intellectual montage and metamorphosis prestn (films directly questioning value systemsbecomes prominent after 1960. The study cul- of American education). The st,.-/y concentrated minates in detailed semiotic unit analyses of on the last period and examined the films of two post -1960 films, Kuri's Heyn and Gotoda's Mike Nichols in depth. Tsumiki, both examples of nonnarrative, meta- As a frame of reference, 0. J. Harvey's four morphic metastructures. In these analyses, two levelsofabstractionformulatedbyHeinz beliefsystemswere employed.Inorderto identify and illustrateimportantpatterns, a Werner are applied: perceptual grouping and grid was .constructed as an empirical frame forcategorial activity. each film. The study also examines the increasing in- It was found that the dramatic conflict in ternationalinfluences on Japanese animation discussed by Imamura,Mori, Renan, and Zanot- thefilms occurs between people of differing to. The increase of intellectual montage/meta- beliefsystems;primarilyadministrators and teachers who, in 0. J. Harvey's analysis, may be morphosis structures and metastructures is re- generally described as System-One (authoritarian lated both to these foreign influences and grow- and inflexible) and students who are System- ing numbers of Japanese independent animators. Four (independent and flexible). The college is stereotyped as a negative institution. This Smith, Wallace Arnold. A Description of the study should help describe and illuminate popu- Ortanization, Production Process, and Pro. lar attitudes towards the institution of higher duction Environment of a Dramatic Tele- education in America. visionSeries. U. Southern California. Comparing theatrical films on the university theme using Harvey's. belief systems as a basis The purpose of this study was to gain insight foranalysis provides auseful starting point into the organization, production process, and for further researchinto value systems and social,artistic,and professional environment personality structures as reflected in American that surrounds the production of a one-hour popular culture, and a pattern for film anal-.dramatic television series. The problem of the ysis using behavioral science methodologies. study was to determine the organizational struc- tureof Nfetrooldwyn-Mayer, Inc. and the Small, Edward S. Japanese Animated Film: ANational Broadcasting Company for the produc- Study of Narrative, Intellectual Montage and tion. of Then Came Bronson; the production Metamorphosis Structures for Semiotic Unit process from the acceptance of the idea for Sequencing. U. Iowa. Bronson through the broadcast of individual programs in the series; and the possible influence This study surveys the historical development of the production environment on the programs of the Japanese animated film in order to ex- in the Bronson series. misTRAcrs OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 129 A review of the literature revealed that very national level had not fulfilled the surveillance. littleis known about the inter-relationships ofa. d correlation functions inrelationto agri- institutions and persons involved in the produc- culture for the entire period under study. tion of television programs. The study of the'. The programs which advocated positions with productionoftelevisionprograms hasbeen the greatest strength gained the largest quantity neglected because of the emphasis of audienceand intensity of response. The response may researth. have been a reflection of existing concerns which Twenty-one person', involved- in the decision- were focused by the programs and brought to making and production of Bronson were inter- the attention of an already aroused public. The viewed to determine their role in the productionprograms provided direction for concentrated, of the series, their description of the organiza- observable response which was not present prior tion and production process for programs in to the broadcast. the series,their employment history and the Abstracted by ERIC S. MILLER effect of Bronson on their careers, and their social and artistic philosophies. The data from the tape accorded interviews were not quanti- Stauffer, David D. Description and Analysis of fied; instead the report by each individual was the Historical Practices of the Independent analyzed in relationship to the report by every Christian Church Religious Television Pro- other individual. gram Syndicators. Ohio U. The research revealed that Bronson was sched- The purpose of this study were to record a uled because of the personal and professional.brief overview of syndicated religious television reputation, courage, and persistence of an MGM programs in the United States; record the his- productionexecutive and an NBC research torical development of the Christian Television executhe. Authority in the Bronson organiza- Mission and the Christian Evangelize'. Associa- tion existed on three levels; the network (the tion;describe and analyzethe management highest authority), the studio, and the produc- policies of the Christian. Television Mission and tion unit. The power and authority of persons the Christian Evangclizer Association with re- involved in the production of Bronson rested gard to finances, programming. production, and on their professional reputation, persona( cour- program distribution; and attempt to identify age. persistence, and position- in the organiza-some syndication practices which can increase tion. Members of the production organization the p.obability of success. who did not have power exercisedinfluence Directpersonalinterviewswere conducted over the production by not cooperating or notwith leaders.of both organizations in all attempt performinq their obs at the highex level of todiscover management practices and subse- their competence: quent success and failure. The interviews were composed of a standard set of questions ad- Springer, Donald M. Au Examination of Se- ministered to each leader. The degree of success levied Agricultural Programs Broadcast Overwas measured in terms of total income, number theNationalTelevisionNetworksintheof stations carrying the program, cumulative United States front 1950 through 1970. Ohio-audience reach,programratings, number of U. (1971). viewer responses. Accordingtothesecriteria,theChristian The purpose of this study was to examine a Evangelizer Association is more successful than selected sample of national television network theChristian TelevisionMission. The study agricultural programming and the response todemonstrates that the Christian Evangellier As- these programs as evidenced and recorded insociation purchases time toairitsprograms print media and to observe how televisionat whereas the Christian Television Mission tele- the earional outwork keel has fulfilled the sur- vises on a sustaining basis. Also, the Christian veillance and correlation functions ascribed to Evatigelizer Association has .experienced glom!' it by some mass media theorists in relation to While the Christian Television Mission .appears agriculture. to be in regression. Transcripts of eight viewed programs were The study concludes that syndicator's manage- obtained and a content analysis was performedment practices in the area of programming are on each program within a defined set of criteria not sufficiently audience oriented; ultimate man- set ilentify major topics discussed and majoragenvtot by one person is conducive to growth positions advocated, in religious television program syndication; the Viewing the eight programs as a representa- development of a synergisticrelatienshipbe- tive sample.it appeared that television atti:te tween -the program, churches, religious groups 130 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION and individuals can increase the probability of cards," educational models,etc.,yet detailed a syndicator's success; syndicated religious pro- analysis of content has been generally neglected. gramming is not sufficiently promoted; and tele- This study draws common images and com- vision should be used by religious programmers posite male and female profiles from love songs to confer status on their organizations and to listed among the Cash Box ten best-selling rec- produce potential converts. ords of each year from 1950 through 1959. The Abstracted by ERIC S. MII.LER end result could be considered a compilation of :data bits transmitted and reinforced in mass Thompson, Jerome V. Public Television: Goalsmedia particularly radio and recordings. and Goal Achievement Assessment, 1972. U. Sever:fundamental images were developed: Oregon. female as Jezebel, male 'or female lover as un- loved, male or female as love hunter, and male The purpose of this study isto provide aor female as love slave. Corollary images were broad overview of thestated goals and themale as love martyr and female as love victim. methods ofgoalachievementassessmentof According to the songs "trite love" is a game for Politic Television. gods or fate to initiate and for youngsters to Two mailquestionnaires were developed play when given their one chance. Every youth one for the five major organizations interestedhas only one suitable, possibly destined, mate in the development of Public Television (NAEB, or co-player, The love game rules. however, Ford Foundation, HEW. CPB. and PBS) andare inadequate to distinguish a temporary set- one for the 215 individual Public Televisionback from the response of a bogus lover, a stations. The major organizations were asked"Jezebel." The study presents lengthy profiles whattheir stated goalsfor Public Television of the archetypal male and female. were, how they measured to see if their goals Content seemed to change very little despite were being met, and what changes were en-variables of time, producers, and styles. Clues visioned in the future for their goals and their point to the increasing youthfulness olthe.prin,s______system of goal achievement assessment. Stations cipalsafterthemid-1950's.Analogieswere were asked what their stated goals were. whodrawn with other broadcast content such as soap (let:mined those goals. how goal. achievement Operas. assessment wascarriedout, who determined whether or not goals were being met, and whatZivanovic, Milan. United Nations Broadcasting: changes were envisioned in time future for the Its Origin, Principles, and Implementation. stated goals and the system of goal achievement U. Wisconsin. assessment. Final questionnaire return rate for stations was 73% and for major organizations This study examined United Nations' broad- 100%. casting, its origins, guiding principles, controls, Itisclear from the study that few Publicstructure and operations, Documents ofthe 'Television stations have clearly developed. stated League of Nations and the United Nations were goals.Also, there are no clearly defined and studied, interviews were conducted with UN per- carefully controlled methods of assessment of sonneland broadcasting operations were ob- achievement of goals, eveninthose stationsserved. which have stated purposes and goals. League broadcasting, Radio Nations. developed The major organizations have statedgoals inaPressInformationSection,experienced for Public Television which are very general severe budgetary limitations, and a definition of and broad and reflect what they feelPublic propaganda which prevented the promotion of Television should be and what it should do.the organizations. In forming its own system, No major organization indicated use of a system UN broadcasting planners studied the operations of twain:16cm to determine if goals were beingand procedures of Radio Nations and adopted met. several recommendations suggested by a former head of League information. Tollgate, James Lester. Romantic Images in Similarities to the League as UN broadcasting 'Popular Songs,1950.1959. Northwestern U. developed included the use of rented transmit- ters. short-wave broadcasting, and programming The 1950's saw the end of the Tin Pan Alley which consisted largely of news and broadcasts traditi'm in popular music and the beginning ofof proceedings. The most striking similarities commercial "rock'n'roll."withbothstyles are the primacy of cooperation with Member primarily concerned -.with love . and ..sex.,- Critics -media_and the_controversial_..nature of broad, have viewed these songs as poetry, "dirty post- casting as reflected in budgetary scrutiny. ..usTRAcTs OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 131 A significant departure front the League was Anderson, Deyrol E. The Massachusetts Elec- incrn'sed utilization of broadcasting. UN definition Sermons: A Critical Analysis -of a Social tion of propaganda allowed promotion of UN and Polemic Phenomenon. U. Denver. principles and activities permitting greater latitude in program content. This study investigates the content and traces the chronology of the Massachusetts Election The guiding principles form the basis fur all Sernuni. Delivered annually in Boston between UN broadcasting activities:delineating itsor- 1634 and 1884, the election address constitutes ganization:vesting ultimate authorityinthe one of the oldest traditions in American rhet- Membership. primarily the General Assembly; oric and is perhaps the most consistent and in- assigning the Secretary-General power to formu- tim:mi.-IspeechoccasionofearlyAmerica. late and execute policy; emphasizing assistanceThese sermons evidence the close bond that to Member media with origination of programs existed between church and state prior to the as supplemental. These guidelines provide anAmerican Revolution.Further,they evidence impetus for UN broadcasting absent from that the clerical attitudes toward personal freedom, of the League anti enable it to provide informa- religions toleration, and local political control tion about the UN to the world. which can be traced through the sermons from the earliest colonial days to and beyond the Public Address Revolutionary period. The election sermons are to be considered as Aho, Gerhard. The Preaching of F. G. Hedberg. polemicdiscoursesratherthanashomiletic C. Illinois. transactions. They played a significant roletit the development of the American republic. Re- The purpose of this study was to examine ligious leaders felt it was within their personal the preaching of Fredrik Gabriel Hedberg (1811- power to discuss the form they believed govern- 1893), a prominent figure in the Lutheran Church ments should assume. They freely proscribed the of Finland. The concern was to articulate Hed- rights and responsibilities of civilauthorities, berg's theory of preaching and to determine hisidentifiedqualifications necessaryfor holding modes of persuasion and their effect upon the public office: and defined the rights, privileges, hearers, and obligations of the governed. The primary sources were 95handwritten The election preacher did not activate the sermons and sermon outlines, selected on the forces that led to Revolution, but he helped basis of citrefidly determined guidelines fromplant the seeds from which Revolution grew: the 50 Finnish manuscripts inthe HedbergThat all men are born equal, that no man is sermon filein the Helsinki University library. by nature inferiorto any other, that mutual Additional sources were gathered by the writer consent among a people determines the rights of on atripto the main places where Hedberg government and that. according to natural law, a preached. people have certaininalienablerights which The sermons were analyzed as to substance should never be challenged. The speeches pro- and form. particular attention being given to vided a religious justification for a secular cause. relationships between ideas and their expression. Secondary sources, such as biographies and his- Bennett, H. Douglas. A Rhetorical Study of the tories.werehelpfulintalderstandinghow -Preaching Characteristics of Clovis Gillham thought and language interacted with preacher, Chappell. Bowling Green State U. occasion, and audience to produce results. Employing thehistorical-critical method of Hedlterg's preaching induced and deepened research,forty sermons from Chappell's pub- commitment. His credibility, in terms of how his lished hooks spanning a period of forty-four hearers saw him, facilitated the reception of his years were randomly selected and analyzed for sermons. The hearers' acceptance of his views, characteristicS in his -preaching. as well as Hedbeg's conception of preaching as Historical background for an analysis of Chap- a proclamatory and pastoralfunction, caused pell's preaching takes into consideration those Finnish preaching to become less moralistic and influences which contributetohis preaching judgmental. Hedberg's theory of preaching was practice. An exposition of his rhetorical and shown to be a viable one, the arguments, ap- homiletical theory provides evidence that he re- peals. and devicesinhis sermons suggesting garded preaching as the most vital work of a modes of persuasion for effective preaching to- minister. day. His useofthe canon ofinvention shows 132 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION the Bible and human experiences to be his chief Clement'sfancily._ Tennesseepoliticians,and non-artistic sources of proof. He also maintainsspeech writers was integral to the study. Tra- strong ethical, logical, and emotional 'proof. ditional documentary research was used in exam- Logical, simple, and psychological best de- ining Governor Clement's Papers in the Ten- scribe his organization. Carefully placed transi- nessee State Library and Archives and reading tions and signal expressions separate ideas and newspaper accounts of the campaign. divisions enhancing unity, clarity, and under- RhetoricalanalysisofClement's campaign standivk Generally brief but poignant introduc- speaking involved two methods. The first was a tions and conclusions make the sermonsin- thematic analysis based on Ernest Wrage's em- t, resting and complete, phasis nu studying speeches for the ideas they 'flue style of Chappell is (mind to be variedcontain in order to see what prevailing notions and appealing. Through the use of imagination,of a group they reflect. The second method, dialogue. questions,figures of speech, presentincorporating Kenneth Burke's key term identi- tense.activevoice, and parallelism. he adds fication, was adetailed analysis of 'Clement's force and vividness to his sermons. By avoiding persuasive effect. compositional excesses, he produces a lean and The reasons Clement's speaking was an im- !mid style. portant part of the 1954 primary victory were: Indelivery.Dr. Chappellisreserved with Clement was well-trained in speaking due to the 'mocement and gestures, possessing a voice with instruction of Mrs. Joe B. Weems; was an expert wide pitch range. a southern, accent with some at speaking extemporaneously: identified with his problems in articulation and enunciation. and audience in almost every speech by his choice a pattern of intensity and. pitch which createsof materials, choice of language, and his love monotony. ofspeaking;possessedphysicalcharacteristics which appealed to people;' Was sincere: and dis- Muller, John R. Communication Efforts of thecussed themes related to value-systems of the Indiana State Police Public Information Di- people of Tennessee. vision: A Study of Police Image. Purdue U. The purpose of this study was to examine the Brammer,ClarenceL.ThomasJ.Walsh: mminunication efforts of the Public Information Spokesman for Montana. U. Missouri. Di% isiou of the Indiana State Police and its at- The purpose of this study was to determine tempt, by these efforts, to upgrade police image.the sources of Thomas J.Walsh's rhetorical Tht: analysis includes an examination of the his- strength. The focus was on three types'of speak- coly and early iMage of the Indiana State Police ing: campaign speeches, selected Senate speeches, barred on State Police documents and interviews and the Teapot Dome investigation. with retired and active members of the force. The texts of his speeches used were from the '(Ii' study also examines the Puh lic Informa- CongreAsional Record or his manuscripts in the tkm Officers' perceptions of the image of the Library of Congress. The same, collection con- Indiana State Police, looks at different approach- tains thousands of letters and newspaper clip- es used in addressing different types of audiences pings which were explored. and how this affects image. Also examined is For twenty years,1913-1933, Senator Wahh the image covered by four speeches delivered was a defender of the 'Constitution, a champion by Slate Police Public. Information Officers. of the common man, a critic of corporate po- studytests experimentally whether an litical control, an effective investigator of official audience exposed to a speech delivered by an malfeasance. Indiana State Police Public Information Officer Walsh lacked charisma. He was a poor mixer, will significantly change its perceptions of policedid not drink, smoke or tell amusing stories. image and become more discerning in its per- His weaknesses whichkept him from being ceptions of policemen. popular were compensated for by qualities that gained him respect. His honesty, courage, and Boyd. Stephen D. The Campaign Speaking of ability appealed to his constituents. Frank Clement in the 1954 Democratic Pri- 'Walsh's Senate addresses on nationalissues, mary: Field Study and Rhetorical Analysis. taken collectively, formed a clear exposition of U. Illinois. American progressivepolitics. The rhetorical The pt:rpose of this study was to analyze rhe- power in these speeches is primarily the power torica2ythecampaign'speakingofFrank of extensive documentation and cogent argu- Clement in the 1954 Detnocratic primary.. mentation. Field study in the form of interviews with Walsh was particularlyeffectiveinSenate ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 133

investigations requiring the skillful cross-examin- rhetorical functions and potentialities of the ation of witnesses. He will probably be remem-parables of Jesus. Primary sources were fifteen bered best as the voice against political cor- parables as received in the Revised Standard ruption in the 1920's. Version of the New Testament, isolated by a The sources of Walsh's strength as a speakerstrict definition of "parable." These fifteen par- were knowledgeability and moralcharacter. ables were subjected to ad hoc literary-rhetorical Thoroughness in preparation and a wealth ofanalysis based upon Lloyd Bitzer's concept of factslogicallypresented markedhismajor the "rhetorical situation." In addition, certain speeches. These positive attributes made him"standard" questions aboutform,style and an effective and influential speaker who canfunctions of supporting material were explored. be compared favorably with capable orators of It was found that the parables studied arose his period. in response to two basic types of rhetorical situations, instruction and challenge, resulting in Breit low, John R. Rhetorical Fantasy at thetwo functions, instruction and persuasion. In- Virginia Convention of 1788. U. Minnesota.structional parables, addressed to Jesus' disciples and crowds, arose from rhetoricalsituations The study applies the critical concepts "rhe-which allowed, but did not force, Jesus to use torical fantasy" and "rhetorical vision" to the the parable form with situational "constraints" Virginia constitutional debates. "Rhetorical fan-operating as "opportunities." The persuasive tasies" are axiologically symbolic dramatizationsparables, addressed to Jesus' opponents, arose in which influence listeners to accept these drama-situations which all but dictated their use, with tizations as reality and behave accordingly. "Rhe- situational "constraints" operating as "limiting torical visions" are amplified, enduring fantasyfactors" circumscribing Jesus' choice of strate- themes shared by large groups in a culturallygies, Further, in some of the persuasive situa- definitive manner. tions,immediateauditors(opponents)were The study provides dimensions, characteristics, forced to be judges of the actions in the tales and sequential operation of rhetorical fantasy;prior to their application. Such use of these par- historical,biographical,andrhetoricalback- ables constituted a strategy of entrapment of ground for the constitutional debates; and a opponents. chronological summary of the Virginia debates. Analysis of formal rhetorical properties of the Excerpts from speeches illustrate the rhetoricalparables yielded information concerning how vision of the Federalists, the rhetorical fantasiesand why the parables worked well or ill in of the Antifederalists, and the interaction of thetheir givenrhetoricalsituations. One major protagonists. Nine speeches are analyzed for finding was that rhetorical function of the par- manifest content, effects, and three countermea-ables ic possible only if certain "keys" are pressure applications: "Discursive Countermeasures,' ent or applied to "qualify" metaphorical mean "Direct Counterfantasy," and "Subversive Coun- ing. terfantasy." The study concludes that rhetorical fantasy Chapel, Gage William. Christian Science and appears to account for the significant achieve- the Rhetoric of Argumentative Synthesis. U. ments made by the Antifederalists in the first Southern California. half of the Convention, major changes in parliamentary strategy and rhetorical tacticsa shift This study answered the question: How did from reliance on reasoned discourse to fantasiz-the rhetoric of Mary Baker Eddy function to ingmade by the Federalists in the latter part promote the widespread acceptance of Christian of the Convention, and the sudden, last - minute,Science between 1875 and 1910? Christian Sci- and decisive capitulation of the Antifederalistence was conceptualized as an "argumentative leader Patrick Henry. The study confirms thesynthesis," that is, a coherent doctrine dialec- utility of recognizing the characteristics of rhe- tically derived from rivalreligious,scientific, torical fantasy but neither verifies nor disproves and social views. the sequential operation of the phases of rhe- Argumentative synthesis is persuasive because torical fantasy. its ideas are attractive to people caught between the appeal of opposing arguments; an audience Burkhart, J. Paul II. Rhetorical Functions and is given a new option not previously apparent Possibilities of the Parables of Jesus. Penn-in the controversy rather than a compromise sylvania State U. that really satisfies neither side. Mrs. Eddy's method and manner of communi- The purpose of this study was to discover thecating were consistent with her doctrine. As she 131 111111.106RAP11IC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION employed apparentlydisparateideasinher ing on issues affecting their lives, a condition synthesis, so she employed differing forms oftiv:ticd them by an ittutersimal fe.leral bureauc- argument and appeal to communicate her mes-racy and the inacessibility of the national mass sage. She used two basically different types of media. argument: pragmatic and empirically oriented ar .untrnts. and chitin:dons based on a la ladCooper, Stephen. A Rhetorical Assessment of as anuptions. The pragmatic and empirically Lyndon Johnson's Presidential Press Confer- oriented arguments were consonant with the sciences. Louisiana State U. c:Iinc aspects Of her sitthesis. Th,_ deductions were characteristic of the religious and idealistic The purposes of this study were to apply aspects of her doctrine. As Mrs. Eddy posited astandards of rhetorical analysis and criticism synthesis of science and Christianity, so herto the presidential press conference as an oral style .partook of both scientific and Christian communication situation, and more specifically. words. phrases, images, allusions. and quotations,to exatnine Lyndon Johnson's effectivenessin As Hrs. Eddy argued that women should express his °finial. presidential news conferences. both masculine and feminine characteristics, so President Johnson experimented with a variety she employed bothmasculine and feminineof formats but preferred informal, impromptu words. phrases. and images in her writings. Mrs. meetings with reporters in his office. His goals Eddy's means of communication grew out ofwere to explain. publicize, promote, and defend the nature of her message. his administration. Further, he wanted to improve his image, control the press conference, Claud. William Howe. Carl McIntire: A Studyand regulate what corespondents reported. of Ilk Philosophy and Use of the Mass Me- President Johnson usually used in dia. Ohio State U. statements.. Many of these were newsworthy, some dramatic. and others so long, redundant, This study focuses upon the exploitation of and obviously promotional that they were prob- the mass media by Carl McIntire who views theably 'netted ive. press, and especially broadcasting. as divinely - President Johnson used a variety of techniques given instruments to promote his sectarian pur- to control and fence with the press. Ile antici- pose of preaching the true Gospel. pated questions, interrupted and instructed re- McIntire conceives of himself as a missionaryporters, demanded sources, attacked questions, spreading the "truth"found in the literal in and used sarcasm and humor. Johnson employed terpretation of the Bible and fighting the forcesthe devices of backgronnding, repeating. ampli- of cviwhich heidentifiesasinternational, fying.exhausting,generalizing,arguing, and atheistic communismthe Anti- Christ corningapealing to discuss issues in his replies. To avoid to destroy historical Christianity. answering questions, lie used a variety of tactics The mass media arc to McIntire instruments including refusing to answer, referring questions. bwwhich he can disseminate his message. His and circumventing specific ideas. In general he libetation view of the nature and function ofprobably avoided inquiry so extensively that the media in society sanctions his use of thehis general effectiveness was disminished. mrdia to further his private interests by stress- \Vhile Johnson achieved a degree of success ing the right and necessity of the owner or in acomplishing his own aims, especially pub- operatortoliefree from any operating re licity. lie was probably too often unresponsive to st taints. questioning to permit optimum use of the press This belief. however. conflicts with the pre. conference as a vehicle of communication with wailing social responsibility view manifested bythe press and the public. the Federal Communications Commission which holds that the media's freedom. incurs a corollary ilponsihility to operate in the public interest. Cragan, John Francis. The Cold War Rhetorical McIntire's private operation of the media has Vision, 1946.1972. U. Minnesota. brought him into sharp conflict with the FCC. The purpose of this study was to make a Mchnire's philosophy and use of the media rhetorical criticism of the foreign policy discus- representsthere-emergence ofthe advocacy sionin the United States from 1946 to 1972 press as seen in his private use of it as an exten-with a focus on the "Cold War." The study sion of his ministry. They also indicate the re- determines the rhetorical origins of the Cold surgence of the minority or specialized media asWar; describes the original Cold War rhetorical a response to the need of minority voices tovision; and examines the meanings, emotions, express beliefs and participate in decision-mak- and motives of the Cold War rhetoric in an ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 135 effortto provide understanding of American In Part III, the study examines the ways in foreign policy from 1946 to 1972. The criticalwhich radical revolutionaries can be said to approach of the study was one which viewedfunction as a unified rhetorical movement, as- the Cold War phenomenon as a rhetoricalsesses the relative success of the movement, and vision. provides a set of hypotheses which might be The origins of the Cold War rhetoric wereexamined in future studies. found in the hot rhetoric of World War II and threemajor,iftransitory,rhetoricalvisions Dawes, De Ann 0. The Rhetoric of Charles de that emerged as the monolithic rhetoric of the Gaulle During the Fifth Republic. U. Illinois. hot war gave way to post-war pressures. The three transitory visions were characterized as This study presented to the English speaking "One World," "Power politics,"and "Redpublic from a French perspective, Charles de Fascism." Gaulle, the man, his ideas and the oratory he The study indicates that the rhetoric of theemployed to put his ideas into effect as the Cold War portrayed a drama in which America leader of France in times of Crises. It traces his was in a war with Russia for the hearts anddevelopment fromhis childhood concept of minds of men. It was a struggle between goodhimself as the future leader of France, through and evil that was fought between the bordershis organization of the Free French Movement, of appeasement and an all-out shooting war. 1940-46, to his presidency of the Fifth Republic, The meanings, emotions, and motives that 1958-69. His leadership through oratory liberated arc embedded in the Cold War rhetorical vision Algeria, provided a new French constitution, were analyzed under these labels: the "Dramatic and established France as an independent unit Situation,"the"MissionaryAmerican,"the within the Common Market as the third power "Atomic American," the "Competitive Ameri- betweentheSovietUnion and theUnited can," the "Aggressive Communist," the "Atomic States. Communist," the "Conspirator Communist," and Texts of his speeches were analyzed, with em- the "Dramatic Scenario." phasis on the television orations of the Fifth Republic. They represented brief exhortations Chesebro, James W. The Radical Revolutionaryto support him and his policies. The overall in America: Analysis of a Rhetorical Move.syllogism characterized his speeches. De Gaulle ment, 1960-1972. U. Minnesota. solved past crises. A new crisis exists. Thus, de Gaulle's solution to the present crisis should be As acritical-historicalstudy,thisanalysis accepted. Through selection of historical events identifies the genre of symbolic actions which to establish his ethos, he identified himself and define the counter culture and its revolutionaryhis policies with the greatness of France. component, thefivetypes ofradical revolutionaries which persistently challenge the estab- His classical style reflected French pride in lished social culture, and the ways in which their language and Buffon's statement that style radical revolutionaries can be said to funcdonis the man. His figures of speech and choice of as a unified, successful and complex rhetorical le mot piste lent color, rhythm, and balance to movement. his addresses. His speeches, personally composed In Part I, the counter culture and its revolu- and memorized, appeared conversational in de- tionary component are defined intrinsically and livery. extrinsically.Theintrinsiccharacteristicsof The greatness of the man and his oratory in the counter culture are defined historically. The crises was amply documented inhis writings extrinsic characteristics are defined by compar-and speeches, and through personal interviews ing the ideological components of the counter in France, news reports, and books of the period. culture and establishment. In Part II, the study focuses upon only oneElliott, Elbert E. The Rhetoric of Spiro T. group within the counter culture, the militants. Agnew: A Study inPolitical Controversy. 'The diverse attitudes among militants are ex- Southern Illinois U. amined and five types of militants (political revolutionary,culturalrevolutionary,urban The purpose of this study was to discover how guerrilla, political anarchist, and superstar) are and why (the probable causes) Spiro T. Agnew distinguished by their definition of revolution,became one of the most controversial political rhetorical problems, strategies to overcome those figures in the United States during the years problems. and relative success in achieving their 1969 and 1970 by an examination of such public objectives. information as selected Agnew speeches, inter- l36 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION dews. articles. books. and other responses rela- involved the use of edifying .discourse through vant to the Agnew phenomenon. which subjectivity once experienced might 1w The study concluded thatthe nation wasenhanced. Although Fox manifested rhetorical polarized helots: Agnew arrived ou the sceneskill, his 'Authority as a leader was still limited and that Agnew was easily absorbed into theuntil his charismatic image equalled and even total picture. superseded his natural abilities as a communi- The chief objection in this study to Agilely'scator. People observed Fox, they'' listened, then speaking. was not his generalizations or his ,ter- they proclaimed his fame, and eventually hsl renal attacks upon other politicians. Rather, it lowed him with a divine devotion. was the gutter level to which he subjected the office of Vice President of the United States. Estes, Susan J. The Rhetoric of Representa- This study also concluded that Agnew cor- dve Black Spokesmen for Violence from 1965 rectly analyzed his national audience. The study through 1969. U. Missouri. showed that one of the paramount questions in the minds of many Americans in 1969 and The purpose of this study was to examine the 1970 was "What can keep this country from expressed values. attitudes. and beliefs of Mal- going to the dogsr Throughout his speechescolm X, Stokely Carmichael, Eldridge Cleaver, Huey P. Newton, and Bobby-Seale to deter ... Agnew answeredthisunspoken question by advocating return to a traditional life style with if they were consistent with beliefs, attitudes. and values in other American rhetoric of vio- parentalauthority, hard work, and law and lence. The author developed a methodology for order. Another conclusion was that Agnew may have been. for many, a prototype of the father rhetorical criticism by modifying concepts found Beliefs, Altitudes, and rallies: A authority which gate to some people a sense of in Rokeach's Theory of Organization and Change.Further. security for the future, to others a feeling ofthe author examined the vocabulary and non- felt, and to others a feeling of anger. verbal symbols used by the five spokesmen. Liter, Eugene C. Charismatic Communication: The study drew the following conclusions, A Critical Analysis of the Rhetorical Behav- First,the basic values expressed by the live representative spokesmen (libertyis worth the iors of George Fox, Founder of the Society ofsacrifice of life, and violence must be used to Friends, Ohio State U. gain liberty) were very much within the rhe The primary purpose of this thesis was to torical tradition of American spokesmen. Second, detelmine how GeorgeFox transformedhis the five spokesmen's call for violence was based intuitice knowledge into a charismatic move. on the attitudes that the American dream is a tuent. To accomplish this purpose the historical: nightmare to blacks, that blacks must have free- critical method of research was employed. As a dom, that whites will include blacksinthe pat( of the methodology, a heuristic paradigmAmerican dream only if the whites are forced of charismatic communication was synthesized tothrough the violence of blacks, and that from(.leetet1 concepts in sociology, propheticblacks may use violence for their welfare just and tusstical religion, existential philosophy, andas whites do. Third. the beliefs of the five rhetorical theory. In particular two authors, Max spOkesmen were derived from direct experiences, %Veber and Soren Kierkegaard, were most fre group memberships, the American culture. and fluently cited. Marxist and Third-World ideology. Fourth, dur- With this model as a basis for the investiga ing the 1960s the black speakers became more lion of Fox's rhetorical behaviors, a number of independent of traditional white American atti- conclusions emerged. The success of Fox as a tudes and beliefs. Fifth, the five spokesmen used communicator was largely the result of his audi-the vocabulary, the delivery. and the dress of ence's 'cattiness for his message. The !hues were the blackghetto culture. abnormal. Deprived and frustrated, people began to search for and summon new authorities,Feud, Jerry D. The Effect of Verbal Qualifi- new faiths, and new leaders. When Fox began cation of Argument Reasons Upon Acceptance preaching, his rhetorical objective was to revive of the Derived Claim. U. Wisconsin (1971). New Testament Christianity in the seventeenth century.In orderto accomplishthisitwas Previous studies of language have indicated fleecy:try for him to Proclaim directly his doc- that various qualifier words (e.g.,I know that, trine to those who did not know it. He also had probably) attached to statements represent dif- to dispel the illusion of those who knew thefering degrees of belief in the statements. No truth objectively but not subjectively. Lastly, it previous research has compared such qualified ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 137 and unqualified reason statements in argumentstragiNts' ability to adapt to the rhetorical situa- to determine how they affect receiver acceptancetion which confronted them. of argument conclusions. The contemporary phase ofthewoman's The variables studied were nine qualifiersmovement, the woman's liberation movement, representing three degrees of probability andwas also judged to be failing. The inability of three forms of wording (e.g..certainly,itis women's liberationists to unify, to show concrete, certaieI know) placed on argument reasons in positive results stemming hom the movement, three locations (data, warrant, or both). Hy- to avoid extreme attacks on basic societal in- potheses and questions focused on qualifier de- stitutions, and to ally themselves with other gree, interaction of degree and form, interaction popular causes, will ultimately make the con- of degree and location, and unqualified reasons temporary phase a failure. for effects upon receiver responses. While the suffragists adapted to the situation by succumbing to sexual defeatism in their ac- Eleventh-grade students responded to all pos- ceptance of the domeStic myth. contemporary sible pairs of the nine qualifiers and no qualifier feminists fail to display any adaptability to the on reasons of two contradictory arguments by exterior forces they face and, instead, concentrate marking the stronger conclusion on an eight- on al ticking institutions which they cannot real- point scale. The responses vvere examined in a istically hope to change. 3 N x 3 Analysis of Variance and an ANOVA for paired comparisons. The major conclusions were as follows: 1) Gardner, Greg H. Inventioninthe "One Certainty degree words effecicd stronger con- World" Addresses of Wendell Lewis Willkie. clusions than the other qualifiers but unquali- Bowling Green State U. fied statements are as strong as certainty' state- The purpose of this study was to investigate ment:.2) Word forms interactwithdegrees inventioninthe "One World" addresses of such that personal thought forms tend to be Wendell Lewis Willkie.Selected for analysis the stronger. 3) "Probably" has an ambiguous were twenty-four addresses on the issue of in meaning between likely and possible degrees. 4) ternationalism delivered by Willkie between the Results for qualifiers in arguments are different years 1940.1944.The methodologyutilized from when the qualifiers are viewed in isola- throughout the study was Aristotelian. tion. 5) There are individual variations and in- Time conclusions found by this study were: 1) consistencies of response by many students who Wendell Willkie possessed an extensive speech tend to be less intelligent and less able readers. background and was particularly well trained in debate. 2) The Willkie addresses were concen- Feld, Thomas R. A Comparative Study of thetrated on the specific themes of military, po- Suffrage Phase and the Women's Liberation litical and economic internationalism. 3) Willkie's Phase of the Woman's Movement: A Case speeches were traditionally Aristotelian in de- Study of Rhetorical Adaptation. Purdue U.sign as he used ethical, emotional, and logical proofs as his forms of persuasion. 4) Willkie Inthe most generalsense,this studyat- used ethical proof sparingly throughout the ad- tempted to account for the effects of temporal dresses although the appeal was used, to some change on persuasive efforts. Through an anal- degree, in every address. 5) Willkie significantly ysis of the suffrage phase and the women's liber- used some emotional proof in all addresses as ationphaseofthe woman's movement, thehe appealed to pride in country, humanitarian- study attempted . todetermine,explain, andism, and hope. 6) Willkie predominantly used evaluate the ways in which a single persuasive logical proof in his addresses as he constantly goalisrhetorically manifested in the face of used the refutative and demonstrative entity- temporal change. The study included an ex- mettles. 7) Willkie was a proficient speaker and amination of eighteen pamphlets. nine from statesman whose speeches were balanced with each phase of the movement. that were pri- all eleMents of the inventive process. marily intended to justify the importance of a woman's movement or to refute the opponents of a woman's movement. Garvin, Karen J. Billy Graham in 1967: A Fur- ther Study of Adaptation to Audiences. U. The study pointed out that, contrary to popu- Minnesota. lar opinion, the suffrage phase of the woman's movement was, for the most part, a failure. Expanding on a 1964 M.A. thesis, this study What minor success was achieved in the suffrage was an examination of the Billy Graham speech- phase, however, was primarily due to the suf- es which comprised his 1967 Winnipeg and 138 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Kansas City crusades for examples of strategiescharacteristics of the American people. Arab by which a speaker can adapt messages to audi- rhetoric appears to have been modified in re- ences. Differences. in subject-audience relation- cent years to conform with the cultural traits of ships. achieved by variations in topic. mode and the American people. The Arab campaign was intensity of appeal to audience motivation, were ineffectivein changing the attitudes of the reflected in Graham's Winnipeg and Kansas City American populace. The Israeli campaign could campaitins. Differences in speaker-audience re- not be cited with confidence as being responsi- lationship were achieved by demonstration of ble for pro-Israeli support in Americacultural speaker attributes which credited his authority ties and past Jewish persecution may have had and IA revelation of attitudes indicating famil-greater impact. Possibly propaganda efforts from iarity in the relationships, Results revealed a either side have been less of a factor in changing prophetically-distancedrelationshipwiththeAmerican attitudes on the Middle East than television audience, a decreasingly-distanced po- previously thought. .sition with the people of Winnipeg. and a close alliance with the Kansas City audience. Further evidence of adaptation was fqund in addressesGilsdorf, William Otto. Political Communica- to special audiences at Youth Night crusade tion in New Hampshire: A Case Study in meetings and ministerial gatherings where the Organized Political Persuasion. U. Michigan. speaker selected purpose, topic, argumentative This paper examined the 1968 political cam- form and appeal appropriate to special audience paign of Vincent Dunn for the Democratic Gu- concerns and attitudes. Location of these differ-bernatorial nomination in New Hampshire as ences suggest that a speaker who has analyzed an example of organizational persuasive com- hisaudience'sprobable can predispositions munication. The campaign was analyzedin adapt his message by defining subject-audience terms of context, receiver, communications set- relationship through selection of purpose, topic, ting, source elements, basic tactics, and specific atgumentative form and content, and appeal to communication strategies. The perspective of audience motivation and by defining the speak- communication source was highlighted through er-audience relationship through the use of evi-discussion of the development of campaign or- dence crediting speaker authority and through ganization, the candidate's role, the decision- revelationof attitudessuggesting degreeof making process the performance of communica- familiarity.Coordinationofsubject-audience tion functions, and the development of basic and speaker-audience relationship according to tactics. Messages were analyzed for the specific principles derived from persuasion theory should communication strategies of attention, compre- further enhance the probability of success. hension, and. acceptance. The study did not examine the effect upon the receiver. Gephart, Jerry Charles and Michael Alan Sic- Primary source material included the author's gel. A Study in Persuasion. The Arab and Is-daily observation of the campaign, the result- raeli Propaganda Cmpaigns in America. U.ing journal, access to allfiles and materials, Utah. collection of written and audio-taped copies of The purpose of this study was to analyze the communication output, and post-election inter- messages created by Arab and Israeli propa- views with most principals. ganda strategists which have then been dissem- Primary campaign source elements were the inated to the American audience. Messages pre- candidate, his organization, and the advertising sented in various forms and communicated be-agency. The campaign organization was a tem- tween June 11, 1967 and January 31, 1972, were porary organization, with its attendant pressures studied from the perspective of rhetorical andand more loosely definedroles. Analyzedin communication theory. Of primary concern was terms of Wallace Fotheringham's thirteen corm the role of these messages in the propagandamunication functions, all but three were per- campaigns directed by these -international an- formed adequately. There was little effort to tagonists. systematicallycollectand interpretfeedback. Research supports the following tentative con- The candidate played a minimal role through clusions: The campaigns do not possess as many most functions. differences as anticipated. The campaigns were Major tactical concerns were separating the not so divergent as to be the predominant factorcandidate from a large field and making Dunn in the consistent pro-Israel; attitude of Ameri- known to a neutral voter/receiver. Specific com- can:. lq-aeli messages, in contrast to Arab Mes-munication strategies of attention and accept- sages. were more consistent with the rhetorical ance of source were emphasized. The dynamism ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 139 dimensionof sourcewas almostexclusively the State University of New York at Buffalo in stressed. the spring of 1970 was examined as a specific rhetorical event in the broader movement. Grases, Michael P. The Rhetoric of the In- The analytic model created for this study ward Light: An Examination of Extant Ser-focuseci on the rhetorical dimensions of sym- mons Delivered by Early Quakers, 1671. 1700. bolic action rather than specific verbal content U. Southern California. of m-swages; and the rhetorical di llll .nsions of situation. It was based on the assumption that Seventy-three Quaker sermons survived the confrontation can be viewed as drama and that period 1671-1700 and were examined inthis a rhetorical analysis of this act is an investiga- study. The following questions woe explored:tion of how closely the drama approximates What were the intellectual, religious, socio-po- the ideal comedic form; how much it encourages Mica!rhetorical and homiletic currents sup the audience to identify with the innocent vic- rounding early Quakerisms? What philosophical tim. presuppositions underlay Quaker sermons? What were the salient characteristics of Quaker ser- The case study analysis of the confrontation mons from 1671-1700? In what ways was theat Buffalo, as well as the review of the con- Scutum rhetoric of early Quakers similar to or frontations at Berkeley, San Francisco State, and different from that of Anglicans and Puritans? Columbia, seemed to lend credence to the notion that persuasion and comedy go hand in hand. Late seventeenth century England saw signifi- That ts, persuasion in confrontation occurred to cant intellectual, religious, social, and political the extent that comedy was generated. But the changes. Early Quakers saw man as degenerate,study also indicated that comedy is difficult to requiringpersonalsalvationthroughChrist, sustain and that unless the establishment forces the "Inward Light," and ultimately perfectable.over-reacted to the point of punishing innocents, They viewed themselves as separated from the the comedy, and thus the persuasion of the audi- mainstream of society. Quakers valued Scripture, ence, diminished. The radicals did not seem to group consensus, and reasonasappropriate understand this. Each time they permitted the means of testing knowledge. violence to decrease they lost popular support Quaker sermons were intended to lead peopleand establishment forces gained control of the to the Inward Light, to instruct, and to defend situation. . doctrines. Surviving sermons were multithematic, treating theological themes, behavioral guidance, Hansen, William A. John Wesley. and the Rhet- and attitudes toward society. Quaker sermons oric of Reform. U. Oregon. reaffirmed the hearer's faith primarily through archetypalmetaphors. Most prominent were This study is designed to discover how John light-dark, guiding voice,seed,hunger-thirst, Wesley reacted to his world of ecdesiastical, and pilgrimage metaphors. The sermons were political, economic and social change, as re- alsocharacterized by the "catechetical"style, vealed in his public writings, and to discover which used rhetorical questions, dialogues. andthe influence of his pamphlet rhetoric as a queries, the extensive use of spatial terms, ap-shaping agent in eighteenth-century human af- peals to the hearer's guilt and God's mercy, and fairs. use of ethical appeals. Chapter II, on Wesley's audiences, includes Quakers differed from Anglicans and Puritans his Methodism, a well-organiced, highly polar- on the proper education and role of ministers, ized network of small groups. The religious the place of preaching in church life, the doe-.and secular issues that Wesley confronted are trines presented, the rhetorical strategies em-deicribed inhistorical order. Chapter III, on ployed and the method of sermon delivery. religious controversy, treats the validity of Wes- ley's doctrines and the prudence of his manner Hanunond, Bruce It Confrontation Rhetoric: of preaching his doctrines, the controversy over A Study of the Rhetoric of the Radical Stu-the separation of Methodism front the Church dent Left. State U. New York at Buffalo. of England, the incursions of Calvinism and antinotnianism into Methodism, and the issue This was a study of the rhetorical implications of Roman Catholic suffrage. Chapter IV, on and dimensions of campus confrontation and the secular controversy, includes Wesley's views on rhetorical elements common to the nationwideeconomic ills,politicalvices, the abomination radical left movement. Emphasis was placed up- of war. the American War of Independence and on defining and identifying strategies employedthe abolition of the slave trade. in confrontation. The campus confrontation at Chapter V concludes that Wesley's rhetorical 140 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION patterns derivefronthis formaltraining inHawks, Paul N., Jr. A Rhetorical Analysis of disputation at Oxford, from his exposure to the 1938 Los Angeles Mayoralty Recall Move- the logic of Henry Aldrich and the logical meth- ment. U. California at Los Angeles. od of Robert Sanderson. and from his study of Aristotelian rhetoric. Wesley's own writings stress Los Angeles voters recalled Mayor Frank Shaw not only invention and arrangement, but style, in 1938, electing Judge Fletcher Bowron in his memory and delivery as well. place. This dissertation analyzed the content of The study concludes that although Wesley'sa series of radio broadcasts sponsored by Clif- opponents often disagreed with his assumptions ford Clinton. the main instigator of the recall they could not escapehisdirectpleasfor movement. honesty and morality in conditions immediately .The rhetoricalrequirements oftherecall improvable by righteous acts. movement were formulated as a standard against which the radio discourse was measured: capable Hartsell, Robert L. A Critical Analysis of Se-spokesmen for the cause, an audience which is lected Southern Baptist Convention Presiden-approximately capable of accomplishing the in- tial Addresses, 1950.1970. Louisiana State U. tended goal, efficient channels of communication, (1971). and message strategies which support the movement's needs. Th.- purpose of this study was to determine the nature and values of the addresses and the The rhetorical strategies included denunciation of the incumbent administration; stimula- extentto which the presidents utilized their tion of hope for improved conditions; refutation rhetorical opportunities. Subsidiary concerns involved speaker aims and strategies, methods ofof the opposition's discourse and propaganda; development, forms of proof, patterns of or-promotion of the movement's activities, financial ganization, and address Themes. needs. and organizational machinbry; and activation of voters. Historical data were examinedtoprovide brief histories of the convention and the pres- Phase one, the organizationalperiod, con- idential addiess, and treatments of the nature tainedlittlepublic persuasion regarding the of the convention, the presidency, and the re- recall movement. The petition campaign which lationship of the president to the convention. followed focused on the denunciation of the Biographical sketches of the 1950-1970 presi-Shaw administration. The candidate selection dents were also included. Responses to the ad- phase emphasized inspirational discourse, assert- dresses were sought in selectedBaptist state ing hope for a unified movement. Phase four, newspapers, convention programs, and conven- the final election campaign, produced a strong tion resolutions. blend of denunciatory and inspirationaldis- Textual analysis utilized a synthesis of Aris course. The discourse of the last three phases totelian and modified Burkian concepts. Tra-of the movement produced some elements of ditional concerns such as organization, style, andeach rhetorical strategy, including frequent pas- delivery were treated in a preliminary chapter, sages of refutation. Through much of the move- but the primary focus was upon the five major ment, however, the strategies of promotion and issues which dominated the addresses and theactivation seemed weak in both quantity and speakers' achievement of meaning-identification- quality. The movement successfully met the belief. The issues were local church autonomy.overall rhetorical requirements, but may have come to a quicker conclusion had there been a ecumetticity, theological controversy, racialre- lationships, and social applications of the gospel. more balanced use of these rhetorical strategies. The presidents sought to influence convention attitudes, beliefs, or actions: Press reports and Hensley, Carl W. The Rhetorical Vision of the convention proceedings revealed that they usual- Disciples of Christ: A Rhetoric of American ly were successful. Millennialism.U.Minnesota. The addresses were determined to be issue- centered institutionalrhetoric. Although per- The Disciples of Christ religious movement suasivespecifically "convincing"in speaker in-grew out of the efforts of men in the American tent and audience response, their content wasWest whose aim was to usher in the earthly lackinginargumentation. The predominant reign of Christ. This study analyzes the Disci- rhetorical modes were narration and exposition.ples' rhetoric, revealing that the total rhetorical The address, as a rhetorical institution, had anvision developed out of the various millennial aim of its own: promotion of convention unity fantasiessecular-and religiouscurrent in cul- and harmony. ture. The methodologyisrhetoricalfantasy. ABSTRACT.S OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 141 which examines the dramatistic paradigms ofnomenon," the second as a "literal historical reality used to effect emotional persuasion. event," and the third as a "logical absurdity." Doling the first generation the Disciples' rhe- Answers to the second three research questions torical vision dealt with the major fantasies of were based on data collected from a question- American postmillennial visions, resting on the naire administered to a random sample of clergy- belief that the kingdom of God was soon to be men and parishioners and from follow-up inter- etablished in America and characterized by views with forty clergymen and fifty parishioners extreme optimisin and the assumption of in- in the sample frame. The results revealed signi- evitable progess. The scenario included a lost ficantrelationships between understanding of par5idise to restore, antagonists who profaned the death of God theology and acceptance of its the pure paradise and must be purged, protag- message components. The results also showed onists chosen by God to purge and restore, and significantrelationships betweentheclergy's a promised landthe scene of the action. The understanding of the theology and unorthodoxy, key fantasies in the Disciples' vision were restora- and between unorthodoxy and acceptance. These tion of the primitive Christian church, the re- same results were found for the 331 parishioners suiting unity of all Christians leading totila who responded to the questionnaire. church's evangelistic conquest of the world thus The study concluded that the death of God ushering in the millenniuma thousand years theologians may have achieved their goals partly of peace and blessedness throughout the world because their rhetorical aims were in harmony as Christ reigned supreme through his church. with tendencies of social change which were Second generation Disciples adhered to the imminent in a society of religious believers who original vision successfully, until cultural transi- did not necessarily accept the societal norm of tions and liberal theology generated new fan- God's existence. tasies, The original vision fragmented into visions of restorationism eand unionism which Jamieson, Kathleen M. Hall. A Rhetorical-Crit- lacked the ultimate climax of the original vision ical Analysis of the Conflict Over Humanae so that neither had the persuasive power of the Vitae. U. Wisconsin. original rhetorical vision. Pope Paul VI's condemnation of "artificial" methods of birth regulation in Humanae Vitae Howe, Roger J. An Investigation into the Rhe-sent tremors through one of Western civiliza. torical Variables of Meaning, Receivers, and tion's oldest institutions, the Roman Catholic Strategies of the Death of God TheologiansChurch. By bringing a rhetorical-critical focus and the Relationships Between Understand- to Humanae Vitae and the dissent from it, the ing, Acceptance, and Orthodoxy of Selected study attempts to explicate not only the docu- Clergy and Parishioners. Kent State U. ment but alto the reactions which the document provoked. This investigation attempted to discover the The first chapter is concerned with accurate intended meaning of the death of God message, perception of the encyclical and its argumenta- the intended receivers of the message, the rhe- dyestructure. The chapterconcludesthat torical strategies of the theologians in communi- Humanae Vitae draws its rhetorical strength not cating their messar, the relationship between from its explicit arguments but from the argu- the intended message and the clergy's under-ments which it implies. Chapter two examines standing of the message by a selected group of the papal encyclical as a rhetorical genre and clergy, the understanding of the message by a analyzesthe constraints which the encyclieAl selected glom) of parishioners, and the relation- genre places on papal pronouncements. ship between religious orthodoxy/unorthodoxy The third chapter explicates the rhetorical (among clergy and parishioners) and acceptance interchange between defenders of the encyclical of the. death of God message. and those dissenting from it. Chapter four un- The firstthree research questions were an- wraps the argumentative traditions which con- swered after personal interviews with the death strained Paul and the dissenters as they chose of God theologians. The information obtained from among the available means of persuasion. The chapter argues that Paul and the dissenters' in these interviews together with an examina- conflict over interpretation of natural law as tion of their writings revealed that there were well as over the type of evidence one marshals three different categories of theological thought in defense of an interpretation of natural law. concerning this movement. The firstcategory It suggests that given the rhetorical situation identifies the death of God as a "cultural phe- surrounding Humanne Vitae and given the Pope's 142 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL_ IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION choice of natural law as justification for the en- and Dirksen's swiches from isolationism to inter- cyclical's teaching. notonly was the conflict in-nationalism. His relationship .with the opposi- evitable but so too was rhetoricalresolutiontion party. the political uses of ambiguity, and rendered improbable. Chapter five extends chap- flexibility as a political virtue were also studied. ter four's analysis of the vectors propelling the The conclusion was that Dirksen's political pope and the dissenters argue from opposedsuccess was not in spite of but because of his temperaments and opposed worldviews. flexibility;aflexiblepoliticiancan, perhaps, function more effectively sincepolitic.iitsthe Lem ley, Steven Smith. A Rhetorical Study of"art of the possible." Dirksen's flexibility, his theExecutive-LegislativeStruggleforIn-personal charm and undoubted rhetorical skills, fluence in Foreign Policy: The Senate For-coupled with his willingness to work hard and eign Relations Committee Hearings on Amer-long, contributed to his acceptance by some as ica's Role in Southeast Asia, 1964-1971. Ohio perhaps the outstanding Minority Leader in the State U. history of the United States Senate. Using the methods of rhetorical criticism, this study explores an aspect of the checks and bal-Merriam, Allen H. A Rhetorical Analysis of ances system through ananalysis of Senate the Gandhi-Jinnah Debate Over the Partition Foreign Relations Committee hearings on South- of India. Ohio U. east Asia and Vietnam. During the decade preceding India'sinde- The hearings under study tookplacebe- pendence andthesimultaneouscreationof tween 1964 and 1971. During those years Ad- Pakistan in1947, the Muslim demand for a ministrative management of initiating and mak- separate nation sparked an extensive contro- ing war came under increasing pressure from versy. This dissertation sought to interpret the members of the Senate. Those who were mostconfrontation of two of the major participants outspoken used the Foreign Relations Committeein the partition debate, Mohandas K. Gandhi as a platform. Viewing the hearings throughand Mohammed Ali Jinnah. thetorical standards, this study shows that while The English-language speeches and writings the Senate Foreign Relations Committee broughtof Gandhi and Jinnah concerning the division issues connected with the war and the division of India provided the primary sources of infor- of powers to the public attention, there was a mation. Their verbal 41U-7:action was analyzed failure to persuade the Administration to alter to discover the arguments, uses of evidence, its policies. appeals,languagestyle,andunderlyingas- sumptions of each man. Personal motivations Lynch, Charles T. An Analysis of Positionand historical factors in Hindu-Muslim relations Changes in the Rhetoric of Everett McKinleywere also studied. Di:Iown. Southern Illinois U. The research revealed Jinnalt's dominant rhetorical trait to be an uncompromising consis- Senator Everett McKinley Dirksen, Republi-tency in demanding that Muslims possessed an can frem Illinois. had a reputation for change-inherent right to a nation. He played upon ability and lack of principle. The study set outIslamic pride and fear in asserting that India's to determine if Dirksen lacked principle, or if numerically-superior Hindus would enslave Mus- he found flexibility effective in attaining his lims. legslative goals. The rhetoric was studied in con- Gandhi demonstrated a similar emotional in- junction with the political milieu in which ittensity in his efforts to prevent India's division. was given to determine if changes in the pc) His ethically-based rhetoric denounced partition litical situation caused changes in Dirksen's po- as sinful, and he endlessly emphasized a trans- sitions. cendent unity despite the communal discord of An "oral history" approach was used with an the 1940's. Unique to Gandhi was his mastery of examination of several major speeches. People variousnonverbalformsofcommunication, who Intl worked with Dirksen were interviewed; notably fasts. their comments were balanced by contemporary Jinnah seemed to win the debate since Paki- newspaper reports, books, and articles in peri- stan was created. His legalistic mind and tactical odicals.Positions were examined ontheSt. strategies proved effective in a drama of power Lawrence Seaway, the Nuclear Test Ban Treaty,politics. However, Gandhi's moral idealism and nomination of Abe Fortis to be Chief Justicemessage of nonviolent brotherhood offered a of the United States Supreme Court, the 1964more rational approach to the problems of inter- Civil Rights Act, Senate Rule XXII (Cloture),cultural relations. ABSTRACTS OF DiacTORAL DISSERTATIONS 143 Moriarty, Kathleen P. The Irish Parliamentown prestige (ethos) or to cripple the govern- and George William Russell on Censorship, ment's prestige and image of expertise. The anti- 1928-1929. Purdue U. draft leaders chose inappropriate appeals in an attempttoconvertpotentialmembers into This study analyzed the 1928-29 literary cen-.actual members of the movement. The anti- sorship debates in both the Irish Parliament anddraft forces failed to provide a clear and suffi- in The Irish Statesman, the journal of opinion cientideology. The movement was unable to edited by George William Russell. All the par- establisha separate identity apart from the liamentary debates were studied as were all thelarger anti-war movement. The inadequacies writings onthecensorship questioninthe of organizational ability within the movement Statesman. The study was designed to contrast decreased its effectiveness. And, the wartime con- not merely the types of arguments and evidence ditions allowed the government to use a series used in each debate, but especially to demon- of particularly effective suppressive tactics against strate how each group contracted or amplified the agitators: .the censorship question. The major concern of In terms of the Bowers-Ochs moders predic- the researcher was to determine the extent totions, this study substantiated one matrix and which the debate was restricted to the pragmatic suggested additional generalizations for a second level of how the censorship was to be imple- matrix unexplored by the model. mented and, in contrast, to determine the extent to which the censorship issue was amplified into a full-blown philosophical question of demo- Primrose, Robert A. An Analysis of Preaching craticgovernment'sresponsibilitytocontrol on Social Issues in the Quad Cities. U. Iowa. pornography without sacrificing its citizens' free- This study examined the extent and type of dom. preaching on social issues and the factors which The study revealed the strengths and inade- associated with such preaching in the Davenport- quacies of the debate in the Parliament, a de-Rock island Metropolitan area of Iowa and bate which gave inordinate emphask to practical Illinois. Data included responses to a ten-page considerationsof how todevelop censorship questionnaire and a random sample of sermon machinery while eschewing the responsibility materials from 198 clergymen. to discuss the philosophical underpinnings of . The sermons were subjected to content anal- the censorship issue. Also, the analysis demon-ysis and the results combined with the data from strated how eminently practicalin the longthe questionnaire responses. For the content runwere Russell's and his collaborators' phil-analysis, preaching on social issues was oper- osophical discussions of the government's man- ationally defined three ways:the number of date to censor publications. sermons with references to social themes, the relative amount of sermon space devoted to O'Sullivan, Hanora M. A Rhetorical Analysis of socialissues, and the relative polarization of the Structure and Strategy of the Civil Warstatements made concerningsocialProblems. AntiDraft Movement. U. Michigan. Product-moment correlations and stepwise regression coefficients then were calculated to de- From the limited draft in 1862 through the termine the variables which were associated most firstnationalconscriptionin1863,resistance strongly with preaching on social topics. matured into a nationwide anti-draft movement Three major conclusions emerged from the durint, the American Civil War. Yet,while study.1) Four topics accounted for two-thirds several political and socio-economic forcesfa- of all references in the sermon sample to social vored the resisters' success, the movement failed, issues: War, Race Relations, Poverty, and Crime. atleast in part, because of rhetorical inade-2) The' clergy's reports of their preaching on quacies. Employing Bowers and Ochs' model of socialissues were inflated when compared to agitational discourse, which not only identifies_..the sample of sermons. 3) Preaching on social key communication variables but also offers pre- themes was most closely associated with liberal dictive generalizations, this study sought to ex- theology,thoughdeviantcaseswerefound. plain the movement's failures by examining the Factor analysis and stepwise regression isolated movement's background, opposition and estab- four other variables which, with liberal doc- lishment leadership, the role of newspapers and trine, correlated most strongly with preaching other mass media, the use of legal channels, andon socialissues. They were amount of civic the resort to violence. actkity, number of denominational statements Six principal shortcomings were detailed: The on social problems, size of church, and com- anti-draft leaders were unable to sustain their plexity of church program. 144 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Pyclik, Judith R. Business Rhetoric in thepeacetime draft be extended? Should the Neu- Gilded Age: A Study of Rhetorical Function,trality Act be revised? 1870-1900. U. Minnesota. This study sought to discover the chief spokesmen of the movement, to describe the rhetorical This study undertakes an examination of theintent and the. arguments and appeals used to "business rhetoric" which evolved out of theachieve the purposes of the spokesmen, and to crisis engendered by the shift front an agrarian evaluate the collective rhetorical strategies em- economy to an urban and industrialsociety.ployed by the chief spokesmen and the impact after the Civil War. Specifically, an analysis isof that rhetoric on audience decisions. made of the contributions to the evolution of a This study concluded that theisolationist **business metaphor" by four prominent public movement failed not only because of the pres- speakers, with emphasis upon the way in which sure of historical events in the war theatres, the ideas and attitudes expressed in their col-but also because the isolationists made poor lective rhetoric served to fulfill the fundamentalrhetorical choices. As the controversy progressed function of orienting Americans toward accept-into the Fall of 1941, in spite of their own pre- ance of business leadership and the industrial.vious failures and a changed historical scene environment. with mounting public pressure to help in the Four men whose speeches were selected as the fighttostopHitler,isolationistsrefusedto basis of this analysis include Chauncey M. De-modify their position=ro compromise; rather, pew, Robert G.Ingersoll. Andrew Carnegie, they chose to remain on the defensive, vainly and Russell H. Conwell, chosen becauie of their attempting to support native out-dated argu- prominence in their own fields and their popu- ments. The isolathinists kwere unable or un- larity as public speakers. willing to adapt to the changing historical situ- The initial section of this study consists of a ation and, consequently, theylost control of surveyofhistoricalfactorsinfluencingthe the rhetorical situation. emergence of a business metaphor which would replace the agrarian model. The second section provides a descriptive analysis of the business Reed, Charles Robert. Image Alteration in a Mass Movement: A Rhetorical Analysis of the rhetoric,structuredaccordingtofourbasic 'categories. First of these concerns the "role" Role of the Log College in the Great Awak- of the businessman, second describes the "means" ening. Ohio State U. whereby a young man was presumed to achieve The Great Awakening, one of the most influ- success, third defines the "ends" toward whichential and extensivereligious movements in individual striving was said to be directed, and American history, spread through every colony fourth describes the "setting" as perceived by during the eighteenth century. This dissertation t he business rhetoricians. uses contemporary rhetorical and sociological In the last major section of the dissertation, theory in order to analyze a microscopic part of some speculations are offered as to the contribu- that awakening, specifically the part that the tion of each part of the metaphor to the general graduates of the Log College, a small one-room function fulfilled by the whole: creation of aschool with a single instructor, played in the positive and accepting attitude toward business revival of the Presbyterian Church in the Mid- as the controlling influence in American life. dle Colonies. Since sociologists study movements as stages of process, a four-stage sociological Rainier, Edward A. The Rhetorical Structure model was combined with Kenneth Boulding's of the Movement from Isolationism to Inter-concept of the image to produce the methodol- ventionism: The "Crisis Period," March 11, ogy for this study. 1941 to December 8, 1941. Kent State U. After examining the reformation of the Pres- byterian Church, the writer suggests that five This study was designed to present a descrip- major alterations must occur during a success- tionof the movement fromisolationismto ful movement: 1) in the stage of social unrest, interventionism in pre-World War II America, a change by the masses from frustration and concentrating on the period from the enactment discontent to hope for a better future; 2) in the of the Lend-Lease Act on March 11, 1941, to stage of collective excitement, a change by the the Declaration of War on December 8, 1941. establishmentfromindifferencetowardthe The main question was: What was the rhe- movement to fear of its gains, 3) in the stage toricalstructure of the Crisis Period of theof formal organization, a change by the move- movement? There werethreeissues.Should ment from respect for the institution to hatred lend-lease aid be extended to Russia? Should theof its policies and leaders; 4) also in the stage ABSTRACTS 01: DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 145 of formal organhation, a change by the insti- employability. His rhetorical approach centered tutional moderates from a mediating position on appeals to self-esteem, dignity, and bravery. between the rival factions to identification with Perry's keynote slogan, "We're not Afraid Any the movement; and 5) in the stage of institu- More," became a rallying cry for the Gay Lib- tionalization, a change by the movement, es- eration Movement nationally. tahlisliment, and the masses from hostility to- To outsiders, the ,principal statement of the wand one another to the necessity of peace and rally was implicit in its visible, public nature. reunion. Perry was careful to invite several key political The study suggeststhatsociologists should figures to attend. While none were present at attempt to integrate thesefive generic image the rally, some sent regrets, and all were made changes into their movement theory, for they aware of growing homosexual militance. denTibe what must transpire before a movement can progress through its various stages. If oneRyan, Halford Ross. A Rhetorical Analysis of of the image alterations should failto occur, General Eisenhower's Public Speaking from . the movement would culminate (usually in de- 1945 to UM. U. Illinois. feat) a. that point. In addition this dissertation providesthecriticinterestedinmovement The subject of this study was General Eisen- sttolii-,with a new methodology. The model hower's public speaking from 1945 to 1951. His used in this study is applicable to any type of audiences, invention,style, and delivery were social movement, not only those which are re-ana'yzed. The basic materials were speech texts ligious in nature. I.ikewise, itis as relevant forgathered at the Eisenhower Library, Abilene, do. study of contemporary movements asitis Kansas. and Paramont News films viewed at for historical movements. Finally, the disserta- the National Archives, Washington, D.C. tioncallsfor ahistoricalreinterpretation of Cognizant of his audiences, he adapted to the Great Awakening. them with the usual devices calculated to gain attention and identification. His audiences re- Robinson, David Joe. The Rhetoric of Troy acted favorably to his sincerity, commonsense, Perry: A Case Study of the Los Angeles Gayand honesty. Rights Rally, November 16, 1969. U. South- He had one propositionpeacewhich he in ern California. tarn supported withthree sub-propositions securit, co-operation, and democracy. His main Troy Perry, homosexual pastor of Los Angeles'argument was assertion. He designed his lan- mostly-gayMetropolitanCommunity. Churchguage to arouse his audience's feelings by ap- (MCC), conducted a gay-rights rally in down- pealittp. to pride, patriotism, and ditty; he also town Los Angeles on November 16, 1969, themanaged his language to induce anger,fear, first time locally that such a group had gathered hostility, and concernfor American security. to demand law reforms.Perry'srally speech, His heroic generalship in World War H estab- togeth-r with his preparatory sermons in two lishedhiscompetency andtrustworthiness. preceding MCC services, were the object of this Dynatnfim was not as salient a factor as were case study. competency and trustworthiness. The speeches wererecordedon-site,tran- His military life tended to affect his style. He scribed, and evaluated on the basis of several choseactiveverbsandmilitarymetaphor. generalquestions:What weretherelevant Changes on his speech drafts showed he man- contextual and situational components of the aged his language to achieve economy and con- event? What was the background of the speaker? cre t en ess. NVItat were Perry's rhetorical goals, strategies. His voice gaveitfavorable impression. His and techniques with regard to the beliefs, at-tate was a little rapid. He used very few ges- titudes, and overt activities of the homosexualtures, except for an emphatic head gesture. In audience, of the heterosexual general public, the press conference situation, he did not hesi- and of legislators in California? tate. vocalize "uh's," or jumble his syntax as The rally was an attempt to merge existinghe did in his press conferences while President. timid homophile activismwithmilitant Gay Liberation protest. Perry, an unfrocked deep- Schott, Kenneth R. An Analysis of Henry Drum- Southpreacher,furthertriedtoinfusethe mond and His Rhetoric of Reconciliation. movement withhisconventionalPentecostal Ohio State U. Christianity. Recruitment of gay participants was his big- The purpose of this study was to analyze gest challenge, since visibility could compromise Henry Drummond's rhetorical career, including 146 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION the salient aspects of histraining, the issues The first phase of the movement was dated with which he dealt, his public 'addresses, hisfrom 1964 and the activities of the Campaign conception of rhetoric, and his influence upon for Social Justice, Northern Ireland trade unions, the world. Henry Drummond (1851-1897) was a and the Northern Ireland Labor Party. Their Scottish scientist, educator, and evangelist who -arategies were pressure group activities. This attempted to reconcile Darwin's theory of evo- phase did not see substantial progress in remedy- lutionwithtraditionalreligiousfaith.His ing civilrights grievances. The second phase, campaignforreconciliationincludedpublic dated from spring, 1968, saw the initiation of lectures, sermons, pamphlets,,journal and news- agitational strategies and development of a mass paper articles, and two major books. The under- civil rights movement. Protest rhetoric captured lying hypothesis of the study was that Drum- British government attention and gained demo- mood'slife-longaffinityfornaturalscience craticreforms. However,the movement ex- uniquely influenced his rhetorical career. perienced internal dissention and tended to lose The critical model which guided the develop- its influence over followers. The final effort, a ment of the study was the dratnatistic pentad ofmass petition campaign, was a failure and the Kenneth Burke. Drummand's act was the re- movement was unable to resolve the dilemmas conciliation of science and religion; his agency posed by growing sectarianism and right-wing was therhetoric ofreconciliation;the scene borderpolitics. By summer's end,1970,the wasthewidespreadferment and dissonance remnant of the movement, embodied inthe which existed between the academic and re- Northern Ireland Civil Rights Association, was ligious worlds following Darwin; his purpose largely irrelevant to the social-political situation. wastorelievetheconflict by demonstrating that the evolutionary process was God's method Siley, Lawrence R. The Rhetoric of Polygamy. of creating and perfecting both natural and U. Utah. spiritual life. Conclusions were drawn concerning the in- The purpose of this study was to discover the fluenceof Drum mond's scientific background rhetoricalfunctions and communicative roles upon his rhetorical theory and practice, elements oforaldiscourseittaninterculturalconflict of his training which contributed most to hisdirectly relating to the issue of polygamy and effectiveness as a communicator, his role as a- the gaining of statehood for Utah during the reconciler Of Darwinism and religion, the unique years of 1886 through 1896. characteristics ofhisrhetoric,his philosophy The methodology used was a combination of. of rhetoric. and his influence upon his own time. historicalperspective and functionalanalysis. :\rhetorical model of a successful reconcilia- '1 -lieinitial chapters are concerned with history event was developed and the Appendix con- torical. biographical, and social data relating to tainedanannotatedindexof Drummond'sthe Mormon Church, polygamy, the Utah ter- tiglity.eight published addresses. ritorialdelegates, and the several attempts to pin statehood. The later chapters include an "overlay" of content from selected speeches deal- Scott,F. Eugene. Persuasion In the Northern ing with the cultural conditions and social set- IrelandCivilRights Movement:1964-1970. ting existing in the Utah Territory, The speeches Purdue U. were also analyzed inrelation to other com- This study described and evaluated the rhe- municative acts presented in the same rhetorical torical strategies exhibited in the Northern Ire- tiansactions,including speeches by opposing landcivilrights movement from1961until congressmen. The critic's judgments of rhetorical August. 1970. Particular attention was paid to functions and communicative roles were derived the.relationships of goals and ideologies, rhe- from the historical analysis. torical dilemmas, and the use of rhetorical stn. It was concluded that polygamy was a second- tegks to resolve these dilemmas as revealed in ary consideration in not granting statehood to publicsymbolictransactionsthosemessages Utah; however, it did play a significant role in emanating from participants in the civil rightsthe intercultural conflict concerning Utah's as- movement which became available to the public similation into dominant American cultural pat- :In ()ugh any medium. terns. The concepts of rhetorical functions, and The study revealedthatthecultural and functional,nonfunctional,anddysfunctional racial distinctions between descendants of North- roles seem appropriate to rhetorical theory as a ern Ireland's natives and English and Scottish means of viewing communicative acts, especially tolonists frequemly arc symbolized by religion. in situations where speaker intent, purpose, and Religion itself is not the source of the conflict. effects of the speech cannot be fully discerned. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 147 The impressionistic nature of identifying rhe- Ile was best known for his arguments against torical functions 'seems overly subjective: thus, the coin:dilation of government and his defense itis suggested that further research and thee- of the rights of the individual against economic tizing be directed to the goal of objectifying and political infringement. hosei udgments. The study was limited to the consideration of theideas containedinfour of Reagan's Somer. Richard F. Archibald MacLeish, Spokes-speeches chosen for typicality. The analysis of .;1a.rDemocracy: A Rhetorical Study of these speechesincluded adiscussionof the His Ather:cacy of the American Dream. U. II- backIrround of the specifici involved, the audience composition and alignment. the themes developed. and the proofs used intheir de- This study sets forth Archibald MacLeish's velopment. ideas on America and indicates how he has used those ideas in addressing the American public. Collections, biographies, histories of the era, Analyzed for substance and method were his academic journals. periodicals of the times, and mem% plays. essays. and speeches on America thirty-two newspapers were consulted for ma- published during the period 1932-1967. terials that would assist in determining the setting of the speeches. the background of the NlacLeish was found to be a thoroughgoing speaker, and the issues involved. The speeches humanist and idealist whose leading ideas about themselves were readily available. along with America have dealt with the land, freedom, and otherpertinentdata,intheCongressional integrity. He has concentrated on the larger Record. ends of nationallife:his treatment of issues posed by the depression. fascism. communism, Reagan's themes were derived from his two and the like. has been positive and affirmative basic political ideologies: preservation of states' lather than negative or defensive. Countering rights and protectionof theindividual. Al- states of mind such as fear, indifference, and though Reagan employed ethical and emotional cynicism, his solutions have involved imagina- appeals, he relied most heavily upon logical tion, belief, faith, will, and action. His method proof. of instilling belief in democracy and stimulating These conclusions were drawn: Reagan's ideas social action has been to combine familiar and belonged basically to the school of progressive topical facts with extensive historical materials idealism. He was a deep logician, a far-sighted intellectual. and a statesman; however, he was drawn chiefly from the American past and with apparently not an outstanding orator although feelings characteristically moral in tone. A strung consciousness of time and the conviction that his ideas had a lasting legislative influence. man can control events have been instrumental in his efforts to make contemporary issues signi- Towns, Waiter Stuart. Ceremonial Speaking and ficant to his audiences. the Reinforcing of American Nationalism in Analysis of MacLeish's works revealed are- the South, 1875.1890. U. Florida. markable persistency and duration of labor in 'Phis historical-descriptive studyexamines behalf of his country's democratic ideals. a note- twenty-six post Civil War ceremonial speeches worthy consistency of humane thou.afit m his delivered by Southerners to Southern audiences extended consideration of the republic and its in an attempt to determine the nature of post- problems, and a protean verbal talent that has war rhetoric of reconciliation. permitted him totreathis potential subjects The study is limited to speeches made in the with the broad rhetorical appeals of heightened areaoftheConfederate States intensity in poetry and drama and of reasoned geographical of America, The speakers include William B. analysis in essays and speeches. rate. J. C. C. Black. Matthew Butler, John W. Daniel.CharlesE.R.Drayton, Clement A. Suhr, Genie M. Joyner. A Rhetorical Study of Evans. John B. Gordon, Henry W. Grady, John Selected Senatorial Speaking of John H. Rea-Temple Graves. Atticus G. Haygood, .Moses D. gan, 1888.1891. Louisiana State U. Hoge, W. 11. W. Howe, Thomas J. Jarvis, John John Henniger Reagan served the State of Nemper, David M. Key, Evamler M. Law, Fitz- Texasas judge,representative,Confederate hugh Lee, Thomas M. Logan, Samuel McGowan, cabinet member, senator, and first Texas Rail- t'. M. RT:e, James W. Throckmorton, and Al- road Commissioner from 1846 to 1903. His ideas fred Moore Waddell. and rap molts won himpopularityinWI The ceremonial situations examined included home state and recognition on a national basis. Memorial Day, eulogy-producing events, monu- 148 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION meat dedications, veterans' reunions, and edu-Underwood, Willard Alva. The Rhetoric of cational occasions such as commencements. Black Orators: Perspectives for Contemporary The major reconciliation themes discovered Analysis. Bowling Green State U. are: Both the South and the North have made major contributions to thenation's heritage. The hypothesis of this study was that an in- The south accepts the verdict of the sword and depth analysis of dominant themes from speeches is ready to participate again in the unified na- by select Black civil rights leaders is an invalu- tion. The model of Northern and Southern able indicator of social change. Leading authori- ' eaders as they practice reconciliation should be ties aeree that rhetorical analysis of speeches followed by all citizens. The politician is large-and spokesman provides insights into history and ly to blame for preventing total reunion. There that oral discourse serves as a technique for is a bright future for the reunited nation and social change. the South will play a vital role in that future. The five most prominent civil rights philos- These speakers also attempted to reinforceophies developed during the "civil rights move- Americannationalismbyappealingtothe ment" were identified and their contributions human values' of patriotism, forgiveness, friendanalyzed. The procedure employed was to: an- ship, cooperation. and responsibility. alyze general background information dealing with problems facing black Americans; synthe- size specific concepts explored by black or4ors, Turchen, Michael A. The National Park Move-including recommendations of these speakers; ment: A Study of the Impact of Temporalexplore rhetorical strategies employed by the Change on Rhetoric. Purdue U. speakers; and unite these ideas, strategies and solutionsinto a unifiedconstruct. The five 'Through an analysis of the development (1890- specific philosophies analyzed were: moderation, 1915) and contemporary (1950.1970) phases ofseparation, democratic involvement, nonviolent the national park movement, the researcher at- direct action, and militancy/black power/black tempted to explain the ways in which a single nationalism. Ten orators and ten speeches, one persuasive goal was manifested rhetorically in by each orator, were evaluated as representative lightof changing situational demands. Theof the five rhetorical-historical trends. study assumed that these situations called forth From the analyses of these ten speakers and rhetoric. Through an analysis of the rhetoricfive philosophies, five major conclusions were and an examination of the historicalback- (limn. First, to have lasting influence on the ground. the impact of changing situational de- equal rights struggle, spokesmen must represent mands on rhetoric was observed. followers who concur with their ideas, programs Forty messages which focused on the main- and oratorical presentations. Second, successful tenance and expansion of the national park,black spokesmen arc well-educated and prag- .stem during two time periods were analyzed matically oriented. Third, successful leaders arc and evaluated to determine central ideas and articulate in both oral and written presentations. values. A comparison of the two phasesre- Fourth, humanistic concerns are primary ele- vealed that the central ideas used by advocates ments. including the desire for equitable treat- of park legislation were preservation, economic ment and mutual respect. Fifth, each speaker considerations. and multipleuse. Those emwas able to place his movement's ideas into a ployed by critics of park legislation were eco-laqer-thanself perspective. nomicconsiderations,utilitarianusage,and multiple use. The predominant value appeals used by .park legislation advocates were ideal- Valley, David B. A History and Analysis of ism. patriotism, rejection of authority, and ma- Democratic Presidential Nomination Accep- terialism. Park legislation critics employed ma- tance Speeches to 1968. U. Illinois. terialism, individualism, and rejection of author- This study traced the history and development ity. of Democratic presidential nomination accept- The closing of the frontier, the advent of in- ance speeches from the time of their concep- dustrialization and urbanization, the growth oftion through 1968 and sought to discover the government support for conservation, and thecharacteristics of the speech as a genre. The emergence of the ecology movement clearly in- speeches were considerea in chronological order, fluenced .national park rhetoric. Congressmenwith attention to such factors as: the political consciously or unconsciously adjusted their cen- climate and specific setting of the speeches, their tral ideas and value appeals to meet these tem- preparation,their apparentimportance,the poral changes. audiences addressed, and media coverage. A con- ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 149 ma analysis procedure was employed to de- type approaches to lecturing:1) deductive or- scribe the manifest content of the speeches with ganization/biblicalsupports,2)deductive or- optimum objectivity, precision, and generality. ganization/secular supports 3) inductive organi- By combining thetwo methods,thisstudy zation/biblical supports. "4)inductive organiza- sought to determine the elements of "typical" C /secular supports, and 5)the college or- Democratic presidential nomination acceptanceganization lecturea special case of youth-or- speecbes, to discover reasons for deviations front ientation through tactics of symbolic consub- the norm, and to observethetrends which stmniality desoilted by Kenneth Burke. hav developed. Generally the lecturers are masters of the (night:Illy. letters of acceptance were used by measures they employ. Some of the biblically- candilates to accept nomination. Then, duringcri.ntedprototype combinations ofstrategies ; ,.ritl 1892 to 1928. elaborate notification ate archaic in view of the evolving seculariza- ceremonies were staged, including band music, tion of the vulture; however, newer, more seen- parades and speeches. Often the festivities werela vi:i0 or politicized formuli scent well-suited held outdoors and attracted large crowds. Theto making Christian metaphysics appealing to acceptance speeches duringthis period werethoe persons conditioned by education and long and issue-oriented. society notto value traditional religious per- Notification ceremonies were abandoned after spectives. Franklin Roosevelt flew to Chicago in 1932 to address the delegates in person. Roosevelt thusWilliams, Patricia Lynn. The Rhetoric of Im- established a precedent which has survived until perialism: The Speaking of Joseph Chamber. the present time. horn 1932 to 1968, "the speeches lain,1895-1897. U. Missouri. wile shorter and less concerned with specific issues.Among otherfactorsinfluencingthe Imperialism dominated the rhetoric of Britain soil cites during this time were the extensive use inthe latter half of the1890's. Among the of gin's: writers and advancements in media tech-statesmen of the period, Joseph Cliamberlain nology. was imperialism's foremost spokesman. As Sec- retary of State for the Colonies from 1895 to Wicklander, Da le R. Contemporary Practice of 1903.he was ableto bring his considerable the Christian Science Board of Lectureship;talent and influence to bear upon the imperial Search for Consubstantiality of the Metaphys- idea. Latgely because of his persuasive efforts, ical and the Material. U. Minnesota. the British people turned from preoccupation whit domestic affairs during the first part of The thirty speakers of The Christian Science the 1500's to an interestin the Empire, and Board of Lectureship deliver about 4.500 public imperialism moved from the fringe of respecta- addresses annuallythroughout America andbility to the center of interest. Since Chamber- much of the world. This study probes the faith Simperialism, as presentedin his public question: flow effectively do the Christian Sci-speaking from 1895 to 1897. owed its success to eocelecturers bringtheir metaphysical mes- tile Colonial Secretary's ideas as well as to his sages to a materialistic world? forceful.skillful,persuasivepresentation,a Current lecturers use six rhetorical strategies thematic analysis, isolating his major themes, which are combined into five "prototype" lectureis a useful way of identifying the elements of apptoaches:I) credentialling Christian Science, his colonialpolicy, explaining strategies used 2) credentiallingits founder. 3)cretlentiallingin any single speech or series of speeches. show- the lecturers themselves through the biblical oring acceptance of these notions by an audience, secular support materials sanctioned by the twoand demonstrating the facility with which an basic listenerships, ) utilizing figurative tech-individual employs the rhetorical conventions niques to achieve dualistic approximations ofof the period. toteitie metaphysical !mils pile;extended Afterabriefdiscussionoftherhetorical metanhor or analogy to achieve thematic co-forces in play during the period of Chamber- herence.5)employment of comparative ad- lain's concerted campaign for Empire, this study vantages assessments between destructive and focuses upon his three major themes: economic illusory materials conditions as contrasted withand commercial ideas, patriotic sentiments, and metaphysical health and harmony. (ii) and use imperial federation schemes. These themes, used of formal logic to establish the conceptual valid-with varying emphasis during the first two years ity of Christian methaphysics, substantiated by ofhissecretaryship. helped Chamberlainto testimonies of healings. These strategies are em- convince his countrymen of the necessityof !doted in lectures in ways that define five proto- Empire. Joseph Chamberlain, through his dr 150 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION namic, persuasive speaking, was a significant fac- ordered alternatives and the proposed measure, tor in bringing about change. was predictedto produce more contrastof message, greater recall, and increased selectivity its recalling material. Larger relationships were Rhetorical and predicted when involvement was measured by Communication Theory the value-functional versus the ordered alternatives measure, and after rather than before the Abrams, Arnold Gerald. An Experimental Studymessage. The study also predicted heightened of the Influence of a Speaker's Dialect on At-involvement after the speech. titude Change, Source Credibility and Com- Eighty-eight subjects, pretested to determine prehension. Ohio U. prior attitude and involvement. listened to either a taped or a live speech detailing pro, con, and It was the purpose of this study to investi- neutralmaterialaboutlegalizingmarijuana. gate experiMentally the hypothesis that thereafter which they fated the speaker's position, is no significant difference between perceivedcompleted attitude-involvement measures, and source credibility. attitude change, and compre- recalledthe speech. Analysis of sariance was hension for subjects who listened to a speakerwed to test the hypotheses. delis( ring a speech in General American dialect None of the major hypotheses were confirmed, and a speaker using a Southern dialect. In order but secondary analyses, in which the data for to test the hypothesis several steps were taken.taped and live message conditions were treated First, the experimental design selected was theseparate/y, indicated that the relationships of Solomon design. The 330 subjects used in the ego-involvement with message displacement and study were assigned to various control and ex- overallrecall were dependent on the type of perimental groups as outlined in the Solomonspeech delivery, thus suggesting an interactive tleign. Second. the speech selected for the ex- effect of message impact. A nosh-significant trend periment was a persuasive speech arguing against for latitude of rejection to decrease after the the fluoridation of public water supplies. Third,speech was observed. the speech was recorded on audio tape by a male Discussion of the results emphasized the need actor delivering the entire speech initiallyin to specify conditional variables on which the General American dialect and then in a South relationships between ego-involvement and de- ern dialect. A panel of judges listened to bothpendent criteria are contingent, including mes- recordings and rated the two deliveries abovesage impact, and view ego-involvement more as averageinarticulation,pronunciation,rate,a situational variable, less as a personality or pitch. intensity, vocal meaning, voice quality, issue variable. and total effect. Fourth, the measuring instruments selected consisted of:twenty-five linear scales used to measure attitude on a pre- andAnderson, Robert 0. A Rhetoric of Political post-attitude test, twelve linear scale items con- Image Co llllll unication. U. Missouri. structed by Betio, Lemert, and Mertz used in The study, drawing heavily from theories of measuring source credibility, and fifteen mul- Dan Nimmo, generated a coherentrhetorical tiplechoicequestions,constructed by Faely,approach to image communication in political used to measure comprehension. Arter conducting the experiment, a statistical campaigning. More specifically:I) A social sci- analysis. employing the test, Was made to de- ence role for rhetorical criticism was established in which the critic implements what Stuart Chase termin if there was a significant difference between the means of the various experimental terms "social science,"the speculative, exploratory facet of social research. 2) The context in groups. 1Vithin the limits of the study, the null whichboth campaigning and criticism occur hypothesis was retained. was explained in an account of how the demands Ambler. lto:wrt Steven. The Relationship ofof political television reinforce a trend toward Ego-Involven:ent to Message Perception anddeliberate ambiguity in campaign rhetoric.3) Retention. Ohio State U. A new model for the rhetorical criticism of po- liticalimage strategy was defended. The new This study attempted to investigate the re-formulation, a synthesis of the work of several lationships between ego-involvement and =a-sociologists, accounted for campaign ambiguity sage displacement, overall recall, and selective while it countered the- assumptions of the mer- recall of a two-sided controversial message, and chandising model of image campaigning.4) validate a new value-functional measure of in- Strategies and limitations of image promotion volvement. Ego-involvement, measured by the were analyzed in a manner consistent with the ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 151 characterization model and the new electronicCag:e, John A. Clozentropy, Language Intensity, political climate. 5) The overall meaning of and Attitude Change. U. Iowa. such arhetoric of image communication was atnplified in three areas: practical implications, The purpose of this study was to develop a exemplified by a typology of image campaigns; technique by which language intensity could be methodologicalimplications, a section which pleciielmeasured in terms of observable char- esalttated the types of social research appropri-acteristics of the behavior of the speaker and ate to image concerns; and ethical implications,an audience. The technique involved an appli- where the study was related to larger contro- cation of the clozentropy procedure to the mea- versies concerning the erosion of the democratictirtnwnt of language intensity. The study also joNess by certain trends within the "new po- investi::iatedlanguageintensity andattitude litics." change. Finally. relationships among clozentropy deviation and three traditional stylistic criteria were investigated. Joint D. Feeling and Emotion in Four The study presented a theoretical discussion Mtxlerti" Eighteenth Century British The- of style as an individual's deviation from norms ories of Rhetoric. U. Wisconsin. for the situations in which he is encoding; of the application of the clozentropy procedure to the 'Phis study argues that the view of feeling measurement of style; and of some hypothetical and emotion current in England during the late relationships among clozentropy deviation, lan- eighteenth century influenced theories of rhe-guage intensity, and attitude change. torical proof propounded by Campbell, Blair, Priestley. and Lawson, whose treatises on rhet- The theory led to the testing of four func- oric. along with works of Hume, Karnes, and tional relationships. Unqualified support was not Adam Smith, are the principal sources of ma-found for any of the hypotheses tested. The terialfor the analysis. The investigationfirst firsthypothesis was supported by the results. highlightsthecentrality and importance ofPrior attitude toward the concept and dozen- feeling and emotion in the prevailing intellec- tropy deviation correlated .28 across all subjects tual climate: second, it shows their influence on and .37 for the high intensity doze group. The the rhetorics. second hypothesis which predicted a curvilinear relationship between clozentropy deviation and The study identifies four important features expert judgments of style for lexical-items, was of the intellectual climate. First, beliefis de- rejected. Three significantlyhigh correlations finedinterms offeltqualitiesin our per- were found, however, among clarity, appropriate- ceptions; second, human actionisdefined in ness, and distinctiveness. The third hypothesis, tel of thepassions;third,the discussions which predicted a positive' relationship between ofthesetopicsreflectthepsychological em- language intensity and clozentropy deviation, phasis of the authors; and fourth, the treatiseswai confirmed. The fourthhypothesis, which characterize affections both as communicativepredicted that low intensity counterattitudinal and communicable. Moreover, feeling and emo- me..seni wilt produce more attitude change than tion are exalted over reason in the descriptions trial intensity message, was rejected. of human nature and accounts of hlanan motivation and action. Cha, Bae Kuen. Cognitive Consistency and the Examination of Campbell's, Blair's, Priestley's Toulmin Model of Argument: A Search for and Lawson's rhetorical theories clearly reveals the Foundations of Reasoned Discourse. Kent the influence of the doctrine of feeling and emo- State U. tion. Address to the passions is both necessary and sufficient for persuading. and conviction is The purpose of the study was to search for discussedinterm: offeltqualitiesin ourevidence for the utility of the Toulmin model P rceptions. The psychological component ofo! argument. More specifically,the following the passions, con: isting of the idea of an ob-question Was investigated: "If one concept is jectand therelationship ofthatobjectto I-elated to another according to Toulmin's sys the person involved. um. do supporting messages aimed at changing isdiscussedas astruc- an antlience's beliefs in either data er warrant tured. cognitive mode of producing a passion. ("backing"in suulmin'slanguage)produce Further, this component functions as an inven- changec likewise in the claim of an argument?" iliml system of the Passions. This study also AccordingtoMcGuire's cognitiveconsistency treats the doctrine of sympathy and the theory postulate, it was predicted that the supporting of style. message would produce changes likewise in the 152 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION claim, even when the claims were not mentioned with other rhetorics and a survey of secondary in the supporting messages. In addition, foursources, suggests that Granada's works pioneered corollary effects were also hypothesized which in the methodical application of classical rhe- :night qualify the prediction. torical theory to preaching, thus affecting the TO Wat the hypotheses experimentally, theCastilian language, Spanish educational practice, method used by McGuire in testing his -logical and the methods of preaching in his own nation tepercussions of change" hypothesis was adapted. and elsewhere. Five sets of logically related propositions (i.e., data, warrant, and claim statements) were se- Collett, ;Patricia A. Value Dimensions of Free lected. A series of supporting messages for each Speech Attitudes. U. Denver. of the premises were written, in which each message argued that the proposition it supported This study investigated the value dimensions was true. At the first session, the supporting mes- oftreespeechattitudes.Expressed attitudes sages were givento 204 college studentsin toward freedom of speech have indicated that a mitneograplied.booklets. Then. Ss' cognitions re- person's hierarcy of values might be important gaiding likelihood and desirability of the setsdeterminants of free speech attitude orienta- of logically related propositions were measured tion. The primary objective was to investigate i llllll ediately after and one-week after the mes whether people who differin the expressive sag( s. The analysesfor me -sageeffects wererights they are willing to grant to others have based ont-test comparing the means of thedifferent hierarchies of values. differencesbetween control and experimental Hypotheses were constructed to test the theo- groups retical supposition that individuals with restric- The results supported the basic hypothesis.tive attitudes toward freedom of speech would Tlu four limiting hypotheses were also generally have a distinctly different pattern of values from supported. The confirmation of the hypotheses individuals who have permissive attitudes toward suggested that the Toulmin model appears tofreedom of speech. The study was designed to have utility in describing a part of the process identify particular values thought to be relevant of persuasion. to extreme free speech attitudes. Values thought to be associated with free expression, heresy. national survival, individual status, modes of con- Chamberlain, Robert G. Rhetorical Theory induct, and acquiescence to authority were hy- the Works of Fray Luis de Granada, 1504-pothesized to differ in relative importance be- 1588. U, Oregon. tween subjects at the extremes of the free speech attitude variable. Spain experienced rapid literary growth and Data werecollected a classical revival in the sixteenth century. One by administering two nreval!dated and prestestedquestionnairesto aspect of this social ferment was a growing interest in theory of religious rhetoric. This dis- subjects representing three college populations. sertation employs historical and critical method Free speech attitudes were found to be as- to examine the rhetorical theory of Lots desociated with the relative importance of the Granada. an outstanding theorist and practi hierarchy of values. The results supported the Hinter of preaching. The content, implications. hypotheses that individuals with restrictive free and influence of his theory are traced through speech attitudes would have a different hierarchy primary and secondary sources. of important values when compared toindi- viduals with permissive free speech attitudes. Five of Granada's works most clearly reveal that there were differences in the importance the total structure of his rhetoric. Each is ex-attributed to particular values thought to be amined in light of its sources in literature and associated with free expression, and that values in the life of the author. The examination ofand value systems present a profile of an inhis short catechism for IOC by missionaries. his dividual's orientation toward freedom of speech. six-book ecclesiastical rhetoric. his source book for sermon preparation, one biography he compared. and one sermon, reveals that he was a Conner, John J. An Experimental Study of Fear classicallyCiceronianrhetorician,stronglyin- Arousing Communications, Source Credibility, fluenced both by Augustinian doctrine and by and CommunicationReferentinAttitude the humanist revival of his time. His emphasis Change and Behavior. Louisiana State U. on the character of the oratoras a whole per- Persuaders frequently employ fearappeals. son, not just as a speakeris especially strong. This researcher hoped to discover how effective Analsis of this story, including comparison speeches containing fear appeals would be in ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 153 bringing about favorable attitudes toward popu-"consciousness of the continuum." -at-oneness- lation control and in achieving support of con- with self and others. The aim of this process is tiol agencies through petition signing and writ- "fullness of being." Upon the person who at- ing for information. Independent variables weretains this goal Lawrence would confer the title level of fear, source credibility. and referent of of -supreme utterer"the man who has most thefear.Dependent variables were attitude fullyrealized his potential for communicative toward population control and intended and relationship. actualbhavinr. ,Independentvariableswere The philosophy is compared with the ideas combined into a 3x2x2 factorial analysis of var- of Martin Bober. Carl Rogers and Frank E. X. iancedesign.Twelvetreatmentswerecon- Dance. Many correspondences are found to hold structed using one level of each variable. A between the ideas of Lawrence and those of the control group provided pretest measures. Sub-philosopher, the psychologist and the speech jects were students at LSU in the Spring, 1972communication theorist. semester. Control group subjects only completed The relevance of the present study to the questionnaires. whereas treatment groups com- field of speech communication lies in its stress pleted questionnaires and listened to a speech. on the importance of the uniqueness of the in- Data was analyzed through correlation and an- dividual response to problems of communication. alysis of variance procedures. The following conclusions were drawn. The Ilia!' fear. high credibility, valued other referentCummings, AliceJ. The Rhetoric of John was most effective in changing attitudes. Recom- Donne's Devotions Upon Emergent Occasions. mended behavior was most often followed by Nortlumhtern U. (1971). subjects who heard the high fear, low credibility, This study analyzed the rhetorical qualities valued other speech. Understandably more sub- ofDonne's Devotions.Utilizingthe Ramist jects ?Oiled the petition than wrote for informa theory of communication as an analytical model tion, since petition signing was the easier ac- rather than a causal model, this study attempted tivity.Onlyhalfofthosewhosaidthey to develop IICW insights into Donne's manage. wouldwriteforinformationactuallywrote. ment of argument, organization, and style. The Overall.highfearwasthemosteffective Ramist dichotimized diagram was stressed and factorthroughoutthestudy.Ittendedto provided a structural model which, by remov- override the effects of source credibility and ing detail, made it easier to grasp the structure fearreferent.While somesignificantinter- and the ideas Donne presents. actions occurred between the three variables. high fear was most effective in changing atti- It was shown that the Devotions can be re- tudes and achieving the desired behavior. duced to a hypothetical syllogism: If death is the result of falling away from God, then life will result by returning to God. Donne returns Cowell, Catherine R. The Lawrentian Phi loso- to God. Therefore, Donne returns to life. Em- phy of Communication: An Analysis of Se-ploying both a linear and a cyclic arangement, lected Essays of D. H. Lawrence. U. Denver Donneusesthesamerhetoricaltechnique (1971). twentv.three times: a comparobt argument, set off by allegorical quality, that what is true of This thesis explores certain works of a figure the body istrue of the soul. This rhetorical in the discipline nf literature for the ideas ex- technique is a meditative cycle composed of a pressed which may lead to insights into speech dichotomy ofmeditationexpostulationand communication. critical. content analysis of twelve essays of D. H. Lawrence is conducted inprayer whichis related to the general argu- a search for central themes which may comprise ment that is prefixed to each devotional unit. a philosophy of communication. Donne thus achieves indirect persuasion of the audience to the subject of thought of the De- The La wrentian philosophyis evaluated in terms of three criteria for a philosophy of com- votions, the principle that sin is an illness with munication set forth by Dean Barnhill& aim,which man cannot cope entirely, and that the process. and mm al standard. The central aspectreollting human condition istotal dependence of the Lawrentian philosophy is his insistenceof man on God's mercy through the legal sub on a "balanced consciousness," one which in- stitut ion of Christ's virtue for man's sin. This corporatesequallythe"mental"andthe repetitive form was shown to be a quantitative "primal" aspects ofthehuman. Giventhis approach which Donne used with the effect of balance. the individual may proceed toward the achieving maximum force. 154 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Doolittle, Robert J. Speech Communication as R. Buckminster Fuller's premises opt for an- Instrument in Engendering and Sustaining ticipatorydesignscience viaindustrialtech- a Sense of Community in Urban, Poor Neigh-nology on the part of the only metaphysical borhoods: A Study of Rhetorical Potentiali-organistn known to date, ties. Pennsylvania State U. Positive relationships between Korzybski and The purpose of this study was to examine Fuller were emphasized in this study. Both are the relationship between speech communication extensional. Korzybski emphasized the psycho- used rurposefully and instrumentally, and per- physiological while Fuller stresses a more comprehensive ceptions of community among residents of ur- approachintechnologicalindus- ban. noor neighborhoods. tdalization which inherently includes the psy- A review and svnthesis of recentliterature thoplmiological. Korzybski 1933 said Universe on community study and descriptions of urban. needed investigating. Fuller 1972 explored Uni- verse along with metaphysical universe. Korzyb- poor tieighbot hoods was midertakeofocusing specifically upon those portions of the litera- ski wanted to include extensionally oriented poli- ture that deal with communicative interactions tician:, inhis system. On the theoretical level, Fuller maintains an apoliticalposture. On a tolay atheoreticalbasefor examining the potentialitiesofcommunicativecontactsfor pragmatic level, it would seem that Fuller may engendering and sustaining perceptions of com- be as political as the next man. munity among residents. Itisparadoxicalthat both men theorized This study began with two assumptions which relative tothe masses but until at least re- were sup, korted by reference to recentlitera cently, their followers seem to be more elitist. tore on community study. The first assumption Both men dealt with on-going systems which was that the theory that guides the conduct of mme. day must become anachronistic. Both men speech conimunicationisusefulin examining havepresentedanthropomorphic systemsal- societal structures, including community struc- though they said that they have eschewed such ture:. 'Fhe second assumption, derived from the approaches to Universe. But the time-hinder has first. was that the notion of community may be been better for the retrousse phenomena known conceived as a construct stipulating the force asAlfredKorzybski and Buckminster Fuller. and ditertion of communicative behaviors. Standing on the shoulders of both men may Further analysis focused upon the character- produce something yet more profound and use- istic conditions under whib recurring communi- ful in achieving eventual escape from the depths cative interactions were present or absent in of the cave in which most men still insist on re- poor neip,hborhoods, the content of those in- siding. teractions. andthespecialconditions which apply differential constraints on communicative Eakins, Barbara. Charles Morris and the Study channels in urban neighborhoods and so set of Signification. U. Iowa. their communicative potentialities apart from one another. The focus of this studyisthe writings of Rhetorical principles allowed judgments about Charles Morris andhiseffortstoprovide a the availability of channels capable of accom- theory of signs as auseful instrotoent for the modating community-building discourse. aboutdebabelization of language and for the clarifica- the kinds of communication which would betion and classification of the major types of dis- suited to specific neighborhood channels, about course, to outline a general theory ofvalue, and how specific topics may be generated, shaped to provide arationa:e for the relationship of and expanded to become community- buildingsigns and values. The researcher has attempted themes and instigate plans for community action. to do two things: extract from Morris' writings averbal and diagrammatic representation of Drake, Harold L. Alfred Korzybski and Buck- histheories relevanttocommunication, and minster Fuller: A Study In Environmental evaluate the information thus obtained in terms Theories. SouthernIllinois U. ofits descriptive and explanatory fruitfulness Alfred Korzybski's gens2121 semantics has pro- and its general application and importance for videdheuristic premises for innumerable be- communication. havioristic and humanistic fieldsof endeavor Morris'basicpremisesareexamined,his including speech communication. He attempted theory of semiotic is explicated, and the set of a science of man through his formulations on conditions he lays down for a sign ay. delineated. st met tire-relations-orderinpsychophysiological Morris' behavioral distinctions of signification environments. are discussed in their relation to three phases of ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 155 action and the general it:quilt:mews of action. Erickson, Keith V. Aristotle's Rhetoric: Essays Denotation of signs and theirtests are also and Bibliography. U. Michigan. treated. Using Morris' two-way basis for classification This study represents the first English lan- according to mode of signifying and use of sign guage commentary on andbibliography of complexes, sixteenpossible types of discourse Aristotle's Rhetoric since Cope's edition of 1877. are outlined. Au illustration and explanation isand is divided into three parts. First, an in- given for each of the sixteen categories. troduction to Aristotle's lost and extant rhet- Applications of Morris' writing to the wide orics is developed, following the course of the spectrum of speech and communication matters cm/tus ristote/icumfromitsearliestdisap- are suggested, and some hypotheses are advanced. pearances to the avalanche of sixteen-century In particular, some attentionis givento the translations, paraphrases, and commentaries on relation of Morris' thinking and the philosopher the Rhetoric. Part II consists of a bibliography Nowell-Smiths' logic of advice-giving. (approximately1300entries)ofvirtuallyall translations, paraphrases, and commentaries to 1970; entries are arranged alphabetically with a Elliott, John W. Factors Influencing Children's chronologicalindex. Allentries,exceptdis- Retention and Deletion of System Morphemessertations, are published materials; manuscripts and Content Words on an Imitation Task.are not catalogued, as such inform'_,tion previous- State U. of New York at Buffalo. ly has been gathered. Part III consists of sixteen The first hypothesis predicted that childrenelected essays, in English. from scholars in five would demonstrate a greater difference between countries. Appropriate prefaces and headnotes the number of system morpheme errors and con- directing the study of drill are included. The tentive errors in imitation of sentences presented essays range from an examination of Aristotle's with stress on content words, than in imitationearly lectures and rhetorics to the analysis of of sentences with no distinctive word stress. specific concepts such as pistis, the example, the The second area investigated was the effect of enthymeme, topoi, delivery, stasis, antistrophies, using grammaticallycontrastingsentencesas and Aristotle's concept of values. stimulus items, such as "The fish is swimming" "The fish are swimming." This hypothesis pre. Ericson, Philip M. Relational Conununication: dieted greater retention of system morphemes in Complementarity and Symmetry and Their imitation of grammatically contrasting sentences Relation to Dominance-Submission. Michigan than in imitation of sentences not presented in State U. grammatical contrast. Also compared were system morpheme errors in imitation of sentences not This study examined a proposed theoretic presented in grammatical contrast with stress on relationship between the relational communica- contentwords versus sentences presentedin tion concepts of complementarity and symmetry, grammatical contrast with stress on contrasting and Robert C. Carson's interaction theory of sentence elements. Ten three-year-old children personality.Predictions were made about the and tenfour-year-old children were presented relationship of dominance scores, dominance dif- with an imitation task of 10 sentences under ference scores. and social class to complementary each of four experimental conditions. and symmetrical transactions. Univariate analysis of .variance for repeated Data for the study were obtained from a ran- measures nsed for planned comparisons at the dom sample of 56 husband-wife dyads in their .05 level of significance demonstrated itgreater homes. Couples filled out a questionnaire that difference between system morpheme and con- included Edwards' dominance scale and socio- tentive errors in sentences with stress on con- economic questions. and then discussedfour tentives than in sentences with no distinctive topics. These discussions were tape recorded on word stress. suggesting stress on contentives to casetterecorders, weretranscribed, and were be a significant factor in their retention. co.1,d by a relational coding scheme that indexed Planned comparisons revealed no significant message in terms of their control dimensions; i.e., differences in a comparison of system morpheme whether they were one-up, one-across, or one- errors in non-contrasting sentences versus gram - down. matically contrasting sentences. both presented with stress on content words; nor in a com- None of sevenhypotheses were supported parison of non-contrasting sentences. stress on and severalsignificantreversalsto what had content words versus grammatically contrasting been predicted were found. These findings are sentences. stress on contrasting elements. discussed in terms of the difficulty of predicting 156 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION from a non-interaction phenomenonfilling out conditions and one control condition. All five a dominance scaleto an interaction phenom-sessions were held in the same 18' x 17' room enondiscussing a series of topics, and are alsocontaining 30 wooden chairs. Density was in- discussed in terms of a lack of social class vari- creased by increasing audience size. There were able that may predict relational communication 16 in C: (control group), 15 in X1 (scattered), 29 behaviors. in X, (full), 1-1 in X(packed), and 57 in X4 (jammed). Subjects in the four treatment con- Feld, Donna. The Rhetorical Implications of ditions heard an antivivisection speech delivered "live" by a confederate who was introduced as Social Movement Theory. Purdue U. amedical doctor. Subjects respondedto im- This studypresentsasynthesisofsocial mediate dependent measures of individual opin- movement theory, discusses the rhetorical impli- ion. group opinion estimation, situational anx- cationsofsocialmovementtheory, andil- iety. and audience attractiveness. After leaving lustrates vaiotts aspects of the discussion withthe experiment they responded to requests for examples from the Women's liberation move- perceived audience size, signature on a petition, ment. The primary purpose of the study is toand estimation of how many auditors would determine therhetoricalelementsofsocial sign the petition. A delayed post-test opinion movements as derived from a synthesis of con-measure was administered three weeks later. temporary theories of social movements. The results showed that crowding facilitates full, packed, and The study consists of three stages. The firstpersuasion. Subjects inthe social movementjammed conditions changed their opinion to a stagereviewscontemporary the scattered theories regarding the definition and classifica-greater extent than subjects in condition. This difference deteriorated partially tion of social movements. The second stage presents a synthesis of social movetnent theoriesover time. Subjects in the jammed audience indicated more situational anxiety than subjects in regarding the ideology, tactics. and life cycles of social movements, The rhetorical implicationsthe full or scattered audiences. No other hy- of these theories are discussed in each stage pothesized relationships were found. The re- of the study. The examples taken from the sultswereconsistentwiththetheorythat women's liberation movement serve two pm- crowding induces stress which heightens con- pmes, First, the examples amplify various prin- formity to the speaker's position. ciples discussed by social movement theorists. Second, the examples tend to confirm the find- Harte, Thomas B. The Effects of Initial Atti- itms of the social theorists. tude and Evidence in Persuasive Communi- cations. U. Illinois. The studyconcludes by notingthatthe searchfor oi.especific methodology forthe Two experiments were conducted as part of rhetoricalanalysis of social movementsisa this study. One involved a topic toward which futile and needless quest. Instead.the study sug-subjects held initially intense or extreme atti- gests, the rhetorical critic of social movements tudes.Design and proceduresfor both ex- Heeds to utilize various methodologies for theperiments were identical. Each experiment in- analysis of the differing rhetorical activities ofvolved a 2x2 design in which independent vari- asocial movement. Following the observation ables were evidence usage (maximal or minimal) that the rhetorical critic needs to have a firmand initialcredibility (high or low). Subjects "rasp of social movement theory and its rhe- were assignedto groups often and heard torical implications, the study concludes by sug- either a maximal or minimal evidence speech gesting possible avenues of further research to presented by eitherahigh or low credible be pursued by the rhetorical critic. source on the appropriate experimental topic. Initialcredibility was manipulated with pre- Griffin, Emory A. The Effects or Varying De- viously validated credibility inductions. Depen- grees of Audience Density upon AuditorAtti- dent variables were attitude change, perceived tude. Northwestern U. (1971). credibility,andevaluationsofthespeaker's evidence and arguments measured at four points: This study investigated whether listeners inimmediately following the speech, three weeks a densely packed audience respond more favor- following the speech, and at two intervals during ably to a persuasive speech than listeners in athe speech. Eighty subjects (N = 40 for each less crowded condition. One hundred and sixty- experiment) provided the data. one volunteer undergraduate subjects were pre- The results were as follows: The study sup- tested and randomly assigned to four treatment.ported the hypothesis that including evidence ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 157 ina speechsignificantlyincreaseslong-term The purpose of this study was to investigate attitude changeregardless of the credibilitythe influence of channel, source, and message of the source when the initial attitude of thevariables while also considering the influence audience is extreme. The study supported theof candidate image and selected demographic hypothesis that audience attitudes toward both characteristic on voting behavior in the 1972 the source and the topic of the message may Illinois primary election. be quickly changed as the result of brief ex- One hundred sixty-ninesubjectsinthree posure tothe message. The study supportedSouthern Illinois counties were interviewed. In- the hypothesis that the amount of evidence information was obtained in the following areas: cluded in a persuasive speechissignificantlydemographic characteristics; the chianncl, source, related to audience perceptions concerning theand message type of most confidence; semantic complexity of the topic. Finally, the study sug-differentials on the candidates; and the guber- gested a need for further research to determinenatorial and presidential candidates for whom the nature ofrhetorical situations in which the voters voted. evidence is likely to be of persuasive value. The three statistical procedures used in the analysis of the data were: factor analysis, mul- Hazel, HarryCharles. A Translation, with tiple regressionanalysis, and z-scoreanalysis. Commentary, of the Bonaventuran Ars Con-First, they revealed that demographic character. cionandi. Washington State U. istics were important variables when predicting voting behavior. Of particular interest in the The purpose of this studyisto provide apresidential race were religious beliefs and sex translation, with commentary, of a Latin tractate while' in the gubernatorial race,: age and sex on preaching attributed td Saint Bonaventnre...were significant predictors of voting behavior. The Franciscan Quaracchi editors of Florence, Secondly, the communication variables (channel, Italy,have publishedthe three-part manualsource, and message type) did not account for a entitled Ars concionandi as a preface to Bona-significant proportion of the variance. While venture's sermcans, which arc contained in Vol-people may have indicated that they placed ume IX of the S. Ronaventurae Opera Ontnia. greaterconfidenceinandreceivedgreater The studyisdividedintofourchapters. amounts of political information from different channels, sources, and message types they did Chapter 1 includes an introduction to Bona- venture as a prominent thirteenth century phi-not appear to have had an influential impact losopher-theologian and preacher. Chapter 2 is ontheelectorate'svoting behavior.Finally, an examination of an authorship controversythere was a low positive correlation between regarding the Ars concionandi. This analysisthe channel, source, and message type in which yields the conclusion that a definite link exists theelectorateplaceditsgreatestconfidence between Bonaventure and thefirst two partsand the channel, source, and message type from of the Ars concionandi even though the famous which it gained most information. Franciscan may not be directly responsible for the third part. Chapter 3 is an analysis of theHoover, Mary A. A Study of Jean Sifrein manual's significance. Maury's Rhetoric Essai sur L'Eloquence de la Chapter 4isthetranslationofthe Ars Chaim et le Barreau. U. Michigan. concionandi.Fifty-onesectionsarcincluded In1777. Jean Sifrein Maury published his under three major headings labeled divisions, rhetorical theory under the title Discours Choisis distinctions, and expansions. The author ex- Sur Divers Sujets De Religion Et De Litterature. plains that a sermon can be expanded through In subsequent editions, the title was changed to definitions;dialecticalorrhetoricaldivision; Essai sur l'eloquence de la chaire et le barreau. argumentation, especially through enthymemes, Maury indicatesthat he was prompted to induction, and examples; comparison of con-write thectext because of what he chooses to cordant authorities; words from the same root;call the :'far fetched rhetorical patterns" being metaphors; tropes dealing with literal. allegori- practiced in France. -- cal, tropological. and anagogical interpretations; The hypothesis of the paper is that as critic and development through cause and effect. and rhetorican Maury affectedthedevelop- ment of French rhetorical thought. Hirsch, Robert 0. The Influence of Channel, The plan of the study includes: a discussion Source, and Message Variables on Voting Be-of the relationship between Maury's experience, havior in the 1972 Illinois Primary Election.training and the climate of the intellectual life Southern Illinois U. of his time to his developing views of rhetoric; 158 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION an analysis of Maury's rhetoric in relation to resulted in significantly better performance than the classical canons; the comparison of Maury's high vowels for Group L 3) The two lower rhetorical development of the five canons with fundamentalfrequenciesyieldedsignificantly that of George Campbell, Hugh Blair, Richard higher performance than the two higher funda- Whately and John Quincy Adams; an analysis mental frequencies for Group 1.4) Speakers ofthe possible sources of Maury's Essaiin whose SFFs deviated most from the group mean France, Britain and the United States:. and a SIT weresignificantlybetteridentifiedby summary of the importance of the text. Group II. 5) Group I tended to confuse speak- In the findings of this paper, there is proofers whose SFFs were similar. Group H con- that Maury's rhetorical concepts were utilized fused speakers whose SFFs were similar at the from 1777 to1895 in the teaching of public two higher 10levels,' but at the two lower fo speaking.Maury's rhetoricalconcepts,his levels confused a speakers with another speaker guidelines to the orator, and his critical viewswhose SFF was close to the f level produced. 6) of oratory served to bridge the transitions be- For bothlistener groups when the speakers tween the Classical Movement. the Romanticwere paired according to SFF, the two pairs Movement, the Elocutionary Movement and the with the highest and lowest SFFs were per- twentiethcenturyScientific-BehavioralMove- ceived approximately twice as often when the fo ment. level was most similar to their SFFs as when it was most different from their SFFs. Formant frequency means were not significantly correlated Iles,Mallory Wallace. Speaker Identification with speaker confusions. asaFunction of Fundamental Frequency and Resonant Frequencies. U. Florida. Ivic, Robert L. Vocabularies of Motive in Se- The present research was conducted in the lectedPresidentialJustificationsfor War. area of aural speaker identification. The pur- Washington State U. poses of this investigation were to determine This study employedintrinsiccriticismto whether listeners who did and listeners who analyze the vocabularies of motive manifested did not know the speakers performed equallyin Presidential war messages or their equivalents well onthetaskof speaker identificationfrom the War of 1812to Vietnam in1965 and/or differed in their types of responses; toutilizing the methodological resources of Ken- determine whetherlistenerperformance was neth Burke's grammar and rhetoric of motives. the same for all vowels; to determine the effect The analysis indicated that throughout Ameri- of controlled fundamental frequences(f) on ca's history of international conflict an enduring, speaker identification; to determine the relation- relativelyuniform vocabulary of motives has ship between speaking fundamental frequency existed andthat a composite vocabulary of (SFF) and speaker identificationand SIT and motives can be synthesized for Presidential justi- speaker confusions: and to determinehe re- fications of war. latiotn hipbetweenformantfrequencies and The synthesized vocabulary contains the mo- speaker confusions. tives in a definite hierarchy with "rights" at the The subjectsforthis study were six malepinnacle as the primary god-term for purpose speakers and two groups of listeners, eight whoand with "law" and "democracy" as the sec- knew the. speakers and eight. who did not. The ondary god-terms for agency. Only through the listeners were presented with a training session agencies of "law" and "democracy" can "rights" consisting of a passage read by the speakers. be secured. The other pentadic terms are sub- Following the training session they attempted Ftantiatcd by their degree of congruity with the to identify the speakers from recorded stimuli godterms for purpose and agency; agents, for consisting of sentences and four vowels at each example. are affirmed when serving freedom and of four fundamental frequencies. denounced when advocating tyranny. The sentence stimuli resulted in the highetit "Peace," while portrayed as a guiding purpose, speakeridentificationperformance forall is viewed as attainable only upon the fulfillment listeners. The following results were noted for of the other terms: "peace" is the natural re- the vowel stimuli.I) The listeners who knew sultof secure"rights"maintainedthrough the speakers (Group I) performed significantly "law" and "democracy." "War," while not repre- above chance while the listeners who did not sentedas apositive motive,isconsidereda know the speakers (Group n) did not performnecessary and legitimate agency when other above chance. Further, Group I performed sig- moredesirablemethods suchasdiplomacy nificantly better than Group' H. 2) Low vowels have failed to maintain the hierarchy. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 159 The dynamics of these pentadic relationships This study investigated the persuasive effect were explicated in greater detailfor each ofof humor upon ethos, attitude change, and re- the recurring definitions of the situation utilized tention. Hypotheses relating to different message by the Presidents: recognition of au ideal, per - channels and the effect of an explicit state- ception of disharmony, assessment of responsi-ment of intent to be funny were also tested. bility, and determination of resolution. Subjects completed a semantic differentialto measure ethos, an attitude scale on movie cen- Johnson, Emory M. An Empirical Study of sorship, a retentiontest, and a speech rating Relevant Personality Characteristics and At-scale in a posttest and four week delayed post- titudinal Dimensions as Predictors of Free test. Speech Attitudes. U. Denver. The message was presented in three differing treatments: serious version, humorous version, The purpose of this study was to determine and laughter-begging humorous version. These therespectiverelationships between the per-messages were presented via audio-tape, video- sonalitycharacteristicsauthoritarianismand tape. andlive.History undergraduates were dogmatism and free speech attitudes, the re-randomly assigned to one of ten groupsnine spectiverelationships between the attitudinalexperimental and one control group. dimensions liberalism. conservation and tough- Results found that an explicit statement of ness-tenderness andfree speechattitudes,as the intentto be funny significantly increased revealed by prevalidated and pretested assess- theperceived humorousness ofthemessage. ment instruments, and whether these person- The humorout, speech with the laughter-beg- ality characteristics and attitudinal dimensionsging prefatory statement was rated as sign& are predictors of free speech attitudes. as recandy more humorous in two of the three chan- vealed by the assessment instruments. nel conditions. The use of humor in the per- It was hypothesized that permissive free speech suasivemessage enhancedtheethosinthe attitudes are associated with low authoritarian -dynamism dimensioninthelive and video- hut, low dogmatism, liberalism, and toughness, tapeconditions,butnotintheaudio-tape and that information about the degree to whichpresentation. The qualification and safety dian individual is authoritarian, dogmatic, liberal- mensions were not enhanced by humor. Humor conservative, and tough-tender will provide in- did run affect attitude change or retention, The formation about the degree to which he is per- use of different channels did not effect ethos, missive or restrictiveinhisfree speech atti- attitude change or retention. tudes. Four weeks later, the ethos of the speaker A composite self-report questionnaire, com- who unployed humor was perceived more favor- posed of the Liberal-Conservative Scale and the ably. On a delayed basis, neither humor nor Tough-Tender Scale of the Social Attitude In- differing channels were found to have had an tentary (Eysenck. 1957), the D Scale, Form Eeffect on attitude change or rentention. (Rokeach, 1960), the California F Scale (Adorno, etal.,1950), and the Contemporary American Kinzer, Harold James. Effects of Cognitive Com- Issues Attitude Scale (Barbour, 1968). was ad- patibility on Communicative Accuracy. Ohio ministeredtoastratified random sample of State U. classes totalling 567 student subjects attending the Community College of Denver during Spring Itwas hypothesizedthat individUals whose Quarter, 1972. cognitive dimensions relevant to the communication are compatible will communicate more The data were treated by means of hivariatesuccessfully than those whose cognitive dimen- correlationalanalysis and multiple linearre- sions are not compatible. The unfolding tech- gression analysis. . nique of scaling and the semantic differential All five hypotheses were confirmed. The most were used as separate measures of cognitive significant finding was that scores on measures compatibility. The major hypotheses arose from of the four independent variables produce a thesequestions:Does cognitivecompatibility linear combination which can be used to pre- as identified by the unfolding technique and/or dict scores on the measure of the dependentthe semantic differential facilitate communica- variable, free speech attitudes. tion? Is there any relationship between cognitive compatibility as identified by the two methods? Kennedy, Allan James. An Experimental Study Do cognitively compatible subjects perceive the of the Effect of Humorous Message Content message to be more understandable than non- upon Ethos and Persuasiveness. U. Michigan. compatible subjects? 160 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Photographs of people were used both asMaffeo, Gilbert J., Jr. The Variable of Prox- stimuli for the measures of cognitive compati- emics in Audience Persuasion: A Multivariate bility and as subjects for the prose and the Experimental Study. Bowling Green State U. semantic differential message produced by six The purpose of the present study was to test communicators. Half of the subjects read the the variable of proxemics in audience persua- prose, the others the semantic differential mes- sion. Previous research in this area indicates sage form. For each message, they identified that proxemics does have an effect on the per- which of three photographs was the message subject. Expressions of confidence in the ac- suasion process. This research primarily dealt with a scattered versus compact seating arrange- curacy of the answers were then obtained. ment. The present study dealt with the "normal Cognitivecompatibilityidentifiedbythe row- effect situation." unfolding technique appeared to facilitate com- Two factors were employed in the present munication, but compatibility identified by the study. Factor I, credibility, contained two levels, semantic differential did not. There was littlehigh and low credibility. Factor II, proxemics, support for other major hypotheses. The un- contained six levels, front and back of each of folding technique and the semantic differential the audiences were divided into three sections. were not equivalent measures of cognitive com- The use of an artificial grid was employed. patibility.Those who were cognitively com- Subjects (N = 10$) were pretested on attitude patible were no more confident of the fidelity of the communication than were those who towardtheconceptoflifeinsuranceand Rokeach'sDogmatismTest.Thesepretests were noncompatible. served as covariates in the study. Subjects were assigned, according to a table of random num- Kochevar, John J. Multivariate Causal Modelsbers, seats in one of the experimental audiences. of Information Flow. Michigan State U. Six weeks later,subjects were exposed toa persuasive message arguing against lifeinsur- On the basis of prior research and theory, a ance. Subjects were post-tested immediately on general model of the communication process was the following dependent measures: attitude to- created from the following components: access ward the concept of life insurance, attitude to- factors, exposure factors, receiver factors, knowl- ward proxemics. attitude toward the speaker, and edge, attitudes, enabling factors, and behavior. at ii tuck toward the experimental situation. Fac- Two different versions of the basic modelonetor analysis war performed to develop all tests Withreciprocalcausation among components used inthe study with the exception of the and one withoutwere conceptualized to evalu- Rokeach Dogmatism Test. The present study, ate certain process notions. utilizing a 2 X 6 analysis of covariance ran- Each version was operationalized with twenty- domized groups design, called for the use of seven van aides drawn from a multiphased field themultivariateanalysisofcovariancetest. experiment.Brazilianfarmers werefirstin- Other selected univariate covariance tests were ter%iewed and then radio farm forums and also employed. community newspapers were established in se- Data analysis revealed that the six hypotheses lected villages. After the communication treat- advanced were not supported All multivariate ments operated four months. respondents were tests and univariate tests failed to yield signifi- reinterviewedtomeasureknowledgegained cance. almmt the agricultural innovations featured in the weekly radio broadcasts and newspapers. Monge, Peter R. The Study of Human Com- Problems with the results of the blocked indi- munication From Three Systems Paradigms. cator and two-stage least-square analysis tech- Michigan State U. niques restricted the kinds of substantive conclusions which could be drawn. Tentatively. Human communication may be studied from however, differences between the two analyses a variety of intellectual perspectives. The pur- indicated some relationships might be betterpose of this essay is to explore the usefulness conceptualized as recursive rather than strictlyof one particular approach: the system paradigm. causative. Both analyses revealed that exposure The introductory chapter examines three gen- to radio forum broadcasts had a slight influence eral scientific models for studying the communi- . on knowledge acquisition while the effects of cationprocess:the mechanistic, organic, and community newspapers were neglible. Recom- systemic. The defining characteristics of each mendations were made for the future use of model are specified, examples are presented, and causal models in communication research. the efficacy of each for communication isas- ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 161 sessed. Itis argued that the systems paradigm historicalinterval or periodthat contempo- permits the study of several important dimen- rariesunderstandonlypartially.Historians sions of the communication process which are insubsequent periods develop the structures not an integral part of the other models. The foragivenera byabstracting phenomena three system paradigms, cybernetics, structural- from that era which seem to cluster around a functionalism, and general systems theory are certain characteristic. Important historical struc- distinguished to establish the framework for the tures within a rhetorical framework discussed in remainder of the essay. thedissertationinclude process,time,space, causation, thought and ideology, myth, ritual, Moore, Meredith A. Language Correlates of and biography. Communication Apprehension. Purdue U. Not only do rhetorical historians create structures in an attempt to explain the past, but Thisstudyattemptedtodeterminethe personsactinginhistoricalcontextscreate structural language characteristics of Ss experi- finite provinces of consciousness, meaning, and encing communication apprehension. Twenty Ssrelationship to help explain the meaning of reporting high communication apprehension and theirexistence.Thesefiniteprovinces were 20 Ss reporting low communication apprehension labeled superstructure, examples of which in- on the Personal Report of Communication Ap clude metaphor and universe of discourse. prehension (NtcCroskey, 1970) were exposed to Related to structure and superstructure are three experimental conditions: a public com- infrastructures which form the primary province munication condition, an interview condition,of rhetorical transactions. Most rhetorical be- and a neutral condition. Hypothesis 1stated haviors in society are not at the level of con- that high apprehension Ss would differ signifi- sciousness of ultimate definitions of existence. cantly from low apprehension Ss by producing The roles which persons accept for themselves language characterized by: a) shorter sentences, guide the shape that oral thought will take in b)shorter words,c)a higher verb-adjective most rhetorical transactions. ratio. d) a lower typetoken ratio, c) a higher past tense ratio, f) a higher absolutism ratio, g) The dissertation attempts to construct a view- more pronouns, and 11) more "non-ah" speech point whereby history can be explained by look- disturbances. Hypothesis 2 stated that the public ingatrhetoricalactivityinvolvingthein- communication and interview conditions would termeshing behaviors of entire societies grap- differ significantly from the neutral condition plingwiththe developmentofsatisfactory in the same manner. Hypotheses la, lb, Id, le, definitions of themselves. U. 1g. and Ih were rejected. Hypothesis lc was retained and le was rejected, but was significant- Price, Henry T. The Effect of Newspaper De- ly different in the opposite direction from that sign Complexity on Readership, Comprehen- predicted. Hypotheses 2a, 2d, 2g, and 2h were re- sion, Interestingness and Pleasingness. Mich- jected. Hypotheses 2b, 2c, 2c, and 2f were re- igan State U. tained.Hypothesis 2a was rejected, but was significantly different in the opposite direction This study attempted to link D. E. Berlyne's conceptualizationofthecomplexityvariable fromthatpredicted.Interactioneffects were to newspaper design and to measure the effect significantfor verbadjective, pasttense, and absolutism ratios. High apprehension Ss experi-of varying amounts of complexity on readership, enced more anxiety in the interview conditioncomprehension, interestingness and pleasingness. wii'e low apprehension Ss experienced moreThe independentvariableswere:horizontal anxiety in the public communication condition and vertical headline pattern, horizontal and according to the language variables examined. verticalpicture pattern, and narrow measure and wide measure body type setting. Eight different versions of the experimental Munshaw,JosephA. The ShapeofOralpage were presented aspart of a four-page Though4 Towatil the Viewpoint of History tabloid newspaper to 144 subjects. a); Rhetoric. U. Missouri. It was predicted that vertical pictures, and The dissertation develops a paradigm whichnarrow measure body type setting would result provides a framework for tracing the growth in increased readership and comprehension and of rhetorical discourse and for writing a history would lead to higher ratings of interestingness of that development. Structures form the firstbut lower ratings of pleasingness. None of the element of the paradigm. Structures are the12 hypotheses, as worded, was supported, but overriding but intangiblecharacteristics of a three significant interactions were found. 162 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION The analysis seems to refute Berlyne's find-the classroom setting. At the beginning and ings that interestingness and pleasingness areend of each week students completed semantic negatively correlated. In this study interesting-differential scales to determine their attitudes ness and pleasingness show a moderate positivetoward their seating position, the person they relationship (r = .54). were sitting next to, the teacher's seating position. their feelings about school, and degree Pryor, Albert. Resistance to Persuasive Attacksof classparticipation and verbalinteraction. Against Belief Levels Varying in Initial Lev-The teacherfilledout semanticdifferential els of Acceptance. U. Michigan. scales evaluating students on their class participation. written work, verbal interaction, disci- The current study sought both to replicatepline. and number of complaints. and to extend the inoculation theory approach Mean scores were determined for each of the to persuasion resistance by using topics whicheleven variables in each of the four groups in ranged from low to high in initial levels on thethevarious arrangements. Canonicalcorrela- McGuire 15-point scale. The study employed tion was employed to examine the relationship a3 X 3 X 2design,including high, middle,of one set of variables to a second set. and low belief levels; supportive, refutational- The results indicated that seating arangement same, and refutational-differentforms of de- affectedthe performance,attitudes, and be- fensive messages: and a time factor involvinghavior of subjects. The canonical correlation as- attacking messages which followed either im- sociatedparticular variables with specific ar- mediately or seven days after the defenses. Inrangements. It was also found that I.Q. scores additiontothereplication of two MrCuiredid correlate with particular arrangements. topics, dcfen,ive and attacking messages were The investigator stressed that the results of developed for two middle and two low-range this study did not suggest causation. Instead belief topics. the findings were to be interpreted as indica- x 2 analysis of variance which included tions! Replication was suggested. the three defense types and the two replicated issues showed asignificantvariabilityinthe Sitzmann, Marion J. The Dictaminal Theories mean belief levels produced by the two issues. of Alberic of Monte Cassino, Hugh of Bo- It was suggested that the amount of resistance logna, An Anonymous Writer From Orleans, produced by a given defense Ipe may he topic- and Lawrence of Aquileja. Southern Illinois bound and not universal for all cultural truisms. U. (1971). None of the middle- or low-range defenses con- ferred a significant amount of resistance to per- The two reasons for this study were to pro- suasionillterms of the operational definition vide a history of ars dictaminis which traces the of resistance. However. in both low and middle- significance and the tradition of the medieval range conditions, allthree defense types pro- art of letter-writing, and to provide the English- (lured mean belief levels which were not sig- reading student of rhetoric and public address nificantly lower than the initial controllevel with an English translation of the basic works when attacks immediately followed the defenses. of four medieval dictaminal theorists. The results were discussed with reference to SinceDr. James Murphy of the University possible effects of statistical regression, demand of California at Davis published a translation characteiistics. evaluation apprehension, cogni. of pages 9.28of Rockinger's editionof an ,ilve dissonance, and topic salience. anonymous ars dictaminis writer, it was thought profitabletobegin work exactly where Dr. Rubin, Gary N. A Naturalistic Study in Prox-Murphy leftoff and undertake atranslation emics: Seating Arrangement and its Effect on from the Latin of pages 29.114 and pages 956-958 Interaction,Performance,andBehavior. of Rockinger's edition. Rockinger's German in- Bowling Green State U. troductions are omitted since they are verbose and contain numerous errors: they arc, however, The purpose of the present study was to referred to in several places in the dissertation. determine if various seating arrangements would The dissertation, then. concerns the doctrine have an effect on the performance, attitudes,on the epistolary art of Alberic of Monte Cas- and behavior of 84 sixth grade students. sino. Hugh of Bologna, an anonymous writer The study was conducted inanaturalistic from Orleans, and Lawrence of Aquileja. setting. The 84 subjects comprised four groups One of the main problems of this study was ranging in front 56 to 134. Each week for the fact that there is no secondary source ma- a period of six weeks the teacher rearranged terial published on these four dictaminal writers. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 163 In other words. there is no' place to turn forperimentally by rotation of the sentences in a critical insight except the actual text itself. such a way that common words between sen- The study includes classicalrhetorical con- tenceswerereduced;stylisticsimilaritiesin tributions 10.4rsDictamini.s, reviewofthe sentences which were experimentally varied by early history of Ars Dictamini, unto the treatisechanges in syntax; and paragraph cues which in of Lawrence of Aquileja, and a comparative the case of the written message were indenta- study of four Ars Dictarninis treatises. tion,andintheoralmessage, absence or presence of pauses between paragraphs. The Skirde, Edward G. An Exploratory Investiga-message treatments so derived Were presented tion of the Relationship Between the Rhe-orally and visually to subjects. torical Process of Invention and Attitudinal The amount of learning, which was a measure Frame of Reference. Pennsylvania State U.of the difficulty of the message treatments and an index of the effectiveness of various types 'The purpose of this study was to investigateof linguistic bonding. was measured by a mul- arelationship between the rhetorical process tiple-choice test of recognition, reading time of of invention and attitudinal frame of reference. the written message, and a test of recall. None Invention was operationally defined as the actof the mean differences between various message of generating arguments on an issue-concepttreatments were significant, but all means for with the aid of atopical system. Attitudinalthe oral message as measured by a multiple- frame of reference was defined as consisting of choice test were in the expected direction giving the latitudes of acceptance, rejection. and non-an indication that further investigation might commitment (involvement). theintensity andbe fruitful. direction of an attitudinal position, and the importance of the issue-concept to the self. Veninga, Robert L. A Case Study in Organiza- Ninety-three subjects were asked to generate tion Development: The Role of Communi- as many arguments as they could (with the as- cation. U. Minnesota. sistance of a topical system) in a forty minute time period. Arguments were generated in re- The purpose of the study was threefold: to sponse to the issue of legalizing abortion in thedelineate .theory and research in speech com- stateofPennsylvania.Attitudinalframeof munication which has particular relevance to reference was assessed through the use of a organization development, to describe and eval- semantic differential, a nine-item ordered al- uate an organization development program con- ternative listof attitudinal positions, and an ducted in an urban hospital, and to suggest a importance rating scale. model which might be used in subsequent or- The data indicated that the relative size ofganisation development programs. an individual's latitude of acceptance and re- The author suggestedthat theory and rejection relates to the number of arguments an searchrelatedtoentropy.feedback,group individual generates inresponse to an issue- cohesiveness,norms,opinionleadership, and concept. the extremity of a person's attitudinal source credibility has particular relevanceto, position toward an issue is systemically related organization development theory and practice. to the number of arguments generated. and an Inevaluatingahospital-relatedorganization individual's perceived importance of an issue-development effort,the author did not find concept to himself is not systematically related marked changes in subjects' attitudes, values or to the 'mintier of arguments generated. interpersonal sensitivity on objective measuring instruments. Subjects tended to report changes Swingle, Edward E. The Nature of Sentential in management practices which were. in part, improve Bonds and their RelationshiptoItccogni designedto interpersonalprocesses tion and Recall. Ohio State U. within the organization. A primary weakness of the organization development program studied The purpose of the present study was to de- appeared to be the lack of a systematic pro- termine the structure of connected discourSegram designed to reinforce newly learned be- from the viewpoint of sentential relationships,haviors. The author suggested an approach to thelinguisticdevicesthatcause aseriesof futurehospitalrelatedorganizatioodevelop- sentences to be perceived as related, and theirment programs which includethefollowing (Alert on learning. The particular linguistic de- phases: diagnosis, intervention, evaluation, and vices that were selectedforthis study were termination, repetition' of content words between any two The case study was analyzed by describing contiguoussentenceswhichwerevariedex- the goals and objectives of the development 164 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION program,statingtheteaching-learningpro- determine their relative effectiveness in trans- cedures which were utilized to meet such goals, mitting information. Three messages concerning andevaluatingthedevelopmentprogram propaganda were developed and a test was pre- through objective and subjective measuring in-pared for each mange. The zeliabilities of the struments. The author utilized five objectivethree tests ranged from 0.86 to 0.89. measuring instruments in pre-test and post-test The subjects vti,c 184 undergraduate students cotnparisons of individuals who were involved enrolledina-ai'l,westernuniversity: Eight in the organization development program. Nineclasses were chostu randomly from thirty-two interviews with managers and nine interviewssections of the basic speech course, then these with employees were conducted to determine were randomly assignedtothe three experi- the possible effects of the development on themental groups and control group. Each ex- organization. perimental group received three pre-tests, three experimentaltreatments, threepost-tests, and Ware, Paul D. Heckling as Distraction: An Ex- three delayed post-tests. The tests and messages perimental Study of itsEffects on Sourcewere rotated so that every group received all Credibility. Bowling Green State U. experimental treatments, but no group received the same message under the same conditions One hundred and thirty-six Ss from Bowlingas any other group. The results were analyzed GreenStateUniversity:sintroductory speech using the Analysis of Variance, t-tests, and the courses were assigned randomly to groups. TheStandard Error of Measurement. independent variables were four levels of heck- This inquiryindicated nosignificantsu- ling distraction: high, medium. low, versus no periority for one method of transmission over distraction(control), and two levels of credi- the other two. Subjects who received the oral bility: high (Harvard Professor) and low (Unitedtreatment had significantly less immediate in- l'arcel employee). Heckling distraction exposUreformation gain than those who were exposed were inserted randomly within a taped per-to the visual and oral plus visual treatments. suasive message. Marker variables were employed However, the scores on the delayed post-tests and dependent variables were factor analyzedproduced no significant difference in the amount and "purified" for greater instrument reliability.of information retained as a result of any of the The message was "germ free" in nature andtreatments. All subjects retained a significant attackedacultural truismthepracticeof amount of information. getting an annual medical checkup. Following The sex of the audiences or speakers had no the guidelines of Zintbardo, etal.,(1970), a significant effect on the results. Some speakers message set was established. Results were:I) achievedsignificantly more information gain Heckling distraction as an independent variable than others. by itself did notsignificantlyeffect opinion differences toward the cultural truism, e.g. theWertz, Marjorie D. Toward A Theory of Non- practice of getting an annual medical checkup. verbal Communication: A Critical Analysis of 2)HecklingdistractiondidlowerSs'ethos Albert Scheflen, Edward Hall, George Mahl, ratings of the high credibility communicator and Paul Ekman. U. Michigan. when large amounts ofhecklingdistraction were present (eleven heckling exposures in the Eclecticism,ambiguity ofterminology, and highcondition).3) There was a significant, diffuse methodologies mark research into non- gradual lowering of Ss' ethos ratings of theverbal behavior, making itdifficultto apply high credibility communicator as heckling dis- the contributions of such provided critical anal- tractionexposures were increased, and high ysis of four major researchers (Albert Scheflen, credibility communicator ethos ratings dropped Edward Hall, George Mahl, and Paul Ekman) in the high distraction condition more than and used their conclusions in proposing a theory any of the other distraction conditions (medium, of nonverbal communication. low, or none). First, Feigl's four levels of scientific explanation were adopted for comparative purposes. Weatherly, Michael. The Comparative Com-Critical analysis uncovered four common points municative Power of Channels in the Dissemi- of discussion among them: research focus, unit, nation of Information. Ohio State U. origin, and meaning of nonverbalbehavior. Second, the concepts of "system" and "process" This investigation was a comparison of three were employed to evaluate the substantive con- methods of presentation (oral only, visual only,tribution of each and to outline the tentative and the oral and visual channels combined) tomaster theory. Six assumptions for the theory ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 165 were proposed:1) Our social3) stem contains The summary chapter briefly reviewed the the structural relationships between nonverbalstudy. discussed both theoretical and practical behaviors and interpersonal, intrapersonal andimplications of the experimental results, and message frameworks of communication. 2) Non- discussed possible sources of error. verbal behaviors function decisively to regulate the structure and content of an interaction. 3)Willard, Charles A. The Conception of the Integrated patterns of nonverbal and verbal Auditor in Aristotelian Rhetorical Theory. U. behaviors may appear in many settings but Illinois. have predictable effects on the course and out- The purpose of this study was to explore come of interaction. 4) The emergence of non- Aristotle's conception of the auditor revealed in verbal behaviorinchildrenispartiallyor hiswritingsonnature,psychology,ethics, wholly caused by maturational processes. 5) A politics, and rhetoric; and, in so doing, to dispel unit of nonverbal behavior may have meaningthe misconception held by many scholars that within interpersonal, intrapersonal, or message Aristotle thought of the auditor as "logical" frameworks.6) Theprocessofattributingor primarily rational." Aristotle's accounts of meaning to nonverbal behaviors involves acts of practical wisdom and moral virtue indicate that categorization. These assumptions integrate the he thought that few men ever actually attained system-process criteria with the major condu- these developed states of capacity for thinking, sions of the four researchers. The study con-feeling, and acting rightly. Indeed, the Rhet- cluded with procedures for testing the assump- °rim assumes an auditor who is an untrained tions. thinker, cannot and will not follow argument, is lacking in moral and practical virtues, is easily Wheeler, Christopher G. Effects of Verbaliza-swayed by his emotions, pursues his desires tion and Age on Discrimination Learning andwithout regard for the dictates of reason, has Transposition U. Iowa. the highest respect for an orator perceived to be most like himself, and pays careful attention The purpose of the study was to determineto speeches only when they are dealing with the effects of verbalization and age on discrimi-matters which he perceives to be in his own nation learning and transposition using subjectsinterests. The assumption common bothto with mean ages 6.2, 8.2, 10.1, and 12.3. Neo-Aristotelians and to Aristotle's critics that Chapter I discussed the importance of thehe assumed an audience of rational men is study, offered basic definitions, and stressed the not borne out by Aristotle's writings. importance of languege in intellectual activity. Chapter- II dealt with the question of how to properly evaluate a child's ability in dealing Speech Sciences withconceptualproblems.It was suggested that a mediational view of concept learning and Allen, Elizabeth Louise. Perceptual and Acous- utilization is an appropriate model upon which tic Analyses of Selected Voice and Resonance to construct a test of language as a facilitating Qualities. U. Florida. device. Accordingly, relevant research dealing Studies were undertaken to ascertain if a set withdiscriminationlearning,transposition, of customary and deviant voice and resonance problem solving, and verbal learning was sum-qualititescould be differentiated using per- marized and discussed. ceptual and. acoustic analyses. Additional studies Chapter III offered eight hypotheses relatingwere carried out to determine if the results of to verbal mediation and presented a 4 x 3 de-those comparisons could be related to both sung signcomprising fouragegroups andtwo and spoken phonations or only' tospoken verbal and a control condition (overt verbalphonations. describing alearningstrategyaloud;covert Sustained samples of back, breathy,nasal, verbal"saying to oneself" the learning stra-strident, and customary spoken qualities were tegy; and controlnonverbalization).Specifics used in the first studies. In the second studies of the experimental procedures were also dis-samples of customary sung with vibrato, cus- cussed. tomary sung without vibrato, and customary Chapter IV discussed the results, of the ex-spoken qualities were used. All samples were periment both in terms of analyses of variance recorded by five female speakers who had com- and tests of multiple comparisons. An attemptpleted at least one year of training in singing. was made to relate these findings to previousEach quality was produced on the vowels /a/ research. and hi/ under two conditions. In the first con- at", BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION ditionthe speaker was given alistof the non-linguistic measures of: sex, race, age,. non- quality names and asked to produce phonationsverbal IQ. socio-economic status and the pe- which best represented each name. In the second ripheral speech mechanism examination. In ad- condition a recording of the seven qualities was dition,qualitativeinformationwas gathered pianed for the speaker and she was asked tofrom historical information regarding possible match each stimulus quality as closely as pos- hearing,neurological and /or adjustment-emo- sible. tional problems. Age Was found to be significant- Twenty listeners who were experiencedin ly related to patterns 3 and 4 with pattern 3 evaluating voices were chosen from the fields children being significantly younger and pattern ofexperimental phonetics, speeds pathology,4 children being significantly older than the rest singing, and psycholinguistics. These listenersof the population: Race was significantly related were asked to categorize the randomized phona- to pattern1 due to the only two children in tions as sung or spoken in one set and as back, the population classified as "other" occurring breathy, customary, nasal or strident in the other in this pattern. The qualitative data suggested set. a trend toward children in pattern 1 having The results indicate that: 1) Customary spoken markedly deviant histories of emotional prob- and the four deviant qualities could be cate-lems and pattern 5 children having a higher gorized significantly above chance. 2) -Samples occurrence of possible neurological problems. of breathy and nasal qualities exhibited spectral characteristicswhichparalleledresultsfrom Ashby, Jon K. An Experimental Study of the other studies, and specific formant frequencies Attitudes of Speech Clinicians Toward Stut- were somewhat higher than those reported else- tering. Louisiana State U. where. 3) Breathy and nasal qualities could be differentiated on the basis of jitter factor, and This study was concerned with connotative both deviant qualities had higher jitter that dimensions of meaning held by speech clinicians were higher than those for customary spokenconcerning the conceptual domain of stuttering. quality. 4) Jitter factors for customary spoken For this investigation, 206 practicing speech on /a/ were identicaltothose reported forclinicians employed in seven Texas and four males in another study. 5) Those samples of sung Louisiana school systems served as subjects. The phonations without vibrato which were identi- semantic differential technique was utilized for fied as sting quality had spectra similar to sunggathering responses to seven concepts inthe withvibratoand somewhatdifferentfrom stuttering domain on five meaning dimensions. spoken quality. Concepts selected included stuttering, stuttering therapy, boys who stutter, adult males who Aram, Dorothy M. Developmental Languagestutter,girls who stutter, adult females who Disorders:Patterns of Language Behavior.stutter, and parents of stutterers. Thirty scales Case Western Reserve U. for the semantic differential test instrument were selected from five differentfactors that have Forty-seven preschool children with develop- accounted for meaning in numerous factor an- mentallanguagedisorders weregivenfour- alytic studies. These factors included evaluation, teen language tests designed to measure nine activity, potency, understandability, and anxiety. language tasks which included comprehension, Comparisons were made amoung various com- formulation and repetition of certain phono-binations of the seven concepts on the five logic,syntactic and semantic features. These meaning dimensions. Subjects were also grouped language tasks were specified on the basis offor comparisons on the basis of age, years of aprocess-product model which provideda paid clinical experience, highest degree held, theoreticalframeworkforthestudy.From the number of academic courses completed in the children's performance on these language stuttering, and ASHA certificationstatus in tasks, six patterns of language behavior werespeeh pathology. identified through the use of the Qtechnique Results indicate that speech clinicians evaluate of factor analysis. These patterns included: 1) stutteringtherapy more negativelythanall repetitionstrength,2)non-specificformula- other concepts. IndiViduals who stutter were tion-repetition deficit; 3) generalized low per-viewed in a similar negative direction regardless formance, 4) phonologic comprehension-formu-of age or sex. Subjects responded more positively lation-repetition deficit, 5) comprehension deficit to parentsofstutterers thanto those who and 6) formulation-repetition deficit. stutter. The statisticalrelationship was testedbe- When groups of clinicians were compared, re- tween the children in these six patterns and sixsults suggest that increasing age, higher degrees, ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 167 more coursework, or more clinical experience in absolute threshold sensitviity which dissipates did not produce more positive, clinically pro- within 1000 msec following mask offset. A re- ductive attitudes. However, those subjects withview of the literature revealed that the de- ASHA certification in speech pathology did re-pendence of forward masking on mask duration veal more clinically appropriate, positive attitu- and probedurationhad beeninadequately dinal responses than the non-certified group. delineated. Consequently, the present study was Therapeutic implications of the research find-designed to accomplish this purpose. ings were discussed. Usingamodified,descending method of limits, sixty-three thresholds were obtained on each of eighteen normal-hearing adults. Quiet Barlett, Charles Henry. A Clinical Study of aabsolute threshold for 1000 Hz tone-bursts was Group of Children with Specific Learningdetermined for seven equivalent probe durations Disabilities. Northwestern U. (8. 15. 50, 45, 90, 135, and 270 msec). Thresholds A study was made of fifty elementary school for the probes were then measured following children referred by schools to a multidisciplin- each of eight equivalent mask durations (5, 15, aryevaluation program because oflearning 45. 90. 135. 270, 540, and 1080 msec). The mask problems within the school setting. Mental re- consisted of band-limited white noise presented tardation. sensor and motor losses, emotional at 70 dB SPL and the interstimulus interval disturbances,andsocio-economicdeprivation was 0.8 msec as measured from mask offset to were ruled out as primary handicaps. The chil- probe onset. All the forward masking data were dren were diagnosed as learning disabled. Thespecified as the decibel difference between the study was undertaken to determine the number,probe in quiet and the probe in noise. The extent, and nature of the academic problems results were presented as forward masking func- that the children had in the four basic tool tions and in terms of statistical measures. subjects of reading, spelling, arithmetic, and writing. It alsoidentified the frequency with Bishop, Milo Ellis. A Comparative Study of which certain other accompanying problems were Orosensory Perception in Manual Deaf, Oral found, their clinical descriptions, and evidence Deaf andNormal-Hearing and Speaking thatexistedfor CNS impairment. Although Young Adults. Purdue U. findings were based largely upon clinical rather effort was made to Little is known about the orosensory acuity than objective data, an and perception of the deaf in spite of the fact identifyassociationsbetweenaccompanying disturbances and severity of academic learning that orosensory feedback may be the primary disabilities. Also explored was the relationship means of mediating speech command and motor between strength of evidence of CNS impairmentpatterns in the absence of auditory function. and severity of academic learning problems.Experiments were conducted which tested the orosensory acuity and form discrimination of Findings indicatedthat academic disabilities rather than being present in isolated subjectscongenitally deaf high school students. When were more typically found in multiple academiccompared with asimilar group of hearing subjects, and that there was little association students, the deaf group demonstrated essentially between accompanying disturbances and severitynormal sensory acuityas indicated by measures performed of the academic disabilities. The hypothesis that oftwo-pointdiscriminationbut children with definite evidence of CNS impair- poorly on tasks calling for discrimination of ment would be more impaired in learning than object shape. Subsequent testing revealed that those with only suggestive or no evidence waswhen the "oral forms" were explored in the hand. the deaf and normal groups made es- rejected.However,thedifferenceinintelli- gence between these groups makes this findingsentially the same number of errors, indicating questionable. Lack of patterning in these find- thatdifferential performances on oralform ings suggests that careful individual study is discriminationisnot duetosome general cognitive overlay, but rather to deficits related requiredindeveloping remedialeducational programs. Importance of certain school variablei to oral sensory-motor integration processes. To not isolated in the study was discussed. gain some additional insight into the nature of these processes, an investigation was conducted of the oral form discrimination abilities of deaf Beattie, Randall C. The Effects of Probe Dura- individuals taught to use speech as their primary tion and Mask Duration on Forward Masking.means' of communication. The results showed U. Southern California. that the oral deaf subjects performed virtually Forward masking was defined as an increase the same as the normal hearing subjects. These I tiS BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION findings are interpreted as indicating that the vestigators. The present study was designed to normal development of the ability to integrate investigate in a nine-by-four-by-three analysis orosensory and oromotor activityis retardedof variance design the influence of the primary when speech is not routinely used. variables of vowels, duration, and context upon the dependent variables nasality and intelligi- Blom, Eric D. A Comparative Analysis of Per- bility.Significant main effects were obtained ceptual and Acoustical Features of Esophageal for the three primary variables and nasality in Speech and Speech with the Taub Voiceaddition to significant main effects for the two Prosthesis. U. Maryland. variables, vowels and duration, and intelligibility. Context approached significance in the The purpose of this investigation was to com-latter instance. Significant duration X context pare the speech of laryngectomized individuals two-way interactions were obtained for both recently fitted with the Taub air-bypass voicenasality and intelligibility. A near-zero correla- prosthesis to that of superior esophageal speak-tion was obtained for the nasality and intelligi- ers on an experimental-control basis. The Taub bility data. Both nasality and intelligibility re- air-bypass prosthesis is an external device which liability were significant beyond the .01 confi- permits esophageal phonation to be supporteddence level. by pulmonary air immediately upon insertion A Pilot study designed to obtain a speaker with of the prosthesis. an extended nasality range favored a functional- Six highly trained esophageal speakers andly nasal speaker. His natural durations for the six untrained speakers using an air-bypass voice test vowels were measured and served as a basis prosthesisparticipatedinthisinvestigation. for determining the other test durations,1/2 NIOsures of listener acceptability, speaker in- normal and 2X normal durations. The fourth telligibility, word-per-minute oral reading rate,experimental duration was a constant 4.0 sec- voice fundamental frequency, and percentage of onds. time spentinperiodic phonation, aperiodic Generally,nasalityincreased with duration Phonation, and silence were made from re- and constrastive intelligibility patterns accom- corded speech samples. panied contextual variations beyond the normal With the aid of the Taub voice prosthesis durational level. untrained laryngectomized individuals previously The fundamental conclusions are that dura- tillable to acquire functional esophageal speech tion is a significant variable in rating nasality, became highlyeffectivespeakers. They were and that while vocalic intelligibility may not be judged to be as intelligible and acceptable as a significant factor associated with nasality, its highlytrainedsuperioresophagealspeakers. variation as a function of the duration X con- Speakers using the Taub air-bypass prosthesis text interaction merits further examination. compared favorably with superior esophageal speakerswithrespecttovoicefundamental Carnell, C. Mitchell, Jr. Criteria for the k.val- frequency, amount of time spent in aperiodic nation of the Strengths and Weaknesses of phonation, and amount of time necessary to say Community Speech and Hearing Centers. a I2-word sentence. Speakers fitted with an air- Louisiana State U. bypass prosthesis tended to spend more time in periodic phonation and less time in periods of The purpose of this study was to develop silence than did the esophageal speakers used criteriaforthe evaluationof strengths and in this investigation. Word-per-minute speakingweaknesses of community speech and hearing rates for the esophageal speakers were some- centers. what faster than rates recorded for the speakers A list of 173 features that had been desig- using the Taub prosthesis. Speakers in both nated as important in the functions and prac- groups demonstrated word-per-minute rates that tices of community speech and hearing centers are close to normal. was extracted from the professional literature. The determination as to which features were Bruening, Robert A. Perceived Nasality as akey features was arrived at through a three step Function of Several Variables. Case Westernprocedure. First, the list of features was pre- Reserve U. sented to a panel of 20 experts. The panel was asked to indicate the importance of each feature Measurements of vowel duration in perceptual through its designation on a five point scale. nasalityinvestigations are not routinely im-Second, the apparent consensus was reported plemented. Moreover, vocalic intelligibilityis, to each panel member and the member was for the most part, uncontrolled by nasality in-asked to indicate if he agreed or disagreed with ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 169 the apparent consensus. On the basis of the re-sounds) the greater will be the evidence of turns the first estimate of the panel consensusgeneralization learning. was modified slightly.Finally,the viewpoint of the group of experts was tested empiricallyCole, Robert C. Stuttering and Time Perspec- by requesting the executives of the 10 centers tive. U. Southern California. which had been selected as outstanding to indicate whether each of the features was present The purposes of thii study were to test the in the respective program at the present time. hypothesis that people who stutterwillre- Ninety-two features were eventually designated port that they experience more difficulty while as key features. Two other groupings of features talkingabouttomorrowascompared with which did not survive the three step procedure talking about yesterday or today and to ascertain are also summarized. These were the features possiblecorrelationsbetween time-oriented thatwere originallydesignatedasexcellent topics and observable behaviors. The research but were not present in nine or more of the questions generated were:1) Will people who programs of the outstanding centers. The finalstutter report that they experience more diffi- group is composed of those features originallyculty while talking about anticipated events of designated as adequate. tomorrow as compared with talking about yesterday or today? 2) Will reaction time be signifi- CartaFalsa, John S. A Study of Phoneticcantly correlated with speech topic? 4) Will (Sound)Reinforcement and Generalizationword output be significantlycorrelated with Learning. U. Southern California. speech topic? 5) What constructual dimensions could be derived from the data to provide a This study investigated the hypothesis that clarificationoftheinterrelationships among the greater the frequency of exposure to and thefollowing variables:reactiontime, word reinforcement of specific phonetic units (speech output, reported difficulty, age, order of speech sounds), the greater will be the evidence. oftask, and stuttering? generalization learning. The In phoneme (speech Twenty-one subjects who met the specified sound) was chosen. criteriaforselectionwere usedinthisex- A 6-foot X 8-foot room, devoid of all objectsperiment. This included equal groups of chil- except a I4-inch X 96-inch 3-shelved, open-dren, teenagers, and adults. They were asked sided bookcase which housed 50 Inphoneme to talk continuously for three minutes on three word objects, was used. Twenty-five of these preselected topics. The subjects were instructed 50 Inphoneme word objects were selected at that they could start talking immediately fol- random and were called the /r/ phoneme cue lowing the presentation of a cue card indicating word objects. The five subjects studied here the topic, or that they could think about each were three males and two females, ages 2.9topic as long as they liked before they began. through 3.0, who demonstrated incomplete de-The topic sequence conditions were system- velopment patterns with respecttothein atically varied to control for an order effect. phoneme according to the McDonald Deep Test; The following statement was made immediately had facilityto use speech easily; had a vo- upon completion of all speaking tasks: "Now, cabularycomprehensionlevelequivalentto tell me when you experienced the most difficulty, the 40th centile of their chronological age; had when you were talking about yesterday, when normal hearing acuity thresholds; and had no you were talking about today, or when you were apparent neurological abnormalities. talking about tomorrow." Reactiontimes to Data derived from the pre- and post-Mc- each topic were noted to the nearest second. A Donaldtests showed changes inarticulation two-out-of-three judges agreement on moments quality scores in four subjects with a P > .99. of stuttering was later obtained from listening One subject showed no statistically demonstrable to the recorded tapes. Word output on each change in articulation quality scores. Data de-topic was also obtained from the tapes. rived from comparison of thefirst and the eighth weeks showed four subjects with changes Individuals who stutter appear to be appre- in articulation quality scores with a P > .999hensive about their respective futures. Their whereas one subject showed no statistically covert experiences while speaking, however, do demonstrable change in articulation scores. not necessarily parallel overt behavior. The re- Statistically significant evidence from four out sults of this investigation indicated that they of five subjects supports the hypothesis that theexperienced more difficulty internally although greater the frequency of exposure to and rein- reaction time,- stuttering, and word output did forcement ofspecific, phonetic units (speechnot vary significantly as related to topic. Treat- 170 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION ing attitudes, therefore, may not affect stuttering stuttering will be observed on unfamiliar words behavior. than on familiar words. 2) Significantly more stuttering will be observed en non-test words Cook, Darrell R. The Effect of Reinforcement before test words than after test words. 3) Sig- Loss on Speech Disfluency in Young Chil-nificantly more stuttering will be observed on dren. Case Western Reserve U. non-test words in never - word - sentences than in frequently-wordsentences. 4) A significant dif- Response-contingent presentations of various ference will be observed between the number stimuli(whitenoise,electricshock, verbal of never and frequently words identifiedas stimuli. time-out from positive reinforcement, "Jonah" words. responsecost)haveeffectivelyreduceddis- Within the limitations imposed by the nature tinenciesin adult stuttering subjects withoutof the experimental design and the number slowing speech rates. Using child subjects, this and selectionof subjects,the results of this study attempted to design an experimental pro- investigation support the following conclusions: cedure to investigate two questions: 1) will in- I) Stuttering occurs significantly more often on troduction of punishment by reinforcement loss unfamiliar (never) words than on familiar (fre- significantly decrease disfluency rates in young quently) words. 2) The frequency of stutter- children from baseline levels and 2) do disfluency ingisnot significantly different on non-test rates increase as the number of words increase? words before and after test words. 3) The fre- It washypothesizedthatreinforcementloss quency of stuttering is not significantly different would decrease disfluency rates without requir- on non-test words in never-word-sentences and ing slower speech. infrequently-word-sentences. 4)Significantly During thefirstthreeofeight 24-minute more frequently words than never words are sessions,five children, 41h to 8 years old, re- identified as Jonah words. peated stories to a clown doll. While receiving token reinforcement (poker chips exchangeable for pennies) on a variable interval schedule, a Craven, Duane C. An Investigation of Pupillary red light in the clown's nose was lighted. During Response Pt,vceding Expectancy and Sttwer- ing. U. Southern California. sessionfour(baseline),two independent observers recorded subjects' disfluency levels. In The purpose of this study was to investigate sessionsfivethrough seven(treatment),four pupillary response as a function of stuttering minutes of reinforcement were alternated with and expectancy to stutter. The 'following ques- equal time-out periods. In the latter condition, tions were posed for the purposes of this study: the red light was extinguished and reinforce- 1) Is pupillary response functionally related to ment withdrawn for ten seconds following each stuttering? 2) Is pupillary response functionally emitted disfluency. Each additional disfluency related to expectancy to stutter? emitted during timeout was recorded by a counter, and the total (response cost) subtracted The results of this investigation tend to sup- from the reinforcements earned. Together, time- port the following conclusions: The mean pupil out and response cost constituted reinforcement size tends to increase inconsistently from mean loss. In session eight, baseline conditions were baseline pupil site during a ten-second period reinstated. preceding stuttered speech. The mean pupil size tends toincrease consistently from mean Neither the analysis of variance performed on baseline pupil size during a ten-second period the treatment sessions data nor the percentages preceding fluent speech. The mean pupil size of reduction comparing baseline and treatment tends to increase inconsistently from mean base- disfluency levels supported the hypothesis that line pupil size during a ten-second period pre- reinforcement loss reduces disfluencies. Product- ceding signaled expectancy to stutter. The mean moment correlations did not demonstrate a con- pupilsize tends to increase consistently from sistentdirect relationship between disfluency mean baseline pupil size during a ten-second and speech rates. period preceding signaledexpectancy notto stutter. The mean pupil size tends to increase Cooper, Donna. Word Familiarity and Fre-from mean baseline pupil size while viewing quency of Stuttering. U. Southern California. words that had been rated two weeks earlier The purpose of this study was to investigate as high expectancy to stutter. The mean pupil word familiarity as a factor in determining loci size tends to increase from mean baseline pupil and frequency of stuttering. The experimental size while viewing words that had been rated hypotheses tested were:1) Significantly more two weeks earlier as low expectancy to stutter. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 171 Crerar, Mildred 0. Changes in the Intensity of The purpose of the present investigation was an Overt Response Before, During, and After to determine the spectral and temporal char- Instances of Stuttering.U. Southern Cali-acteristics of word-initial allophones of /w/, fornia. /r/ and /1/ phonemes produced by three-year- old children and adults. Tape recorded speech The purpose of this study was' raolave:Aggesamples were obtained from ten three-year-old variations in the intensity of an overt response and five adult speakers of General American other than stuttering before, during, and afterEnglish. The children were selected, in part, instances of stuttering, and to compare theseon their ability to demonstrate normal articu- intensity measurements with the intensity oflation for their age. the overt response before, during, and after in- The speech samples recordedforanalysis stances of fluency and of nonsleaking. Theenabled the sampling of /r/, /1/ and /w/ in hypothesis tested was: the intensity of an overt each of the following contexts: /j /, /a/, and response which differs from stuttering will vary Jul. Each test word was subjected to spectro directly with moments of stuttering. This hy- graphic analysis and the data obtained were if pothesis was based on two assumptions: analyzedby computer usingamultivariate stuttering is a stressful event for ,the speaker,analysis of variance design. A panel of twenty- this stress will energize a variety of responses,five phonetically naive adult listeners were em- overt as well as organic, and froth the stand- ployed to separate the children's "correct" from points of parsimony and empiricism, the pre-"incorrect" semivowel productions. ferred method for measuring the possible pres- The findings support those of previous studies ence of stress would be to utilize an -.:,vt..zt deiitonstrating that the relative frequency values sponse. of the first three formants are very important The act of pushing a spring-loaded lever wasto the identification of word-initial allophones selected as the overt response. The hypothesisof /w/, /r/, and /1/. In addition, however, it was tested separately under two different defi-was found that the steady-state duration, first nitions of intensity:in terms of the relativeformant transition duration, and first formant force of the push as measured by its peak transition duration, and first formant transition amplitude, and in terms of total energy ex-rateofcorrect productions of /1/ 'differed pended during the push, as an integrated time-sufficiently from those of /w/ and /r/ to sug- force measurement, i.e., the entire area undergest that they could be of phonemic value. the push curve. It was determined that the children who ap- The following conclusions were reached:1) peared to the adult listeners to be substituting The concept that stuttering acts as a generalized /w/ for /r/ or /w/ for /1/ were, in fact, pro- internal energizing force, in the sense that itducing a sound that didnot manifest the will increase the amplitude of another response acoustic characteristics normally associated with associated with it,is negated by the results ofcorrect productions of /w/. The findings of this study. Results from integrating the forcethe presentinvestigation were discussed and of the push with the time taken for its com-interpreted in terms of a phonological model pletion indicate that significantly more energyof children's articulation competence. is expended during stuttering. This would also indicate a tendency toward disorganization ofDurrant, John D. The Effects of Direct Current generalized motor behavior during stuttering, but not necessarily a motor block, where all Polarization of the Cochlear Partition on the behavior ceases. 3) If an anticipatory reaction Summating Potentials. Northwestern U. preceded stuttering and tension reduction fol- The effects of electrically biasing the cochlear lowed stuttering in this study, their presencepartitiononthesummating potentials(SP) could be reflected only in the reverse-from-pre-were investigated inthe guinea pig cochlea. dicted direction of the amplitude measurements.DIF (DIF = SV-ST) and AVE (2AVE = SV-FST) The integrated time-force measurements, how- SP responses as well as microphonics (CM) were ever, did tend to support tension reduction im-recorded and the cochlear partition polarized mediately following stuttering. in the first and third turns under numerous stimulus parameters. DIF and AVE-I- com- Dalston,RodgerMillard. A Spectrographicponents were enhanced by position polarization Analysis of the Spectral and Temporal Acous-and depressed by negative polarization, effects tic Characteristics of English Semivowels spo-qualitatively the same as observed in the CM. ken by Three-year-old Children and Adults. However, the change induced in the former Northwestern U. responses was proportionally threeor more 172 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION times greater than that seen in the CM. Theported was significantly influenced, in a highly DIF+ and DIF were observed to exhibit thecomplex way, by the phonetic characteristics "same absolute direction of change" under po-of the reference phoneme, number and type of larization. Thus, D1F responses as a class be- feature contrasted, interaction between reference comelesspositiveor morenegativeunder phoneme and features contrasted and direction positivepolarizationwhilenegativecurrents of the discrimination. On the basis of VRT mea- have the opposite effects. Systematic changes insurements, it appears that young children per- the AVE under biasing could not be demon- ceive phonemes systematically and, to some ex- strated.It was concluded from these findingstent. the pattern is predictable. that electromechanical nonlinearities contribute to the generation of the SP, particularly theFord, Ronald W. A Comparative Analysis of DIF components, although this form of distor- the Responses of Sensori-Neural Hypacusics tion is probably not the only contributor to SP toFour SpeechDiscriminationTests.U. production. The AVE+ may be another mani- Maryland. festation of the DIF whereas the AVE may. arise due to the cable properties of the cochlear Two groups of listeners, 15 with normal hear- partition. The results of thisinvestigation' il- ing and 73 with sensori-neural hearing loss, lustrate the complexities of distortion produc-were used in this study. Specifically, this in- tion in the cochlea as related to the SP. vestigation was designed to compare the speech discrimination scores of hearing-impaired listen- Forcucci, Richard A. Preschoolers' Verbal Re-ers as measured by four recorded discrimina- action Time in Perceiving Various Phonetic tiontests: the CID Auditory Test W-22, the Features. U. Illinois. PAL Auditory Test PB-50, the Modified Rhyme Test (MRT), and the Northwestern University Reaction time (RT) has proven to be a useful (NU) Auditory Test No. 6. These monosyllabic measure for assessing phoneme perception in speech discriminationtests were presented to adults. No attempt has been made to employ the listeners at the sensation levels of 8, 12, 16, a RT method to study phoneme perception in 20, 24, 28, 32, and 36 dB (Re: SRT). preschool children. Articulation-gainfunctions, standard devia- The purposes of this study were to assess thetions, and standard error scores were derived usefulnessof averbal reaction time (VRT) from each test to determine the effects of intensi- techniquefor studying speech perceptionin ty on speech discrimination ability. Additionally preschool children and investigate the degree the hearing-impaired listening group was di- towhichprocessingdifferencesforvarious vided into two sub-groups based on their pure- phonetic features are reflected in VRT's. tone audiometric configurations and the severity Forty male and 40 female children with aof their hearing losses. Articulation-gain func- median age of 4-10 were tested individually.dons, standard deviations, and standard error Reference stimuli were the four syllableinitial scores were generated for each sub-group to consonants (t, d, s, z) represented by the pictures determine the effects of audiometric configura- of toe, dog, saw and zoo. Each of four groups of tion and severity of hearing loss have on speech 20 Ss was serially assigned to a single pictureddiscrimination ability. reference. All Ss heard 42 live-voicestimuli, Analysis of these data showed that normal half of which were identical to the reference hearing listener's responses variability, as mea- (e.g., "Is this /tou /? Is. this /kou / ? ") and re-sured by. their standard deviations, tended to sponded "yes/no." Nonmatching items which decrease proportionally to increases in the in- contrasted only with the initial phoneme of the tensity of the signal. Hearing-impaired listener's reference words differed by place,voice and standard deviations were relatively independent manner of articulation, and their four permuta- of the signal intensity, remaining large at each tions. Each S's session was tape recorded and sensationlevel.Speechdiscriminationscores from these recordings 2,160 VAT's were obtainedof hearing-impaired listeners were influenced under contrastive and noncontrastive conditionssignificantly by audiometric configuration and by measuring the distance between each stimulusminimally by the severity of their hearing loss. and response and converting the distance measurements into millisecond equivalents. Gardner, Julie 0. Chronological Age and Gram- A significanttwo-wayinteractionoccurred matical Development as Determinants of the between the four reference stimuli and feature Proportions of Disfluencies on Lexical and conditions. Subsequent tests indicated that the "Function" Words in Preschool Children. U. speedwithwhichdiscriminationswerere- Southern California. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 173 The purpose of this study was to investigateon a primer typewriter. Each subject was tape- the proportions of lexical and function word recordedreadinghis own languagesample. disfluencies to total lexical and function words Both the spontaneous speech and oralread- found in speech samples of preschool children ing samples were subjected to phonologic, gram- with respectto chronological age and gram-made, and instrumental analysis. matical development. This study was specifically Phottolop;fr and grammatic analyses were ac7 designed to answer the following questions:1) tomplished with the assistance of a computer What is the relationship between chronological program, Physical measures were obtained from age and the proportion of lexical and function conventional graphic level recordings. words disfluent in speech samples of preschool Resultsindicatedsignificantdifferencesin children2) What is the relationship betweenthe articulatory behavior of both groups under grammatical development and the proportionboth conditions. The normally speaking subjects of lexical and function words disiluent in speechdemonstrated significant differences in their ma- !amides of preschool children? nipulation of duration under the two conditions. Forty normal children were selected, ten from The defective speaking subjects demonstrated each of four age levels: three, four, five, and sixsignificant differences in the phonologic param- yearsofage. Speech sanndes of eachchild etersmeasuredunderthetwoconditions. were obtainedinhis home by meads of a Both groups were found to be more proficient radiotelemetrytaperecordingapparatus. intheir- articulation under the condition of Sampling occurredoverselectedperiodsof oral reading. time during a one day period. On the preceding These results suggest the need for a revision day, each ihild was individually administeredof the traditional articulatory testing and treat- the Northwestern Syntax Screening Test (Lee, ment procedures. 1960).. Statistical relationships were determined among chronological age, grammatical develop- Goodban, Marjorie M. T. .The Significance ment, and proportions of lexical and function of the Source Spectrum in Speaker Identifi- word disfhiencirp to total lexical and function cat;ost. U. Illinois. words inthe speech samples. No .significant 'statistical relationships were fount: among these The generallyacceptedacoustic theory of variables. speech production states that the source spec- The la ing conclusions can be drawn from [nunis phonemically invariant from speaker the results of this study: I) Age is not associatedto speaker and consequently would not con- with lexical or function word disfluencies. 2) tributeto speakeridentification.It was the Proportionally more disfluencies occurred on purpose of the present investigation to investi- "function" words than lexical words at all age gate this theory to determine whether speakers could be identified on the basis of an analog levels.3) Grammatical development is not as- form of the source spectrum. sociatedwithlexicalorfunction worddis- fluencies.-' The method of transillumination-photocon- duction wasusedto obtain glottal recordings from 10 male and 12 female adult speakers. A Gonzalez, Joseph. F. A Comparative Study ofsimultaneously produced acoustic speech wave the Spontaneous Connected and Orally Readwas also obtained from each speaker.. Speech of a Selected Group of Black and After obtaining 100 per cent correct identifica- White Children with Normal and Defective tion of the acoustic recordings, the 10 listeners Articulation. Florida State U. identified the glottal recordings. As revealed by The purpose was to describe and compare the a binomial expansion the obtained scores for articulatory behavior of a grotto of children the glottal recordings indicated chance correct with normal and defective speech aS it occurred identificationfor both the male and female in spontaneous connected speech and oral read- glottal recordings. However, the score of zero ing. Eight children with normal speech and eight per cent for the female glottal recordings oc- children with articulatory defects between the curred greater than chance would indicate. ages of ten and thirteenyears of age were The results of the investigation indicated That, selected. as predicted by the acoustic theory of speech A taperecorded sample of the spontaneous iyroduction. speaker identification could not be connected si'-?.ech was obtained from each child.made onthebasis ofthe source spectrum A 100 word segment was selected from the spon- when frequency, and intensity were controlled. taneous speech sample for analysis. This seg-The greater than chance occurrence of the score ment was orthographically transcribed and typed of zero per cent for the female glottal. record- 174 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION ings seemed to indicate that the female acoustic was hypothesized that there would be no dif- signal provided misleading information. Thus, ferences between the two groups of subjects the findings indicated male-female informationalon the intensity difference limen when they differencesitsglottalsource and/ortransferwere compared at the same frequency (Hz) and function. The theoretical implications of thesesame sound pressure level (SPL). findings supported the general findings of other Short increments of intensity were suuper investigators. imposed on a continuous tone in 10 dB steps at SPLs from 10 dB above the subjects' thres- Hadjian, Sophia. Intraoral Air Pressures forholdto110 dB. The increments were 300 /s/in Isolation and Selected Syllables Ut-msec in duration with a rise and decay time tered by Children with Normal Articulation.of 50 msec. These increments were presented State U. New York at Buffalo. to the subjects in 0.25 dB steps from 4.00 to 0.25 dB at each test intensity. Threshold for The purpose of this study was to examine in- shortincrementswereestablishedateach traoralairpressurepatterns associated with SP1, for the frequencies 250, 500, 1000, 2000, thefricative consonant /s/ when uttered by4000, and 6000 for the normal hearing subjects' children With normal articulation. Peak pres-and for the frequencies 1000, 2000, 4000 and sures and duration of pressures Were examined6000 for the noise induced hearing loss sub- in relation to the /s/ in isolation and in syllablesjects. All testing was done in a two-room sound containing the vowels /i/. /1.1/. and /CV- isolated booth. Immoral air pressure was studied by plac- Thresholds for short increments of intensity ing apre-fitted sensing tube extending from were approximately 2.00 dB at the 30 dB SPL, thesubject'smaxillarydentalarcharound 1.00 dB or smaller at the 50 dB SPL, and 0.15 the last molar. The other end of the pressuredB at 100 dB SPL. This pattern of decrease in sensing tube was connected to a pressure trans- increment thresholdsize was similar for the ducer which was connected to a two-channel ink- six frequencies for the normal hearing subjects writing instrument pt;rmitting simultaneous re-and for the 1000 and 2000 Hz for the subjects cording of air pressure and the acoustic speech with a noise induced hearing loss. Variability signal. was greater at the lower sound pressure levels The Random Effects Model for the analysisthan atthe higher levels;the standard de- of variance was usedtotestthe stated hy-viations at 30 dB presentation level were near potheses.Inaddition,correlations were per-0.50 and at the 100 dB level were approximately formed between each of the speech samples0 30. The normal hearing subjects and the sub- to examine the overall pattern of. Pressures as-jects with a noise induced hearing loss did not sociated with the /s/ phonemic contexts. differ significantly in mean thresholds for incre- The findings were as follows:1) There are ments of intensity at comparable SPLs for 1000, no specificpatternsthatproduce"strong,"2000, 4000, and 6000 Hz. "moderate," or "weak" correlations. Thus the Since increment thresholds for the two groups relationshipbetweenthephonemicspeech did not differ significantly when SPL was held samples studiedis not predictable for either constant,itisreasonabletochallengethe peak pressures or duration of pressures. 2) Sub- general vailidity of the SISI test for the identi- ject variability was significant, therefore it was fication of cochlear lesions. That is, the SPL necessary to study the subjects as a main effectof the signal determined the size of the incre- variable along with each other variable of in-ment threshold when the sound was audible and terest in this investigation. (3) The interaction notthe ear pathology forthesubjectsin- term was significantinall but one of thecluded in this study. On the basis of this re- analysesperformed whichsuggeststhatthesearch and the research reviewed, itis recom- subjects must be taken into account when.study-mended that positive SISI test scores not be ing intraoral air pressure. interpretedas indicatingthe presence of a cochlear lesion. Hartley, Harold V, Jr. Thresholds for Short Increments of Intensity. Kent State U. Hazen, Barry M. The Effects of Changing Phonetic Context on the Voiceprint Identifi- This study describes intensity difference limen cation Technique. State U. New York at for six subjects with normal hearing and six Buffalo. subjects with a noise induced hearing loss using the psychophysical procedures employed in the The validity of the file card system of Voice- short increment sensitivity index (SISI) test. It print Identification, the technique of identifying ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 175 individuals by visually. examining sound spec- accompanying an intensity increase at higher trograms of their speech, was investigated to pitches. determine how wellitfulfillsits purpose of I'neumotachographic, acoustic, and elcctromy- minimizing the effects of contextually caused °graphic recordings were made of four trained spectral variation. and four untrained male singers as they pro- Trained subjects made decisions concerning longed the vowel /A/ beginning at 90% vital the identification of unknown speakers from a capacity. Each subject phonated under eight population of fifty known speakers, each repre-pitch and intensity conditions. Electrodes were sented by two spectrograms of each oflive placed on the external oblique, internal, and monosyllabic words. Unknown speakers were externalintercostalandsternocleidomastoid represented by a single spectrogram of each of muscles. these words. Five experimental conditions were In conclusion: Thoracic checking action oc- created by combining two variables. The firstcurs and may be dominant in controlling sub- was phonetic context where both known and glottal pressure with low glottal resistance. At unknown speech samples were excerpted from extremelyhighpitch and intensitythoracic either the same or different contexts. The second checking actionis absent, presumably because wa;speakerinclusionwheretheunknown laryngeal resistance is sufficient to maintain sub- speaker was either definitely included or pos- glottal pressure. The external intercostal is most sibly excluded from the speaker population. consistentlyassociatedwithcheckingaction. Singers tend to make limited use of the upper Two tasks were performed for each condition. thoracicmusclesperhapsindicatingapre- For the first task, subjects eliminated all speakers dominance oflowerthoracicor abdominal they were certain were not the unknown speaker, breathing. Air flow is greater under conditions reducing the population to a small number ofof high glottal resistance. Intensity. increase is likelypossibilities. For the secondtask, sub-more dependent onincreased flow at high, jects made identificationdecisions,eitherat- rather than low, pitch. The results may have tempting absolute identification or stating that implications for vocal training and for voice the unknown speaker was not included in the therapy. population. Statisticalanalysisprovided significantdif- Jensen, F. Michelle Wark. An Experimental ferences in error rates between .same and dif- Study of the Effects of Fluency Feedback ferent context conditions for both tasks indi- andStuttering .FeedbackontheSubse- cating that the file card system does not effec- quentFrequencyofStuttering,Utterance tivelyminimize contextuallycaused spectral Duration,andLatencyofResponse.U. variation. Southern California. Error rates were large indicating that under the conditions of the present study, Voiceprint This study was concerned with the speech Identification is not a valid technique of speaker behavior of individuals who exhibit disfluencies identification. designated as stuttering. The purpose was to investigatetheeffectsofreceiving auditory Holstead, Lisa N. Thoracic and Laryngeal In-feedback of the speaker's own disfluent speech teraction in Regulating Subglottal Pressureversus receiving auditory feedback of his own During Phonation. U. Illinois. fluent speech, upon his subsequent speech performance. This approach was derived from a This study investigatedreciprocity between feedback model of the speech mechanism which laryngeal resistance and thoracic checking action asserts that speech production is actually con- in controlling subglottal preSsure during phona- trolled by feedback from the output. tion. Two types of auditory feedback (feedback of It was hypothesized thatinspiratory,muscles fluent productions only and feedback of stuttered would continue contracting during phonation productions only) were the independent vari- athigh lung volume tomaintain subglottal ables. The dependentvariables,changesin pressure.It was suggested, further,that thisspeech performance, were measured by three thoracic checking action would be the domi- parameters of speech: frequency of stuttering, nant control mechanism with low glottalre- utterance duration, and latency, of response. sistance while with high resistance the larynx Nine stutterers serving as their own ,controls would providethechecking action.It wasread words aloud under three conditions of also hypothesized that air flow would be greater auditory feedback treatment: fluency feedback, athighpitch, with greater increase in flowstuttering feedback, and no feedback (control). 176 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Fluency feedback consisted of the immediate strating more of this behavior. The control replay of each utterance that was judged to begroup also demonstrated more restrictive verbali- spoken fluently. Stuttering feedback treatmentzation. was the immediate replay of each utterance Implications from the research are to include that was judged to have been stuttered. For group awareness programs in training programs the controltreatment, none of the speaker's in speech pathology. utterances were replayed. The results of this investigation support theLoovis, Carl F. Monotic and Dichotic Percep- following conclusions: Receiving auditory feed- tionof(0.500msecs)Time-Staggered CV back of either fluently spoken or stuttered utter- Monosyllables. Louisiana State U. ances seems to have little effect on frequency of stuttering or on the amount of time taken Twelve female subjects were used to study ef- to say a word, at least as far as single-wordfects of time-staggered, paired CV nonsense syl- utterances areconcerned.However,receiving lables on dichotic and monotic listening. The nat- .auditory feedback of fluently spoken utterances urally produced syllables were /pa /, /ba/, jtai, does result in shorter latency of response, that /ka /, and /ga /, whose onsets were aligned is,less time taken in preparing for the utter- simultaneously, then 90, 180, 250, and 500 msecs ance. apart. A condition designated "boundary" (alignment of CV's .at the beginning of large ampli- Kaplan, Netta R. An Investigation of the Ef- tude periodicity) was also used. fects of Self-Awareness Training On Variables The studyinvestigatedwhat happensto Pertinent to the Student-Clinician Client Re-lead-lagfunctions by ear when stimuliare lationship. Wayne State U. time-staggered to 500 msecs and what happens to the right car laterality effect and to voiced- This study investigated the effects of self-iivniced differences when stimuli are aligned awareness training on variables pertinent toat their boundaries. the student clinician-client relationship. The Dichotic results showed a right ear laterality subjectswere 18students enrolledintheir first course of dinical practice. Nine composedeffect at simultaneity. At 90 msecs, the right ear the control group and had traditional super-in the lag position surpassed the left, but when vision while nine composed the experimental theleft ear was put inthe lag position, it group and participated in five group sessionsequalled the right. Beyond 90 msecs, differences related to self-awareness acquisition along withattenuated and there was no lag effect. Leading and lagging CV's were equally intelligible at 500 regularlyscheduled supervision. The designinsecs. The boundary condition enhanced later- and sequenceof groupsessions emphasized group growth with the focus on exercises rele- ality effect and markedly attenuated the pre- vant to speech pathology. ponderance of unvoiced over voiced CV identi- Data to assess the effect of the group ex- ficationseeninthe simultaneous condition.. perience was proved by video taping all sub-Monotic results revealed no ear superiority at simultaneity and ear symmetry was maintained jectstwiceinactualtherapysessions. The first tape, the pre-tape, was completed prior to at all time conditions. The lead stimulus was the first group session, and the second tape,reported at virtually 100 percent accuracy for the post-tape, was completed after alltime conditions from 90-500 msecs. Lead thefinal and lagging CV's were perceived with almost group sessions. Randomized segments of the videotapeswere 100 percent accuracy at 500 msecs separation. analyzedbyindependent The boundary conditions introduced no later- judgesusing aninteractionscaledeveloped for this research. This scale was in four areas: ality effect, and reversed the preponderance of voiced over unvoiced CV identification. clinician's interpersonal verbal behavior, clinician'snon-verbalbehavior,theclient'sbe- havior, and speech-oriented behavior. Lund, Nancy J. The Effect of Similarity of The data for statistical analysis was provided Bisensory Stimuli on Short-Term Recall of by a frequency count in each category. Each Verbal Items. U. Maryland. category was them analyzed using a 2 X 2 The purpose of this study was to investigate repeated measure analysis of variance design. the nature of cues stored in STM that enable Results indicated significant difference between recall of verbal items. The hypothesis was that the two groups in social support, positive facialrecall errors would be most frequent when two expiessions and gestures, and client cooperative itemsthat share similarcues,corresponding behavior with the experimental group demon- tothe cues stored in STM, were presented ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 177 simultaneously. Two possible modalities were identified on allsixof the consonant-vowel considered,acousticcoding andarticulatorysyllables tested. Girls were correctly identified coding. The experimental design was devised to on four syllables only. Place of articulation and determine if significant differences occurred invoicing in consonant-vowel and consonant-diph- the handier of recall errors made on or follow-thong syllables significantly affected the identi- ing bisensory pairs of syllables that were either fication of girls but not of boys. An interaction acoustically similar or similarly articulated. Itbetween diphthongization and corcrct identi- wasthoughtthatsignificantlymoreerrors fication of speaker sex was observed. would occur on or following acoustically simi- The major contribution of the study is that lar pairs if an acoustic code were used, andthe identification of prepubertal speakers ap- on or following similarly articulated pairs ifpears to be differentially related with some of anarticulatory code were used. Acousticallythe linguistic dasses and that interactions are similarpairs consistedof CV syllablesthatfound between sex and certain linguistic fea- differed by placeof articulationof a stop tures. consonant and shared a common vowel. Similarly articulated pairs consisted of CV syllables shar- Mattingly, Susan Carol. Psychological Charac- ing a common consonant and differing by the teristics of Selected English Consonants. Ohio vowel. Two vowels /a/ and /3/ were chosen State U. fortheirsimilararticulatorypatterns. One syllable was presented auditorily simultaneously The purpose of this study was to investigate with a subject's. production of the ether syllable, the psychological characteristics of selected Eng- .providing simultaneous and competing auditory lish consonants. The phonemes studied were /p, and kinestheticsensations. Significantlrmore t, k, f,43,s, d, v, z, 3, trt 11/ than an expected number of recall errors were Utilizing a short-term memory paradigm (Peter- foundtooccur immediately followingpairs son and Peterson, 1959), the 16 stimuli, each 'that were similarly articulated. Types of errorspaired with the vowel /a/, were presented in were analyzed. Results generally tended to be sets of four, followed by a numerical subtraction more consistent with the articulatory code hy- task. Following a distraction interval of 4, 8, pothesis. or 16 seconds, the subjects were instructed to recall the consonants presented and to recon- Marshall, George M. Sex Typing of Speech ofstruct their presentation order. Prepubertal Children. Louisiana State U. A statistically significant difference was found In this study, utterances of prepubertal chil-intheperception and maintenance ofthe dren were examined for the purpose of limitingconsonants as a function of time. This was evi- andisolatinglinguistic variables which maydent between each of the time intervals: 4 to be important for aural perception of sex. The 8, 8 to 16, 4 to16. The 8-second interval al- subjects were third grade children, twenty-one lowed for optimal correct response. boys and twenty-two girls. Each of the children, Ordinal multidimensional scaling procedures produced nineteen types of utterances which were utilized for analyzing the phonemic param- included connected speech, isolated (sustained)eters employed by the subjects and for cor- vowels, and consonant-vowel and consonant -relatingthe current observations withthose diphthong syllables. Tape recordings of the psychological characteristics reported by Miller utterances were presented to a panel of adult and Nicely (1955), Singh and Black (1966), and listeners who identified speaker sex after eachWickelgren (1966). With regard to the current utterance.` study, a difference was seen among the per- Eighty-six percent of listener identificationsception and maintenance of the consonantal of boys and eighty-seven percent of identifica- parameters over the three time intervals. The tions of girls were correct on minimally struc-scaling of thedatapreviously reportedin- tured free speech. Sex of the children also was dicated wide variations inthe processing of identified on twos sentences in which languagephonemic parameters.Correlations based on content was held constant. the index of invariance (Poor, 1972), revealed A number of significantinteractions werethat while the data of Miller and Nicely cor- found between sex and utterance type. Correct related highly with the current data, Wickel- identificationsof boys increased whenthey gren's data did not; nor did the Wickelgren produced low vowels in isolation. Conversely, findings correlate with those obtained by the identificationsofgirlsincreased when they other researchers. The data of Singh and Black producedhighvowels.Boys werecorrectly correlated with portions of the current data 178 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION and portions of the data gathered by Miller and Statisticaltreatmentofthedatarevealed Nicely. highly significant differences among the loudness discomfort thresholds, attributable to the Mill, Gerald Paul. A Study of the Relative Sen-three instructional sets employed. The threshold sitivityofImpedanceAudiometryasaof beginning discomfort was found tolie at Screening Procedure for Middle Ear Pathol- approximately100 dB SPL,whiletheun- ogy in School. Children. U. Utah. pleasantly loud threshold occurred at about 107 dB SPL, and the maximum tolerable intensity Two hundred thirty school children of the level was found to occur near 120 dB SPL. 1Vind River Indian Reservation in Wyoming All groups demonstrated remarkably high re- were screened for middle car disease by im-liability coefficients on the order of.90, sug- pedance audiometry and otoscopy. The purpose gesting the stability of such measures over time. wastodetermine howeffectiveimpedance 'creening audiotnetry was in detecting middle Itwas observedthatthe group instructed ear pathology as compared with otoscopic ex- torespond whentheacousticstimulifirst amination by a physician. An ear failing im- started to become uncomfortably loud produced pedance audiometry was one failing any threea mean level which was withinI dB of the acoustic reflex threshold. offivemeasures. Otoscopy failedthoseears needing further medical attention. Findings of impedanceaudiometry and otoscopyduring Miller, Leslie A. M. Effects of Multiple Adjec- initial screening were 97 percent in agreement. tive, Conjoined Noun and Embedded Sen- Of 450 ears, the two screening techniques failed tence Constructions upon Children's Repeti- the same 18 while Passing the same 418. Ears tions. U. Texas. which failed only one of the screening methods The purpose of this study was to examine were recheckedfour weeks aftertheinitial the role of primary memory in children's com- examination. Analysis of the data suggests that prehensionof three syntacticstructures. On impedance auditometry is as effective as otoscopy the basis of a recent sentence processing model in detecting the number of diseased middle ears (Gough, 1972),specific .repetition errors were in school children. predicted due to the stringent demands each Itwas foundthatanegative middle earstructure imposes upon the storage capacity of Pressure of 100 mm Fl0 or greater and anchildren's primary memory. The three major absent reflex will acount for approximately 96 hypotheses explored were:1) Given sentences percent of the ears failing the five measure with different clustering patterns of adjectives, screening technique used in this study. deletion of the final adjective in a three-adjec- tivecluster (The pretty young blonde lady) Miller, David Lie. The Effect of Instructionwill be the most frequent repetition error. 2) and Practice on the Level and Stability ofGiven sentences with different clustering pat- the Loudness Discomfort Threshold. U. Utah.terns of nouns, deletion of the final noun in a three-noun cluster (The rabbit, bear and fox) Sixty normal hearing, experimentally naive will be the most frequent repetition error. 3) adults were randomly assigned to four treat- Given sentences containing self-embedded clauses ment groups of fifteen subjects each to deter- (The boy that the uncle liked loved the girl), mine the effects of instruction and practice onandright branching clauses (The boy loved the level and stability of loudness discomfortthe girl that the uncle liked), repetition errors thresholds. will occur most frequently in sentences con- One experimental group was instructed to re- , taining self-embeddings as opposedtoright- port when pure tone or speech stimulifirst branchings. startedto become uncomfortably loud while Thirty-six four-year-old children individually another group was told to respond wheneverparticipated In a repetition task in which sen- such stimuli were unpleasantly loud. A third tence variations of each type were presented by, group was encouraged to.tolerate as much loud- the experimenter. Transcripts of the children's ness as they could. The fourth group received repetitions were analyzed to determine the fre- the same instructions as did the first but were quency and location of repetition errors across also given practice in the task. allchildren.Statisticalanalyses of errors in Simultaneousrecordingoftheintra-aural each construction Were performed. acoustic reflex made possible a comparison of Inthe case ofprenorninaladjectives,the the loudness discomfort measures withthis third of three adjectives was deleted significant- physiological index of overload. ly more often than any other posiiion as pre- ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 179 dieted. Clusters of prenominal adjectives were triads of stop consonants imbedded in consonant- arelativelystraightforward example of pri- voweldigrams. The stimuliwerepresented mary memory overload and behaved in a man- within the framework of the Brown-Peterson lierconsistentwiththesentenceprocessing short-term memory paradigm. Thirteencon- model. Conjoined nouns, however, did not re- ditions,-10subjects per condition, of various sult in the anticipated errors but revealed thecombinations offeaturesofstopconsonants possibility that the "and" conjunction withinwere presented. Four hypotheses were under noun phrase may relieve some of the processing test for the effect of presenting successive trials, overload by servingas a structuring agent.the effect of presenting contrasting conditions, Furtherinvestigationofthisspeculationis any interaction between trials and conditions, needed. Embedding and right-branching repeti-anti significant differences on the fourth trial tionssupported Go ligh's modelofsentence between the recall of the "control" and "ex- processing.Specifically, the embeddings inter- perimental" groups,i.e.,conditions. ruptedtheprogressionof the main phrase The stimuli were grouped according to specific structure more severely than did right-branch-features of stop consonants;for example, in ings resulting in greater frequency of repetition the tense and lax conditions, 80 subjects were errorsas predicted. presented only tense or lax stop consonants for all four trials and 80 additional subjects were Moskowitz, George M. Oral Vibrotactile Per-presented one or the others of these features for ception: A Comparison of Three Age Groups. three trials and shifted to the other on the U. Maryland. fourth trial. In the bilabial conditions 40 subjects heard earlier alveolar or velar consonants Tactile feedback has been recognized as hav- forthreetrials and shiftedto bilabial ones ing an important function in the speech moni-on the fourthtrial. The alveolar and velar toring process. Recent investigations have in-conditions were similarly constructed. The re- dicated the usefulness of using vibration as asponses to the tense and lax stimuli and stimuli means of tactile stimulation in order to evaluate that related to place of articulation were also tactile acuity in the oral cavity. The present talliedin confusion matrices and studied in study was concerned with determining thresholdterms of possible trends. values for vibrotactile stimuli on the anterior In all conditions the numbers of correct re- tongue dorsum in thirty normal subjects: ten sponses decreased through three successive trials children, twelve young adults, and eight older with similar material. This effect,statistically adults. significant, was interpreted as a build-up or The results of the experimentation indicatedproactive inhibition (PI). One-half of the sub- that there were no significant differences in the jects worked with stimuli that were characterized threshold values for vibrotactile perception on by features that differed from the features of the tongue among the three age groups studied.the earlier stimuli. This change was accompanied Threshold valuesfor the young adults in-'by numerically higher scores, not statistically creased significantly as the frequency of the significantinmagnitude. However,thenu- vibrotactile stimulus increased by 100 Hz in- mericaldifferencesmight be interpretedas tervals from 100 to 400 Hz. Similar though representingrelativepsychologicalspacebe- not significantly different changes in thresholdtween features. In this event, tense and lax withincreasing frequency of stimulation oc- featureswould befurtherapartthanthe curred with the other two groups of subjects.features of place 'of articulation of stop con- A comparison of individual vibrotactile thresh- sonants. Approximately 24 percent of "release" old values in three test sessions revealed a high was computed between the "experimental" and degree of test-retest reliability. "control" conditions of the former and essentially no "release" between features representing Oh lin, Douglas Warren. Psychological Spacedifferent places of articulation. Among Six English Stop Consonants as Mea- The confusion matrix for the conditions of sured in Short-Term Memory. Ohio State U.place of articulation were in keeping with an interpretation that error-responses tend to be This study was designed as an investigationarticulated as nearly as possible in the same of the relative psychological space among sixplace as the stimuli. The confusion matrix for 'stop consonants as measured by a short-termthe tense-lax conditions indicated a preference memory procedure. Five-hundredtwenty sub-by the subjectsperhaps 'importance" of the jects were required to hear and recall fourfeatureof the tense feature over the lax one. 180 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Olroyd, Marie Hiern. Employment of the Diag-basis of age, sex, hearing, socioeconomic level, nostic Rhyme Test (DRT) with Normal-and nonverbal intelligence. hearing and Sensori-neural Hearing-impaired Connected speech samples for both experi- Listeners. Louisiana State U. mental and control subjects were analyzed to The Diagnostic Rit}me Test (DRT), intro- determine spoken language status which included duced by Dr. William Voiers in 1905, measures sentence length, grammar or syntax, and vocabu- speechdiscriminationabilities. The purpose lary size. In addition, the subjects were judged of this study was to investigate the predictive for .intelligibility on a fifty item-phonetically value and realibility of the DRT. Word stimuli balanced word list by two groups of judges. One were presented in an ordered arrangement forjudge group was considered to be a sophisticated testing discrimination of six attributes: voicing,group and the other group was considered to nasality, sustention,sibilation, graveness, andbe an unsophisticated group. The data were compactness. Present versus absent states of eachanalyzed by descriptive and inferential statistical attribute were given in a two-choice rhyme test techniques. format. The following conclusions appear warranted: Twenty normal-hearingmales andtwenty I) Adult cleft palate speakers use shorter sen- males with high frequency sensorineural hear- tences than normal adult speakers. 2) There ing losses were subjects. Four repetitions of the areno significantdifferencesbetweenadult, DRT 192-word corpus were presented at 50 -cleftpalate and normal speakers in sentence 11B SL. Responses were computer-scored andstructure and vocabulary skills. 3) Adult cleft examined through an analysis of variance de-palate speakers are more consistentintheir sign. language usage than normal speaking adults. 4) For adult cleft palate speakers there is a The results were as follows. I) Differences be-direct relationship between intelligibility. and tweenlistener groups were highly significant other spoken language measures. 5) Unsophisti- for total DRT scores. 2) Reliability was high catedlistenersareless variableintheir infor total DRT scores. 3) Group differences were telligibility judgments than sophisticated large and highly significant for sustention, sibila- i) ._S9phisticated _Iisteners_judge_de#t_palateeners4 t_pala non, graveness, and compactness.Differences speech differently than do unsophisticated lis- were small, but significant, for voicing. No sig- timers and the difference is in the direction of nificant differences were shown for nasality. 4) a lower rating by the sophisticated judges. Orthogonal comparisons revealedthatprofile scores for correctness of phoneme identification were related to attributes and to listener groups. Peck, James Edward. Pure Tone and Acoustic 5) The reliability of attribute scores was high. Impedance Audiometry with Deaf Students. 6)Hearing-impairedsubjects had significant Vanderbilt U. differences between states for-voicing, sustention, sibilation, and graveness, but not for nasality The purpose of the study was to evaluate and compactness. Comparisons of present versusthe agreement between impedance audiometry absent states were not significant for the normaland air and bone conduction pure tone audi- listeners.7)Reliability .was moderately highometry concerning the functional status of the for the present' state and higher for the absenttympanic system in children with marked hear- state. ing loss. Impedance audiometry was carried out The DRT showed potentialas aclinical on 100 markedly impaired ears of 50 males andiologic procedure, but recommendation wasranging in age from 10 to 19 years. The im- held in abeyance because of the need for ad- pedanceprofiles and theliteral, pure tone ditional research. audiograms (strict air and bone 'relationships) were inessential agreement for 22% of- the Pannbacker, Mary D. Oral Language Skillsears and inessential disagreement for 75% of Adult Cleft Palate Speakers. State U. New (3% ambiguous). In contrast, the impedance re- York at Buffalo. sults and the audiological interpretation of the audiograms (to allow for probable tactile bone The purpose of this study was to investigate responsesinthe low frequencies)essentially the differences between oral language skills andagreed in 86% of the cases and essentially dis- the relationship between intelligibility in cleftagreed in II% (3% ambiguous). Even though palate and normal adult speakers. Twenty adult audiologicinterpretationoftheaudiograms cleft palate subjects were selected and matchedseemingly provides a more accurate estimate of with twenty normal speaking subjects on themiddle ear functioning, it may leadto over- ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 181 looking a significant percentage of cases whoconsonant and the perception of the same stimu- have a high suspicion of conductive components lus in a word. to their hearing loss. In this study, 11% of the individual car audiograms interpreted as indi-Punch, Jerry L. Forward Masking under Homo - cative of sensorineural hearing impairment had phasic, Antiphasic and other Listening Con- corresponding impedance results that were es- ditions. Northwestern U. sentially positive for conductive component. The experimentalfindingssuggestthatit Thresholds for a 500 Hz tone were established may be wise to include impedance audiometrytinder conditions including monaural and bias part of the routine procedures carried outnaural thresholds in quiet, thresholds under atinitial and subsequent audiological evalu-simultaneous masking for the interaural con- ations of persons with marked hearing im- ditions SmNm, SmNo, SmN ,.,SoNo, S7117, pairment, The most complete assessmentof SoNv. and SrNo, and thresholds under for- middle car function can be obtained throughward masking for these same interaural conditions at each of 13 pt intervals. atriad of procedures including conventional audiometry. impedance audiometry and otologic Results revevaled essentially equivalent mask- examination. ing level differences (MLDs) during the first 10 msec following masker offset during forward masking and during simultaneous masking. Plummer, Sally Ann. The Effects of Twenty-The hierarchy of MLD magnitudes remained the Two Conditions of Band-Pass Filtering onsame tinder the two forms of masking for pts Three Types of Verbal Material. Ohio Statethrough 15 msec. Thereafter, the MLD magni- U. tudes for SmNi. and StuNo were insignificant The purpose of this study was to investigatewith reference to the homophasic baseline con- two principles of Verbo-tonal audiometry withdition. The antiphasic conditions (SoN.. and normal hearing adults. Specifically, the purposes SrNo), however, resulted in a modest release were to determine optimal bands of intelligi-from masking that continued 'through a pt of ____bility_for._ten_voiveJ% ten consonants paired with 200 msec. a single vowel, and twenty consonant vowel- Other resulirlcFtii-dThich.W tis ttat consonant (CVC) words, and to determine the the decay of forward masking follows the same effectsof discontinuousoctave-bandfiltering generalpatternbinaurallyasdemonstrated on the intelligibility of the stimuli. monaurally. that within this common pattern Fifty-four listeners responded individually tothe hierarchy of MLD magnitudes is the same one of the types of stimulus material by re-as that occurring under simultaneous masking cording phonetically what they had heard in through pts of 15 msec, and that the hierarchy twenty-two conditions of octave band-pass filter- isdisrupted under forward masking at Ats ing. The stimuli were presented in seven singlegreater than 15 msec. octave bands (75.91;00 Hz) and fifteen discon- The observationof persistence of masking tinuous or non-adjacent bands at a level of 40 releasefor antiphasic stimuli throughout the dB above the detection threshold of a givenentire pt range studied leaves open the ques- /octaVe band. tion of whether persistence of release would be The obtained responses yielded scores for therevealed for pts exceeding 200 msec. Observa- individuallisteners and contributed to errortion of release from masking over this 200 msec period may be interpreted as evidence of sub- matrices. The statisticalanalysisindicateda significant difference among the three types ofstantial central nervous system activity in for- stimulus material and among the conditionsward masking. of filtering.Using 'the maximum number of correct responses to a stimulus in a given filterRatliff, SandraS. Averaged Encephalic Re- condition, it was possible to determine optimal sponse to Linguistic and Nonlinguistic Audi- octaves of intelligibility for each stimulus. In tory Stimuli. Bowling Green State U. general. the discontinuous octave bands were Ithas long been recognized thatelectro- more intelligible than the single octave bands.encephalographic (EEG) activity changes when Tallies of the error responses indicated that thea subject is stimulated verbally. However, those mostconsistentconfusionsforthestimulusstudies which have attempted to specify aver- were in instances in which the stimuli wereaged encephalic response (AER) differences be- consonants. There appeared to be little similarity tweenaurally presentedlinguistic and non- between the perception of an isolated vowel orlinguistic stimulihave resultedinconflicting Is2 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION data. Little attention has been given to pos-examined so as to determine if some ordering, sible AER hemispheric asymmetries despite in- or grammar, existed. creasing evidence of differing dominance for It vas found that holophrasis is more than speech and nonspeech functions. acquistion of single words which supply the In view of these considerations, an experi- childadictionaryforthefollowing period mental design was developed to investigate theof syntactic strings:itis also a period of or- differences betweenthe AERs tothreelin- ganization. Both children moved through the guistic and three nonlinguistic stimuli. Mono-period with remarkable similarity.First they sIlabic words and shaped whitenoiseen- identifiedthe objects physically, then named velopes were presented to the right and leftthem linguistically, and finally used them in earsofright-handedsubjects. EEG activity propositions, with gesture and context making was recorded from right and left hemispheric possible a number of relationships. These rela- electrode placements while thesubjects Per- tionships became refined throughout the period formedasimple recognitiontask.For eachuntil at the end of the study both children were subject, AERs were obtained from each hem-entering into the two-word period of develop- isphere,for each stimulus, and for each earment. to-which the stimuli were presented. The HERS to linguistic stimuli differed from Reeves, W. H. An Investigation of Conceptual the AERs to nonlinguistic signals. There was Functioning in Learning Disabilities, Schizo- an earlypositive component presentinthe phrenic and Normal Children. Northwestern AERs to the noise stimuli which was not evi- U. dent in the AERs to the words. Mean latencies of the AER components of common polarity This study was undertaken as an investiga- were greater for the nonlinguistic stimuli thantion of differential conceptual functioning in for the linguistic. The AERs evoked by different learning disabilities children who evidenced severe auditory languagedeficits stimuliwithinastiinulusclasswere more as compared with schizophrenic children. Conceptual behavior similartoeach other than werethe AERs evoked by aspecific linguistic signal and its was defined as the highest level of information matched noise stimulus. No hemispheric AEliT3rocessingandasa categorical orclassifica- differences were found related to the stimulustory procedure in the sense of a reorganization class or to the ear stimulated. of informational input.It was suggested that theestablishmentofconceptualdistinctions through standardized test procedures would have Reed, James W. A Grammar of the Holophras-implications for differential diagnosis and, there- tic Phrase: Beginnings of Speech as Related to fore, approaches to educational remediation and Meaning and Emerging Form. Southern Illi- programming. nois U. Of thestandardizedassessmenttechniques The problem ofthis study concerned theselected for this study, the Similarities subtest acquistion of language and communication of of the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children, meaning at the holophrastic level. Because the the GorhamProverbs Test,the Hanfmann- one-word cannot carry the total meaning in a Kasanin Concept Formation Test, and the Rains Proposition,extralinguisticfeaturessuchas Test of Symbol Arrangement, only the Kahn gestures and context must also enter into the _differentiated between the children with audi- child's communication. Just what elements thetory language disorders and the schizophrenic childuses. how he relates them, as well aschildren as compared with a group of normal tile order and regularity of this development, controls.Multiple discriminantanalyses, uni- constituted the greater part of the study. variate analyses, and t-tests revealed the Rahn The method chosen to investigate this prob- to be of differential diagnostic significance at lem was a descriptive longitudinal study employ- the .001 level. ing video camera and recorder. The data col- Additional study utilizing other conceptual lectedconsistedofthetwochildren'sfree tasks as well as projective techniques was sug- responses ininteractionsituations withtheir gested.Further,investigationofthe"color parents. The data analysis was based primarily shock" phenomenon demonstrated by the schizo- on the idea that tile relationships made at 'the phrenic children was suggested as warranting semantic level are structured into a patternedadditional investigation from the standpoint of surface exhibition so that events and processesits appearance in children who are less effective- may be communicated. The child's interaction ly involved. Also, a study of learning disabili- in the environment was entered on forms and ties children who evidence non-verbal, visual ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 183 perceptualdeficitsrather than auditory lan- nnrmal hearing subjects to consonant-vowel (CV) guage problems was suggested in terms of the nonsensesyllables with voiced and unvoiced implications of conceptual functioning asre- consonants presented at different intensities, and lated to differential diagnosis. investigate the reporting tendencies of subjects with sensorineural hearing loss to CV nonsense Riess, Richard Lichty. Intra-Aural Reflex Sen-syllables with voiced and unvoiced consonants sitivity in Normal Ears and Ears with Coch-presented at different intensities. lear Pathology Using a Modification of the Two dichotic listening tests, one using digits SISI Test. U. Utah. and the one CV nonsense syllables, were presented to 32 normal hearing adults at 10, 30, This study examined stapedius or middle car50 .and 70 dB SL (re: SRT) and to 36 adults musclereflexactivityofsubjects exhibiting with sensorineural hearing loss at 10 and 30 cochlearsymptomatologyandsubjectswith dB SL (re: SRT). normalhearing.Itwashypothesizedthat Results from the normal hearing subjects persons with cochlear problems would exhibitshowed an overall significant right ear lateraliy: larger and more consistent stapedius reflex ac- for both dichotic listening tests. However, un- tivity than normal hearing subjects. qualifiedconclusions regardingtheeffectof Twenty adult subjects, from 18 to 53 years old intensity could not be made. The normal hear- and having no recent history of middle ear ining subjects reported more CV nonsense syllables fections, were used. Members of the cochlear hear: withunvoiced consonants than with voiced ing loss group (20) had extensive histories ofconsonants at 30, 50, and 70 dB SL, but at noise exposure. Ten subjects in the normal hear- 10 dB SL more CV nonsensesyllables with ing group were required to have hearing levelsvoiced than unvoiced consonants were reported. no worse than 15 dB ANSI at 250, 500, 1000; Results from the subjects with sensorineural 2000. 1000, and 800 Hz. hearing loss failed to show right or left ear The hypothesis was not substantiated andlaterality for either the digits or CV nonsense there was found an opposite effect at the fre- syllables. The hearing loss subjects' responses quency of involvement. Normal hearing sub-to the voicing conditions of the CV syllables jects exhibited larger middle ear muscle reflex were similar to the normal hearing subjeYcts. responses than those with cochlear involvement. Middle ear muscle reflexes of normal hearingScanio, Tom S. Absence of the Copula in the subjects were also less susceptible to fatigue. At Verbalizationsof Mentally Retarded Chil- 2000 Hz, where both groups were essentially dren and Grammatical Implications. Bowling normal, the cochlear group exhibited some- Green State U. what larger acoustic reflexes. This finding is similartothefacilitoryeffectseenin pure This study attempted to provide more con- tone audiograms of such persons. clusive evidence indicating that the copula (the Practicality of the tests used is dubious as asingular form of the auxiliary verb "be") was tool for differentiating between normal hearing nonexistent inthe grammars of a group of persons and persons with cochlear hearing lossesmentally retarded children. . stemming from noise exposure. Thirty retarded children were divided into Although theresults obtained indicate no experimental and control groups of 15sub- practical use of the methods employed, such jects each. The experimental subjects consistent- factors as acoustic reflex fatigue rates and ampli- ly failed to include the copula in their descrip- ttide of acoustic reflex appear to exhibit the tions of pretest pictures while the control sub- need for further research. jectsincludedthis form intheir descriptive utterances. Roeser, Ross Joseph. The Effects of Intensity An imitation task was designed to further and Sensorineural Hearing Loss on Twotest for absense or presence of the copula in Dichotic Listening Tests. Florida State U. the respective subjects' grammars. Research has shown that children repeat only those forms The purposes were to: determine if there is in stimulus sentences included in their. gram- an tensity functionfor right ear laterality mars. Subjects imitated declarative, negative, and when dichotic verbal stimuli are presented toquestion progressive sentences of lengths within normal hearing subjects, establish whether sub- and beyond their memory spans. jects with sensorineural hearing loss have ear An analysis of variance showed that the copula laterality for dichotically presented verbal stim- was absent significantly more often in the ex- uli,investigatethe 6-eportingtendenciesof perimental than in the control subjects' imita- 184 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

tions, with similar consistency or lack of con- notsignificantlycorrelatewith auditoryse- sistency across sentence types at each lengthin quencing. the respective subjects' imitations, and significantly more ofteninsubjects'imitations of Schwartz,Arthukr Henry. The Effect of Varia- sentencesbeyondratherthanwithintheir tions in Context of Stimulus Item Presenta- memory spans. tion on Speech Sound Discrimination Perfor- Additional ANOV's hoWever, indicated that mance under Different Listening Conditions. significantly fewer percentages of copulas were Vanderbilt U. absent in the experimental subjects' imitations The purpose of this study was to determine than in their descriptive utterances. No signifi- the effects of variations in the context of stim- cantdifferenceswerenotedbetweenboth modes of verbalizations by the control subjects. ulus item presentation on speech sound discrimination performance under different listen- In addition, no significant correlations occurred between subjects' CA's, MA's, and I.Q.'s and ing conditions. the percentage of copulas absent in their imi- Subjects consisted of a totalof72 nursery, tations. kindergarten and first grade children. Thirty monosyllabic nouns that were visually depictable in line drawings were selected as stimulus items. Schmidt, MarilynnJ.The Effect of VariedThese items were presented to each subject in Silent Intervals on Sequencing of Auditory three different contexts and under a quietand Stimuli in Children with Articulation Dis- noise listening condition. orders. U. Denver. The results of the present study indicate that The investigation studied the effect of varied..both the context of stimulus item presentation silentintervals between stimulus elements on and backgroundlistening conditionsaffected auditory sequencing tasks administered to artic- performance. There weresignificantly more ulatory-defective children, from 5-11 to 7.7 years, errors in the paired comparison context than were matched with thirty normal-speaking chil- in the carrier phrase or sentence context. There dren for age. I.Q and paternal occupation. All were more errors in the noise subtest than the children were screened for hearing and auditory quiet subtest for each context. However, noise discrimination. Three auditory tests were ad- seemed to have the most disrupting influence ministered: minimally different initially varied, on performance when the stimulus items were minimally different finally varied, and maximal- presented in a paired comparison context. Fur- ly different words. Tapes were prepared utiliz- thermore. no differences were found between ing three titne intervals between stimulus ele- the carrier phrase and sentence contexts with ments: 200 milliseconds, one second, and three respect to number of errors. Analyses of latency seconds. A fourth condition utilized instrumen- of error responses revealed longest latencies for tation wherein subjects determined the interval thepaired comparisoncontext and shortest between stimulus items. The. subjects listened latencies for the carrier phrase context. to words presented and pointed topictures. In conclusion,itappears that variables in Word scores obtained were submitted to a three- the construction of speech sound discrimination factor analysis of variance and other statistical tests do affect perforMance in young children. treatments. The results indicated;1) Auditory It seems that the syntactic components of lan- tasks did not significantly. differentiate between guage interact with the discrimination process experimentals and controls on sequencing; when in such a way to facilitate performance. discrimination scores and sequencing scores were combined, the experimental subjects performed Seitz, Michael R.Behavioral & Electrophysiolog- significantly lower under two of the time con- ical Indicators of the Perception of Clicks ditions.2)Maximallydifferent . words were Superimposed on Sentences. U. Washington. easier to reproduce in sequence than minimally different words. 3) Auditory tasks delivered at Two methods of identifying the location of 200 milliseconds and three seconds were easierclicks superimposed on spoken sentences were to recall in serial order than those deliveredcompared. When subjects first wrote out the at one-second or free operant intervals.4) No entire sentence and then marked the location significantinteractions occurred betweenthe of the clicks, the perceived clicks tended to mi- performance of subject groups, types of auditory grate toward the major constituent breaks of material, and rate of stimulus delivery. 5) De- the sentences. This trend was not observed when gree of severity of the, articulatory defect did subjects responded by marking the position of ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 185 clicks on prepared scripts of the stimulus sen- The mid-point test results and the final test- tences. ing indicated significant increases in the sub- An average electroencephalic response tech-ject's abilities to discriminate pitch differences. nique was also used to determine if AER would Rate of learning curves and analysis of variance reflectsuspectedphysiologicaldifferencesbe- indicated that the group receiving audio-visual- tween the two response methods above. Whilekinesthetic feedback second in the two method there was no .significaw- differencein AER paradigm showed most significant gains. latencies between the two experimental 310. there were significant differences in AER laten-Shields, Dianne. A Study of Cerebral Evoked ciei between the click positions of the write- Responses to Visual Stimuli in Normal Chil- out group. AER latency for clicks located after dren and Children with Visual Learning Dis- major constituent breaks was significantly shorter abilities. Northwestern U. than the latencies for either the pre-break or in-break click locations. The evoked electrocerebral response was in- Itwas concludedthatthetwodifferenivestigated as a means of providing insight into methods of identifying click locations on sen- neurological functioning of children with learn- tences actually reflected two different types of ing disabilities. Evoked responses were recorded perceptual processing available to man. Theas a measure of cerebral activity occurring in analysis-by-synthesis model of speech perception response to sensory stimulation. Responses were was offered as a model that might best explain analyzed inorder to determine whether they the data. The findings of this study were also reflecteddifferences inthe brain activity of interpreted as resolving the conflicting resultschildren with learning disabilities. Differences obtained from previous investigations on thisin responses were also studied in relation to area. differenttypes of information and different functions of the cerebral hemispheres. Sellers, Daniel Emory. Training Hearing Im- Responses to five types of stimuli were re- paired Children in Auditory Discriminationcorded from four scalp locations in each of of Pitch: A Comparison of Two Approaches.twenty children. They were then qualified by Florida State U. measurement of the amplitudes and latencies of their common component waves. Differences An investigation designed to compare auditoryin amplitudes and latencies of each component training procedures using audio-visual feedbackassociated with differences in visual processing and audio-visual-kinesthetic feedback in teach- ability, type of information, and cerebral hemi- ing hearing impaired children to auditorially sphere were studied statistically by a three-way discriminate pitch differences was completed. Ananalsis of variance design. adult female speaker was used to record stimu- Amplitudes of several components were found lus for thetest and training conditions. Theto be significantly larger and latencies were found phoneme /a/ was recorded at six different pre- to be significantly longer in the children with determined "target pitch levels" based on fun-visual learning disabilities than in the normal damental frequencies ranging from 200 to 300 children.SignificanteffectsOf stimulus type Hz: 200. 225. 240, 250, 265, and 300 Hz. Pairs and stimulus type -by- visual processing ability of recorded phonemes comprising these pit: interactions were found but did not follow a levels were constructed from the master tape consistent pattern across components. No effects for test and training procedures. Each set ofof cerebral hemisphere were found. pitch pairs was structured for paired-compar- Results were discussed in relation to factors irons by subjects in the following way: low tosuch as attention, neurological maturation, and high. high to low, low to low (same), and highspeed of information processing.It was con- to high (same). cluded that evoked electrocerebral responses do Twelve hearing impaired children served asindicate differences in the neurologicalfunc- subjects for the study. Six subjects were assigned tioning of children with learning disabilities. to Group A and six to Group B, snatched according to age. Group A received training utiliz-Shrewsbury, Margaret Early. The Effect of ing audio-visual-kinesthetic feedback in the first Four Variables on Judgments of Severity of half of the training program while Group B Articulatory Defectiveness. Ohio State U. receivedaudio-visualfeedback. At the mid- point in the training program, testing was re- The purpose of the study was to- investigate peated and the groups reversed respective tothe influence of four variables as they occur the training method. singly andin combination on judgments of 186 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

.severity of articulatory defectiveness. Twenty-tour more subject-verb and verb-object than subject- trained and twenty-four untrained listeners rated verb-object and fully grammatical string types. fifty-four samples of connected speech through Stage II children comprehended approximately the method of magnitude estimation. The sam- half of the stimulus strings correctly on each ples represented all combinations of three levels stringtype. StateIIIchildren comprehended of number of errors, three levels of probability more subject-verb-object and fully grammatical of occurrence of target sound, two levels ofthan subject-verb and verb-object strings. Dif- expected age of acquisition of targetsound, ferential performanceindicatedthat StageI and three levels of perceived distance betweentreated stimuli as word strings while Stage III target and error sounds. Each listenerrated children used actor-action-object strategy while each sample twice. Ratings assigned by eachcomprehending the stimuli. Language program- listener were normalized, pooled, and submitted ming for oral deaf children was discussed. tostatisticalanalysis. Results of an analysis of variance indicated Speirs, James A. The Effects of Separating Pro- that all four variables were statistically signifi- duction from Perceptual Judgment of Articu- cant when considered. singly, that trained and lation in Children with Articulatory Defects. untrainedlistenersassignedsignificantlydif- U. Soutbv:rn California. ferent ratings, and that significant interaction occurred among the four variables. Number of The purpose of the study was to investigate errorsseemedtoinfluencejudgments mostthe hypothesis that factors present during the strongly. Within sentences containing the same productionof misarticulated. wordsinterfere number of errors, perceived distance appeared with a defective speaker's self monitoring abil- to have the strongest effect. Low probability of ities. occurrence, lateexpected age of acquisition, Subjects were 40 children, ages 8-4 to 12-4, and close perceived distance was the most favor- identified as having defectivearticulation of able combination at each level of number ofthe Inphoneme exclusively. Self monitoring errors. percent error scores of the children were mea- suredtinderconditions of short term delay Smith, Linda Lou. Comprehension Performance(2 5.10, and 20 seconds) between production in Oral Deaf and Normal Hearing Childrenof stimulus words and self monitoring activity at Three Stages of Language Development.and also under conditions of long term delay U. Wisconsin. (1 minute, 10 minutes, 1 hour, and 24 hours). A 3-factor repeated measures design was used The study investigated comprehension per-to explore the effects of duration of tittle delay, formance on four verbal string types of oralage of the subject, and degree of Indefective- deaf and normal hearing childrenatthree ness on self monitoring ability. stages of language development. Determination The findings were: Young subjects' perform- of stage was accomplished through a morphemic ance decreased as short term time delay in- analysis of a 50-utterance video-taped language creased, while older subjects' performance in- sample. Stages were defined as: Stage 1: 1.00-1.25; creasedasshortterm time delayincreased. Stage II: 1.50 to 2.00: Stage III: 2.00-2.50, mean Time delayprocedures werebeneficialfor length of utterance in morphemes. "older" subjects and detrimental for "young" Experimental materials. consisted of response subjects. Short term delay effects exist for only material, i.e., four-foiled picture sets, and.stim- those subjects with severe articulation defects. ulusmaterial,i.e.,subject-verb,verb-object, Self monitoring performance approaches100 subject-verb-object, and fully grammatical strings. percent accuracy when the work being produced The mother. presented the stimuli to the childand monitored does not contain the misarticu- who responded by pointing to one of four pic- latcd sound. tures. A three way, mixed design, analysis of varianceStick, Sheldon L. Evaluation of a Battery of demonstrated no significant differences for oral Tests for Assessing Children with Language deaf vs. normal hearing, language development Disorders. U. Michigan. stage, or string type. The_ string type by stage of language development ivas the only signifi- The purpose of this study was: to develop cant interaction; indicating that oral deaf anda comprehensive test battery of measures de- normal hearing children, at each stage of lan-signed to differentiate the nature and degree guage development, performed differentially onof defects in language and nonlanguage test the string types. Stage I children comprehendedperformances in children referred for evaluation ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 187 of suspected language and/or learning disorders;was an attentional effect upon the late AERa to identify defects in mechanisms involved in trend toward diminution of one late component. afferent,efferentand/or mediationprocesses; 2) There was no attentional effect upon the and to identify those measures that are mostearly AER. 3) There was no systematic in- sensitive to such defects and organize them as terhemispheric amplitude asymmetry associated a screening test battery. with early or late AER's within attention con- Two groups of public school children in nor-ditions. The cause of the late AER amplitude mal classes were tested (40 in each group). Onedintinutions, when subjects were attending, was group consistedof childrenreferred becausespeculated to be a reduction in the contribu- oflanguage and/or learning disorders, while tion of the activity of the nonspecific cortices the second group was considered normal byto the amplitude of the late AER. the teachers. They were matched for age and Further analysis of the collected data showed' sex. Twenty in each group were between 65that the direction of the late AER amplitude and 72 months, and twenty between 95 andchanges under attention, increase or decrease, 102 months.. was related to the sex of the subject. The salientfindingsincluded:I)Allbut three ofihke groups were correctlyidentified by the testbattery as normal or having lan-Townsend, John E. The Effect of Time-Out guagedisorders. 2) Fourteen measures were From Speaking and Parental Social Rein- organized as a screening battery because they forcement Upon a Preadolescent's Dysfluent discriminated better between the two groups. Speech. U. Southern California. 3)Testsinvolvinglanguage(Le.,auditory- The purpose of this study was to investigate verbal channel of communication) showed the the effect of time-out (TO) from speaking and mostfrequentdifferencesbetweenthetwo parental reinforcement upon the frequency of groups. In addition, certain apparently non-stuttering by percentage (FSP) and the verbal language items were highly discriminating. -output (VO) of the preadolescent child.The The test . battery identified the specific nature following questions were considered:1) Will and degree of language and nonlanguage defectsthe frequency of stuttering by percentage de- inthe referred group. 5) The results of this crease following stuttering-contingent TO from study warrant further and more intensive ap-speaking and parental social reinforcement. 2> plications of this approach in efforts to refine Willtheverbaloutputincreasefollowing diagnostic procedures. stuttering-contingent TO from speaking and parentalsocialreinforcement? The principal Thompson, David J. Influence of Selective At-hypotheses generated from these questions were: tention on the Averaged Electroencephalicstuttering-contingent TO from speaking and Response. U. Wisconsin. parental social reinforcement will reduce the frequency A selective attention paradigm was usedto ofstutteringby percentage,and investigatetherelation(ship)ofinferredat- stuttering-contingent TO from speaking and tentionalstateto amplitude changes inthe parental social reinforcement will increase verbal averaged electroencephalic response (AER). The output. hypothesis was concerned with AER amplitude The results of this invealgation support the differences between attending and nonattending following conclusions:1)Stuttering-contingent subject states, and with interhemispheric ampli- time-outfromspeaking and parentalsocial tude differences within the attending state. reinforcement resulted in a decrease in stutter- Stimuli were simultaneous, phase-locked 100ing behavior. 2) Stuttering-contingent time-out cosec or 150 msec 1000 Hz tones. The durationsfrom speaking and parental social reinforcement occurred randomly and independently on twodid not result in a decrease in verbal output. channels of a tape with a repetition rate of3) The stutterercan impose this procedure onetone per 800 msecs. One channel wasupon himself and maintain control over his routed to each ear of a subject. Subjects ex-stuttering behavior in the home environment perienced six conditions and performed threeand over the telephone. tasks:reading; sitting quietly, eyes open; and marking the monaural occurrences of the 150 Warren, Virginia G. A Comparative Study of msec tone, ignoring tones presented to the op- the Auditory Responses of Normal and At- posite car. Risk Infants from Twelve to Twenty-four Impressions gained from analysis of the data Months of Age Using COR Audiometry. U. allowed three tentative conclusions:1) There Southern California. 188 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION This. study was designed to answer the fol- with "and" as a conjoiner depends on the spe! lowing questions concerning COR audiometry: cific transformations used in deriving the sur- 1)Willthe duration of latency of response face structure. of the at-risk infants differ from the develop- Althoughacquisitionofthegrammatical mentally nortnal infants to such an extent asstructures used in the study is not complete by topermitdiagnosticdifferentiatiOntobe the time children reach eight years of age, made betweenthe two groups?2)Will the their ability to make deletions and substitutions length of the minimum intertrial interval ofprogresses, in a general way, from five to seven theat-riskinfantsdifferfromthatoftheyears and reaches aplateau between seven normal infants to such an extent as to allow and eight; years. In general, children's acquisi- diagnostic differentiation to be made betweention of optional transformations in sentences the two groups? conjoined with "and" proceeds in a sequence Other questions asked concern: the numberfrom deletions involving only the verb phrase of necessary acquisition trials, the efficacy of the to deletions involving a combination of con- COR technique, the effectiveness of toy dogsstituents from noun and verb phrases to de- as the visual stimuli, and the hearing status letions or pronoun substitutions involving only of the infants inthe study. the noun phrase. The results of this study support the following conclusions.1) Latency of response in the ac-Williams, Dorythea C. Autonomic Correlates of quisition and test trials at 500 Hz was signifi- Stuttering, Fluency and Threat -of- Shock. U. cantly shorter for the at-risk infants, but this Southern California. difference was not of sufficient degree to permit The purpose of thiS study was to investigate diagnosticdifferentiation.2)The minimum physiologicalresponsemagnitudes intertrialintervalcannotbeusedto make associated with stuttering. It was hypothesized' that auto- diagnosticdifferentiationbetweenthetwo groups.3) The number of acquisitiontrials nomic response magnitudes associated with stut- has.limiteddiagnosticsignificance.4) CORtering would differ from those associated with audiometry can be used successfully to assess fluency or threat-of-shock, that response magni- the hearing status of infants who present a tudes associated with stuttering would have high- 'variety of etiologies,regardless of the degreeer correlations with magnitudes associated with of hearing impairment. 5) Toy dogs are effec- threat-of-shock than with those associated with tive visual stimuli. 6) Two infants in the de-fluency, and that there would be a high cor- velopmentally normal group and 15 infants in relation among autonomic response magnitudes theat-riskgroup demonstrated hearing im- associated with the condition of. stuttering. pairment. The autonomic responses of ten adult male stutterers were observed during the conditions Willbrand, Mary Louise. Acquisition. of Op-of stuttering, fluency, and threat-of-shock. Sys- tionalTransformationsin Sentences Con-tolic blood pressure, pulse rate and skin conjoined with "and." U. Missouri. ductance magnitudes were noted for each subject under each conditions during two separate The purpose ofthisinvestigationwasto sessions, separated by at least a one week in- determine theabilities of childrento make terval. Responses were elicited by visual stimuli optional transformations in sentences conjoined and were simultaneously recorded. with"and." Generative grammar rules were The data were subjected to two statistical. usedtoparaphrase conjoined sentences thatanalyses: analysis of variance and computation involvednonreducedstructure andatleast of the coefficients of correlation. three samples of each of sixteen redundancy deletions of pronoun substitutions. The 'thirty-Yoss, Kathe Allan. Developmental Apraxia of five subjects, between five and eight years of Speech in Children with Defective Articula- age,spoke Standard AmericanEnglish,had tion. Florida State U. normal speech and hearing, and came from families of middle socioeconomic level. A systematic study was undertaken to delineate The data indicatedthat children ranging thosecharacteristicbehaviorswhichmight in age from five to eight years repeat or modify clearlydistinguishchildrenwitha develop- the structure of a dictated sentence on the mental apraxia of speech from the conglomerate basisoftheirgrammaticalcompetence,as of "functional" articulation disorders. competenceis demonstrated by performance. A group of 30 children, matched by age and Their success inrepeating dictated sentences sex to a normal control group, were selected for ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 189 study. The patient group possessed moderatethe entertainmentitself must always be the tosevere articulation problems with no ap- best the manager is capable of producing. parent organic pathology. Probability should govern the comings and The following tasks were administered andgoings of the characters on thestage. Each evaluated: a test of auditory discrimination and character should be allowed a life of its own perception of phonemic sequences,volitionaland not used as a mere foil for a central or oral movements, sequences ofvolitionaloralstar role. movements, repeated speech tasks, and a mea- Itis not only necessary that actors should sure of oraldiadochokinesis. A spontaneous be perfect in the words of their part, but they contextual speech sample was alsoobtainedshould also have. some notion of the characters from each subject. All subjects in the patient they arc playing. An actor destroys his talent group were given apediatric neurologic ex-if he puts it at the service of trite plays and amination and a subsequent neurologic rating shoddy management. based upon the findings. Data were stored, transcribed, and analyzedBank, Rosemarie Katherine. Rhetorical, Dra- as to various error categories and by a method matic, Theatrical, and Social Contexts of Se- of distinctive feature categorization. The latter lected American Frontier Plays, 1871 to 1906. method allowed for consideration of across- U. Iowa. weighting system . which considered the com- pounding of errors. Twelve American frontier. plays, 1871 to 1906, Study of the groups revealed a cluster of form the sample examined. They are subjected patient subjects who resembled cases of de-to four kinds of analyses, each dealing with a velopmental apraxia of speech described in thecommon conception about frontier plays. literature.Behavioraldifferences which were ChapterIaffirms the premise that frontier found by the statistical analyses and supple- plays are didactic and examines how playwrights mentary clinical observations warrant the con-attempt to shape or change audience opinions clusion that a developmental apraxia of speech, through demonstrations of moral character and identifiable by a characteristicsetof speechappeals to the family, emotions, and popular and non-speech behaviors, does not exist with-sentiments. The plays are didaCtically effective in this sample of children with defective articu-because they reduce moral conflictstotheir lation. simplesttertnsandstatethemclearlyand forcefully. Chapter II denies the validity of the premise Theatre that frontier plays are badly written by examining the aims and the three organizational Asermely, Albert. Daly's Initial Decade in thepatterns of the plays: typecharacter focus, issue American Theatre, 1860.1869. City U. New focus,andspectaclefocus.Thecharacters, York. action, and language of each pattern reveal that theplays have piirposeful designto achieve An organon of AugustinDaly'stheatricalmoral ends. ideascan be constructed from his dramatic Chapter III denies the premise that the plays criticism as follows. wereneither popular nor criticallywell-re- All art is lofty "which most nearly resemblesceived by examining the history and critical what is natural. Itis more artistic to make receptions of the frontier play from 1831to counterfeits of nature appear like reality than 1906.Several externalfactors show thatthe to present the reality itself. The true art ofplays are consistently popular. acting is to make .what is not actual seem so. Chapter IV affirms the value of frontier' plays Theatrical performances aim, and ought to as sources of social information by examining aim, at the amusement of the public, not to racial and ethnic stereotyping, East vs. West, certain arbitrary theories. At the same time, issues of the day, and culture and social theory. they should present a moral view of life. Social concepts are consciously simplified; the Itisnotimpossiblethatthesensational main socialperspectiveisindividualisticde- melodrama may sublime itself to be tragedy. mocracy. Whateveris worth showing the public,is Frontier plays are sufficiently similar to merit worth care and labor in composition. The firstbeing grouped as a dramatic type and sufficient- duty of a manager is that he believe nothing ly different to permit the charting, over the istoo good forthe public,i.e.,the theatre years, of changes as revealed through conven- must not only be safe, clean and pleasant, but tions. 1!0 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Benedetti, Robert L. EncounterTheatre. concomitantly with evaluative terms because a Northwestern U. (1971). critic cannot determine the specific criteria for evaluating or analyzing an art object without The work of groups suchas The Living first determining the class to which it pertains. Theatre and Jerzy Grotowski's Polish Laboratory Since classification terms embody certain implicit Theatre represents a new movement incon- descriptive hints,their value in directing the temporary theatre. Such groups define theatre reader's mindtocertainimportant features asadirect,visceral, and intimate encounter ina playis obvious. Thus, the choice of a betweenactor and spectator, and eachhas faulty 'classification term will inevitably mislead focused its entire technique on this crucial re- the reader into concentrating on unimportant lationship. qualities or distract him from contemplating The resultant "Encounter 'Theatre" attempts the essential ones. If a critic employs classifica- to liberate the spectator from demeaning habit tion terms clearly, providing his reader with and role-playing. their definitions or giving inthe context of Itsforminvites the audience's partnership his discussion enough indicators to explore their in the creative act through ;1 variety of devices complex meanings, these terms will function as andinavariety ofways, anditsmaterial guides in appreciating specific, important quali- is primary visceral experience. It rejects repre- ties in the work discussed. sentation (mimesis) in favor of the generation of primary social events;Encounter Theatre, This study revealed that modern critics still use vocabulary according to a traditional con, inshort.generatessocialeventsforesthetic purpose. Itis an interplay of social and esthetic cept of language which postulatesthat each responses as modes of theatrical experience. term is understood, and:even defined, in relation to an entity or essence existing in actuality. This dissertationisadetailedanalysisof The major source of confusion resulted from Encounter Theatre based on the allied concepts the assumption whichignores thepolytypic of empathy and esthetic distance.It develops nature of. most of these style-terms. Sonic class- a critical apparatus for describing the manipu- icallydefinedtermsprovedinapplicableto lationofthe socialaspects of thetheatrical modern drama unless redefined. Whenever used experience for esthetic purposes. according to their traditional definitions, they Using this analytical apparatus. the develop- did not serve the purposes of the modern critic, ment of Encounter Theatre is traced from itsand held! confused the reader. New classifica- rootsinthe oppositionofStanislayskiand tion terms were coined; as they were also used Nleyerhold. through Brecht and others. to .its inthe classicalsense,the critics merely pro- fullflowering inthe work of Artaud. Aftervided us with new definitions which did nut Crating Beckett and other contemporary authors tare better than the traditional ones. whose work showsthisinfluence,the study focuses on .The Living Theatre and Grotowski,Burch, Roger Bruce. The Design of Electrical comparing their radically different approaches LightingControlSystemsintheUnited to encounter. The study concludes that the fu- States. U. Illinois. tureofthe encounter movementliesina moderation of the poles represented by these Stage lighting has become one of the most two theatres. important elements of theatrical production. in die twentieth century. Methods of controlling Botros, Fathi Zaki. Common Sources of Con-stage lighting have, therefore, become important fusion in Critical Communication as Exem- to the realization of esthetic ideals. The design plified in the Criticism of Beckett's Endgame. ofelectricallightingcontrolsystems inthe U. Southern California.. United States has been determined primarily by the theories of Adolphe Appia as practiced The purpose of this study was to investigate by the designers of the New Stagecraft. In order the recurrent sources of confusionin modern to achieve the goals of stage lighting which criticism. In view of its wide range, the criticism they.established for themselves, these designers of Beckett's Endgame was chosen as a model. recognized that they had to provide for the five In order for the critic to effectively exchange functions of stage lighting by manipulating the hisaesthetic experience withthereader, he five contollab:e properties of light. They sought should cautiously seletthe terms which will to control light in a number ofways, but the direct the reader's awareness to specific qualities most prevalent method has been through the in the work discussed. Prominent among these control o' the intensity of the lamps inthe ',re the classification terms which figure always lighting instruments. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 191

This study examined the development of the portantcharacterizations,however,indicated principlesoflightingcontrolsystemdesign thatinhisinterpretations ofthe- characters in the United States. from the introduction ofand his abilitytoplay characters fromthe electricitytolate1971.Nine distinctclasses modern drama, he was distinctlya modern of lighting control systems were differentiated. actoruntrammeledbyclassicalconvention. Four of these classes are' manually controlled Mansfield's contribution as a manager was con- Nystct ns .They are:systems with decentralizedsidered with special attention being drawn to controls;elementalsystems; 'composite, single his selection of scripts and to his care inthe cascade systems; and multiple cascading systems. technical mounting and the staging of each of These classes share the characteristic of beinghis productions. manuallycontrolled. Thatis,theoperator The study was based largely on two biogra- physically moveseither directly or through a phies of Mansfield and the numerous news- mechanical linkagea portion of the lightingpaper reviews and articlesthat were written circuitwhich commutates thefullelectrical about his performances and productions during load of the stage. lighting instruments on thatand shortly 'after his career. Considerable at- circuit.Inremotelycontrolledsystems,the tention was given also to magazine articles by operator moves controls which carry only low and about him. voltage or low current signals which arc electrically isolated front the stage lighting circuits. These are five in number: early remote control Calhoun, John T. The American Comedy: So. systems; light organ systems; multi-scene preset dal Perspective Since World War Two. U. systems: master-submaster systems; and "infinite" Colorado. preset systems. As the seventies began, America tried to rein- Each class of system is considered irorn thecarnate a goldenage usuallycalled on the standpoint of a problem and a solution, thatrecordjackets,"TheFabulousFifties."In isthe difficulties in stage lighting design whichpart this was a reaction against the sixties:in prompted changes in control system design pro- part it was the product of a government whose .cedures. and how systems design attempted to rhetoric and policies created individual economic solve those problems. insecurity and thereby quieted the voices of social protest and cultural reform or revolution. Burr, David Holcomb. Richard Mansfield: A Inspired by this perception of the present, Re-evaluationofHisArtisticCareer.U. this study examines events since World War II, Michigan. and subjectS those events to some of the commentary they elicited at the time, primarily from RichardMansfieldwas one .ofthegreat selected playwrights of comedy, and secondarily starringactor-managersattheturnof the from other groups of thinkers and writers, Not century inthe American theatre. His artisticsurprisingly, a pattern emerges which makes- it career, although-highly praised during his time, reasonable to believe that the trauma of the has been largely neglected by modern theatre sixties was explicable, predicted, and inevitable, historians and scholars. This study was an For example, "the hippies, the drop-outs ... attempt to re-evaluate Mansfield's artistic career the counter-culturists and the drug users Were and to demonstrate that his efforts deserve much none other than [Tennessee Williams] 'fugitive wider and higher recognitionthan they had kind.'in huge numbers, emerging from their received. disguises as middle class children." And David The work firstplaced Mansfield within the Riestnan'sdescriptionin The Lanely Crowd context of the American theatre of his time, (1950) of a struggle "among 'the other-directeds especially concentrating on the controversy sur- themselveibetween those who willclingto roundinghisartisticachievement.Mansfield adjustment and those who will strive for autonomy" in no small measure anticipates the course was thenconsideredas a modern character of the politicalactivists' liberation movement actor in reference to the classical styles of his in the sixties. greatnineteenth century predecessors.inhis outstanding That so "novelistic" a study can conform so technicalattributes of vocalde- strikingly-to historic events suggests that much livery.bodily movement and magnetism. theof our life since World War II is fiction, a not- actor was shown to have been very much anso-divine comedy, and itis in that perspective exponent ofthatclassicaltradition. An ex- that the dissertation asks the reader to under- amination, of thirteen of Manfield's most im-stand the present. 192 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL 1N SPEECH CONINIUNICAT1ON Cassady, Marshall G. The History of Profes-and Rhadamiste et Zenobie; second, his period sional Theatre in Salem, Ohio, 1847-1894.of experimentation with the forms of melodrama Kent State U. and tragi-comedy in Xerxes,. Simiramis, and Pyrrhus; and third,his period of historical The purpose of this study was to investigate tragedy, represented by Catilina and Le Trium- the extent and significance of professional the- virat, in which he dramatized with little success atre in Salem. Ohio, from its beginning in 1847unpoetic and undramatic historical subject mat- through the 1893-94 season. The most valuable ter. Th key transitional play is Rhadamiste et sources were five area newspapers. Zenobie,in which Crebillon begins towrite During the earlier years theatrical entertain--plots with double issues, in keeping with the mentswerediscouraged.Thevillagewas neo-classic notion of poetic justice. founded by the Society of Friends, which dis- In order io achieve the emotional effect de- couraged interest in any theatrical forms except sired or .to elucidate his didactic purpose, he thosewhichwereconsideredmoraloren- often altered or expanded his source materials. lightening. The newspapersof Salemoften In each play, accordingly, a unique plot struc- mentioned the moral aspects of theatrical events. ture was developed. In several of the plays, NMvspaper reviews, in order of frequency, com- the complexities of the plots are by-products mented on the actors, the plays, the audience,of the playwright's means rather than ends in and the scenery. themselves. Theatrical activities were first held in Town Perhapsitwas inhis dramatic technique Hall. constructed by the Friends in 1847. The that Crebillon was Most unique and influential. most frequent theatrical fare at Town Hall was His long expository scenes, with their extended panoramas. with elocutionary programs secondrecits and their Senecan monologue-prologues, 'in frequency of presentation. Then in 1893 Con- typify the essentially undramatic approach of certHall was erected. Located on the third the neo-classic dramatists to their subjects. HiS floor of a commercial building, it had poor sight use of the 'confidant is at times perfunctory and lines and acoustics and was not easily accessible. at times vitally dramatic. His frequent use of However.ithoused more theatrical events an- the devkes of concealed identity, la voix du sang, nually than had Town Hal/. As Salem grew in emotional recognition scenes, and occasionally population,theFriends'influencebeganto simplifiedcharacterizationgive many of his wane. All forms of professional theatre were workstheirmelodramatic overtones andin- nottolerated:legitimateplays outnumbered 1:tienced many later dramatists. other forms after the eighties. Profe'ssionaltheatrereacheditspeakin Davidson, Ivan H. Long Day's Journey Into Salem during the early 1890's when two theatres Night by Eugene O'Neill: A Structural Analy- were operating in the city. The Grand Opera sis. U. Iowa. House. seating 858 spectators, was opened in 1890 under the management of two local busi- The study proposes to discover how the play nersmen.F.Y. Allen and Sherinan Atchison.means by positing and testing a methodology Concert Hall. under two managers, continued to for a structiiral analysis. The play is described bodk attractions, butfailedafter two seasons as a Complex exploration of the Tyrone familial because of poor management and the bookingrelations-hips, their causes and effects, and the of third -,or fourth-rate cornizanies. reactions to those relationships as the family confronts the specific problem of Mary's return Collins, Thomas P. The Dramatic Art of Pros-to drug addiction. per folyot de CrebilloM A Structural Analy- The proposed-structural organization for the sis of His Tragedies. Indiana U. playisthat of a pattern of basic behavioral responses to argumentation. The pattern con- In his time, Crebillon was considered France's si.tsofliveattitudinalresponses orphases third great tragic poet. The structural analysis (suspicion.accusation,denial.admission, and provided here reveals both the strengths and,resignation) which recur ina cyclicalfashion weaknesses of his dramatic art and isolates those throughout the play atthree separate levels elt twits which may be considered tragic, tragi- (scene, episode; and act). comic. or melodramatic, Scene level is composed of small, self-contained Crebillon_ went through three periods of de-dramatic "beats" which progress via the five- velopment as a dramatist: first, his great tragic phase pattern or one ofitsvariations. The period,in which he wrote the purely poeticpattern reveals the way in which the play pre- tragedies. I do menet!, A trde at Thyeste, Electra, sent; its basic information of character, dialogue, ABSTRACTS OF DOCID1A-LDISSERTATIONS 193 and action, as well as the way in whichthe of Orange County, California. Since 1963, under play manipulates audience expectations. the same artistic leadership, South Coast Reper- Episode level is composed of the major sub- tory has sought to create a regional theatre of jects over which the family argues. Each sub- nationalimportance;ithas grown froma ject area is examined as a single, continuous homeless touring group into an organized the- argument. Through their interconnectedness, the atre presently housed in a 190-seat open-stage arguments reveal the causes and effects of Mary's theatre. Its considerable artistic and organiza- addiction. tional growth has resulted in its being included Act levelis composed of the progressionof in a projected cultural center where its goal Mary'sreturnto drug addiction when ex- of achieving full professional status is assured. amined by act division. The dominant attitude The study investigated the three major periods of each chronological act division is assessed by of South Coast Repertory's production history, one of the five phases in progressive order. employing seven analytical criteria, seeking the. Further benefits of the pattern include the identity of chose influences or forces that af- ordering of a thorough image study and the fected the theatre's evolving artistic character. .positing of alternativestoPrevious negative Inthefirst period (1963-1964), the company solidifiedits commitment to residenttheatre criticism. . and also discovered a strength in producing presentation theatre. In its second period (1965- Eckey,Lorelei F. The Scenic Environment at the Hotel de Bourgogne. Determined from 1967).the .company produced 23 productions in itsfirst permanent theatre, the Second Step Analyses of Twelve PlaysPerformed at the Theatre; the company developed skill in the Hotel between 1628 and 1634. U. Iowa. ensemble performance of contemporary plays Playscripts have been largely ignored as a and, influenced by its physical theatre, an inti- source of information about the stage environ- mate acting style. In its third period (1967-1972), ment of French pre-classical theatre. This study South Coast Repertory produced 46 plays on the analyzes twelve plays performed on the Hotel large open-stage of the Third Step Theatre; this de Bourgogne stage:1) There were two kinds physical environment reinforced the company's of entrances: back where the actor is seen before strength in presentational theatre. Faced with he enters and side. 2) There were acting levels, poor audience support forits productions of some a few steps high and some higher. Many classic, experimentatal, and new plays, the the- oftheselevelswere evidentlyparts of the atre entered a period of production experimen- scenery,and no evidencesuggeststhatthe tation, growing away from its initial aesthetic stage itself had a permanent balcony or gallery objectives and seeking its own individual identity (though that possibilityis not ruled out). 3) as a resident theatre. In doing so, the company There were separable, interchangeable piecesdiscovered an artistic interest and strength in of scenery such as rocks or altars which mightnew contemporary plays and received strong be put together to form various settings. There audience support for its regional premieres of islittle or no evidence of "compartments" or such works. complete complex units. 4) There was some movement of parts of scenic units or the useFrank, Ted. The Unseen and Unheard: A The- of curtains or tapestry for minor changes. 5) oretical Attribute in the Art of the Stage Items on the set could, within the ,same play Play. U. Oregon. and without apparent. physical transformation, stand for different . fictions: an island in one This paper describes the theoretical notion scene could be a:hill in another; a wallof oforganicism as itmay be applied asa bones in one scene would be Charon's bark in measure of significancetothe stage play in Loss another. performance. The two major divisions, andRecovery,-containa description of four characteristics that are central in this theoretical Coast Repertory, Emmes, David Michael. South model of the unseen and unheard attribute: 1963.1972: ACase Study. U. Southern Cali- familiarity,abstraction,texture, and process. fornia. Familiarity is ascribed to the common sense The purpose of this study was to trace the observation that a play is a sum of abstractions aesthetic evolution of South Coast. Repertory takenfromat'infinitemosaicofpotential and to determine to what degree the aestheticchoices. Varying kinds of loss result from this tenets of the professional resident theatre move- artistic abstraction. The dimension of texture is ment proved viable inthe producing realities assertedtobethe primary characteristicof BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

dramatic significanceandisdescribedasa of view composed his dramatic universethat tension-producing condition. The belief affirmedpart of his personal philosophy which he dra- isthat the stage play in performance possessesmatized. They consist of the right to maintain a greater potential for significance if the partici- individuality, the need for love in man's re- pants in the event consider multiple points of lationships with men and God, and the progress reference. ofindividuals through ahierarchy of three A theoreticalbasisfortheseassertionsis estates of life. presentedfirstthrough a creative application 1ndividualityfor Barry usually meant the of the process philosophy of Alfred North White- right of the individual to determine' his own head, and secondlyaconsiderationofcon. future. For the second and third points of view, textualistic esthetics. The primary assertionis . Barry developedlevels of achievement that in- that the unseen and unheard attribute, acting dividuals could attain in love and life. The inconjunctionwiththetraditionalview ofhierarchy of love, introduced in Paris Bound, objects and substances, may createatension moves from physical attraction through love to of viewpoints that can lead to a larger contextspiritual union. The hierarchy of life, introduced of recognition and hence to a more significant inHotelUniverse,presentspossibilitiesfor theatre experience. parallel -movement,startingwithfunctional living and progressing through the world of ideas to an awareness of divine "breezes" from .Friou, Kenneth A. Non-Naturalist Elements in the afterlife. Strindberg's Principal Naturalist Plays: Miss The frequent appearance and use of these Julie and The Father. U. Wisconsin. three aspects of Barry's -dramatic universe show This thesis is an examination of Strindbcrg'sthat his serious spiritual search forms a con- principal naturalist plays, Miss Julie (188S) and sistentphilosophyrunningthroughouthis The Father (1887), focusing on the non-natural plays. Two major influences guided his search: elements. While the naturalism of the plays is his religious education in the Roman Catholic defended and theFrenchinfluences arc dis- Church and his association with the American cerned, the distinction between Zola's documen- literaryexpatriatesin Southern France front tarynaturalismandStrindberg'sself-extra- the mid-1920's to the mid-1930's. polationis, clearly recognized. An examination Second Threshold (1949) represents a summa- of Strindberg's background re-evaluates Strind-tion ofBarry's dramatic universe becauseit berg's naturalist' and French sources and points used situations and ideas from other plays in to a variety of non-naturalist impulses: The ex- new combinations, blended Barry's three points amination clarifies technical or ftnictional non- ofview withinthedramaticuniverse, and naturalism in bothplays.Italsoreveals adratnatied love as the final answer to man's further reliance on symbolism and the injection I roblems. ofnon-naturalideologicalcontentof major interest.Thus thepoeticcharacterofthe Glassberg, Roy Ira. The Principle of Unity in monologues and other aspects of Miss Julie Four Cinquecento Comedies. U. Iowa. pointtoconceptsofalienationforwhich analogues are to be found in the idealism of This study treats four sixteenth-century Italian Kierkegaard and Hegel. In Miss Julie, discussion'comedies: Niccolo Machiavelli's La mandragola of the unhappy consciousness parallels discus- (c.1518), Angelo Bcolco's Bilora (c. 1527), Ber- sion in The Father which wrestles with a con- nardo Dovizi [la Bibbiena's La Calandria (1513), cept of the atonement stated in weak, but clearand Giordano Bruno's I1 candelaio .(1582). Spe- antagonism to the forces of nature apostrophized cifically'.the dissertation seeks. to discover the as the "God or Goddess of strife." The con- principle of unity intrinsic to each work and clusion explicates aspects of Strindberg's natural- to determine how the various elements of each ism which arc consistent with his subsequentcombine to produce an artistic whole. expressionist and symbolist tendencies. The procedure used in treating the Machia- velli and Bruno plays derives from Elder Olson's Gaines, Robert Anderson. The Dramatic Uni-Tragedy and, the 7'lieog of Drama. According verse of Philip Barry. Indiana U. tothis .systetn,11ISErefiancies between a play's scenario and its plot are regarded as clues to Throughout his professional career, the Amer- the work's, intention. La mandragola is found to icanplaywright Philip Barry (1896-1949)de- be unified by a desire to demonstrate the efficacy veloped three points of view in a serious spirit. of. virtu over fortuna. For Machiavelli, these ual search for meaning inlife. These points two forcesrepresenttheactive and passive ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 195 principles serving to govern human affairs. Acal 1 ttemg theatre in the 1920's. Plays based on similar treatment applied to /1 candelaio sug- Chinese stories assumed predominance in the gestthatthe comedyiscontrolled bythe 1930's. The latter, tuong tau, included spec- themes of appearance and reality.. tacularscenesof sword-fighting and leading A related approach is applied to La Calandria characters flying through the air. Reflecting the and Bilora. In each case, deviations from thehighest level of cai luong playwriting, dramas play'sapparent structurearenoted anda called luong tau, based on western plays (and synthetic overview is 'proposed which can ac- films, also flourished during the 1930's. ) count for the work as a whole. Bilora is found World .War II and then the war for inde- to be controlled by the theme of love, while pendence (ending in1954) brought forth the La Calandria is shown to be unified by thewar play, the chien trash, which utilized film twin themes of love and fortune. and slide projections and advocated patriotic impulses. Hashimoto, Yoko. Joseph Papp and New York Although the Pate 1950's saw a resurgence of Shakespeare Festival. U. Michigan. quality in the writing and. acting of cai luong, there occurred' no innovations or improvements PartIis a chronological history of Joseph in performance techniques. Since that time, pro- Papp and his 'New York Shakespeare. Festival. duction standards have declined. Paying equal attention to the artistic and ad- ministrativephases,this parttraces, the de- As representative examples of .their periods, velopment ofthe Festival from its inception two dramas are translated: act one of Kim Van to the purchase of the Astor Library Publiclieu (1938), based on an epic poem by Nguyen Theatre by New York City. It covers Papp'sDu; and the complete text of Looking Back on fundraisingstruggles and various problems the Days of Our Youth. The former reveals the concerning the fate of the Festival such as the poetic nature and integrated music and dialogue disagreement with Park Commissioner Moses inof pre-war cai luong. The latter, in contrast, 1959 and the opposition by some people to theevinces songs chiefly used by actors to display purchase of the Astor Library. singing ability and comonly repeating information presented in the dialogue; the play repre- Part 11 deals with the Festival's activities insents current cai luong drama.. the Public Theatre where Papp produces con- Abstracted by CHRISTIAN H. MOE temporary plays.Itisfocusedprimarily on artistic phases. Part III. consists of two chapters and discusses Henderson, Peter Wood. A Re-Evaluation of Papp's practice and aesthetics. The first chapter the Major Works of George Kelly. U. South- deals with Papp as a producer. It focuses on ern California. his essential philosophy in administration, his reasonsfor choosing the Park and for pro- George Kelly's major plays were written, producing Shakespeare, his free admission policyduced, and most highly endorsed by leading and fund raising. his ideas about commercialismcritics during the 1920's. Since that time these inthe theatre and about the star-system, hisplays have received less and less critical atten- conception of the audience and of the perma- tion and acclaim. The overall problem of this nent company. The lastchapter deals withstudy. then was to re-evaluate Kelly's words to Papp as a director.Itfocuses on his theorydetermine whether or not the diminution of and practice,his attitude to directing Shake-his reputation has been justified. It was neces- spearean plays, on acting and actors, on playssary to devise some acceptable means of judg- and playwrights, and on the theatre in general. ing both the strengths and rweaknesses of the plays and thereby re-evaluate the relative merit Hauch, Duane E. The Cai Luong Theatre ofof what the critics had to say about them at the height of Kelly's popularity in the 1920's. Viet Nam, 1915.1970. Southern Illinois U. It was felt that an effective means of judging Theatre was one of the cultural elementswould be to determine what the most reputable in Viet Nam heavily influenced by the Frenchdramatic analystssuchasAristotle,Gustav occupation. Largely as a result of this, a new Freytag,WilliamArcher, Brander Matthews, theatre form called cai luong emerged. Early GeorgePierceBaker, John Howard Lawson, plays were characterizedby experimentation, Marion Galloway, John Gassner, and Frederick improvisation, and themes focusing on social B. Millet could agree constituted an effective use problems. of plot, characterization, language, and theme While sociid drama, xa hoi, dominated the and apply these to Kelly's plays. 196 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION By this means, it was determined that effective ranted the granting of a patent. These are ar- plot' structure must have the following proper- ranged by date of issue. ties:expositionwhich unobtrusivelysupplies Appendix A presents a cross-index by subject. the antecedent action, which quickly and clearly of the patents included in Part II. Appendix B introduces and evokes interest in the problemincludes an index of patents that could -pertain of the play and the principal characters,- andto theatre but are not included in Part H. Ap- which provides necessary foreshadowing; a rising pendix C includes drawings and complete pat- action which accelerates and intensifiesmadeents of some of the more innovative or interest- possible only by a well-prepared and skillfully ing devices, arranged in order of discussion in locatedpoint of attack, minor conflicts and Part I. complications which result incrisis situations, This study concludes that, except in lighting, and crises skillfully located for maximum dra- thereislittlecorrelation between the patent matic effect; a major climax which is adequately records and what actually happened in the the- prepared that becomes the emotional high-pointatre, but that several of the patents offer feas- of the work, and causes a complete realignment ible solutions to on-going scenic problems. of the balance of forces; anti a denouement which is a logical solution to the problem ofHossalla, Richard J. Henry E. Abbey, Commer- the play and fulfills the function of dramatic cial-Manager: A Study of Producing Man- recall.Itwas determined that effective char- agement in the Theatre of the Late Nine- acterizationrequired:that characters be vital teenth Century, 1870.1900. Kent State U. and strongly motivated; that they be plausible andconsistent; and that toevoke isdesired The purpose of this study was to record and emotional reaction character must have properanalyze the policies, the artistic endeavors, and emotional dimension and must beuniversal. the individual enterprises of Henry E. Abbey Effective use of language made itarequisite (1846-1896), with the hope' that such a study that: dialogue be authentic, distinctive, effective, will not only expand information on one spe- terse, and clear and furnish information about cifictheatrical producing manager, but shed plot,character, environment, and mood. And, lightonnineteenth-century managementin finally, theme would be judged effective If it: general. resulted in unity; was clear, relevant, and uni- Several libraries and collections have been in- versal; and was an integral part of the dra- valuable in unearthing letters, newspaper clip- matic action. pings, pictures and playbills. In addition newspapers,periodicals andtradejournals were utilizedassourcesofinformation regarding Ht:d, Stephen Glenn. United StatesPatentsAbbey's role as a producing manager. Pertaining to Theatre, 1916-1945. U. Missouri. This study was introduced by a brief over- The purpose of this study was to analyze view of the theatrical forces at work during the UnitedStatespatentspertainingtotheatre period between the years of 1870-1900 in an from1916to1945 and to provide an index attempt to show how these forces affected the to these patents. status and nature of the producing manager. A chapter was devoted to pertinent biographical The beginning datewasthe terminus of Johnson's study, and the final date was 1945 and professional information on Henry E. Abbey, the man and the commercial manager. The last toinclude applications made before the en- trance of the United States into World War H. two chapters of text material deal withhis This study. is confined to United States patentsmanagement of "stars" and special cascs. Each because of the emergence of the country as achapter was concluded with a summary which world leader by World War I. Primary sourcesattempted to consolidate the material presented were the U.S. Patent Office Indexes, Official Ga- in that particular unit. Critical reaction to the work of Abbey was zette, and SPecifications and Drawings. interspersed throughout the text as were ap- The patents fall into broad categories con-propriate photographs. Inaddition, two ap- cerning theatre architecture,.scenery, special ef-pendices supplied a chronolog of Abbey's pro- fects, shifting and bracing devices, and lighting. fessional activities, and a selectivelist of sug- These are discussed under separate headings in gested topics for further research. Part I. The following conclusions were drawn: Henry Part 11 comprises a brief, description of eachE. Abbey may be described as representative of patenteddevice, and wherefeasiblean ex-the tendency of the period toward "many and planationofthe unique qualitythatwar- varied specialized forms of stage entertainment." ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 197

He studied the public demand and endeavoredAngeles Theatre, and a thirdthe Burbank to 'provide the right entertainment. He can beTheatreunder construction; it had a theatrical considered a transitional figure who bridged a division of minor theatres, an established thea- period that emphasized a lack of concern fortre season, an army of eastern stars and com- the theatre as a business and an era which panies, and a local group of talented theatre strove to promote "commercialism" as its pri- people. mary theatrical concern. He was a forerunner of theSyndicate,theShubertenterprises,and Kilker, Marie j. Petrone. The Theatre of Em. others who have contributed to the develop- manuel Robles: An American Introduction ment of the theatre as a business as well as with a Checklist on Criticism and Produc- to its artistry. tion. Southern Illinois U. Emmanuel Robles, a North African writer of Kaufman, Edward Kenneth. A History of the- French expression, merits American recognition Development of Professional Theatrical Ac-as a man of letters. Although Robles fame rests tivity in Los Angeles, 1880-1895. U. Southern preeminently upon his achievements in fiction California. and editing, the range of his work in theatre The purpose of this study was to describe andseems noteworthytoo.Itcovers playwriting, evaluate the growth and development of pro- translation, and adaptation; reportage and criti- fessional theatre in Los Angeles from 1880 to cism;theatreadministration and promotion; 1895 in the context of the growth and develop- and varied contributions to radio, television and ment of the city and the national trends infilm drama. professional theatre during this period. Because few works of or about Robles have Although the profesional theatre in Americabeen translated into English, and fewer still had expanded by mid-nineteenth century frompublished in the United States, he is almost New York to San Francisco; Los Angeles in unknowntoAmericans. The studygives a 1850 was still a semi-lawless frontier town with general introduction to the man and his work, a population of 1,610. then tells the story of Robles' theatre. The ac- After a decade of floods and droughts, thecount is biographical, genetic, factual, and criti- Southland's cattle industry was virtually bank- cal.Itfocuses on Robles' plays:Ili Ddserte rupt. With the breakup of the ranchos in the ("DesertIsle"),Porfirio,Llior loge("The sixties, Los Angeles began to prosper; it was Clock "). Plaidoyer pour un rebelle ("Case for a during this time that the city's first theatrical Rebel"), Mer Libre ("The Open Sea"), and Les activity took place. By the time Los Angeles was ( "Yaquils ").Selected productions are linked by rail to San Francisco in 1872, An- also discussed. gelenos had already witnessed two erratic seasons The study also shows how Robles' interna- ofprofessionaltheatreatthesmall,inade- tionally acclaimed play, Montserrat, was trans- quate Merced Theatre, built in 1870 and stillformed. and distorted in an English-language standing. When the Merced could no longer"adaptation" by Lillian Hellman. Critical as- serve as the city's "first" theatre, the Germaniasessments and production failures attached to Society's Turnverein Hall, a combination meet-this version of Montserrat have since obscured ing hall-gymnasiuM-theatre, housed all of Los in this country both the original work and its Angeles' legitimate theatre. author's theatrical opportunities. By 1880 localtheatre, although limited in Translations of many of the materials dis- scope, had undergone a process of American- cussed are provided. Sources of information in- ization which coincided waif the city's growthclude the author, his archives, the files of his and development. Suddenly, after thirty years Paris publishers, and prominent literary and of gradual change, Los Angeles began to grow theatrical people. A checklist of critical articles at a startling rate. Encouraged by the comingand a production record, with reviews and inof the transcontinental railroad in 1882, An-formation.. are offered as bases for further in- gelenos started to advertise the glories of the vestigation' of Robles' theatre. Southland, and by1885aspectacularreal estate boom was underway. After the boom had Klein, J., A. Owen. Theatre Royal, Montreal, fadedin1889, Los Angeles had over 50,000 1825-1894. Indiana U. permanent residents, new hanks, schools, elec- tricstreetcarlines, and 100 miles of paved The first permanent theatre building in the sidewalks. Italso had two new luxury play-city of Montreal, Quebec, was erected in 1825 houses. the Grand Opera House and the Los.and remained standing until 1844. Prior to 1825, 198 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

thecityenjoyedfortyyearsofprofessional melodramaa temporarily serious action; high theatre beginning in 1786 with a short visit 'by dependence upon chance and coincidence; static the Allen, Bentley, Moore Company of come-character types who rarely participate in moral dians. deliberation or decision; much ofthe story In the latter months of 1824 and early 1825, conveyedthroughpantomimic dramatization; a group of interestedcitizens,led by Johnand the evoking of the primary emotions of Molson; Esq., agreed to establish a theatre byfear and hate. Two divergencies are apparent jointstock. The building was completedin inJerrold's tnelodramas:first,Jerrold .rarely November, 1825. emp:oyed the kind of naturally or stnietTFil: Frederick Brown became thefirst manager ly effectuated catastrophic, spectacle which char- of the Theatre Royal and gathered a companyacterized the melodramas of many of his con- of some fifty actors, technicians, and musicians temporaries; second, Jerrold sometimes reduced who carried out an extensivz first season of one the effectiveness of his melodramas by intro- hundrednights,including guestappearanceS ducing an element of understanding into the by R. C. Maywood, Eliza Riddle, Thomai S.motivations of his villains and thus made them Hamblin, Mrs. Gilfert and Edmund Kean. partly pathetic rather than wholly antipathetic After two years ofhousing amateur per- ages LS. formances, the theatre was leased by Vincent Several other conclusions are reinforced in DeCamp, who was to occupy the position ofthis study. First was his introduction of the manager longer than any other. DeCamp pre-common Britishseaman asthe hero, along wined three summer seasons between 1829 and with the nautical jargon which was a distinc- 1833. There was no theatre in 1830 for un- tive part of this character's speech. Second, he recorded reasons and cholera Prevented publicsolved dramatically the dilemmas created in entertainment in1832. DeCamp brought Clara his plays rather than suggesting solutions to the Fisher, Mr. and Mrs. Edward Knight, Jamessocial systems themselves. Finally, the study re- Hackett, Edwin Forrest, Charles Kean, Charles veals. Jerrold's employment of English rather Kemble and Fanny Kemble to play in Montreal. than the; foreign subject matter used. by the The frequency of performance fellrapidly majority of his fellow dramatists. and civil disorders in 1837, stemming from the French-English imbalance inpopulation andLevitt, Harold. Comedy in the Plays of Eugene government, limited public perfomances. The O'Neill. City U. New York. theatre was finally sold and razed in 1844 to make room forthe Bonsecours Market. The This is a study of the comedy that appears Theatre Royal was followed by more profitable in the texts of O'Neill's plays. Comedy is de- theatres but despiteitsfinanciallosses, poor fined in terms of the variety of comic elements support, and occasional bad management, this that are found in all plays. The paper establishes theatre pioneered professional theatre in Mon- the nature and extent of the comedy O'Neill treal. put into his plays, and leads to a formulation of the ways he used comedy to affect his plots, themes, and structures. Finally, the relative im- /Wilde, ArnoldJ. A Structural Analysis ofportance of comedy in any thorough critical Douglas William Jerrold's Melodramas. In-assessment of O'Neill's work is emphasized. diana U. Douglas William Jerrold (1803-1857) was a Levy, Sam. A Critical Study of Habima Plays prolific English playwright and was recognized as an Expression of Israeli Nationalism from by his contemporaries as a talented dramatist. 1948 to 1968. Bowling Green State U. This study examines the structural features of Douglas Jerrold's melodramashow, they are Hebrew plays produced by Habima between formulated, the elements which make up their1948 and 1968 were examined todetermine formulation, and the distinctive divergencies in the extent to which they gave expression to their formulation. Ambrose Gwinett; or, a Sea--Israelinationalism. Side Story (Coburg, 1828) is examined in detail, Twenty-five scripts, comprising the complete while the rest of the Plays arc examined Pri- Hebrew repertory of Habima within the twenty marily in terms of their structural divergencies years scope of the study, were evaluated by from Ambrose Gwinett. means of descriptive analysis. Theme, setting, This study reveals that Jerrold did not sig- plot, and' language were examined, and related nificantly depart from the kind of structure professional critiques were reported. A survey usually found in nineteenth century Englishof 'Habima's origins as a Soviet State Theatre ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS . 199

(1918-26)indithtedthe threadofcontinuity inLatin, which provide information for the !inking Zionist aims of the past -with those of studyofElizabethanstagecraft. Among the the present in Israel:a national home and a.moat illuminating of these plays are the three nationallanguage.Eight _dominating themes written by NVilliam Gager and performed at were discoveredinthetwenty-five plays:I) ChristChurch,Oxfordduringthedecade, Abandonment of the kibbutz and Country are 1582-1592. national disasters. 2) Unity is strength. 3) Col- As a prelude to the study of Gager's plays, lective life is superioi to city life. 4) Conserva- an attempt was made to determine the sixteenth- tive fathers have difficulty with liberal sons. 5) century status of Christ Church Hall where Isolation is hazardous to the state. 6) Duty is of the plays were produced. It was found that higher priority than personal freedom or com- there had been no significant alteration except fort. 7) Free press is destructive to the state. 8) that the hall was orighially fitted with three Coming of the Messiah necessitates the destruc- entry doorS atthe east end rather than the tion of Jewish history. present single door. Designated as the IsraeliNational Theatre The text and stage directions of Gager's three by the state in1958, Habima is comparable plays, :Meleager, Dido, and Ulysses Redux, were to some national theatres and is unlike others. !crutinized. Comparison was Made withthe Habima responded to the needs of the Israelis classicalsourcestodetermine what changes by developing Hebrew as a theatrical language, were due tothe peculiarities of the Christ producing the best of world drama, mirroringChurch stage. Attention was given to Gager's the national reality as it is and as it could be,me of scenic devices to communicate thematic but at the same time never becoming a tool of material. The collegeexpense accounts and . the government. other external sources were also examined. From this study it was concluded that Gager Maloon, James R. Counterplays: A Collectionwrote plays according to the dictates of classical of Works for the Theatre. Southern Illinoisdramaturgy and staged them according to the U. Principles of medievalstagecraft. The plays bear the marks of simultaneous staging; locale The collectionconsists of originaltheatre is represented by a scenic device which is visu- pieces written between 1970 and 1972. Includedally identifiable as the place which itrepre-' are products of the author's experiments in sents;two or more locales are presented on multilinearity; i.e., the literal or implicit em- the stage at one time; large properties remain ployment of two of.-more simultaneous "lines" on stage during the performance. of events or, looking at the matter spatially, the controlleddivision of audience focus orMcGill, Robert Emmett. Stratford '55: The Es- polarity. tablishment of Convention. U. Michigan. The material is prefaced by a semi-aleatory essay, "Fields and Fragments," an introduction The Stratford Shakespearean Festival of On- to multilinear composition for the theatre. Fivetario was influential in popularizing the open scriptsfollow: Deathworks, an environmental stageand developingitstheatricalconven- performance piece for speakers and mime en- tions. This study described those conventions semble; Mobile II, a multilinear theatre piece establishedin1955 (TyroneGuthrie's The adapted from Mobile, a book by Michel Butor; ,AlercliantofVenice and Michael Langham's .4trocity Piece (1971), a poem for interpreters; Julius Caesar) by directional creation of move- Visions and Revisions, a piecefor threein- ment as reconstructed from prompt book re- terpreters; and Root!, a Machiavellian librettocordings. The prompt books, the Stratford stage, for a comic opera, based on Mandragola, byand its inherent convention are described and :piccolo Machiavelli (the finished opera is the illustrated. In a scene by scene reconstruction result of the collaboration of the author with of both productions, an examination is made composer Will Gay Bottje). of the directorial establishment of convention as seeninthe creation of modes of movement. Manning, Thomas J. The Staging of Plays atThese in turnreflected directors' perceptions Christ Church, Oxford, 1582-1592. U. Mich-of the plays and their uses of the open stage's facilitiesintransmitting productions tothe igan. audience. Guthrie's conventions harmonized the The dramatic movement nourished inthe diverse modes of movement in the disparate EnglishUniversitiesduringtheElizabethan worldsof Venice andBelmont.Hisvision era produced a series of plays, most of themstressed the play's formal completeness, and his 200 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION stage animatedthe actionof the drama as-Afrikaner Nationalism which embodies apart- symbolic of an enduring poetic truth. He en- heid. The ambivalent role of the Afrikaner, couraged his audience to participate by observ- therefore, finds expression in Louw's and Op- ing the drama as ritual. .Langham's conventions perans's plays and contributes adversely' to were illusion oriented. Based on his existential their' success. view of the play, his production seemed to spon- taneously create. itself through the characters' Peake, Donald James. Selected Plays of Lennox free will. His stage set various scenes in specific Robinson: Mirror of the Anglo -Irish 11 Ascen- locales and sustained architectural. relationships dancy. Southern Illinois U. to offstage environments. His audience was cast in a role-playing, present tense dialogue with The Anglo-Irish Ascendancy in Ireland had the action. By comparison and contrast of these provided much of the political, cultural, and diverse conventions the flexibility of the open artisticleadershipinIrishaffairsfor more stage was demonstrated. than two hundred years, when, in 1921, Ire- kind atlastwon itsindependence. Yet few Naidoo, Muthal. N. P. van Wyk Louw andplaywrights of the Abbey Theatre used that D. J. Opperan: Afrikaans Verse DramatistsAscendancy as a basis for their plays. Of the of South Africa. Indiana U. exceptions, Lennox Robinson was the most notable. As theAfrikaners,the descendants of the This study examined eight plays of the Irish Dutch people who settled at Cape Town indramatist to discover how the playwright pre- South Africa in1652, adopt the double rolesented the Anglo-Irish characters he created, of colonizer and colonized in the government ofand to determine what attitudes toward the the Republic of South Africa. This study at- Anglo-Irish Ascendancy Lennox Robinson took. tempts to discover expressions of this ambivalent The study included a historical survey of identity in the finest Afrikaans dramas. Afri- the Anglo-Irish Ascendancy from the seventeenth kaners are justly proud of the achievements ofcentury to the present day, and a literary survey N. P. van Wyk Louw and D. J. Opperman, which demonstrated both the. self-portraits pro- authors of the three best Afrikaans plays. vided by Anglo-Irish writers of the past two Periandros van Korinthe by D. J. Opperman, hundred and fifty years, and the largely hos- setin the time Of Periander (625-585B.C.), tile views of that class expressed by Irish nation- tyrantofCorinth,revealsthehorrorsthat alist writers. resultfrom Periandros' confused attemptto Fromahistorical-criticalanalysisofthe ruleCorinthaccordingtopoeticprinciples. plays, especially of The Big House and Killy- As Periandros' deep sense of insecurity causescreggs In Twilight, the study concluded that him to eliminate all those who challenge him,Robinson's version of the Anglo-Irish Ascend- itis impossible to determine from his actions ancy was a historically valid one, that he be- whether it is possible for a poet to be an ef-lieved the Ascendancy's major problem in the fective ruler, for Periandros' weaknesses over- twentieth century was one of self-identity, and shadowhisattemptto combinethe powerthat he felt both the Anglo-Irish and the Irish of the ruler with the wisdom of the poet. nationalistsshouldfindinmodern Ireland Similarly, Opperman's protagonist in his sec- means to make better use of the traditions and ond play, Vergelegen, is a man whose great fail- talents of the Anglo-IriSh people. ings make it impossible for him to realize his dream. Central to Van der Stel's dream is the Rang, Jack C. Concepts of Love in American theory of integration which isdiscredited by Plays on Broadway, 1950.1965. Northwestern his defeat, while apartheid, inherent in Afri- U. kaner nationalism,isvindicated. Thisfacile conclusion results from the creation of an anti- The study began with the proposition that heroic protagonist. changes wrought by the introduction of atomic It now becomes necessary to find a correlation warfare had so affected the psychological climate betweenthese and the doubleroleofthe of the United States that the one human value Afrikaner. The Afrikaner who claims Southwhich remained untouched was love. The hy- Aftica as his homeland adopts a policy of racial pothesis was that playwrights of the period discrimination in order to preserve his foreign from 1950 to 1965 had discerned this situation identity. Thus the Afrikaner has the tendencyand had, accordingly, made love a basic con- to regard his European heritage as the meanscern of their plays, using it as a. standard of to deinonstrate his superiority, and to valuehope for the future of society. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 201

Consideration was given to the critical theories urbanized way oflife,primary attentionis of love expounded by philosophers and psy-focused on the potential and the actual function chologists. and three major conceptsdesignated of art in contemporary American communities. acquisitiveness,beneVolence,andbivalence The second portion describes a community were selected. These concepts were then appliedaction theatre experiment carried out in Tampa, toforty-five plays which were either winners Florida, during the summer of 1970. Working of major critical awards or the most popularin a ghetto area in Tampa, the investigator "plays on Broadway during thefifteenyear guided the creation and execution of two com- period. Discussions focused on the role of love munity action plays, A number of observations as manifested in the lives of both the majorare made pertainingtorace relations, com- and minor characters in the plays. munity relations, and community-policerela- The study indicated that no single, unified tions. concept of love emerged from the plays; how- The finalportion of the dissertationis a ever,the playwrights had frequently chosennational study of arts programs being offered benevolent love over acquisitiveness, and this through Model Cities Agencies of the United tendency was most often demonstrated throughStates Department of Housing and Urban De- the theme of fraternal love. The major mani-velopment. The conclusion indicates that the festation of this theme appeared as love forvalue of the arts in the community lies not neighborsthe lovethrough whichall mensimply in their potential to alter and strengthen become brothers. Love proved significant in the community life, but intheir ability to con- development of many of the plays, but its treat- tribute qualitatively to the lives of individuals. ment was often limited to the most primary Itis enough if a work of art pleases only a levels of expression. The writer felt that the'single person. But, the study concludes, ifit essence of love was never really touched bycan do more than this, if it can add beauty, the playwrights of the period. pleasure,and dignitytoeverydaylifeand work, ifit can unify people and revitalize a Rintz, Donald R. David Garrick's Version of truly genuine culture, then it shall have served Romeo and Juliet: An Annotated Edition.an exceptionally worthy purpose. U. of Wisconsin. Rockey, LaurilynJ. A StylisticAnalysis of This edition of David Garrick's version of Three Plays of the Chester Cycle: The Three Romeo and Juliet presents the results of the Kings, The Obligation of the Three Kings, collation of Garrick's text with Shakespeare's and The Slaughter of the Innocents. U. Iowa. text as it was printed by the early eighteenth- century editors of Shakespeare Rowe; Pope, The purpose of this study is to demonstrate Theobald,Hanmer, and Warburton.These the use of a comprehensive critical methodology collations show that Garrick changed a gooddeveloped in order to determine the number deal less of Shakespeare's text than he has beenof authors and revisers who contributed their accused of changing by critics in the nineteenthwork to Plays VIII, IX, and X of the Chester and twentieth centuries. In fact, Garrick pre- cycle. sented Romeo and billet as faithfully to Shake- Thefirstmajor sectionisdevotedtoa speare as the tastes of his audience and his linguistic analysis of the three pageants, using critics would allow. overtwentyseparatelinguisticcriteriafor The notes to this edition trace every variantdefining and isolating distinctivestyles. The reading found in Garrick's version to its source.second is an examination of the dramatic techniques employed in the plays to seeif any inconsistencies exist, and, if so, whether these Robertson, C. Warren. The Theatre as a Ye.differences correspond with those linguistic var- hide for Community Action. Florida Stateiations foundinthe previous section. The U. Following section involves an investigation into The study investigates the interrelationship the variousreligious and secular sources of of the theatre and the community and con-the materials used in the plays in an effort to siders aspects of the broader question of theprovide both an additional means of author- interrelationshipofart andsociety.Inthe shipclarification,and a method ofdating firstportionof the dissertation a theoretical some of the passages. The fourth section con- framework for considering the relationship oftains a survey of any external records which art and society is developed. Since we are un- suggest that the plays have undergone revision. alterably committed to an industrialized and The results of these analyses indicate that 202 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION the majority of Play VIII, all of Play IX, and ing- the proper method of acting Shakespeare's 180lines of Play X were the work of one plays. to view those theories in historical. con- author and at one time constituted the core text,andtoestimatetheirlastingvalue. of a single pageant which was eventually di- Poel'stheory isreconstructedchieflyfrom vided and amplified- by later redactors. These his articles for magazines and journals and from plays thus furnish an interesting' example ofhis Monthey Letters. To establish his context, the growth of the CIICSUr7 cycle through the criticisms of and theories about Shakespearean subdivisionofindividualpageants. andthe acting expressed by Poel's contemporaries are methodology employed inthe study could be examined. used for an authorship analysis of the entire Poel countered the starcenteredtheory of cycle. his time by deemphasizing the actor's .personality, stressing physical impersonation of roles, Ronning, Robert T. The Development of Eng- andencouraging searchforasinglevalid lish Comic Farce in the Plays of Sir ArthurShakespearean "intention." Unlike many of his Pinero. Wayne State U.. contemporaries, Poel stressed the actor's need for technique. He minimized movement while- The purpose of this study was to show that cmphasizing verse speaking in which he desired Sir Arthur Pinero's major contribution the- variety. rapidity. an illusion of naturalness, and atre was that of afarcewriter, and toex-. both a suggestion of rhythm and avoidance of amine the development of comic farceina adherence to scansion. His suggestions for achiev- group of his plays which constituted an original ing these results consisted mostly of stressing and distinctively English form of artinthe only "key words," those which carry meaning. Victorian theatre.The studyattemptedto Critical evaluation of Poel's ideas shows that show that farce and comedy dominated most of they are incomplete, though possibly germina- his career, and tried to trace the evolution of tive, approaches to a method. But they millet Pinero's unique and popular comic form which from vague definition of terms, over-simplifi- had early itsrootsin English comedy and cation, careless use of historical evidence, and French farce,and eventually developed intoenthusiastic acceptance of unwarranted notions. a peculiarly English type of comic farce afterThe chief value of Poel's theories lies in their Pinero had completedhisfirstthree Court aspirationstowardcarefulinterpretation,to- farces in1887. wardrespectfortechnique,towardhigher The originalnatureofthiscomic form standards of poetic speechrather than in their emerged and developed primarily through Pi- working -out of details. nero's treatment of a series of eccentric characters who were elaboratelybelieveable and very English in nature and temperament. TheSiefkas, James M. A History of Theatre in La form reached its highest degree of comic art Crosse, Wisconsin front its Beginning to 1900. in the Court farces, beginning with The Magis- U. Missouri. trate(1885),The Schoolmistress (1886), and The history of theatre in La Crosse, Wisconsin, Dandy Dick (1887), and thereafter the form be- from the first recorded performance in 1858 to gan to weaken as Pinero wrote farces contain- 1900 demonstrates aspects of theatre that were, ing a combination of comedy, satire, and senti- important to La Crosse.1e:um and America ment. in general. This study concluded that Pinero's real and lasting achievement was not in his dozen or La Crosse citizens built three theatre buildings, fewer realistic plays but rather in his masteryduring the nineteenth century. The third theof a comic form which led atre, the La Crosse Theatre, built in 1888, was the wayif not awell equipped and comfortable theatre.It backward to the English comedy of manners was fairly typical of other theatres in America, toa modern form of English comedy which butwarrantsspecialnotice pre-dated the works of Wilde, Maugham, and becauseitwas Coward. lighted by electricity earlier than theatres in many other cities the size of La Crosse. Schultz, Stephen C. The Contribution of Wil- Many prominent actors toured La Crosse and liam Poel to the Modern Theory of Shake-influenced the theatre of the area. This study spearean Acting. U. Iowa. shoWs what La Crosse critics thought of actors who were important to La Crosse theatre, and This study attempts to present in detail and briefly compares those findings to critical opin- in art integrated form Poel's theories concern- ions of the same actors in Iargla metropolitan ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 203 areas. Similarly, this study points out the typeAmerican domestic comedy produced in New of play that was most appreciated in La CrosseYork City in the years 1900 to 1918 became and compares that to the type of play that was increasingly realistic in its presentation of the popular in America at large. highly personal problems involved in courtship, During the last century about one-third ofmarriage. familylife,and divorce, and re- the La Crosse residents were German immi- flected the changing American scene more ac- grants. To help maintain the German language curately than at any previous time. and culture, La Crosse citizens built a theatre, The firstpart of the study. examined the hired profeSsional directors, and presented plays roots of American domestic comedy and the in the German language. La Crosse, thus, had influences that affected it in the early part of an active community theatre a quarter of athe twentieth century. The body of the dis- century prior to the general community theatre sertation concentrated on the four particular movement. concerns of domestic. comedy: courtship, mar- Generally, La Crosse theatre reflected theatre riage. family life, and divorce. A number of of the same period in larger metropolitan areas. individual plays were discussed with emphasis There are enough significant differences, how- on their general trends and dramatic techniques. ever, to make this study important to the over- The section on comedies of courtship noted all knowledge of theatre history. a shift in attitude between early comedies and those produced later in the period. Comedies of Stowell, Donald Charles, Jr. The New Cos-marriage were eitherfarces of comedies in- tuming in America: The Ideas and Practicesvolving serious personal problems, such as in- ofRobertEdmondJones, Norman Belfidelity, loneliness or jealously. Family comedy Geddes, Lee Simonson, and Aline Bernstein,of the period was more concerned with preserv- 1915-1935. U. Texas. ing the social and economic values of the family unit rather than with asserting the independence American costuming during the period 1915of Americanlifeinthetwentiethcentury. through 1935 underwent both developmentalComedies of divorce were remarkable chiefly and innovative influences. These influences are for their existence and the fact that they were reflected in the work of Robert Edmond Jones, produced at all suggests comedy's responsiveness Norman Bel Gedes, Lee Simonson, and Mine to contemporary social pressure. Bernstein. The individual vision of these de- From the standpoint of. American dramaturgy signers remains an important aspect in their thisseminal period, roughly 1900-1918, con- costuming. It shows their dreams to unify the tributed a vitality to comedy which, while not visual aspects of production as fully as possible.considered to have great literary merit, none- The use of line reflects a development over the theless played a significant role in the develop- previous aim to reproduce authentic costumement of the modern American theatre. sources or totheatricalize those sources. The use of color shows a development of the aimsThompson, Sister Mary Francesca. The La- ofbeingdecorativeandofbeingpsycho- fayette Players: 1915-1932. U. Michigan. logicallyrelevanttocharacter.Their innovative concepts included symbolizing an idea The purposeofthisdissertation was to orathemethroughtheuse ofadomi- chroniclethe contributions of theLafayette nant color, of simultaneously illuminating. an Players. Except for the short-lived endeavors image and a character, and of providing an un-of the African Grove Theatre, 1820, this unique derlying rhythmic, emotional' response to cos-company of performers was thefirstblack tumes through color. The new costuming placesdramatic stock company in America. unprecedented value upon the craftsmanship Their seventeen-year career was traced from of costuming in rendering techniques, construc- accounts given by the originator of the group, tionmethods, and fabric combinations. TheAnita Bush; from interviews with two former practices of designers during this twenty yearmembers and with persons indirectly associated period brought a new life and a new respect towith the Players; and from printed materials costuming in the theatre. such as books, articles, scrapbooks, and weekly black newspapers. Theodore, Terry. A Critical Study of Domestic Beginning at the Lafayette Theatre in Harlem, Themes in American Comedy from1900- the Players eventually branched into four com- 1918. U. Michigan (1971). panies and touredthecountry,introducing legitimate drama to black audiences in more This study attempted to demonstrate that than twenty-five :cities. 204 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

The bulk of the dissertationliststitles ofWalker, Phillip Nathaniel. A History of The- over 200 dramas presented, together with the atrical Activity in Fresno, California, Front Its time and place of performaixes. The success Beginning in 1872 to the Opening of the of the Players,. the only major black company White Theatre in1914. U. Southern Cali- of its kind, attracted the attention of audiences fornia. and critics, who, prior to their advent, had accorded black entertainers little,if any, appre- The purpose of this study was to present ciative attention. an account of the development of theatrical activity in Fresno, California, from its founding The financial depression which swept America in 1872 to the opening of the White Theatre in in the late twenties was one of the principal 1914, and to determine the relationship of that causes forcing the group to disband in1932. development to corollary developments within The final chapter presents a summary and con- the American theatre as a whole, within the clusions drawn from the study, emphasizing the theatre of the state, and within the .political, po-itive contributions of these black artists to social, and culturalinstitutions ofthecity American theatre history. and its immediate environs. The span in the theatrical history of Fresno Wade, Jere D. The San Francisco Stage, 1859- encompassed by this study coincides .closely with 1869. U. Oregon. the beginning, ascendancy, and early decline of the American combination. system. At the A tradition for theatre established in San time of Fresno's founding in1872, the legiti- Francisco during the 1850's continued and ex- mate theatre in the United States was under- panded in the city's second decade. Lavish the- going a fundamental reorganization. From ap- atreswerebuilt;famous playersvisitedthe proximately 1870 to 1875, the touring combina- West: andthenewest dramas, some within tion system first challenged and then supplanted weeks of their Eastern premieres, were produced. the resident stock company system which pre- By1869 San Francisco ranked third inthe viously had dominated the nation's legitimate nation. in total box office receipts, behind onlytheatre. This radical change in the direction New York City and Boston. of American theatrical development soon re- This dissertation is an account of the theatre sulted in the establishment of central booking in San Francisco during the 1860's. In general, agencies, touring circuits and, finally, the init is confined to the legitimate, English language famous Syndicate in 1896. The dominance of the professional stage. Within these limitations, the combination system was not seriously threatened studydocumentstheatricalactivityin San until about 1910 when vaudeville, motion pic- Francisco from January1,1859 to December tures, and revitalized resident stock companies 31, 1868. This work follows the precedent set began to attract substantial patronage. By 1914, bytheStanfordUniversitydissertationsof the year the management and the name of the Frank Fenton, who documented the 1950's, and Barton Opera House were changed and the Walter C. Krumm, who examined the 1870's, White Theatre opened, a new American the- and completes the chronicle of the first thirty atrical epoch, that of silent films, unmistakably had begun. years of San Francisco's thearte. The principal sources consulted were daily newspapers of the period. Wedwick, Daryl M. United States and British Patents of Scenic and Illusionistic Devices The text includes descriptions of thethe- and Effects: 1916.1970. Bowling Green State atres and an acount of the management prac- U. tices at each of the .playhouses which offered This study traces the development of. scenic legitimateperformances. An analysisofthe andillusionistic deviCes for theatre as docu- season's at these theatres. is given. The popular mented in United States and British patents performers,. their repertoires, and the critical within the period 1916-1970. reception they received in San Francisco are The research plan was to investigate patent considered. Most players, whether supporting or classifications for devices which could be classi- star, pursued particular lines of business; and fied as theatrical patents, to search thoroughly representatives of each of the major lines are the appropriate classifications to discover specific discussed. Something of the nature of scenic patents which fell within the scope of the study, spectacle is described; and finally a description and to research other sources such as theatrical of audience conditions and conduct is included. periodicals,technicaljournals,reviews,and ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 205 theatrical histories to obtain information which an ensemble unit. Consideration is also given would relate the patent information to actual to the special aptitudes and abilities of directors use of the devices. As a result, technical andthat have been found essential for directing historicaltrends,and developments bothin Chekhov as well as the importance of architec- the theatre and in other areas of performancetural features for a favorable environment. A have been defined. number of general assumptions expressed by Two major trends became apparent in theseveral of the directors arc taken for granted course of the study. The first was the increaseby many theatre people as to what conditions in sophistication of the mechanical and elec-are considered necessaryfor.. , the directing of trical components employedinthe patented Chekhov. These assumptions are examined and inventions. The second defined the number anddiscarded based on the findings in the study. chronological distribution of the patents. Though patenting of theatrical devices declined rapidly Wolfert, Wayne R. A History of the Grand after 1930. this trend appeared to have reversed Opera House, Eau Claire, Wisconsin: 1883- itself in the last five years of the study. Several 1930. U. Wisconsin. ig-nificant developments intheatre technology The Grand Opera House was built in 1888. have also been documented. in Eau Claire, Wisconsin, a river town and The study concluded that the developmentlumbering center and the only large city on of theatre technology within the period coveredthe rail line between Chicago-Milwaukee and was influenced by factors such as the literary Minneapolis-St.Paul. A reasonablydetailed merit and technical requirements of the playsand accurate history of this theatre was con- produced, the development of sound motionstructed using primarily information folind in pictures, economic conditions, the rate of con- the city's two, and at times three, daily papers. struction of new theatres, and the availability Accuracy was not found to be one of the jour- oftheresultsof new technologicalbreak- nalistic strong points, nor was theatre criticism. throughs in science and engineering. Seldom were qualified critics employed by any of the papers. Much of the material handed out Weingarten, Aaron. Chekhov and the Americanby theatrical press agents and advance men Director. City U. New York. found its way into the reviews, accounting for Given a number of representative Americana large quantity of factual material. Due con- directors, the investigation is designed to seeksideration was given to the fact that publicity critical and determining factors that may lead hand-outs tend to be inflated. to more successful productions of Chekhov's The number of visiting road companies was plays in America and includes directing and found to increase from 1883 until 1910. Before actingtechniques,rehearsalproceduresand the turn of the century, plays, surprisingly often, conditions, types of theatre organizations, archi- toured before going into the large cities. As. tectural and scenic environments, and peculiar time passed the period between the Broadway aptitudes of individual directors. opening and the arrival of the road company The American directors are: Eva Le Gallienne, increased to as much as several years. There Jed Harris, Robert Milton, Guthrie McClintic, was no resident stock company; only traveling Norris Houghton, David Ross, Alan Schneider, stock companies played the Grand. The star- Lee Strasberg, Harold Clurman, and Williammanager of the early years was replaced by the theatrical producer before the turn of the cen- Ball, all of whose twenty-one Chekhovian productions encompass the period in the American tury. As expected, the number of road companies declined with the arrivalof. the fea-1 theatre from 1926 to 1969. The production procedures covered in theture motion picture and almost totally disap-' study include the directors' analyses of Chek- peared with the depression and "talking pic- hovian drama, -pre-rehearsal planning, rehearsal tures." methods, collaborative work with the contribu- Appendices contain a comprehensive list of ting artists and technicians, appraisals of theperformances at the Grand Opera House and selective lists of performances at the city's other productions by critical observers and participants, and 'additional after-thoughts of the directors. theatres for the period covered, A comparative evaluation of the directors andWoodland, Ronald Stanley. Time and History theirproductionsrevealstheimportance of in the Works of Jean Genet. Wane U. certain critical factors when assembling a company and the need for the appropriate rehearsal The purpose of this study was to trace the conditions and atmosphere in order to create evolution of Genet's Ideas about time from their 296 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION germination in his earlier works to their fruition those ideals both demographically and spatially; in his latest play. It was proposed that Genetit was the prototype of the megalopolis, de- begins his work with a concept of mats as try- veloping without high population density in ing, vainly but inevitably, to escape his situa-the core city. Theatrical entertainment offered tionin moving time and that he evolves ain Los Angeles provides an interesting example vision of man as able to integrate his quest forof relationships between commercial entertain- permanence outside time's movement with thement and a society replicating (frequently in knowledge that such movement is inescapable. exaggerated ways) the national theater audience's Using the writings of Georges Pou let and traits. William F. Lynch as philosophical groundwork, the study divided itself into five main chapters.Worsley, Ronald C. Margaret Webster: A Study Chapter One discussed Genet's explorations of of Her Contributions to the American The-. problems of time in his novels and suggested atre. Wayne State U. that these explorations made artistically neces- saryhistransitiontodrama. Chapter Two This study compares Margaret Webster's theo- analyzed Deathwatch and The Maids, both ofries of acting and direction to her practice in which concern the alienating effect of clock or five areas of American Theatre during the years calendar time on the individual personality.1937-1972 in order to determine the validity of Chapter Three investigated Genet's transforma- these theories and the enduring importance of tion of his perceptions in these plays into aher contributions to the American Theatre. The theory of history in The Balcony. Chapter Fourareas examined were acting, direction of non- centered upon The Blacks, in which Genet ap-Shakespearean Broadway productions, direction plies his theory of history to the political and of Broadway productions of Shakespeare, reper- social future. Chapter Five studied The Screens, tory theatre ventures, and direction of opera. in which Genet creates a hero able finally to Pritnary sources for Miss Webster's theories reconcile the desire for permanence which has were her books Shakespeare Without Tears, The been the motivating force of history with theSame OnlyDifferent, and Don't Put Your recognition of time's movement which is man's Daughter on the Stage, some fifty articles which hope for the future. Finally, it was concludedshecontributedtovariousnewspapers and that, with his reconciliation, Genet brings hisperiodicals, and the Margaret Webster Collec- ,writing career to a logical end. tion at the Library of Congress. Theory was compared to practice by evaluating newspaper Woods, Alan Lambert. The Interaction of Losand periodical reviews of her Broadway per- Angeles Theater and Society Between 1895formances and of the plays and operas she and 1906: A Case Study_ . U. Southern Cali-directed. fornia. Interpretation of the data revealed that Miss Webster's theories of acting and direction are This study explores Los Angeles commercialof great practical value for today's theatre. Her theatre between 1895 and 1906 to determine theenduring contributions to the American Theatre relationships between local theater and society.include spearheading a Shakespearean revival The period witnessed increasing urbanization with her popular Broadway productions; proving throughout. theUnitedStates.LosAngeles, conclusively that New York City could not sup- whose populationtrebledbetween1890 and port a classic repertory company; creating new 1905,registeredthe highest growthratein audiences for professional theatre by touring the nation. Los Angeles had few resources to the country for two seasons with her Marweb foster its boom; it grew because it represented Shakespeare Company; and bringing new realism a reaction against national urban trends. Cities'and unity to a jaded art form by her innovative concentrating effects revealed the existence of direction of opera. social inequalities, while their ethnic minorities Her variedcontributionsinsureMargaret demonstratedthat the United States was noWebster's reputation asthe most influential longer socially homogeneous. By contrast, Los female director the American Theatre has thus Angeles' population hadstrikingly low per-far produced and one of the finest directors in centages of foreign-born white and non-white Broadway's history. residents, percentages which decreased between, 1895 and 1906. Los Angeles drew its residents from Yaffe, Alan. Kenneth Tynan: Dramatic Opin- the AmericanMidwest.During years ions. U. Illinois. which projected Protestant, Anglo-Saxon concepts as cultural ideals, Los Angeles reproduced This study examines Tynan's drama criticism, ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL. DISSERTATIONS 207 from 1951 to1963, his books on theatre, and Such as Brecht's, to give intellectual substance selected magazine articlesto describe his dra-to their works. Only then could drama serve matic opinions. Specialattentionispaidto its highest function as Tynan conceived it. those writings in which he formulated his basic dramatic ideas and to his criticsm of Absurdist Powell, Robert L. Pre- production Analyses of drama and the British drama of social protest, Selected Non-realistic Plays of Gunter Grass the dramatic movements bout which Tynan in their English Translations. Bowling Green wrote most extensively. The study is organized State U. to show the development and application of Tynan's dramatic ideas.It offers biographical This dissertation provided a critical literary' information,analysesofhisearlydramatic analysis of selected plays of Gunter Grass. It theory and hislater, Brechtian ideas, and aalso suggested limited stylistic approaches that descriptionofhis judgments on the majora potential director of the plays of Grass might plays and playwrights he reviewed. employ. Ii shows that in the early 1950's Tynan as- The method in whichthis study was attempted includedaconsiderationofcritical signed no social function to drama. He defined research relating to all of Grass's literary work timedramatic experienceasa human being reduced to a state of desperation, a definitionthat has a bearing upon an understanding of he held throughout his writings, and felt that his plays. The research concluded that several themes thegreatestdramaresulted whenahero are recurrent in Grass's plays. One of the most faced death, In the mid-fifties, Ile admitted some "objects"control connection between drama and everyday life,compelling themesisthat arguing thata powerful dramatic prose de- the lives of the individual. In the plays, objects controlthecharacters.Religionisused- by pended on avitalcolloquial speech. Shortly Crass to depict man caught ina system of thereafter, he encountered the plays and theories of Brecht and shifted his allegiance to social false myths that control his spiritual existence. Language is used in much the same way that drama. Henceforth, he held a Brechtian view ofthe Nazis used language to control a nation; dramatic purpose, arguing that drama shouldIt followed logically that the concept of guilt teach men how to survive by analyzing thewas a powerful inhibiting forcethat modern social environment as well as the psychologyGermans face daily. These and other objecti of its characters, Tynan found both Absurdist drama and the British drama of social protest were woven together in a wild myriad of sym- wanting because neither completely fulfilled this bols. purpose. The Absurdists portrayed man as a Grass communicates by means ofimages. thisdissertation attemptedtoin- hopeless creature, thus ignoring what TynanTherefore, theseimages astheyrelatetothe saw as drama's-obligation to improve mankind. terpret The British drama of social protest succeeded meanings of the plays and their value to a theatrical production. in drawing a realistic picture of lower class life, The analysis of the plays provided for the failedto offer positive alternatives to but it potential director possible thematic implications present conditions. After championing protest ofGrass'stheatre. The productionconcepts drama in the mid- and late-fifties, Tynan re- suggested image interpretations- for most of the jected its negativism and urged its practitioners plays. These concepts were included to provide to continue to draw their characters from lifea basis for the creative effort needed by the btu to employ non-illusionistic dramatic forms, theatre director. actors and theatre workers. GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS IN THE FIELD OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION: 1972

The information to follow is based on reports submitted by academic departments (or in several cases schools) within 162 colleges and universities. Unless otherwise indicated, thesis or dissertation projects reported were completed during the calendar year 1972. Unless otherwise specified, masters theses were completed in fulfillment of requirements for either the Master of Arts or Master of Science degree and doctoral dissertations were completed in fulfillment of requirements for the Ph.D. Numbers have been assigned to each title in consecutive order and in sequence with previous issues of the Bibliographic Annual in Speech Communica- tion. An asterisk ,appearing immediately after a dissertation number indicates that an abstract of that dissertation is included in the "Abstracts" section of this volume. Departments reporting theses and dissertations are identified in p arantheses. Academic departments sponsoring masters theses and doctoral dissertations in all areas of speech communicationmass communication, rhetoric and communication theory, public address, speech sciences, interpretation, theatre, interpersonal and small group interaction, forensics, and instructional development in these areasare urged to submit annual entries. All previously unreported titles submitted are published even though completed in earlier calendar years. Repo'rts of doctoral dissertations in progress now appear bimonthly in the "Re- search Notes" column of Spectra, the newsletter of the Speech Communication Association. Information and inquiries pertinent to either "Doctoral Dissertations in Progress" or the report to follow should be directed to Patrick C. Kennicott, Associate Executive Secretary for Research, Speech Communication Association, Statler Hilton Hotel, New York, New York 10001. The table indicating "Institutional Sources of Degrees Granted and Accumu- lated Totals," previously published as part of this section, has been discontinued for technical reasons. Most of the quantitative data concerning completed graduate degrees in speech communication plus a wealth of additional information is available in the biennial Directory of Graduate Programs in the Speech, Com- munication Arts and Sciences published by the Speech Communication Associa- tion.

AMERICAN UNIVERSITY ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY (Speech Arts) (Speech and Theatre) Masters Thesis Masters Theses Rankin, Mary C. An Assessment of Frances Burford. Kenn, ah. 'Effects of Post-Sermon Dis- Perkins as an Advocate of Social Security. cussions on Audience Attitudes Toward the 24707 Preacher and His Message. 24708 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 209 Martin, Robert L. Recovery Slope of Auditory being Taught by Traditional Orthography. TTS Induced by Gunfire 24709 1971. 24722 McCord, Alga M. A Survey of the Services Avail: ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO able to the Speech and Hearing Handicapped in the State of Alabama. 1971. 24723 (Goodman School of Dramas McCurry, Claudia A. Professional Reading Pres- Masters Theses entationsinMobile,Alabama-1850-1870. Baldet, Jean Louis. Into the Tunnel That Has 24724 No Exit:Gas and the Modern Audience. McPherson,Louise M. Woman's Questfor M.F.A. 24710 Equality: The Communication of a Movement. Lieberman, Douglas. Probing Zero: Acting the 1971. 24725 Non-Logical Moment. M.F.A. 24711 Myers, Cheryl L. D. An Experimental Study to Schwander, John Reginald. Vocabulary in Plays Determine the Social Status of Some Elemen- for Children. M.F.A. 24712 tary School Children Who Stutter in Their 1Vokitsch, Frank E. Concepts in Technological Classroom Peer-Groups. 24726 Theatre. M.F.A. 24713 Nachman, Louise H. H. Structure and Effects of a Modified Encounter Approach in a Basic Speech Course at the College Level: A Case AUBURN UNIVERSITY Study. 1971. 24727 (Speech Communication) _Nicholf, Jennifer M. Auditory Training: A Masters Theses Manual to the Modular Auditory Training Allen, Margaret A. J. A Comparison of Video- Unit in Auburn University's Preschool Deaf and Hard of Hearing Education. 24728 tapeAssistedTherapywithTraditional Therapy in the Correction of Frontal Lisps.Powell, James L. The Construction of a Scale 1971. 24714 for Rating the Concept of Entertainment. Bentley, Luther D. III. A Critical Study of the 1971. 24729 Federal Communications Commission Career Schultz, Mary M. P. A Rhetorical Analysis of of Clifford Judkins Durr Emphasizing His Selected Speeches of Julia Strudwick Tutwiler. Support for the Public Interest as it Applies 1971. 24730 to Broadcasting. 24715 Welch, Kathy B. W. Comparisons of an Audio- Bricken, Nancy E. V. A Study of the Relation- Visual Method of Parent Counseling and the ships Among Sex, Impulse Control and Atti- InformalVerbal-AloneMethod of Parent of tude Change. 1971. 24716 Counseling withRespecttoAttitudes Parents Toward Their Child's Speech Evalu- Bruggink, Eric G. A. Programmed Text in De- ation, the Speech Clinic, and the Possibility bate Terminology. 24717 of Therapy for Their Child. 24731 Callahan, Margaret E. P. The Ammons andWindham, Robert A. Simple Reaction Time to Ammons Quick Test: A Normative Study of a Pure Tone Auditory Stimulusby Three Black Children in East Alabama. 24718 Croups of Normal Hearing Elementary School Coker, Carolyn S. R. The Collection of Norma- Age Children. 24732 tive Data on Five Year Old Children for the Assessment of Children's Language Compre- hension. 1971. 24719 BALL STATE UNIVERSITY Corner, Judith L. W. An Investigation of the (Speech) Efforts of Long-Term Institutional Placement on the Articulation Proficiency of TrainableMasters Theses Mongoloid and Non-Mongoloid Mentally Re- Friedley, Sheryl Ann. A Study of the Relation- tarded Children, 1971. 24720 ship between Critical Thinking Ability and Elliott, John A. III. An Experimental Investi- Grades in Public Speaking Classes. 24733 gation of the Subliminal Registration of ColorRitz, Susan. Influence of the Vowel Diagram to Reinforce Learning While Viewing a Mo- Size on the Intelligibility of Vowels. 24734 tional Picture Film. 24721 Valk, Cynthia. A Study of 12th Century Cos- Knight, Connie D. H. A Comparison of the tumes and Their Adaptation for a Stage Pro- Articulation and the Language Ability of duction of Macboth. 24735 Primary Students being Taught by the Initial Walker, H. Kenneth. The Scapegoat's Agony. Teaching Alphabet and the Primary Students 24736 210 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION BAYLOR UNIVERSITY Holderman, Sandra. A Study of Student Expec- (Oral Communication) tations Regarding Classroom Behavior of Col- lege Speech Teachers. 1971. 24754 Masters Theses Janesick, Gerald J. Design Problems Involved Brinegar, Lou. A Rhetorical Analysis of the in the Setting and Lighting of a Production Speaking of Lyndon Baines Johnson. 24737 of Rashomon by Fay and Michael Kanin. Hebert, Marilee. A Production and Production 1971. 24755 Book of James Goldman's The Lion in Win- Johnson, Virginia. A Production Study in Cos- ter. 24738 tume Design and Construction of Noel Cow- Fiction, Alecia Ann Sims. A Rhetorical Analysis ard's Private Lives. 24756 of Anti-War Protest. 24739 Kardux, Donald. A Production Study of Fay and Risenhoover, Carmel C. A Study of the, Use of Michael Kanin's Rashomon. 1971. 24757 Televisfon in Religion by Television Station Katz, Jon I. A Critical Analysis of the History, Directors in the United States. 24740 Role and Effectiveness of WFAL-AM. Carrier- Seely, John -N. The Critical Evaluation of Se- Current Radio at Bowling Green State Univer- lected Mays by Elmer Rice. 24741 sity. 24758 Koerper, Leslie R. The Effects of Self-Disclosure on Attitude Change and Ethos. 1971. 24759 BOWLING GREEN STATE UNIVERSITY Lenk, Valerie J. A. Production Study of A Dance (Speech) Drama on Videotape with Filmic Dance Se- Mater, Theses quences. 1971. 24760 Marsh, Brian. An Adaptation of Dostoevsky's Argetsinger, Gail B. Alice in Wonderland: A Notes From the Underground into Piayscript Project In Costume Design. 24742 Form. 1971. 24761 Argestsinger, GeraldS. The Correlation Be- Metting, Pamela. Averaged Evoked Response of tween Play Genre and Profitability of Select AphasicstoLinguisticandNon-linguisti-: Theatres as Determined Through the Analysis Stimuli. 24762 of Their Gross Receipts and Profits. 24743 Nientimp:. Janet. Proxemics in the Classroom. Attzenne, Delores P. The Place of the Epicheir- 24763 eme in Rhetorical Theory. 24744 Nolan, Mark J. The Use of Invention inSc-, Bell. Charles H, III. An Original Adaption and lected Speeches of Senator George S. McGov- Production Study of William Golding's Lord ern. 24764 of the Flies fin a Readers Theatre Produc-Ott, Carla C. A Study of Tyrone Guthrie's tion. 24745 Theoretical and Practical Approach to Greek Blades, Joseph. A Production Study of Harold Tragedy. 24765 Pinter's The Homecoming. 1971. 24746 Peppard, Robert C. Selected Acoustical Charac- Cowen, Catherine. The Drama of William But- teristicsofMale and FemaleEsophageal ler Yeats as a Proto-type of the Absurdist Speakers Successfully Identified by Sex. 24766 Drama Based on an Analysis of Five Plays. Polzin, Jeff L. The Professional Backgrounds 1971. 24747 Curran, MichaelF.Listeners'Perceptionof and Educational Status of Broadcasting Edu- the Severity of Selected Disfluency Form-Types cators. 24767 in Children. 24748 Post, Elsebeth. Four Important Themes of the Fogarty, Mary. A Rhetorical Study of Selected Stage Plays of Harold Pinter as Illustrated in Speeches of Representative Shirley A. Chis- Four Selected Scripts. 24768 holm. 24749 Reinert, Thomas D. Rigging a Medium-Sized, Foltz, Michael J. An Evaluation of Current Pub- University, Proscenium Theatre. 1971. 24769 licSchoolHearing Conservation Programs. Ruben Paul A. The Effect of Voluntary and 24750 Forced Theatre Attendance on Attitudes To- Graybill, Majorie B. An Analysis of Invention in ward thePlay,Who's Afraid ofVirginia Two Selected Speeches of Senator Edward W. Woolf?, Theatre in General, and New Forms of Brooke. 24751 Drama. 1970. 24770 Greer, Ronald. A Production Study of Jean- Russo, Joseph A. An Empirical Study of Brecht's Claude Grumberg's Tomorrow From Any Theory of Alienation: Empathy and Compre- . Window. 24752 hension. 24771 Hines, Donald E. Invention of Justice Hugo L.Sloman, Carol L. Micro-Momentary Facial Ex- Black in Selected Speeches and Court De- pressions and the Actor: An Investigation. cisions. 24753 24772 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 211 Spivey, Clayton E. The Effects of ProxemicsWedwick, Daryl M. United States and Britisn Upon Relaxation and Movement. 1971. 24773 Patents of Scenic and Illusionistic Devices and Trauth, Suzanne M. The Effects of Open and Effects: 1916-1970. 24791* Closed-Mindedness on Perception of Si triple Yerby, Janet. Female Leadership in Small Prob- and Complex Visual Stimuli. 24774 lem-Solving Groups: An Experimental Study. Vigneault, Ronald P. An Empirical Study of 24792. Brecht'sTheoryofAlienation:AttitudeYowell, Robert L. Pre-Production Analyses of Change. 24775 Selected Non-Realistic Plays of Gunter Grass Willett. Thomas P. CATV Local Origination in in their English Translations. 24793 Findlay, Ohio: An Historical and Descriptive Case Study. 24776 BRADLEY UNIVERSITY Doctoral Dissertations (Speech and Theatre Arts) Bennett, Homer D. A Rhetorical Study of the Masters Thesis Preaching of Dr. Clovis Gillham Chappell. 24777* Hunsaker, David M. Issue Actualization: Rhet- Di Salvo, Vincent S. A Multivariate Analysis orical Theory and Criticism. 24794 of Variance Investigation of theEffects of InformationProcessing Ability, Amount of CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE, Task Relevant Information and Group i- STANISLAUS mate on Group Behavior. 1971. 24778* Gardner, Greg H. Invention in the "One World" (Speech Communication) Addresses of Wendell Lewis Wilkie. 24779* Masters Thesis Kelly, Clifford W. A Multivariate Analysis ofStretter, Robert. Comparison of the Effectiveness Task, Structure, Transparency, and Interper- of Two Selected[r]Phoneme Programs. sonal Attraction in Small Groups. 24780* 24795 Levy, Sam. A Critical Study of Habima Plays as an Expression of Israeli Nationalism from 1948-1968. 24781* CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, Mabry, Edward A. A Test of the Phase Pattern CHICO Model for Small Task-Oriented Group Discus- (Speech-Drama-Dance) sions. 24782' Maffeo, Gilbert J. Jr. The Variable of ProxemicsMasters Theses in Audience Persuasion: A Multivariate Ex-Atkinson, Lynn D. The Oareer of Elia Kazan. perimental Study. 24783* 1971. 24796 Ramsey, Robert T. Jr. Interpersonal Values and Baxter, Linda J. The Phylogeny of Speech. 24797 Communication Behavior ina Commercial Erickson, Beverly J. Non Fluent Behavior of Television St:".4..ri:on. 24784* Nonstuttering Children. 24798 Ratliff, Sandra S. Averaged Encephalic ResponseGay, Janice A. An Original Script for Readers toLinguisticandNonlinguisticAuditory Theatre: "Pardon, But Your Generation Gap Stimuli. 24785* is Showing." 1971. 24799 Rubin, Gary N. A Naturalistic Study in Prox- Harvey, Dorothy L. Is Cued Speech the Answer emics: Seating Arrangement and its Effect on to Teachng the Hearing Impaired During Interaction, Performance, and Behavior. Their Formative Years? 24800 24786' Scanio, Tom S. Absence of the Copula in the Hendrickson, Donellda L. Implementations of a SpeechCorrection and Language Develop- Verbalizations of Mentally Retarded Children ment Program Within the Boundaries of the and Grammatical Implications. 24787* Scott, John S. The Blacl Spirit: A Trilogy of School Curriculum. 1971. 24801 Original Plays and A Treatise on the Dra- Itoh, Motonobu. The Relationship Between Dif- matic Theory of Contemporary Black Drama. ficulty in Auditory Perception and Articula- 24788 tion Disorders Among the Mentally Retarded. Underwood, Willard A. The Rhetoric of Black 24802 Orators: Perspectives for Contemporary Anal- Lambert, Marilyn E. A Guidebook for the Un- ysis. 24789* derstanding, Evaluation and Remediation of Ware, Paul D. Heckling as Distraction: An Ex- the Child with Aphasia. 24803 perimental StudyofitsEffects on Source Loaiza, Nelson H. "The Priest and the Convict" Credibility. 24790 An Experimental Play. 1971. 24804 212 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION McMillan, Gerald T. Peter Marshall: A-Gifted CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, Speaker. 24805 LONG BEACH Sweet, Kenneth F. Ethos as a Factor in Selected (Speech Communication) Campaign Speeches of Richard Nixon 1960 and 1968. 24806 Masters Theses Thomas, Laura L. A Comparison of the MobilityBergreen, Gary S. A Descriptive Analysis of Rates of the Speech Defective Population in BlackamericanRhetoricintheTwentieth the Public Schools of Butte County, Cali- Century. 24819 fornia,forthe School Year 1967-68.1971. Sanders, Joseph R. Aristotle and Kierkegaard: 24807 A Comparative Analysis of the Effects of the Walker, Sharon N. Murder in the Cathedral: A Epistemological Presuppositions ofAristotle Production Thesis. 1971. 24808 and Kierkegaard Upon Their Concepts of Communication. 24820

CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, (Theatre Arts) FRESNO (Communicative Disorders) Masters Theses Baker, Allen D. An Analysis of the Development Masters Theses of the Character J.B. in J.B. 24821 Amend, Gay lee M. Your Child's First Visit to a Boiko, Karen. The High Comic Mode: A Com- Speech & Hearing Clinic. 24809 parison of Selected Plays by Philip Barry and flanoian, Sharon D. A Case Study of the Effects S. N. Behrman. 24822 of Programmed Conditioning in English on Burnett, Leonard. An Overview of Restoration Eleven Bilingual Filipino Adults. 24810 Comedy. 24823 Jones. Roger R. A Study of the Embryological Burnett, Ronald. A Production of Sean O'Casey's Development of the Ear. 24811 Shadow of a Gunman. 24824 Griffin, Evelyn L. A Production of Alan Cullen's Nilmeier, Robert C. A Short Screening Test for King Patch and Mr. Simpkins. 24825 Identification of Expressing Syntactic Prob- Kebre, Sander. April, Come She Will. 24826 lems of Kindergarten Children. 24812 King,- Dennis. An Analysis of the Development . of the Character of Nickles in J.B. 24827 (Radio-TelevisionCinema) Kulp, Laurence R. An Analysis of the Character, Masters Theses Mastei of Ceremonies, in Cabaret. 24828 Long, James. Scapegoat: A Play in Three Acts. Beltram, Thomas W. Broadcast Journalism and the Newsman's Privilege. 24813 24829 Ostroff, David H. Television and Local Elec- Mich!, Keith. An Analysis of the Development tions: A Diseriptive Study of Selected 1970 of the Character Lopahin in The Cherry Or- Fresno County, California, Campaigns. 24814 chard. 24830 Reynolds, Lani. Design and Execution of the Costumes for Hay Fever. 24831 CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, Roxby, Kathleen. A Survey of Drama Programs FULLERTON in California Colleges as Related to Their (Theatre) Respective Communities. 24832 Masters Theses Sawyer, Gerald. Creative Dramatics: An Experi- CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, mental Study to Improve the Reading Skills NORTHRIDGE oftheEducationallyHandicappedChild. (Drama) 24815 Masters Theses Vickerman, Sarah E. He Who Killed A Deer. A Play for Children in Three Acts with Supple- Abramovitch, Rafael. The Israeli Theatre of the Sixties. 24833 mentary Notes. 24816 Cooper, Carolyn. The Greek Mask: Its Origin Welch, Donald G. Production Analysis of Wil- and Function. 24834 liam Motter Inge's Come Back, Little Sheba. 24817 (Speech Communication) Welch, Ronald D. An Analysis of Three Comic Elements Found in the Major Works of Kauf- Masters Thesis man and Hart. 24818 Chase, Lawrence J. The Effects of Differential GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 213 Linguistic Patterns in Messages Attempting CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, to Induce Resistance to Persuasion. 24835 SAN FRANCISCO (Speech Communication) CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, Masters Theses SAN DIEGO Droge, David A. A Dranlatistic Theory of In- (Speech Communication) terpersonal Relations. 24853 Durrett, Denise D. The Role of Vice President Masters Theses Spiro T. Agnew with Particular Emphasis Owens, Burton. Rhetoric and the French Revo- on the 1970 Campaign. 24854 lution. 24836 Tucker, Eleanor H. Parent-Child. Communica- Elliott.Michael R.Self-Perception and Self- tion: An Analysis. 24837 Prediction. 24855 Hamilton, Irwin C. The Introduction of F-310: A Study of an Advertising Program. 24856 (Speech Pathology and Audiology) Jenkins, Mercilee M. The Effect of Fantasy on Masters Theses Interpersonal Communication. 24857 Blair, Georgia W. Two Therapeutic Approaches Piha, Josef C. Communicative Behavior Under to Hypernasality. 24838_ Stress: Observations of Policemen Mediating Campbell, Sherry C. Meaningfulness Strength in Family Disputes, 24858 Primary and Secondary languages: ChicanoSantoro, Armand J. Appearance and Its Effect Bilinguals.- 24839 on Self Image. 24859 Carlson, Lynette C. Oral Stereognostic Differ-Sweatt, Gary W. Chevreurs Pendulum: The encesbetweenFirst-GradeChildrenwith True or False Test. 24860 Tongue Thrust and Normal Swallow. 24840 Emlen, Mary I. The Assessment of Receptive Language Skills using Operant Conditioning; CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, Mentally Retarded Children. 24841 SAN JOSE Fink, Arthur A. Phonation Time. Differentials (Drama) for Clinical Speech Groups. 24842 Masters Theses Harper. Mary J. Distributional Effects on Verbal Beagle, Thomas A. The Development of David Transformations of Two-Word Strings. 24843 Belasco's Stage Lighting Techniques. 24861 Hill, Edeen L. Diadochokinetic Rates and Artic- Benoit. Allen D. A Director's Record of A Pro- ulation of Alleged Narcotics Users and Con- duction of Sandy Wilson's The Boy Friend. trols. 24844 24862 Horning, JudithK. The Effectsof Age on Brown, Opal J. An Investigation and Study of Dichotic Listening. 24845 the Costumes for The Great White Hope by Mills, Jane L. Effects of Classroom Expansion Howard Sacklcr. 24863 on the Language of Trainable Mentally Re- Garcia, H. Bert. A Director's Analysis, Produc- tarded Children. 24846 tion Concept, and Annotated Prompt Book Myers, Sharon L. A Comparative Analysis of for John Steinbeck's Of Mice And Men. 24864 Vowel Duration in Black Dialect and StandardGibson, Albert L. Lighting Designs for Kopit's English. 24847 Indians and Ibsen's Hedda Gabler. 24865 Phillips, Penelope V. A Comparison of Aged Dysphasic and AgedSenileLanguage Re- Hanreddy, Janet L. The Design and Execution sponses. 24848 of the Costumes for The Taming of the Shrew. Rasmussen, Louise A. The Role of Bone Con- 24866 duction in Self-Perception of Voice. 24849 Hoffman, Karon A. A Director's Analysis, Inter- Swanson, Teri J. Responses of Speech Patholo- pretation, and Annotated Prompt Book for gists and Speech Pathologists-In-Training to Henrik Ibsen's A Doll House. 24867 the Edwards Personal Preference Schedule.Lindheim, Jean A. A Director's Study and An- 24850 notated Promptbook for The Birthday Party Teixeira, Lois A. Oral Stereognostic Differences by Harold Pinter, 24868 between Apraxics, Dysarthrics, Aphasics andLong, Carol L, The Historical Background and Normals. 24851 a Director's Analysis and Annotated Prompt- Underdahl, Kevin C. Training Short-Term Mem- Book for Maxwell Anderson's Mary of Scot- ory: Mentally Retarded Children. 24852 land. 24869 214 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Moe, Kathleen A. The Role of the Chorus in CENTRAL MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY Selected American Musical Plays From 1950 (Speech and Dramatic Arts) to 1969. 24870 Masters Theses (Speech Communication) Black, Nancy J. Articulation Defects and Func- tion of Auditory Discrimination and Memory Masters Theses Span. 1970. 24887 Bostick, Allen J. An Investigation of George Buchholz, Steven W. The Rhetoric of Malcolm Campbell's Seven Circumstances of the Pas- Boyd. 1971. 24888 sions and Their Influence onPersuasion. Capo, Larry G. "Only Dead People Don't Cry," 24871 A Creative Thesis (Chamber Theatre Produc- Chang, Chien-tch. An Analysis of the Imperial tion on E. E. Cummings). 24889 Chinese Remonstrance System and Its Rhe- Clevenger, Joanne P. The Modified Rhyme Test: torical Theory. 24872 A New Clinical Approach in Testing Speech Desmond, Roger. Talmudic Logic. 24873 Discrimination. 248'0 Echternacht, Gail. An Examination of the Rhet- Coan, William M. An Examination of the Basic oric in the Direct and Indirect Discourse of Frequency Response Characteristics of Tran- Simone de Beauvior. 24874 sistorized Hearing Aids Relative tb Manufac- Herman, Brian. CommunicatiOn and Community turer'sSpecifications,Intra-AidModel and Action Programs: A Preliminary Design. 24875 Sintered Filter Reliability. 1971. 24891 Hocking, John E. The Effects of Sequentially Furland, Delores. J. A Study of the Effect of an Varied Observable Audience Response. 24876 In-Service Training 'Program on the Ability Margreiter, Duane G. An Experimental Study of a Group of Classroom Teachers to Recog- of the Effects of Observable Audience Re- nize Voice Disorders. 24892 sponse on. Attitude Change and Source Credi- Grimm, Darryl M. An Investigation of the Use- bility in Dyads and Triads. 24877 fulnes of the Threshold of Octave Masking Messina, Basil J. An Analytical and Compara- Test in Diagnosing Cochlear Lesions.1971. tive Study of the "Sublime" in the Rhetorics 24893 of Selected Eighteenth Centur). English Rhe- flondorp, Gyl J. The Relationship Between De- toricians. 24878 gree of Articulation Problems and Degree of Miller, John E. An Empirical Study of theRe- Syntactical Delay as Measured by the North. lationshipof Teacher Communication Pat- western Syntax Screening Test Within First terns to Student Failore: An Interaction Anal- Grade Speech Defective Children. 1970. 24894 ysis. 24879 Konkle, Dan F. A Comparison of Custom Made Poulakos, John. Toward an Existential Theory and Stock Earmolds in the Routine Hearing Of Dialogue. 24880 Aid Evaluation. 1971. 24895 Taylor, Stephen R. An Investigation of the Ef- McCatiliff, Mary Lou. A Descriptive Study of a fectsofRace, Socio-Economic" Levels, and Speaker's Response to Perceived Informative Language on Message Comprehension. 24881 Feedback. 1971. 24896 Mollema, Wallace A. Jr. An Experimental Study CASE WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY of the Effects of Monopitch on Listening Com- (Speech Communication) prehension. 1970. 24897 Raiiville, Michael W. The Kennedy Dynasty:. A Doctoral Dissertations Case Study of the Rhetoric of Association and Aram, Dorothy M. Developmental Language Dis- Perpetuation. 24898 orders: Patterns of Language Behavior. 24882 Rickert, William E. A. Survey and Synthesis of Baker, William F. Power and Decision-Making Precepts for the Oral Interpretation of the in American Television. 24883 Bible. 1971. 24900 Bruening, Robert A. Perceived Nasality asa Rittersdorf, Gerald L. A Study of the Social and Function of Several Variables. 24884 Vocational Acceptability of Stuttering Speak- Cook, Darrell R. The Effect of Reinforcement ers Compared to Normg1 Speakers, as Rated Loss on Speech Disfluency in Young Children. by Members ofBusiness andProfessional 24885* Groups. 1970. 24901 Dye, Scott A. An Analysis of Selected InitialSchaiberger, George L. Jr. The Evaluation of a Newspaper Reports of Six Isolationist Speeches Noise-Induced Temporary Threshold Shift on by Charles A. Lindbergh. 24886* Voice Intensity and Reading Rate. 1971. 24902 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 215 Schwartz. Daniel M. The Usefulness of the COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY W.I.P.1.ADiscriminationTestforPre- (Speech and Theatre Arts) School Children. 1971. 24903 Slominski, Thomas J. Variables Related to the Masters Theses Ability to Self-Monitor Articulation. 24904 Brooks. Linda I. The 196270 Debate Between Stanford. Monty C. An Experimental Study of Vice-President Agnew and the Commercial Modality Effects in Attitude Research. 1971. Television Networks. 24919 24905 Donegan, Billie D. An Historical Analysis of l'reeman. Bertha J. "Dragons Live Forever": Theatre Audiences in Cripple Creek, Colorado, The Writing and Production of an Original from 1897-1907. 24920 Play. 24906 Dons, Darlene M. Analysis of the Haynsworth Winckler. James L. Charisma: An Empirical Debate. 24921 ExpliCation. 1971. 24907 NItalivic, Joel L. The Civil Rights Debate at the Winfrey, Mary C. International Student Adjust. 1948 Democratic Convention. 24922 ment at an American University: The Rela- tionship Among Language Background, Com- Rietveld,Richard D.Moliere'sThe Misan- municationPatterns,andSocialAttitudes. thrope: A Production Record. 24923 24908 Rimsay, Linda L. A Labanotation Analysis of Gesture. 24924 Rosenkranz, Fred A. An Analysis of the Con- CENTRAL MISSOURI STATE UNIVERSITY t,roversy Concerning "The Selling of the Pen- (Communication) tagon." 24925 Masters Theses Shaw, Marion H. Aristotle and Hobbes on the Passions. 24926 Ackley. Dennis R. A Comparison of Television Woertendyke, Guy D. And in the Confusion We Camera Viewpoints and Their Effect on In- Fired. 24927 structional Information Retention. 24909 Wolfe, EllenL, Slow Dance on the Killing Curry. Lawrence F. A Scenic Design Project of Ground. 24928 Ben Johnson's Po:Pone. 24910 Freedman, Martin N. An Experimental Study of the Effects of Message Pitch and Evaluative C. W. POST COLLEGE, LONG ISLAND Meaning on Listener's Recall. 24911 UNIVERSITY NIarchbanks, Linda L. An Annotated Bibliog- (Speech) raphy of Recommended Journalism Textbooks for the Secondary School Program. 24912 Masters Theses Nriedler, Howard J. The Emergence of Com- Goldwyn, Judith S. Eleanor Roosevelt's Concern munity Antenna Television Regulation. 24913 for Youth as Illustrated Through Selected Morse, Ben W. An Experimental Study on th. Speeches. 24929 Reduction of Speech Anxiety Through In- Huber Eugene R. Spiro Theodore Agnew, the duced Tension and Relaxation. 24914 Making of a Household Word: a Rhetorical Analysis of Selected Speeches Relating to the (Speech Pathology and Audiology) First Amendment. 1971. 24930 Master Thesis Isaacs, Mildred H. A Study of Arthur N. Krug- Huddleston. Ronald L. A Method To Identify er's Treatment of the Concepts of Inherency Probable High Risk Phonic Reading Problem and Comparative Advantage. 24931 Children. Specialist Degree. 24915 Stovall, Richard L. An Investigationof the Criteria Used in Selecting Argumentation and Debate Textbooks. 1969. 24932 CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK (Theatre) EASTERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY Doctoral Dissertations (Speech Communication) Asermely, Albert A. Daly's Initial Decade in the American Theatre, 1860-1869. 24916 Masters Theses Levitt. Harold.- Comedy in the Plays of EugeneBlock, Joseph Earl. A Comparative Analysis of O'Neill. 24917* the Keynote Speeches of the Democratic and Weingarten, Aaron. Chekhov and the American Republican National Nominating ....::,artventions Director. 24918 of 1968. 1970. 24933 216 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Bruneau, Daniel G. A Descriptive Analysis of Churches: A Rhetorical Analysis. 1968. 24953 Selected Textbooks in Public Speaking Re-Sarver, Judy. A Critical Analysis of the Sermon vealingPrinciples ofEffectiveInformative Delivered by Chaplain Harry C.. Wood on De- Speaking. 24934 cember 14, 1941. 24954 Cordon, Ray. Small Group Stress. 24935 Shadwell, Delvenia Wallace. A Rhetorical Anal- Cromwell, Betty Jane. A Critical Analysis of ysis of Jane Addams' Speech of July 9, 1915. Charles H. Percy's Speech to the City Club 1961. 24955 of Chicago on October 10, 1966. 1967. 24936 Shoen, Richard L. A Field Study of Adaption Fischer, Raymond L. Six Major Problems of of Conventional Persuasive Techniques by Teaching Speech in High School. 1956. 24937 Life Insurance Agents. 1970. 24956 Geurin, Peggy Lee. Comparisons of Teacher Ef- Steinmetz, Stephen. The Effects of Ego-Involve- fectiveness and Speaker Ability from Expert, ment and Fear Appeals Upon Task Perform- Supervisors, Student Teachers and Student ance: 1969. 24957 Ratings. 1967. 24938 Stephenson, Ronald 1..ynn. A Comparison of Glosser, Holly. The Evolution of George Ber- Two Methods of Student Evaluation via Video nard Shaw's Female Characters. 1965. 24939 Humphrey, Kathleen A. An Empirical Study of Tape in a Fundamentals of Speech Program. Measured Closemindidness and Intension As 1971. 24958 Exhibited Through the Responses toPer- Sutter, Ed. An Experimental Study of the Effect of Long Hair Worn by Males upon Immediate ceived Images. 1971. 24940 Hutton, Marjorie T. A Rhetorical Analysis of Recall in the Classroom Situation. 24959 John F. Kennedy's "Inaugural Address" ofTucker, William J. Adapting Period Plays to January 20, 1961. 1967. 24941 Modern Staging, Using Platforms and Step Jones, Jeanne F. A Rhetorical Analysis of Am- Units. 1962. 24960 bassador Adlai E. Stevenson's United Nations Wallace, Barbara Van Ault. A Study of the Speech of October 23, 1962, During the Cuban Simplicity of Language inSelectCd Public Missile Crisis. 24942 Addresses of Abraham Lincoln. 1960. 24961 Kent, Gary W. Antislavery and Disunion: An Analysis of Arguments in Selected Speaking Events in Coles County, Illinois From 1847 to EASTERN MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY 1863. 1971. 24943 (Speech and Dramatic Arts) Keyser, Cher ly Kaye. An Analysis of the War Masters Theses andPeacePositionofSenator Edmund Muskie. 1971. 24944 Luebke, Dale. A Long Term Study of the Com- Kirchner. Harry Franklin. Integration of Speech parative Academic Success and Attitude of Be- With Other Subjects in High School Class- low Average Reading Students Having Taken rooms. 1956. 24945 an Elective Ninth Grade Speech Course. 24962 Kirkham, James Donald. History and Criticism Myers, Jeanette. The Dramatic and/or The- of the Tragic Hero. 1963. 24946 atrical Functions of Songs Sung by Boy Actors Koertge, Douglas J. How Do I Love Thee: Mo- in the Plays of Shakespeare. 24963 dus Operandi. 1965. 24947 Martin, Carol Jean. A Rhetorical Analysis of Franklin Delano Roosevelt's "First Inaugural FLORIDA STATE UNIVERSITY Audress" March 4, 1933. 1967. 24948 (Habilitative Sciences) Martin, Ronald George. A Rhetorical Analysis Doctoral Dissertations of Selected Speeches for Special Occassions. Gonzalez. Joseph F. A Comparative Study of the 1965. 24949 Pulliam. Charles R. A Plan for Teachinc, Listen- SpontaneousConnected andOrallyRead ing at Benjamin Franklin Junior High School Speech of a Selected Group of Black and Springfield, Illinois. 1961. 24950 White Children with Normal and Defective Rang, Mary Ruth. A Comparative Analysis of Articulation. 24964 SelectedEulogies:United StatesPresidents McCune, Ben C. A Contrastive Study of the Who Died in Office, 1900-1970. 1971. 24951 Phonologic and Syntactic Behavior inthe Rolinski, Charles F. A Rhetorical Biography of Spontaneous Speech of a Selected Group of Lady Astor in Parliament. 1970. 24952 Black and White Children. 24965 Rosebraugh. Robert D. Dr. Paul Arthur Wash-Roeser, Ross. The Effects of Intensity and Sen- burn's Speaking on the Union of the Evan- sorineural Hearing Loss on Two Dichotic gelical UnitedBrethrenandMethodist Listening Tests. 24966 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 217 Sellers, Daniel Emory. Training Hearing Im- tion of Peter Weiss' The Persecution and paired Children in Auditory Discrimination Assassination of Jean-Paul Marat as Performed Pitch: A Comparison of Two Approaches. by the Inmates of the Asylum of Charenton 24967 Under the Marquis De Sade. 24978 Yoss, Kathe A. Development Apraxia of Speech Laspisa. Barbara Duncan. Evaluation and Anal- inChildrenwithDefectiveArticulation. ysis of Acting in Selected Roles. 24979 24968 Phillips, Wayne A. Scene and Lighting Design for the Play, The King is Dead. 24980 (Theatre) Doctoral Dissertations HERBERT H. LEHMAN COLLEGE, CITY Allison, Ralph R. A Descriptive Analysis of UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK Great Britain's Dual National Theatre: The National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare (Speech and Theatre) Company, 1960-1970. 24969 Masters Thesis Bracewell, Jr. John. A Study of the ProblemsLangholtz, Leo. An Evaluation by Lehman of Establishing Training for the Sound Spe- College Student Teacher Public School Speech cialist in College and University Theatre De- Clinicians of their Undergraduate Profession- partments. 1971. 24970 al Preparation. 24981 Cook, Thomas P.Dimension:Principlesfor Staging in Open Space Using Three-Dimen- sional Form as Demonstrated by Theatrein- HOFSTRA UNIVERSITY the-Round. 1971. 24971 (Speech Arts and Science) Elvgren. Gillette A. Jr. The Evolution of a Theatrical Style: A Study of the Interrelation- Masters Theses ship of Select Regional Playwrights the -Di- Glazer, Elaine. A Study to Determine the Cor- rector, the Community. and the Round Stage relation Existing Between the Illinois Test attheVictoriaTheatre,Stokeon-Trent. of Psycho linguistic Abilities and the Utah 24972 Test of Language Development When Both Herr, Judith L. A Philosophy of Theatricality: Tests Are Administered to a Cerebral Palsy A Phenomenological Description of the Aes- Population. 24982 thetic Structures in the Arts of Performance.Pomerantz, Vivian A. A Study to Determine 1971. 24973 The Correlations Existing tewteen the Illi- Jeffries. Harvey E. The Necessary Role of the nois Test of Psycho linguistic Abilities and College and the University in the Develop- theUtah Test of Language Development ment of the Secondary School Drama Program and theFlowers-Costello Tests of Central inFlorida: A Survey and Analysis of the Auditory Abilities. 24983 Needs of the Florida Secondary Schools, and an Examination of the Role of the College and University in die Programs of the Sec- HUNTER COLLEGE, CITY UNIVERSITY ondary Schools in Selected States. 1971. 24974 OF NEW YORK Robertson, Warren. The Theatre as a Vehicle (Communications) for Community Action. 24975 Whaley. FrankL.Jr. A Descriptive Com- Alasiers Theses pendium ofSelectedHistoricalAccessories Barzelay, Eija M. L. Concepts of Communication Commonly Used as Stage Properties. 24976. Breakdown and Communication in Current Williams. Luther E. Shakespeare and the Mod- Literature. 24984 ernDirector: An Examination ofSelected Savary. Suzanne M. An Analysis of 15-second Productions of the Royal Shakespeare Com- Micro-segments of Spontaneous and Connected pany, 1960-1971. 1971. 24977 Speech of Two Speakers of Black Dialect and Two Speakers of Standard American English. 24985 FORT HAYS KANSAS STATE COLLEGE (Speech) (Theatre and Cinema) Masters Theses Masters Theses Grusing, Lavon Evelyn. The Development of theBynum, RichardCary. "A Late Rain;" An Designs and Construction of Costumes for Original Full-Length Play with an Introduc- the Fort Hays 'Kansas State College Produc- tory Essay. 24986 218 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Byron, Alex. "I Can's Go On Without You,Garner. Patrick. The Effects of Invasion of Minna Maudelbaum:" An Original Play with Personal Space on Interpersonal Communica- an Introductory Essay. 24987 tion. 25004 Esterhazy.Ariadne.TranslationofAnton Guthrie, Marion. The Effects of Initial Credi- Chekoy's The Sea Gull. 24988 bility, Metaphor and Lattilage Intensity on Feingold, Lester. Production book of Anottilh's Comprehension, Attitude, and Terminal Cred- Antigone. 24989 ibility. 25005 Rachelle, Bernard. The Habimah on Tour in Hamilton, Paul R. The Effects of Risky-Shift the United States. 24990 Phenomena on Disclosure and Interaction in the Small Group Setting. 25006 Sasanoff, Rose. "Lord of the Law:" An Original Heston, Judee. Effects of Anomia and Personal Play with an Introductory Essay. 84991 Space Invasion on Anxiety. Source Credibility, Ser len, Bruce. "Grocery, Cackle" and "Play Ball:" Interaction and Nonperson Orientation. 25007 Three Non-realistic Plays Studying the Anted- Jensen, Thomas. InteractionEffects of Source can Scene Together with an Introductory Essay. Credibility, Fear Appeals, and Evidence on 24992 Immediate and Lmg Term Attitude Change. Si lin. Shu-Ching. "When the Cow Bell Rings:" 25008 An Original Play with an Introductory Essay.Martin. Dennis C. Credibility, Attitude Change. 24993 and Encoding Behavior in an Interpersonal Taranto. Marcia. The Einergence of Dance as a Communication Setting. 25009 Dramatic Means of Communication in theMcNally, Terry. The Effects of Marijuana on Theatre. 24994 Attitude Change. 25010 Moore, Dennis L. The Effects of Systematic Desensitizationon Communicatiin Anxiety, IDAHO STATE UNIVERSITY Self-Esteem,Extraversion, and Neuroticism (Speech Pathology and Audiology) in an Aged Population. 25011 Masters Theses Quiggins, James G. The Effects of High and Low Communication Apprehension on Small Burks, Gregg L. A Study of the Relationship Group Member Credibility. Interpersonal At- of Palatal Pharyngeal Closure and Perceived traction, and Interaction. 25012 Nasality in Cleft Palate Children. 24995 Ransaw, Patricia. Effects of Race and Sex of Hand, Emily A. Counseling Programs for Fam- Source and Receiver upon Credibility. 25013 ilies of Aphasia Patients. 24996 RoFegrant, Teresa. The Relationship of Race McAnulty, Russell L Experimental Study of and Sex to the Effect of Proxemic Behavior Evaluative Measures in Therapy Using Dis- on Source Credibility. 25014 tinctive Feautre Analysis. 24997 Sorenson, Gail A. The Use of Cattell's 16PF hi McGee, Karen A. Reliability and Validity Stud- Predicting the Interaction Behavior in Small iesontheI.T.P.A. withAdult Aphasics. Groups. 25015 24998 Sullivan, Jean K. The Nature of Apathy and Throckmorton, Verl J. Temporary Threshold Neutrality Among HighSchoolStudents. Sensitivity as Influenced by Two Parameters 25016 of the Pinna. 24999 Todd, William R. Effects of Credibility, Fear Appeals, and Opinionated Language on Atti- tude and Credibility Change. 25017 ILLINOIS STATE UNIVERSITY (Speech Communication) INDIANA UNIVERSITY Masteres Theses (Radio and Television) Anderson, Peter A. Credibility and Learning. 25000 Masters Theses Chadwick, Frank. Geographic Bias in the Judg-Farrell, Alish R. "The Song of Solomon": Pro- ing of Intercollegiate Academic Debate. 25001 duction and Analysis of a Non-Linear Tele- Chilberg, Joseph. The Effects of Camera Angle vision Film. 25018 on Source Credibility. 25002 Ferguson, Stewart. Writing and Production for Daley, Joyce. The Effects of Environment and Radio of Six Narrative Scripts. 25019 Leadership Conditions on the Verbal Fluency, Hoffman, Barbara Sue. The Public As An Initia- Interaction Behavior, and Member Satisfac- tor of Change in Broadcast Policy: The Pe- tion in Small Groups. 25003 tition to Deny (1969-1970). 25020 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 219 Owen. John W. A Candidate's Rationale for the Kunde, Arnold J. A Structural Analysis of Selection of Mass Media in a Congressional Douglas William Jerrold's Melodramas. 25040 Primary Campaign. 25021 Mackie, Craven W. The Evolution of the Long Roussou, Nayia C. Children's Appreciation of Run in the Theatres of London 1800.1870. Aggressive Contents in Televised Cartoons. 25041 25022 Naidoo, Mut hal. N. P. Van Wyk Louw and D. J. Opperman: Afrikaans Verse Dramatists of (Theatie and Drama) South Africa. 25042 Masters Theses Apter, .Andrew. A Project in Directing William KANSAS STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE Shakespeare's As You Like It. 25023 (Speech) Bendel. Kenneth M. Multiscreen Concepts in Masters Theses Theatre Production. 25024 Berglund, Charles A. A Project in the DesignBeers, Larry. A Project Report for The Night and the Execution of the Stage Lighting For Thoreau Spent in Jail. 25043 a Production of Robert Bolt's The ThwartingCollins, Eddie. A Flea in Her Ear: A Scene De- of Baron Bolligrew. 25025 sign Project. 1971. 25044 Bin Nasaruddin. Mohammad G. Religion andKroeker, Sally B. A Creative Project Paper for the Shadow Theatre of Malaysia and Indef. "Free The People," A Program Presenting A Look At The Sixties, 25045 nesia. 25026 Larson. Stephen J. Hotel Paradiso: A Creative Brown, Pamela A. A Project in Design and Ex- Scene Design Project. 25046 ecution of Costumes for aProductionof Jean-Baptiste Moliere's The School For Wives.McDonald, Betty. F. L. GilsonFirst Chairman of The Speech Department at Kansas State 25027 Courtadc, Anthony E. Spectrophotometric Com- Teachers College 1913-1946. 25047 parisons of the Effects of Stage Lighting on Mrasek,BryonMax. Dutchman: A Scene Newly Developed Expendable Color Media. Design Project. 1971. 25048 Royce. Mary K. Daniel O'Connell's Development 25028 Deter, Daniel. A Project in Directing George of Cohesiveness Within The Catholic Associ- ation. 25049 Buchner's Woy :eck. 25029 Englebretsen, Isabel A. Analysis and Perform- Weaver, Arden W. A Design for She Stoops to ance of the Role of Albertine Prine in Lillian Conquer.. 25050 Hellman's Toys In The Attic. 25030 Whaley. Paul W. Costume Design for Emperors New Clothes. 25051 Haltresht,Michael.Psychosexual Immaturity, Hostility, and DepressioninthePlays of George Henry Boker, William Inge, and John KANSAS STATE UNIVERSITY Osborne. 25031 (Speech) Kuritz,Paul. A ProjectinDirecting Henrik Ibsen's Ha Ida Gabler, 25032 Masters Theses O'Reilly, William T. An Interpretive AnalysisAtkins. Martha A. A Rhetorical Analysis of the of John Osborne's Look Back In Anger. 25033 OfficiallyApproved ModernRevolutionary Shattuck, Susan E. Nikolais' Kinetic Theatre: A Chinese Dramas. 25052 Study. of Theory and Practice. 25034 Cannon, Susan C. Speech of Trained and Un- Stroud. Olive. Ed Bit ',ins' Revolutionary The- trained Adults Assembled with High and Low atre Movement. 25035 Linguistic Level Normal Children. 25053 Waltz. Michael. A Study of Thought in Selected Chen, Kwan-Ting Christine. A Transformational Drama of Jean Anouilh. 25036 Generative Approach to Mandarin Embedded Sentences and Subordinated Sentences. 25054 Riedl, Martha J. Speech of Mothers and Nursery Doctoral Dissertations School Teachers Assembled with High and Collins, Thomas P. The Dramatic Art of Prosper Low Linguistic Level Normal Children. 25055 Jolyot de Crcbillon: A Structural Analysis ofSchram lt, Trudy Ann M. Linguistic Analysis of His Tragedies. 25037 Children's Speech: A Comparison of Four Gaines. Ruben A. The Dramatic Universe of Procedures. 25056 Philip Barry. 25038 Trennepohl, Brian. Some Phonological Problems Klein. A. Owen Jr. Theatre Royal, Montreal, in Teaching English to Speakers of Tswana. 1825.1844. 25039 25057 220 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Volk land. Beverly. Operant Audiometry withthe Schoettler, Eugenia V. The History and Develop- Hard of Hearing Child. 25058 ment of Kent State University Theatre to 1953-54. 25075 Stoioff. Madonna M. The Effects of Varied Lis- KEARNEY STATE COLLEGE tening Conditions on the Verbal Recognition (School of Fine Arts and Humanities) Performance of Adult Aphasia. 25076 Masters Theses Tenet.. Carolyn J. Thematic Content and Cri- Bachman, Glen. A Rhetorical Dimension in tical Reception to .Langston Hughes' Plays. Comunication as Revealed by Calvin T. Ryan. 25077 1971. 25059 West. Terri L. The Influence of Aphasia on the Long, Keith L. Jr. Frank Carlson: A Rhetorical Pe:formance of Tasks of Recognition and Re- Analysis of the Man, the Representative, the call. 25078 Governor, and the Senator, 1971. 25060 Doctoral Dissertations KENT STATE UNIVERSITY Cassady, Marshall G. History of Professional (Speech) Theatre in Salem, Ohio 1847-1894. 25079 Cha, Bae K. Cognitive Consistency and the Masters Theses Toulmin Model of Argument: A Search for Brinain, Michael J. Producing and Directing the Foundations of Reasoned Discourse, 25080 Lawrence & Lee's The Night Thoreau Spent Falcione. Raymond L. A Correlational Analysis in Jail. 25061 of Communication Variables and Satisfaction Brock, Margaret A. A History of the Develop- with Immediate Supervision in a Large In- ment of the Kent State University Theatre dustrial Organization. 25081 from 1964-1970. 25062 Hartley. Harold V. Jr. Thresholds for Short Chittick, Cheryl L. The Effects of Varying De. Increments of Intensity. 25082 grecs of Induced Hearing Losses on Receptive Vocabulary Learning. 25063 Hossalla, Richard J. Henry E. Abbey; Commer- Dorricott, Jack W. The Courtmartial of Captain cial Manager: A Study of Producing Manage- Howard B. Levy: An Investigation of the In- ment in the Theatre of the Late Nineteenth terpersonal Dimension. 15064 Century (1870-1900). 25083' Fetzer, Ronald C. The Advantages of CostumeHowe, Roger J. An Investigation into the Rhe- Rentals for High School Theatres. 25065 torical Variables of Meaning, Receivers, and Glaser, Robert G. Jr. The Effects of Altered Strategies of the Death of God Theologians Visual Acuity on Speechreading Performance. and the Relationship Between Understanding, 25066 Acceptance, and Orthodoxy of Selected Clergy Grimmctt, Robin A. The Relationship Between and Parishioners. 25084 Frequency of Horizontal Communication and !Winer, Edward A. The Rhetorical Structure Shared Organizational Goals. 25067 of the Movement from Isolationism to Inter- Kelley, Robert L. Effects of Role-Taking Be- ventionism: The "Crisis Period," March 11, havior Upon Speech Persuasiveness. 25068 1941 to December 8, 1941. 25085' Khoury, Danny T. Helping with the Thunder: Woyzeck on Stage. 25069 Marsico, James T. An Experimental Production LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY, of Hedda Gabler. 25070 BATON ROUGE Maxim, Bernard J. The History of Dramatic (Speech) Activities at Kent State University Between 1953-54 and 1963.64. 25071 Masters Theses McDonald, Bishop H. Jr. Radio Free Europe: Babin, Shann B. The Effects of a Speech Im- A Dcscriptive Study. 25072 provement Program on the Development of Owens, Fred. A Correlation Between News Re- CertainLinguisticConceptsinChildren's ports by WJW-TV and the Scranton Commis- Thinking. 25086 sion Report of News Events at Kent State, Blaine, Pat L. A Study of Auditory and Oral May 1 to May 5, 1970. 25073 Form Discrimination in Normals and Articu- Sargent, Gerald J. An Investigation of Social latory Defectives. 25087 Alienation and Student Faculty Communica- Blanchard, GailC. The Development of a tions with Two Organizations of Contrasting System of Machine Coding of Information Size. 25074 Relative to Cleft Palate Rehabilitation. 25088 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 221 Campbell, Jeter L. Walter Hines Page: A Study Retarded Children on a Pictured Preposition of Amplification in Five Epideictic Speeches Test, 25107 on Education in the South. 1891-1903. 25089 Wojcik. Patricia A. The Relationship Between Carpenter. Gwendolynn G. Social Dialects in Intellectual Level and Performance on a Pic- Louisiana. 25090 ture Test of Prepositions. 25108 Carr, Charlotte A. The Relationships Among Zaunbrecher, Annagail. Receptive and Expres- Performance on the ITPA, the PPVT and a sive Performance of Young Normal Children Picture Test of Prepositions. 25091 on a Pictured Preposition Test. 25109 Doucet, Paulette L. The Relationship Between Certain Environmental Variables and Perform-Doctoral Dissertations ance on a Test of Prepositions. 25092 Du.liam, Kenneth R. Effects of Homiletical Fear Allen,ElizabethJ. An Investigationof the Appeals on Source Credibility and Listener CriterionMeasures of Rate and Duration Comprehension. 25093 During Performance of Selected Articulatory Fisher, Jack L. An Experimental Study of the Motor Tasks by Normal Speakers. 25110 Relationship between Ego-Involvement andAshby, Jon K. An Experimental Study of the Different Types of Evidence in Persuasion. Attitudes of Speech Clinical Toward Stutter- 25094 ing. 25111' Hargett, Sheila A. A Daybook and a History Carnell, C. Mitchell. Criteria for the Evaluation of the St. Charles Theatre, 1864.1868. 25095 of the Strengths and Weaknesses of Commun- Henske, Betty L. An Analysis and Evaluation ity Speech and Hearing Centers. 25112 of the Speaking of Murphy James Foster for Conner, John J. An Experimental Study of the Louisiana Anti-Lottery Movement. 25096 Fear Arousing Communications, Source Ctedi- Jackson, Pamela J. A Rhetorical Analysis of bility, and Communication Referent in Atti- Two Speeches Given by Martin Luther King, tude Change and Behavior. 25113 Jr.During the Montgomery Bus Boycott. Cooper, Stephen L. A Rhetorical Assessment of 25097 Lyndon Johnson'sPresidentialPress Con Jansing, Margaret M. A Rhetorical Analysis of ferences. 25114 Two Speeches Delivered by Senator Eugene J. Fuller, Claude C. Attitudes Toward Television McCarthy During the 1968 Presidential Cam- Commercials inFive Major UrbanCities. paign. 25098 25115 Krestalude, James A. A Daybook and History Harrigan. William P. A History of the Soth- of the St. Charles Theatre, 1868-1872. 25099 west Theatre Conference. 25116 Lucicr, Kathryn. A Study of Communication Hartsell, Robert L. A Critical Analysis of Se- Screening Test and Activity Checklist Per- lectedSouthernBaptistConvention formance in a Selected Geriatric Sample. 25100 Presi- dential Adresses 1950-1970. 25117 McCauley, Morris L. FreedHardeman College Kirkpatrick, Edith K. The Effect of Selected Lectures, 1969.1970:RhetoricofReaction. Background and Performance Vaiables upon 25101 Certain Types of Hesitations and Synactic Michaelson, Melanie C. A Study of Preposition Comprehension and Use by Adult Aphasia. ComplexityinSmallGroupDiscussions. 25102 25118' Mullins. Charles G. A History of Theatrical Loovis, Carl F. Monotic and Dichotic Perception of (0-500 MSECS) Time-Staggered CV Mono- . Activities in Three Florida Parishes of Louisi- syllables. 25119' ana. 1925-1940. 25103 Pride, Nancy B. The Child Acting Controversy Loup. Alfred J. The Theatrical Productions of as Related to the Louisiana Child Labor Law Erwin Piscator in Weimar Germany: 1920- 1031. 25120 of 1912. 25104 Scott. Kay S. A Test of the Receptive and Ex- Marshall, George M. Sex-Typing of Speech of pressive Performance of Educable Mentally Prepubertal Children. 25121' Retarded Children on a Picture Test of PrepOlroyd, Marie H. Employment of the Diagnos- ositions, 25105 tic Rhyme Test (DRT) with Normal-Hearing Sisterhen, Daniel H. Hesitation Phenomena in and Sensori-Neural Hearing-Impaired Listen- the Spontaneous Speech of Normal and Artic- ers. 25122' ulatory Defective Children. 25106 Ryland, Edwin H. Information Input and Per- Travis, Norma C. A Study of the Receptive and formance in Small Decision Making Groups. Expressive Performance of Trainable Mentally 25123' 222 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Suhr, Genie M. A Rhetorical Study of Selected inSpeech-Communication and, theEffects Senatorial Speaking of John H. Reagan, 1887- Upon Basic High School Speech Instruction 1890. 25124 in the State of Wisconsin. 1971. 25138 Welford, Thomas W. An Experimental StudyFelt, Michael G. The Development of the Edu- of the Effectiveness of Humor Used as a Re- cational Communications Board in the State futational Device. 25125 of Wisconsin. 1971. 25139 Graff, James L. Objections of Stutterers Toward Using a Miniature Metronome to Control LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY, Their Stuttering. 25140 NEW ORLEANS Jedrzejek, Sr. Mary H. Rev. Peter Skarga Pawe- (Drama and Communications) ski, S.J. and His Sermons Before the Polish Masters Theses Parliament 1597. 25141 Gore, Billie J. M. The Relationship of Street Keough, John B. The Paramour: An Adaption Fashion to Mardi Gras Ball Gowns During the from a Florentine Manuscript by Bartoli. 1971. 25142 Years 1920-1950. 25126 Gore, David J. The Mask: Scene Design of. Ed- Lewinski, John D. An Annotated Bibliography of Selected Scholarly Articles in Public Ad- ward Gordon Craig. 25127 Ortiz, David S. The Development of Public dress-1965-1969. 25143 Radio Broadcasting Leading to the Creation Lyon, Judith H. Clinical Procedures for Stut- of the Nationkl Public Radio Network. 25128 tering Therapy for Use in a University Speech Provost, Consuela M. Somethin' Pretty: A Play Clinic. 1971. 25144 Moth James R. An Evaluation of the Speech in Five Scenes. 25129 Rido lfo, Joseph T. Four Directors: The Pre- Training ,Techniques Used inthe Gabriel Richard Basic Course. 1971. 25145 viously Unproduced Play. 25130 Tauss, Pricilla Z. Tht Corset: Its Shaping of Olson, Gregory R. The Departmental History and Curricular Development of Speech Train- Fashion and Costume Silhouette,1890-1910. ing at Carthage College from 1847.1970. 25146 25131 Palmiotto, Joseph P. Creative DramaticsCur- riculum Guide for the Elementary School. MANKATO STATE COLLEGE 25147 (Speech) Piojda, Marianne R. The Educationally Dis- advantaged Adolescent: A Description and a Masters Theses CurriculumUnitinCommunicativeArts. Allen, Robert A. An Investigation and Analysis 1971. 25148 of the Pulpit Ministry of Dr. William BellWarzon, Gloria I. Personality and the Debate Riley. 25132 Process: A Correlational Study Between De- Rowe, SondraK. A High SchoolDirector's bate Coaches and Debaters. 25149 Prompt Book of Richard Rodgers and OscarWest, Martin F. Radio Audience Preference of Hammerstein II's The Sound of Music. 25133 the Milwaukee Market. 25150

MARQUETTE UNIVERSITY MEMPHIS STATE UNIVERSITY (School of Speech) (Speech and Drama) Masters Theses Masters Theses Burrell, Carolyn C. Questioning in Gross-Ex- Bonner, Mildred. An Introduction to Drama in ation Debate and Legal Procedures. 25134 the Fifth and Sixth Level Elementary Class- Chalmers, MercedesI.Competition: A Moti- room. 25151 vational Approach to the Coaching of For- Futrell, James M. A Survey of Broadcasting ensics in Wisconsin Secondary Schools. 1971. Film Academic Budgets of American Colleges 25135 and Universities. 25152 Christensen, Charles N. A. Descriptive HistoryStevenson, Michael. A Presentation of the Script of WMBI and WMBI-FM Chicago, Illinois Production Background for the Experimental 1946-1970. 25136 Film: In the First Person. 25153 Dluzak, Henry P. An Analysis of Improvement Swanson, Alice H. History of Thespian Hall in inListennigSkillsinSecondary Students Boonville, Missouri-1855-1912. 25154 Through a Listening Training Program. 1971. Walker, Dennis. A Representative Catalogue of 25137 Old cladio Programs Held by Private Col- Eastman, Suzanne K. An Analysis of New Trends lectors. 25155 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 223 MIAMI UNIVERSITY Rao, Jaganmohan L. Communication and Mod- (Communication and Theatre) ernization in Indian Villages: The Influence of Status Inconsistency. 25172 Mastets Theses Rogers, L. Edna. Dyadic System, and Trans- Felty, Donald. Harry Monroe Caudill: A Study actional Communication In a Family Context. in Regional Oratory. 25156 25173* Grover, James R. BIN: A Series of 19 One-HalfRussell, Hamish M. Coorientation Similarity Hour Original Tape-Recorded Radio Pro- Toward Procedural Aspects of Communica- grams on the Life and Music of Leon kMx tion: A Study of Communication Between Ex- Beiderbecke. 25157 tension Agents and Their Supervisors. 25174° Hull, Corrine F. Changes in the Effects of Signal Distortion on the Perception of Plosives as a Function of Age. 25158 MICHIGAN STATE UNIVERSITY Molina. Anthony. Er:mrgeois Character in Con- (Radio and Television) temporary Black Theatre. 25159 Thomas. Margaret. Witkiewicz: Theory of Pure Masters Theses Form in the Theatre. 25160 Cash, James. Production Techniques and Back- ground of the Special Television Program "Jesus Rock." 25175 MICHIGAN STATE UNIVERSITY Cherry, James A. An Application of Gestalt (Communication) Learning Theory to Instructional Television. 25176 Masters Theses Girocco, Thomas M. The Feasibility of Cable Filion, Sandra. The Effects of Task and Source Television in Grand Rapids, Michigan. 25177 Credibility on Evidence Usage. 25161 Hardy, Thomas A. Black Reaction to: "Bird of Hawkins, Brian L. An Analysis of Decision-Mak- -the Iron Feather." 25178 ingProcessinEducationalOrganizations.Robayo Vanoy, Gabriel. A Study of the Po. 25162 tentialEffectiveness of ITV at the College Smith, Ted J. The Effects of Truth and De- Level in Colombia. 25179 sirability Evidence on Judgments of the TruthSingh, Jai P. Educational Opportunities with and Desirability of a Proposition. 25163 Communications and Broadcast Satellites and Wired Broadband Com. municaiton Networks. Doctoral Dissertations 25180 Aromassari, Elke KochWeser. TelevisionIn- Steinke, Gary Lee. An Approach to Modern fluence and Cultural Attitudinal Innovative- Dance on Television. 25181 ness: A Causal Approach. 25164 Stemen, Gregory D. Radio Comedy: Six Original Beltran, Luis R. Communication in Latin Amer- Illustrative Scripts. 25182 ica: Persuasion for Status Quo or for National Development. 25165° MIDWESTERN UNIVERSITY Bhowmik, Di lip K. Differences In Heterophily (Speech and Drama) andCommunicationIntegrationBetween Modern and Traditional Indian Villages inMasters Theses Two Types of Dyadic Encounter. 25166* Frost, Timothy A. A Rhetorical Analysis of the Ericson, Philip M. Relational Communication: Use of Invention in the Speeches of Edmund Complementarity and Symmetry and Their S. Muskie During the 1968 Presidential Cam- Relation to Dominance-Submission. 25167* paign. 25183 Guimaracs, Lytton L. Communication Integra- Jaynes, Yvonne. An Analysis of a Production of tion In Modern and Traditional Social Sys- Megan Terry's Viet Rock as an Experience tems: A Comparative Analysis Across Twenty in Contemporary Experimental Theatre. 25184 Communities in Minas Gerais, Brazil. 25168° Kochevar, John J. Multivariate Causal Models of Information Flow. 25169° MONTCLAIR STATE COLLEGE Monge. Peter R. The Study of Human Com- (Speech and Theatre) munication From Three Systems Paradigms. 25170* Masters Thesis Price, Henry T. The Effect of Newspaper Design Barr, Kelly E. The Theory, Design and Execu- Complexity on Readership, Comprehension, tion of the Lighting for Montclair State Col- Interestingness and Pleasingness. 251710 lege's Production of As You Like it. 25185 224 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION MOORHEAD STATE COLLEGE and Nonstimulable Grade School Children. (Speech) 25202 Schmucker, Margaret R. Effects of Reinforce- Masters Theses ment on the Phoneme Production of Two Alm, Janice M. Principles of Parent Conferences Cerebral-Palsied Young Adults. 25203 and Role-Playing Guides for Use in SpeechSmith, Marian C. The Effects of Programmed Therapy Training Programs. M.Ed. 25186 Therapy on the Functional Misarticulations Hayden. Paul A.EffectsofInitialDelayed of /s/ and /r/. 25204 Auditory Feedback upon the Overt Behaviors Strennen, Mary Lou. The Application of a VI of Stutterers. M.Ed. 25187 Schedule as Opposed to an FI Schedule on Reinhart, Sandra L. The Influence of a Finnish the Short Increment Sensitivity Index Test. Accent in the Environment Upon the Speech 25205 of Children. M.Ed. 25188 Ward, Betty J. A Study of the English Language Complexity of Selected Spanish-Surname Chil- dren in Las Cruces, New Mexico. 25206 MURRAY STATE UNIVERSITY Warren. Virginia M. Effects of Environmental (Communications) Noise Masking on the 500 Hz Screening Fre- quency in Public School Audiometry. 25207 Masters Theses Baker, Mary A. A Study of Sensational Report- ing by American Newspapers and Magazines NORTH DAKOTA STATE UNIVERSITY of Britain's Great Train Robbery. 25189 (Speech and Drama) Broughton, William G. Father and Son: Rhet- Masters Thesis oric in Early New York. 25190 Remsing, Aljean M. A Narrow Phonetic Tran- Gatton, Charlotte F. An Analytical Study of the scription of Selected Glossolalic Glossas. 25208 Journal Quarterly. 25191 Huck, Cathy S. Newspapers, Inc. 25192 Jordon. James C. A Study of the Confederate NORTH TEXAS STATE UNIVERSITY Press AssoCiation. 25193 (Speech and Drama) Kline, Helen G. A Comparison of Rhetoric in Ladies Home Journal and Modern Woman.Masters Theses 25194 Caderihead, Evelyn E. A Burkeian Analysis of Perkins. Thomas 0. A Public Relations Problem the Rhetoric of Malcom X During the Last of the Modern Church. 25195 Phase of His Life, June 1964-February 1965. Rowlett. Roger D. How to Freelance. 25196 25209 Russell, Vicki L. The Growth and Development Cowan, Christopher C. A Case Study in Inter- of the Mayfield Messenger. 25197 personal Communication Training. 25210 Stewart, John L. Tennessee, Politics. 1960-1970. Davenport, Donald D. Communicating Chris- 25198 tianity to the Ashanti Tribe: A Study in Cross- Cultural Communication. 25211 Elkins, William D. The Development of Cri- NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY teria for the Design of an Environment for (Speech) Interpretation. 25212 Hutson, William F. An Examination of the Masters Theses Acting Career of Edmund Kean. 25213 Cleek. Thyra J. The Use of an Audiologist in Jaks, Carl A. The Staging of "Burnt Offering," an Oto laryngologist's Office. 25199 an Original Play by Beverly McIntosh. 25214 Eastland, Janice B. A Comparative Study of the Maynard, Beverly A. A Rationale for a Theatre Psychological Factors and Related Character- Program in the Middle School. 25215 isticswhich ContributetotheSuccess or McMullen, JoAnn. An Analysis of the Prophetic Failure of Learning Esophageal Speech. 25200 Elements in the Speecha of Martin Luther Lindsay. Thomas N. The Administration of Pro- King Jr. 25216 grammed Articulation Therapy by Supportive Michaelis, Daniel J. The Rhetorical Structure of Personnel. 25201. the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Com- Richardson, Elton. A Study of the Effects of a mittee from 1960-1968. 25217 Stimulus Control Procedure on Correction ofPeveto, Mildred A. An Experiment in Open Functional /5/ Misarticulations of Stimulable Theatre. 25218 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 225 Phillips. Jack M. New Shades of Clown White:Kenney, John A. A Technical Description of a Study of Selected Comic Pantomime in Chicago's Auditorium Theatre. 1971. 25233 Europe and America, 1920-1970. 25219 McDonald, Carmencita M. Costume Design Pro- Sanders, Gail S. An Analysis of the Methods and ject for Mourning Becomes Electra. 1971. 25234 Effectiveness of the Downward Flow of Com- Rowe, Lucy V. Academic Achievement at Nor- municationsatTexasInstrumentsIncor- thern Illinois University: Students in Theatre porated. 25220 Arts Compared with Students in Eight Other Simpson, Charles D. A Study of the Techniques Disciplines. 25235 ofPersuasion Employed by the Woman'sZiegler, Thomas J. Casting Three Dimensional Liberation Movement in the United States. Objects for the Stage from Urethane Foam. 25221 1971. 25236 Spalding, Sharon R. The Skyline High School Drama Program: New Concept in Drama Ed- NORTHWESTERN STATE UNIVERSITY ucation. 25222 (Speech) Zafran, Robert L. A Group Interpretation Pro- duction of SelectedLiterature of LeonardMasters Theses Cohen. 25223 Atkins. Michael W. A Survey of Theatre Cur- riculainthe Colleges and Universities' of Louisiana. 25237 NORTHEAST LOUISIANA UNIVERSITY Huntley, Jannie Carroll. An interpretative Study (Speech) of Six British Queens Based on Historical and Literary Sources and Freely Adapted for Masters Theses Mono-Dramatic Portrayal. 1971. 25238 Johnson, Nancy J. A Study of the Speech Errors Johnson, Jerry L. Production Problems in Pro- inStudentsAttendingClarkElementary jectingFluidityinanOriginalEpisodic School in Monroe, Louisiana. 25224 Drama. 1971. M.Ed. 25239 McCormack, Sara M. A Survey of Speech Edu-Jones, James Walter. Sound for the Stage. 25240 cationinthe Arkansas "flighSchools Ac- Kay, Clyde Arthur. A Production Book for a credited by the North Central Association, Black Theatre Staging of Where Do You Go From_Heret M.Ed. 25241 King, Mantha Caraway. An Analysis of Four NORTHERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY Standard Speech Texts in the Fundamentals of Public Speaking. M.Ed. 25242 (Speech Communication) Lupal, Lucas. A Proposed Introduction to Tech- Masters Theses nical Theatre Practicum. 1971. 25243 Hanun, Russell E. An Investigation of the Con- Park, Charles. The Actor in Brecht's Theatre. cept of Understanding. 25226 25244 Howell, Sharon L. An Analysis of the 1968Stevenson, Thomesina. An Outlook at the De- Vice-Presidential Speaking of Senator Edmund velopment of Black Participation in the Amer- S. Muskie. 25227 ican Theatre. 1971. 25245 Morello, John T. A Study of the Effects of Con-Stewart, Louella (Bains). The Everyman Play- ceptual DifferencesinEvidence Upon the ers; Repertory Theatre of Timeless and Uni- Analysis in Intercollegiate Debate. 25228 versal Themes. 1971. 25246 Sprague, Janet L. A Content Analysis of the Question and Respons7.1-SThavior of Individ- NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY uals Engaged in Problem Solving Discussion. (School of Speech) 25229 Doctoral Dissertations Tsadik, Yohanes G. The Ethiopian Broadcasting Bartlett, Charles H. A Clinical Study of a Group Service. 25230 Wagner, Wayne H. The Effect of Immediate of Children with Specific Learning Disabilities. Criticism on Eye Contact and Bodily Activity 25247 of Student Speakers. 25231 Benedetti, Robert L. Encounter Theatre. 1971. 25248 (Theatre Arts) Eresee, W. Floyd. An Analysis of Homiletics Teaching Methods Advocated by Contempor- Masters Theses ary Homiletic Authorities in the United States. Brackin, Martin L. Standardization of a Fiber- 1971. 25249 glass Color Frame. 1971. 25232 Cummings, AliceJ.The Rhetoric of John 226 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Donne's Devotions Upon Emergent Occasions. An Approachto Musical Direction. M.Ed. 1971. 25250* 25267 Dalston, Rodger M. A Spectrographic AnalysisHartmann, RobertS.Chekhov'sdvanov: A of the Spectral and Temporal Acoustic Char- Prompt Script. 1971. M.Ed. 25268 acteristics of English Semivowels Spoken byStine, Jan R, Metamora: or The Last of the Three-year-old Children and Adults. 25251' Wanpanoags: A Prompt Script.1971. M.Ed. Dohrenburg, Arlan P. The Poetic Development 23269 of George Meredith from the Monthly Ob- server to "Modern Love." 25252* Durrant, John D. The Effects of Direct Current OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY Polarization of the Cochlear Partition on the (Speech Communication) Summating Potentials. 25253* Masters Theses Freeman, Frances A. Functional Ambiguity in Anderson, Barbara B. The Effects of Social and Early Poems by W. H. Auden. 25254' Golden. Herbert A. A Study of Games Played Nonsocial Reinforcement on the Acquisition in Ada or Ardor: A Family Chronicle by of the In Phoneme. 25270 Campbell, Glenn F. B-Value as Indicators of Vladimir Nabnkov. 25255 Religions Behavior and Television Viewing Griffin, Emory A. The Effects of Varying Degrees of Audience Density Upon Auditor Attitude. Preferences. 25271 Crook, Roseanna R. Word-Association Responses 1971. 25256' Kaminsky, Stuart M. A Biographical Study of and Their Predictions Among Groups in a the Career of Donald Siegel and an Analysis Correctional Institution for Juvenile Delin- qitents. 25272 of His Films. 25257' Ege. Diane D. Responses of Aphasic Adults to Kirkorian, Donald G. An Historical-Descriptive Repeated Trials on Two Similar Letter-Pre- Study of the National Broadcasting Company's Program Ding Dong diction Tasks. 25273 PreschoolTelevision Fry, Carlton F. The Impact of Citizen Groups School. 25258' on Broadcast Regulations. 25274 Marcie 11, Carol, The Prediction of Mathematical Achievement from Measures of Cognitive Pro-Jassetti, Harvey C. The Selling of the Corn- cesses. 25259' promise-1971, or Cable Television Goes to Mc Hughes, Janet L. A Phenomenological Anal- the' City. 25275 ysis of Literary Time in the Poetry of James Johnson, KarenL. AssociationalAnalysisof Dickey. 25260' Verbal Responses to Social Concepts. 25276 Punch, Jerry L. Forward Masking under Homo- Jones, Theodore L. Jr. The Vietnam Rhetoric phasic, Antiphasic and Other Listening Con- ofGeneralWilliamChilesWestmoreland. ditions. 25261' 25277 Rang, Jack C. Concepts of Love in American Kerersi, Mary M. The Rhetorical Communica- Plays on Broadway 1950-1965. 25262 tion of Selected Contemporary AMerican In- Reeves, W. H. An Investigation of Conceptual dian Prott:As. 25278 Functioning in Learning Disabilities, Schizo-Konefal, Joanne A. The Effects of Linguistic phrenic and Normal Children. 25263* Complexity upon Articulatory Behavior. 25279 Shields, Dianne. A Study of Cerebral EvokedKrier, Judith K. An Analysis of Soviet and Responses to Visual Stimuli in Normal Chil- Czechoslovakia Broadcasting at the Time of dren and Children with Visual Learning Dis- theCzechoslovakiaCrisisin August1968. abilities. 25264' 25280 Sturges, Christine A. The Effect of a Narrator's Kubina, Cynthia C. The Intelligibility of Con- PresenCe on High School Audience Response nected Discourse: A Comparison Study. 25281 to Character in the Staging of Narrative Liter- Lewis, Terry K. The Perceptual Use of Semantic ature. 1971. 25265* Rules by Normal Hearing and Hard-of-Hear- Tungate, James L, Romantic Images in Popular ing Subjects. 25282 Songs, 1950-1959. 25266' Merritt, Bishetta D. The Role of the United Nations in Develimment of African National OCCIDENTIAL COLLEGE Broadcasting. 24283 (Speech and Drama) Muth, Thomas A. Social, Political and Legal Consequences of Pirate Broadcasting. 25284 Masters Theses Nichols, Ethel P. A Rhetorical Analysis of Hyde Freeman, Kathleen C. Fiddler On The Roof: Park Speaking. 25285 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 227 Oney, Barbara A. The Discursive and Non-Bowler, Gregory L. Broadcaster Responsibility Discursive Rhetoric' of Social Protest of Ber- as Defined in the Editorials of Broadcasting nadette Devlin. 25286 Magazine and Compared to Positions of In- Parody, Ria C. An Experiment in Multi-Media dustiy Spokesmen: An Historical-Descriptive ReadCr's Theatre. 25287 Study. 25303* Prater, Rex J. An Investigation of Rock and Brislin, Thomas J. An Analysis of the "Litera- Roll Music Noise Induced Hearing Loss in ture of Change" with Media Orientation Lead- Bartenders and Waitresses. 25288 ing to New Perspectives on Communication Rabe, Andreas J. A Descriptive and Analytic Study. 25304 Study of Cassette and Cartridge-Packaged Audio Cailteux, Karen B. The Political Blacklistin and Visual Media with Implications for In- the Broadcast Industry: the Decade of the formational Communication Systems inthe 1950's. 25305' United States. 25289 Cianci, Wiliam H. Carl McIntire: A Study of Ralstin, Mary M. The Portrayal of "Reality" in His Philosophy and Use of the Mass Media. Films as Sought by the Classical Documentary 25306' Approach and most Recently by the Cinema Creswell, Kent W. An Historical Descriptive VeriteApproach. 25290 Analysis of the Broadcast Skills BankA Co- Reilly, Stephen A. An Analysis of President operative Industry Effort to Involve Minorities Richard M. Nixon's Vietnam War Rhetoric. in Broadcasting. 25307* 25291 Czech, Elizabeth S. Interaction between Black Roth. James D. SocioCommunication 25292 and Corporate Culture in Broadcast Manage- Sandman. Bonnie A. An Evaluation of the Use ment. 25308* of the Medium of Television in the Teaching El- Kliatib, Omar I. A Functional Plan for Pro- of Shape Recognition to Mentally Retarded fessional Training of Broadcasting in Develop- Children: A Quasi-Experimental Study. 25293 ing Countries. 25309* Schafer, Karen E. The Effects of Cued Speech Elser, Eugene C. Charismatic Communication: on the Intelligibility of Single Words Spoken A CriticalAnalysis of the RhetoricalBe- by Two Teenage Hearing-Impaired Subjects. haviors of George Fox, Founder of the So- 25294 ciety of Friends. 25310* Schafer, Susan M. A Measurement of the Em- Hulit, Lloyd M. Effects of Evaluation and Mul- pathy of the Spouse for the Problems of the tiple Stimulationinthe Stimulus-Response Laryngectomee. 25295 Paradigm of Speech Therapy. 25311' Schleffendorf, John J. The Technological De-Johnson, Dorothy R. The Influence of Tele- velopment of Sound Recording-Systems. 25296 vision Viewing Upon Perceptions of Various Seward, James E. An Analysis of Selected Infor- Concepts Among AppalachiansandNon-- mation on Behavioral Objectives and Their Appalachians, 25312* Potential Application to the Basic Course in Kelly, Francis L. The Institute for Education Speech Communication. 25297 by Radio-TelevisionA History. 25313* Wizig, Carol A. A Comparison of the Perform- Kinzer. Harold J. Effects of Cognitive Compati- ance of Apraxic and Aphasic Subjects on the bility on Communicative Accuracy. 25314' Token Test: A Test of Receptive Abilities.Lemley, Steven S. A Rhetorical Study of the 25298 Executive-LegislativeStruggleforInfluence Zucker, Ira M. A Descriptive Analysis of a Study in Foreign Policy: The Senate Foreign Re- Tour of Comparative Broadcasting onthe lationsCommitteeHearingsonAmerica's European Continent. 25299 Role in Southeast Asia 1964-71. 25315* Lloyd, James F. Verbal Communication Patterns Doctoral Dissertations ofSelectedPublicRelationsPractitioners. Amblen, Robert S. The Relationship of Ego- 25316' Involvement to Message Perception and Re- Lurisford, Paul C. A Study of Governmental tention. 25300' Inquires into Alleged Staged News Practices Baxter, Kelmer D. A Comparison of the Effects ofTwoTelevisionNewsDocumentaries. of Delayed Sidetone on the Speech of Serbo- 25317* Croation,French,andAmericanEnglish Mattingly, Susan C. Psychological Characteristics Speakers. 25301 of Selected English Consonants. 25318* Bobula. James A. The Hospital Nurse: HerMitchell, Harold R. The Responses of Five Self-Perceptions as Professional and as Com- Language Groups to Interconsonantal Differ- municator. 25302* ences. 25319 228 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Nothhaft, Carl G. A Critical Review of News Doctoral Dissertations and Public Affairs Programming at WKBS-TV, Georges, Corwin A. Augustin Daly's Shakespear- Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. 25320 ean Productions. 25338 Oh lin, Douglas W. Psychological Space Among'Cubes, Angelika R. Gottfried Taubert on Social Six English Stop Consonants as Measured in and Theatrical Dance of the Early Eighteenth Short-Term Memory. 25321 Century. 25339 Olson, Susan RI The Role of Broadcasting with-Laming, Dorothy W. Ellis Rabb: A Man of in the British Open University. 25322 Repertory. 25340 Palen,Chester. The Perception of Distorted Love,MarionH.ExperimentalTheatrein Speech by Children with SpeechDisorders. Buenos Aires, Argentina: A Brief History of 25323 the Center of Audiovisual Expressive Arts Plummer, Sally A. The Effects of Twenty-two The Torcuato Di Tel la Institute. 25341 Conditions of Band-Pass Filtering on ThreeMcKernie, Grant F. Politics in Modern British Types of Verbal Material. 25324 Drama: The Plays of Arnold Wesker and John Reed. Charles R. Image Alteration in a Mass Arden. 25342 Movement: A Rhetorical Analysis of the Role Shand ler, Donald D. American Shakespeare Fes- of the Log College in the Great Awakening. tival Theatres: A Sense of Occasion. 25343 '25325* . Ruh ly, Sharon K, The Communication of Cul- OHIO UNIVERSITY ture Through Film. 25326 (Radio-Television) Schott, Kenneth R. An Analysis of Henry Drum- mond and His Rhetoric of Reconciliation.Masters Theses 25327* Armstrong, John W. An Explanatory Study of Schubert. Gregory K.. The Proposed Merger of theEffectsof Television on Relationships the American Broadcasting Company and the Among the President, the Press and the Pub- International Telephone and Telegraph Cor- lic.1967. 25344 poration. 25328 Arnold, Robert L. An Investigation of a Mini- Schnell, Howard W. The College Milieu in the mal Threshold Stimulation in Televised In-. American Fiction Film with Emphasis on the struCtion. 1961. 25345 Work of Mike Nichols: A Study inBelief Arnold, Stephen 0. An Experimental Study of Systems. 25329 BehavioralResponsesbyIndividualsand Shrewsbury, Margaret E. The Effect of Four Members of a Group to Certain Radio Com- Variables on Judgments of Severity of Ar- mercials. 1964. 25346 ticulatory Defectiveness. 25330 Bedwell, Ray. A Study of the Duties and Qual- Stanton, Donal J. A. Rhetorical Evaluation of ifications of Television Directors. 1955. M.F.A. Thomas Hart Benton's Slavery Speeches, 1844- 25347 1858. 25331 Berman, Joseph H. An Investigation of Rela- Swigart, Elea T. Hearing Sensitivity and Speech tionships Between the Program Format and IntelligibilityofCleft-Palate Children and the Financial Behavior of Commercial AM Non-Cleft Siblings. 25332 Radio Stations in the State of Ohio in 1964. Swingle. Edward E. The Nature of Sentential 1966. 25348 Bonds and Their Relationship to Retention Buck. Ronald J. A Content Sttidy of the Athens and Recall. 25333 News Media Coverage of the Strike of Non- Terneut. William A. College Student Perceptions Academic Employees at Ohio University. 1967. of College Course Relevance. 25334 25349 Weatherly, Michael. The Comparative Power Boord, Rita B. A Descriptive Study of the Com- of Channels in the Dissemination of Informa- mercial Television Viewing Habits of Students tion. 25335 ExposedtoInstructionalTelevision.1964. 25350 (Theatre) Brosta. Joseph. Alto Fonic Programming. 1971. 25351 Masters Theses Buell. Ronald B. The Terors of Teri or the Forester. Nancy E. Sign Language: A Tool for Frights of a Freshman. 25352 the Actor. 25336 Burke, John. A Comparison of the Financial Williams, Mary Ann. Black Playwrights Revolt: Behavior of Daytime AM and Unlimited AM ThematicAnalysisofSelectedWorks by Radio Stations in the United States for the Black Playwrights from 1960 to 1970. 25337 Years 1954, 1959, 1964. 1966. M.F.A. 25353 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 229

Casey.Robert. The FederalCommunication Petersen, James. An Adaptation of Norman Cor- Commission and Network Program Procure- win's The Odyssey of Runyon Jones for Tele- ment: An Analysis of the Proposed Fifty-Fifty vision with Complete Production Notes. 1949. Rule and its Philosophical Foundations. 1970. 25371 25354 Phillips, Dennis D. The Effects of Television Glides. Pamela J. A Mother's Affective Attitude on Aggressive Behavior. 1969. 25372 Toward Watching Television as a Variable Pritchard. Penny. The Development of a Tele- Relatedto her Child's Viewing of Sesame. vision Series for Teaching Japanese Culture Street. 1971. 25355 to Children. 1966. 25373 Connolly. Charles P. An Experimental Investi- Pyle, Fred L. The Public Service Programming gation of Eye-Contact on Television.1962. of Radio Station WCLT, Newark, Ohio: A 25356 Case Study. 1967. 25374 Erickson, Arlen C. A Study of the Present andRay, John C. A Description of the Economic Potential WOUB-TV Audience. 1963. 25357 Status of Independent FM Radio Stations in Greer. Archie. A Study of the Television View- the United States: 1964-1965. 1969. 25375 ing Habits its the Athens Area. 1953. 25358 Russi, Bernard. A Study of the Ten Watt FM Harris. Melvin A. A C:ontent Analysis of the EducationalUniversity-OwnedRadioSta- RadioTV Pages of the Sunday Edition of the tions in the State of Ohio. 1955. 25376 Feu' York Times During Selected Periods Be-Sandberg. Carl H. A Content Analysis of Presi- tween 1934 and 1965. 25359 dent Kennedy's First Six Press Conferences. Herron. William. A Study of the Problems in 1962. 25378 Sales and Programming of Transit Radio in Saunders, James. A Base for the Comparison of Huntington, West Virginia. 1949. 25360 Radio News Departments. 1957. M.FA. 25379 Hollimon, Blaine S.III. A Descriptive StudyShutt, James. A Radio Dramatization of the of Audience Attitudinal and Informational Career of Falstaff. 1949. 25380 Responses to Radio Newscasts Using Different Sipe, Jack D. Audiovisual Administrator's Per- Production Techniques. 1962. 25361 ception of the Learning Resources Center. Kassi, Robert E. An Investigation of the Season- 1967. 25381 alVariability of TelevisionSpotReviews. Smith. Birna R. A Content Analysis of Selected 1968. 25362 Television Network Cartoon Programs. 1968. Kinghorn, Clive J. An Analysis of Ohio Uni- 25382 versity Bachelor of Fine Arts Graduates in Smith, Fred L. The Effect of Television Pro- Radio-Television (1957-1966). 1967. 25363 duction Characteristics on Dramatic Writing Koontz, Franklin R. Jr. A Description of Closed for the Medium: A Study of Opinion. 1964. Circuit Television as Used for Observational 25383 PurposesinTeacher-TrainingatSelected Smith, Robert F. A Survey of Educational Radio Colleges and Universities. 1945. 25364 Stationsinthe Elementary and Secondary Marks. Paul E. The Production and Evaluation School Systems in the United States.1953. of Instructional Television Lessons for the 25384 Trainable Mentally Retarded. 1971. 25365 Sticrs, Mary E. A History of Educational Radio Marshall, Wesley. An Investigation of Produc- Broadcasting in Ohio from 1922 to 1945. 1963. M.F.A. 25385 don Techniques Used in Instructional Tele-Volsky, Sanford. A Study of Commercial and vision. 1959. M.F.A. 25326 Educational Sportscasting with Reference to Martin, Robert B. A Study of the Enactment of the Advisability of a Course in Play-by-Play Public Law 86-572 to Curb the Practice of Sports Announcing. 1953. M.F.A. 25386 "Payola" in the Broadcasting Industry. 1964.Warne, Margaret. A Study of Listening and M.F.A. 25367 Non-Listening to Radio Station WOUB in McInerney. Patrick. ABC Scope's Documentary Athens, Ohio. 1960. 25387 Coverage of the War in Vietnam. 1967. 25368 Zeller, Paul J. Special Interest in Broadcasting: Meyer, Timothy P. An Experimental Study of A Case Study ofthe United Fund 1962 the Effect of Sexually Arousing and Verbally Campaign. 1963. M.F.A. 25388 Violent Television Content on Aggressive Be- havior. 1969. 2530 Doctoral Dissertations Odic, Christopher. A Survey of the Listening Habits of FM Set Owners in Athens, Ohio. Arnold. Robert L. An Investigation of Learning 1958. 25370 from Auditory and Visual Stimuli. 1964. 25389 230' BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Berman, Joseph IL An Investigation of Rela-Springer, Donald M. An Examination of Selected tionships Between the Program Format, Fi- AgriculturalPrograms Broadcast Over the nancial Behavior, and Selected Market Char- National Television Networks in the United acteristics of Commercial AM Radio Stations States from 1950 through 1970. 1971. 25406' in the United States. 1968. 25390 Stauffer, David D. Description and Analysis of Flannery, Gerald V. Local Television Editorial- the Historical Development and Management izing: A Case Study oftheEditorialsof Practices of the Independent Christian Church Ralph Renick on WTVJ-TV. 1966. 23391 ReligiousTelevisionProgramSyndicators. Harris, Melvin A. Television Consumption Be- 25407' havior: Channel Use in Relation to Channel Availability. 1971. 25392 (School of Interpersonal Communication) Johnson. R011and. Seldom Tested Variables in the Effects of Televised Violence on Aggressive Masters Theses Behavior: An Examination of Violence Place- Allen, Calvin Young. A Historical Study of the ment, Non-Forced Response Choice, Fictional/ Forensic Program at Ohio University from Non-Fictional Presentations and talc /Female 1860 to 1906. 25408 Response Difference. 1971. 25393' Bowen, Scott L. The Nature of Black Theatre Kellner, Clarence A. The Development and Ap- in the New York Area from 1967-1970. 25409 plication of Criteria for Defining Television Deetz, Stanley A. An Ethnomethodological Anal- Markets in the U.S. 1969. 25394 ysis of Selected Approaches to the Study of Kirk ley, Donald H. Jr. A Descriptive Study of the Speech Act. 25410 the Network Television Western During theO'Malley, Thomas. The SelectionInterview; Seasons 1955-56-1962-63. 1967. 25395 The Rectruiter's Assessment of the Collegiate Maltese, Anthony M. A Descriptive Study of Interviewee. 25411 Children's Programming on Major American Roliman, Steven. An Experimental Study of the Television Networks from 1950 through 1964. Comparable Sensitivity of Black and White 1967. 25396 Americans to Intentional and Unintentional McDaniel, Drewery 0. Television Newsfilm: A Visual Cues. 25412 Study in Audience Perception. 1970. 25397 Meyer, Timothy P. The Effects Viewing JustifiedDoctoral Dissertations andUnjustifiedFictionVersesReal Film Violence on Aggressive Behavior. 1970. 25398 Abrams, Arnold G. The Influence of General Northrip, Charles M. Teaching Broadcast An- American and Southern Dialect on Attitude nouncing in the Foreign Language Laboratory: Change,PerceivedSourceCredibility, and An Experimental Comparison with Tradition- Comprehension. 25413 al Methods. 1969. 25399 Ambrester, Marcus LaRoy. Identification: The Pringle, Peter K. School Television Broadcasting Rhetorical Motive. 25414 in Britain: The Firit Decade, 1957.1967. 1970.Anton, Paul. Relative Reinforcement Effects of 25400 Action-Oriented Words and Non-Action-Ori- Rhea, James. An Investigation of Relationships ented Words. 25415' Among -Specified Variables h the Manage- Halley, Richard D. An Experimental Test of the men-% of Television Stations. 1970. 25401 Differences in the Distractability of Males and Rosene, James M. The Effects of Violent and Females in Competing Aural Message Situa- Sexually Arousing Film Content: An Experi- tions. 25416 mental Study. 1971. 25402 Harwood, Philip J. An Experimental Study of Sarno, Edward F. An Investigation of the Re- the Effect on Message Comprehension of Gen- lationships Among Financial Characteristics of eratorPerceiver Similarity in Organizational Commercially-Licensed Television Stations in Skills. 25417' the United States and Selected Market Char-Marks, Russell R. A Study of Resistance to Per- acteristics. 1966. 25403 suasive Countercommunication as a Function Saunders, James G. An Investigation of Rela- of Performing Varied Numbers of Publicly tionships Among Selected Financial and Own- Commiting Consonant Acts. 25418 ershipCharacteristicsofCommercially-Li- Merriam, Allen H. A Rhetorical Analysis of the censed TelevisionStations:1960-1964.1967. Gandhi-Jinnah Debate Over the Partition of 25404 India. 25419 Smith, Leonidas C. Thirty Years of Federal Miller, Lawrence R. A Comparative Analysis of Trade Commision with Broadcast Advertis- the Predictive Validities of Four Readability ing, 1938-1968. 1970. 25405 Formulas. 25420 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 231 Sewell. Edward H. Jr. The Effects of Orienting ing to Enter a First Course in Speech, a Instructions and Monetary Incentive on Us Descriptive Study. 25434 tening Comprehension. 25421 Doolittle, Barbara I. The Oral Expression of Stump. Winifred. An Analysis of. the Elements Awareness of Self and Others: A Comparison of Identification in Selected Speeches of Wil- of Children of High and Low Self-Esteem. liam Langer's i936 North Dakota Guberna- 25435 Glaser, Peter A. An Analysis of Verbal and Non- torial Campaign. 25422 Verbal Interaction on Individuals in Task Groups Working Toward a Common Goal. OKLAHOMA STATE UNIVERSITY 25436 (Speech) lessen, Paul A. An Historical Critical Study of the Role of Personal Beliefs and Values in Masters Theses Influencing the Rhetoric Invention of Abba Gilchrist, James Allen. Psychological Reactance, Eban. 25437 Ego-Involvement, and Defensive Communica-Joseph, John H. A Survey of the Use of Tele- don. 25423 vision to Support Classroom Instruction at Reynolds, Su lvanAlan. SpeechLateralizatiin The Pennsylvania State University. 25438 in the Retarded Child: An Investigation ofKougl, Kathleen M. The Nature and Meaning Cerebral Dominance and Auditory Perception of Friendship as Reported by Third and Six of Verbal Stimuli. 25424 Gradrrs. 25439 Seat, Charles E. A Production of The Glass Me-McGrav, Mark E. How Does an Audience Re- nagerie by Tennessee Williams. 1971. 25425 spond and What Reports do They Make About Their Responses to a Multi-Media Pro- (Education) duction Which Purportsto Communicate Students' Attitude. 25440 Doctoral Dissertation Omohundro, Alice K. An Analysis of Selected Cottrill, Thomas L. A Comparison of Two Newspaper Coverage of Stokely Carmichael's Methods of Teaching Listening Comprehen- Concepts of Black Power. 25441 sion to College Freshmen. Ed.D. 25426 Pugliano, Patsy A. A Television Drama Adapted from August Strindberg's "Miss Julia." 25442 Rhodes, Steven C. Some Effects of. Instruction PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIVERSITY in Feedback Utilization on the Fluency of (Speech) College Students' Speech. 25443 Rittler, Katrin L. Communication of the El- Masters Theses derly. 25444 Anderson, Carolyn G. Students and Administra- Shannon, Regis T. Phrasing and the Radio tors:Confrontation andCommunication. Announcing Contestant: A Case Study. 25445 25427 Weismer, Gary G. The Effects of Smoking, Men- Atwater, Deborah F. Arnold R. Rinbney's Rhe- opause, and Age on the Speaking Fundamental CampaignStrategies:The torical-Political Frequency of Adult Females. 25446 1971 Cleveland Mayoral Campaign. 25428 Williams, Daniell L. Educational Television in Becker Howard R. A Study of the Construction Procedures for a Multi-Media Presentation the Ivory Coast. 25447 Wilson, Francis S.Editorial Decisions in In- and its Effect on Several Audiences. 25429 structional Film Making: A Case Study. 25448 Bender, Kathleen 0. A Study to Determine Why Selected Undergraduate Students Choose to Doctoral Dissertations Major in Speech. 25430 Benjamin. James B. An Examination of RichardBuckingham, Asa T. Language Prediction by M. Weaver's Theory of Rhetoric. 2543/ Speakers of English as a First and as a Second Clement,.Donald A. Feedback in Human Com- Language: An Experimental Study. 25449 munication: An Analytical Review of Con-Burkhart, Jacob . P. Rhetorical Functions and ceptual and Empirical Treatments. 25432 Possibilities of the Parables of Jesus. 25450 Dauria, Arthur F. A Case Study of the RhetoricDoolittle, Robert J. Speech Communication as of Educational Innovation: The Parkway Pro- Instrument in Engendering and Sustaining a gram. 25433 Sense of Community in Urban, Poor Neighbor- Dicenzo. Janet E. Knowledge, Expectations, and hoods: A Study of Rhetorical Potentialities. Attitudes of High School Students Prepar- 25451 232 .BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Hillman, Ralph E. A Correlational Study ofLeonard, Rebecca Jane. Recognition of One's Selected Vocal-Verbal Behaviors and the Test Own Voice: A Study of Normal and Dysphonic of English as a Second Language. 25452 Children. 25470 McCormack, Alvin J. An Analysis of States in Metz, Dale E. A Study of Subgroups Within the an Organization's Rhetoric. 25453 Cerebellar Ataxic Population. 25471 Pitzer. Sara E. A Study of the Rhetoric Em-Nemeth, TheresaDion.Peer Evaluationof ployed by a Community of Nuns During the Normal and Articulatory Impaired Children. Changes of Renewal. 25454 25472 Smith, Prichard, Samuel V. Theodore Ledyard Cuyler's Constance Mary. VocalFundamental Theory and Practice of Preaching. 25455 Frequency and Sound Pressure Level Char- acteristics of Eight-Year-Old Children. 25473 Skirde, Edward G. An Exploratory Investigation of the Relationship Between the Rhetorical Doctoral Dissertations 'Process of Invention and Attitudinal Frame of Reference. 25456 Bishop, Milo .Ellis. A Comparative Study of Steber, John M. Communication Withtn an Orosensory Perception in ManuNDeaf, Oral Organization: A Cost Study of the Reading, DeafandNormal-Hearingan Speaking Pennsylvania Model Cities Program. 25457 Young Adults. 25474 Del Polito, Gcnc Anthony. A Study of Sub- 1%'ol f, Alan E.HusserlianPhenomenology: Translated and Adapted as a Possible Analytic groups with the Mentally Retarded. 25475 Technique for Communication Scholars. 25458 (Communication) (Theatre Arts) Masters Theses Baker, Bailey B. The Rhetorical Problem of Masters Theses Black Leadership: 1895-1920. 25476 Beiger, Peter. On Acting the Role of AndreiBorger, Barbara A. Selected Poems by Felix N. Scgyevitch Prozoroff. M.F.A. 25459 Stcfanilc: An OralInterpreter'sAnalysis. Brooks. John M. Costuming Eugene Onegin. 25477 M.F.A. 25460 Crouse, Janice S. Contemporary Camp Meeting Hosie. Kenneth. Theatre 65:Its Organization, Preaching: A Case Study. 25478 Operation and Function as a Children's Thea- Erwin. JoNina M. The W. E. B. DuBois-Booker tre. 25461 T. Washington Struggle as Reported in the -Markley, David J. Development and Design of Negro Press. 25479 Lighting Control Systems in the AmericanKelley, Delores G. Philosophy and Rhetoric: 'Theatre. M.F.A. 25462 William James's Advocacy of his Theory of Negoro, Karin S. Draped Clothing and Acces- Truth. 25480 sories. 25463 Mittler, Jon R. An Analysis of Communication Parkin. Patricia R. Costuming The Servant of in Karl Jasper's Philosophy of Existent. 25481 Two Masters. 25464 Stuckey, Donald D. A Critical Analysis of the Schulte, Emil F. The Design of a Mobile Chil- Communications of S. I. Hayakawa Concerning dren's Theatre. M.F.A. 25465 the1968 Student Strikeat San Francisco Schulte, Nancy. Acting Style of Thomas Ab- State College. 25482 thorpe Cooper. 25466 Young, Stephen L. Student Perceptions of Help- Teitelbaum, Robert. A Study of the Special fulness in Classroom Speech Criticism. 25483 Problems in Development of Dance Facilities. M.FA. 25467 Doctoral Dissertations Bittner, John R. Communication Efforts of the Indiana State Police Public Information Di- PURDUE UNIVERSITY vision: A Study of Police Image. 25484 (Audiology and Speech Science) Cash, William B. Jr. An Experimental Study of the Effects of Five Styles of Appraisal Inter- Masters Theses viewing Upon Anxiety,Defensiveness and Bates, William. Speech Pause Perception by Interviewee Style Preference. 25485 Stutterers and Normals: A Preliminary Study.Derry, James 0. A Correlational and Factor- 25468 Analytic Study of Attitudes and Communi- Diggs, Charles Clayton. Intraoral Air Pressure cation Networks in Industry. 25486 for Selected English Consonants: A Normative Feld, Donna. The Rhetorical Implications of Study of Children. 25469 Social Movement Theory- 25487 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 233 Feld, Thomas R. A Comparative Study of theKurnit, Paul D. Intermedia: Strategy for Edu- Suffrage Phase and the Women's Liberation cation. 25504 Phase of the Woman's Movement: A CaseLerner, Susan. The Effect of Bilingualism on Study of Rhetorical Adaptation. 25488 Morphological Acquisition Among Mentally Hes ler, Marjorie W. An Investigation of In- Retarded Children. 25505 'structor Use of Space. 25489 Marion,Kyla. A Neurological Approach to Hunt, CarT. Communication, Institutional Speech Therapy with the Cerebral Palsied. Satisfaction, and Participative Decision-Mak- 25506 ing at Three American Colleges. 25490 Rubin, Alan M. The Relationship Between Moore. Meredith A. Language Correlates of Ideology and Full Effectiveness on the In- Communication Apprehension. 25491 fluence of Public Opinion Polls Among New Moriarty, KathleenP. The IrishParliament Voters. 25507 and George William Russell on Censorship,Schneider, Margaret L. Cultures at Cross Pur- 1928-1929. 25492 poses: A Pilot Study Of International Com- Pacilio. John Jr. A Quasi-Experimental Study munication. 25508 of Communication Outcomes of Three Man-Segara, Diana C. Invasion and Defense of Terri- agement Instruction Programs. 25493 tory in Public Places. 25509 Sandifer, Charles M. The Metamorphosis ofSpring, Eva L. Territorial Defense in Public Fiction: A Study of Methods and Techniques Places. 25510 of Adapting Literature, and Especially Novels, Teitelbaum, Susan P. Bone Conduction: A Criti- to Readers Theatre. 25494 cal Review of the Experimental' Literature. Scott, F. Eugene. Persuasion in the Northern 25511 Ireland Civil Rights Movement: 1964-1970. 25495 ST. CLOUD STATE COLLEGE Turchen, Michael A. The National Park Move- ment: A Study of the Impact of Temporal (Speech Science, Pathology and Audiology) Change on Rhetoric. 25496 Masters Theses Diekmann, Julie A. Clinician Personality and (Theatre) Rated Effectiveness. 25512 Masters Theses Fox, Douglas E. Oral Stercognosis and Sound Ibsen, Van S. The Direction of Tom Jones' Learning in Normal Speakers. 25513 and Haney Schmidt's Celebration. 25497 Lamminen, Kathleen R. Verbal Behavior of Teubert. Richard E. Converting the Unused Sophisticated and Unsophisticated Adults in Church to a Theatre: A Study in the Develop- Interpersonal Assemblies with Two Categories ment and Application of Checklists Relating of Retarded Children. 25514 to the Preliminary, Legal, Technical and Fi- Magsam, Loren A. The Use of Supportive Per- nancial Considerations of Such a Conversion. sonnel in Public School Speech and Hearing 25498 Programs. 25515 Schons, Barbara A. Relation of Increased Skill in Oral Assessment to Articulation Skill. 25516 QUEENS COLLEGE, CITY UNIVERSITY Strong. Beverly A. A Correlational Study of In- OF NEW YORK telligence and Language. 25517 (Communication Arts and Sciences) Zlimen, Jack F. Incidence of Functional Articu- Masters Theses lation Disorderes in Serviced and Unserviced Schools. 25518 Bartholomaus, Ellen. An Investigation of the Morphological and Syntactic Development of the Brain-Injured Child. 25499 SMITH COLLEGE Cowan, Joy A. Inception of New Feminist Rhet- (Theatre and Speech) oric. 25500 Croteau, James M. MauriceMerleau-Ponty, Masters Theses Phenomenology and Communication. 25501 Argenio, Joseph. Tobias: A Delicate Balance. Demsky, David L. Dark Clouds on the Horizon: M.F.A. 25519 A Rhetorical Analysis of the Jewish Defense Babson, Thomas. "Sprint:" An Original Play. League Movement. 25502 1971. M.F.A. 25520 Ehrlich. Reva. An Investigation of the Rela-Boyden, Peter. The Role of Mr. Glas in Wil- tionship Between Articulation Deficiency and liam Hanley's Slow Dance on the Killing Reading Skill. 25503 Ground. 1971. M.F.A. 25521 234 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Creech, Donald. Experiment in Metatheatre: The Drake. Harold L. Alfred KOrzybski and Buck- Roles of Folial and the King in Michael de minster Fuller: A Study in Environmental Ghelderode'sEscurial.M.F.A. 25522 Theories. 25536' Doman, David. Designed and directedFor- Elliott, Elbert E. The Rhetoric of Spiro T. Ag- tune and Men's Eyes,by John Herbert. M.F.A. new: A Study in Political Controversy. 25537* 25523 Hauc.h, Duane. The Cai Luong Theatre of Viet' Elder, Thomas. Set Design and Construction for Nam. 1915-1970. 25538' slow Dance on the KillingGround, by Wil- Hirsch. Robert 0. The Influence of Channel. liam Hanky. 1971. M.FA. 25524 Source, and Message Variables on Voting Be- Harper. Robert.The Pied Piper of Hamelinby havior in the 1972 Illinois Primary Election. Nicholas Flagello: Thesis in Design. M.F.A. 25539 25525 Kilker, Marie J. The Theatre of Emmanuel Howard. Richard D. The Role of Sam: Harold Robles: An American Introduction with a Pinter'sThe Homecoming.1971. M.F.A. 25526 Checklist on Criticism and Production. 25540' Lavino, Stephen. Discussion of the Design and Lynch, Charles T. An Analysis ofPosition Execution of Sets and Props for theCrucible Changes in the Rhetoric of Everett McKinley by.Arthur Miller. Presented by Holyoke Com- Dirksen. 25541' munity College December 3 and 4, 1971, at Maloon. James R. Counterplays: A Collection of lloP.oke High School. M.F.A. 25527 Works for the Theatre. 25542 Orlan. An Analysis of the Persuasion of Mouse, Leslie J. A Study on the Preparation of Speaker Sam Rayburn. 25543 the Role of Teddy in Harold Pinter's Play Peake, Donald. Selected Plays of Lennox Robin- The Homecoming.1971. M.F.A. 25528 son: A Mirror of the Anglo-Irish Ascendancy. Reynolds,James, An ExperimentinMeta- 25544 theater: The Roles of the King and Folial in Reed, James W. A Grammar of the Holopltras- MichaeldeGhelderode'sEscurial.M.F.A. tic Phrase: Beginnings of Speech as Related 25529 to Meaning and Emerging Form. 25545' Robinson. Roderick. "Rabies, A Biting Drama:" Robinette, JosephA. The Adaptive-Creative An Original Play. 25530 Process in Readers. Theatre: Three Original Tucker, Jeffrey. The Role of Randall in Wil- Manuscripts. 25546' liamHanky'sSlow Dance on the KillingSitzmann, Marion J. The Dictaminal Theories Ground. 1971. M.F.A. 25531 of Alberic of Monte Cassino, Hugh of Bologna, Winter, Vincent. "Freehand Vision:" An Origi- An Anonymous Writer from Orleans, and nal Filth. 1971. M.F.A. 25532 Lawrence of Aquileja. 1971, 25547' Thomlison, T. Dean. Communication as Dia- logue: An Alternative. 25548' SOUTH DAKOTA STATE UNIVERSITY White. Larry. Rhetoric of James A. Pike: A (Speech) Humanistic Criticism. 25549 Masters Thesis Arndt, Xavia D. A History of Theatre and (Theatre) Theatrical Activities at South ,Dakota StateMasters Theses University 1892-1972. 25533 Bahan. Joan Klemmt. The Scenic Design for the Multi-Media Opera,Altgeld.25550 SOUTHERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY Baker, Kent Leroy. Poor Polluted Me: A Crea- (Speech) tive Thesis in Dance-Theatre. 25551 Crane, R. Daniel, Jr. Beyond the Hill: An Adap- .Masters Thesis tation of Edgar Lee Masters'New Spoon River Kaid. Lynda L. A Selected, Indexed Bibliography with Production Notes. 25552 on Political Campaign Communication, 1950- Culloty,WilliamHenry.Arrabal's"Theatre 1972. 25534 Panique": A Descriptive Study. 25553 Finn, Linda Joan. The Scenic Design of An- Doctoral Dissertations nouilh'sAntigone.25554 Crouch, Isabel M. Joan of Arc and Four Play- Greene, Ralph E. The Development of a Black wrights: A Rhetorical Analysis for Oral In- Theatre Company at Southern Illinois Uni- terpretation. 25535' versity. 25555 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 235 Hyman, Richard G. Designing for the SmallWinebrenner, Terrence.C. A Quantitative Com- Touring Company: Southern Illinois Univer- parison of the Evaluative Criteria Employed sity Fall Tour 1971 The American Dame and by Participants and Critic Judges in Inter- The Mother Goose Follies. 25556 collegiate Debate. 25571 Keyser. Dorothy K. Credo: A Play in Three Acts. 25557 Kimber, Robert J. "Dan Morgan and the Bounc- STANFORD UNIVERSITY ing, Bunyip of Bandicoot Reach"A New (Communication) Play for Young People. With Prefactory Essay Relating to the Work of Brian Way. 25558 Doctoral Dissertations Moyer, Timothy E. The FunCtion of "The Fcol" Blackmer, Elizabeth R. Skill in Language: A in the Twelfth Night: A Directing Thesis. Study of Information Processing in the Pro- duction of Speech. 25572 25559 Peitz.DarleneA.Antigone: A Production Hall, Douglas C. The Effect of Eye Movements Thesis. 25560 on the Recall of Information with Visual Richmond, Carole. A Review of Promotion and Imagery. 25573 Publicity for Summer Theatre at SouthernNelson-Shapiro, Bernadette A. Effects of Race Illinois University: 1960-1972. 25561 and Sex Role Stereotyping on Attention to Tombers, Matthew J. Let it Go, A Dream's Up and Acceptance of Occupational Role Models. and Down. Libations: Three Plays about Dis- 25574 integration. 25562 Shapiro, Peter D. Networking Cable Television: Analysis of Present Practices and Future Al- ternatives. 25575 SOUTHERN METHODIST UNIVERSITY (Communication Arts) STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK, Masters Theses ALBANY Kery, James. The Geography of the Private (Theatre) Press Movement in the United States in the 1960's. M.F.A: 25563 Masters Theses Kery, Patricia Wamble. The Multimedia Pres- Brown, Langdon. A History of the Leland Opera entation: Definitions, History and Survey in House, Albany, New York, Under the Man- Business and Theatre Today. M.F.A. 25564 agement of John W. Albaugh,1873.1881. 25576 (Communication Disorders) Fletcher, Rachel. The Themes of Duality and Identity in August Strindberg's Post-Inferno Masters Thesis Plays. 25577 Johnson, Sandra. An Investigation of Acoustic Impedance Measurement in the Human Neon- ate. M.F.A. 1971. 25565 STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK, BUFFALO (Speech Com'.nunication) SOUTHWEST MISSOURI STATE UNIVERSITY Masters Theses (Speech and Theatre) Aguilar, Nila V. Evaluation of the Effect of Short Term Intensive Speech Therapy on Masters Theses the Speech of Laryngectomized Individuals. Armstrong, Judith. The History of the Spring- 25578 field Little Theatre, 1934 to 1970. 25566 Alcock, Roger F. The Effect of Speaking through Karasz, Lawrence J. A History of Legitimate a Translator on Credibility, Attitude Change, Theatre in St. Joseph, Missouri, 1865-1900. and Comprehension. 25579 25557 Chung, David Y. The Reliability of Electromy- Kraal, Merino J. The Landers Theatre, 1906 to ographic Measurements of the Bilateral Ac- 1970. 25568 tivities of the Masseters During Speech Using Ten Eyck, Judith A. Gestalt Psychology as Ap- Surface Electrodes. 25580 plied to Interpreters Theatre. 25569 Cunningham-Grant, Jean D. Maximum Phona- Wasser, Charles S. Standards for Judging Repu- tion Time in Children Aged Six through tation in Intercollegiate Debate. 25570 Eight Years of Age. 25581 236 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION DiOrazio, NicholasJ.RelativeDistortion of LaValle, Anne C. Damn Yankees (A Production Connected Speech as a Result of a Speaker Thesis). 25598 Wearing Removable Partial Dental Prostheses Raphael, Nanalee. Costume Design and Execu- of Seven Different Designs. 25582 tion: A Itlidsummer Night's Dream. 25599 Hazen, Barry M. Speaker Identification Using Spectrograms Made on Different Sound Spec- (Speech Education) trographs. 25583 Eadman, Jo Ann. Stutterers vs. Non-Stutterers: Doctoral Dissertations Auditory Integration on a Dichotic Speech Mama, Dora L. Samuel Stuart Hamill: Enter- Test. 25584 prising Itinerant Elocutionist, 1833-1909. 1970. Terry, Wayne S. A Comparison of Audiometric, 25600 Rinne Test, and Stapedial Reflex Methods: Hofford, James L. A Survey of Undergraduate The Detection of Conductive Hearing Loss. Speech Communication Training Required of 25585 Secondary Level Trainees at Teacher Prepara- Thurston, Joan K. An Experimental Study of tion Colleges and Universities in New York the Effectiveness of Oral Satire as a Means of State, 1968-1960. 1970. 25601 l'ersuasion in the Community College. 25586 Hogstmm, Harold R. The Treatment of War Winer. Steven J. An Experimental Comparison and Militancy in the American Theatre: 1919- of Two Types of Human Relations. 25587 19411967. 25602 Malcolm, John P. An Historical Investigation of, Doctoral Dissertations and a Visual Supplement to, the Influence of Bore, Olga M. Teleologic Energy and Communi- the Chautauqua Institution on Innovation in cation: An Inquiry Into Life's Evolving Pro- American Education in Late 19th and Early cesses. 25588 20th Centuries. 25603 Elliott. John W. Factors Influencing Children'sManning, Robert N. An Historical Survey of RetentionandDeletionofSystemMor- Modern Rhetoric as Evidenced in Introductory phemes and Content Words on an Imitation Speech Textbooks from 1935 to 1965. 25604 Task. 25589 McKee, Paul .R. Gerrit Smith: Nineteenth Cen- Grubman, Stephen D. The Effect of Imposed tury Education of Adults. 1971. 25605 Auditiry Rhythm on the Rate and Duration Stoutenburgh, Gladys H. A Psycholinguistic Ap- ofSelectedMonosyllabic andPolysyllabic proach to Study the Language Deficit in the Words Spoken by Stutterers and Non-Stutter- Language of Deaf Children. 1971. 25606 ers. 25590 Rohrlich. Beulah F. A Descriptive and Evalu- Hadjian. Sophia. Intraoral Air Pressures for /s/ ative Study of aPilot Program in Speech in Isolation and Selected Syllables Uttered by Education for Disadvantaged Children in an Children with Normal Articulation. 25591 Urban First Grade. 1967. 25607 Hammond, Bruce R. Confrontation Rhetorki-A Study of the Radical Student Left. 25592 Hazen, Barry M. The Effects of Phonetic Con- TEACHERS COLLEGE, text on the Voiceprint Identification Tech- COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY nique. 25593 (Languages, Literature, Speech and Theatre) Johnson, Bonnie M. Implicit Comunication The- ory in Images of Organized Countergroups. Doctoral Dissertations 25594 Adelson. Loretta. An Experimental Study in Pannbacker, Mary D. Oral Language Skills of Comprehension by College Students of Time, .Adult Cleft Palate Speakers. 25595 Compressed. Educational Materials. 25608 Evers, Thomas. A Proposed Speech Program SYRACUSE UNIVERSITY forSt.Mary's Seminary College, Baltimore, Maryland. Ed.D. 25609 (Drama) Jacks, George R. Olov Hartman: Five Dramas Masters Theses oftheSwedishChurch-Drama Movement Donald, Arthur T. Seven Sketches in Mime. Discussed with Reference to Hartman's The- 2596 ology and Symbolism. 25610 Golub. Spencer J. The New Realism of Harold Kraus, Joanna H. A History of the Children's Pinter (A Production Thesis of The Caretaker). Theatre Association of Baltimore, Maryland 25597 from 1943-1966. Ed.D. 25611 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 237 Lenrow, Adele L. A 'Foul Analysis of theNewman. Gemma. Earl G. Harrison and the Argumentation Patterns in Selected Speeches Displaced Persons Controversy: A Case Study of Joseph KtImedy, John Kennedy. Robert in Social Action 25626 Kennedy. and Elwgrd Kennedy. Ed.D. 25612 Ritchie,Gladys. The Rhetoric of American Rtluso. Joseph L. A Survey of the Status of Students in Protest During the 1960's: A Study The:Atre in Units'!? States High Schools. Ed.D. of Ends and Means. 25627 25613 Sabatelli, Phillip. The Construction and Valida- Slayton, Ralph E.f, n gm a r Bergman's The Sev- tion of a Forced-Choice Scale to Measure the enth Seal: A Criticism. Ed.D. 25614 General Setnatic Concept of Intensionality/Ex- tensionality. 1970. 25628 Terse. Paul L. Jr. Shakespeare: Kabuki-Style.Shochet, Ephriam. An Examination of Forms Ed.D. 25615 of Instruction in Methods of Topic Inquiry Yeaker; Fay A. Diachronic Study of Syntactic Components as a Basis for the Rhetorical as Found in Some Speech Textbooks. 1971. 25629 Criticism of Style: The Inaugural Addresses Torlidas. William. Defining Behavioral Objec- of the Presidents of the United States from George Washington 1789 to Richard Milhous tives for the Teaching of Speech Communica- tion: An Analytical Study. 25630 Nixon 1969. Ed.D. 25616 Turner. Frederick. The Theory and Practice Zalk, Mark, The Natural History of a Role: A ofRhetoricalDeclamationfromHomeric Study of the Development and Significance of Greece Through the Renaissance. 1971. 25631 an Actor's Movement Behavior in Rehearsals. Weiss, Edmond. Rationality and Rhetoric in 25617 Policy _Deliberations, With an Emphasis on Public School Budgeting. 25632 TEMPLE UNIVERSITY TENNESSEE STATE UNIVERSITY (School of Communications and Theatre) (Speech and Drama) Masters Theses Dutta, Jyoti P. A Comparative Study of Foreign Masters Theses News in Three Indian and Three PakistaniHolt, Sandra W. Rhetorical Analysis of Lyndon English Language Newspapers, 1970. 25618 BainesJohnson's"WeShallOvercome" Haskin, Lynn M. Women on Pennsylvania Daily Speech. 25633 Newspaper Staffs: A DescriptiveStudy ofWilliams, Phillip L. An Analysis of the Social Reflectedin Ten Plays by Their Backgrounds and Attitudes. 25619 Implications as White and Mack Playwrights from 19301972. Hogan. Mary Ellen. The Innovation of F.M. 25634 Radio: Armstrong Versus the Radio Corpora- tion of America. 25620 McWilliams, James A. A Description of Fear TEXAS CHRISTIAN UNIVERSITY Induced in Children Attending a Film, as (Speech Communication) Indexed by the Number of Trips to the Rest- Masters Theses room. 25621 Fleming, Valley B. A History of the Department Shapiro, Steve. A Content Analysis of Selective of Speech Communication at .Texas Christian Film Criticism in Time and Newsweek. 25622 University-1878-1972. 25635 Jones, Margaret J. 1971 Community Service and (Speech) Minority EmploymentPoliciesof KDFW, WBAP, and WFAA Television. 25636 Doctoral Dissertations Lawrence, Marilyn S. KTVT: The History of an DiSimoni. Frank. An Exploratory Study of Ar- Independent, 1955 to 1972. M.F.A. 25637 ticulatory. Behavior in Three. Six and NineSkiles, Kenneth G. Isolation: A Film. M.F.A. Year Old Speakers, With Particular Reference 25638 to Effects of Various Phonetic EnvironmentsUselton, Ronald. Interpersonal and Intragroup Upon Phoneme Duration. 25623 Source CredibilityResearch:Synthesis and Friedenberg, Robert. To Form a More Perfect Critique. 25639 Onion: An Analysis of the Debates in the Constitutional Convention of 1787., 1970. 25624 (Theatre Arts) Jamison, Howard. A Rhetorical Study of Luis Masters Theses Munoz Murin and the Puerto Rican Political Biggs, Sallie A. Patience: A Problem in Costume Status Controversy. 1971. 25623 Design. M.F.A. 25640 238 BIBLIOGRAPIM: ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Clement, JudithA. JohannesBrahms' DerHomer, Jack. "Life, Love, and Other Illusions," Liebeslieder, Opus 52: A Choreographic In- An Original Two-Actor Concert Utilizing the terpretation. M.F.A. 25641 Techniques of Oral Interpretation, Reader's Cummins, Douglas M. Developing a Course of Theatre, and Acting. 25655 Study in Musical Theatre for Actors. M.F.A. Kindelan, Nancy A. A Production Thesis of an 25642 Original Musical Based on Shakespeare's Mac- Willis, Margaret E. Gilbert and Sullivan's Pa- beth Entitled "The Lady Has Her Plan." tience: Musical Numbers and Choreography. 25656 M.F.A. 25643 Mathias, Gary A The Scene. Lighting Designs and TechnicalDirectionfor an Original Musical Adaptation of Macbeth, Entitled "The TULANE UNIVERSITY Lady Has Her Ilan." 25657 (Speeds Pathology and Audiology) Payner, Ellen L. The Preparation and Perform- ance of the Role of Mother Courage from Masters Theses Bertolt Brecht's Mother Courage. 25658 Fisher, Francine K. A Comparison of Self- Policy, Carol J. "Life, Love, and Other Illusions," Judgments and Listeners' Judgments of Voice An Original Two-Actor Concert Utilizing the Quality. 25644 Techniques of Oral Interpretation, Reader's Versman, Bey la L. In Depth Case Study of Theatre, azd Acting. 25659 Spastic Dysphonia. 25645 Schnur, John C. WAKR-TV: The Station and the Story. 25660 (Theatre and Speech) Veitch Robert A, A Basic Study of Consubstan- Masters Theses tiality: Its Nature and Function. 25661 Cleaver, Anastasia N. The Unsuspecting Revo- Williams, Burney A. A Proposal for Radio lutionary: Voltaire's Role in the Movement Broadcasts in Promoting Health Education of Tragedy from Implicit to Explicit. 25646 inthe Southern Province of Sierra Leone. Cleaver, Clinton F. An Analysis and Production 25662 Book of Frederick Knott's Wait Until Dark. M.F.A. 25647 UNIVERSITY OF ALABAMA Keyes, Quealy A. A CriticalHistory of the Traverse Theatre Club. 25648 (Communicative Disorders) Takagi, Makiko. An Analysis and Design for Masters Theses The Trojan Women by Euripides. M.F.A.Brueck, Janet H. Incidence of Hearing Loss in 25649 PsychiatricPatients as Measured by Two Wright, Michael L. An Analysis and Produc- Screening Levels. 2560 tion Book of John 060111C'S Look Back In Crum, Phyllis H. A Comparison of the Validity Anger. M.F.A. 25650 and Reliability of the Pure Tone and Verbal Auditory Screening for Children (VASC) Tests Doctoral Dissertations Normal Hearing Impaired Groups. 25664 Marine, Don R. A History of Professional Stage Hamilton, Helen K. The Performance of Lower TheatricalsinPeoria,Illinois,Beforethe Socioeconomic, Black and White, Four-and Civil War. 25651 One-Half to Six-Year-Old Children on the Woodland, Ronald S. Time and History in the Northwestern Syntax Screening Test. 25665 Works of Jean Genet. 25652 (Speech)

UNIVERSITY OF AKRON Masters Theses (Speech and Theatre Arts) Alvis, Rita F. A Study of the Toulmin Model of Argument in Works in Argumentation and Masters Theses Historical Theory. 1971. 25666 Fladdaway, Kenneth R. A Descriptive AnalysisBoodgett, Elizabeth. Attitudes of Elementary of the Preaching of Rex E. Humbard. 25653 School Teachers Toward Black Dialect. 1971. Hill, Edward S. The Preparation and Perform- 25667 ance of the Role of Russell B. Parker fromGodbold, Patricia. Discrete Stuttering Behavior- Lonne Elder III's Ceremonies in Dark Old isms and Disfluency Contingent Stimuli. 1971. Men. 25654 25668 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 239

UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA Doctoral Dissertation (Speech Communication) Pickering. Jerry V: Medieval English Folk Dra- ma. 1971. 25681 Masters Theses Hicks, Linda Craig. An Examination of Tone in UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, the Greenhouse Poetry of TheodOre Roethke. SANTA BARBARA 25669 (Speech) NicSpadden, Maurice Rogers. The Public 4otak- ing of Will Rogers. 25670 Masters Theses Altman, Ross D. The Role of Analogy in Psy- chological Descriptions of Schizophrenic Lan- UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS guage. 25682 (Speech and Dramatic Arts) Bender, Judith E. The Effects of Different and Identical Punishers Upon Incorrect Articula- Musters Thesis tion Responses and Off-taskBehavior. 25683 Shaffer, Paul D. A Comparison of Two TeachingBasler Sharon A. Generalization of Correct Ar- Methods for Radio Broadcasting. 25671 ticulationfromParent-AdministeredPro- grams. 25684 DeCew, Garth F. A Rhetorical Analysis of Mel- UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, DAVIS. vin Belli's Defense of Jack Ruby. 25685 (Dramatic Art) Fitz Gerald, Nancy B. Ciceronian Paradigm in America. 25686 Masters Theses Goldstein, Mary J. Cardiac Rate Response to Blagg, Roberta May. Three Performances in Acoustic Stimuli in One-, Two-, and Three- Acting: Signora Cini in Right You Are If You Month-Old Infants. 25687 Think- You Are by Luigi Pirandello; Countess Horg, Gary M. The Rhetorical Tactics of George Aurelia in The Madwoman of Chaillot by Lincoln Rockwell. 25688 Jean Giraudoux; Phillipa Keseberg in Don-Powell, Susan G. The Psychology of Madmen: ner by Robert Murray. 1971. M.F.A. 25672 A Perspective on Readers' Theatre. 25689 Estrin, Jonathan. Harold Pinter's The Home.Sedano, Michael V. (Rhetorical) Power to the People: Formulating the New Populist Rhet- coming: A Director's Record. M.F.A. 25673 oric. 25690 Jencks, Lance Harold. Two Plays: Hardhats of Wolf, Kenneth E. Variations in Auditory Flut- 1971 and Flush. M.F.A. 25674 ter Fusion Thresholds as a Function of In- Linton, John Peter James. Acting Performances tensity Change. 25691 in The Caucasian Chalk Circle as the Singer, in The Madwoman of Chaillot as the Ragpick- (Theatre) er, in The Merchant of Venice as the Prince Doctoral Dissertations of Arragon. 1971. M.F.A. 25675 Pelish, Perry Randolph. Threz Roles: Private Blitgen,Sr.Carol,B.V.M. The .0verlooked .Sparky in Serjeant Musgrave's Dance; Cooper Hellman. 25692 in Cat on a Hot Tin Roof: and Emperor in Mills, Katherine Brooks. American Live Drama The Architect and the Emperor of Assyria. in the Year 2000A Delphi Study. 25693 M.F.A. 25676 Schwartz, Judith S. Revelations of a Hard-Lov- UNIVERSITY OF CINCINNATI ing Loser. M.FA. 25677 (Speech and Dramatic Arts) Shanks, Martin Leroy. The Miser by J. B. P.Masters Theses Moliere: A Directorial Search for Style. M.F.A.Aubrey, Adele M. Comprehension of Compressed 25678 Speech by Second Grade Black and White . It'oods. James Olin. The Company, Brecht's Cau- Children. 25694 casian Chalk Circle, and Myself. 1971. M.F.A. Brashear, Rebecca S. The Knowledge of Seman- 25679 tic Intent of Black and White Dialect Terms Wright, David Dukehart. An Actor's Record of by Black and White Sixth Grade Students. Rehearsals and Performances in the Roles of 25695 Bitos (Poor Bitos), Talthybios (The Trojan Carmichael,Stanley R. "Another Day": An Women), and Edstaston (GreatCatherine). Original Full Length Play. 25696 1971. M.F.A. 25680 Crouch. Harolyn W. A Reader's Theatre Pro- 210 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

duction of Selected Works of E. E. Cummings.' Denver Television News. 25713 25697 Johnson, Hugo D. A Vision of Theatre: Artaud's Coppel, Miriam Le L. A Reliability Study of Quest for Primal Unity. 25714 Impedance Audiometry Measurements With Lyeii., Gloria L. Linguistic Sex-Role Indicators. Pre-School Children. 25698 25715 Estridge, Donna C. A Study of the Relationship Reiches, Nancy Ann. A Configural Rhetoric of Between Early Performance Scores and Future Contemporary Social yovements. 25716 Acquisition of the Sound. 25699 Shade, Anne E. An Investigation Into the Pos- .Garbarek, Carrie K. To Authentically Disclose sible Uses of Movement-.N.ortion in the The -. Someof My ExperiencesofLoneliness, atre. 25717 Through the Text of My Publishable Paper, as Well as Through Film. 25700 Doctoral Dissertations Harrison, Victor I. The Production of a 16 mm.Calhoun, John T. The American Comedy: So- Film, Based Upon Experimentation into the cialerspective Since World War II. 25718* Adaptation to Filmic Use of My]ar Computer Dicker, Ian G. An Historical-Critical Study of Tape. 25701 the Career of James Cassius Williamson and Hawkins, Mary V. Female Speech Pathologists His Contributionto Theatre in and Their Effect on the 16 pf. 25702 Australia. 257190 Hess, Linda C. The Development of Transfor- Fox, Denamae D. The Influence .of Perception mational Structures in a Deaf Child Over a Period of Five Months. 25703 Training on Communication BetweenPo- larized Groups of Officers and Inmates at the Leopold, David. A Study of Professional Region- Colorado Women's CorrectionalInstitution. al Actors Serving Resident Communities. 25704 25720* Marshall, Jean L. Three Alternative Programs Sharpham, John R. A Descriptive Study of Cre- Designed to be of Assistance to People Who Desire Personal Growth: Applicable ative Drama at the Secondary ,Level in Eng- to an land. 25721 Average Segment of the Population of the Smith, Patricia G. An Empirical study of the United States, Twenty-Five Years Old and Over. 25705 Learning Taking Placein Two Different Classroom Communication Situations. 25722* Mauer, Joyce C. Federal Theatre in Cincinnati: Thomas, Carol N. An Experimental Study of Artistic Endeavor or Relief. 25706 Some Effectsof Varied InterpersonalDis- McKelvey, Carcil. A Comparison of the Lan- tances,Social Spaces, and Problem Solving guage of Learning Disability Children with Tasks on Small Group Communication Be- the Language of Normal Children. 25707 havior 25723* Moore, Sarah R. A Creative Thesis in Photog- raphy and Poetry and Poetry Inspired by Gordon Parks. 25708 UNIVERSITY OF DENVER Peroff. Linda B. Reliability and Consistency of (Speech Communication) Supervisory Evaluations of Student Therapy at University Training Centers. 25709 Doctoral Dissertations Walton, LindaG. An InvestigationoftheAnderson, Deyrol E. The Massachusetts Election Linguistic Environment of the Urban Black Sermon: A Critical Analysis of a Social and Childof Low Socio-economic Background Polemic Phenomenon. 25724* Who is Hearing Impaired. 25710 Collett, Patricia A. Value Dimensions of Free Wittkamper, Duane K. An Empirical InVesti- Speech Attitudes. 25725* gation Comparing Residence Hall StudentsCowell, Catherine R. The Lawrentian Philo- With Computer Students at the University of sophy of Communication: An Analysisof Cincinnati, Dealing Primarily With the Di- Selected Essays of D. H. Lawrence. 25726* mension of "Open-Mindedness." 25711 Johnson, Emory M. A Study of Relevant Per- Ycarick, Illeen H. A Comparison of Syntax of sonality Characteristics and Attitudinal Di- Aphasics Senile, and Normal Aged Individ- mensions as Predictors of Free Speech Atti- uals. 25712 tudes. 25727* King, LeRoy 0. A Study of Communication in UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO the Role Relationships Between Coaches and (Communication and Theatre) Athletes. 25728* Liebig, Mark C. Behavioral Contagion, Attrac- Masters Theses tion and Satisfaction in Immediate and Non- .Glaeser, William E. A Content Analysis of immediate Verbal Communication. 25729* GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 241

Mix,. Clarence R. Interpersonal CommunicationHorsfall, Geoffrey H. An Investigation of Se- Patterns, Personal Values, and Predictive Ac- lected Language Performance in Adult Schizo. curacy: An Exploratory Study. 25730 phrenic Subjects. 25747 Nations, Kenneth H. Informal Communication Iles,Mallory W. Speaker Identificationas a Among Research Scientists: Influence of Archi- Function of Frequency and Resonant Frequen- tectural Design. 25731 cies. 25748 Lyle, Martha B. Competing Speech Masking in Precision Which Creates Schmider,CarlI., the Diagnosis of Cortical Lesions. 25749 Movement: The Stylistics of E. E. Cummings. Prebor, Layne. D. The Natural History of a 25732 Conversation. 25750 Sundell, Wayne. The Operation of Confirming Towns, Walter S. Ceremonial Speaking in the and Disconfirming Verbal Behavior in Selected Reinforcing of American Nationalism in the Teacher-student Interaction. 25733 South, 1875-1890. 25751

UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA (Speech) (Drama and Theatre) Masters Theses Masters Theses Davis, Jay P. Zygomatic Placement in Bone Con- Compton, Deborah F. Costume Designs for Torn duction Audiometry. 25734 Torn, The Piper's Son. M.F.A. 25752 Debella, Constance N. The Use of PAL Auditory Gray, Walter C. III. A Production of Sam and Test No. 8 as a Measure of Auditory-Visual Bella Spewack's Play, My Three Angels. M.F.A. Receptive Skills. 25735 25753 Dickson, Carol J. Emergent Language Acquisi-Hyde, Linda D. The Forest of Zebu or A Nice don on Children From Low-Income Families. Place to Visit. M.F.A. 25754 25736 Hyde, Richard F. A Production of Robert An- Fox, Barbara M. A Comparison of Two Mea- derson's You Know I Can't Hear Yor When sures of Infant Response to Auditory Stimuli. the Water's Running. M.F.A. 25755 25737 Jackson, Frank E. Jr. A Production of Arthur Haenel, Margaret V. The Effects of Aspirate Laurents' Invitation to a March M.F.A. 25756 Phonation on Perceived Nasality. 25738 LeVene, Richard W. A Productionof Ron Hall, Michael P. John Patrick: Playwright of Cowen's Suntmertree. M.F.A. 25757 the August Moon. 25739 Lyndrup, Allen NV. A Production of Dracula. Hepler, Ernest L. Investigation of a Bone Con- M.F.A. 25758 duction "Quick-Check" in Identification Audi- Marshall, Clifton E. Preliminary Design for Sun- set Hills Theatre. M.F.A. 25759 ometry. 25740 Ready. Mary A. Analysis of Aphasic Writing, (Henry W. Grady School of Journalism) 25741 Singer Jay M. An Alternate Site of Placement Masters Theses of the Bone Oscillator in Bone ConductionAlbright, John William. The Telephone as a Audiometry. 25742 Medium ofSales Communication: An In- Thompson, Beverly B. A Study of the Re- vestigation. 25760 lationships Between Lipreading Ability, Per- Barbara, Marcus A. P. Propaganda as a Sub- sonality Types, and Visual Closure. 25743 versive Tactic: An International Defamatory Campaign Against the Brazilian Government. Doctoral Dissertations 25761 Barnes.Richard V. A Theoretical View of Allen,ElizabethL.Perceptual and Acoustic Writing Development. 25762 Analysisof Selected Voice and ResonanceBentley, John M. Non-Professional Production Qualities. 25744 Personnel and Local, Minority-Produced Tele- FilippoIvan J. Landmark Litigationinthe vision. 25763 American Theatre. 25745 Coleman, Franklin T. III. An Evaluation of the Harden, Ruby J. Correlation of Glottal Areas Public Relations Practices of Members of the Function Within Three Registers as Revealed United States House of Representatives. 25764 Through Measurement of Ultra High-Speed Corbett, Joseph T. Television Advertising as a Photographs and Photo-Electric Glottographs. Participantinthe Process of Elderly Cul- 25746 tural Alienation in the U. S. 25765 242 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Curry, Andrew J. Jr. Readability AnalysisACouch, Jane A. Julian Bond: The Rhetoric of Predictor of Campaign Success? 25766 a Realist. 25787 Dawkins, Dewitt C. III. The Effects of ClutterCurry, Gwen L. A Study of the Effect of the on Retention of Televised Advertising Mes- Type of Communicative Contact on Predictive sages. 25767 Accuracy. 25788 Fowler, Zachary S. A Study of the Chronological Gibson. James C. Eugene Talmadge: A Case Development of the Radio Broadcasting Sta- Study in the Use of the Principle of Common tions in Athens, Georgia. 25768 Ground During the 1934 Gubernatorial Cam- Gair, Robert B. Future-Segmented Use Patterns paign in Georgia. 1967. 25789 of Mass Communications. 25769 Hatfield, John D. Small Group Cohesiveness Hamilton, Gay la J. Theda Baia and the Vamp and Communication: A Synthesis and Evalua- Phenomena, 1915-1920. 25770 tion of Research. 1971. 25790 Havandjian, Nishan R. Jews, Arabs, the Press,Heft, Patricia A. A Guide to Teaching Speech and the 1967 Crisis. 25771 and Drama in the Georgia Secondary Schools. Highlander, Richard W. A Study of Attitudes 1968 M.F.A. 25791 and Opinions of U. S. Army Officers TowardHodge, Lynn A. Communication as a Factor in the Command Information Program. 25772 the Measurement of Industrial Morale. 25792 James, Joseph A. Surfer Magazine: A ContentHornsby, James L. An Experimental Study of Analysis. 25773 Eye Contact on Attitude Change in .a Sales Kramer, Robert K. A Case Study of Neighbor- Interview. 1971. 25793 hood Newspapers, Inc. 25774 Kitchens, James T. John Joachim Zubly: A Nigro, Linda L. Popular Song Lyrics and At- Rhetoric of Repentance. 25794 titude Change: An Experimental Approach. Lawrence, Ronnie Wernick. Patrick Hues Mell: 25775 Prince of Parliamentarians. 1969. 25795 Nirschl, Judith A. Doctors and Drug Informa- I enhardt, Mary N. An In-Depth Study of Speech fion: An Analysis of Attitudes and Informa- and Drama Problems in the Private 4-Year tion Seeking Behavior. 25776 Colleges in the State of Georgia. 1971. M.F.A. Nowak Ronald 0. Marshall McLuhan's Concepts 25796 of Mass Communication: The Early Works. Lyons,MargaretS.A ComparisonofCarl 25777 Sanders' Gubernatorial Campaigns: 1962 and Perreault. Richard M. A Study of the Effects of 1970. 1971. 25797 Humor in Advertising As Can Be Measured by Poythress, Mareda A. An Experimental Study of Product Recall Texts. 25778 The Effects of Task "Interest Value" on Per- Pool, John Robert. A Study of the Effects of ception of Role Differentiation ina Small Product Illustrations on Food Store .Advertis- Group Discussion. 1971. 25798 ing. 25779 Raynor, Susan B, A Comparative Analysis of Ramsey. Claudia G. A Study of the Use of Com- Two Adult Speech Education Programs: The mand Information Media in Influencing the Dale Carnegie Course in Effective Speaking Soldier in the Modern Volunteer Army. 25780 and Human Relations and the Toastmasters International Organization. 1968. 25799 Rumpel, Wolfgang A. F. An Investigation of the Structure and Practice of Promotion' in the Field of Pop Music. 25781 (Speech Education) Stinson. Larry II. Public Relations and Corpor- Doctoral Dissertations ate CrisisA Case Study. 25782 Christie, Wesley R. The Oral Communication Swinford, Charles M. Station Bias in Televised Needs of High School Students in Grades 10, News Coverage of Political Candidates. 25783 11, and 12 of Selected Counties inSouth Swinford, Mahla E. A Study of Possible News Georgia. 1971. Ed.D. 25800 Bias in Georgia Morning Dailies During theGibson James C. An Examination of Speech 1970 Gubernatorial Campaign. 25784 Teaching in Selected Georgia Educational In- Winter, Edward H. Jr. The Value and Use of situations, 1732-1900. 1971. Ed.D. 25801 Psychographics in Advertising. 25785

(Speech Communication) UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII (Speech Communication) Masters Theses Bass, Thelma A. Sojourner Truth: A Rhetoric Masters Theses of Reform. 25786 Kim, Young-Yun. Comparative Analysis of the GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 243 News by Voice of America and CBS on the Burch, Roger B. The Design of Electrical Light- Cal ley. Case from March 30 to April 7, 1971. ing Control Systems inthe UnitedStates. 25802 25815 Kirkwood, Charlotte L. Advocacy for Attitude Dawes, DeAnn 0. The Rhetoric, of Charles de and Cognition Change As an Element of Pub- Gaulle During the Fifth Republic. 25816 lic Hearing Communication Processes in the Fot cucci, Richard A. Preschoolers' Verbal Re- Kalihi-Palama Development Hearings. 25803 action Time in Perceiving Various Phonetic Kneipp. Nancy V. A Study: Cooperative and Features. 25817 Competitive Comunication Strategies in Dy- Gardner, Gary A. An Experiment in the Writing adic Interaction. 25904 and Production of a Modern Tragedy. The Leese, Joseph A. The Relationship of Ethnic Billy Goat Song. 25818 Identity to Certain Communication Variables. Goodban, Marjorie T. The Significance of the 25805 Source SpectruminSpeakerIdentification. Warner, Emily H.CognitiveCorrelatesof 25819 Groups of Recorders' Effects on Group Per-Harte, Thomas B. The Effects of Initial Atti- formance. 25806 tude and Evidence in Persuasive Communi- cations. 25820 Holstead, Lisa N. Thoracic and Laryngeal In- UNIVERSITY OF HOUSTON teractionin Regulating Subglottal Pressure (Speech) During Phonation. 25821 Keaveney, Madeline M. Narrative Viewpoint in Masters Theses Two Novels by Alain RobbeGrillet. 25822 Tobias, Donna R. A Pluralistic Approach to McLaughlin, Margaet L. Non-Metric Multidi- Walt Whitman's "Song of the Open Road" mensional Scaling of Social Judgments. 25823 for the Oral Interpreter: Explicative, Arche- Pratt, Judith E. Comparisons of Linguistic Per- typal. and Rhetorical Analyses. 25807 ception and Productionin Preschool Stut- Yeakley, Jr FlavilR. RhetoricalStrategies terers and Nonstutterers. 25824 Analyzed bySocialMovement Theoryas Ryan, Halford R. A Rhetorical Analysis of Applied to Conflict Within the Restoration General Eisenhower's Public Speaking from Movement. 25808 1945 to 1951. 25825 Somer Richard F. Archibald MacLeish, Spokes- UNIVERSITY OF IDAHO man for Democracy: A Rhetorical Study of his Advocacy of the American Dream. 25826 (Theatre Arts) Tuttle, George E. Jr. Development and Evalua- Masters Theses tion of Programed Instruction Material in Heimgartner, Larry W. A Production of Winnie- SpeechCompositionforSecondary Educa- The-Pooh. 25809 tion. 25827 Watkin, Elizabeth S. Three Styles of Acting forValley, David B. A History and Analysis of the Performer. 25810 Democratic Presidential Nomination Accep- Young, Margaret L. An Exploration of Revolu- tance Speeches to 1968. 25828 tionary Theatre in Northern Ireland. 25811 Willard, Charles A. The Concept of the Auditor in Aristotelian Rhetorical Theory. 25829 Yaffe, Alan. Kenneth Tynan: Dramatic Opinions. UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS 25830 (Speech) Masters Thesis UNIVERSITY OF IOWA Jones, Donald P. The Principle of Hierarchy in (Speech and Dramatic Art) Kenneth Burke's Theory of Language. 25812 Mast' s Theses Blanning, Richard B. Original Plays and Pro- Doctoral Dissertations duction Assignments Completed at the Uni- Aho, Gerhard. The Preaching of F. G. Hedberg. versity of Iowa. M.F.A. 25831 25813 Cleveland, Elbin L. Selected Scenery and Light- Boyd, Stephen D. The Campaign Speaking of ing Designs. M.F.A. 25832 Frank. Clement in the 1954 Democratic Pri- Johnson, John W. The Acting Performance of many: Field Study and Rhetorical Analysis. SelectedRolesinDramaticPerformance. 25814 M.F.A. 25833 244 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Roberts. Jay W. Directorial Approach and Tech- Metamorphosis Structures for Semiotic Unit niques of Margo Jones. 25834 Sequencing. 25854 White. Thomas M. Selected Dramatic Perform- Wenger, Paul E. A Study of Legislative Dis- ances: 1968-1971. M.F.A. 25835 courseinthe Censure Debate Concerning 'form. Myron S. The Mother of Us All: A Cre- Senator Thomas J. Dodd. 25855 ative Thesis in Directing with Dramaturgical Vheeler. Christopher G. Effects of Verbaliza- Aspects. 25836 tion and Age on Discrimination Learning and Transposition. 25836 Doctoral Dissertations

Bank. Rosemarie K. Rhetorical, Dramatic, The- UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS atrical. and Social Contexts of Selected Ameri- can Frontier Plays. 1871 to 1906. 25837* (Radio/Television/Film) Brown, Kent R. The Writer as Collaborator: Masters Thesis The Career of Stewart Stern. 25838 Deutsch. Dian, A Content Analysis of the Soap Cagle, John A. Clozentropy, Language Inten- Opera Formula. 25857 sity. and Attitude Change. 25839 Clark. David W. Opinion Leadership, Group Hinintelstein. Harold. An Analysis of Methods of Television Program Selection by Three Discussion. and Group Acceptance of a Per- Cultural Groups of ViewersinLawrence, suasive Television Message. 25840 Davidson, Ivan H. Long Day's Journey Into Kansas. 25858 Night by Eugene O'Neill: A Structural Anal-Lees, Mary Beth. The Demise of "The Immor- ysis. 25841" tals": A Case Study in Broadcast Program- Eakins. Barbara J. Charles Morris and the Study ming. 25859 of Signification. 25842 Moisio, Kyllikki. A Study of the Content and Eckey. Lorelei F. The Scenic Environment at Philosophy of the Film Magazine Sight and the Hotel de Bourgogne Determined from Sound, with an Annotated Index of Leading Analyses of Twelve Plays Performed at the Articles: 1960-1970. 25860 Hotel Between 1628 and 1634. 25843 l'arker, Rudolph V. Black, White and Indian Elsea, lanet G. The Rhetoric of an Academic Youths Television Program and Program Type President: Clark Kerr. I9381964. 25844 Preferences. 25861 Glassberg, Roy I. The Principle of Unity in Four Cinquencento Comedies. 25845 Doctoral Dissertations Jaffe. David L. The Impact of the Mass Media cut Source Commitment. 25846 Harrell, Jackson J. Symbolic Interaction as the LynchF. Dennis. Clozentropy: A Technique Basis fur Rhetorical Theory. 25862 for Studying Audience ResponsetoFilms. MacDoniels, Joseph W. Factors Related to the 25847* Level of Open Expression in Small Group Lyons, Timothy J. The SilentPartner: The Laboratory Learning Experiences. 25863 History of the American Film ManufacturingRankin, WilliamI. A Studyof Rhetorical Company, 1910-1921. 25848 Strategies in the Rise of Seventh-Day Adven- Marr, Theodore J.Conciliation and Verbal tism. 23864 Responses as Functions of Orientation and Roegiers, Charles L. An Experimental Study of Threat in Group Interaction. 25849 Interpersonal Trust and Leadership in Prob- Primrose, Robert A. An Analysis of Preaching letn-Solving Small Groups. 25865 on Social Issues in the Quad Cities. 25850 Roberts, Churchill L. The Effects of Self-Con (Speech Communication and Human Relations) frontation, Role Playing, and Response Feed- back on the Level of Self-esteem. 25851 Masters Theses Rockev. Laurilyn J. A Stylistic Analysis of Three Brumback, Sarah E. A Study of Self-Perceived Plays of the Chester Cycle: The Three Kings, Behavioral Responses to Communication De- The Oblation of the Three Kings, and The nial. 25866 Slaughter of the Innocents. 25852 Cutler, Karen J. Rumor Behavior and Rumor Schultz, Stephen C. The Contribution of Wil- Control: A Search for Theoretical Perspective. liam Pod to the Modern Theory of Shake- 25867 spearean Acting. 25853 Gorsky. Edwin L. A Campaign Study of the Small, Edward S. Japanese Animated Film: A Rhetoric of the 1970 "Liquor by the Drink Study of Narrative, Intellectual Montage and Amendment" in Kansas. 25868 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 245 Harrison, Alice. Jeane. The Relationship Be-Nash, Michael M. Charles Pullin and the The- tween Supervisors' Task Leadership Behavior atre de l'Atelier: Toward a Modem Theatrical and Interpersonal Leadership Behavior and Synthesis. 25883 EmployeeProductivityin Two University Residence Hall Food Service Systems. 25269 Doctoral Dissertations Shivers, Gary M. Recorded Documents in Public Communication: A Discography of Broad- Biddle, Stephen P. American Avant-Garde Play- casting and Public Address. 25870 wrights of the Late Sixties. 25884 Coiner, Miles W. Jr. After the Thaw: Three Playwrights and the Romanian Theatre in (Speech Pathology and Audiology) the Spring of 1969. 25885 Masters Theses Kiralyfalvi, Bela. The Aesthetics and Dramatic Bury, Byrdell Davis. A Comparison on Mean Theory of Gyorgy Lukacs. 25886 and Median Fundamental Frequency andMarder, Carl John III. A History of the De- Semi-Tone Pitch Ranges for Male and Fe- velopment and Growth of the Dallas Theatre male Parkinson Subjects During Pre-and Max- Center. 25887 imum Dosage Ingestion of L-Dopa. 25871 Roth, Emalou. Immanent Form: Toward a Dra- matic/Theatrical Criticism. 25888 Fahey, Virginia K. A Normative Study of Laryn- geal Air Flow. 25872 Martett, Brenda J. A Study of Black English UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY Syntax in the Midwest and Its Relation to (Speech) Black Standard English. 25873 Todd. Nancy S. Temporary Threshold Shifts in Masters Thesis "Normal" Hearing Listeners Caused by "Loud" Cessna, Opal M. A Stylistic Comparison of Rock Music. 25874 Written Language by American and Japanese Wilhelm, Sammie S. Maximum Duration of Theological Students. 25889 Phonation as a Function of Vowels. 25875 Wilson, Elizabeth A. Experimental Effects of Videotape and Role Playing Training of Par- UNIVERSITY OF MAINE, ORONO ent Behaviors. 25876 (Speech) Masters Theses Doctoral Dissertations Dallinger, Jane R. Assessment of Spontaneous Briggs, Sandra L. An Experimental Study of Speech as a Method for Measuring Carryover the Relationship Between Ears of Phoneme intheSpeechofArticulationDisordered Discriminations Presented Independently to Children. 25890 EachEarinHearing Impaired Children.Denithorne, Margaret R. The Effects of Oral 25877 Interpretation of Selected Black Literature Cunningham, David R. Extra-High Frequency on Audience Attitudes. 25891 Hearing Loss and Hyperlipidemia. 25878 Longtin, Russell L. A Comparative Study of the Fahey. Ronald F. An Experimental Analysis of Characterization of Thomas Becket as Pre- a Program of Articulation Modification Con- sented in Dramatic Literature. 25892 ducted by Elementary School Children. 25879 Veilleux, David L. A Comparative Study of the Manner and Conditions of Testing Auditory Hall. Leonard W. An Investigation of the Re- Discrimination. 25893 lationship of Polytomography of the Internal Auditory Canal and Audiological Performance with Normal Hearing and Presbycusic Sub- UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND, jects. 25880 COLLEGE PARK Murray, Shawn L. Investigation of Three Teach. (Speech and Dramatic Art) ing Methods for Language Training. 25881 Masters Theses (Theatre) Berlin,RichardA.ProductionThesis and Book of Cabaret. 25894 Masters Theses Dunn, Bradley P. Image vs. Issue: A Study of Leach, Gigi McGuire. Slawomir Mrozek's The Television in American Politics. 25895 Second Course: A Historical Introduction and Gilden, De Vera. Using Methods and Techniques Translation. 25882 of Psychodrama to Train the Actor. 25896 246 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Gregory, Robert B. Study of the Effects of a Doctoral Dissertations Workshop Upon the Attitudes, Behavior, and Perceived Goals of a Group of School Li-Blom, Eric D. 4% Comparative Investigation of brarians Toward In-school Television and the Perceptual andAcoustical.Features of Eso- Videotape Recorder. 25897 phageal Speech and Speech with the Taub Voice Prosthesis. 25914 Hamilton, John R. Study of the Reactions ofFord, Ronald W. A Comparative Analysis of Six Eighth-grade Children to Television and the Responses of Sensorineural Hypacusics to Preliminary Considerations for Longitudinal Four Speech Discrimination Tests. 25915 Research. 25898 Lund, Nancy J. The Effectof Similarity of Hammel, Stuart F. An Analysis of the Budg- Bisensory Stimuli on Short-Term Recall of etary Process in Intercollegiate Forensics: An Verbal Items. 25916 Attempt to Develop a Rhetorical Strategy forMoskowitz, George M. Oral Vibrotactile Percep- Budget Acquisition. 25899 tion: A Comparison of Three Age Groups. Hoehn Douglas B. An Examination of the Sex 25917 Variable in Various Discussion Group Com- positions, as Measured by Rating, Ranking, Evaluation, Perceived Leadership, and Partici- UNIVERSITY OF MASSACHUSETTS pation. 25900 (Speech) Kells, Pauline G. A Test of the Influence of Peer Evaluation and Criticism Upon SpeakerMasters Theses PerformanceintheBasicCollegeSpeech Krafcheck, Marlene. A Rhetorical Analysis of Course. 25901 Ben Gurion's Appeals to Jewish Values and Lamp, Ear ling J. The Interrelationship of Sex Circumstances 1940-1946. 1971. 25918 and Discrepant Information with Regard to La Grave, Charles W. Inherency: An Historical the Interaction Patterns in Group Discussion. and Critical Study. 1971. 25919 25902 Seeley, Barbara Jo. The Rhetorical Theory of Mendelson, Gary L. Field Coil Pick-Up Moni- Charles Rollin; A Study in the Principles of toring of Hearing Aid Outputs into an Arti- Classicism. 1971. 25920 ficial Ear and External Auditory Meatus. 25903 Shane, Howard C. A Device and a Program for Pastrich, Stuart J.Television Use by Eighth Aphonic Communication. 25921 Graders. 25904 Willner, Judith D. The Eccentricitiesof a Pincus, David J. Message Strategy of a Voter Nightingale by Tennessee Williams: Analysis Registration Drive: A Case Study. 25905 and Production. 25922 Sher, Annabelle E. Consonant Phonemic Con- fusionAssociated witha High-Tone Loss Doctoral Dissertation Above 2000 Hz. 25906 Donohue, Thomas R. Perceptions and Misper- Shipman, Irene K. Chamber Theatre Produc- ceptions of Political Television Commercials. tion of Ken Kesey's One Flew Over the Cuc- 25923 koo's Nest. 25907 Spicer. Joseph. Investigative Study of the Prob- lems Associated with Religious Programming UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN on Public Radio. 25908 (Speech Communication and Theatre) Stelcik, Judith E. An Invesigation of Internal Versus External Discrimination and GeneralMasters Theses Versus Phoneme-Specific Discrimination. 25909 Lipman, Daniel. From First to Last Respects: Stone, Mary A. An Investigation of the Per- The Playwright in Productions. 25924 formance of Normal Hearing Subjects and Mueller, August W. A Study of Communication Cochlear Impaired Subjects on a Pitch Dis- Patterns and Cognitive Achievement by Par- crimination Task and a Loudness Discrimina- ticipantsinUniversityof MichiganReal tion Task. 25910 Estate Programs. 25925 Thomas, Sylvia S. Analysis of David Belasco as a Playwright. 25911 Doctoral Dissertations Wasserman, Joseph. A Rhetorical Recreation of Burr, David H. Richard Mansfield: A Re-Eval- Bella Abzug's 1970 Campaign. 25912 uation of His Artistic Career. 25926 Williams, Dorothy Anne. Jacques Copeau's In- Dial, Victor L. A Descriptive Study of the Tra- fluence on Contemporary Experimental The- dition of Oral Reading in the Benedictine atre in America. 25913 Order. 25927 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 247 Erickson, Keith V. Aristotle's Rhetoric: Essays selling: The Minnesota Draft and Military and Bibliography. 25928 Help as the Source of a Message. 25947 Cart ley, Linda J. The American Film IndustryJohnson, Suzanne D. The FIRO-B Variables in Transition: 1946-1956. 25929 and Negotiation Success. 25948 Gilsdorf, William 0. Political CommunicationMcCullough, Patricia A. The Communicative in New Hampshire: A Case Study in Organ- Process inInitial Vocational Rehabilitation ized Political Persuasion. 25930 Interviews. 25949 Hashimoto, Yoko. Joseph Papp and the New Rueter, Alvin C.KarlBarth's Theology of York Shakespeare Festival. 25931' Preaching and Kenneth Burke's Theory of Hoover. Mary A. A Study of JeanSiferin Persuasion. 25950 Maury's Rhetoric Essai Sur L'Eloquence de la Yazdi, Mona. The Production of a Series of 10 Chaire et la Barreau. 25932 TV Programs on the Problems of Foreign Kennedy, Allan J. An Experimental Study of Students in the United States for Broadcast the Effect of Humorous Message Content Up- on Educational Television. 25951 on Ethos and Persuasiveness. 25933' Manning, Thomas J. The Staging of Plays at Doctoral Dissertations Christ Church, Oxford, 1582-1592. 25934' McGill, Robert E. Stratford '55: The Establish- Boyd, Douglas A. An Historical and Descriptive ment of Convention. 25935' Analysis of the Evolution and Development of O'Sullivan, Hanora M. A Rhetorical Analysis Saudi Arabian Television: 1963-1972. 25952' of the Structure and Strategy of the Civil War Breitlow, John R. Rhetorical Fantasy at the Anti-Draft Movement. 25936' Virginia Convention of 1788. 25953 Pryor. Albert. Resistance to Persuasive. AttacksChesebro, James W. The Radical Revolutionary AgainstBeliefLevelsVaryinginInitial in America: Analysis of a Rhetorical Move- Levels of Acceptance. 25937' ment, 1960-1972. 25954 Stephenson, Stephen J. A Multivariate AnalysisCragan, John F. The Cold War Rhetorical of Factors Predictive of Attitude Change in a Vision, 1946-1972. 25955' Speech Situation. 25938' Garvin, Karen J.Billy Graham in1967: A Stick. Sheldon L. Evaluation of a Battery of Further Study of Adaptation to Audiences. Tests for Assessing Children with Language 25956' Disorders. 25939' Hensley, Carl W. The Rhetorical Vision of the Thompson, Sister Mary F. The Lafayette Play- Disciples of Christ: A Rhetoric of American ers:1915-1932. 25940' Millenialism. 25957' Wertz, Majorie D. Toward a Theory of Non- Pyclik, Judith R. Business Rhetoric in the Gild- verbal Communication: A CriticalAnalysis ed Age: A Study of Rhetorical Function, 1879- of Albert Scheflen, Edward Hall, George Mahl 1900. 25958' and' Paul Ekman. 25941' Runkle, Judith A. A Survey of the Small Group Techniques Used in College Beginning Speech Classes. 25959' UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA Veninga, Robert L. A Case Study in Organiza- (Speech Communication) tilt) Development: The Role of Communica- tion. 25960' Masters Theses Wicklander, Dale R. Contemporary Practice of Borgestad, James T. A Historical Study of the the Christian Science Board of Lectureship: Development of Joseph Goebbels as a National Searchfor Consubstantiality of the Meta- Socialist Speaker: 1926-1932. 25942 physical and the Material. 25961' Dolan, Patrick W. Minimum Dispositions andYouscf, Fathi S. Cross-Cultural Social Communi- Negotiation Success. 25943 cative Behavior: Egyptians in the U.S. 25962' Fine, Marlene G. The Trial of the Chicago 8: A Metaphorical Analysis. 25944 (Theatre Arts) Gunderson, Kathleen. The Communicative Pro- Masters Thesis cess in Initial Vocational Rehabilitation In- terviews. 25945 Fliehr, Richard R. Stage Lighting Practices on Hewitt, Arthur Graham. The Interpersonal the American Arena Stage. 25963 Communication Breakdown Between Clergy andLaityinWhiteLiberalProtestant Doctoral Dissertations Churches of America in the I969's. 25946 Bain, Reginald F. The Federal Government and Hixson, Bruce A. The Rhetoric of Draft Conn- Theatre: A History of Federal Involvement 248 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION in Theatre from the End of the Federal A Syllabus Designed with Role-Play as a Theatre Project in 1939 to the Establish- Constant Teaching Technique. 25980 ment of the National Foundation on the ArtsMcGahey, James E. A Production Design for and Humanities in 1965. 25964 Arthur Kopit's Indians. M.F.A. 25931 Bays, Robert A. Jr. The Aesthetics of Guilt.MCC:they, Linda L. Psychodrama: A Means of 25965 Att. g Human Wholeness. 25982 Braun, Thomas C.Tradition,Theory andMoore, Janice E. An Analysis of Programming Practice of Active Audience Participating in Trends at Four Southeastern Public/Educa- the Theatrical Fvent. 25966 tional Television Stations. 25983 Devlin, Diana M. The Dreamer and the Maker:Moreton, Rebecca B. Religious Skepticism in A Study of Lewis Casson's Work in the The- Euripides' The Hippolytus, The Ion, and The atre. 25967 Bacchae. 25984 Dusek, IvanF. Ten Fastnachtspielc of HansThompson, I. D. The Negro Ensemble Com- Sachs, a Translation and Adaptation Inc lud- pany: An Expression of Black Experience. ing an Analysis of Characters and their Social 25985 and Dramatic Significance. 25968 Tomlinson, Robert L. The Influence of Three Elzey, John M. Professional Legitimate The- Men Upon the Work of Isadora Duncan. atre in Saint Paul. Minnesota, 1890-1918. 25969 25986 Hancock, Jim R. The Use of Time by AbsurdistNVeel.s, Sherra L. A Study of Major Contribu- Playwrights:Beckett,lonesco,Genet, and tions Made by Early Melodrama to the De- Pinter. 25970 velopment of Early Films. 25987 Koenig, Bruce A. Theatre Royal, Drury Lane: An Architectural Study. 25971 McDonough, Patrick D. A Comparative Deseret). UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI, COLUMBIA tive Study of Management Plannin Prac- (Speech and Dramatic Art) tices in the Tyrone Guthrie Theatre and the Masters Thesis Milwaukee Repertory Theatre. 25972 Smiley. JoAnne D. Meaning in Selected Stories Mezz, Jonathon A. SolzhenitsynOnstage: A of Joyce Carol Oates. 25988 Critical Study of own i SalIovka (A Play by Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn) and Its World Pre- miere Production by the Minnesota TheatreDoctoral Dissertations Company in 1970. 25973 Anderson, Robert 0. A Rhetoric of Political Perrier, Ronald G. A Study of the Dramatic Image Comunication. 25989 Works of Tennessee Williams from 1963-1971. Brammer, Clarence L. Thomas J. Walsh: Spokes- 25974 man for Montana. 25990 Weiland, Richard J. The Changing Concepts Estes, Susan J. The Rhetoric of Representative of Dramatic Action and Their Relationship Black SpokesmenforViolence from1963 to Theatrical Form. 25975 through 1969. 25991 Wright, Mary E. The Effects of Creative Drama Hild, Stephen G. United States Patents Per-, on Person Perception. 25976 taining to Theatre, 1916-1945. 25992 Kunesh, Gregory D. A Descriptive Analysis of Curricular Theatre in Missouri Public High

UNIVERSITY OF MISSISSIPPI Schools. 25993 . (Speech and Theatre) Munshaw, JosephA. The ShapeofOral Thought: Toward the Viewpoint of History Masters Theses as Rhetoric. 25994 Clark, Michael E. Primary Influences on Samuel Siefkas, James M. A History of Theatre in La- Beckett's Comic Technique inWaiting for Crosse, Wisconsin from its Beginning to 1900. Godot, Endgame, and Happy Days. 25977 25995 Guyton, Patricia A. An Analysis of the Organ- Wilibrand, Mary Louise. Acquisition of Optional ization and Effects of Three Major Theatrical Transformations in Sentences Conjoined with Monopolies. 25978 "And." 25996 Kellum, Jerrol L. A Management Portifolio.Williams, Patricia Lynn. The Rhetoric of Im- 25979 perialism: The Speaking of Joseph Chamber- Led low, Lynda D. Beginning Public Speaking: lain, 1895.1897. 25997 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS -249 UNIVERSITY OF MONTANA RelationshipBetweenNasalityand Judg- (Drama) ments of Personality. 1971. 26013 Kundert,Linda. The RelationshipBetween Masters Theses Minimal Hearing Loss and Academic Achieve- Blair. Thomas J. Directing Luigi Pirandello's ment. 1971. 26014 Right You Are (If You Think You Are). Mangan, James E. Comparison of the Goldman- M.F.A. 25998 Fristoe-Woodcock and Modified Rhyme Tests Chastonay,Jeanette.DirectingBrianFriel's of Auditory Discrimination. 26015 Lovers. M.F.A. 25999 Reed, Mary Anne. An Analysis of Developmental Cocetti, Robert A. A Non-Technical Guide to Errors on the Basis of Articulatory Attributes: Holography and its Possible Application to A Procedural Study. 1971. 26016 Theatrical Productions. 1971. M.F.A. 26000 Shideler, Lee E. A Proposed Program for the Ferguson, David B. "Henry Potter Briggs and Early Identification of Hearing Impaired In- the Infinite Pleasure Machine." Original Play. fants. 26017 1971. 26001 Towne. Roger L. Listeners' Perception of Speak- Giss, Gerald D. "Prometheus and Pandora" and er's Personality Traits as a Function of the "Macedonian Rag;" Two Plays. 1971. M.F.A. Speaker's Eye Contact Behavior. 26018 26002 Horan, Clayton W. The Technical Direction of UNIVERSITY OF NENV MEXICO The Prime of Miss Jean Brodie. 1971. M.F.A. (Speech Communication) 26003 Johnson, Margaret F. A Theatre Production Masters Theses Source Book for the Drama Program in Small Horan, Hilary H. A State-wide Survey of Public Montana Secondary Schools. 1971. 26004 Opinions Toward theUniversity of New Sarni. Iraj. Gestalt Therapy: Its Potential Use Mexico. 26019 In Acting. 26005 Tullis, Patricia. A Value Analysis of the 1968 Presidential Campaign Speech of George Cor- (Speech Communication) ley Wallace. 26020

Masters Thesis UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA, Milkovich, Mark B. Determining the Predicta- (Dramatic Art) bility of the Transactional Analysis Personality Model (Parent-Adult-Child)inPersuasive Masters Theses Communication:AnExperimentalStudy. Allen, Nancie W. A Record of North Carolina's. 26006 Thalian Hall From 1861 to 1865 as Reflected in The Wilmington Daily Journal. 26021 (Speech Pathology and Audiology) Bishop. Charles N. The African Grove and the African Theatre. 26022 Masters Theses Cap le. Horace B. Eli Eli or A Reenactment Rit- Anderson, Gary D. A Study of Normal Children's ualof a Clever and Diabolical Conspiracy Discrimination Responses in Noise to the PBK to Create Light to Lighten the Gentiles. 26023 World Lists. 26007 Dalton, Donald B. The History of Theatre in Coburn, Wendy Maureen. A Descriptive Study Asheville, North Carolina, 1832-1972. 26024 of the Motor Theory of Speech Perception.Donavan, William C. Hanky Spanky Skiddeldy 26008 Doo (A Fantasy For Children). 26025 Crosby. Nancy L. Vertigo and Dizziness: A StudyLarson, Michael T. A Mau Mau Oath-Taking of Relationships to Audiological Testing and Ceremony Administered by General Blood: Patient History Data. 26009 A Play in Two Acts. 26026 Cummins, Laurie N. A Comparison of Judg- Nard, David P. The Scene Design for a Pro- ments on Written Compositions of Hearing duction of A Flea in Her Ear. 26027 and Hearing-Impaired High School Students. Smith, Tommy W. My Terra Cotta Baby: A 26010 Play in Two Acts. 26028 Hanley. John M. The Study of the Effects of Fluent and Disfluent Speech on the Speech (English, Speech Division) of Listeners. 26011 Masters Theses Heaton, Elaine M. Sounds Described by Articu- Boyce, Sandra N. A Readers Theatre Production latory Features. 1971. 26012 Reflecting a Study of the 1884.1885 Reading Kobitisch, Linda. An Experimental Study of the Tour of Mark Twain. 1971. 26029 2,50 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Dees. Diane E. Dr. James R. Strain's Funeral UNIVERSITY OF NORTH DAKOTA Oration: The Burial of "Bad Government" in (Speech) Louisiana. 26030 Masters Theses Frank, Robert L. Agnew Challenges the Media: A Rhetorical Criticism. 26031 Dickey, Robert. A Rhetorical Analysis of Thomas Harnage, Brenda J. A History of the Speech Hayden as a Spokesman for the New Left. Activities in the Literary Societies at Carson- 26048 Newman College from 1851-1945. 26032 Frederickson, Sara G. John F. White: One Man's Hynes, Thomas J.Jr. The Counterplan: An ContributiontoEducational Televisionin Historical and Descriptive Study. 26033 the United States. 26049 Jacob, Donald G. Information Policies and Prac- Lentz, Tony M. Nixon at the Universities: A tices of Governing Boards of Institutions of Comparison oftheAlfredM. Rhetorical Higher Education. 26050 Landon Lecture to Kansas State UniversityNightingale. John. Communication and Polari- on September 16, 1970 and the Address to zation: An Analysis of Coorientational States the University of Nebraska Convocation on as Antecendent Conditions of Communication January 14, 1971. 26034 Study of Behavior with the John Birch Society. 26051 Weaver, RobertC. A Descriptive Tillman, Michael. Some Critical Considerations the Secondary Schools Speech Education in in Style in High School Oratory. 26052 of North Carolina. 26035 Varberg, Barbara. Kate Millets: A Persuasive Campaigner for Women's Liberation. 26053 UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA, GREENSBORO UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA (Drama and Speech) (Speech Communication) Masters Theses Masters Theses Amos, Bonnie W. A Study of Velopharyngeal Hall, Susan A. The Social Judgment-Involve- Closure in Children with 'owl Nodules. 26036 ment Paradigm and Attitude Change As A Baumgardner, Anita T. A Survey of Research Function of Belief-Discrepant Communication. in Television by Graduate Students in Speech 26054 and Cognate Fields: 1968-1969. 26037 Sanders, Homer L. Jr. Cognitive Complexity and Beasley, Blair E. Jr. A Production of Eugene the Reconstruction of Interpersonal Impres- O'Neill'sLong Day's Journey Into Night. sions. 26055 M.F.A. 26038 Williams, M. Lee. A Comparative Study of Clensettr, Jane M. A Phonetic Analysis of Glos- Cognitive Complexity to Measures of Dogma- solalia. 26039 tism and Tolerance for Ambiguity. 26056 Hodges Sarah R. A Comparison of Bone Con- duction Thresholds in Normal and Hearing Doctoral Dissertations Impaired Persons Using Several ConditionsEwbank, Kathryn B. A Study of Some Factors of Vibrator- Placement and Occlusion of the that Affect Patterns of Communication in a External Ear. 26040 Natural Group. 26057 Linder.RobertaP.ProductionThesis:The Hamilton, PeterK.Effects of Dogmatic and Ghost Sonata. M.F.A. 26041 OpinionConfident-Types on Small Group Marshall. Judy T. A Rhetorical Analysis of Conformity. 26058 Logos, Pathos. and Ethos in Selected Speeches Murrow, Wayne L. A Descriptive Study of the of Terry Sanford. 26042 Use of PROANA 5: A Computerized Tech- Mashburn, Jeannine A. A Study of the Musical nique for the Analysis of Small Group In- . Ability of Children with Vocal Nodules. 26043 teraction. 26059* Raby, Cortland F. Jr. A Visual Design and Tech-White, Opal T. The Mexican American Sub- nical Production of Eugene O'Neill's Long culture: A Study in Teaching Contrastive Day'c Journey Into Night. M.F.A. 26044 Sounds in English and Spanish. 26060* Sydow, Ronald L. A Total Visual Design of Samuel Beckett's Waiting for Godot. M.F.A. UNIVERSITY OF OREGON 26045 (Speech) Van Blarcom, Bruce. A Production of Samuel Beckett's Waiting for Godot. M.F.A. 26046 Masters Theses Wells, Susan M. Creative Dramatics in the Treat- Anderson, Melvi C. The Effect of Television ment of Language Delay. 26047 on the Performance of Magic. 26061 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 251 Berg, William M. Attitudes of Selected CableFrank. Edward J. The Unseen and Unheard: A Operations Toward the Use and Function of Theoretical Attribute in the Art of the Stage Public Access Channels. 26062 Play. 26079 Burdman, Robert. A Critical Analysis if Pro-Hansen, William A. John Wesley and the Rhet- grammed Learning in Televised Instruction: oric of Reform. 26080 An Historical Review. 26063 !input, Fred P. Jr. The Relationship of Status. Chang, Lily. Face-Painting of the Ching Char- Crystallization, Orientation to Interaction, and acter in Peking Opera. 26064 Social Disengagement to Specific Satisfactions of Aged Community Volunteers. 26081 Gleason, Maryellen C. The Rhetoric of Angelina Keele, Lucy A. A Burkeian Analysis of the Grimke Weld. 26065 Rhetorical Strategies of Dr. Martin Luther Hoyt. Howard R. Audience Reaction to Selected King, Jr., 1955-1968. 26082 FilmTechniques withRespectto Demo-Lane, LeRoy L. John F. Nessly: The Rhetoric graphic Background. 26066 of his Ministry and Message. 26083 Joyce, John D. A Descriptive Analytical Study McMenamin, Milton J. An Experimental Study of the National Center for Experiinents in of the Effects of Television on Audience Per- Television. 26067 ception of the Teaching Personality. 26084 Peterson, Thomas G. The Preparation and Stag- Thompson, Jerome V. Public Television: Goals ing of Edwin Booth's 1889 Macbeth. 26068 andGoalAchievementAssessment, 1972. Robert, John H. An Experimental Study of 26085 Nonverbal Signals as aPossible Source ofWade, Jere D. The San Francisco Stage, 1859- Bias in Television News Broadcasting. 26069 1869. 26086 Robinson, Deanna M. An Exploration of Elite Audience Attitudes Toward Television and UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA Theatre Movies. 26070 (University Theatre) Root, Jon R. The Effects of Student Invcilve- ment in the Instructional Television Produc- Masters Theses tion Process Upon Their Perception of a Uni- Borders, R Don. The Case for Dramatics in the versity Level Biology Course Taught Secondary Schools to South Carolina. 1971. Partially withwith Television. 26071 26087 Tippo, Ray E. A Content Analysis of Diversifi-Treacy, Robert Emmett. A Full-Length Play cation and Localism Found in Local Tele- Still Born. 1971. 26088 visition Newscasts of a Medium Market. 26072 Young, Jeffrye L. An Exploratory Study of Fed- UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH FLORIDA eral Expectations for Local Television Pro- gram Production in Small Markets Contrasted (Speech Communication) with the Ability of Television Stations in Four Masters Theses Small Oregon Markets to Meet Expectation. Burkett, Eugene. A Study of the Ballad Char- 26073 acteristics in Carson McCuller's The Ballad of the Sad Cafe through Chamber Theatre Doctoral Dissertations Adaptation and Presentation. 26089 Barton, Richard L. Reengagement and the Com- DeLoach, Dan. A Descriptive Study of the Quali- munication of Control Information in an As- tative and Quantitative Responses Made on sociation of Aged Volunteers. 26074 Debate Ballots. 26090 Gutierrez,Cheryl. A RhetoricalAnalysisto Boateng, Emanuel. InformationSources and Examine the Validity of Richard Weaver's Uses by Black Americans. 26075 Theory of Predominant Source of Argument Boileau, Don M. Adolescent Responses to a as an Index to Philosophy. 26091 Persuaiive Speech:Relationshipsto Three Krog, June. The Voice of Black Americans, 1965- StagesofPiagersCognitiveDevelopment 70: A Perspective on Movement Rhetoric. 26092 Theory. 26076 Lindley, Carlyn. The Effect of Three Modes of Chamberlain, Robert G. Rhetorical Theory in Oral Interpretation of Literature on Empathic the Works of Fray Luis de Granada, 1504-1588. Audience Response. 26093 26077 Osborne, William. A Descriptive-Creative Study Day, Susan S.Productions at Niblo's Garden Involving the Social Implications of a Cham- Theatre, 1862-1826, During the Management ber Theatre Adaptation of Watermelon Man. of William Wheatley. 260711 26094 252 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Randall.Robert. The RelationshipBetween and Persons With Sensorincural Hearing Loss Press Reaction and Two Political Speeches: Using Pulsed Stimuli. 26109 A Toulmin Model. 26095 Savage, Karen. The Effect of Delivering Inform- Spadacene, Karen: An Analysis of a Screenplay ing Stimuli to Children During the Wepman for a Chamber Theatre Adaptation and Pres- Auditory Discrimination Test. 26110 entation: Ingmar Bergman's Smiles of a Sum-Stein, Alisa. A Molecular Behavioral Analysis mer Night. 26096 of Stuttering to Ascertain Variations in Be- White, Nancy. A Comparison of Audience Re- havior Under Different Intensities of Auditory sponse to the Elements of Comprehension and Masking. 26111 Persuasion Withinthe Comic StripPogo, Van Wyck, Nancy J. Phonemic and Morpho When Presented in Three Different Forms. phonemic Variablesin Speech Sound Dis 26097 crimination of a White In-school Population. 26112 (Speech Pathology and Audiology). Masters Theses UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA Counts, Lou H. Stapedial Reflex Latencies in (Communicative Disorders) Stutterers and Non-stutterers. 26098 Doctoral Dissertations Davidson, Leah Adler. The Relationship Be- tween Syntattic Acquisition and Vocabulary. Beattie, Randall C. The Effects of Probe Dura- tion and Mask Duration on Forward Masking. 26099 26113 Ehren, Thomas C. Effects of Distinctive Feature Carta Falsa, John S. A Study of Phonetic (Sound) Training Variables on Sound Discrimination Reinforcement and Generalization Learning. Learning. 26100 26114 ntzgerald, Robert G. A Molecular Analysis ofCole, Robert C, Stuttering and Time Perspective. theBehaviorsofNon-StutterersDuring 26115' Massed Oral Readings of the Same Material.Cooper, Donna J. Word Familiarity and Fre- 26101 quency of Stuttering. 26116 Gaskin. Sharon. An Investigation of the Rela- Craven. Duane C. An Investigation of Pupillary tionshipBetweenArticulatoryPerformance and Syntactic Ability of Normal Children. Response l'receding Expectancy and Stutter- ing. 26117 26102 Kelly, Christine E. Performance of M.R. Pre-Crerar, Mildred 0. Changes in the Intensity of school Children on the Serial Ordering of an Overt Response Before, During, and After Items on the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Instances of Stuttering. 26118 Test. 26103 Gardner, Julio 0. Chronological Age and Gram- Leach, Judy Smoak. A Comparison of the Pre- matical Development as Determinants of the dictive Ability of a Group vs. an Individual Proportions of Disfluencies on Lexical and Test of Auditory Discrimination. 26104 "Function" WordsinPreschoolChildren. Leeper.LindaH.PhonemicandMorpho- 26119 Jensen,F. phonemic VariablesinSpeech Sound Dis- Michelle Nark. An Experimental crimination of a Black In-School Population. Study of thert6ets of Fluency Feedback and 26105 Stuttering Feedback on the Subsequent Fre- Marchese, Minnie. An Investigation of the Re- quencyof Stuttering,UtteranceDuration, lationship between Articulatory Performance and Latency of Response. 26120 and Language Development in Articulatory Speirs, James A. The Effects of Separating Pro- Defective Children. 26106 duction from Perceptual Judgment of Articu- O'Steen, Carol S. The Relationship of Therapist lation in Children with Articulatory Defects. Habituation to Proported Progress in Articu- 26121 lation Therapy for the Correction of the /s/Townsend, John E. The Effect of Time-Out Phoneme. 26107 From Speaking and Parental Social Reinforce- Pendry. Barry L. Attitudinal and Vocational mentUponaPre-Adolescent'sDysfluent ChoicePatterns. of Speech Pathology and Speech. 26122 Audiology Students; A University ProgramWarren, Virginia G. A Comparative Study of Survey. 26108 the Auditory Responses of Normal and At- Redd. Philip M. Comparison of Stapedial Reflex Risk Infants from Twelve to Twenty-Four Thresholds in Persons With Normal Hearing Months of Age Using COR Audiometry. 26123' GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 253 Dorothea C. Automic Correlates ofSmith. Wallace A. A Description of the Or- Stuttering.fluencyandThreat of-Shock. ganization, Production Process, and Produc- 26124* tion Environment of a Dramatic Television Series. 26139* (Drama) Doctoral Dissertations UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN MISSISSIPPI Roam, Fathi Zaki. Common Sources of Confu- (Communication) sion in Critical Communication as Exemplified in the Criticism of Beckett's Endgame. 26125* Afasters Theses Emmes, David M. South Coast Repertory, 1963- Anderson. Dayna A. The Influential Differentia- 1972: A Case Study. 26126* tionBetweenFormalandConversational Henderson, Peter W. A Re-Evaluation of the Speech. 26140 ; Major Works of George Kelly. 26127' King. Emma Lou. Race as an Issue in Missis- sippi's 1971 Gubernatorial Campaign: A Cone Kaufman, Edward K. A History of the Develop- ment of Professional Theatrical Activity in tent Analysis of Campaign Rhetoric. 26141 Los Angeles, 1880-1895. 26128* (Theatre Arts) Walker, Phillip N. A History of Theatrical Ac- tivityinFresno,California,fromitsBe- Masters Theses ginnings in 1872 to the Opening of the White Ryan. Douglas. "Yesterday's Promises:" A Play Theatre in 1914. 26129* in Three Ads, 26145 Woods, Alan L. The Interaction of Los Angeles Sheffield, Rita P. "Under Milkwood" by Dylan .Theatre and Society Between 1895 and 1906: Thomas: A Creative Thesis in Dramatic Pro- A Case Study. 26130* duction. 26143 Waldrup, Deane A, Commencement; A Creative (Speech Communication) Project in Dance-Drama Based on the Works of T. S. Eliot. M.F.A. 26144 Doctoral Dissertations Chapel, Gage W. ChristianScience and the Rhetoric of Argumentative Synthesis. 26131* UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE Graves. Michael P. The Rhetoric of the Inward (Audiology and Speech Pathology) Light: An Examination of Extant Sermons Masters Theses Delivered by Early Quakers, 1671-1700. 26132* Blau. Louise W. The Effect of Videotape Medi- Henning, William Keith. A Semantic for Oral ated Violence on Verbal Disfluencies and Ag- Interpretation: a Wheelwrightean Perspective. gressive Verbal Behavior. 26145 26133* Phelps, Lynn A. Explicitness and Effort Factors Bloomquist,CarolS. A Comparisonofthe of Commitment as Determinants of Attitude Northwestern, Michigan, and Utah Language Change ina 'Counter-attitudinal Communi- Tests inAbility to Separate First Graders cation Paradigm; 26134* with Good and Poor Articulation. 26146 Robinson, David Joe. The Rhetoric of TroyBurns. Randall T. The Effects of Rigalin and Perry: A Case Study of the Los Angeles Gay Dexedrine on Behnyior and Expressive Lan, Rights Rally. November 16, 1969. 26135* guage in Mentally, Retarded Children. 26147 Whitaker, Bailey Bowen. An Empirical Study Curtis. Carol J. A 'Study of the Grammatical of Self-Feedback During Speech Communica- Patterns of Two Groups of White Children tion. 26136 from Different Lower-Class Life Styles. 26148 Gunn, Mdanie W. The Effects of Temporal Ex- (Telecommunication) pansion on Perception of Consonant Phonemes. 26149 Doctoral Dissertations Miller, Elinor A. A- Comparison of Single Fea- Davis, Richard H. A Descriptive Study of Tele- ture Speech Sound Discrimination Test Re- vision in the Lives of an Elderly Population. sponsesinSix and Seven-Year-OldMales. 26137° 26130 Jameson, Kay Charles. The Influence of the Munson, Nancy L. Hesitations and Language. United States Court of Appeals for the Dis- 26131 trict of Columbia on Federal Policy in Broad- Pitzl, Diane B. HesitUiions and Language Struc- cast Regulation, 1929-1971, 26138* ture in Five-Year-Old Males. 26152 251 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Reiter, Ellen M. The Results of a Short-TermDraper, David F. Costumesfor the Ziegfeld Training Period Involving Auditory Training Follies, 1907-1931. M.F.A. 26170 and Production and Their Effects on the Ar- Dwyer, Mavottrneen. A Production and Produc- ticulatory Ability of Severely Mentally Re- tion Book of Gratien Gelinas' Bottsille and the tarded Children. 26153 Just. M.F.A. 26171 Rothar, Thomas S.Lateral Pharyngeal WallGirard, Marion P. Sara Allgood and the Abbey Displacement in Hypernasal Speakers During Theatre. M.F.A. 26172 Selected Speech Tasks. 26154 Hallman, Susan. A Survey of American Stage Shipley, Larry B. Monosyllabic Word Discrimin- Lighting Control Systems. M.F.A. 26173 ation in Patients with Noise-Induced HearingLandro, Vincent A. A Production and Pro- Loss for Various Speech-to-Noise Ratios. 26155 duction Book of Jean Anouilh's The Re- Sullivan, Jane C. Identification of Consonant hearsal. M.F.A. 26174 Sounds as a Function of Frequency Transpo- sition. 26156 Morgan, Jane E. An Analysis of the Costume De- Welch, Beverly 'R. The Relationship of a High- sign Theories of Lucy Barton and Their Re- Risk Birth to Language Development. 26157 lation to the Designs of Richard Ill. M.F.A. Yester, Charlotte F. Perception of Initial and 26175 Final Consonants Under Three Conditions ofSingleton, Robert M. A Production and Pro- Time Compression. 26158 duction Book of Angel Street by Patrick Ham- ilton. M.F.A. 26176 (Speech and Theatre) Stuppi, Lizabeth Van L. A Production and Pro- duction Book of Noel Coward's Private Lives. Masters Theses M.F.A. 26177 Atkinson, Helen B. An Adaptation of the DressWomack, Sheila A. A Production and Produc- of Historical Figures for the Stage in A Man tion Book of Harold Pinter's The Birthday For All Seasons. 26)59 Party. M.F.A. 26178 Atkinson, Patrick. The Design for the Royal Hunt of the Sun: A Historical Drama in a Doctoral Dissertation Modern Stage Setting. 26160 Barnes, Sharon J. The Application of SelectedStowell, Donald C. The New Costuming in Theories of Persuasion to Current Theories America: The Ideas and Practices of Robert of Political Campaign Management. 26161 Edmond Jones, Norman BelGeddes, Lee Davis, Jeanette L. Antigone, Antigone. 26162 Simonson, and Mine Bernstein,1915-1935. Davis, Le Ann L. Costumes, Wigs, and Accessories 26179 for William Wycherley's The Country Wife. 26163 (Radio-Television-Film) McKinney, JoyceB. The Adaptation ofthe Problem of Drug Abuse in Knoxville to a Masters Theses Television Documentary-Drama. 26164 Backhouse, CharlesF.Canadian Government Moore, Marsha L A Rhetorical Study of Selected Film Activities 1917-1941. 26180 Speeches by Jeannette Rankin. 26165 Burke, Larry K. A History of Multimedia. 26181 Engstrom, Wilfred. Use of Multimedia in Wor- UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS, AUSTIN ship Services: A Manual for the Production and Presentation of Visuals and Sounds. 26182 (Drama) Ferguson, Joe B. Media Message Design by Masters Theses Groups. 26183 Arnhold. Larry G. A Production and Produc- Korman, Frank. Innovations in Telecommuni- tion Book of Frank D. Gilroy's The Subject cations Technology. 26184 Was Roses. M.F.A 26166 Marins,Gentil.Designing AnIntroductory Barker, Barbara M. The American Ballet The- Course in Mass Communication Theory for atre, 1939-1948. M.F.A. 26167 Use in Brazilian Universities. 26185 Brooks, Geraldine K. The American Negro Pro- Morris. tagonistinInterbellumPlays, 1919-1941. Henry. The History of Educational M.F.A. 26168 Television in-New Jersey. 26186 Burton, Gary D, Costumes of the Pastoral Tra-Smith, Marvin E. Comunication Modeling: A ditionandTheirManifestationsonthe General Systems Theory Approach. 26187 EighteenthCenturyEnglishStage.M.F.A. Taylor, Charles D. The Production of the Film 26169 Physics: The View From Here. 26188 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 255

(Speech Communication) UNIVERSITY OF UTAH Masters Theses (Communication) Baker, Judy A. Four Dallas Schools of Expres-Masters Theses sion, 1908 Through 1930. 26189 Beckstead, Marilyn G. Determining Discrimina- Clowe. Gail E. G. A Comparison of Two Audi- tion Power of Selected Items of the UTLD tory Discrimination Tasks. 26190 for Establishment of Efficiency inPotential Gensberg, Joyce A. A Questionnaire Procedure Screening Procedures. 26205 of Administering the Vineland Soda! Maturity Black, Denise. Concurrent Validity and Reliabil- Scale Using the Parent as Informant. 26191 ity of the Picture Articulation and Language Goraycki, Pamela A. Hearing Screening Pro- Screening Test. 26206 grams in the Public Schools. 26192 Bowen, Patricia A. A Case Study of the Public Gould, Malloy C. Arthur J. Goldberg Battles Relations Involved in a School Tax-Based the Imagemakers: A Rhetorical Analysis. 26193 Measure Campaign in Portland Public School Greenway, Mary B. The Wind in the Willows: District. 26207 A Chamber Theatre Production for Children.Camomile, Glen Russell. Three Readings of 26194 Othello. 26208 Hanks, Ann L. The Development of a Screening Measure for Speech Language and Hearing Clark, Gail Lee. Instrument for Measuring Com- munications. 26209 to be Used at the Austin Evaluation Center.Ford, Ernest James Jr. The Comic Strips of the 26195 Salt Lake Tribune;History and Analysis. Irwin, Cheryl R. Joan Baez: An Advocate of 26210 Social Change. 26196 Heslop. Mary Lee. Readers Theatre: Production Kimble, Sue E: L. A Distinctive Feature and of John Knowles' Novel: A Separate Peace. Marking System Analysis of the Phonemic 26211 Substitution Errors Made by Articulatory De- Jensen, Linda Rae. Overt and Covert Rehearsal fective Twins. 26197 in Regard to Immediate Recall and Short- Newman, Gloria A. E. The Illinois Test of term Memory of Sequential Auditory Events. Psycholinguistic Abilities: Grannatic Closure 26212 Subtest: A Validity Study. 26198 Johnston, Kathleen May. The Effect of Com-. Preston, Cheryl A. F. The Function Articu- municator Self Image on Reaction to Criticism lation Disorder: An Examination of Cases at and Praise. 26213 The University of Texas at Austin SpeechJohnston,MarilynR.Relationshipbetween and Hearing Clinic During the Spring Se- Language Ability and Imitation of Audio- mester, 1972. 26199 Motor and Visual-Motor Skills. 26214 Shaw, Phyllis S. An Activity-Centered Language Arts Curriculum: Focus on the Fine Arts. Kleinschmidt, Mary Jo. Evaluation of the Pho- nologicalRule-System ofa Language De- 26200 Tilghman, Peter. International Crisis Messages: layed Child: A Creative Study. 26215 A CriticalMethod forInterpretation andPerry, Kathrine Kelly. Bilingual Children and Evaluation. 26201 the UTLD. 26216 Woods, Christa J. The Political Proscenium: The Poulter, Eugene M. A Correlative Study of the Effects of Television on the Speaking in Na- Utah Test of Language Development and tionalPoliticalParty Nominating Conven- the Illinois Test of Psycholinguistic Abilities tions. 26202 on Mentally Retarded Subjects. 26217 Seybold, Rosanna C. W.S.A.B.A Case Study of Doctoral Dissertation the Establishment of a Small Market Inde- pendent FM Radio Station. 26218 Miller, Leslie A. Effects of Multiple Adjective, Sierra, Sylvia E. A Study in the Use of Negatives Conjoined Noun, and Embedded Sentence Con- bySpanish-AmericanBilingualChildren. structions Upon Children's Repetitions. 26203 26219 Stevens, David 0. A Comparison of Attentional UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS, EL PASO Vigilance Performance Between Normal Ute Indian Subjects and Language Delayed Ute (Drama and Speech) Indian Subjects. 26220 Masters Thesis Taylor, Steven. Identification of Transient Lan- Herzik, Martha D. Triumph of the Will as a guage Deficits in Salt Lake City Kindergarten Persuasive Instrument. 26204 Children. 26221 256 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Waite, Merlin D. A History of headers Theatre Presentation of the Wilson Initial Syntax Pro- in the Colleges of the State of Utah from Its gram. 26237 Beginnings to 1968. 26222 Horne, John M. Walter (A Film). 26238 Woodmansee, Gerald L. A Study of the Long-Jacobs, Anita I. A Comparison of the Syntax Range Effectiveness of a Language Develop- Performance of Four and Five Year Old Chil- ment Program. 26223 dren During Sentence Repetition and Spon- Yeates, Edward A. The Philosophies and Tech- taneous Speech Tests of Syntax. 26239 niques of News Productions Employed byLeg ler, Elaine M. Group Vocal Reeducation in Salt Lake City Commercial Television. 26224 Adult Females Having Contact Ulcers of the Larynx. 26240 Doctoral Dissertations Liversidge, Ellen B. A Study of a Program of Pronoun Acquisitionfor Language-Delayed Gephart, Jerry Charles. A Study in Persuasion: Children. 26241 The Arab and Israeli Propaganda Campaigns Paskevich, Jeanne B. The Habilitation of Three in America. 26225 Cleft Palate Subjects Using the Vocal Ap- Mill. Gerald P. A Study of the Relative Sensi- proach. 26242 tivity of Impedance Audiometry as a Screen- Robinson. Olga H. The Effects of Varying Audi ing Procedure for Middle Ear Pathology in (nice Size During the Vicarious Punishment School Children. 26226 of Stuttering. 26243 Miller. David L. The Effect of Instruction andRubin, Hy la S. A Study of the Correlation of Practice on the Level and Stability of the Percentile Ranks of the Northwestern 'Syntax Loudness Discomfort 'Threshold. 26227* Screening Test and the Developmental Sen- tence forSix Preschool Riess, Richard L. Intra-Aural Reflex Sensitivity Scoring Procedure in Normal Ears and Ears with Cochlear Path- Children. 26244 ()logy Using a Modification of the SISI Test. Souza. Christine M. A Study of the Relationship ' of the Reliability of Pure Tone Audiometric 26228 Rogers, George A. The History of the Clear Tests with the Language Abilities of MR Chil- Channel and Super Power Controversy in the dren. 26245 Management of the Standard Broadcast: Al-Toman, Margaret J. A Comparison of Two location Plan. 26229 Methods of Assessing Auditory Comprehension Siegel. Michael A. A Study in Persuasion: The of Syntax in Children Ages 3-0 to 6.0. 26246 Arab and Israeli Propaganda Campaigns in America. 26230 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA Si lvey. Lawrence R. The Rhetoric of Polygamy. (Speech and Drama) 26231* Masters Thesis Alaimo. Lawrence. The Three-Cent Serenade. UNIVERSITY OF VERMONT 26247 (Communication and Theatre) Rix. Lois M. The Development of the Original Masters Theses Play ina Context of Creative' Dramatics. 2.6248 Anderson, Nancy C. A Study of the Incidence Curren, Lois Z. Costume Design for Shakespeare's of Hoarseness in One Vermont School System. Me'asure for Measure. 26249 26232 Daniels, Yvonne B. Federal-State Vocational Re.: Gore, Joan Elias. Image Creating and Decision- habilitation of Communication Handicapped Making:Russia,America, andPolandin Adults in Vermont 1968-1971. 26233 World War IL 26250 Dewey. Linda K. The Influence of Increased Mease Cornelia E. A GramMar of Gesture: Grit, Practice Items on Two Administrations of the ical Concepts for Performance. 26251 Expressive PortionoftheNorthwesternSfmpers, Wesley A. Seriousnessin ,'theNein- Syntax Screening Test. 26234 Serious Plays of Noel Coward. 26252 Ferland. Suzanne. F. The Chewing Technique Smith, Catherine fl..Inigo Jones and the Ban - in Group Therapy with Elementary School queting House of 1619: Sources of the English Children Having Functional Voice Disorders. Proscenium. 26253 26235 Waddell, Richard E. Theatre in Charlottesville, Graves, Mary K. Two Cases Studies. 26286 1.886;1912: The Levy.:Opera House 'and. the Holloway, Betty D. A Study of Two Methods of Jefferson Auditoritim. 26254 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 257

UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON Arnold. Susan J. Scene Designs: Flexible Stage Summer Repertory Season. M.F.A. 26270 (Speech) Beule. Carol H. The Taming of the Shrew. fasters Theses M.F A. 26271 Bass, Roger J. One Handful of Dream-Dust: An Bina. Rodney B. Audience Studies of the Af- Analysis of the Use of the Blues in Selected fective Response of Children to Productions Poetry of Langston Hughes. 26255 by the Children's Theatre of Madison (1968- McCarty. Patricia A. A Comparison in Usage of 1970). 26272 Grammatical Features of Normal Elementary Burley. Virginia L. A Study of Dorothy Jeakins' School Children and Institutionalized Mentally Costume Designs for Joan of Arc. 26273 Retarded Adolescents. 26256 Busse. David A. Costume Designs for A Pro- Munro, Carolyn A. Language Development in posed Production of Busoni's Dr. Faust. M.F.A. Pre-School Cleft Palate Children. 26257 26274 I'oods. Lynn A. The Bing Test and the RinneCiliate, Barry D. Toward A Theory of Visual Test in Identification of Conductive Hearing Education. 26275 Loss in Children. 26258 Dryden. Daniel. An Analysis and Investigation of Current German Scenic Materials. M.F.A. 26276 Doctmal Dissertations Dryden. Deborah. Production Portfolio, M.F.A. Cerf. Florence A. The Effect of Verbal Control 26277 on the Grouping Behavior of PrcSchool Chil- Gable,JohnA. A DescriptiveAnalysisof dren from Two Socio-Economic and Racial Power in a Small Company. 26278 Groups. 26259 Gadberry, Glen W. Eberhard Wolfgang Moller Dybka, MichaelE. The Comparison ofthe and the National Drama of Nazi Germany: A Auditory EvokedResponsetoSingle and Study of the ThingsPiel and of Moller's Des Multiple Stimulus Runs as an Indicator of Frankenburger Wurfelspiel. 26279 Stimulus Differcntation, 26260 Hannum, James C. An Audience Study of Kemp, James C. A Study of Young Children's WSMC-FM, Collegedale, TennesseeAn Ed- Spontaneous Verbal Imitations. 26261 ucational Station with Religious Affiliation, McPherson, David L. The Effect of Cho line 1968. 26280 Salycilite on the A. C. Cochlear Potential inJemison, Diane F. A Study of Lorraine Hans- Guinea Pigs. 26262 berry and Her Major Works. 26281 Rees, Thomas S. The Application of the Prin- Jeter, Ida G. An Analysis of Selected Episodes ciples of Behavioral Observation Audiometry to of the Adventurers Television Series 1961.65. Evoked Response Auditometry. 26263 26282 Schubert, George W. A Comparison of Student Malolepsy, John F. A Case for a Lighting Lab- Clinicians' Behavior as Measured by the Anal- oratory. M.F.A. 26283 ysis of Behaviors of Clinicians (ABC) Scale. Malolepsy, Terri W. The Development of His- 26264 torical Accuracy in Costume Designs of the Seitz, Michael R. Behavioral and Electrophysi- 19th Century: A Modern Perspective. 26284 ological Indicators of the Perception of Clicks Superimposed on Sentences, 26265 Marsden. Gary J. Blueprint for a University of Wisconsin Touring Company. M.F.A. 26285 Strine, Mary S. The Novel as Rhetorical Act: Robinson, John A. Director's Promptbook. M.F.A. An Interpretation of the Major Fiction of 26286 William Styron. 26266 Silva, Pedro M. Director's Promptbook. M.F.A. E. Aspects of Intonationin Tarone, Elaine 26287 Vernacular White and Black English. 26267 Smith. William R. Costume, Idiot's Delight Settings, Tosca. M.F.A. 26288 UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, MADISON Stcge. George H. A Descriptive Analysis of the State of the Union Messages. 26289 (Communication Arts) Sussis, Donald M. A Search for the Foundations Masters Theses of Sigmund Freud's Theory of Communica- Anderson, Janice F. An Investory of Arguments tion. 26290 of Two Books on Women's Liberation: From Williams, Roberta K. A Study of Administrative the Psychosocial to the Psychosexual. 26268 Types as Related to the Age and Militancy of Arnold. StephanieK.Director's Promptbook. Three Unions. 26291 M.F.A. 26269 Young, Vivian. The Education of the Soul: A 218 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Model forPedagogicalRhetoric Based on Lane, Ronald H. A Spectral Time-Series Anal- Bachva Ben Joseph Ibn Paquda's Duties of ysis of the Averaged Electroencephalic Re- the Soul. 26292 sponse to Clicks. 26310 Smith, Linda Lou. Comprehension Performance Doctoral Dissertations in Oral Deaf and Normal Hearing Children Bee,1.-JimD. Feeling and Emotion in Four at Three Stages of Language Development. "Modern" 18th Century British Theories of 26311 Rhetoric. 26293 Thompson, David J. Influence of Selective At- Feezel, Jerry D. The Effect of Verbal Quali- tention on the Averaged Electroencephalic Re- fication of Argument Reasons Upon Accept- sponse. 26312 ance of the Derived Claim. 1971. 26294 Friou, Kenneth A. Non-Naturalist Elements in Strindberg's Principal Naturalist Plays: Miss UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN Julie and The Father. 26295 MILWAUKEE Hoffer, Thomas W. Broadcasting in an -Insur- (Communication) gency Environment: USIA Viet Nam, 1965-70. 26296. Masters Theses Jamieson,Kathleen M. A. Rhetorical-Critical Regis. James D. An Investigation of the Effec- Analysis of the Conflict Over Humanae Vitae. tiveness qt.? Corporation's Internal Commun- 26297 ication System. 26313 Lee. William L. Newscasting in the Middle East: Schedel. John R. An Experimental Comparison A Seven-Station Case Study. 26298° of the Relative Effectiveness of the Spread MacFarland, David T. The Development of the Technique and Traditional Refutation in a Top 40 Radio Format. 26299 Non-Academic Debate Setting. 26314 McCain, Thomas A. A Functional Analysis of Network Television News Viewing. 26300 Rims, Donald R. David Garrick's Version of UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, Romeo and Juliet: An Annotated Edition. RIVER FALLS 26301* (Speech) Wolfert, Wayne R. History of the Grand Opera House.EauClaire,Wisconsin:1883-1930. Masters Theses 26302 Fretland, Dale. An Analysis of St. Paul and Zivanovic, Milan D. United Nations Broadcast- Suburban Secondary School Stage Lighting Fa- ing:Its Origin, Principles, and Implementa- cilities. M.S.T. 26315 tion 26303 Gertschen, Glen G. A Survey of Public and Pri- vate Secondary School Theatre Activities in (Communicative Disorders) Northwestern Wisconsin. 1968. M.S.T. 26316 McDonald, Susan Mae. A Study of the Lecture, Masters Theses Lyceum and the Chautauqua in Grantsburg, Finnegan, Denis E. Speech Sound Discrimination Wisconsin From 1875.1900. M.S.T. 26317 Abilities of Seven and Eight Year Old Cleft Willink, Thelma. A Study of the Wisconsin Palate Males. 26304 High School Forensic Association Contest Bal- Frank, Thomas A. Frequency Response and lots. M.S.T. 26318 Speech Discrimination Correlates of the Open Earmold Effect. 26305 James, Sharon L. Children's Awareness of Se- UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, mantic Constraints in Sentences. 26306 STEVENS POINT Knigge, Rebecca J. Preverbal Vocalization Time (School of Communicative Disorders) in Infants with Cleft Palate. 26307 Owings, Nathaniel 0. Internal Reliability and Masters Theses Item Analysis of the Miller-Yoder Test ofErl, Marjorie. Retention Performance of Cer- Grammatical Comprehension 26308 tainEducationalManagement Groupsfor Mediated and Unmediated PicturedPairs. Doctoral Dissertations 26319 Vocks, Susan K. The Effects of Social Reinforce- Beukelman, David R. Mechanisms of Plosive ment Versus No Reinforcement on a Task of Consonant Production with Normal and Ab- AuditorySequential Memory withAdult normal Velopharyngcal Function. 26309 Aphasics. 26320 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 259

UNIVERSITY OFF WISCONSIN, SUPERIOR Kam ly, Joanne G, An Investigation of the Ef- (Communicating Arts) fects of Various Degrees of Nasal-Oral Coup- ling and Overall Intensity Levels on Vowel Masters Theses Harmonic Levels in a Single Cleft Palate Dirkers. Jodeen. 'Shakespeare's Sir John Falstaff Speaker. 26334 as Derivative of II Capitano. 1971. 26321 Lewis, Stephen W. Some Spectrographic Fea- Johnson, Nancy L. A Study of the Relationship tures of Normal, Vocal Fry, and Simulated Between Stereotyped Appearance and Attitude Abnormally Rough Vowel Phonations. 26335 Change. 1971. 26322 Lewis, Steven E. MonauralBinaural Detection Oaks. Vern G. Jr. Charles James Fox: A Study Thresholos for Pure-Tones. 26336 in Credibility. 1971. 26323 Purswell, Jeralyn B. An Investigation of the Spectral Harmonic Levels Associated With To land, James H. The TheatreManager's Normal AbnormalVocal Guide to Business: A Handbook for Survival. andSimulated Roughness in Adult Females. 26337 1971. 26324 Snick, Janice A. A Study of the Intra-Aural Re- flex in a Single Dysarthric Subject. 26338 UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, WHITEWATER VANDERBILT UNIVERSITY (Speech Communication) (Hearing and Speech Sciences) Masters Theses Masters Theses Mien, Harriette L. Motivation, Myth, Mime: A Baer, Catherine MacFarland. Naming Behavior Creative Dramatics Approach for Motivating in Geriatric and Aphasic Individuals. 26339 Classroom Involvement of Black Children of Beckley, Deborah Pope. The Naming Function the Urban Ghetto. 26325 in Preschool Children. 26340 Davis, William K. A Study of the Effects of Cooper, Judith Ann. The Relationship Between Message Structures on Listening Comprehen- Paired-Comparison AuditoryDiscrimination sion of High School Sophomores. 26326 TestScores and Auditory Memory Test Halstead, Jon A. The Effects of Compressed Scores. 26341 Speech on the Retention of Selected Funda- Cumbie,Caroline.SuspectedDevelopmental mentals of Parliamentary Procedure. 26327 Apraxia of Speech. 26342 Gnewikow, Danny W. The Stapedial Reflex as a Diagnostic Test in Sensorineural Hearing UNIVERSITY OF WYOMING Loss. 26343 Harris, Gail Perkins. The Effect of Vocabulary (Communication and Theatre) Training on the Speech Sound Discrimina- Masters Theses tion Scores of Articulatory Defective Preschool Carlson. Kermit 0. Judge Reliability: The Carl- Children. 26344 son Cumerate Scale. 26328 Hoelscher, Susan Gale. The Performance of Nor- Stoller, Kathleen. An Experimental Study to De- mal and Articulatory Defective Children on termine Source Credibility Fluctuation Dur- Tests of Auditory Discrimination. 26345 ing the Communication Process. 26329 Jacobs, Dale H. Speech Intelligibility in Hear- Tschirgi, Dale L. The Contemporary Acting ing Impaired Children. 26346 Aesthetic in Relation to Selected Acting The- Joseph, Vivian Holland. The Effect of Vocabu- ories. 26330 lary Training on the Speech Sound Discrimin- Van Meter, John T. The Theme of Loneliness ation Scores of Preschool Children. 26347 in Four Plays by William Inge. 26331 Mabis, Janet Henn. Pitch-Intensity Contours of Normal Male Voices. 26348 (Speech Pathology and Audiology) McGaw, June Loveless. Investigation of a Sound- Field Occlusion Effect. 26349 Masters Theses McLendon, Virginia Wallace. Acoustic and Per- Baker, Jean S. The Relationships Between Med- ceptual Changes of Three Laryngitic Voices. icalPersonnel and Speech Pathologistsin 26350 Laramie, Woyming. 26332 McMillan, Kathryn. Oral Sensory Functioning Dedmon, David H. The Acoustic Reflex Thresh- in Spastic Quadriplegia. 26351 old in Neonates From Birth to Two Weeks of Modrall, Marian Brown. A Study of the Articu- Age. 26333 latory Ability of Preschool Children. 26952 260 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Rhoads. Marjorie Joines. A Study of the Effec- WASHINGTON STATE UNIVERSITY tiveness of Instruction for Parents of Hearing (Speech) Impaired Children. 26353 Robertaccio, Barbara Ann. Acoustical AnalysisMasters Thesis of "Leaf" Speech. 26354 Delehanty. John F. A Survey of Theatre Arts Sarachan, Ann Beth. A Further Analysisof P.%:...tms on the Community College Level Deep Structure of the Deaf. 26355 i lb State of Washington. 26369 Smartt, Joan Dudney. The Significance of Some Variables Involved in Articulatory Perform- Doctoral Dissertations ance in Therapy. 26356 Springer, Betty Frances. Auditory Responses ofHazel. Harry C. Jr. A Translation, with Com- mentary,ofthe .ors Infants. 26357 Bonaventuran Con- Sprinkle, Ruth Shelton.-An Investigation of the ciotuindi. 26370 Performance of Hearing Aids under Variable !vie, Robert L. Vocabularies of Motive in Se- Input Conditions. 26358 lectedPresidentialJustificationsofWar. Switzer, Virginia Lee. Comparisons of the North- 26371' westernUniversity Auditory Test 20 with Noise and the Modified Rhyme Test. 26359 WAYNE STATE UNIVERSITY Wallenborn, Elizabeth Franklin. The Effect of (Speech Communication and Theatre) Masking on the Articulation Function. 26360 Masters Thesis Doctoral Dissertations Ram. Richard D. The Rhetorical Strategy of Polarization: A Case Study in the Rhetoric Peck, James Edward, Pure Tone and Acoustic of Governor George C. Wallace. 26372 Impedance Audiometry with Deaf Students. 26361 Schwartz, Arthur Henry. The Effect of Varia- Doctoral Dissertations tions in Context of Stimulus Item Presentation Beer, Arthur J. A Descriptive Study of Courses onSpeech SoundDiscriminationPerform- inPlayDirectionat Ten American Uni- ance under DifferentListening Conditions. versities. 26373 26362 Calhoun. Fenton E. The Effectiveness of a Mo- tion Picture as a Recruiting Presentation for MonteithCollege, Wayne StateUniversity. WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 26374 (Speech Communication and Theatre Arts) Cronin, Michael W. An Experientmal. Study of Masters Theses the Effects of Authority Testimony on Small Group Problem-Solving Discussions. 26375 Anderson, Bentley B. The Academy of Music,Greg, John B. The Foundations of the Theory of Newport News, Virginia, 1900-1930. 26363 Rhetorical Argument from Sign. 26376 Davis, William L. Corruption vs. Morality: A Heady Donald E. Charles Wesley Emerson: A Rhetorical Analysis of the Campaign of Frank Theory of Oral Interpretation. 26377 Goad Clement for Governor of Tennessee, JensenHoward J. Swedenborgian and Other 1952. 26364 Religious Influences Upon Strindberg's Dra- Elsea, Kenneth J. The Early Rhetoric of Lin- matic Expressionism. 26378 wood Holton in the 1969 Virginia Guberna- Kaplan, Netta R. An Investigation of the Effects torial Campaign. 26365 of Self-Awareness Training on Variables Per- Penley, Larry E. A Comparison of Individual, tineintothe Student- Clinician - Client Rela- GroupandCombined Individual/Group tionship. 26379 Brainstorming as Used in Measuring Attitudes Kennedy, June F. A Comparison of Two Meth,._ Toward the Police. 2066 of Hearing Aid Evaluation. 26380 Ramirez, Luis A. A Production of Peter Weiss' Moore, CarlM. The Issues,Strategies and Play, The Persecution and Assassination of Structure of the Senate Debate over the Full JeanPaul Moral as Performed by the Inmates Employment Bill of 1945. 26381* of the Asylum of Charenlon Under the Direc- Ratliffe, Sharon A. A Comparative Analysis of tion of Marquis De Bade. 26367 Selected MethodsTextbooks,Curriculum Simpson, John Stephen. An ApprOach to Direc- _Guides, and Student Textbooks Intended for - ting A Day in the Death of Joe Egg by Peter Use in Teaching the High School Basic Speech Nichols. 26368 ; Course. 26382 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 261 Running. Robert T. The Development of Eng- Butler, Douglas Lee. Audiorellexometry as Meth- lish Comic Farce in the Plays of Sir Arthur od of Screeningthe Young Mentally Re- Pincro. 26383 tarded. 1970. 26399 Simpson, Vera J. A Study of Selected Radio Chatterton, Suzanne V. The Effect of an Audi- Plays by Norman Corwin for Adaptation to tory Memory Sequencing Training Program Readers Theatre. 26384 on the Performance on Visual Memory Se- Tutor. Richard M. The History of the Detroit quencing Ability of Kindergarten Children. Opera House. 26385 1971. 26400 Worsley, Ronald C. Margaret Webster: A Study Clark, RonaldI). An Experimental Study to of Her Contributions to the American The- Investigate the Effects of Communication on atre. 26386 Frustration Reduction. 1969. 26401 Collins, Carolyn. An Investigation of the Effects of Speech Improvement upon Articulation WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY Maturation of Kindergarten Children. 1967. (Drama) 26402 Collins, Sandra. A Rhetorical Analysis of Select- ,[fasters Theses ed Speeches by Frederick Douglass: A Pre- Bytnar.RobertE. A ProductionThesis of Civil War Black Militant. 1971. 26403 Georg Biichner's Woyzek. 26387 Conner, Laurence. A University Theatre Pro- Falconer, Sandra E. King Lear: A Study in Num- duction of Ugo Betti's The Queen and the erology. 26388 Rebels with an Analysis of the Direction- Grinnell. John E. A Brief Historical Survey of Production Problems. 1966. 26404 Early. English Religious Drama and an Ex- Cupp les, Willie. Physical Analysis of Vowels as perimental Liturgical Service. 26389 Produced by Children at Two Levels of Lin- Hines, Joyce P. Creative Dramatics: A Course in guistic Development. 26405 Eight Sessions for Ages Eight Through Ten. Cutbirth, Craig W. The Rhetoric of George C. 26390 Wallace in the 1968 Presidential Campaign. Hunter, Robert R. A Study of the Adaptation 1971. 26406 of the Play Purlie Victorious into the Musical Daw, Ida Marie. The Effects of a Program for Purlie. 26391 the Improvement of Specific Psycho linguistic Mcllwce, John C. A Costume Study of the Fe- AbilitiesupontheI.T.P.A. and Reading male Characters in The Man Who Unite to Scores of Children Who Are Deficientin Read- Dinner. 26392 ing Abilities. 26407 Wales, Sandra K. An Original Play in Realism. De Fosse, Carlton. A Therapeutic Program Using 26393 Segmented Auditory Stimuli in the Correc- tion of Misarticulated [3] Phonemes. 26408 (Speech Communication) Mikhail, Robert J. The Effect of High and Low Masters. Theses Entropy in a Persuasive Communication. 1967. Leisering, Katherine J. An Examination of Pres- 26409 ent Day Methods of Communication BeingDoughney, Sharon. The Effect of Attenuation Used by, the Christian Scientist Church. 26394 Speech on Bekesy Thresholds With Children. Long, Richard P. A Study of Instructional Ob- 26410 jectives and Methods for Interpersonal Com-Drennan, Susan Virginia. The Emergence- of munication. 26395 Subject, Verb, Direct Object Form in Chil- dren of American-English Speaking Parents, 1971. 26411 WESTERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY Emerson, Helen. The Effects of Response Con- (Communication Arts and Sciences) tingent .Punishment on the Misarticulations of Children. 1971. 26412 It festers Theses Ellen. Joseph. Relational Patterns Between Dis- Atkison.MaryLydia. AReader'sTheatre tinctive Features and the Audible Dyslluencies Script for a Religious Experience. 1970. 26396 in the Speech of Adult Stutterers. 26413 Beykirk, Mary Fran. A Descriptive Study of the Florence, Donald L. A Production History of College Student's Perception of the Classroom the QuadCity Music Guild, 1948-1968. 1969. Climate inthe Basic Speech Course.1970. 26.114 26397 Fulton.Patricia. The Effects of Programmed

Brown, Diane Lois. Children's Responses to a . Conditioning on the Language Acquisition of Segmented Voiceless Fricative. 1970. 26398 Preschool Children. 26415 262 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Gianneschi, Harry R. An Examination of the Parker. Rebecca. An Analysis of Emma Gold- Presidential Attitudes Toward International man's Free Speech Campaign Strategies. 26434 Improvements as Reflected in Their State ofRunkle, Sylvia B. An Experimental Study of the the Union Messages: 1790-1848. 1969. 26416 Effectiveness of Group Discussion in Reduc- Green, Diana Lynne. The Effects of Response ingAnticipatoryAnxiety TowardPublic Contingent Punishment onthe Consonant Speaking. 1970. 26435 Misarticulations of Children. 1971. 26417 Sandberg, Judith Ann. The Effect of Program- Hall, John Cameron. Wendell Phillips' Speech med Learning Tapes for Learning Phonetic in Defense of Lovejoy. 1970. 26418 Transcription onCollegeStudentsEnroll- Haupt, John Robert. A Production of Arthur ed in an Introductory Course in Phonetics. Sclittitzler'sLaRondeProducedbythe 1971. 26436 Summer Theatre Workshop at Western IllinoisSimmons, Sue E. Analysis, Costume Design, and University, 1970. 26419 evaluation of Carlo Coldoni's A Servant of Hopper, Doris. Speech EducationatIllinois Two Masters. 1967. 26437 College 1829-1972. 26420 Swanson, Robert Joel. Revocation of Broadcast Hurh. Gloria Goodwin. Utilization of Campus Station Licenses by the Federal Communica- Radio and TelevisionFacilities by Illinois tions Commission, 1934-1970. 1971. 26438 Administrators: A- Survey and Analysis. 1971. Swanson, Robert Paul. An Abstract of a Survey 26421 of Secondary Speech Texts and Illinois High Jagielski, Rudolph J. A Descriptive Study of a School Speech Teachers Comparing Actual Debate Coach's Image Based on His Team's and Ideal Content of Textbooks in the Basic Success. 1971. 26422 Course. 1971. 26439 Klein. Carl Anthony. John Adams and the Bos- ton Massacre Trials: The Rhetoric of Revolu- Swift, Roger L, Study of the Misuse of Evidence in Persuasive Speech. 1967. 26440 tion. 1970. 26423 Kornelly, Douglas Travis. An Exploration ofSwisher, Timothy A. Attention as a Factor in Hair: The American Tribal Love-Rock Musi- Temporary Threshold Shift. 1971. 26441 cal. 1971, 26424 Tenerelli, Joseph P. Programming Practices of Krisco, Kin Harlan. Programming, Staffing and Non-Commercial Education FM Radio Sta- Income of United States Education Television tions. 26442 Siations. 1970. 26425 Walter, Rosemarie. An Historical Study to Ob- Maki, Charles. The Effect of Training in Self- tainaPerspectiveofthe Communication Monitoring upon the Articulation Consistency Problems of Educable Mentally Handicapped of Children Who Misarticulate. 26426 Children. 1969. 26443 Minch, Marguerite. Edward Everett's GettysburgWang, John Ming-Kai. The Influences of Anton Address. 1971. 26427 Chekhov's Life and His Contemporary The- Mock, Stephen E. The Relationship Between atrical Milieu in Writing The Cherry Orchard. Increment Size and Intensity Above Threshold 1971. 26444 in the Administration of the Short IncrementWeidmann, Carol Lynn A Survey of Children's Sensitivity Index. 1971. 26428 Theatre Programs intheUniversities and Myers, James Robert. An Analysis and Produc- Colleges in the United States 1967.1968. 1969. tionof The Roar of the Greasepaint-The 26445 Smell of the Crowd. 1970. 26429 Wells, Donna Susan. A New Technique for Eval- uating ArticulationProficiency of the[a.] Negley, Darrell A. A Rhetorical Analysis of Phoneme. 26446 Booker T. Washington's Atlanta ExpositionWirth, Mary. Comparison of Three Language Address Delivered September 18, 1895. 1969. Tests. 26447 26430 Ostby, Karen J. An Investigation of the Re- lationships Between the Scores of Educable WESTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY Mentally Retarded Children on the Tests (Speech and Theatre) of Psycholinguistic Ability and Visual Percep- tion. 1969, 26431 Masters Theses Ownby, Robert. Connected Discourse as. a TestJones, Gary J. Theatrical Innovations of Charles for Speech Discrimination. 26432 Laughton. 26448 Pace, Sheila. The Oral Stereognostic Ability ofWeathers, William M. The Relation of Eye Young Children with a Defective [r] Phoneme. Contact to Retention of Information in a 26433 Public Speaking Situation. 26449